gettext-kde-0.10.35/0000755000175000017500000000000006522270014011713 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000002710306522267757014007 0ustar jrjr# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DISTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = . ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ ACLOCAL_VERSION = @ACLOCAL_VERSION@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ EMACS = @EMACS@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GT_NO = @GT_NO@ GT_YES = @GT_YES@ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ LD = @LD@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ NM = @NM@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ YACC = @YACC@ aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@ l = @l@ lispdir = @lispdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.3 gnits MAINT_CHARSET = latin1 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext gettextsrc_DATA = ABOUT-NLS EXTRA_DIST = BUGS DISCLAIM README.gemtext SUBDIRS = doc lib intl src po m4 misc tests DISTCLEANFILES = intl/libintl.h ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = DATA = $(gettextsrc_DATA) DIST_COMMON = README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL \ Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS README-alpha THANKS TODO acconfig.h \ aclocal.m4 config.guess config.h.in config.sub configure configure.in \ install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs stamp-h.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP = --best all: all-recursive-am all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits --include-deps Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status $(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.in m4/gettext.m4 m4/lcmessage.m4 \ m4/progtest.m4 cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS) config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck $(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF) config.h: stamp-h @: stamp-h: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h \ $(SHELL) ./config.status @echo timestamp > stamp-h $(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) acconfig.h cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER) @echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in mostlyclean-hdr: clean-hdr: distclean-hdr: -rm -f config.h maintainer-clean-hdr: install-gettextsrcDATA: $(gettextsrc_DATA) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir) @list='$(gettextsrc_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$p"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$p; \ else if test -f $$p; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$p"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$p; \ fi; fi; \ done uninstall-gettextsrcDATA: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) list='$(gettextsrc_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$p; \ done # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line. @SET_MAKE@ all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \ installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive \ check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive: @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ done && test -z "$$fail" mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \ maintainer-clean-recursive: @set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \ rev=''; list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \ done; \ for subdir in $$rev; do \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \ || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \ done && test -z "$$fail" tags-recursive: list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) tags); \ done tags: TAGS ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \ && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ done; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS) mostlyclean-tags: clean-tags: distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID maintainer-clean-tags: distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) top_distdir = $(distdir) # This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then # it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another # tarfile. distcheck: dist -rm -rf $(distdir) GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz mkdir $(distdir)/=build mkdir $(distdir)/=inst dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \ cd $(distdir)/=build \ && ../configure --with-included-gettext --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \ && $(MAKE) \ && $(MAKE) dvi \ && $(MAKE) check \ && $(MAKE) install \ && $(MAKE) installcheck \ && $(MAKE) dist -rm -rf $(distdir) @echo "========================"; \ echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \ echo "========================" dist: distdir -chmod -R a+r $(distdir) GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir) -rm -rf $(distdir) dist-all: distdir -chmod -R a+r $(distdir) GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir) -rm -rf $(distdir) distdir: $(DISTFILES) @if sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS | fgrep -e "$(VERSION)" > /dev/null; then :; else \ echo "NEWS not updated; not releasing" 1>&2; \ exit 1; \ fi -rm -rf $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir) -chmod 777 $(distdir) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \ || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \ || exit 1; \ chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) top_distdir=../$(distdir) distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir distdir) \ || exit 1; \ done info: info-recursive dvi: dvi-recursive check: all-am $(MAKE) check-recursive installcheck: installcheck-recursive all-recursive-am: config.h $(MAKE) all-recursive all-am: Makefile $(DATA) config.h install-data-am: install-gettextsrcDATA uninstall-am: uninstall-gettextsrcDATA install-exec: install-exec-recursive @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install-data: install-data-recursive install-data-am @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install: install-recursive install-data-am @: uninstall: uninstall-recursive uninstall-am install-strip: $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install installdirs: installdirs-recursive $(mkinstalldirs) $(DATADIR)$(gettextsrcdir) mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-hdr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic clean-am: clean-hdr clean-tags clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean-am: distclean-hdr distclean-tags distclean-generic clean-am maintainer-clean-am: maintainer-clean-hdr maintainer-clean-tags \ maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am clean: clean-recursive clean-am distclean: distclean-recursive distclean-am -rm -f config.status -rm -f libtool maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive maintainer-clean-am @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." -rm -f config.status .PHONY: mostlyclean-hdr distclean-hdr clean-hdr maintainer-clean-hdr \ uninstall-gettextsrcDATA install-gettextsrcDATA install-data-recursive \ uninstall-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \ uninstall-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive uninstalldirs-recursive \ all-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive \ dvi-recursive mostlyclean-recursive distclean-recursive clean-recursive \ maintainer-clean-recursive tags tags-recursive mostlyclean-tags \ distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi \ installcheck all-recursive-am all-am install-data-am uninstall-am \ install-exec install-data install uninstall all installdirs \ mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean ABOUT-NLS: $(srcdir)/doc/nls.texi $(srcdir)/doc/matrix.texi rm -f $(srcdir)/ABOUT-NLS \ && $(MAKEINFO) --output=$(srcdir)/ABOUT-NLS --no-header \ -I $(srcdir)/doc --no-validate nls.texi # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/README0000644000175000017500000001725406521637467012626 0ustar jrjrThis is the GNU gettext package. It is interesting for authors or maintainers of other packages or programs which they want to see internationalized. As one step the handling of messages in different languages should be implemented. For this task GNU gettext provides the needed tools and library functions. Users of GNU packages should also install GNU gettext because some other GNU packages will use the gettext program included in this package to internationalize the messages given by shell scripts. Another good reason to install GNU gettext is to make sure the here included functions compile ok. This helps to prevent errors when installing other packages which use this library. The message handling functions are not yet part of POSIX and ISO/IEC standards and therefore it is not possible to rely on facts about their implementation in the local C library. If the installer selects it, GNU gettext tries using the systems functionality; in that case, compatibility problems might occur. We felt that the Uniforum proposals has the much more flexible interface and, what is more important, does not burden the programmers as much as the other possibility does. Please share your results with us. If this package compiles ok for you future GNU release will likely also not fail, at least for reasons found in message handling. Send comments and bug reports to bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org The goal of this library was to give a unique interface to message handling functions. At least the same level of importance was to give the programmer/maintainer the needed tools to maintain the message catalogs. The interface is designed after the proposals of the Uniforum group. So systems having this interface implemented in their C library don't need the library provided here (and it will automatically not be included). If your systems C library implements the second widely available approach (X/Opens catgets) the library can use this and only some stubs will be compiled to provide the needed interface. If neither is locally available a full implementation of the library will be compiled. The configure script provides three non-standard options. These will also be available in other packages if they use the functionality of GNU gettext. Use --disable-nls if you absolutely don't want to have messages handling code. You will always get the original messages (mostly English). You could consider using NLS support even when you do not need other tongues. If you do not install any messages catalogs or do not specify to use another but the C locale you will not get translations. The set of languages for which catalogs should be installed can also be specified while configuring. Of course they must be available but the intersection of these two sets are computed automatically. You could once and for all define in your profile/cshrc the variable LINGUAS: (Bourne Shell) LINGUAS="de fr nl"; export LINGUAS (C Shell) setenv LINGUAS "de fr nl" or specify it directly while configuring env LINGUAS="de fr nl" ./configure Consult the manual for more information on language names. The second configure option is --with-included-gettext This forces to use the GNU implementing the message handling library regardless what the local C library provides. This possibility is much less error prone because possible unreliable effects of the local message handling system are avoided. And perhaps more important: many useful features can only be exploited with this library. The reason is obvious: we cannot dig in the internals of other implementations. It is likely that the discrepancy between the GNU implementation and others will get bigger in the time coming. So better change now! The third option is: --with-catgets The X/Open catgets functions which might be found in the local C library are not used by default. The reason is already described above: the GNU gettext library provides many useful extension which cannot be emulated with catgets(). Beside this the utility programs for generating the catalog used by catgets() vary heavily between different systems. You should select this feature only if you really don't want to use the GNU gettext library and do not want to extended functionality (but I do not see any good reason for such a choice). Other files you might look into: `ABOUT-NLS' - current state of the GNU internationalization effort `COPYING' - copying conditions `INSTALL' - general compilation and installation rules `NEWS' - major changes in the current version `THANKS' - list of contributors Some points you might be interested in before installing the package: 1. If you change any of the files in package the Makefile rules will schedule a recompution of the gettext.pot file. But this is not possible without this package already installed. If you don't have this package already installed and modified any of the files build the package first with --disable-nls When this is done you will get a runnable xgettext program which can be used to recompute gettext.pot. 2. The package contains a file misc/magic.add. This is intended to be added to your /etc/magic file. After adding this the `file' command will recognize GNU message catalog files (.mo files). 3. If your system's C library already provides the gettext interface it might be a good idea to configure the package with --program-prefix=g Systems affected by this are: Solaris 2.x, future GNU and GNU/Linux systems One point to mention here is that at least Solaris 2.3 does not have all function of the Uniforum proposal implement. More specific, the dcgettext() function is missing. For programmers/maintainers it is therefore nowaday better to avoid using this function. 4. Some system have a very dumb^H^H^H^Hstrange version of msgfmt, the one which comes with xview. This one is *not* usable. It's best you delete^H^H^H^H^H^Hrename it or install this package as in the point above with --program-prefix=g 5. On some system it is better to have strings aligned (I've been told Sparcs like strings aligned to 8 byte boundaries). If you want to have the output of msgfmt aligned you can use the -a option. But you also could change the default value to be different from 1. Take a look at the config.h file, built by configure. (If you change the default value the test of msgfmt will fail!) 6. The locale name alias scheme implemented here is in a similar form implemented in the X Window System. Especially the alias data base file can be shared. Normally this file is found at something like /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias If you have the X Window System installed try to find this file and specify the path at the make run: make aliaspath='/usr/lib/X11/locale:/usr/local/lib/locale' (or whatever is appropriate for you). The file name is always locale.alias. In the misc/ subdirectory you find an example for an alias database file. 7. The msgmerge program performs fuzzy search in the message sets. It might run a long time on slow systems. I saw this problem when running it on my old i386DX25. The time can really be several minutes, especially if you have long messages and/or a great number of them. If you have a faster implementation of the fstrcmp() function and want to share it with the rest of use, please contact me. 8. On some systems it will not be possible to compile this package. It is not only this package but any other GNU package, too. These systems do not provide the simplest functionality to run configure. Today are known the following systems: configure name description -------------- ----------- mips-mips-riscos 2.1.1AC RISCos gettext-kde-0.10.35/ABOUT-NLS0000644000175000017500000002660306522263022013152 0ustar jrjrNotes on the Free Translation Project ************************************* Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages. A few packages already provide translations for their messages. If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do *not* need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using this package with messages translated. Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and work at translations should contact the appropriate team. When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of `gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the `intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. One advise in advance ===================== If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you should configure it using ./configure --with-included-gettext to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the implementation here. It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the included `libintl'. INSTALL Matters =============== Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of messages. It will automatically detect whether the system provides usable `catgets' (if using this is selected by the installer) or `gettext' functions. If neither is available, the GNU `gettext' own library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of the GNU `gettext' package is *not* required. Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing the default behaviour. The commands: ./configure --with-included-gettext ./configure --with-catgets ./configure --disable-nls will respectively bypass any pre-existing `catgets' or `gettext' to use the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable the use of the `catgets' functions (if found on the locale system), or else, *totally* disable translation of messages. When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this package is more recent, you should use ./configure --with-included-gettext to prevent auto-detection. By default the configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function and therefore they will not be used. The reasons are already given above: the emulation on top of `catgets' cannot provide all the extensions provided by the GNU `gettext' library. If you nevertheless want to use the `catgets' functions use ./configure --with-catgets to enable the test for `catgets' (this causes no harm if `catgets' is not available on your system). If you really select this option we would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any good one ourself. Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the `--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. `LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter codes, stating which languages are allowed. Using This Package ================== As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'), `export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash'). This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all. An operating system might already offer message localization for many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'. Just using `gettext' extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already available operating system programs. In this case, users should set both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'. For example, some Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available. This is easily accomplished by setting `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'. Translating Teams ================= For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux International. You may reach your translation team at the address `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your language. Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given in ISO 3166. The following translation teams exist, as of December 1997: Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian `hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'. For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to `zh@li.org'. If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you should become a member of the translating team for your own language. The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has `-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: subscribe Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate *actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the coordinator for all translator teams. The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than programming skill, here. Available Packages ================== Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of December 1997. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages PO files have been submitted to translation coordination. Ready PO files cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv .----------------------------------------------------. bash | [] [] [] | 3 bison | [] [] [] | 3 clisp | [] [] [] [] | 4 cpio | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 enscript | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10 findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 flex | [] [] [] [] | 4 gcal | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12 grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10 hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11 id-utils | [] [] [] | 3 indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7 m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 music | [] [] | 2 ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11 texinfo | [] [] [] | 3 textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 `----------------------------------------------------' 17 languages cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv 27 packages 6 4 25 1 18 1 26 2 1 12 20 9 19 7 4 7 17 179 Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language dialects. For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to which it applies should also have been internationalized and distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a distribution. If December 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. gettext-kde-0.10.35/AUTHORS0000444000175000017500000000045506376366162013006 0ustar jrjrAuthors of GNU gettext. The following contributions warranted legal paper exchanges with the Free Software Foundation. Also see files ChangeLog and THANKS. GETTEXT Ulrich Drepper Germany 1968 5/16/95 Assigns program. GETTEXT Peter Miller Australia 1960 10/16/95 Assigns past and future changes. gettext-kde-0.10.35/COPYING0000644000175000017500000004310506521150166012755 0ustar jrjr GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) 19yy This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. gettext-kde-0.10.35/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000007237506522264724013516 0ustar jrjr1998-04-30 23:20 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Remove commands in AC_OUTPUT. Moved into AM_GNU_GETTEXT macro in m4/gettext.m4. * configure.in: Bump version number to 0.10.35. 1998-04-28 16:07 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Bump version number to 0.10.34. Don't test for basename function. 1998-04-27 20:36 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require version 1.3. (ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): New variable, set to -I m4. (aclocaldir): Definition removed. (gettextsrc_DATA): New variable, set to ABOUT_NLS. * configure.in: Bump version number to 0.10.33. Define INCLUDE_LOCALE_H in gettext.m4. Remove AC_LINK_FILES line, can now be in gettext.m4. Rewrite also m4/Makefile. 1997-09-06 01:11 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Bump version number to 0.10.32. 1997-09-05 05:44 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add da. 1997-08-21 15:02 Ulrich Drepper * progtest.m4: Change copyright. * lcmessage.m4: Change copyright. * gettext.m4: Change copyright. 1997-08-19 03:20 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Bump version number to 0.10.31. 1997-08-18 13:47 Philippe De Muyter * configure.in (ACLOCAL_VERSION): Do not use nested \(..\) with sed. 1997-08-15 03:04 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump version number to 0.10.30. * acconfig.h: Change DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT to DEFAULT_OUTPUT_ALIGNMENT to avoid clash with macro with same name in obstack.c. Reported by Akim Demaille . 1997-08-15 12:40 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.29. 1997-08-01 15:47 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Remove obstack test. Don't always rewrite po/Makefile.in, only if in CONFIG_FILES. * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add README.gemtext. * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require version 1.2. 1997-05-29 12:44 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.m4: Don't use INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a" which forces a to use only one level of subdirs. Use $(top_builddir)/intl instead. Patch by Akim Demaille . 1997-05-01 02:26 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.28. * gettext.m4: Check for sys/param.h header. Patch by Bruno Haible . * gettext.m4: Be safe and call test with quoted arguments and explicit -n option. Patch by Bruno Haible . * gettext.m4: Require AC_PROG_RANLIB. Reported by Tom Tromey . * gettext.m4: Remove POTFILES before generating it. Patch by Jim Meyering . Wed Dec 4 00:36:11 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove @DIST-ALPHA@. Tue Dec 3 23:55:43 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Make sure aclocaldir gets substituted. Tue Dec 3 19:38:41 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (aclocal_DATA): Install aclocal macros for gettext. * configure.in: Bump version number to 0.10.26. Fri Nov 22 22:57:48 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add gettext.m4, lcmessage.m4, and progtest.m4. Reported by Tom Tromey. Thu Nov 21 23:07:20 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. Rename various tests to official AM_*. Write tests/Makefile. * aclocal.m4: Removed. The test are now in separate files. * gettext.m4, progtext.m4, lcmessage.m4: New files. * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require 1.1. (MAINT_CHARSET): Latin 1 is used here. (gettextdemodir): Removed. (gettextdemo_DATA): Removed. Fri Sep 20 12:41:23 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add pt. Wed Sep 18 17:55:23 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Change checks to tests. Sat Aug 31 14:19:04 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.25. Sat Aug 31 04:50:13 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Add test for error which is part of GNU libc. * aclocal.m4: Check for gettext in libc. Necessary for GNU libc. Tue Aug 27 04:05:19 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add es. Sun Aug 18 18:49:34 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Use AM_PROG_INSTALL instead of fp_PROG_INSTALL. * aclocal.m4 (fp_PROG_INSTALL): Rename to AM_PROG_INSTALL. Fri Jul 19 12:18:55 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Don't use NULL in check for obstack. Tue Jul 16 01:51:47 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Correct text for --with-included-gettext option. Patch by François Pinard. Sun Jul 14 01:16:19 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.24. Sat Jul 6 01:49:26 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.23. Tue Jul 2 16:42:20 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add nl. Add AC_PROG_MKINSTALLDIRS test. Set AC_PREREQ to 2.99 since no official autoconf has the bugs fixed. * aclocal.m4: Fix check for obsolete xgettext implementation. Patch by Marcus Daniels. Sat Jun 22 04:25:23 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Define MKINSTALLDIRS. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.22. Wed Jun 19 01:26:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add stpncpy. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.21. * configure.in (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add strncasecmp. Tue Jun 18 15:11:01 1996 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h (PAGE_WIDTH): Define to 79. This allows even in Emacs nice looking lines. * aclocal.m4 (md_PATH_PROG): remove macro. (ud_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST): New macro. Similar to AC_PATH_PROG, only that an additional, user-given test is performed before a program is accepted. Rewrite all tests for msgfmt and xgettext to use ud_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST to make sure no XView versions are used. * configure.in (ACLOCAL_VERSION): Determine version number in aclocal.m4 file which is used in misc/gettextize. (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.20. Fri Jun 14 04:07:10 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.19. Thu Jun 13 15:19:45 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.18. Tue Jun 11 15:02:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add `sl' for Slowenian. * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add DISCLAIM. Reported by François Pinard. Sun Jun 9 12:46:31 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Do not write intlh.inst.in, but intlh.inst. Reported by Marcus Daniels. Fri Jun 7 01:51:57 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.17. Thu Jun 6 01:55:47 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Define USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL in case we need the code from the intl/ subdir. * configure.in: Undo patch from Wed Jun 5 00:10:36 1996. We do need intlh.inst. * aclocal.m4: Remove definition of INTLSUB. Add definition of GT_NO and GT_YES (needed in intl/Makefile.in). Wed Jun 5 00:10:36 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.16. * configure.in: Don't write intlh.inst. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.15. Tue Jun 4 00:10:25 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Rewrite intl/intlh.inst.in depending on whether is available or not. Reported by Peter Miller. * aclocal.m4 (ud_WITH_NLS): Using `AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, main)' is not useful. Use `AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain)' instead. Patch by Uwe Ohse. * configure.in (AC_REPLACE_GNU_GETOPT): Removed. We don't need this because the getopt source itself knows when it can be omitted. Mon Jun 3 00:04:55 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (AC_REPLACE_GNU_GETOPT): Don't need this anymore. The getopt sources should recognize when the getopt is available in the library. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.14. * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Add variable to control Automake behaviour. Thanks, Tom. * configure.in: Check for __argz_count, __argz_stringify, and __argz_next in aclocal.m4. * aclocal.m4: Add above checks. * aclocal.m4: Fix typo in --with-included-gettext handling. Sun Jun 2 01:50:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (ud_WITH_NLS): If used in gettext always define USE_NLS to yes. * configure.in: Add AC_ARG_PROGRAM. Don't write tupdate because it does not exist anymore. Sat Jun 1 03:18:15 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.13. Remove check for Perl. * configure.in: Add the test for __argz_next. * configure.in: We don't want to replace the __argz_* function, just check. * configure.in: Add __argz_count and __argz_stringify to AC_CHECK_FUNC list. * aclocal.m4 (ud_WITH_NLS): Change command line option `--with-gnu-gettext' to `--with-included-gettext'. The former was misleading because this option really means to ignore a possibly installed GNU libintl. Sun May 26 03:09:43 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (ABOUT-NLS): Don't cd to doc/ dir. Use -I option of makeinfo instead. Patch by Tran Huu Da . Sat May 11 11:40:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Move INSTOBJECT initialization out of recently introduced AC_TRY_LINK macro. Reported by Jim Meyering. Sat May 11 00:31:40 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Check whether locally available libintl is GNU gettext library. In this case we use .gmo files and share/ as datadir. Wed Apr 24 23:49:29 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (AC_REPLACE_GNU_GETOPT): New macro by Jim Meyering. Test for GNU's getopt implementation. * configure.in: Use AC_REPLACE_GNU_GETOPT. Thu Apr 4 23:35:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (ABOUT-NLS): Adapt rule for using matrix.texi. Thu Apr 4 01:58:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.12. Tue Apr 2 18:55:50 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Test whether found xgettext program is really GNU xgettext. Else ignore it. * Makefile.in (all): Do all-gettext-recursive instead of all-recursive. We need a special all goal in intl/ because we always have to build libintl.a. Tue Apr 2 17:34:55 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Major change!!! By default the catgets emulation is *not* selected anymore. The installer explicitely has to select --with-catgets. Looking at all the nice features GNU gettext and which cannot be emulated portably using the catgets interface, it became unreasonable to stay with the old default. Tue Apr 2 03:20:19 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.11. Mon Apr 1 03:37:08 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (md_PATH_PROG): Correct quotation in message. Reported by Tom Tromey. Thu Mar 28 23:03:01 1996 Karl Eichwalder * Makefile.in (datadir): Define from @datadir@. (gettextsrcdir): Define using $(datadir). Thu Mar 28 13:52:14 1996 Marcus Daniels * aclocal.m4: Initialize CATOBJEXT. Wed Mar 27 03:21:24 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.10. Mon Mar 25 11:20:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.9. * acconfig.h (PAGE_WIDTH): Set to reasonable value 78. Mon Mar 25 01:24:12 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Check for strstr() functions and add to @LIBOBJS@ if necessary. Sun Mar 24 17:37:29 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.8. Sat Mar 23 02:49:04 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Remove trailing empty lines. (md_PATH_PROG): Move near to other definitions necessary for internationalized packages. Fri Mar 1 15:04:38 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Reorganized tests a bit: - don't look for libi.a when test for gettext() functions - before looking for libintl.a look for libintl.h * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.7. Thu Feb 29 23:43:55 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.6. Thu Feb 15 04:40:53 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.5. * aclocal.m4 (nls_cv_use_nls): Rename to `USE_NLS' and substitute in Makefiles. * Makefile.in (SUBDIRS): Always run through `po'. Wed Feb 14 01:56:43 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): BUMP to 0.10.4. Mon Feb 12 02:21:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.3. Sat Feb 10 18:21:24 1996 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add pl. Thu Jan 4 12:05:01 1996 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (ud_GNU_GETTEXT): Require AC_ISC_POSIX. Thu Jan 4 11:38:31 1996 Andreas Schwab * aclocal.m4 (ud_WITH_NLS): Fix typo. Wed Jan 3 20:53:53 1996 G\vran Uddeborg * configure.in: Add AC_ISC_POSIX test. Sat Dec 30 15:27:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (INTLSUB): We don't have to process it always. Fri Dec 29 21:14:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (stamp-h): Remove file before touching. Fri Dec 29 16:38:32 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump version to 0.10.2. Sun Dec 24 14:27:15 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add ko. Tue Dec 19 22:05:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (stamp-h, Makefile, config.status): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running shell scripts. Fri Dec 15 17:25:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Clear nls_cv_header_intl and nls_cv_header_libgt to prevent using wrong values from cache. Reported by Andreas Schwab. Sat Dec 9 18:36:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h: Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath. Sat Dec 9 12:22:38 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (distclean-local): Add `intl/VERSION' and remove `tupdate.perl'. Fri Dec 8 01:20:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10.1. Wed Dec 6 16:03:58 1995 ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu * aclocal.m4 (md_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T): Fix check. Mon Dec 4 01:01:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h (PAGE__WIDTH): Because tupdate does not know about breaking lines after PAGE_WIDTH characters it is turned off for now. When msgmerge will be used it will be enabled again. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.10. Sun Dec 3 02:22:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): New file BUGS. Sat Dec 2 03:17:10 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Add handling of README-alpha file. If current version is a test release we ship this file. Inspired by Jim Meyering configure.in. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add @DIST_ALPHA@. Tue Nov 21 02:27:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Make recursion loop aware of Make's -k option. Kudos to Jim Meyering. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add AUTHORS. Mon Nov 20 20:15:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.14. Sat Nov 18 16:38:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in, aclocal.m4: Fix typo. * aclocal.m4, configure.in: Now requires autoconf-2.5. Use new macro AC_CACHE_CHECK. Thu Nov 16 21:16:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h (PAGE_WIDTH): Add definition. Sat Nov 11 17:52:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.13. Thu Nov 9 00:29:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Add getcwd. Tue Nov 7 13:45:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Don't prepend $INTLDEPS to $LIBS. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.12. * aclocal.m4 (ud_WITH_NLS): Set LIBS to correct value and filter out -intl if necessary. * Makefile.in (ABOUT-NLS): Forgot to continue line. * aclocal.m4: Move ud_PATH_LISPDIR out of NLS region. * Makefile.in (uninstall-local): Remove root-ABOUT-NLS instead of root-NLS. Mon Nov 6 17:27:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Be consistent with rm and &&. * Makefile.in (ABOUT-NLS): Place file in $(srcdir). * Makefile.in: Eliminate duplicate all-recursive rule. * Makefile.in: Renamed README.NLS to ABOUT-NLS. Never again MS-DOG names! * Makefile.in: Some more cleanups by Franc,ois Pinard. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.11. * aclocal.m4 (ud_GNU_GETTEXT): Always create intl/ dir if it does not exist. * aclocal.m4 (ud_PATH_LISP): Prefer share/ directory to lib/ directory if both exist. * Makefile.in (all): Now a local call. Depends on all-local and all-recursive. (all-local): Depend on README.NLS. * Makefile.in (install-src-local): Add README.NLS as dependency. Patch by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Nov 6 00:46:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (md_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T): Cache result. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.10. Sun Nov 5 21:58:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.9. Sun Nov 5 21:52:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * README: Move advise for using GNU getetxt to intl/nls.texi. * aclocal.m4: Franc,ois reported that po2tbl.sed is not always generated. * README: Some typos fixed by Franc,ois Pinard. Sun Nov 5 19:39:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist-gettext): Make synonym for dist. Recursive goal is now named dist-gettext. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.8. * Makefile.in: Rename NLS to README.NLS. Add rule for automatical generation of README.NLS. Sun Nov 5 11:36:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. Sat Nov 4 23:37:38 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Fix typo: "Do not you" -> "Do not use". Reported by Tom Tromey. Fri Nov 3 00:03:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add TODO. Wed Nov 1 11:38:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Remove AC_FUNC_MMAP. This is tested in the intl/ specific part. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.7. Sun Oct 29 12:02:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in: Replace AC_INSTALL_PROG with fp_INSTALL_PROG. * aclocal.m4 (fp_PROG_INSTALL): Replace shell comments (#) by m4 comments (dnl). This is necessary because autoconf would else find the AC_PROG_INSTALL word in the comment and report a missing definition. * aclocal.m4: Use Franc,ois' fp_PROG_INSTALL macro. Sat Oct 28 23:28:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: Test for dcgettext function when gettext is found in C library. This works around the missing function in Solaris 2.3. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.6. Sat Oct 28 14:02:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.5. Fri Oct 27 02:26:10 1995 Ulrich Drepper * THANKS: Fix typo. * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add sv. * aclocal.m4: Use single quote where possible. Reported by Christian von Roques. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add DISCLAIM. Tue Sep 26 00:53:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (md_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T): Add this macro for type in obstack.h. * aclocal.m4: Handling of AC_FD_MSG is now correct in md_PATH_PROG. * aclocal.m4: Correct last changes. Some newline were missing. Mon Sep 25 22:17:09 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (md_PATH_PROG): Use this new macro instead of AC_PATH_PROG for msgfmt and xgettext program. This warns about uses of OpenWin versions (Wrgg). (md_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T): New test. Sun's compiler does not like the definition in obstack.h. All provided by Marcus Daniels. * acconfig.h (HAVE_PTRDIFF_T): Add symbol because Sun's compiler cannot live with the definition in obstack.h. Reported by Marcus Daniels. Sat Sep 23 21:17:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (stpcpy): One argument in test can be empty. Reported by Nelson Beebe. Thu Sep 21 18:05:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h (HAVE_STPCPY): Define for autoconf work around. * aclocal.m4: Some strange things with autoconf-2.4.2: If a function is tested once in AC_REPLACE_FUNCS and later with AC_CHECK_FUNCS the second definition does not define the symbol in the header. Work around this. Wed Sep 20 22:36:04 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h, configure.in: Remove unneeded STD_INC_PATH definition. Tue Sep 19 00:09:23 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.4. Sun Sep 17 17:37:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (AC_PROG_YACC): Add check. Is now needed for msgfmt program. Thu Sep 7 00:19:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Don't use long --gzip option for tar. Tue Aug 29 23:37:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h: Remove comment followinf #endif. We now use indentation. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Sat Aug 19 23:21:19 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Correct install vs install-src goals. * README: Add comment about alias data base. * Makefile.in: Remove Emacs mode selection. * configure.in: Generate intl/VERSION file in configure run. config.status will *not* create the file. (AC_OUTPUT): Remove intl/VERSION. * Makefile.in: Make install call install-src-recursive and install-src. * Makefile.in: Make install-local depend on install-src. I.e. the sources and gettextize will always be installed. * Makefile.in: Make goal more appropriate for parallel build. Inspired by Franc,ois Pinard. Fri Aug 18 23:44:56 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add no@nynorsk for nynorsk dialect of norwegian language. Provided by norwegian translation team. * aclocal.m4, configure.in: Use AC_CHECK_FUNC instead of AC_FUNC_CHECK. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.3. * aclocal.m4 (ud_GNU_GETTEXT): Add stpcpy to AC_REPLACE_FUNCS. Tue Aug 15 13:15:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Generation of intl/VERSION in extra shell code failed. Now make it a autoconf'ed file. * configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Generate intl/VERSION file. Tue Aug 15 05:52:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Remove getcwd, putenv, and setenv. * Makefile.in (install-src): Install NLS as root-NLS. Now also install aclocal.m4. Mon Aug 14 23:51:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Rewrite misc/gettextize instead of misc/makelinks. * Makefile.in (prefix, gettextsrcdir): Directory values needed for installation. (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs now needed for installing NLS file. (install-src, install-src-recursive): New rules for installing gettext sources for use in gettextize shell script. Sun Aug 13 14:38:19 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Unless the AC_FUNC_MMAP function does not check for the existence of the munmap function (which does not exist on NeXT) we do it ourself. Report by Marcus Daniels. * aclocal.m4: Generate po/POTFILES correct even if srcdir is an absolute path. Report by Marcus Daniels. Wed Aug 9 01:21:56 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9.2. * README: Mention points for normal user to install GNU gettext. Tue Aug 8 21:34:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): New, to test for strcasecmp. * aclocal.m4: Fix typo: ditribution -> distribution. Report by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Aug 7 22:52:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (ud_GNU_GETTEXT): Add AC_REQUIRE(...) for all test necessary for intl/ subdirectory. (AC_CHECK_HEADERS): Add limits.h, malloc.h, string.h, unistd.h, and values.h. (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Add getcwd, putenv, setenv, strchr. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. * configure.in (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): strcspn is now placed here instead of in AC_CHECK_FUNCS. (AC_HAVE_HEADERS): Don't test for stdlib.h. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Fri Aug 4 22:16:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (Version): Bump to 0.9.1. * configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Remove unneeded `;'. * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. * Makefile.in (dist): Change mode of directories to 777. Add option -o to tar command. Wed Aug 2 19:37:09 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.9. * configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add new file misc/makelinks and make it executable. Tue Aug 1 22:51:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h: Remove unneeded definition of HAVE_ASPRINTF. * Makefile.in (SUBDIRS): make int doc/ first and unconditionally make in intl/. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.8.2. Sun Jul 30 12:12:40 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (ud_WITH_NLS): Don't define INTLOBJS when using systems gettext. Always define DATADIRNAME. Don't compute catalogs to be installed when --disable-nls is selected. Sat Jul 29 23:22:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add norwegian catalog. Sat Jul 22 01:13:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.8.1. (ud_PATH_SITELISP): Replace with call to ud_PATH_LISPDIR. * aclocal.m4 (ud_EMACS_TRY_PREFIX): Remove rule. (ud_PATH_SITELISP): Rename to ud_PATH_LISPDIR and simplify it it. By François Pinard. Wed Jul 19 02:22:18 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (ud_PATH_SITELISP): If no Emacs program is found define ac_cv_path_sitelisp to `no'. * configure.in (GETTEXTPRG): Remove variable. Always create and install gettext. Tue Jul 18 20:09:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.8. Tue Jul 18 01:32:09 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Remove magic.add. Now in misc/. (SUBDIRS): Add misc. * README: Fix typo: one -> once. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Mention that magic.add is now found in misc/. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.7.5. (AC_OUTPUT): Add misc/Makefile. * aclocal.m4 (ud_PATH_SITELISP): Remove command for test files was incorrectly placed. Tue Jul 18 00:27:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * magic.add: Moved to misc/. * acconfig.h: Uniform test for __STDC__. Mon Jul 17 00:23:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (ud_PATH_SITELISP): Try path given with configures --prefix option. Sun Jul 16 22:36:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (SITELISPDIR, ELCFILES): Test for Emacs and generation of substition values is extended and now found in aclocal.m4. * aclocal.m4 (ud_PATH_SITELISP, ud_EMACS_TRY_PREFIX): New rules to test for Emacs' site-lisp directory. Sun Jul 16 00:09:24 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (ELCFILES): Substitute as Make variable: $(ELCFILES) instead of $ELCFILES. Reported by Eric Backus. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.7.4. Sat Jul 15 00:48:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h (INVALID_PATH_CHAR): De-ANSI-fy string. * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.7.3. (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Add mblen. (AC_OUTPUT): Due shorted file names now write src/tupdate. Thu Jul 13 22:35:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.7.2. Thu Jul 13 01:40:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: po-to-msg.sed and po-to-tbl.sed are now called po2msg.sed and po2tbl.sed resp. * configure.in: Check for Emacs. If Emacs exists, enable regeneration of *.elc files. (AC_OUTPUT): New file checks/Makefile. * Makefile.in (SUBDIRS): New subdirectory `checks'. New goal check: simply recurse through all subdirectories. Wed Jul 12 00:26:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper * NLS: New version by Franc,ois Pinard. Tue Jul 11 21:43:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper * acconfig.h (WARN_ID_LEN): new constant. Specifies length of messages from which on warnings are given to prevent breaking limits of compilers and tools. * configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): tupdate.perl is now found in src/ Tue Jul 11 01:30:24 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4 (ud_GNU_GETTEXT): Construct po-to-tbl.sed by removing comments. * configure.in: Don't have default path for Perl. strtoul can now be substituted when necessary. Tue Jul 4 22:27:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * configure.in (VERSION): Bump to 0.7.1. * aclocal.m4 (ud_GNU_GETTEXT): Correct loop for determining LINGUAS. * configure.in (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add memmove. Tue Jul 4 00:22:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * aclocal.m4: aclocal.m4: Create intl/ before writing sed script. Sun Jul 2 01:51:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper * First official release. This directory solely contains the usual configuration stuff. gettext-kde-0.10.35/INSTALL0000644000175000017500000001722706521150166012761 0ustar jrjrBasic Installation ================== These are generic installation instructions. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file `config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for debugging `configure'). If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute `configure' itself. Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with the package. 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and documentation. 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. Compilers and Options ===================== Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like this: CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this: env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH' variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another architecture. Installation Names ================== By default, `make install' will install the package's files in `/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the option `--prefix=PATH'. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. Optional Features ================= Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The `README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the package recognizes. For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and `--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. Specifying the System Type ========================== There may be some features `configure' can not figure out automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the `--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields: CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't need to know the host type. If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of system on which you are compiling the package. Sharing Defaults ================ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. Operation Controls ================== `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. `--cache-file=FILE' Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of `./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for debugging `configure'. `--help' Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. `--quiet' `--silent' `-q' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error messages will still be shown). `--srcdir=DIR' Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually `configure' can determine that directory automatically. `--version' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' script, and exit. `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. gettext-kde-0.10.35/Makefile.am0000444000175000017500000000250406521256231013752 0ustar jrjr## Makefile for the toplevel directory of the GNU NLS Utilities ## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ## any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.3 gnits MAINT_CHARSET = latin1 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext gettextsrc_DATA = ABOUT-NLS EXTRA_DIST = BUGS DISCLAIM README.gemtext SUBDIRS = doc lib intl src po m4 misc tests DISTCLEANFILES = intl/libintl.h ABOUT-NLS: $(srcdir)/doc/nls.texi $(srcdir)/doc/matrix.texi rm -f $(srcdir)/ABOUT-NLS \ && $(MAKEINFO) --output=$(srcdir)/ABOUT-NLS --no-header \ -I $(srcdir)/doc --no-validate nls.texi gettext-kde-0.10.35/NEWS0000444000175000017500000001271006522265211012414 0ustar jrjrVersion 0.10.35 - April 1998, by Ulrich Drepper * by default the emulation of gettext using the catgets() functions of the C library is not selected anymore. GNU gettext has so many nice extensions that this became unreasonable. Using --with-catgets the emulation still can be requested. * extend xgettext program to handle other file formats other than C/C++. For now it also handles PO file. Using this feature one can concatenate arbitrary PO files. * Tcl module with gettext interface * Korean translation by Bang Jun Young * xgettext writes to stdout when default domain name is set to - * codeset name normalization * msgmerge program now has all features tupdate has (and more). tupdate itself will be removed soon * po/Makefile.in.in now uses msgmerge instead of tupdate * escape notation in .po files are only used when explicitly selected * changed interface of msgunfmt to conform to GNU coding standard * msgmerge now knows how to handle obsolete entries. If a formerly obsolete entry is used again msgmerge will find it * better implementation of comment extraction in xgettext. * better C format string implementation. The xgettext will classify strings as being a format string, or not, in the .po file. The programmer can override the decision explicitly for each string by specifying `xgettext:c-format' and `xgettext:no-c-format' respectively in a C comment preceding the string. * msgmerge program now always produces output. Fuzzy or non-existing translations are no reason for holding back the result. * reasonable header entry format implemented * Norwegian translation by Karl Anders Øygard * Configure command line option `--with-gnu-gettext' is renamed to `--with-included-gettext' * gettextize now can determine whether the aclocal.m4 of the project is sufficent * use automake for Makefile.in generation * by default now only c-format is emitted in xgettext. If using the new --debug option one can enable printing possible-c-format to see who decided about the string: xgettext or the programmer * the installed libintl.h file no longer depends on HAVE_LOCALE_H being defined. After running configure we know whether this file exists. * wrapping of lines in PO file output finally enabled. A new special comment no-wrap prevents wrapping. * add --statistics option to msgfmt to get information about number of translated, untranslated, and fuzzy messages * change behaviour of --verbose option to msgfmt. This no longer causes the check on the messages to be performed. The check for leading and trailing \n is always performed and the check of the format specifiers is performed when --check is given. * shared library support based On Gord Matzigkeit's libtool package * msgcomm program by Peter Miller to extract messages shared by input files * many more translations. Version 0.10 - December 1995, by Ulrich Drepper * implement --shell-script option for gettext program * implement object-oriented, lazy message handling :-) Consult the manual for more/any information * implement locale name aliasing, similar to the one used in the X Window System * support for GNU gettext sources in central place to support use in development environments of other projects * implement CEN syntax for environment variable values * msgcmp program to find matches in two .po files * programs now have exit status != 0 if errors occured * libintl.a is now selfcontained and can be used without context in other projects (even on systems missing alloca) * gettextize now automatically runs config.status * swedish message catalog * new options for xgettext: -D/--directory to change in specified directory before processing the input files and -f/--files-from to specify file from which the names of the input files are read. The later option in necessary for large projects such as GNU C Library. * new programs msgmerge and msgunfmt by Peter Miller. The code of the other programs is now also much cleaner. Version 0.9 - August 1995, by Ulrich Drepper * again many improvements on the manual * norwegian message catalog * compilation now works with --disable-nls * better checks Version 0.8 - July 1995, by Ulrich Drepper * much improved manual (although still far from being complete) * improved PO mode; it now can prepare C sources for use with gettext by marking translatable strings * better support for sparse System V systems * check goal (kind of) * more input tests and warnings * better support for integration in other packages * many bugs fixed Version 0.7 - June 1995, by Ulrich Drepper * New GNU package providing functionality to internationalize and localize other programs. * Implementation of the Uniforum(*) proposal for internationalization on top of X/Open(*) style catgets functions. * Complete implementation of the Uniforum functions for system lacking either of them or those who which to have a different implementation with many advantages. * Implementation of the three tools for message catalog handling described in the Uniforum. * Emacs po-mode for handling portable message object files which are the basis of the work of the package. (*) Some history: The POSIX working groups have so far been unable to agree on one set of message catalog handling functions for the C Library. For now there are competing proposals, one by the Uniforum group, led by Sun, and the other by X/Open. Although the latter is surely implemented on more systems, it is not perceived as the clear leader. gettext-kde-0.10.35/README-alpha0000644000175000017500000000026206521637532013671 0ustar jrjrThis is a test release of GNU gettext. Please do not send reports about this release to any GNU mailing list or newsgroup. Please send comments and problems to drepper@gnu.org. gettext-kde-0.10.35/THANKS0000444000175000017500000000422006522252166012632 0ustar jrjrThe GNU NLS utility package is the first full featured package directed to NLS support in the GNU packages. It has it's roots in the GNU C Library development and of course the (never officially released) GNU locale package, mostly written by Jim Meyering. Therefore a lot of people participated in the process of creating this software. Written in April-June 1995 by Ulrich Drepper drepper@ipd.info.uni-karlsruhe.de Special thanks to François Pinard , who did a major part of the testing and provided the Emacs PO mode, wrote major parts of the manual, and contributed the Perl interface gettext.perl. Peter Miller invested a lot of his time in making gettext usable in other but GNU projects and wrote the msgmerge, msgcmp, and msgunfmt programs. Thanks to all of the following for their valuable hints/fixes/discussions/contributions: Andreas Schwab schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de Bang Jun Young bangjy@nownuri.nowcom.co.kr Bill Perry wmperry@aventail.com Bruno Haible haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de Christian von Roques roques@pond.sub.org Derek Clegg derek_clegg@next.com Enrique Melero Gómez justine@iprolink.ch Eric Backus ericb@lsid.hp.com Francesco Potortì pot@fly.cnuce.cnr.it Frank Donahoe fdonahoe@wilkes1.wilkes.edu Greg McGary gkm@magilla.cichlid.com Göran Uddeborg gvran@uddeborg.pp.se Jakub Jelinek jj@sunsite.ms.mff.cuni.cz Jim Meyering meyering@na-net.ornl.gov Joshua R. Poulson jrp@plaza.ds.adp.com Karl Berry kb@cs.umb.edu Karl Eichwalder ke@ke.central.de Kaveh R. Ghazi ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu Kenichi Handa Larry Schwimmer rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu Marcus Daniels marcus@sysc.pdx.edu Max de Mendizabal max@acer.com.mx Michel Robitaille robitail@IRO.UMontreal.CA Nils Naumann naumann@unileoben.ac.at Noah Friedman friedman@splode.com Paul Eggert eggert@twinsun.com Roland McGrath roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu Sakai Kiyotaka ksakai@netwk.ntt-at.co.jp Santiago Vila Doncel sanvila@unex.es Thomas E. Dickey dickey@clark.net Tom Tromey tromey@cygnus.com Uwe Ohse uwe@tirka.gun.de Thanks to all members of the translation teams for the different languages. gettext-kde-0.10.35/TODO0000444000175000017500000000060406154410033012377 0ustar jrjrThis is simply a loose collection of things I think future versions should have/provide. If you have further suggestions please tell me. * documentation, documentation, documentation ... * use UTF encoding for distributions * programs should know about different character sets * make xgettext understand other languages beside C/C++: Shell scripts, Perl, Tcl?, Scheme, ELisp, AWK gettext-kde-0.10.35/acconfig.h0000644000175000017500000000474506521656564013670 0ustar jrjr/* Special definitions, processed by autoheader. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation. Ulrich Drepper , 1995. */ /* Default value for alignment of strings in .mo file. */ #define DEFAULT_OUTPUT_ALIGNMENT 1 #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif @TOP@ /* Define to the name of the distribution. */ #undef PACKAGE /* Define to the version of the distribution. */ #undef VERSION /* Define if you have obstacks. */ #undef HAVE_OBSTACK /* Define if defines ptrdiff_t. */ #undef HAVE_PTRDIFF_T /* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */ #undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES /* Define if you have the parse_printf_format function. */ #undef HAVE_PARSE_PRINTF_FORMAT /* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */ #undef ENABLE_NLS /* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ #undef HAVE_CATGETS /* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ #undef HAVE_GETTEXT /* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */ #undef HAVE_STPCPY @BOTTOM@ /* We don't test for the basename function but still want to use the version in the libc when compiling for a system using glibc. */ #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ # define HAVE_BASENAME 1 #endif /* On GNU systems we want to use the extensions. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif /* A file name cannot consist of any character possible. INVALID_PATH_CHAR contains the characters not allowed. */ #ifndef MSDOS # define INVALID_PATH_CHAR "\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\10\11\12\13\14\15\16\17\20\21\22\23\24\25\26\27\30\31\32\33\34\35\36\37 \177/" #else /* Something like this for MSDOG. */ # define INVALID_PATH_CHAR "\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\10\11\12\13\14\15\16\17\20\21\22\23\24\25\26\27\30\31\32\33\34\35\36\37 \177\\:." #endif /* Length from which starting on warnings about too long strings are given. Several systems have limits for strings itself, more have problems with strings in their tools (important here: gencat). 1024 bytes is a conservative limit. Because many translation let the message size grow (German translations are always bigger) choose a length < 1024. */ #define WARN_ID_LEN 900 /* This is the page width for the message_print function. It should not be set to more than 79 characters (Emacs users will appreciate it). It is used to wrap the msgid and msgstr strings, and also to wrap the file position (#:) comments. */ #define PAGE_WIDTH 79 gettext-kde-0.10.35/aclocal.m40000644000175000017500000006237506522261044013573 0ustar jrjrdnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.3 dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # Do all the work for Automake. This macro actually does too much -- # some checks are only needed if your package does certain things. # But this isn't really a big deal. # serial 1 dnl Usage: dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version, [no-define]) AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE, [AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL]) PACKAGE=[$1] AC_SUBST(PACKAGE) VERSION=[$2] AC_SUBST(VERSION) dnl test to see if srcdir already configured if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) fi ifelse([$3],, AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE") AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION")) AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM]) dnl FIXME This is truly gross. missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal, $missing_dir) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf, $missing_dir) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake, $missing_dir) AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader, $missing_dir) AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, $missing_dir) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])]) # serial 1 AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_INSTALL, [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL]) test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}' AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl ]) # # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. # AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK, [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftestfile # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null` if test "[$]*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile` fi if test "[$]*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \ && test "[$]*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment]) fi test "[$]2" = conftestfile ) then # Ok. : else AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock]) fi rm -f conftest* AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM, DIRECTORY) dnl The program must properly implement --version. AC_DEFUN(AM_MISSING_PROG, [AC_MSG_CHECKING(for working $2) # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if ($2 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then $1=$2 AC_MSG_RESULT(found) else $1="$3/missing $2" AC_MSG_RESULT(missing) fi AC_SUBST($1)]) # Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file. AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER, [AC_PREREQ([2.12]) AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1]) dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header dnl that is generated. We must strip everything past the first ":", dnl and everything past the last "/". AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl ifelse(patsubst(<<$1>>, <<[^ ]>>, <<>>), <<>>, <>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl>>, <>; do case " <<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS " in *" <<$>>am_file "*<<)>> echo timestamp > `echo <<$>>am_file | sed -e 's%:.*%%' -e 's%[^/]*$%%'`stamp-h$am_indx ;; esac am_indx=`expr "<<$>>am_indx" + 1` done<<>>dnl>>) changequote([,]))]) # serial 24 AM_PROG_LIBTOOL AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL, [AC_REQUIRE([AM_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_LD])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_NM])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl dnl # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl # Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig. libtool_flags= test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared" test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static" test "$silent" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent" test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc" test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld" # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case "$host" in *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" ;; esac # Actually configure libtool. ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found. CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \ LD="$LD" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" LN_S="$LN_S" \ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig \ $libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \ || AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed]) ]) # AM_ENABLE_SHARED - implement the --enable-shared flag # Usage: AM_ENABLE_SHARED[(DEFAULT)] # Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to # `yes'. AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_SHARED, [define([AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared, changequote(<<, >>)dnl << --enable-shared build shared libraries [default=>>AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT] changequote([, ])dnl [ --enable-shared=PKGS only build shared libraries if the current package appears as an element in the PKGS list], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac], enable_shared=AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)dnl ]) # AM_DISABLE_SHARED - set the default shared flag to --disable-shared AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_SHARED, [AM_ENABLE_SHARED(no)]) # AM_DISABLE_STATIC - set the default static flag to --disable-static AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_STATIC, [AM_ENABLE_STATIC(no)]) # AM_ENABLE_STATIC - implement the --enable-static flag # Usage: AM_ENABLE_STATIC[(DEFAULT)] # Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to # `yes'. AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_STATIC, [define([AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(static, changequote(<<, >>)dnl << --enable-static build static libraries [default=>>AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT] changequote([, ])dnl [ --enable-static=PKGS only build shared libraries if the current package appears as an element in the PKGS list], [p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac], enable_static=AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)dnl ]) # AM_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD, [AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld, [ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]], test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) ac_prog=ld if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC]) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` case "$ac_prog" in # Accept absolute paths. /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) else AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) fi AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD, [if test -z "$LD"; then IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog"; then ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break else test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" else ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi]) LD="$ac_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then AC_MSG_RESULT($LD) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH]) AC_SUBST(LD) AM_PROG_LD_GNU ]) AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD_GNU, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld, [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. if $LD -v 2>&1 &5; then ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes else ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no fi]) ]) # AM_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_NM, [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm]) AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_NM, [case "$NM" in /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) ac_cv_path_NM="$NM" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in /usr/ucb /usr/ccs/bin $PATH /bin; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/nm; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B" elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p" else ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm" fi break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm ;; esac]) NM="$ac_cv_path_NM" AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM]) AC_SUBST(NM) ]) # From Ulrich Drepper. # serial 1 AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ptrdiff_t], am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t, [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include ], [ptrdiff_t p], am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t=yes, am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t=no)]) if test $am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PTRDIFF_T) fi ]) dnl From Jim Meyering. Use this if you use the GNU error.[ch]. dnl FIXME: Migrate into libit AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for error_at_line], am_cv_lib_error_at_line, [AC_TRY_LINK([],[error_at_line(0, 0, "", 0, "");], am_cv_lib_error_at_line=yes, am_cv_lib_error_at_line=no)]) if test $am_cv_lib_error_at_line = no; then LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS error.o" fi AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl ]) # Macro to add for using GNU gettext. # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 5 AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS, [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) dnl Default is enabled NLS AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no dnl If we use NLS figure out what method if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library. dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets. nls_cv_header_intl= nls_cv_header_libgt= CATOBJEXT=NONE AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return (int) gettext ("")], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)]) if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl], gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl, [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext, gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)], gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)]) fi if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \ || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT) AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext) AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; return _nl_msg_cat_cntr], [CATOBJEXT=.gmo DATADIRNAME=share], [CATOBJEXT=.mo DATADIRNAME=lib]) INSTOBJEXT=.mo fi fi ]) if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used]) AC_ARG_WITH(catgets, [ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available], nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets) if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next. AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main) AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets, [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS) INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)" AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no) if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no) fi AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes CATOBJEXT=.cat INSTOBJEXT=.cat DATADIRNAME=lib INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi]) fi fi if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library. dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library. nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes fi fi if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt) AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) AC_SUBST(MSGFMT) USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes CATOBJEXT=.gmo INSTOBJEXT=.mo DATADIRNAME=share INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the dnl Makefiles still can work. if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then : ; else AC_MSG_RESULT( [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) XGETTEXT=":" fi fi # We need to process the po/ directory. POSUB=po else DATADIRNAME=share nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl) AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS( [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*) sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile esac]) # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes' # because some of the sources are only built for this goal. if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then USE_NLS=yes USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes fi dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs dnl in configure.in. for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" done dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) AC_SUBST(CATALOGS) AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) AC_SUBST(GMOFILES) AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS) AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) AC_SUBST(POFILES) AC_SUBST(POSUB) ]) AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT, [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \ unistd.h sys/param.h]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \ strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next]) if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy) fi if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY) fi AM_LC_MESSAGES AM_WITH_NLS if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then LINGUAS= else AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed) NEW_LINGUAS= for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;; esac done LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS) fi dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed. if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done fi fi dnl The reference to in the installed file dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H. if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include " else INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\ /* The system does not provide the header . Take care yourself. */" fi AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H) dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed) dnl For now we know about two different formats: dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format test -d intl || mkdir intl if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen) dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs dnl cannot handle comments. sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed fi dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed. sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \ $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext dnl packages. if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then GT_NO="#NO#" GT_YES= else GT_NO= GT_YES="#YES#" fi AC_SUBST(GT_NO) AC_SUBST(GT_YES) dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir). dnl Try to locate is. MKINSTALLDIRS= if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" fi if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" fi AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real. l= AC_SUBST(l) dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will dnl be included in po/Makefile. test -d po || mkdir po if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then posrcprefix="$srcdir/" else posrcprefix="../$srcdir/" fi else posrcprefix="../" fi rm -f po/POTFILES sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \ < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES ]) # Search path for a program which passes the given test. # Ulrich Drepper , 1996. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 1 dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST, [# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, [case "[$]$1" in /*) ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if [$3]; then ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" ])dnl ;; esac])dnl $1="$ac_cv_path_$1" if test -n "[$]$1"; then AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi AC_SUBST($1)dnl ]) # Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in . # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 1 AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES, [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES) fi fi]) # serial 1 AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_LISPDIR, [# If set to t, that means we are running in a shell under Emacs. # If you have an Emacs named "t", then use the full path. test "$EMACS" = t && EMACS= AC_PATH_PROG(EMACS, emacs xemacs, no) if test $EMACS != "no"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([where .elc files should go]) dnl Set default value lispdir="\$(datadir)/emacs/site-lisp" if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE"; then if test -d $ac_default_prefix/share/emacs/site-lisp; then lispdir="\$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp" else if test -d $ac_default_prefix/lib/emacs/site-lisp; then lispdir="\$(prefix)/lib/emacs/site-lisp" fi fi else if test -d $prefix/share/emacs/site-lisp; then lispdir="\$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp" else if test -d $prefix/lib/emacs/site-lisp; then lispdir="\$(prefix)/lib/emacs/site-lisp" fi fi fi AC_MSG_RESULT($lispdir) fi AC_SUBST(lispdir)]) gettext-kde-0.10.35/config.guess0000755000175000017500000005733006521173433014251 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Written by Per Bothner . # The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib. # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you # don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name). # # Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others # (but try to keep the structure clean). # # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown trap 'rm -f dummy.c dummy.o dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15 # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in alpha:OSF1:*:*) if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` fi # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. cat <dummy.s .globl main .ent main main: .frame \$30,0,\$26,0 .prologue 0 .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0 lda \$2,259 .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1 srl \$1,8,\$2 sll \$2,2,\$2 sll \$0,3,\$0 addl \$1,\$0,\$0 addl \$2,\$0,\$0 ret \$31,(\$26),1 .end main EOF ${CC-cc} dummy.s -o dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then ./dummy case "$?" in 7) UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; 15) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; 14) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; 10) UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; 16) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; esac fi rm -f dummy.s dummy echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr [[A-Z]] [[a-z]]` exit 0 ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit 0 ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-cbm-sysv4 exit 0;; amiga:NetBSD:*:*) echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; arc64:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mips64el-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; arc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hkmips:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mips-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; pmax:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mips-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0;; arm32:NetBSD:*:*) echo arm-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` exit 0 ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit 0;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:*|MIS*:OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi exit 0 ;; NILE:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` exit 0 ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(head -1 /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case "`/bin/arch`" in sun3) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; sun4) echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac exit 0 ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; atari*:NetBSD:*:*) echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; atari*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun3*:NetBSD:*:*) echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mac68k:NetBSD:*:*) echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit 0 ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; 2020:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy \ && ./dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0 rm -f dummy.c dummy echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix exit 0 ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 exit 0 ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 exit 0 ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit 0 ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \ -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} fi else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit 0 ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit 0 ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 exit 0 ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd exit 0 ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` exit 0 ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i?86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c #include main() { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0 rm -f dummy.c dummy echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:4) if /usr/sbin/lsattr -EHl proc0 | grep POWER >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=4.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC NetBSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx exit 0 ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; 9000/[3478]??:HP-UX:*:*) case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/7?? | 9000/8?[1679] ) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; 9000/8?? ) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; esac HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) sed 's/^ //' << EOF >dummy.c #include int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0 rm -f dummy.c dummy echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 exit 0 ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd exit 0 ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf exit 0 ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf exit 0 ;; i?86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi exit 0 ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites exit 0 ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit 0 ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; CRAY*X-MP:*:*:*) echo xmp-cray-unicos exit 0 ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ exit 0 ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; CRAY-2:*:*:*) echo cray2-cray-unicos exit 0 ;; F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr [A-Z] [a-z] | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit 0 ;; F301:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo f301-fujitsu-uxpv`echo $UNAME_RELEASE | sed 's/ .*//'` exit 0 ;; hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*) echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; i?86:BSD/386:*:* | *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit 0 ;; *:NetBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` exit 0 ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` exit 0 ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo i386-pc-cygwin32 exit 0 ;; i*:MINGW*:*) echo i386-pc-mingw32 exit 0 ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin32 exit 0 ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit 0 ;; *:GNU:*:*) echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit 0 ;; *:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. ld_help_string=`ld --help 2>&1` ld_supported_emulations=`echo $ld_help_string \ | sed -ne '/supported emulations:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported emulations: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_emulations" in i?86linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; i?86coff) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" ; exit 0 ;; sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; m68klinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; elf32ppc) echo "powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu" ; exit 0 ;; esac if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then sed 's/^ //' <dummy.s .globl main .ent main main: .frame \$30,0,\$26,0 .prologue 0 .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0 lda \$2,259 .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1 srl \$1,8,\$2 sll \$2,2,\$2 sll \$0,3,\$0 addl \$1,\$0,\$0 addl \$2,\$0,\$0 ret \$31,(\$26),1 .end main EOF LIBC="" ${CC-cc} dummy.s -o dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then ./dummy case "$?" in 7) UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; 15) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; 14) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; 10) UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; 16) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; esac objdump --private-headers dummy | \ grep ld.so.1 > /dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" fi fi rm -f dummy.s dummy echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ; exit 0 elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then cat >dummy.c </dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0 rm -f dummy.c dummy else # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) # or one that does not give us useful --help. # GCC wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout. # If ld does not provide *any* "supported emulations:" # that means it is gnuoldld. echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations:" test $? != 0 && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0 case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in i?86) VENDOR=pc; ;; *) VENDOR=unknown; ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf cat >dummy.c < main(argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #ifdef __ELF__ # ifdef __GLIBC__ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]); # else printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnulibc1\n", argv[1]); # endif # else printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnulibc1\n", argv[1]); # endif #else printf ("%s-${VENDOR}-linux-gnuaout\n", argv[1]); #endif return 0; } EOF ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0 rm -f dummy.c dummy fi ;; # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. earlier versions # are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename. i?86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit 0 ;; i?86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; i?86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit 0 ;; pc:*:*:*) # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp exit 0 ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit 0 ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 exit 0 ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi exit 0 ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv exit 0 ;; M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 exit 0 ;; i?86:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit 0 ;; PENTIUM:CPunix:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says echo i586-unisys-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes . # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 exit 0 ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 exit 0 ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; news*:NEWS-OS:*:6*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit 0 ;; R3000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi exit 0 ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 #echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 cat >dummy.c < # include #endif main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) #if !defined (ultrix) printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0 rm -f dummy.c dummy # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit 0 ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd exit 0 ;; esac fi #echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2 exit 1 gettext-kde-0.10.35/config.h.in0000644000175000017500000001507506521656575013771 0ustar jrjr/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader. */ /* Special definitions, processed by autoheader. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation. Ulrich Drepper , 1995. */ /* Default value for alignment of strings in .mo file. */ #define DEFAULT_OUTPUT_ALIGNMENT 1 #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif /* Define if using alloca.c. */ #undef C_ALLOCA /* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */ #undef const /* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */ #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END /* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA /* Define if you have and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H /* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */ #undef HAVE_DOPRNT /* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */ #undef HAVE_MMAP /* Define if you have the vprintf function. */ #undef HAVE_VPRINTF /* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */ #undef inline /* Define to `long' if doesn't define. */ #undef off_t /* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */ #undef _POSIX_SOURCE /* Define to `unsigned' if doesn't define. */ #undef size_t /* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically deduced at run-time. STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ #undef STACK_DIRECTION /* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Define to the name of the distribution. */ #undef PACKAGE /* Define to the version of the distribution. */ #undef VERSION /* Define if defines ptrdiff_t. */ #undef HAVE_PTRDIFF_T /* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */ #undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES /* Define if you have the parse_printf_format function. */ #undef HAVE_PARSE_PRINTF_FORMAT /* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */ #undef ENABLE_NLS /* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ #undef HAVE_CATGETS /* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ #undef HAVE_GETTEXT /* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */ #undef HAVE_STPCPY /* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT /* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT /* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */ #undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY /* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */ #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT /* Define if you have the getcwd function. */ #undef HAVE_GETCWD /* Define if you have the getdelim function. */ #undef HAVE_GETDELIM /* Define if you have the getline function. */ #undef HAVE_GETLINE /* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */ #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE /* Define if you have the mblen function. */ #undef HAVE_MBLEN /* Define if you have the memcpy function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMCPY /* Define if you have the memmove function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMMOVE /* Define if you have the memset function. */ #undef HAVE_MEMSET /* Define if you have the munmap function. */ #undef HAVE_MUNMAP /* Define if you have the putenv function. */ #undef HAVE_PUTENV /* Define if you have the setenv function. */ #undef HAVE_SETENV /* Define if you have the setlocale function. */ #undef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */ #undef HAVE_STPCPY /* Define if you have the stpncpy function. */ #undef HAVE_STPNCPY /* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCASECMP /* Define if you have the strchr function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCHR /* Define if you have the strcspn function. */ #undef HAVE_STRCSPN /* Define if you have the strdup function. */ #undef HAVE_STRDUP /* Define if you have the strerror function. */ #undef HAVE_STRERROR /* Define if you have the strncasecmp function. */ #undef HAVE_STRNCASECMP /* Define if you have the strstr function. */ #undef HAVE_STRSTR /* Define if you have the strtoul function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOUL /* Define if you have the uname function. */ #undef HAVE_UNAME /* Define if you have the vasprintf function. */ #undef HAVE_VASPRINTF /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LIMITS_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_LOCALE_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MALLOC_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_VALUES_H /* Define if you have the i library (-li). */ #undef HAVE_LIBI /* We don't test for the basename function but still want to use the version in the libc when compiling for a system using glibc. */ #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ # define HAVE_BASENAME 1 #endif /* On GNU systems we want to use the extensions. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif /* A file name cannot consist of any character possible. INVALID_PATH_CHAR contains the characters not allowed. */ #ifndef MSDOS # define INVALID_PATH_CHAR "\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\10\11\12\13\14\15\16\17\20\21\22\23\24\25\26\27\30\31\32\33\34\35\36\37 \177/" #else /* Something like this for MSDOG. */ # define INVALID_PATH_CHAR "\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\10\11\12\13\14\15\16\17\20\21\22\23\24\25\26\27\30\31\32\33\34\35\36\37 \177\\:." #endif /* Length from which starting on warnings about too long strings are given. Several systems have limits for strings itself, more have problems with strings in their tools (important here: gencat). 1024 bytes is a conservative limit. Because many translation let the message size grow (German translations are always bigger) choose a length < 1024. */ #define WARN_ID_LEN 900 /* This is the page width for the message_print function. It should not be set to more than 79 characters (Emacs users will appreciate it). It is used to wrap the msgid and msgstr strings, and also to wrap the file position (#:) comments. */ #define PAGE_WIDTH 79 gettext-kde-0.10.35/config.sub0000755000175000017500000004653206521173433013716 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1. # Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, # Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. if [ x$1 = x ] then echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2 echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2 echo "or $0 ALIAS" 1>&2 echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2 exit 1 fi # First pass through any local machine types. case $1 in *local*) echo $1 exit 0 ;; *) ;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in linux-gnu*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` else os=; fi ;; esac ### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so ### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also ### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we ### can provide default operating systems below. case $os in -sun*os*) # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. ;; -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ -apple) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; -sco5) os=sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco4) os=-sco3.2v4 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2.[4-9]*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco3.2v[4-9]*) # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -isc) os=-isc2.2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -clix*) basic_machine=clipper-intergraph ;; -isc*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; -lynx*) os=-lynxos ;; -ptx*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` ;; -windowsnt*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` ;; -psos*) os=-psos ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. tahoe | i860 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \ | arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 \ | tron | a29k | 580 | i960 | h8300 | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 \ | alpha | alphaev5 | alphaev56 | we32k | ns16k | clipper \ | i370 | sh | powerpc | powerpcle | 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 \ | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | v850) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. i[3456]86) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. *-*-*) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. vax-* | tahoe-* | i[3456]86-* | i860-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \ | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \ | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | i960-* \ | xmp-* | ymp-* | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev5-* | alphaev56-* | we32k-* | cydra-* \ | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* | clipper-* | orion-* \ | sparclite-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* \ | sparc64-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \ | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | f301-*) ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) basic_machine=m68000-att ;; 3b*) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; alliant | fx80) basic_machine=fx80-alliant ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none os=-bsd ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) basic_machine=m68k-cbm ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-cbm os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-cbm os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-sysv ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c2) basic_machine=c2-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c32) basic_machine=c32-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c34) basic_machine=c34-convex os=-bsd ;; convex-c38) basic_machine=c38-convex os=-bsd ;; cray | ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos ;; cray2) basic_machine=cray2-cray os=-unicos ;; [ctj]90-cray) basic_machine=c90-cray os=-unicos ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec ;; delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) basic_machine=m68k-motorola ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx ;; dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv3 ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-ebmon ;; elxsi) basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi os=-bsd ;; encore | umax | mmax) basic_machine=ns32k-encore ;; fx2800) basic_machine=i860-alliant ;; genix) basic_machine=ns32k-ns ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro os=-sysv ;; h3050r* | hiux*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi os=-hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-sysv3 ;; hp300-*) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-bsd ;; hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp os=-hpux ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) basic_machine=m68000-hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) basic_machine=m68k-hp ;; hp9k7[0-9][0-9] | hp7[0-9][0-9] | hp9k8[0-9]7 | hp8[0-9]7) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp ;; hppa-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i[3456]86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 ;; i[3456]86v4*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv4 ;; i[3456]86v) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv ;; i[3456]86sol2) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-solaris2 ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in -irix*) ;; *) os=-irix4 ;; esac ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips os=-sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; mipsel*-linux*) basic_machine=mipsel-unknown os=-linux-gnu ;; mips*-linux*) basic_machine=mips-unknown os=-linux-gnu ;; mips3*-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` ;; mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony os=-newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony os=-newsos ;; news-3600 | risc-news) basic_machine=mips-sony os=-newsos ;; next | m*-next ) basic_machine=m68k-next case $os in -nextstep* ) ;; -ns2*) os=-nextstep2 ;; *) os=-nextstep3 ;; esac ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris os=-cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris os=-cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel os=-nindy ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; pa-hitachi) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi os=-hiuxwe2 ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; pbb) basic_machine=m68k-tti ;; pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; pentium | p5) basic_machine=i586-intel ;; pentiumpro | p6) basic_machine=i686-intel ;; pentium-* | p5-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumpro-* | p6-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; k5) # We don't have specific support for AMD's K5 yet, so just call it a Pentium basic_machine=i586-amd ;; nexen) # We don't have specific support for Nexgen yet, so just call it a Pentium basic_machine=i586-nexgen ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; power) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown ;; ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ps2) basic_machine=i386-ibm ;; rm[46]00) basic_machine=mips-siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent ;; sh) basic_machine=sh-hitachi os=-hms ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull os=-sysv2 ;; spur) basic_machine=spur-unknown ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun os=-solaris2 ;; sun3 | sun3-*) basic_machine=m68k-sun ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; tx39el) basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown ;; tower | tower-32) basic_machine=m68k-ncr ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu os=-sym1 ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec os=-vms ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) basic_machine=f301-fujitsu ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs os=-vxworks ;; xmp) basic_machine=xmp-cray os=-unicos ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none ;; # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. mips) if [ x$os = x-linux-gnu ]; then basic_machine=mips-unknown else basic_machine=mips-mips fi ;; romp) basic_machine=romp-ibm ;; rs6000) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm ;; vax) basic_machine=vax-dec ;; pdp11) basic_machine=pdp11-dec ;; we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; sparc) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; cydra) basic_machine=cydra-cydrome ;; orion) basic_machine=orion-highlevel ;; orion105) basic_machine=clipper-highlevel ;; *) echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $basic_machine in *-digital*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` ;; *-commodore*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in # First match some system type aliases # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; -solaris) os=-solaris2 ;; -svr4*) os=-sysv4 ;; -unixware*) os=-sysv4.2uw ;; -gnu/linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; # First accept the basic system types. # The portable systems comes first. # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \ | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -cygwin32* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -linux*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` ;; -sunos5*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` ;; -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; -osf*) os=-osf ;; -utek*) os=-bsd ;; -dynix*) os=-bsd ;; -acis*) os=-aos ;; -ctix* | -uts*) os=-sysv ;; -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` ;; -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; -triton*) os=-sysv3 ;; -oss*) os=-sysv3 ;; -svr4) os=-sysv4 ;; -svr3) os=-sysv3 ;; -sysvr4) os=-sysv4 ;; # This must come after -sysvr4. -sysv*) ;; -xenix) os=-xenix ;; -none) ;; *) # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac else # Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. # The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their # machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. # Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, # "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top # that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above # will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; pdp11-*) os=-none ;; *-dec | vax-*) os=-ultrix4.2 ;; m68*-apollo) os=-domain ;; i386-sun) os=-sunos4.0.2 ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the # default. # os=-sunos4 ;; *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. os=-sysv3 ;; sparc-* | *-sun) os=-sunos4.1.1 ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; *-hp) os=-hpux ;; *-hitachi) os=-hiux ;; i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) os=-sysv ;; *-cbm) os=-amigaos ;; *-dg) os=-dgux ;; *-dolphin) os=-sysv3 ;; m68k-ccur) os=-rtu ;; m88k-omron*) os=-luna ;; *-next ) os=-nextstep ;; *-sequent) os=-ptx ;; *-crds) os=-unos ;; *-ns) os=-genix ;; i370-*) os=-mvs ;; *-next) os=-nextstep3 ;; *-gould) os=-sysv ;; *-highlevel) os=-bsd ;; *-encore) os=-bsd ;; *-sgi) os=-irix ;; *-siemens) os=-sysv4 ;; *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; f301-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *) os=-none ;; esac fi # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. vendor=unknown case $basic_machine in *-unknown) case $os in -riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; -aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -hpux*) vendor=hp ;; -hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; -unos*) vendor=crds ;; -dgux*) vendor=dg ;; -luna*) vendor=omron ;; -genix*) vendor=ns ;; -mvs*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; -vxsim* | -vxworks*) vendor=wrs ;; -aux*) vendor=apple ;; esac basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` ;; esac echo $basic_machine$os gettext-kde-0.10.35/configure0000755000175000017500000037644206522261051013643 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # From configure.in Revision: 1.143 # Do all the work for Automake. This macro actually does too much -- # some checks are only needed if your package does certain things. # But this isn't really a big deal. # serial 1 # serial 1 # # Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. # # Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file. # serial 24 AM_PROG_LIBTOOL # AM_ENABLE_SHARED - implement the --enable-shared flag # Usage: AM_ENABLE_SHARED[(DEFAULT)] # Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to # `yes'. # AM_DISABLE_SHARED - set the default shared flag to --disable-shared # AM_DISABLE_STATIC - set the default static flag to --disable-static # AM_ENABLE_STATIC - implement the --enable-static flag # Usage: AM_ENABLE_STATIC[(DEFAULT)] # Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'. If omitted, it defaults to # `yes'. # AM_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker # AM_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister # From Ulrich Drepper. # serial 1 # Macro to add for using GNU gettext. # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 5 # Search path for a program which passes the given test. # Ulrich Drepper , 1996. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 1 # Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in . # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 1 # serial 1 # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 # Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. # Defaults: ac_help= ac_default_prefix=/usr/local # Any additions from configure.in: ac_help="$ac_help --enable-shared build shared libraries [default=yes] --enable-shared=PKGS only build shared libraries if the current package appears as an element in the PKGS list" ac_help="$ac_help --enable-static build static libraries [default=yes] --enable-static=PKGS only build shared libraries if the current package appears as an element in the PKGS list" ac_help="$ac_help --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]" ac_help="$ac_help --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support" ac_help="$ac_help --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here" ac_help="$ac_help --with-catgets use catgets functions if available" # Initialize some variables set by options. # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. build=NONE cache_file=./config.cache exec_prefix=NONE host=NONE no_create= nonopt=NONE no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= target=NONE verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datadir='${prefix}/share' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' infodir='${prefix}/info' mandir='${prefix}/man' # Initialize some other variables. subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. ac_max_here_lines=12 ac_prev= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" ac_prev= continue fi case "$ac_option" in -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) ac_optarg= ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case "$ac_option" in -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir="$ac_optarg" ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build="$ac_optarg" ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ | --da=*) datadir="$ac_optarg" ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` case "$ac_option" in *=*) ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he) # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat << EOF Usage: configure [options] [host] Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] Configuration: --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE --help print this message --no-create do not create output files --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages --version print the version of autoconf that created configure Directory and file names: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [same as prefix] --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR [PREFIX/share] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include] --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info] --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man] --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names --program-transform-name=PROGRAM run sed PROGRAM on installed program names EOF cat << EOF Host type: --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] Features and packages: --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR EOF if test -n "$ac_help"; then echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help" fi exit 0 ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host="$ac_optarg" ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir="$ac_optarg" ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir="$ac_optarg" ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir="$ac_optarg" ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site="$ac_optarg" ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target="$ac_optarg" ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12" exit 0 ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` case "$ac_option" in *=*) ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } ;; *) if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2 fi if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi nonopt="$ac_option" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 # File descriptor usage: # 0 standard input # 1 file creation # 2 errors and warnings # 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty # 4 used on the Kubota Titan # 6 checking for... messages and results # 5 compiler messages saved in config.log if test "$silent" = yes; then exec 6>/dev/null else exec 6>&1 fi exec 5>./config.log echo "\ This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. " 1>&5 # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters. ac_configure_args= for ac_arg do case "$ac_arg" in -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;; *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;; esac done # NLS nuisances. # Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally # because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). # Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'! # Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check. if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h # AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. echo > confdefs.h # A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that # configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. ac_unique_file=src/msgfmt.c # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. ac_prog=$0 ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; } else { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi fi srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'` # Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" else CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" fi fi for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then echo "loading site script $ac_site_file" . "$ac_site_file" fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then echo "loading cache $cache_file" . $cache_file else echo "creating cache $cache_file" > $cache_file fi ac_ext=c # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then ac_n= ac_c=' ' ac_t=' ' else ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= fi else ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= fi ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" break elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure. # Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), # so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or # incompatible versions: # SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install # SunOS /usr/etc/install # IRIX /sbin/install # AIX /bin/install # AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args # SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" # ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:681: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 if test -z "$INSTALL"; then if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. case "$ac_dir/" in /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;; *) # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then if test $ac_prog = install && grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable. : else ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" break 2 fi fi done ;; esac done IFS="$ac_save_IFS" fi if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install" else # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the path is relative. INSTALL="$ac_install_sh" fi fi echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6 # Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. # It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}' echo $ac_n "checking whether build environment is sane""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:734: checking whether build environment is sane" >&5 # Just in case sleep 1 echo timestamp > conftestfile # Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's # arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a # symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks # (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing # directory). if ( set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null` if test "$*" = "X"; then # -L didn't work. set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile` fi if test "$*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \ && test "$*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". { echo "configure: error: ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken alias in your environment" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi test "$2" = conftestfile ) then # Ok. : else { echo "configure: error: newly created file is older than distributed files! Check your system clock" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi rm -f conftest* echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 if test "$program_transform_name" = s,x,x,; then program_transform_name= else # Double any \ or $. echo might interpret backslashes. cat <<\EOF_SED > conftestsed s,\\,\\\\,g; s,\$,$$,g EOF_SED program_transform_name="`echo $program_transform_name|sed -f conftestsed`" rm -f conftestsed fi test "$program_prefix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s,^,${program_prefix},; $program_transform_name" # Use a double $ so make ignores it. test "$program_suffix" != NONE && program_transform_name="s,\$\$,${program_suffix},; $program_transform_name" # sed with no file args requires a program. test "$program_transform_name" = "" && program_transform_name="s,x,x," echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:791: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5 set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftestmake <<\EOF all: @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"' EOF # GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes else eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no fi rm -f conftestmake fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 SET_MAKE= else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" fi PACKAGE=gettext VERSION=0.10.35 if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then { echo "configure: error: source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi cat >> confdefs.h <> confdefs.h <&6 echo "configure:837: checking for working aclocal" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then ACLOCAL=aclocal echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else ACLOCAL="$missing_dir/missing aclocal" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for working autoconf""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:850: checking for working autoconf" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then AUTOCONF=autoconf echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else AUTOCONF="$missing_dir/missing autoconf" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for working automake""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:863: checking for working automake" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then AUTOMAKE=automake echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else AUTOMAKE="$missing_dir/missing automake" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for working autoheader""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:876: checking for working autoheader" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (autoheader --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then AUTOHEADER=autoheader echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else AUTOHEADER="$missing_dir/missing autoheader" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for working makeinfo""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:889: checking for working makeinfo" >&5 # Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if # an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected. # Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf. Sigh. if (makeinfo --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then MAKEINFO=makeinfo echo "$ac_t""found" 1>&6 else MAKEINFO="$missing_dir/missing makeinfo" echo "$ac_t""missing" 1>&6 fi ALL_LINGUAS="da de es fr ko nl no no@nynorsk pl pt sl sv" # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given. if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_shared" p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_shared=yes ;; no) enable_shared=no ;; *) enable_shared=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_shared=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_shared=yes fi # Check whether --enable-static or --disable-static was given. if test "${enable_static+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_static" p=${PACKAGE-default} case "$enableval" in yes) enable_static=yes ;; no) enable_static=no ;; *) enable_static=no # Look at the argument we got. We use all the common list separators. IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:," for pkg in $enableval; do if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then enable_static=yes fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" ;; esac else enable_static=yes fi # Make sure we can run config.sub. if $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else { echo "configure: error: can not run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:961: checking host system type" >&5 host_alias=$host case "$host_alias" in NONE) case $nonopt in NONE) if host_alias=`$ac_config_guess`; then : else { echo "configure: error: can not guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi ;; *) host_alias=$nonopt ;; esac ;; esac host=`$ac_config_sub $host_alias` host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` echo "$ac_t""$host" 1>&6 # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:984: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$RANLIB"; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":" fi fi RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" if test -n "$RANLIB"; then echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1013: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi fi CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1042: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" ac_prog_rejected=no for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# -gt 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@" shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$@" fi fi fi fi CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1090: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5 ac_ext=c # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler. if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no else ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes fi else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no fi rm -fr conftest* echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1124: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1129: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.c <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes else ac_cv_prog_gcc=no fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then GCC=yes ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}" ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS= echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1153: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6 if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-O2" fi else GCC= test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g" fi # Check whether --with-gnu-ld or --without-gnu-ld was given. if test "${with_gnu_ld+set}" = set; then withval="$with_gnu_ld" test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi ac_prog=ld if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. echo $ac_n "checking for ld used by GCC""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1193: checking for ld used by GCC" >&5 ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` case "$ac_prog" in # Accept absolute paths. /* | A-Za-z:\\*) test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then echo $ac_n "checking for GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1211: checking for GNU ld" >&5 else echo $ac_n "checking for non-GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1214: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 fi if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_LD'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -z "$LD"; then IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog"; then ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break else test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" else ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path. fi fi LD="$ac_cv_path_LD" if test -n "$LD"; then echo "$ac_t""$LD" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi test -z "$LD" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } echo $ac_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1250: checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. if $LD -v 2>&1 &5; then ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes else ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for BSD-compatible nm""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1266: checking for BSD-compatible nm" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_NM'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$NM" in /* | A-Za-z:\\*) ac_cv_path_NM="$NM" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in /usr/ucb /usr/ccs/bin $PATH /bin; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/nm; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B" elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p" else ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm" fi break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm ;; esac fi NM="$ac_cv_path_NM" echo "$ac_t""$NM" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1303: checking whether ln -s works" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_LN_S'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else rm -f conftestdata if ln -s X conftestdata 2>/dev/null then rm -f conftestdata ac_cv_prog_LN_S="ln -s" else ac_cv_prog_LN_S=ln fi fi LN_S="$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" if test "$ac_cv_prog_LN_S" = "ln -s"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi # Always use our own libtool. LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool' # Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig. libtool_flags= test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared" test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static" test "$silent" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent" test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc" test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld" # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good # libtool support. case "$host" in *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. echo '#line 1339 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if { (eval echo configure:1340: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in *32-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -32" ;; *N32*) LD="${LD-ld} -n32" ;; *64-bit*) LD="${LD-ld} -64" ;; esac fi rm -rf conftest* ;; *-*-sco3.2v5*) # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries. CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf" ;; esac # Actually configure libtool. ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found. CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \ LD="$LD" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" LN_S="$LN_S" \ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig \ $libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \ || { echo "configure: error: libtool configure failed" 1>&2; exit 1; } # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1372: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi fi CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1401: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" ac_prog_rejected=no for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then ac_prog_rejected=yes continue fi ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift if test $# -gt 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@" shift ac_cv_prog_CC="$@" fi fi fi fi CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1449: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5 ac_ext=c # CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler. if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no else ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes fi else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no fi rm -fr conftest* echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } fi echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1483: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5 echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6 cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1488: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.c <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes else ac_cv_prog_gcc=no fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then GCC=yes ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}" ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS= echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1512: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes else ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6 if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" else CFLAGS="-O2" fi else GCC= test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g" fi echo $ac_n "checking for POSIXized ISC""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1540: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5 if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d && grep _POSIX_VERSION /usr/include/sys/unistd.h >/dev/null 2>&1 then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ISC=yes # If later tests want to check for ISC. cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define _POSIX_SOURCE 1 EOF if test "$GCC" = yes; then CC="$CC -posix" else CC="$CC -Xp" fi else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 ISC= fi test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}' for ac_prog in 'bison -y' byacc do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1568: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_YACC'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test -n "$YACC"; then ac_cv_prog_YACC="$YACC" # Let the user override the test. else IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_prog_YACC="$ac_prog" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi fi YACC="$ac_cv_prog_YACC" if test -n "$YACC"; then echo "$ac_t""$YACC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi test -n "$YACC" && break done test -n "$YACC" || YACC="yacc" echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1600: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 # On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then CPP= fi if test -z "$CPP"; then if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make. CPP="${CC-cc} -E" # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. cat > conftest.$ac_ext < Syntax Error EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1621: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` if test -z "$ac_err"; then : else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp" cat > conftest.$ac_ext < Syntax Error EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1638: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` if test -z "$ac_err"; then : else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* CPP=/lib/cpp fi rm -f conftest* fi rm -f conftest* ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" fi CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP" else ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" fi echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1661: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #include #include #include EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1674: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') #define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2); exit (0); } EOF if { (eval echo configure:1741: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null then : else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -fr conftest* ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -fr conftest* fi fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define STDC_HEADERS 1 EOF fi for ac_hdr in limits.h malloc.h string.h unistd.h values.h do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1768: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:1778: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1806: checking for working const" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <j = 5; } { /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ const int foo = 10; } ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:1860: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_c_const=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_c_const=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define const EOF fi echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1881: checking for inline" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_cv_c_inline=no for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -f conftest* done fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_inline" 1>&6 case "$ac_cv_c_inline" in inline | yes) ;; no) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define inline EOF ;; *) cat >> confdefs.h <&6 echo "configure:1921: checking for off_t" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_off_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #if STDC_HEADERS #include #include #endif EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "off_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_type_off_t=yes else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_type_off_t=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_off_t" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_type_off_t = no; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define off_t long EOF fi echo $ac_n "checking for size_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1954: checking for size_t" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_size_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #if STDC_HEADERS #include #include #endif EOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep "size_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_type_size_t=yes else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_type_size_t=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_size_t" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = no; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define size_t unsigned EOF fi echo $ac_n "checking for ptrdiff_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:1987: checking for ptrdiff_t" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int main() { ptrdiff_t p ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:1999: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then rm -rf conftest* am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t" 1>&6 if test $am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_PTRDIFF_T 1 EOF fi # The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works # for constant arguments. Useless! echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2023: checking for working alloca.h" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int main() { char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int)); ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2035: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_header_alloca_h=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_header_alloca_h = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1 EOF fi echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2056: checking for alloca" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif #endif int main() { char *p = (char *) alloca(1); ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2084: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 EOF fi if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions # that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or # contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca, # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c. ALLOCA=alloca.o cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define C_ALLOCA 1 EOF echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2116: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5 | egrep "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_os_cray=yes else rm -rf conftest* ac_cv_os_cray=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_os_cray" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2146: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2174: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done fi echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2201: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < addr) ? 1 : -1; } main () { exit (find_stack_direction() < 0); } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2228: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null then ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1 else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -fr conftest* ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1 fi rm -fr conftest* fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" 1>&6 cat >> confdefs.h <&6 echo "configure:2250: checking for vprintf" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_vprintf'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char vprintf(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_vprintf) || defined (__stub___vprintf) choke me #else vprintf(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2278: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_vprintf=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_vprintf=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'vprintf`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_VPRINTF 1 EOF else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test "$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != yes; then echo $ac_n "checking for _doprnt""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2302: checking for _doprnt" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func__doprnt'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char _doprnt(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub__doprnt) || defined (__stub____doprnt) choke me #else _doprnt(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2330: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func__doprnt=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func__doprnt=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'_doprnt`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_DOPRNT 1 EOF else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi fi for ac_func in getcwd mblen memcpy strchr strerror uname do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2357: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2385: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done for ac_func in getline memmove memset stpcpy stpncpy strcspn \ strncasecmp strstr strtoul vasprintf do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2413: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2441: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS ${ac_func}.o" fi done if test $ac_cv_func_getline != yes; then for ac_func in getdelim do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2471: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2499: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done fi echo $ac_n "checking for parse_printf_format""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2526: checking for parse_printf_format" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_parse_printf_format'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char parse_printf_format(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_parse_printf_format) || defined (__stub___parse_printf_format) choke me #else parse_printf_format(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2554: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_parse_printf_format=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_parse_printf_format=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'parse_printf_format`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 gt_cv_func_parse_printf_format=yes else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 gt_cv_func_parse_printf_format=no fi if test $gt_cv_func_parse_printf_format = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_PARSE_PRINTF_FORMAT 1 EOF else LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS printf-prs.o" fi echo $ac_n "checking for error_at_line""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2584: checking for error_at_line" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_lib_error_at_line'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* am_cv_lib_error_at_line=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* am_cv_lib_error_at_line=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_lib_error_at_line" 1>&6 if test $am_cv_lib_error_at_line = no; then LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS error.o" fi for ac_hdr in unistd.h do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2618: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:2628: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done for ac_func in getpagesize do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2657: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2685: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done echo $ac_n "checking for working mmap""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2710: checking for working mmap" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #include #include /* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h. */ #ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE # ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include # endif /* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h. */ # ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H # define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1 # endif # ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) # else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ # ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H # include # ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE # else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ # ifdef NBPG # define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE # ifndef CLSIZE # define CLSIZE 1 # endif /* no CLSIZE */ # else /* no NBPG */ # ifdef NBPC # define getpagesize() NBPC # else /* no NBPC */ # ifdef PAGESIZE # define getpagesize() PAGESIZE # endif /* PAGESIZE */ # endif /* no NBPC */ # endif /* no NBPG */ # endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */ # else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ # define getpagesize() 8192 /* punt totally */ # endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */ # endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */ #endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { void *malloc(unsigned); } #else char *malloc(); #endif int main() { char *data, *data2, *data3; int i, pagesize; int fd; pagesize = getpagesize(); /* * First, make a file with some known garbage in it. */ data = malloc(pagesize); if (!data) exit(1); for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) *(data + i) = rand(); umask(0); fd = creat("conftestmmap", 0600); if (fd < 0) exit(1); if (write(fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize) exit(1); close(fd); /* * Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which * already has something else allocated at it. If we can, * also make sure that we see the same garbage. */ fd = open("conftestmmap", O_RDWR); if (fd < 0) exit(1); data2 = malloc(2 * pagesize); if (!data2) exit(1); data2 += (pagesize - ((int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1); if (data2 != mmap(data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L)) exit(1); for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i)) exit(1); /* * Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area * do not percolate back to the file as seen by read(). * (This is a bug on some variants of i386 svr4.0.) */ for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) *(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1; data3 = malloc(pagesize); if (!data3) exit(1); if (read(fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize) exit(1); for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i) if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i)) exit(1); close(fd); unlink("conftestmmap"); exit(0); } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2858: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null then ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -fr conftest* ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no fi rm -fr conftest* fi fi echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" 1>&6 if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_MMAP 1 EOF fi for ac_hdr in argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \ unistd.h sys/param.h do ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2886: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:2896: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done for ac_func in getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \ strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2926: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:2954: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then for ac_func in stpcpy do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:2983: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3011: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done fi if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_STPCPY 1 EOF fi if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then echo $ac_n "checking for LC_MESSAGES""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3045: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int main() { return LC_MESSAGES ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3057: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" 1>&6 if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1 EOF fi fi echo $ac_n "checking whether NLS is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3078: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5 # Check whether --enable-nls or --disable-nls was given. if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_nls" USE_NLS=$enableval else USE_NLS=yes fi echo "$ac_t""$USE_NLS" 1>&6 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define ENABLE_NLS 1 EOF echo $ac_n "checking whether included gettext is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3098: checking whether included gettext is requested" >&5 # Check whether --with-included-gettext or --without-included-gettext was given. if test "${with_included_gettext+set}" = set; then withval="$with_included_gettext" nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval else nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no fi echo "$ac_t""$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" 1>&6 nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then nls_cv_header_intl= nls_cv_header_libgt= CATOBJEXT=NONE ac_safe=`echo "libintl.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for libintl.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3117: checking for libintl.h" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:3127: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in libc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3144: checking for gettext in libc" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gettext_libc'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < int main() { return (int) gettext ("") ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3156: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" 1>&6 if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then echo $ac_n "checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3172: checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo intl'_'bindtextdomain | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in libintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3207: checking for gettext in libintl" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in -lintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3212: checking for gettext in -lintl" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo intl'_'gettext | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-lintl $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no fi fi echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi fi if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \ || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_GETTEXT 1 EOF # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3270: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$MSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="no" ;; esac fi MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then for ac_func in dcgettext do echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3304: checking for $ac_func" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char $ac_func(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) choke me #else $ac_func(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3332: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi done # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3359: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$GMSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" ;; esac fi GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3391: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$XGETTEXT" in /*) ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" ;; esac fi XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* CATOBJEXT=.gmo DATADIRNAME=share else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* CATOBJEXT=.mo DATADIRNAME=lib fi rm -f conftest* INSTOBJEXT=.mo fi fi else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then echo $ac_n "checking whether catgets can be used""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3454: checking whether catgets can be used" >&5 # Check whether --with-catgets or --without-catgets was given. if test "${with_catgets+set}" = set; then withval="$with_catgets" nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval else nls_cv_use_catgets=no fi echo "$ac_t""$nls_cv_use_catgets" 1>&6 if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then echo $ac_n "checking for main in -li""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3467: checking for main in -li" >&5 ac_lib_var=`echo i'_'main | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="-li $LIBS" cat > conftest.$ac_ext <&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" fi rm -f conftest* LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo i | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` cat >> confdefs.h <&6 fi echo $ac_n "checking for catgets""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3510: checking for catgets" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_catgets'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < /* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ /* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ char catgets(); int main() { /* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ #if defined (__stub_catgets) || defined (__stub___catgets) choke me #else catgets(); #endif ; return 0; } EOF if { (eval echo configure:3538: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_catgets=yes" else echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_func_catgets=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'catgets`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF #define HAVE_CATGETS 1 EOF INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)" # Extract the first word of "gencat", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gencat; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3560: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GENCAT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$GENCAT" in /*) ac_cv_path_GENCAT="$GENCAT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_path_GENCAT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_GENCAT" && ac_cv_path_GENCAT="no" ;; esac fi GENCAT="$ac_cv_path_GENCAT" if test -n "$GENCAT"; then echo "$ac_t""$GENCAT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3592: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$GMSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="no" ;; esac fi GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3625: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$GMSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="no" ;; esac fi GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi fi # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3660: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$XGETTEXT" in /*) ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" ;; esac fi XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes CATOBJEXT=.cat INSTOBJEXT=.cat DATADIRNAME=lib INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi fi fi if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes fi fi if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3718: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$MSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="msgfmt" ;; esac fi MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3752: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$GMSGFMT" in /*) ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT" ;; esac fi GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3784: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$XGETTEXT" in /*) ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":" ;; esac fi XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes CATOBJEXT=.gmo INSTOBJEXT=.mo DATADIRNAME=share INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then : ; else echo "$ac_t""found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" 1>&6 XGETTEXT=":" fi fi # We need to process the po/ directory. POSUB=po else DATADIRNAME=share nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes' # because some of the sources are only built for this goal. if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then USE_NLS=yes USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes fi for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" done if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then LINGUAS= else echo $ac_n "checking for catalogs to be installed""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3877: checking for catalogs to be installed" >&5 NEW_LINGUAS= for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;; esac done LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS echo "$ac_t""$LINGUAS" 1>&6 fi if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done fi fi if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include " else INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\ /* The system does not provide the header . Take care yourself. */" fi test -d intl || mkdir intl if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then ac_safe=`echo "linux/version.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` echo $ac_n "checking for linux/version.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3905: checking for linux/version.h" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else cat > conftest.$ac_ext < EOF ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" { (eval echo configure:3915: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` if test -z "$ac_err"; then rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" else echo "$ac_err" >&5 echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 rm -rf conftest* eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" fi rm -f conftest* fi if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 msgformat=linux else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 msgformat=xopen fi sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed fi sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \ $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then GT_NO="#NO#" GT_YES= else GT_NO= GT_YES="#YES#" fi MKINSTALLDIRS= if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" fi if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" fi l= test -d po || mkdir po if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then posrcprefix="$srcdir/" else posrcprefix="../$srcdir/" fi else posrcprefix="../" fi rm -f po/POTFILES sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \ < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES # If set to t, that means we are running in a shell under Emacs. # If you have an Emacs named "t", then use the full path. test "$EMACS" = t && EMACS= # Extract the first word of "emacs xemacs", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy emacs xemacs; ac_word=$2 echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:3986: checking for $ac_word" >&5 if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_EMACS'+set}'`\" = set"; then echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 else case "$EMACS" in /*) ac_cv_path_EMACS="$EMACS" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then ac_cv_path_EMACS="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_cv_path_EMACS" && ac_cv_path_EMACS="no" ;; esac fi EMACS="$ac_cv_path_EMACS" if test -n "$EMACS"; then echo "$ac_t""$EMACS" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 fi if test $EMACS != "no"; then echo $ac_n "checking where .elc files should go""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "configure:4017: checking where .elc files should go" >&5 lispdir="\$(datadir)/emacs/site-lisp" if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE"; then if test -d $ac_default_prefix/share/emacs/site-lisp; then lispdir="\$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp" else if test -d $ac_default_prefix/lib/emacs/site-lisp; then lispdir="\$(prefix)/lib/emacs/site-lisp" fi fi else if test -d $prefix/share/emacs/site-lisp; then lispdir="\$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp" else if test -d $prefix/lib/emacs/site-lisp; then lispdir="\$(prefix)/lib/emacs/site-lisp" fi fi fi echo "$ac_t""$lispdir" 1>&6 fi ACLOCAL_VERSION=`sed -e 's/.*Last updated for gettext-\([0-9][0-9]*\.[0-9][0-9]*\.[0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/p' -e d $srcdir/aclocal.m4` aclocaldir='${datadir}/aclocal' test -d intl || mkdir intl echo "GNU gettext library from $PACKAGE-$VERSION" > intl/VERSION trap '' 1 2 15 cat > confcache <<\EOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. # If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, # creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure # the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is # what configure does when it calls configure scripts in # subdirectories, so they share the cache. # Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the # --recheck option to rerun configure. # EOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. (set) 2>&1 | case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in *ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). sed -n \ -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" ;; *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' ;; esac >> confcache if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then : else if test -w $cache_file; then echo "updating cache $cache_file" cat confcache > $cache_file else echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" fi fi rm -f confcache trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' # Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute # the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. # If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' fi trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H # Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status. : ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS cat > $CONFIG_STATUS </dev/null | sed 1q`: # # $0 $ac_configure_args # # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in ./config.log if it exists. ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" for ac_option do case "\$ac_option" in -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion" exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12" exit 0 ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; esac done ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL" trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile lib/Makefile intl/Makefile src/Makefile \ po/Makefile.in doc/Makefile tests/Makefile m4/Makefile \ misc/Makefile misc/gettextize intl/intlh.inst config.h" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS < conftest.subs <<\\CEOF $ac_vpsub $extrasub s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g s%@prefix@%$prefix%g s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g s%@bindir@%$bindir%g s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g s%@datadir@%$datadir%g s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g s%@libdir@%$libdir%g s%@includedir@%$includedir%g s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g s%@infodir@%$infodir%g s%@mandir@%$mandir%g s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g s%@PACKAGE@%$PACKAGE%g s%@VERSION@%$VERSION%g s%@ACLOCAL@%$ACLOCAL%g s%@AUTOCONF@%$AUTOCONF%g s%@AUTOMAKE@%$AUTOMAKE%g s%@AUTOHEADER@%$AUTOHEADER%g s%@MAKEINFO@%$MAKEINFO%g s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g s%@host@%$host%g s%@host_alias@%$host_alias%g s%@host_cpu@%$host_cpu%g s%@host_vendor@%$host_vendor%g s%@host_os@%$host_os%g s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g s%@CC@%$CC%g s%@LD@%$LD%g s%@NM@%$NM%g s%@LN_S@%$LN_S%g s%@LIBTOOL@%$LIBTOOL%g s%@YACC@%$YACC%g s%@CPP@%$CPP%g s%@ALLOCA@%$ALLOCA%g s%@LIBOBJS@%$LIBOBJS%g s%@USE_NLS@%$USE_NLS%g s%@MSGFMT@%$MSGFMT%g s%@GMSGFMT@%$GMSGFMT%g s%@XGETTEXT@%$XGETTEXT%g s%@GENCAT@%$GENCAT%g s%@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@%$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL%g s%@CATALOGS@%$CATALOGS%g s%@CATOBJEXT@%$CATOBJEXT%g s%@DATADIRNAME@%$DATADIRNAME%g s%@GMOFILES@%$GMOFILES%g s%@INSTOBJEXT@%$INSTOBJEXT%g s%@INTLDEPS@%$INTLDEPS%g s%@INTLLIBS@%$INTLLIBS%g s%@INTLOBJS@%$INTLOBJS%g s%@POFILES@%$POFILES%g s%@POSUB@%$POSUB%g s%@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@%$INCLUDE_LOCALE_H%g s%@GT_NO@%$GT_NO%g s%@GT_YES@%$GT_YES%g s%@MKINSTALLDIRS@%$MKINSTALLDIRS%g s%@l@%$l%g s%@EMACS@%$EMACS%g s%@lispdir@%$lispdir%g s%@ACLOCAL_VERSION@%$ACLOCAL_VERSION%g s%@aclocaldir@%$aclocaldir%g CEOF EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script. ac_file=1 # Number of current file. ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file. ac_more_lines=: ac_sed_cmds="" while $ac_more_lines; do if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file else sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file fi if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then ac_more_lines=false rm -f conftest.s$ac_file else if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" else ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" fi ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1` ac_beg=$ac_end ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds` fi done if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then ac_sed_cmds=cat fi EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; esac # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories. # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then # The file is in a subdirectory. test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` else ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots= fi case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) srcdir=. if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=. else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) # Relative path. srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; esac echo creating "$ac_file" rm -f "$ac_file" configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." case "$ac_file" in *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\ # $configure_input" ;; *) ac_comsub= ;; esac ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"` sed -e "$ac_comsub s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g " $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file fi; done rm -f conftest.s* # These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where # NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given. # # ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines. ac_dA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*define[ ][ ]*\)' ac_dB='\([ ][ ]*\)[^ ]*%\1#\2' ac_dC='\3' ac_dD='%g' # ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". ac_uA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' ac_uB='\([ ]\)%\1#\2define\3' ac_uC=' ' ac_uD='\4%g' # ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE". ac_eA='s%^\([ ]*\)#\([ ]*\)undef\([ ][ ]*\)' ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3' ac_eC=' ' ac_eD='%g' if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF fi for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; esac echo creating $ac_file rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"` cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in EOF # Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes # the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h. And first: # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. # Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status. rm -f conftest.vals cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF s/[\\&%]/\\&/g s%[\\$`]%\\&%g s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp s%ac_d%ac_u%gp s%ac_u%ac_e%gp EOF sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals rm -f conftest.hdr # This sed command replaces #undef with comments. This is necessary, for # example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required # on some systems where configure will not decide to define it. cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF s%^[ ]*#[ ]*undef[ ][ ]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */% EOF # Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on # the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too. rm -f conftest.tail while : do ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals` # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems. if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag. echo ' cat > conftest.frag <> $CONFIG_STATUS sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS echo 'CEOF sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out rm -f conftest.in mv conftest.out conftest.in ' >> $CONFIG_STATUS sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail rm -f conftest.vals mv conftest.tail conftest.vals done rm -f conftest.vals cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h echo "/* $ac_file. Generated automatically by configure. */" > conftest.h cat conftest.in >> conftest.h rm -f conftest.in if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then echo "$ac_file is unchanged" rm -f conftest.h else # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then # The file is in a subdirectory. test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" fi rm -f $ac_file mv conftest.h $ac_file fi fi; done EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF srcdir=$ac_given_srcdir while test -n "$ac_sources"; do set $ac_dests; ac_dest=$1; shift; ac_dests=$* set $ac_sources; ac_source=$1; shift; ac_sources=$* echo "linking $srcdir/$ac_source to $ac_dest" if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_source; then { echo "configure: error: $srcdir/$ac_source: File not found" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi rm -f $ac_dest # Make relative symlinks. # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. ac_dest_dir=`echo $ac_dest|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` if test "$ac_dest_dir" != "$ac_dest" && test "$ac_dest_dir" != .; then # The dest file is in a subdirectory. test ! -d "$ac_dest_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dest_dir" ac_dest_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dest_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dest_dir_suffix. ac_dots=`echo $ac_dest_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` else ac_dest_dir_suffix= ac_dots= fi case "$srcdir" in [/$]*) ac_rel_source="$srcdir/$ac_source" ;; *) ac_rel_source="$ac_dots$srcdir/$ac_source" ;; esac # Make a symlink if possible; otherwise try a hard link. if ln -s $ac_rel_source $ac_dest 2>/dev/null || ln $srcdir/$ac_source $ac_dest; then : else { echo "configure: error: can not link $ac_dest to $srcdir/$ac_source" 1>&2; exit 1; } fi done EOF cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > stamp-h case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*) sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile esac exit 0 EOF chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1 gettext-kde-0.10.35/configure.in0000644000175000017500000000452406522260673014243 0ustar jrjrdnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. AC_PREREQ(2.12) AC_REVISION($Revision: 1.143 $) AC_INIT(src/msgfmt.c) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gettext, 0.10.35) AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h) dnl Set of available languages. ALL_LINGUAS="da de es fr ko nl no no@nynorsk pl pt sl sv" dnl Checks for programs. AM_PROG_LIBTOOL AC_PROG_CC AC_ISC_POSIX AM_PROG_INSTALL AC_PROG_YACC dnl Checks for libraries. dnl Checks for header files. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_HAVE_HEADERS(limits.h malloc.h string.h unistd.h values.h) dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. AC_C_CONST AC_C_INLINE AC_TYPE_OFF_T AC_TYPE_SIZE_T AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T dnl Checks for library functions. AC_FUNC_ALLOCA AC_FUNC_VPRINTF AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd mblen memcpy strchr strerror uname]) AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([getline memmove memset stpcpy stpncpy strcspn \ strncasecmp strstr strtoul vasprintf]) if test $ac_cv_func_getline != yes; then AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getdelim) fi AC_CHECK_FUNC(parse_printf_format, gt_cv_func_parse_printf_format=yes, gt_cv_func_parse_printf_format=no) if test $gt_cv_func_parse_printf_format = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PARSE_PRINTF_FORMAT) else LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS printf-prs.o" fi AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE dnl These are the only lines required to internationalize the package. dnl (OK, not quite, the AC_OUTPUT has also some parts.) AM_GNU_GETTEXT dnl Check for Emacs and where to install .elc files. AM_PATH_LISPDIR dnl The gettextize script test for the version of the aclocal.m4 file in dnl user's project. This must correspond to the number the aclocal.m4 dnl here has. Extract it. changequote(,)dnl ACLOCAL_VERSION=`sed -e 's/.*Last updated for gettext-\([0-9][0-9]*\.[0-9][0-9]*\.[0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/p' -e d $srcdir/aclocal.m4` changequote([, ])dnl AC_SUBST(ACLOCAL_VERSION) aclocaldir='${datadir}/aclocal' AC_SUBST(aclocaldir) dnl Generate the version information file in the intl/ directory. test -d intl || mkdir intl echo "GNU gettext library from $PACKAGE-$VERSION" > intl/VERSION AC_OUTPUT([Makefile lib/Makefile intl/Makefile src/Makefile \ po/Makefile.in doc/Makefile tests/Makefile m4/Makefile \ misc/Makefile misc/gettextize intl/intlh.inst]) dnl misc/Makefile misc/gettextize intl/intlh.inst], dnl [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*) dnl sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile dnl esac]) gettext-kde-0.10.35/install-sh0000755000175000017500000001272006521150165013724 0ustar jrjr#!/bin/sh # # install - install a program, script, or datafile # This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh). # # Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology # # Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its # documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that # the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that # copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting # documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or # publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, # written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the # suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" # without express or implied warranty. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction # shared with many OS's install programs. # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit="${DOITPROG-}" # put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" transformbasename="" transform_arg="" instcmd="$mvprog" chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" chowncmd="" chgrpcmd="" stripcmd="" rmcmd="$rmprog -f" mvcmd="$mvprog" src="" dst="" dir_arg="" while [ x"$1" != x ]; do case $1 in -c) instcmd="$cpprog" shift continue;; -d) dir_arg=true shift continue;; -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" shift shift continue;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift shift continue;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift shift continue;; -s) stripcmd="$stripprog" shift continue;; -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` shift continue;; -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` shift continue;; *) if [ x"$src" = x ] then src=$1 else # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug : dst=$1 fi shift continue;; esac done if [ x"$src" = x ] then echo "install: no input file specified" exit 1 else true fi if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then dst=$src src="" if [ -d $dst ]; then instcmd=: else instcmd=mkdir fi else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if [ -f $src -o -d $src ] then true else echo "install: $src does not exist" exit 1 fi if [ x"$dst" = x ] then echo "install: no destination specified" exit 1 else true fi # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system # does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic if [ -d $dst ] then dst="$dst"/`basename $src` else true fi fi ## this sed command emulates the dirname command dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` # Make sure that the destination directory exists. # this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then defaultIFS=' ' IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}" oIFS="${IFS}" # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. IFS='%' set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` IFS="${oIFS}" pathcomp='' while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}" shift if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ; then $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}" else true fi pathcomp="${pathcomp}/" done fi if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] then $doit $instcmd $dst && if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi && if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi && if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi && if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi else # If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] then dstfile=`basename $dst` else dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | sed $transformarg`$transformbasename fi # don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] then dstfile=`basename $dst` else true fi # Make a temp file name in the proper directory. dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# # Move or copy the file name to the temp name $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp && trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile && $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile fi && exit 0 gettext-kde-0.10.35/ltconfig0000755000175000017500000012413106521173433013456 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # ltconfig - Create a system-specific libtool. # Copyright (C) 1996-1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # A lot of this script is taken from autoconf-2.10. # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. if test "${CDPATH+set}" = set; then CDPATH=; export CDPATH; fi echo=echo if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then : else # The Solaris and AIX default echo program unquotes backslashes. # This makes it impossible to quote backslashes using # echo "$something" | sed 's/\\/\\\\/g' # So, we emulate echo with printf '%s\n' echo="printf %s\\n" if test "X`($echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then : else # Oops. We have no working printf. Try to find a not-so-buggy echo. echo=echo IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for dir in $PATH /usr/ucb; do if test -f $dir/echo && test "X`$dir/echo '\t'`" = 'X\t'; then echo="$dir/echo" break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" fi fi # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed='sed -e s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. double_quote_subst='s/\([\\"\\`\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' # The name of this program. progname=`$echo "X$0" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Constants: PROGRAM=ltconfig PACKAGE=libtool VERSION=1.2 ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.c 1>&5' ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.c $LIBS 1>&5' rm="rm -f" help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." # Global variables: can_build_shared=yes enable_shared=yes # All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking. enable_static=yes ltmain= silent= srcdir= ac_config_guess= ac_config_sub= host= nonopt= verify_host=yes with_gcc=no with_gnu_ld=no old_AR="$AR" old_CC="$CC" old_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" old_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" old_LD="$LD" old_LN_S="$LN_S" old_NM="$NM" old_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Parse the command line options. args= prev= for option do case "$option" in -*=*) optarg=`echo "$option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) optarg= ;; esac # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then eval "$prev=\$option" prev= continue fi case "$option" in --help) cat <&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *) if test -z "$ltmain"; then ltmain="$option" elif test -z "$host"; then # This generates an unnecessary warning for sparc-sun-solaris4.1.3_U1 # if test -n "`echo $option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then # echo "$progname: warning \`$option' is not a valid host type" 1>&2 # fi host="$option" else echo "$progname: too many arguments" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ;; esac done if test -z "$ltmain"; then echo "$progname: you must specify a LTMAIN file" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -f "$ltmain"; then : else echo "$progname: \`$ltmain' does not exist" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Quote any args containing shell metacharacters. ltconfig_args= for arg do case "$arg" in *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) ltconfig_args="$ltconfig_args '$arg'" ;; *) ltconfig_args="$ltconfig_args $arg" ;; esac done # A relevant subset of AC_INIT. # File descriptor usage: # 0 standard input # 1 file creation # 2 errors and warnings # 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty # 4 used on the Kubota Titan # 5 compiler messages saved in config.log # 6 checking for... messages and results if test "$silent" = yes; then exec 6>/dev/null else exec 6>&1 fi exec 5>>./config.log # NLS nuisances. # Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. # These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand # e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then ac_n= ac_c=' ' ac_t=' ' else ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= fi else ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= fi if test -z "$srcdir"; then # Assume the source directory is the same one as the path to ltmain.sh. srcdir=`$echo "$ltmain" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "$srcdir" = "$ltmain" && srcdir=. fi trap "$rm conftest*; exit 1" 1 2 15 if test "$verify_host" = yes; then # Check for config.guess and config.sub. ac_aux_dir= for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do if test -f $ac_dir/config.guess; then ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir break fi done if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then echo "$progname: cannot find config.guess in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub # Make sure we can run config.sub. if $ac_config_sub sun4 >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else echo "$progname: cannot run $ac_config_sub" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi echo $ac_n "checking host system type""... $ac_c" 1>&6 host_alias=$host case "$host_alias" in "") if host_alias=`$ac_config_guess`; then : else echo "$progname: cannot guess host type; you must specify one" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ;; esac host=`$ac_config_sub $host_alias` echo "$ac_t$host" 1>&6 # Make sure the host verified. test -z "$host" && exit 1 elif test -z "$host"; then echo "$progname: you must specify a host type if you use \`--no-verify'" 1>&2 echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 else host_alias=$host fi # Transform linux* to *-*-linux-gnu*, to support old configure scripts. case "$host_os" in linux-gnu*) ;; linux*) host=`echo $host | sed 's/^\(.*-.*-linux\)\(.*\)$/\1-gnu\2/'` esac host_cpu=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo $host | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` case "$host_os" in aix3*) # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != set; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi ;; esac # Determine commands to create old-style static archives. old_archive_cmds='$AR cru $oldlib$oldobjs' old_postinstall_cmds='chmod 644 $oldlib' old_postuninstall_cmds= # Set a sane default for `AR'. test -z "$AR" && AR=ar # If RANLIB is not set, then run the test. if test "${RANLIB+set}" != "set"; then result=no echo $ac_n "checking for ranlib... $ac_c" 1>&6 IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for dir in $PATH; do test -z "$dir" && dir=. if test -f $dir/ranlib; then RANLIB="ranlib" result="ranlib" break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" echo "$ac_t$result" 1>&6 fi if test -n "$RANLIB"; then old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds;\$RANLIB \$oldlib" old_postinstall_cmds="\$RANLIB \$oldlib;$old_postinstall_cmds" fi # Check to see if we are using GCC. if test "$with_gcc" != yes || test -z "$CC"; then # If CC is not set, then try to find GCC or a usable CC. if test -z "$CC"; then echo $ac_n "checking for gcc... $ac_c" 1>&6 IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for dir in $PATH; do IFS="$save_ifs" test -z "$dir" && dir=. if test -f $dir/gcc; then CC="gcc" break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi fi # Not "gcc", so try "cc", rejecting "/usr/ucb/cc". if test -z "$CC"; then echo $ac_n "checking for cc... $ac_c" 1>&6 IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" cc_rejected=no for dir in $PATH; do test -z "$dir" && dir=. if test -f $dir/cc; then if test "$dir/cc" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then cc_rejected=yes continue fi CC="cc" break fi done IFS="$save_ifs" if test $cc_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $CC shift if test $# -gt 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same name, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the name; use the full file name. shift set dummy "$dir/cc" "$@" shift CC="$@" fi fi if test -n "$CC"; then echo "$ac_t$CC" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi if test -z "$CC"; then echo "$progname: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi # Now see if the compiler is really GCC. with_gcc=no echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:424: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 $rm conftest.c cat > conftest.c <&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then with_gcc=yes fi $rm conftest.c echo "$ac_t$with_gcc" 1>&6 fi # Allow CC to be a program name with arguments. set dummy $CC compiler="$2" echo $ac_n "checking for $compiler option to produce PIC... $ac_c" 1>&6 pic_flag= special_shlib_compile_flags= wl= link_static_flag= no_builtin_flag= if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then wl='-Wl,' link_static_flag='-static' no_builtin_flag=' -fno-builtin' case "$host_os" in aix3* | aix4* | irix5* | irix6* | osf3* | osf4*) # PIC is the default for these OSes. ;; os2*) # We can build DLLs from non-PIC. ;; amigaos*) # FIXME: we need at least 68020 code to build shared libraries, but # adding the `-m68020' flag to GCC prevents building anything better, # like `-m68040'. pic_flag='-m68020 -resident32 -malways-restore-a4' ;; *) pic_flag='-fPIC' ;; esac else # PORTME Check for PIC flags for the system compiler. case "$host_os" in aix3* | aix4*) # All AIX code is PIC. link_static_flag='-bnso -bI:/lib/syscalls.exp' ;; hpux9* | hpux10*) # Is there a better link_static_flag that works with the bundled CC? wl='-Wl,' link_static_flag="${wl}-a ${wl}archive" pic_flag='+Z' ;; irix5* | irix6*) wl='-Wl,' link_static_flag='-non_shared' # PIC (with -KPIC) is the default. ;; os2*) # We can build DLLs from non-PIC. ;; osf3* | osf4*) # All OSF/1 code is PIC. wl='-Wl,' link_static_flag='-non_shared' ;; sco3.2v5*) pic_flag='-Kpic' link_static_flag='-dn' special_shlib_compile_flags='-belf' ;; solaris2*) pic_flag='-KPIC' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' wl='-Wl,' ;; sunos4*) pic_flag='-PIC' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' wl='-Qoption ld ' ;; sysv4.2uw2*) pic_flag='-KPIC' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' wl='-Wl,' ;; uts4*) pic_flag='-pic' link_static_flag='-Bstatic' ;; *) can_build_shared=no ;; esac fi if test -n "$pic_flag"; then echo "$ac_t$pic_flag" 1>&6 # Check to make sure the pic_flag actually works. echo $ac_n "checking if $compiler PIC flag $pic_flag works... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftest* echo > conftest.c save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $pic_flag -DPIC" echo "$progname:547: checking if $compiler PIC flag $pic_flag works" >&5 if { (eval echo $progname:548: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.err; } && test -s conftest.o; then # Append any warnings to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 # On HP-UX, both CC and GCC only warn that PIC is supported... then they # create non-PIC objects. So, if there were any warnings, we assume that # PIC is not supported. if test -s conftest.err; then echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 can_build_shared=no pic_flag= else echo "$ac_t"yes 1>&6 pic_flag=" $pic_flag" fi else # Append any errors to the config.log. cat conftest.err 1>&5 can_build_shared=no pic_flag= echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi CFLAGS="$save_CFLAGS" $rm conftest* else echo "$ac_t"none 1>&6 fi # Check for any special shared library compilation flags. if test -n "$special_shlib_compile_flags"; then echo "$progname: warning: \`$CC' requires \`$special_shlib_compile_flags' to build shared libraries" 1>&2 if echo "$old_CC $old_CFLAGS " | egrep -e "[ ]$special_shlib_compile_flags[ ]" >/dev/null; then : else echo "$progname: add \`$special_shlib_compile_flags' to the CC or CFLAGS env variable and reconfigure" 1>&2 can_build_shared=no fi fi echo $ac_n "checking if $compiler static flag $link_static_flag works... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftest* echo 'main(){return(0);}' > conftest.c save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $link_static_flag" echo "$progname:591: checking if $compiler static flag $link_static_flag works" >&5 if { (eval echo $progname:592: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then echo "$ac_t$link_static_flag" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"none 1>&6 link_static_flag= fi LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS" $rm conftest* if test -z "$LN_S"; then # Check to see if we can use ln -s, or we need hard links. echo $ac_n "checking whether ln -s works... $ac_c" 1>&6 $rm conftestdata if ln -s X conftestdata 2>/dev/null; then $rm conftestdata LN_S="ln -s" else LN_S=ln fi if test "$LN_S" = "ln -s"; then echo "$ac_t"yes 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi fi # Make sure LD is an absolute path. if test -z "$LD"; then ac_prog=ld if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. echo $ac_n "checking for ld used by GCC... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:624: checking for ld used by GCC" >&5 ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` case "$ac_prog" in # Accept absolute paths. /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we are not using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then echo $ac_n "checking for GNU ld... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:642: checking for GNU ld" >&5 else echo $ac_n "checking for non-GNU ld""... $ac_c" 1>&6 echo "$progname:645: checking for non-GNU ld" >&5 fi if test -z "$LD"; then IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in $PATH; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog"; then LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. if "$LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break else test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" fi if test -n "$LD"; then echo "$ac_t$LD" 1>&6 else echo "$ac_t"no 1>&6 fi if test -z "$LD"; then echo "$progname: error: no acceptable ld found in \$PATH" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi # Check to see if it really is or is not GNU ld. echo $ac_n "checking if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld... $ac_c" 1>&6 # I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v. if $LD -v 2>&1 &5; then with_gnu_ld=yes else with_gnu_ld=no fi echo "$ac_t$with_gnu_ld" 1>&6 # See if the linker supports building shared libraries. echo $ac_n "checking whether the linker ($LD) supports shared libraries... $ac_c" 1>&6 allow_undefined_flag= no_undefined_flag= archive_cmds= old_archive_from_new_cmds= export_dynamic_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_separator= hardcode_direct=no hardcode_minus_L=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=unsupported runpath_var= case "$host_os" in amigaos* | sunos4*) # On these operating systems, we should treat GNU ld like the system ld. gnu_ld_acts_native=yes ;; *) gnu_ld_acts_native=no ;; esac ld_shlibs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes && test "$gnu_ld_acts_native" != yes; then # See if GNU ld supports shared libraries. if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared ${wl}-soname $wl$soname -o $lib$libobjs' runpath_var=LD_RUN_PATH ld_shlibs=yes else ld_shlibs=no fi if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}--rpath ${wl}$libdir' export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}--export-dynamic' fi else # PORTME fill in a description of your system's linker (not GNU ld) case "$host_os" in aix3*) allow_undefined_flag=unsupported archive_cmds='$NM$libobjs | $global_symbol_pipe | sed '\''s/.* //'\'' > $lib.exp;$LD -o $objdir/$soname$libobjs -bE:$lib.exp -T512 -H512 -bM:SRE;$AR cru $lib $objdir/$soname' # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L=yes if test "$with_gcc" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct=unsupported fi ;; aix4*) allow_undefined_flag=unsupported archive_cmds='$NM$libobjs | $global_symbol_pipe | sed '\''s/.* //'\'' > $lib.exp;$CC -o $objdir/$soname$libobjs ${wl}-bE:$lib.exp ${wl}-bM:SRE ${wl}-bnoentry;$AR cru $lib $objdir/$soname' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; amigaos*) archive_cmds='$rm $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data;$echo "#define NAME $libname" > $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data;$echo "#define LIBRARY_ID 1" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data;$echo "#define VERSION $major" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data;$echo "#define REVISION $revision" >> $objdir/a2ixlibrary.data;$AR cru $lib$libobjs;$RANLIB $lib;(cd $objdir && a2ixlibrary -32)' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; # FreeBSD 2.2.[012] allows us to include c++rt0.o to get C++ constructor # support. Future versions do this automatically, but an explicit c++rt0.o # does not break anything, and helps significantly (at the cost of a little # extra space). freebsd2.2*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib$libobjs /usr/lib/c++rt0.o' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # Unfortunately, older versions of FreeBSD 2 do not have this feature. freebsd2*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib$libobjs' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; # FreeBSD 3, at last, uses gcc -shared to do shared libraries. freebsd3*) archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib$libobjs' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; hpux9*) archive_cmds='$rm $objdir/$soname;$LD -b +s +b $install_libdir -o $objdir/$soname$libobjs;mv $objdir/$soname $lib' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' ;; hpux10*) archive_cmds='$LD -b +h $soname +s +b $install_libdir -o $lib$libobjs' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-E' ;; irix5* | irix6*) archive_cmds='$LD -shared -o $lib -soname $soname -set_version $verstring$libobjs' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' ;; netbsd*) # Tested with NetBSD 1.2 ld archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib$libobjs' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; openbsd*) archive_cmds='$LD -Bshareable -o $lib$libobjs' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes allow_undefined_flag=unsupported archive_cmds='$echo "LIBRARY $libname INITINSTANCE" > $objdir/$libname.def;$echo "DESCRIPTION \"$libname\"" >> $objdir/$libname.def;$echo DATA >> $objdir/$libname.def;$echo " SINGLE NONSHARED" >> $objdir/$libname.def;$echo EXPORTS >> $objdir/$libname.def;emxexp$libobjs >> $objdir/$libname.def;$CC -Zdll -Zcrtdll -o $lib$libobjs $objdir/$libname.def' old_archive_from_new_cmds='emximp -o $objdir/$libname.a $objdir/$libname.def' ;; osf3* | osf4*) allow_undefined_flag=' -expect_unresolved \*' archive_cmds='$LD -shared${allow_undefined_flag} -o $lib -soname $soname -set_version $verstring$libobjs$deplibs' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; sco3.2v5*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -o $lib$libobjs' hardcode_direct=yes ;; solaris2*) no_undefined_flag=' -z text' archive_cmds='$LD -G${allow_undefined_flag} -h $soname -o $lib$libobjs' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_shlibpath_var=no # Solaris 2 before 2.5 hardcodes -L paths. case "$host_os" in solaris2.[0-4]*) hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac ;; sunos4*) if test "$with_gcc" = yes; then archive_cmds='$CC -shared -o $lib$libobjs' else archive_cmds='$LD -assert pure-text -Bstatic -o $lib$libobjs' fi if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then export_dynamic_flag_spec='${wl}-export-dynamic' fi hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; uts4*) archive_cmds='$LD -G -h $soname -o $lib$libobjs' hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=no hardcode_minus_L=no hardcode_shlibpath_var=no ;; *) ld_shlibs=no can_build_shared=no ;; esac fi echo "$ac_t$ld_shlibs" 1>&6 if test -z "$NM"; then echo $ac_n "checking for BSD-compatible nm... $ac_c" 1>&6 case "$NM" in /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; # Let the user override the test with a path. *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in /usr/ucb /usr/ccs/bin $PATH /bin; do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/nm; then # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag. # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says: # nm: unknown option "B" ignored if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then NM="$ac_dir/nm -B" elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then NM="$ac_dir/nm -p" else NM="$ac_dir/nm" fi break fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" test -z "$NM" && NM=nm ;; esac echo "$ac_t$NM" 1>&6 fi # Check for command to grab the raw symbol name followed by C symbol from nm. echo $ac_n "checking command to parse $NM output... $ac_c" 1>&6 # These are sane defaults that work on at least a few old systems. # [They come from Ultrix. What could be older than Ultrix?!! ;)] # Character class describing NM global symbol codes. symcode='[BCDEGRSTU]' # Regexp to match symbols that can be accessed directly from C. sympat='\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)' # Transform the above into a raw symbol and a C symbol. symxfrm='\1 \1' # Define system-specific variables. case "$host_os" in aix*) symcode='[BCDTU]' ;; irix*) # Cannot use undefined symbols on IRIX because inlined functions mess us up. symcode='[BCDEGRST]' ;; solaris2*) symcode='[BDTU]' ;; esac # If we're using GNU nm, then use its standard symbol codes. if $NM -V 2>&1 | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then symcode='[ABCDGISTUW]' fi # Write the raw and C identifiers. global_symbol_pipe="sed -n -e 's/^.* $symcode $sympat$/$symxfrm/p'" # Check to see that the pipe works correctly. pipe_works=no $rm conftest* cat > conftest.c <&5 if { (eval echo $progname:972: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest.o; then # Now try to grab the symbols. nlist=conftest.nm if { echo "$progname:975: eval \"$NM conftest.o | $global_symbol_pipe > $nlist\"" >&5; eval "$NM conftest.o | $global_symbol_pipe > $nlist 2>&5"; } && test -s "$nlist"; then # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" wcout=`wc "$nlist" 2>/dev/null` count=`$echo "X$wcout" | $Xsed -e 's/^[ ]*\([0-9][0-9]*\).*$/\1/'` (test "$count" -ge 0) 2>/dev/null || count=-1 else rm -f "$nlist"T count=-1 fi # Make sure that we snagged all the symbols we need. if egrep ' nm_test_var$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then if egrep ' nm_test_func$' "$nlist" >/dev/null; then cat < conftest.c #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif EOF # Now generate the symbol file. sed 's/^.* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/' < "$nlist" >> conftest.c cat <> conftest.c #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define __ptr_t void * #else # define __ptr_t char * #endif /* The number of symbols in dld_preloaded_symbols, -1 if unsorted. */ int dld_preloaded_symbol_count = $count; /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ struct { char *name; __ptr_t address; } dld_preloaded_symbols[] = { EOF sed 's/^\(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {"\1", (__ptr_t) \&\2},/' < "$nlist" >> conftest.c cat <<\EOF >> conftest.c {0, (__ptr_t) 0} }; #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif EOF # Now try linking the two files. mv conftest.o conftestm.o save_LIBS="$LIBS" save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" LIBS='conftestm.o' CFLAGS="$CFLAGS$no_builtin_flag" if { (eval echo $progname:1033: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then pipe_works=yes else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.c >&5 fi LIBS="$save_LIBS" else echo "cannot find nm_test_func in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot find nm_test_var in $nlist" >&5 fi else echo "cannot run $global_symbol_pipe" >&5 fi else echo "$progname: failed program was:" >&5 cat conftest.c >&5 fi $rm conftest* # Do not use the global_symbol_pipe unless it works. echo "$ac_t$pipe_works" 1>&6 test "$pipe_works" = yes || global_symbol_pipe= # Check hardcoding attributes. echo $ac_n "checking how to hardcode library paths into programs... $ac_c" 1>&6 hardcode_action= if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" || \ test -n "$runpath_var"; then # We can hardcode non-existant directories. if test "$hardcode_direct" != no && \ test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no && \ test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" != no; then # Linking always hardcodes the temporary library directory. hardcode_action=relink else # We can link without hardcoding, and we can hardcode nonexisting dirs. hardcode_action=immediate fi elif test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && \ test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && \ test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" != yes; then # We cannot hardcode anything. hardcode_action=unsupported else # We can only hardcode existing directories. hardcode_action=relink fi echo "$ac_t$hardcode_action" 1>&6 test "$hardcode_action" = unsupported && can_build_shared=no reload_flag= reload_cmds='$LD$reload_flag -o $output$reload_objs' echo $ac_n "checking for $LD option to reload object files... $ac_c" 1>&6 # PORTME Some linker may need a different reload flag. reload_flag='-r' echo "$ac_t$reload_flag" test -n "$reload_flag" && reload_flag=" $reload_flag" # PORTME Fill in your ld.so characteristics library_names_spec= libname_spec='lib$name' soname_spec= postinstall_cmds= postuninstall_cmds= finish_cmds= finish_eval= shlibpath_var= version_type=none dynamic_linker="$host_os ld.so" echo $ac_n "checking dynamic linker characteristics... $ac_c" 1>&6 case "$host_os" in aix3* | aix4*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix $libname.a' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH # AIX has no versioning support, so we append a major version to the name. soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$major' ;; amigaos*) library_names_spec='$libname.ixlibrary $libname.a' # Create ${libname}_ixlibrary.a entries in /sys/libs. finish_eval='for lib in `ls $libdir/*.ixlibrary 2>/dev/null`; do libname=`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e '\''s%^.*/\([^/]*\)\.ixlibrary$%\1%'\''`; test $rm /sys/libs/${libname}_ixlibrary.a; $show "(cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a)"; (cd /sys/libs && $LN_S $lib ${libname}_ixlibrary.a) || exit 1; done' ;; freebsd2* | freebsd3*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix $libname.so' finish_cmds='PATH="$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; gnu*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; hpux9* | hpux10*) # Give a soname corresponding to the major version so that dld.sl refuses to # link against other versions. dynamic_linker="$host_os dld.sl" version_type=sunos shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.sl.$versuffix ${libname}${release}.sl.$major $libname.sl' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.sl.$major' # HP-UX runs *really* slowly unless shared libraries are mode 555. postinstall_cmds='chmod 555 $lib' ;; irix5* | irix6*) version_type=osf soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix $libname.so' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; # No shared lib support for Linux oldld, aout, or coff. linux-gnuoldld* | linux-gnuaout* | linux-gnucoff*) dynamic_linker=no ;; # This must be Linux ELF. linux-gnu*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so.$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$major' finish_cmds='PATH="$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -n $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH if test -f /lib/ld.so.1; then dynamic_linker='GNU ld.so' else # Only the GNU ld.so supports shared libraries on MkLinux. case "$host_cpu" in powerpc*) dynamic_linker=no ;; *) dynamic_linker='Linux ld.so' ;; esac fi ;; netbsd* | openbsd*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="$PATH:/sbin" ldconfig -m $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' library_names_spec='$libname.dll $libname.a' dynamic_linker='OS/2 ld.exe' shlibpath_var=LIBPATH ;; osf3* | osf4*) version_type=osf soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix $libname.so' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; sco3.2v5*) version_type=osf soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$major' library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so.$major $libname.so' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; solaris2*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so.$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; sunos4*) version_type=sunos library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix' finish_cmds='PATH="$PATH:/usr/etc" ldconfig $libdir' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; sysv4.2uw2*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so.$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; uts4*) version_type=linux library_names_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$versuffix ${libname}${release}.so.$major $libname.so' soname_spec='${libname}${release}.so.$major' shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;; *) dynamic_linker=no ;; esac echo "$ac_t$dynamic_linker" test "$dynamic_linker" = no && can_build_shared=no # Report the final consequences. echo "checking if libtool supports shared libraries... $can_build_shared" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking whether to build shared libraries... $ac_c" 1>&6 test "$can_build_shared" = "no" && enable_shared=no # On AIX, shared libraries and static libraries use the same namespace, and # are all built from PIC. case "$host_os" in aix*) test "$enable_shared" = yes && enable_static=no if test -n "$RANLIB"; then archive_cmds="$archive_cmds;\$RANLIB \$lib" postinstall_cmds='$RANLIB $lib' fi ;; esac echo "$ac_t$enable_shared" 1>&6 # Make sure either enable_shared or enable_static is yes. test "$enable_shared" = yes || enable_static=yes echo "checking whether to build static libraries... $enable_static" 1>&6 echo $ac_n "checking for objdir... $ac_c" 1>&6 rm -f .libs 2>/dev/null mkdir .libs 2>/dev/null if test -d .libs; then objdir=.libs else # MS-DOS does not allow filenames that begin with a dot. objdir=_libs fi rmdir .libs 2>/dev/null echo "$ac_t$objdir" 1>&6 # Copy echo and quote the copy, instead of the original, because it is # used later. ltecho="$echo" # Now quote all the things that may contain metacharacters. for var in ltecho old_CC old_CFLAGS old_CPPFLAGS old_LD old_NM old_RANLIB \ old_LN_S AR CC LD LN_S NM reload_flag reload_cmds wl pic_flag \ link_static_flag no_builtin_flag export_dynamic_flag_spec \ libname_spec library_names_spec soname_spec RANLIB \ old_archive_cmds old_archive_from_new_cmds old_postinstall_cmds \ old_postuninstall_cmds archive_cmds postinstall_cmds postuninstall_cmds \ allow_undefined_flag no_undefined_flag \ finish_cmds finish_eval global_symbol_pipe \ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec hardcode_libdir_separator; do case "$var" in reload_cmds | old_archive_cmds | old_archive_from_new_cmds | \ old_postinstall_cmds | old_postuninstall_cmds | archive_cmds | \ postinstall_cmds | postuninstall_cmds | finish_cmds) # Double-quote double-evaled strings. eval "$var=\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$double_quote_subst\" -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`" ;; *) eval "$var=\`\$echo \"X\$$var\" | \$Xsed -e \"\$sed_quote_subst\"\`" ;; esac done ofile=libtool trap "$rm $ofile; exit 1" 1 2 15 echo creating $ofile $rm $ofile cat < $ofile #! /bin/sh # libtool - Provide generalized library-building support services. # Generated automatically by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION # NOTE: Changes made to this file will be lost: look at ltconfig or ltmain.sh. # # Copyright (C) 1996-1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This program was configured as follows, # on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: # # CC="$old_CC" CFLAGS="$old_CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$old_CPPFLAGS" \\ # LD="$old_LD" NM="$old_NM" RANLIB="$old_RANLIB" LN_S="$old_LN_S" \\ # $0$ltconfig_args # # Compiler and other test output produced by $progname, useful for # debugging $progname, is in ./config.log if it exists. # Sed that helps us avoid accidentally triggering echo(1) options like -n. Xsed="sed -e s/^X//" # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. if test "\${CDPATH+set}" = set; then CDPATH=; export CDPATH; fi # An echo program that does not interpret backslashes. echo="$ltecho" # The version of $progname that generated this script. LTCONFIG_VERSION="$VERSION" # Shell to use when invoking shell scripts. SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} # Whether or not to build libtool libraries. build_libtool_libs=$enable_shared # Whether or not to build old-style libraries. build_old_libs=$enable_static # The host system. host_alias="$host_alias" host="$host" # The archiver. AR="$AR" # The default C compiler. CC="$CC" # The linker used to build libraries. LD="$LD" # Whether we need hard or soft links. LN_S="$LN_S" # A BSD-compatible nm program. NM="$NM" # The name of the directory that contains temporary libtool files. objdir="$objdir" # How to create reloadable object files. reload_flag="$reload_flag" reload_cmds="$reload_cmds" # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl="$wl" # Additional compiler flags for building library objects. pic_flag="$pic_flag" # Compiler flag to prevent dynamic linking. link_static_flag="$link_static_flag" # Compiler flag to turn off builtin functions. no_builtin_flag="$no_builtin_flag" # Compiler flag to allow reflexive dlopens. export_dynamic_flag_spec="$export_dynamic_flag_spec" # Library versioning type. version_type=$version_type # Format of library name prefix. libname_spec="$libname_spec" # List of archive names. First name is the real one, the rest are links. # The last name is the one that the linker finds with -lNAME. library_names_spec="$library_names_spec" # The coded name of the library, if different from the real name. soname_spec="$soname_spec" # Commands used to build and install an old-style archive. RANLIB="$RANLIB" old_archive_cmds="$old_archive_cmds" old_postinstall_cmds="$old_postinstall_cmds" old_postuninstall_cmds="$old_postuninstall_cmds" # Create an old-style archive from a shared archive. old_archive_from_new_cmds="$old_archive_from_new_cmds" # Commands used to build and install a shared archive. archive_cmds="$archive_cmds" postinstall_cmds="$postinstall_cmds" postuninstall_cmds="$postuninstall_cmds" # Flag that allows shared libraries with undefined symbols to be built. allow_undefined_flag="$allow_undefined_flag" # Flag that forces no undefined symbols. no_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" # Commands used to finish a libtool library installation in a directory. finish_cmds="$finish_cmds" # Same as above, but a single script fragment to be evaled but not shown. finish_eval="$finish_eval" # Take the output of nm and produce a listing of raw symbols and C names. global_symbol_pipe="$global_symbol_pipe" # This is the shared library runtime path variable. runpath_var=$runpath_var # This is the shared library path variable. shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var # How to hardcode a shared library path into an executable. hardcode_action=$hardcode_action # Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. # This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" # Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator" # Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_direct=$hardcode_direct # Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the # resulting binary. hardcode_minus_L=$hardcode_minus_L # Set to yes if using SHLIBPATH_VAR=DIR during linking hardcodes DIR into # the resulting binary. hardcode_shlibpath_var=$hardcode_shlibpath_var EOF case "$host_os" in aix3*) cat <<\EOF >> $ofile # AIX sometimes has problems with the GCC collect2 program. For some # reason, if we set the COLLECT_NAMES environment variable, the problems # vanish in a puff of smoke. if test "${COLLECT_NAMES+set}" != set; then COLLECT_NAMES= export COLLECT_NAMES fi EOF ;; esac # Append the ltmain.sh script. cat "$ltmain" >> $ofile || (rm -f $ofile; exit 1) chmod +x $ofile exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/ltmain.sh0000644000175000017500000021250306521173433013544 0ustar jrjr# ltmain.sh - Provide generalized library-building support services. # NOTE: Changing this file will not affect anything until you rerun ltconfig. # # Copyright (C) 1996-1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # The name of this program. progname=`$echo "$0" | sed 's%^.*/%%'` modename="$progname" # Constants. PROGRAM=ltmain.sh PACKAGE=libtool VERSION=1.2 default_mode= help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%" mkdir="mkdir" mv="mv -f" rm="rm -f" # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed='sed -e s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='s/\([\\`\\"$\\\\]\)/\\\1/g' # NLS nuisances. # Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. # These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand # e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi if test "$LTCONFIG_VERSION" != "$VERSION"; then echo "$modename: ltconfig version \`$LTCONFIG_VERSION' does not match $PROGRAM version \`$VERSION'" 1>&2 echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then echo "$modename: not configured to build any kind of library" 1>&2 echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Global variables. mode=$default_mode nonopt= prev= prevopt= run= show="$echo" show_help= execute_dlfiles= # Parse our command line options once, thoroughly. while test $# -gt 0 do arg="$1" shift case "$arg" in -*=*) optarg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; *) optarg= ;; esac # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case "$prev" in execute_dlfiles) eval "$prev=\"\$$prev \$arg\"" ;; *) eval "$prev=\$arg" ;; esac prev= prevopt= continue fi # Have we seen a non-optional argument yet? case "$arg" in --help) show_help=yes ;; --version) echo "$PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION" exit 0 ;; --dry-run | -n) run=: ;; --features) echo "host: $host" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then echo "enable shared libraries" else echo "disable shared libraries" fi if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then echo "enable static libraries" else echo "disable static libraries" fi exit 0 ;; --finish) mode="finish" ;; --mode) prevopt="--mode" prev=mode ;; --mode=*) mode="$optarg" ;; --quiet | --silent) show=: ;; -dlopen) prevopt="-dlopen" prev=execute_dlfiles ;; -*) $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`$arg'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *) nonopt="$arg" break ;; esac done if test -n "$prevopt"; then $echo "$modename: option \`$prevopt' requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$show_help"; then # Infer the operation mode. if test -z "$mode"; then case "$nonopt" in *cc | *++ | gcc* | *-gcc*) mode=link for arg do case "$arg" in -c) mode=compile break ;; esac done ;; *db | *dbx) mode=execute ;; *install*|cp|mv) mode=install ;; *rm) mode=uninstall ;; *) # If we have no mode, but dlfiles were specified, then do execute mode. test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && mode=execute # Just use the default operation mode. if test -z "$mode"; then if test -n "$nonopt"; then $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode from \`$nonopt'" 1>&2 else $echo "$modename: warning: cannot infer operation mode without MODE-ARGS" 1>&2 fi fi ;; esac fi # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then $echo "$modename: unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. generic_help="$help" help="Try \`$modename --help --mode=$mode' for more information." # These modes are in order of execution frequency so that they run quickly. case "$mode" in # libtool compile mode compile) modename="$modename: compile" # Get the compilation command and the source file. base_compile= lastarg= srcfile="$nonopt" suppress_output= for arg do # Accept any command-line options. case "$arg" in -o) $echo "$modename: you cannot specify the output filename with \`-o'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; -static) build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes continue ;; esac # Accept the current argument as the source file. lastarg="$srcfile" srcfile="$arg" # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. # Backslashify any backslashes, double quotes, and dollar signs. # These are the only characters that are still specially # interpreted inside of double-quoted scrings. lastarg=`$echo "X$lastarg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly in scan # sets, so we specify it separately. case "$lastarg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) lastarg="\"$lastarg\"" ;; esac # Add the previous argument to base_compile. if test -z "$base_compile"; then base_compile="$lastarg" else base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg" fi done # Get the name of the library object. libobj=`$echo "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Recognize several different file suffixes. xform='[cCFSfms]' case "$libobj" in *.ada) xform=ada ;; *.adb) xform=adb ;; *.ads) xform=ads ;; *.asm) xform=asm ;; *.c++) xform=c++ ;; *.cc) xform=cc ;; *.cpp) xform=cpp ;; *.cxx) xform=cxx ;; *.f90) xform=f90 ;; *.for) xform=for ;; esac libobj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e "s/\.$xform$/.lo/"` case "$libobj" in *.lo) obj=`$echo "X$libobj" | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo$/.o/'` ;; *) $echo "$modename: cannot determine name of library object from \`$srcfile'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test -z "$base_compile"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify a compilation command" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Delete any leftover library objects. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then $run $rm $obj $libobj trap "$run $rm $obj $libobj; exit 1" 1 2 15 else $run $rm $libobj trap "$run $rm $libobj; exit 1" 1 2 15 fi # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile # All platforms use -DPIC, to notify preprocessed assembler code. $show "$base_compile$pic_flag -DPIC $srcfile" if $run eval "$base_compile\$pic_flag -DPIC \$srcfile"; then : else test -n "$obj" && $run $rm $obj exit 1 fi # If we have no pic_flag, then copy the object into place and finish. if test -z "$pic_flag"; then $show "$LN_S $obj $libobj" $run $LN_S $obj $libobj exit $? fi # Just move the object, then go on to compile the next one $show "$mv $obj $libobj" $run $mv $obj $libobj || exit 1 # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' fi # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. $show "$base_compile $srcfile$suppress_output" if $run eval "$base_compile \$srcfile$suppress_output"; then : else $run $rm $obj $libobj exit 1 fi fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we do not # accidentally link it into a program. if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" $run eval "echo timestamp > \$libobj" || exit $? fi exit 0 ;; # libtool link mode link) modename="$modename: link" CC="$nonopt" allow_undefined=yes compile_command="$CC" finalize_command="$CC" compile_shlibpath= finalize_shlibpath= deplibs= dlfiles= dlprefiles= export_dynamic=no hardcode_libdirs= libobjs= link_against_libtool_libs= ltlibs= objs= prev= prevarg= release= rpath= perm_rpath= temp_rpath= vinfo= # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. for arg do case "$arg" in -all-static | -static) if test "X$arg" = "X-all-static" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then $echo "$modename: warning: complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" 1>&2 fi build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes break ;; esac done # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. for arg do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case "$prev" in output) compile_command="$compile_command @OUTPUT@" finalize_command="$finalize_command @OUTPUT@" ;; esac case "$prev" in dlfiles|dlprefiles) case "$arg" in *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" test "$prev" = dlfiles && dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" prev= ;; esac ;; release) release="-$arg" prev= continue ;; rpath) rpath="$rpath $arg" prev= continue ;; *) eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" prev= continue ;; esac fi prevarg="$arg" case "$arg" in -all-static) if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag" finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -allow-undefined) # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. $echo "$modename: \`-allow-undefined' is deprecated because it is the default" 1>&2 continue ;; -dlopen) prev=dlfiles continue ;; -dlpreopen) prev=dlprefiles continue ;; -export-dynamic) if test "$export_dynamic" != yes; then export_dynamic=yes if test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" else arg= fi # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. compile_command="$compile_command @SYMFILE@" finalize_command="$finalize_command @SYMFILE@" fi ;; -L*) dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%^-L\(.*\)$%\1%'` case "$dir" in /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) # Add the corresponding hardcode_libdir_flag, if it is not identical. ;; *) $echo "$modename: \`-L$dir' cannot specify a relative directory" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac deplibs="$deplibs $arg" ;; -l*) deplibs="$deplibs $arg" ;; -no-undefined) allow_undefined=no continue ;; -o) prev=output ;; -release) prev=release continue ;; -rpath) prev=rpath continue ;; -static) # If we have no pic_flag, then this is the same as -all-static. if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then compile_command="$compile_command $link_static_flag" finalize_command="$finalize_command $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -version-info) prev=vinfo continue ;; # Some other compiler flag. -* | +*) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac ;; *.o | *.a) # A standard object. objs="$objs $arg" ;; *.lo) # A library object. if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Preload the old-style object. dlprefiles="$dlprefiles "`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo$/\.o/'` prev= fi libobjs="$libobjs $arg" ;; *.la) # A libtool-controlled library. dlname= libdir= library_names= old_library= # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (sed -e '2q' $arg | egrep '^# Generated by ltmain\.sh') >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$arg' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$arg" in */* | *\\*) . $arg ;; *) . ./$arg ;; esac if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: \`$arg' contains no -rpath information" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Get the name of the library we link against. linklib= for l in $old_library $library_names; do linklib="$l" done if test -z "$linklib"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find name of link library for \`$arg'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Find the relevant object directory and library name. name=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` dir=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` if test "X$dir" = "X$arg"; then dir="$objdir" else dir="$dir/$objdir" fi # This library was specified with -dlopen. if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" if test -z "$dlname"; then # If there is no dlname, we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles else # We should not create a dependency on this library, but we # may need any libraries it requires. compile_command="$compile_command$dependency_libs" finalize_command="$finalize_command$dependency_libs" prev= continue fi fi # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols # are required to link). if test -n "$old_library"; then dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dir/$old_library" else dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dir/$linklib" fi prev= fi if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -n "$library_names"; then link_against_libtool_libs="$link_against_libtool_libs $arg" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. case "$temp_rpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath $dir" ;; esac fi # This is the magic to use -rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then # Put the magic libdir with the hardcode flag. hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" libdir="@HARDCODE_LIBDIRS@" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case "$hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator" in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac libdir= fi fi if test -n "$libdir"; then eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" compile_command="$compile_command $flag" finalize_command="$finalize_command $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then # Do the same for the permanent run path. case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi case "$hardcode_action" in immediate) if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then compile_command="$compile_command $dir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then compile_command="$compile_command -L$dir -l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$dir:" compile_command="$compile_command -l$name" fi ;; relink) # We need an absolute path. case "$dir" in /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then $echo "$modename: cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi dir="$absdir" ;; esac if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then compile_command="$compile_command $dir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then compile_command="$compile_command -L$dir -l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$dir:" compile_command="$compile_command -l$name" fi ;; *) $echo "$modename: \`$hardcode_action' is an unknown hardcode action" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then finalize_command="$finalize_command $libdir/$linklib" elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then finalize_command="$finalize_command -L$libdir -l$name" elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" finalize_command="$finalize_command -l$name" else # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. finalize_command="$finalize_command -L$libdir -l$name" fi else # Transform directly to old archives if we don't build new libraries. if test -n "$pic_flag" && test -z "$old_library"; then $echo "$modename: cannot find static library for \`$arg'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and # shared platforms. if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" compile_command="$compile_command $dir/$linklib" finalize_command="$finalize_command $dir/$linklib" else compile_command="$compile_command -L$dir -l$name" finalize_command="$finalize_command -L$dir -l$name" fi fi # Add in any libraries that this one depends upon. compile_command="$compile_command$dependency_libs" finalize_command="$finalize_command$dependency_libs" continue ;; # Some other compiler argument. *) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac ;; esac # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. if test -n "$arg"; then compile_command="$compile_command $arg" finalize_command="$finalize_command $arg" fi done if test -n "$prev"; then $echo "$modename: the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: you cannot specify both \`-version-info' and \`-release'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi oldlib= oldobjs= case "$output" in "") $echo "$modename: you must specify an output file" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; */* | *\\*) $echo "$modename: output file \`$output' must have no directory components" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *.a) # Now set the variables for building old libraries. build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes oldlib="$output" $show "$rm $oldlib" $run $rm $oldlib ;; *.la) # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. case "$output" in lib*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$arg' must begin with \`lib'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac name=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's/\.la$//' -e 's/^lib//'` eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). library_names= old_library= dlname= current=0 revision=0 age=0 if test -n "$objs"; then $echo "$modename: cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects:$objs" 2>&1 exit 1 fi # How the heck are we supposed to write a wrapper for a shared library? if test -n "$link_against_libtool_libs"; then $echo "$modename: libtool library \`$output' may not depend on uninstalled libraries:$link_against_libtool_libs" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored while creating libtool libraries" 1>&2 # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` fi if test -z "$rpath"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an installation directory with \`-rpath'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi set dummy $rpath if test $# -gt 2; then $echo "$modename: warning: ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" 1>&2 fi install_libdir="$2" # Parse the version information argument. IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' set dummy $vinfo IFS="$save_ifs" if test -n "$5"; then $echo "$modename: too many parameters to \`-version-info'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi test -n "$2" && current="$2" test -n "$3" && revision="$3" test -n "$4" && age="$4" # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. case "$current" in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: CURRENT \`$current' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case "$revision" in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: REVISION \`$revision' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case "$age" in 0 | [1-9] | [1-9][0-9]*) ;; *) $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is not a nonnegative integer" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac if test $age -gt $current; then $echo "$modename: AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: \`$vinfo' is not valid version information" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Calculate the version variables. version_vars="version_type current age revision" case "$version_type" in none) ;; linux) version_vars="$version_vars major versuffix" major=`expr $current - $age` versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" ;; osf) version_vars="$version_vars versuffix verstring" major=`expr $current - $age` versuffix="$current.$age.$revision" verstring="$versuffix" # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$age while test $loop != 0; do iface=`expr $current - $loop` loop=`expr $loop - 1` verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" done # Make executables depend on our current version. verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" ;; sunos) version_vars="$version_vars major versuffix" major="$current" versuffix="$current.$revision" ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown library version type \`$version_type'" 1>&2 echo "Fatal configuration error. See the $PACKAGE docs for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Create the output directory, or remove our outputs if we need to. if test -d $objdir; then $show "$rm $objdir/$output $objdir/$libname.* $objdir/${libname}${release}.*" $run $rm $objdir/$output $objdir/$libname.* $objdir/${libname}${release}.* else $show "$mkdir $objdir" $run $mkdir $objdir status=$? if test $status -eq 0 || test -d $objdir; then : else exit $status fi fi # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then $echo "$modename: warning: undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" 1>&2 build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes fi else # Don't allow undefined symbols. allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" fi # Add libc to deplibs on all systems. dependency_libs="$deplibs" deplibs="$deplibs -lc" if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then # Get the real and link names of the library. eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" set dummy $library_names realname="$2" shift; shift if test -n "$soname_spec"; then eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname="$realname" fi lib="$objdir/$realname" for link do linknames="$linknames $link" done # Use standard objects if they are PIC. test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$echo "X$libobjs " | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo /.o /g' -e 's/ $//g'` # Do each of the archive commands. eval cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" # Create links to the real library. for linkname in $linknames; do $show "(cd $objdir && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" $run eval '(cd $objdir && $LN_S $realname $linkname)' || exit $? done # If -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. if test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then # On all known operating systems, these are identical. dlname="$soname" fi fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. oldlib="$objdir/$libname.a" ;; *.lo | *.o) if test -n "$link_against_libtool_libs"; then $echo "$modename: error: cannot link libtool libraries into reloadable objects" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$deplibs"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-l' and \`-L' are ignored while creating objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' is ignored while creating objects" 1>&2 # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` fi if test -n "$rpath"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-rpath' is ignored while creating objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored while creating objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored while creating objects" 1>&2 fi case "$output" in *.lo) if test -n "$objs"; then $echo "$modename: cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" 1>&2 exit 1 fi libobj="$output" obj=`$echo "X$output" | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo$/.o/'` ;; *) libobj= obj="$output" ;; esac # Delete the old objects. $run $rm $obj $libobj # Create the old-style object. reload_objs="$objs"`$echo "X$libobjs " | $Xsed -e 's/[^ ]*\.a //g' -e 's/\.lo /.o /g' -e 's/ $//g'` output="$obj" eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. test -z "$libobj" && exit 0 if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't # accidentally link it into a program. $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" $run eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? exit 0 fi if test -n "$pic_flag"; then # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. reload_objs="$libobjs" output="$libobj" eval cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" else # Just create a symlink. $show "$LN_S $obj $libobj" $run $LN_S $obj $libobj || exit 1 fi exit 0 ;; *) if test -n "$vinfo"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-version-info' is ignored while linking programs" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$release"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`-release' is ignored while creating objects" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$rpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. for libdir in $rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then # Put the magic libdir with the hardcode flag. hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" libdir="@HARDCODE_LIBDIRS@" else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case "$hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator" in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac libdir= fi fi if test -n "$libdir"; then eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" compile_command="$compile_command $flag" finalize_command="$finalize_command $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; esac fi done fi # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the compile commands. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@HARDCODE_LIBDIRS@%$hardcode_libdirs%g"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@HARDCODE_LIBDIRS@%$hardcode_libdirs%g"` fi if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command " | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo /.o /g' -e 's/ $//'` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command " | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo /.o /g' -e 's/ $//'` fi if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then dlsyms="${output}S.c" else dlsyms= fi if test -n "$dlsyms"; then # Add our own program objects to the preloaded list. dlprefiles=`$echo "X$objs$dlprefiles " | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo /.o /g' -e 's/ $//'` # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. nlist="$objdir/${output}.nm" if test -d $objdir; then $show "$rm $nlist ${nlist}T" $run $rm "$nlist" "${nlist}T" else $show "$mkdir $objdir" $run $mkdir $objdir status=$? if test $status -eq 0 || test -d $objdir; then : else exit $status fi fi for arg in $dlprefiles; do $show "extracting global C symbols from \`$arg'" $run eval "$NM $arg | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done # Parse the name list into a source file. $show "creating $objdir/$dlsyms" if test -z "$run"; then # Make sure we at least have an empty file. test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if sort "$nlist" | uniq > "$nlist"T; then mv -f "$nlist"T "$nlist" wcout=`wc "$nlist" 2>/dev/null` count=`echo "X$wcout" | $Xsed -e 's/^[ ]*\([0-9][0-9]*\).*$/\1/'` (test "$count" -ge 0) 2>/dev/null || count=-1 else $rm "$nlist"T count=-1 fi case "$dlsyms" in "") ;; *.c) $echo > "$objdir/$dlsyms" "\ /* $dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$output' dlsym emulation. */ /* Generated by $PROGRAM - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern \"C\" { #endif /* Prevent the only kind of declaration conflicts we can make. */ #define dld_preloaded_symbol_count some_other_symbol #define dld_preloaded_symbols some_other_symbol /* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ " if test -f "$nlist"; then sed -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/extern char \1;/' < "$nlist" >> "$objdir/$dlsyms" else echo '/* NONE */' >> "$objdir/$dlsyms" fi $echo >> "$objdir/$dlsyms" "\ #undef dld_preloaded_symbol_count #undef dld_preloaded_symbols #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define __ptr_t void * #else # define __ptr_t char * #endif /* The number of symbols in dld_preloaded_symbols, -1 if unsorted. */ int dld_preloaded_symbol_count = $count; /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ struct { char *name; __ptr_t address; } dld_preloaded_symbols[] = {\ " if test -f "$nlist"; then sed 's/^\(.*\) \(.*\)$/ {"\1", (__ptr_t) \&\2},/' < "$nlist" >> "$objdir/$dlsyms" fi $echo >> "$objdir/$dlsyms" "\ {0, (__ptr_t) 0} }; #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif\ " ;; *) $echo "$modename: unknown suffix for \`$dlsyms'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac fi # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. $show "(cd $objdir && $CC -c$no_builtin_flag \"$dlsyms\")" $run eval '(cd $objdir && $CC -c$no_builtin_flag "$dlsyms")' || exit $? # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$objdir/${output}S.o%"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$objdir/${output}S.o%"` elif test "$export_dynamic" != yes; then test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`-dlopen' and \`-dlpreopen' are ignored without \`-export-dynamic'" 1>&2 else # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to # dld_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe # really was required. $echo "$modename: not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" 1>&2 # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` fi if test -z "$link_against_libtool_libs" || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then # Replace the output file specification. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. $show "$compile_command" $run eval "$compile_command" exit $? fi # Replace the output file specification. compile_command=`$echo "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$objdir/$output"'%g'` finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$objdir/$output"'T%g'` # Create the binary in the object directory, then wrap it. if test -d $objdir; then : else $show "$mkdir $objdir" $run $mkdir $objdir status=$? if test $status -eq 0 || test -d $objdir; then : else exit $status fi fi if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # We should set the shlibpath_var rpath= for dir in $temp_rpath; do case "$dir" in /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) # Absolute path. rpath="$rpath$dir:" ;; *) # Relative path: add a thisdir entry. rpath="$rpath\$thisdir/$dir:" ;; esac done temp_rpath="$rpath" fi # Delete the old output file. $run $rm $output if test -n "$compile_shlibpath"; then compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" fi if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" fi if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do rpath="$rpath$dir:" done compile_command="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" $compile_command" finalize_command="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" $finalize_command" fi case "$hardcode_action" in relink) # AGH! Flame the AIX and HP-UX people for me, will ya? $echo "$modename: warning: using a buggy system linker" 1>&2 $echo "$modename: relinking will be required before \`$output' can be installed" 1>&2 ;; esac $show "$compile_command" $run eval "$compile_command" || exit $? # Now create the wrapper script. $show "creating $output" # Quote the finalize command for shipping. finalize_command=`$echo "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` # Quote $echo for shipping. qecho=`$echo "X$echo" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` # Only actually do things if our run command is non-null. if test -z "$run"; then $rm $output trap "$rm $output; exit 1" 1 2 15 $echo > $output "\ #! /bin/sh # $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$output # Generated by ltmain.sh - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION # # The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool # libraries that it depends on are installed. # # This wrapper script should never be moved out of \``pwd`'. # If it is, it will not operate correctly. # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. Xsed='sed -e s/^X//' sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. if test \"\${CDPATH+set}\" = set; then CDPATH=; export CDPATH; fi # This environment variable determines our operation mode. if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then # install mode needs the following variables: link_against_libtool_libs='$link_against_libtool_libs' finalize_command=\"$finalize_command\" else # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$echo are already set. if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then : else echo=\"$qecho\" file=\"\$0\" fi\ " $echo >> $output "\ # Find the directory that this script lives in. thisdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | sed -n 's/.*-> //p'\` while test -n \"\$file\"; do destdir=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then case \"\$destdir\" in /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; esac fi file=\`\$echo \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | sed -n 's/.*-> //p'\` done # Try to get the absolute directory name. absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" program='$output' if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then $echo >> $output "\ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var $shlibpath_var=\`\$echo \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/:*\$//'\` export $shlibpath_var " fi $echo >> $output "\ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then # Run the actual program with our arguments. # Export the path to the program. PATH=\"\$progdir:\$PATH\" export PATH exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"} \$echo \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \${1+\"\$@\"}\" exit 1 fi else # The program doesn't exist. \$echo \"\$0: error: \$progdir/\$program does not exist\" 1>&2 \$echo \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 echo \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi\ " chmod +x $output fi exit 0 ;; esac # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. if test "$build_old_libs" = "yes"; then # Transform .lo files to .o files. oldobjs="$objs"`$echo "X$libobjs " | $Xsed -e 's/[^ ]*\.a //g' -e 's/\.lo /.o /g' -e 's/ $//g'` # Do each command in the archive commands. if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then eval cmds=\"$old_archive_from_new_cmds\" else eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" fi IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # Now create the libtool archive. case "$output" in *.la) old_library= test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.a" $show "creating $output" # Only create the output if not a dry run. if test -z "$run"; then $echo > $output "\ # $output - a libtool library file # Generated by ltmain.sh - GNU $PACKAGE $VERSION # The name that we can dlopen(3). dlname='$dlname' # Names of this library. library_names='$library_names' # The name of the static archive. old_library='$old_library' # Libraries that this one depends upon. dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' # Version information for $libname. current=$current age=$age revision=$revision # Directory that this library needs to be installed in: libdir='$install_libdir'\ " fi # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. $show "(cd $objdir && $LN_S ../$output $output)" $run eval "(cd $objdir && $LN_S ../$output $output)" || exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 ;; # libtool install mode install) modename="$modename: install" # There may be an optional /bin/sh argument at the beginning of # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL"; then # Aesthetically quote it. arg=`$echo "X$nonopt" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$arg " arg="$1" shift else install_prog= arg="$nonopt" fi # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. # Aesthetically quote it. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$install_prog$arg" # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. dest= files= opts= prev= install_type= isdir= stripme= for arg do if test -n "$dest"; then files="$files $dest" dest="$arg" continue fi case "$arg" in -d) isdir=yes ;; -f) prev="-f" ;; -g) prev="-g" ;; -m) prev="-m" ;; -o) prev="-o" ;; -s) stripme=" -s" continue ;; -*) ;; *) # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. if test -n "$prev"; then prev= else dest="$arg" continue fi ;; esac # Aesthetically quote the argument. arg=`$echo "X$arg" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` case "$arg" in *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*) arg="\"$arg\"" ;; esac install_prog="$install_prog $arg" done if test -z "$install_prog"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an install program" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -n "$prev"; then $echo "$modename: the \`$prev' option requires an argument" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$files"; then if test -z "$dest"; then $echo "$modename: no file or destination specified" 1>&2 else $echo "$modename: you must specify a destination" 1>&2 fi $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. dest=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/$%%'` # Check to see that the destination is a directory. test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes if test -n "$isdir"; then destdir="$dest" destname= else destdir=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$destdir" = "X$dest" && destdir=. destname=`$echo "X$dest" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. set dummy $files if test $# -gt 2; then $echo "$modename: \`$dest' is not a directory" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi case "$destdir" in /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; *) for file in $files; do case "$file" in *.lo) ;; *) $echo "$modename: \`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac done ;; esac # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic="$magic" staticlibs= future_libdirs= current_libdirs= for file in $files; do # Do each installation. case "$file" in *.a) # Do the static libraries later. staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" ;; *.la) # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep '^# Generated by ltmain\.sh') >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi library_names= old_library= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$file" in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then case "$current_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; esac else # Note the libdir as a future libdir. case "$future_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; esac fi dir="`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'`/" test "X$dir" = "X$file/" && dir= dir="$dir$objdir" # See the names of the shared library. set dummy $library_names if test -n "$2"; then realname="$2" shift shift # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. $show "$install_prog $dir/$realname $destdir/$realname" $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$realname $destdir/$realname" || exit $? test "X$dlname" = "X$realname" && dlname= if test $# -gt 0; then # Delete the old symlinks. rmcmd="$rm" for linkname do rmcmd="$rmcmd $destdir/$linkname" done $show "$rmcmd" $run $rmcmd # ... and create new ones. for linkname do test "X$dlname" = "X$linkname" && dlname= $show "(cd $destdir && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" $run eval "(cd $destdir && $LN_S $realname $linkname)" done fi if test -n "$dlname"; then # Install the dynamically-loadable library. $show "$install_prog $dir/$dlname $destdir/$dlname" $run eval "$install_prog $dir/$dlname $destdir/$dlname" || exit $? fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. lib="$destdir/$realname" eval cmds=\"$postinstall_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` $show "$install_prog $file $destdir/$name" $run eval "$install_prog $file $destdir/$name" || exit $? # Maybe install the static library, too. test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" ;; *.lo) # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile="$destdir/$destname" else destfile=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` destfile="$destdir/$destfile" fi # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. case "$destfile" in *.lo) staticdest=`$echo "X$destfile" | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo$/\.o/'` ;; *.o) staticdest="$destfile" destfile= ;; *) $echo "$modename: cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Install the libtool object if requested. if test -n "$destfile"; then $show "$install_prog $file $destfile" $run eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" || exit $? fi # Install the old object if enabled. if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. staticobj=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo$/\.o/'` $show "$install_prog $staticobj $staticdest" $run eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" || exit $? fi exit 0 ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if (sed -e '4q' $file | egrep '^# Generated by ltmain\.sh') >/dev/null 2>&1; then link_against_libtool_libs= finalize_command= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$file" in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Check the variables that should have been set. if test -z "$link_against_libtool_libs" || test -z "$finalize_command"; then $echo "$modename: invalid libtool wrapper script \`$file'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi finalize=yes for lib in $link_against_libtool_libs; do # Check to see that each library is installed. libdir= if test -f "$lib"; then # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$lib" in */* | *\\*) . $lib ;; *) . ./$lib ;; esac fi libfile="$libdir/`$echo "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'`" if test -z "$libdir"; then $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' contains no -rpath information" 1>&2 elif test -f "$libfile"; then : else $echo "$modename: warning: \`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" 1>&2 finalize=no fi done if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then if test "$finalize" = yes; then $echo "$modename: warning: relinking \`$file' on behalf of your buggy system linker" 1>&2 $show "$finalize_command" if $run eval "$finalize_command"; then : else $echo "$modename: error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" 1>&2 continue fi file="$objdir/$file"T else $echo "$modename: warning: cannot relink \`$file' on behalf of your buggy system linker" 1>&2 fi else # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` fi fi $show "$install_prog$stripme $file $dest" $run eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$dest" || exit $? ;; esac done for file in $staticlibs; do name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Set up the ranlib parameters. oldlib="$destdir/$name" $show "$install_prog $file $oldlib" $run eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" || exit $? # Do each command in the postinstall commands. eval cmds=\"$old_postinstall_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" || exit $? done IFS="$save_ifs" done if test -n "$future_libdirs"; then $echo "$modename: warning: remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" 1>&2 fi if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then # Maybe just do a dry run. test -n "$run" && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" exec $SHELL $0 --finish$current_libdirs exit 1 fi exit 0 ;; # libtool finish mode finish) modename="$modename: finish" libdirs="$nonopt" if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then for dir do libdirs="$libdirs $dir" done for libdir in $libdirs; do if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then # Do each command in the finish commands. eval cmds=\"$finish_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$finish_eval"; then # Do the single finish_eval. eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" $run eval "$cmds" fi done fi echo "------------------------------------------------------------------------------" echo "Libraries have been installed in:" for libdir in $libdirs; do echo " $libdir" done echo echo "To link against installed libraries in a given directory, LIBDIR," echo "you must use the \`-LLIBDIR' flag during linking." echo echo " You will also need to do one of the following:" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" echo " during execution" fi if test -n "$runpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" echo " during linking" fi if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then libdir=LIBDIR eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" echo " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" fi if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" fi echo echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." echo "------------------------------------------------------------------------------" exit 0 ;; # libtool execute mode execute) modename="$modename: execute" # The first argument is the command name. cmd="$nonopt" if test -z "$cmd"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify a COMMAND" 1>&2 $echo "$help" exit 1 fi # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. for file in $execute_dlfiles; do if test -f "$file"; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$file' is not a file" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi dir= case "$file" in *.la) # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep '^# Generated by ltmain\.sh') >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else $echo "$modename: \`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Read the libtool library. dlname= library_names= # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$file" in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. if test -z "$dlname"; then # Warn if it was a shared library. test -n "$library_names" && $echo "$modename: warning: \`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" continue fi dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then dir="$dir/$objdir" else $echo "$modename: cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" 1>&2 exit 1 fi ;; *.lo) # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. ;; *) $echo "$modename: warning \`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" 1>&2 continue ;; esac # Get the absolute pathname. absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" else eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" fi done # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var # rather than running their programs. libtool_execute_magic="$magic" # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. args= for file do case "$file" in -*) ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if (sed -e '4q' $file | egrep '^# Generated by ltmain\.sh') >/dev/null 2>&1; then # If there is no directory component, then add one. case "$file" in */* | *\\*) . $file ;; *) . ./$file ;; esac # Transform arg to wrapped name. file="$progdir/$program" fi ;; esac # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). file=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` args="$args \"$file\"" done if test -z "$run"; then # Export the shlibpath_var. eval "export $shlibpath_var" # Now actually exec the command. eval "exec \$cmd$args" $echo "$modename: cannot exec \$cmd$args" exit 1 else # Display what would be done. eval "\$echo \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" $echo "export $shlibpath_var" $echo "$cmd$args" exit 0 fi ;; # libtool uninstall mode uninstall) modename="$modename: uninstall" rm="$nonopt" files= for arg do case "$arg" in -*) rm="$rm $arg" ;; *) files="$files $arg" ;; esac done if test -z "$rm"; then $echo "$modename: you must specify an RM program" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi for file in $files; do dir=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'` test "X$dir" = "X$file" && dir=. name=`$echo "X$file" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'` rmfiles="$file" case "$name" in *.la) # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. if (sed -e '2q' $file | egrep '^# Generated by ltmain\.sh') >/dev/null 2>&1; then . $dir/$name # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. for n in $library_names; do rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$n" test "X$n" = "X$dlname" && dlname= done test -n "$dlname" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$dlname" test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$old_library" $show "$rm $rmfiles" $run $rm $rmfiles if test -n "$library_names"; then # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. eval cmds=\"$postuninstall_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" done IFS="$save_ifs" fi if test -n "$old_library"; then # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. eval cmds=\"$old_postuninstall_cmds\" IFS="${IFS= }"; save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=';' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS="$save_ifs" $show "$cmd" $run eval "$cmd" done IFS="$save_ifs" fi # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. fi ;; *.lo) if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then oldobj=`$echo "X$name" | $Xsed -e 's/\.lo$/\.o/'` rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$oldobj" fi $show "$rm $rmfiles" $run $rm $rmfiles ;; *) $show "$rm $rmfiles" $run $rm $rmfiles ;; esac done exit 0 ;; "") $echo "$modename: you must specify a MODE" 1>&2 $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 $echo "$generic_help" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # test -z "$show_help" # We need to display help for each of the modes. case "$mode" in "") $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... Provide generalized library-building support services. -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files --features display configuration information and exit --finish same as \`--mode=finish' --help display this help message and exit --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE [default=inferred from MODE-ARGS] --quiet same as \`--silent' --silent don't print informational messages --version print version information MODE must be one of the following: compile compile a source file into a libtool object execute automatically set library path, then run a program finish complete the installation of libtool libraries install install libraries or executables link create a library or an executable uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. Try \`$modename --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE." exit 0 ;; compile) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE Compile a source file into a libtool library object. COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file from the given SOURCEFILE. The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the library object suffix, \`.lo'." ;; execute) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... Automatically set library path, then run a program. This mode accepts the following additional options: -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' flags. If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library directories are added to the library path. Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." ;; finish) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... Complete the installation of libtool libraries. Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." ;; install) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... Install executables or libraries. INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be either the \`install' or \`cp' program. The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." ;; link) $echo \ "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to create an executable program. LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create a program from several object files. The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to dld_preloaded_symbols -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects -release RELEASE specify package release information -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR -static do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library object files. If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is required. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a', then a standard library is created using \`ar' and \`ranlib'. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.o', then a reloadable object file is created, otherwise an executable program is created." ;; uninstall) $echo "Usage: $modename [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove libraries from an installation directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; *) $echo "$modename: invalid operation mode \`$mode'" 1>&2 $echo "$help" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac echo $echo "Try \`$modename --help' for more information about other modes." exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/missing0000755000175000017500000001420206521150165013314 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Franc,ois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA # 02111-1307, USA. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi case "$1" in -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' autoconf touch file \`configure' autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]" ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing - GNU libit 0.0" ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; aclocal) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch aclocal.m4 ;; autoconf) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`configure.in'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." touch configure ;; autoheader) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`configure.in'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER([^):]*:\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' configure.in` if test -z "$files"; then files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^):]*\)).*/\1/p' configure.in` test -z "$files" || files="$files.in" else files=`echo "$files" | sed -e 's/:/ /g'` fi test -z "$files" && files="config.h.in" touch $files ;; automake) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print \ | sed 's/^\(.*\).am$/touch \1.in/' \ | sh ;; bison|yacc) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.y) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c fi SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then echo >y.tab.h fi if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c fi ;; lex|flex) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." rm -f lex.yy.c if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then eval LASTARG="\${$#}" case "$LASTARG" in *.l) SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c fi ;; esac fi if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c fi ;; makeinfo) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` if test -z "$file"; then file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file` fi touch $file ;; *) echo 1>&2 "\ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your system. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 gettext-kde-0.10.35/mkinstalldirs0000755000175000017500000000133406521150165014525 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy # Author: Noah Friedman # Created: 1993-05-16 # Public domain # $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.10 1996/05/03 07:37:52 friedman Exp $ errstatus=0 for file do set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` shift pathcomp= for d do pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" case "$pathcomp" in -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; esac if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2 mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then errstatus=$lasterr fi fi pathcomp="$pathcomp/" done done exit $errstatus # mkinstalldirs ends here gettext-kde-0.10.35/stamp-h.in0000644000175000017500000000001206522261106013607 0ustar jrjrtimestamp gettext-kde-0.10.35/BUGS0000444000175000017500000000046506154067715012416 0ustar jrjrList of known bugs and limitations: - getting the string for `dcgettext' or `dgettext' fails if the first argument is some different than a list of identifiers or strings. - the C code parser currently does not know anything about macro. I.e. keyword with translations in the macro text are not found. gettext-kde-0.10.35/DISCLAIM0000644000175000017500000000422506160362476013042 0ustar jrjrPlease print this out, sign it, write the date, and snail it to this address: Richard Stallman 545 Tech Sq rm 425 Cambridge, MA 02139 USA Please print your email and snail addresses on the printed disclaimer. *Don't forget to include the date.* In the unlikely event that you are employed on a continuing basis to do translation, we may need a disclaimer from your employer as well, to assure your employer does not claim to own this work. Please contact the FSF to ask for advice if you think this may apply to you. Note: if you want the wording modified to cover only a specific category of programs, or a specific program, we can easily do that. DISCLAIMER OF COPYRIGHT IN TRANSLATIONS OF PARTS OF PROGRAMS I, _____________________________________, a citizen of _____________ (country), do hereby acknowledge to the Free Software Foundation, a not-for-profit corporation of Massachusetts, USA, that I disclaim all copyright interest in my works, which I have provided or will in the future provide to the Foundation, of translation of portions of free software programs from one human language to another human language. The programs to which this applies includes all programs for which the Foundation is the copyright holder, and all other freely redistributable software programs. The translations covered by this disclaimer include, without limitation, translations of textual messages, glossaries, command or option names, user interface text, and the like, contained within or made for use via these programs. Given as a sealed instrument this ___ day of ______ (month), ______ (year), at _____________________ (city and country). signed: ___________________________ email address: ___________________________ postal address: ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ I currently expect to work on the following translation teams (though this disclaimer applies to all translations I may subsequently work on): __________________________________________________ __________________________________________________ gettext-kde-0.10.35/README.gemtext0000644000175000017500000004770106370370236014270 0ustar jrjr$Revision: 1.1 $ $Date: 1997/05/01 10:44:54 $ 20 !!! README for gemtext. !!! If you think the above mentioned date is old check out http://stud.uni-sb.de/~gufl0000/atari/gemtext. You will find the latest version there. You will also find links to ftp sites from where you can download gemtext via anonymous ftp. See the file INSTALL for installing gemtext. See the file COPYING for licensing. See the file NEWS for information that is not covered by either this file or the provided manual pages. All information concerning features of gemtext included in any text file that comes along with this package is subject to change without notice! ========================================================================== This is the gemtext package. The gemtext package offers standardized i18n (internationalization) features for GEM programs. The package is intended to help programmers to internationalize their programs. If you aren't a programmer you might want to read the file ABOUT-NLS to get an idea of national language support. But you won't need gemtext. GEM is a registered trademark of Digital Research Company. GEM is mainly used on Atari computers or the various emulations available today on other platforms. You can also find the so-called PC-GEM for IBM compatible machines. If you neither use an Atari nor emulate the Atari's OS you won't need gemtext too. Still it might be a good idea to have a look at the file ABOUT-NLS. All programs and libraries contained in this package will work on their own, only depending on some executables and libraries that can be found in most Unix-like environments. Yet, you will only benefit from gemtext if you have the GNU gettext package or another internationalization package that can be compared with gettext already installed. You will find the latest version of GNU gettext at ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu It compiles without any problems with the GNU C-compiler and MiNTLib PL46. (Well, there's a little problem: If your msgfmt keeps on crashing with a bus error try to replace the module obstack.o in your MiNTLib with the obstack.c that comes along with GNU gettext. But this is a bug in the MiNTLib and not in GNU gettext.) In the following I will refer to any computer that can make use of xgemtext as 'Atari'. I also expect you to be familiar with the C programming language and with the well known data structures and function calls that are necessary for programming GEM applications. He, she, they... Quote from the gettext info file: "In this manual, we use *he* when speaking of the programmer or maintainer, *she* when speaking of the translator, and *they* when speaking of the installers or end users of the translated program. This is only a convenience for clarifying the documentation. It is *absolutely* not meant to imply that some roles are more appropriate to males or females. Besides, as you might guess, GNU `gettext' is meant to be useful for people using computers, whatever their sex, race, religion or nationality!" Last but not least: xgemtext is written in C++. Hence you will need a C++ compiler to compile the package. GNU C++ is a good choice if you don't already have one. If you don't have the system resources to run the compiler you will have to try to get an already compiled version. Good news: The library (which is the more important part of the gemtext package) is entirely written in plain C to allow easy porting to different compiler systems. CONTENTS ======== 1. Why gemtext? 2. Alternatives for i18n 3. How to use the GNU gettext package 4. How to use the gemtext package 5. The library rintl 6. Charsets: Atari versus ISO-Latin 1 7. Miscellanea 1. Why gemtext? =============== The Atari's GUI (Graphical User Interface) offers possibilities for native language support for a long time already. All necessary graphical data and text for the user interface is usually kept in a so-called resource file. For example the program foobar.app will normally look for the resource file foobar.rsc in the same directory. A programmer aware of i18n will usually provide several of these resource file each of them containing the entire data in different languages, called e. g. en.rsc, fr.rsc, it.rsc and so on. The users have to rename the particular resource file in their language to foobar.rsc and the program will still behave the same but will display its messages in the chosen language. This procedere is suboptimal for various reasons. - The most obvious one is that you keep loads of redundant data in the extra provided resouce files. Usually the strings in the resource files occupy very little space in comparison to the graphical data. - GEM applications usually expect their resource files to reside at a fixed location and to have a fixed name. Hence, in a multi-user environment you have to choose one particular language for each application or you have to keep different copies of both your resource and other data files. - Once you have decided to include your resources into your source code you have to say goodbye to the idea of i18n. - Probably the most important disadvantage of the current system is the effort you have to take in updating your applications. Whenever you have changed the tree structure in your resource file you will have to edit every other resource file immediately if you do the translation yourself. If you let somebody else do your translations she will have enormous difficulties. She will have to click through the entire resource tree, taking care not to change the data structures unwillingly, and picking out the texts that have changed. If you haven't found some trickier system it is probably easier to restart the translation from the beginning. - Whenever your application has to display a message you have to edit your resource file even for little ones like: form_alert (1, "[1][ Memory exhausted! ][ Damned ]"); Every string that has to be translated has to appear in the resource file. Considering that most resource file formats are restricted to 64 kB of length and that most GEM libraries can handle only one single resource file this is often a severe restriction in the design of the GUI. 2. Alternatives for i18n ======================== As far as programs are concerned that have to be run via a command line interpreter, there is already a portable, standardized system for message internationalization, the GNU gettext package. It offers tools for preparing all kinds of source files for i18n, tools that help both the programmer and translator to keep track of updated versions (and the maintainers, too) and it comes along with a free C library that gives access to the translated messages at runtime of the program depending on the setting of documented environment variables. You should get a copy of the GNU gettext package now. Yet, if you are too curious to download it at once, just go ahead but you might want to reread this file later as it refers to information that is available only with the GNU gettext package. The gemtext package should also be useful with NLS-packages (Native Language Support) other than GNU gettext to the degree that GNU gettext itself is compatible with other standardized packages. Yet, it has been only tested with GNU gettext as it is the only available one for Atari. 3. How to use the GNU gettext package ===================================== Forget about the whole GUI thing for a short while to get roughly an idea of programming with the GNU gettext package. We'll come back to the GUI shortly. NOTE: This section isn't meant to be an exhaustive description of the GNU gettext package. It is intended to give you an overview. If you already know the GNU gettext package you might safely skip this section. Localizing messages in a C program is very easily done. At first you need some (usually three) lines of extra code to tell the NLS library functions where to find the translated messages. Then you have to go through your code and decide for every string whether you want to get it translated or not. Strings that should be translated have to be embedded in a function call to gettext (). Thus instead of writing: printf ("Hello world!\n"); you would now write printf (gettext ("Hello world!\n")); When you're fed up with typing g-e-t-t-e-x-t over and over again you will follow the habit of most of your colleagues and #define _(s) gettext (s) well knowing that now only three extra keystrokes will make the rest of the world happy. Very handy, very easy, isn't it? Unfortunately it doesn't work if you use strings for example in initialized structures or arrays. Really? Just to make sure that you don't abandon the whole thing already, I will tell you a secret: It still works! Read the gettext info file and follow the nodes Sources -> Special cases. After having marked all translatable strings in your sources you will want to extract them for translation by xgettext *.c producing a file messages.po that contains both the original strings and space for the translations. After the file being translated you will compile it into a binary by a call to the program msgfmt. This binary file will then usually be moved to /usr/(local/)share/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/foobar.mo provided that your program has been translated into German ('de' is the ISO-639 2-letter country code for Germany). Now you set one of the envariables LANGUAGE, LANG or LC_ALL to 'de' and recompile your sources. Your linker will then complain about the reference to 'gettext' not being resolved and you will fix the problem by linking the program with the 'intl'-library that comes along with gettext (and gemtext, too). Surprise, surprise! Your program has learned to say hello to the world in yet another language. After long and satisfying experiences with your chef-d'oeuvre you might feel that it is not enough to say hello to the world. You want to say hello to the whole universe, too. So what now? Redo the whole thing? No! You simply update your sources and extract a new messages file. Before translating the file entirely again you should have msgmerge have a glimpse at both the original and the updated file. The program msgmerge is very clever and will probably guess what you have done. It will produce a new .po file that will already contain the strings you have translated the last time. It will also not cast away those strings that you do not care to translate any longer. It will comment them out instead, thus allowing you to change your mind again later. This feature is also very handy for corrected misspellings or minor modifications to strings. If msgmerge encounters such a case it will mark the maybe incorrect translation it guesses to be best as a "fuzzy" translation. If you agree with msgmerge, simply remove the "fuzzy" comment. Well, that's it in brief. Again, if you want to understand the GNU gettext package in its whole powerfulness you can't help reading the documentation. 4. How to use the gemtext package ================================= Probably you have already seen that it's no longer necessary to put strings for alert boxes or other free strings in your resource files. What has worked with printf will work with form_alert, too. And what about resources integrated in your source files? Why not? Most resource construction sets offer the possibility to produce a C source file as output and running a simple awk script on this file will already do the whole job for you. (An important advantage of integrated resources is that you're not restricted to 64 kB anymore). But if you don't bother to write all the routines to fix adresses of object trees and so on you will estimate the help of xgemtext from this package. Running xgemtext *.rsc in your source directory will extract all strings from your resource files placing them in a file messages.c looking more or less like this: /* This file was automatically produced by xgemtext */ #ifndef gettext_noop #define gettext_noop(s) (s) #endif const char* volatile nls_rsc_strings[] = { gettext_noop (" Foobar"), gettext_noop (" File"), gettext_noop (" Options"), gettext_noop (" About Foobar..."), gettext_noop (" Open"), ... /* All other strings in your resource. */ 0L } It looks like a real C source file and it actually is one. Yet, usually you will never compile it nor link the corresponding object file. But you never know... Various options control xgemtext's behavior while extracting the strings from your resources, see the manual page for detailed information. Of course it does not extract only strings from objects of type G_TEXT, G_STRING etc. but from all kinds of objects containing text, including icons and bitmaps. So what's the purpose of messages.c if not compiling? You can run it (together with your other sources) through xgettext and now you have your resource strings in a .po file that can be processed with all the tools from the GNU gettext package. 5. The library rintl ==================== Your resource file hasn't been patched by xgemtext. So, how to get the translated strings into the objects where they should go? You load your resource as usual. Now you simply have to take the habit to call gettree() for each object tree after fixing the object addresses via rsrc_gaddr(). The library function gettree() will walk thru the specified object tree replacing each pointer to a string with a pointer to the translated versions. It will also modify some members of the internal data structures (string length etc.) to the appropriate values. For simple objects this is all that you have to do. For more complicated ones translating the strings might leave your carefully designed objects a mess, beginning with menues. Remember that all string lengths may have been arbitrarily changed, resulting in objects that might hide each other or ugly looking gaps between objects that were meant to be close to each other. You will find numerous functions in the library rintl that will try to bring your objects back to a tolerable outer appearance again, each of them being called rnl(). You will also find a function called rnltree() that will try to do the job for entire object trees. You can control the behavior of these adapt functions in numerous ways that should meet as many requirements as possible. You can specify spaces to be left between objects, margins to the tree borders, minimum widths of button objects and so on. You can also tell the functions not to walk thru the whole object tree but stopping at a certain level, thus allowing you to process different parts of your objects each with individual values for the control flags and variables. Menus usually require special treatment. rnlmenu() will usually to the job in a satisfying manner. As you might guess the result still can't be perfect. Your objects might need a little (or a whole lot of) fine tuning after being translated. Special care is also expected from the translator. She has to follow some simple rules while doing her job. You yourself, the programmer, should follow some rules when designing your object trees. The rnltree() function will work best if it finds all object children in rows and columns of constant height. This can be easily achieved by putting object children belonging logically together into visible or invisible boxes. For each library function you will find a manual page describing its functionality in detail. In the subdirectory ``example'' after building the binaries you will find a simple example program showing all this in a simple manner. Set the envariable LANGUAGE to one of the values de (German), it (Italian), fr (French), nl (Dutch), ga (Irish) or pt (portuguese) to select your preferred language. Setting the envariable to an unknown value will make the example program choose the default values ``C'' (in this case English). Select the menu entry ``International...'' to see a simple text displayed in your selected language. The entry ``Language...'' might allow you to change the language even at runtime but this depends on the existence of the putenv() function in your standard C library. If putenv() is not found the entry will be disabled. You have to change the language on the command line. In the ``Options'' menu you can follow the metamorphosis of a GEM dialog, first without any treatment, then after a call to rnltree() and finally after some additional beauty cures. See the source and the manual pages rnltree(3) and rnlpush(3) for details. 6. Charsets: Atari versus ISO-Latin 1 ===================================== There's a dilemma with the i18n thing. On other platforms (especially of the workstation sector) you can not only localize the language but also the charset to utilize. AFAIK there's no C library available that allows you to do so on Atari. A couple of years ago there was but one choice for a charset in the Atari sector, the charset of the Atari's built-in system font. Now more and more Atari users have switched to the universally used ISO-Latin 1 charset also known as i-8859-1, especially when using a command line interpreter. If you use already internationalized GNU packages you will come across this charset, too. (Note that both ISO-Latin 1 and the Atari charset are intended for use with western european languages, the Atari's charset to a certain extent also for Hebrew and Greek. Hence the following refers only to those languages). I have chosen the following way: As it is very unlikely that you use an ISO-Latin 1 charset with GEM, the files containing the messages for the example program - which has a GUI - have to be read with the Atari charset. But these files shouldn't go into your locale directory. The whole thing is provided as an example and should stay where it is (i. e. it isn't installed). For xgemtext you have the choice. If you use an ISO-Latin-1 font (as you should do) simply follow the instructions in ABOUT-NLS. If you insist on using a font with an Atari codeset set the environment variable LANGUAGE (or LC_ALL or LC_xxx) to .atarist where should specify the language you want to use. When installing xgemtext the appropriate directories in your locale directory get created. They will be called /.atarist/LC_MESSAGES. 7. Miscellanea ============== Now something that might leave you a little uneasy: The translating project relies on the original programs being written in English. Say you have written your program in Rhaeto-Romance and you want to have it translated into Irish. Well, the diligent translator from the Aron Islands is lucky enough to understand English and she probably won't bother to learn Rhaeto-Romance. The only possibility to solve the problem is to agree upon one base language and this language is English. If you have made it until here through this document I'm sure you will manage to write the messages in your sources and resources in English, too. Of course you will have to explain your users how to benefit from the new i18n features of your program. Include the file ABOUT-NLS that is part of the GNU gettext distribution. This will tell your users the necessary measures to take. You should also include a copy of the file ATARI.NLS in your sources. This file is intended to be read by translators. They will find some useful hints for translating messages for GEM programs. Note that gemtext is *not* part of the GNU project! Bug reports, comments, compliments should be sent to the author, flames and criticism to /dev/null. Please also note that everything you find in the directory intl *is* part of the GNU gettext package. Thus, any comments concerning files in this subdirectory should be directed to the maintainer of the GNU gettext package. There are some other files that consist partly or entirely of copyrighted material by the Free Software Foundation. If in doubt check the header texts. Hope you have fun with gemtext! Guido Flohr . gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/0000755000175000017500000000000006522267764012502 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000002224506522267763014553 0ustar jrjr# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DISTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ ACLOCAL_VERSION = @ACLOCAL_VERSION@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ EMACS = @EMACS@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GT_NO = @GT_NO@ GT_YES = @GT_YES@ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ LD = @LD@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ NM = @NM@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ YACC = @YACC@ aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@ l = @l@ lispdir = @lispdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits SED = sed info_TEXINFOS = gettext.texi gettext_TEXINFOS = iso-apdx.texi EXTRA_DIST = iso-apdx.sed ISO_639 nls.texi matrix.texi mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex INFO_DEPS = gettext.info DVIS = gettext.dvi TEXINFOS = gettext.texi DIST_COMMON = $(gettext_TEXINFOS) ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in \ mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex version.texi DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP = --best all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits --include-deps doc/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status version.texi: stamp-vti cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi stamp-vti: gettext.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in @echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \ && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh gettext.texi`" > vti.tmp @echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp @echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp @cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \ || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/stamp-vti"; \ cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti) -@rm -f vti.tmp mostlyclean-vti: -rm -f vti.tmp clean-vti: distclean-vti: maintainer-clean-vti: -rm -f stamp-vti version.texi gettext.info: gettext.texi version.texi $(gettext_TEXINFOS) gettext.dvi: gettext.texi version.texi $(gettext_TEXINFOS) DVIPS = dvips .texi.info: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .texi.dvi: TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $< .texi: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .texinfo.info: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .texinfo: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .texinfo.dvi: TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $< .txi.info: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .txi.dvi: TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \ MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $< .txi: @cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] cd $(srcdir) \ && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'` .dvi.ps: $(DVIPS) $< -o $@ install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) @for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \ if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \ else : ; fi; \ done; \ done @$(POST_INSTALL) @if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\ install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\ done; \ else : ; fi uninstall-info: $(PRE_UNINSTALL) @if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ ii=yes; \ else ii=; fi; \ for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ test -z "$ii" \ || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \ done @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \ done dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS) for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done; \ done mostlyclean-aminfo: -rm -f gettext.aux gettext.cp gettext.cps gettext.dvi gettext.fn \ gettext.fns gettext.ky gettext.kys gettext.ps gettext.log \ gettext.pg gettext.toc gettext.tp gettext.tps gettext.vr \ gettext.vrs gettext.op gettext.tr gettext.cv gettext.cn clean-aminfo: distclean-aminfo: maintainer-clean-aminfo: for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \ rm -f $$i; \ if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \ rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \ fi; \ done tags: TAGS TAGS: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = doc distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done $(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info info: $(INFO_DEPS) dvi: $(DVIS) check: all $(MAKE) installcheck: install-exec: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install-data: install-info-am @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install: install-exec install-data all @: uninstall: uninstall-info install-strip: $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install installdirs: $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) mostlyclean: mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic clean: clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean distclean: distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean -rm -f config.status -rm -f libtool maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \ maintainer-clean-generic distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." .PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \ install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \ clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info dvi installcheck \ install-exec install-data install uninstall all installdirs \ mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean iso-apdx.texi: ISO_639 iso-apdx.sed $(SED) -f $(srcdir)/iso-apdx.sed $(srcdir)/ISO_639 > iso-apdx.tmp rm -f $(srcdir)/iso-apdx.texi mv iso-apdx.tmp $(srcdir)/iso-apdx.texi # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/iso-apdx.texi0000644000175000017500000000505006125615171015105 0ustar jrjr@item aa Afar. @item ab Abkhazian. @item af Afrikaans. @item am Amharic. @item ar Arabic. @item as Assamese. @item ay Aymara. @item az Azerbaijani. @item ba Bashkir. @item be Byelorussian. @item bg Bulgarian. @item bh Bihari. @item bi Bislama. @item bn Bengali; Bangla. @item bo Tibetan. @item br Breton. @item ca Catalan. @item co Corsican. @item cs Czech. @item cy Welsh. @item da Danish. @item de German. @item dz Bhutani. @item el Greek. @item en English. @item eo Esperanto. @item es Spanish. @item et Estonian. @item eu Basque. @item fa Persian. @item fi Finnish. @item fj Fiji. @item fo Faroese. @item fr French. @item fy Frisian. @item ga Irish. @item gd Scots Gaelic. @item gl Galician. @item gn Guarani. @item gu Gujarati. @item ha Hausa. @item he Hebrew (formerly iw). @item hi Hindi. @item hr Croatian. @item hu Hungarian. @item hy Armenian. @item ia Interlingua. @item id Indonesian (formerly in). @item ie Interlingue. @item ik Inupiak. @item is Icelandic. @item it Italian. @item iu Inuktitut. @item ja Japanese. @item jw Javanese. @item ka Georgian. @item kk Kazakh. @item kl Greenlandic. @item km Cambodian. @item kn Kannada. @item ko Korean. @item ks Kashmiri. @item ku Kurdish. @item ky Kirghiz. @item la Latin. @item ln Lingala. @item lo Laothian. @item lt Lithuanian. @item lv Latvian, Lettish. @item mg Malagasy. @item mi Maori. @item mk Macedonian. @item ml Malayalam. @item mn Mongolian. @item mo Moldavian. @item mr Marathi. @item ms Malay. @item mt Maltese. @item my Burmese. @item na Nauru. @item ne Nepali. @item nl Dutch. @item no Norwegian. @item oc Occitan. @item om (Afan) Oromo. @item or Oriya. @item pa Punjabi. @item pl Polish. @item ps Pashto, Pushto. @item pt Portuguese. @item qu Quechua. @item rm Rhaeto-Romance. @item rn Kirundi. @item ro Romanian. @item ru Russian. @item rw Kinyarwanda. @item sa Sanskrit. @item sd Sindhi. @item sg Sangro. @item sh Serbo-Croatian. @item si Sinhalese. @item sk Slovak. @item sl Slovenian. @item sm Samoan. @item sn Shona. @item so Somali. @item sq Albanian. @item sr Serbian. @item ss Siswati. @item st Sesotho. @item su Sundanese. @item sv Swedish. @item sw Swahili. @item ta Tamil. @item te Telugu. @item tg Tajik. @item th Thai. @item ti Tigrinya. @item tk Turkmen. @item tl Tagalog. @item tn Setswana. @item to Tonga. @item tr Turkish. @item ts Tsonga. @item tt Tatar. @item tw Twi. @item ug Uighur. @item uk Ukrainian. @item ur Urdu. @item uz Uzbek. @item vi Vietnamese. @item vo Volapuk. @item wo Wolof. @item xh Xhosa. @item yi Yiddish (formerly ji). @item yo Yoruba. @item za Zhuang. @item zh Chinese. @item zu Zulu. gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000003022206404122766014242 0ustar jrjr1997-09-06 02:13 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Fix names of autoconf macros now that they are in automake. File NLS is now named ABOUT-NLS. Reported by Bruno Haible . * nls.texi: Better description of --with-included-gettext. 1997-08-01 15:50 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require version 1.2. 1997-04-12 17:45 Ulrich Drepper * mdate-sh: Update from libit version. * mdate-sh: Handle ls output with file type in ls output is starting with -. 1997-04-05 18:14 Ulrich Drepper * mdate-sh: Use ls command with -d so that we also can handle directories. Patch by Bruno Haible. 1997-03-11 16:24 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Don't mention removed translation teams anymore. Sat Dec 7 17:53:26 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: We don't need the hack for getting the cedille character anymore. Tue Dec 3 15:46:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): texinfo.tex is now automatically distributed. Sun Aug 18 16:55:02 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Set STATUS to August. Mon Jun 17 02:29:15 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: More small fixes. Sat Jun 15 16:55:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi, gettext.texi: Some better words by François Pinard. Fri Jun 14 18:47:23 1996 Santiago Vila Doncel * gettext.texi: Correct a few typos. Tue Jun 11 19:31:16 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: A few corrections by Thomas Esken. Tue Jun 11 15:29:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Add variable. Must be defined in all subdirs. Tue Jun 4 03:43:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Tons of changes. A first step for a real, uptodate manual. Sun Jun 2 21:21:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper * iso-apdx.sed, Makefile.am, ISO_639: Initial revision. Sun May 26 18:21:25 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Add Arabic. Fri May 24 18:24:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Add Ukrainian. Tue May 21 14:25:02 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Fix typo: outself -> ourself. * nls.texi: Correct Indonesian. Add Slovenian and Hungarian. Sun May 19 15:08:24 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Update language list. Add Hebrew and Latin. Sat May 4 00:41:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Rewording by François Pinard. * nls.texi: Change explicitely' to `explicitly'. By François Pinard. Fri May 3 17:21:48 1996 Ulrich Drepper * matrix.texi: 9605031921 Wed Apr 10 22:04:29 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: matrix.texi now contains table commands. * matrix.texi: Update for 960410. Wed Apr 10 21:58:17 1996 François Pinard * nls.texi: Add Korean to list of languages. Tue Apr 9 23:28:08 1996 François Pinard * nls.texi: Some better words. Sat Apr 6 11:13:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add matrix.texi. Reported by François Pinard. Wed Apr 3 23:40:29 1996 François Pinard * nls.texi: Correct typo: ones -> one. Tue Apr 2 18:53:01 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all. Tue Apr 2 16:13:11 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Document change in aclocal.m4. Describe --with-catgets option. Mon Mar 25 23:21:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Append iso-apdx.sed, ISO_639, iso-apdx.texi. (gettext.info, gettext.dvi): Depend on iso-apdx.texi. (iso-apdx.texi): New rules. Create file from ISO_639. Mon Mar 25 02:55:23 1996 François Pinard * gettext.texi: Latest update of PO mode documentation. Sat Mar 23 14:07:57 1996 François Pinard * gettext.texi: Added changes concerning PO mode changes. Sat Mar 23 13:46:49 1996 Frank Donahoe * gettext.texi: Fixed many problems with the English language. Wed Mar 13 21:06:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Changed gnu-translation@prep to gnu-translation@gnu. Suggested by Franc,ois Pinard. Fri Mar 1 23:46:28 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: STATUS is 1996, not 1995. Thu Feb 15 03:45:30 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Update documentation for - `--force' option - `-d -' option - new intl/po subdir handling Mon Feb 12 01:33:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: STATUS is January. * nls.texi: Omitted pl at lower side. * nls.texi: Add pl for gettext to matrix. Fri Dec 29 14:00:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Incorporate some improvements by Franc,ois Pinard. Sun Dec 24 14:30:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Small corrections. Updte table for ko translation of gettext. Tue Dec 19 22:13:40 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running shell scripts. Fri Dec 15 19:34:50 1995 Karl Eichwalder * gettext.texi: Correct list of needed macros form aclocal.m4. Mon Dec 4 16:19:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi (STATUS): Set to November. Mon Dec 4 16:14:18 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Update matrix for official release. Sun Nov 26 01:22:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Fix some typos. Sat Nov 25 02:45:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (version.texi): Also depend on ../configure.in. Thu Nov 23 01:26:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Change README.NLS to ABOUT-NLS. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Tue Nov 14 12:43:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Mention Japanese translation for shar in table. Thu Nov 9 01:14:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Document new option --directory and --files-from of xgettext program. Tue Nov 7 10:54:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: CLISP now uses GNU gettext. Mon Nov 6 17:05:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Some more cleanups by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Nov 6 00:36:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Add comment about problems with systems which have GNU gettext previously installed. Sun Nov 5 21:56:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper * nls.texi: Advise about always using GNU gettext moved to here from ../README. * gettext.texi: Fix some typos reported by Franc,ois Pinard. In descripton of _N change the name to N_. * Makefile.in (gettext.info): Remove old .info* files before generating new ones. (stamp-vti): Remove old stamp before generating new one. Sun Nov 5 19:40:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist-gettext): Make synonym for dist. Sun Nov 5 17:59:31 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add nls.texi. * nls.texi: Initial revision. * gettext.texi: Protect RFC and number by @w. Sun Nov 5 11:38:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. Remove Emacs local variable definition. (dist): Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. * gettext.texi: Add some comments about gettext_noop and _N. Describe defaults keywords for -k option of xgettext. Fri Nov 3 00:20:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Some small changes by Franc,ois. Sat Oct 28 23:26:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Add warning about language changing and not using GNU gettext library. Sat Oct 28 17:15:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Run spell checker. :-) It was necessary. * gettext.texi: Document usage of libintl in other programs. Describe changing of language in programs. Sun Sep 17 23:16:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Remove references to ISO 639 in description of locale variable settings. Wed Aug 23 20:49:57 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Applied Franc,ois' patch from 950821. Sat Aug 19 17:41:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Make only install-data depend on `all'. * Makefile.in (install-src): Make behave like install. I.e. really install the manual. Fri Aug 18 12:33:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Changes of 950817 by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Aug 14 23:52:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): New no-op goal. Tue Aug 8 01:39:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Add description of dcgettext() optimization for gcc-2.7. Fri Aug 4 15:47:10 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. Tue Aug 1 15:58:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Some typos fixed. Email address update for Eugene H. Dorr. By Franc,ois Pinard. * Makefile.in (stamp-vti): Use $(SHELL) and make compilation offside $(srcdir) possible. Tue Aug 1 08:51:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-data): Use sed instead of expr to get basename. Sun Jul 30 22:17:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Minor corrections to menus and typos by Franc,ois. Some more words about LIBS rule in src/Makefile.in. PO mode file is now installed automatically. Wed Jul 26 01:00:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Includes latest of Franc,ois' changes for the maintainer chapter. Many little changes and addons. Mon Jul 24 00:51:38 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Typo changes by Franc,ois. Added section about special cases in translatable strings. Added section about changing Makefiles for Maintainers. Various minor addons. Wed Jul 19 02:05:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Fix typo: keywoards -> keywords. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. * gettext.texi: Franc,ois added description of the last changes in Emacs PO mode which allow marking translatable strings in C sources. Tue Jul 18 21:25:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Now we have again gettext.info-[1-4]. * gettext.texi (Comparison): Some points on comparing catgets vs. gettext are written. Mon Jul 17 01:03:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Typo fixed. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Sun Jul 16 13:25:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.texi: Latest version for 0.7.4. Changes all by Franc,ois Pinard. Sun Jul 16 00:17:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): With the current makeinfo (1.63) there are only gettext.info-[123] produced. Remove gettext.info-4. Reported by Erik Backus. Thu Jul 13 01:41:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): New no-op goal. * gettext.texi: Version of 950712 by Franc,ois. Wed Jul 12 00:32:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): now we have gettext.info{,-[1-4]} * gettext.texi: First version after rewrite by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Jul 3 23:36:25 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Correct for new manual with NLS and po-mode chapter. Do construct po-mode.{texi,dvi} use nls.texi. Last correction on install goal was wrong. Correct installation and unistallation rules. * gettext.texi: Version with po-mode and NLS chapter. Minor changes by Franc,ois. * gettext.texi: Make NLS part an include file. Sun Jul 2 12:32:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): fix typo. * gettext.texi: some more things written about using GNU gettext in own projects. Sun Jul 2 01:47:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper * First official release. This directory now contains a very preliminary version of the gettext manual with a quite complete chapter for todays Emacs PO mode by Franc,ois Pinard. gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/Makefile.am0000444000175000017500000000231106370364574014527 0ustar jrjr## Makefile for the doc subdirectory of the GNU NLS Utilities ## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ## any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits SED = sed info_TEXINFOS = gettext.texi gettext_TEXINFOS = iso-apdx.texi EXTRA_DIST = iso-apdx.sed ISO_639 nls.texi matrix.texi iso-apdx.texi: ISO_639 iso-apdx.sed $(SED) -f $(srcdir)/iso-apdx.sed $(srcdir)/ISO_639 > iso-apdx.tmp rm -f $(srcdir)/iso-apdx.texi mv iso-apdx.tmp $(srcdir)/iso-apdx.texi gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/mdate-sh0000644000175000017500000000516706324007053014117 0ustar jrjr#!/bin/sh # Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. # Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, # Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # Prevent date giving response in another language. LANG=C export LANG LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LC_TIME=C export LC_TIME # Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. # On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then set - x`ls -L -l -d $1` else set - x`ls -l -d $1` fi # The month is at least the fourth argument # (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop). shift shift shift # Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time. month= until test $month do shift case $1 in Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; May) month=May; nummonth=5;; Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; esac done day=$2 # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either # the time of day or the year. case $3 in *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# case $2 in Jan) nummonthtod=1;; Feb) nummonthtod=2;; Mar) nummonthtod=3;; Apr) nummonthtod=4;; May) nummonthtod=5;; Jun) nummonthtod=6;; Jul) nummonthtod=7;; Aug) nummonthtod=8;; Sep) nummonthtod=9;; Oct) nummonthtod=10;; Nov) nummonthtod=11;; Dec) nummonthtod=12;; esac # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also # be used for files modified in the last year. if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; then year=`expr $year - 1` fi;; *) year=$3;; esac # The result. echo $day $month $year gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/stamp-vti0000644000175000017500000000010506522261115014325 0ustar jrjr@set UPDATED 30 April 1998 @set EDITION 0.10.35 @set VERSION 0.10.35 gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/texinfo.tex0000644000175000017500000050275106376173255014710 0ustar jrjr%% TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. %% $Id: texinfo.tex,v 2.217 1997/07/14 17:43:41 karl Exp karl $ % Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, % 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. %This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or %modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as %published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at %your option) any later version. %This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be %useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty %of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU %General Public License for more details. %You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License %along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write %to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, %Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. %In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. %You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve %what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu. % Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report. % Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file: % if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now. % Added by gildea November 1993. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % This automatically updates the version number based on RCS. \def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}} \deftexinfoversion$Revision: 2.217 $ \message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{} \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv = \equiv \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptext=\t % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } \message{Basics,} \chardef\other=12 % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Set up fixed words for English. \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi% \def\putwordInfo{Info}% \ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi% \ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi% \ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi% \ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi% \ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi% \ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi% \ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi% \ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi% \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi% % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} \hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} \hyphenation{eshell} \hyphenation{white-space} % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen \bindingoffset \newdimen \normaloffset \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen }% % For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 % \newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick \newdimen\topandbottommargin \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize \cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt % These set size of cropmarks \outerhsize=7in %\outervsize=9.5in % Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in \outervsize=9.25in \topandbottommargin=.75in % Main output routine. \chardef\PAGE = 255 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. \def\onepageout#1{% \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% % {% % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. \shipout\vbox{% \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% \nointerlineskip \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% }% \vskip\topandbottommargin \line\bgroup \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi \vbox\bgroup \fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 2\baselineskip \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % \ifcropmarks \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick \line{% \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% \hfill \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% }% \nointerlineskip \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause \fi }% end of \shipout\vbox }% end of group with \turnoffactive \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) % \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} \def\nstop{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} \def\nsbot{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % \def\parsearg#1{% \let\next = #1% \begingroup \obeylines \futurelet\temp\parseargx } % If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or % the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. \def\parseargx{% % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. \ifx\obeyedspace\temp \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace \else \expandafter\parseargline \fi } % Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). {\obeyspaces % \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. % % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. \argremovec #1\c\relax % \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % % % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% }% } % Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX % do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call % in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is % just to delimit the argument to the \c. \def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} % \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the % `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the % result to \toks0. % % This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces % in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. % Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever % does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed % here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of % \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument % that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. % \def\removeactivespaces#1{% \begingroup \ignoreactivespaces \edef\temp{#1}% \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% \endgroup } % Change the active space to expand to nothing. % \begingroup \obeyspaces \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} \endgroup \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} %% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away %% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) \newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} \def\ENVcheck{% \ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment. Type Return to continue.} \endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage % @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. \newhelp\EMsimple{Type to continue.} \outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} \def\beginxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax {\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else \csname #1\endcsname\fi} % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. % \def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} \def\endxxx #1{% \removeactivespaces{#1}% \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% % \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% \else \unmatchedenderror\endthing \fi \else % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. \csname E\endthing\endcsname \fi } % There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. % \def\unmatchedenderror#1{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% } % Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. % \def\defineunmatchedend#1{% \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% } % Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in % \nonfillstart and \quotations). \newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt \def\singlespace{% % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below % environments. --karl, 6may93 %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip %\kern \baselineskip}% \setleading \singlespaceskip } %% Simple single-character @ commands % @@ prints an @ % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). \def\@{{\tt \char '100}} % This is turned off because it was never documented % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. %% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' %% but suppressing ligatures. %\def\`{{`}} %\def\'{{'}} % Used to generate quoted braces. \def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}} \def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}} \let\{=\mylbrace \let\}=\myrbrace \begingroup % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index. \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12 \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12 @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]% @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]% @endgroup % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H. \let\, = \c \let\dotaccent = \. \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \t \let\ubaraccent = \b \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. \gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000} % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % \def\group{\begingroup \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi % % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% \egroup % End the \vtop. \endgroup % End the \group. }% % \vtop\bgroup % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. \everypar = {\strut}% % % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's % normal interline spacing. \offinterlineskip % % OK, but now we have to do something about blank % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an % empty paragraph. \ifx\par\lisppar \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% % % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. \obeylines \fi % % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in \def\need{\parsearg\needx} % Old definition--didn't work. %\def\needx #1{\par % %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally %% if the depth of the box does not fit. %{\baselineskip=0pt% %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000 %\prevdepth=-1000pt %}} \def\needx#1{% % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page % break, since the best break might be right here. \allowbreak \nointerlineskip \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak } % @br forces paragraph break \let\br = \par % @dots{} output some dots \def\dots{$\ldots$} % @page forces the start of a new page \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} \def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph. \def\inmargin#1{% \strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}} \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} %\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} % @include file insert text of that file as input. % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). \def\include{\begingroup \catcode`\\=12 \catcode`~=12 \catcode`^=12 \catcode`_=12 \catcode`|=12 \catcode`<=12 \catcode`>=12 \catcode`+=12 \parsearg\includezzz} % Restore active chars for included file. \def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. \def\thisfile{#1}% \input\thisfile \endgroup} \def\thisfile{} % @center line outputs that line, centered \def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} \def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \centerline{#1}}} % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space \def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} \def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment \def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other% \parsearg \commentxxx} \def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 } \let\c=\comment % @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. \let\paragraphindent=\comment % Prevent errors for section commands. % Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. \def\ignoresections{% \let\chapter=\relax \let\unnumbered=\relax \let\top=\relax \let\unnumberedsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsection=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax \let\section=\relax \let\subsec=\relax \let\subsubsec=\relax \let\subsection=\relax \let\subsubsection=\relax \let\appendix=\relax \let\appendixsec=\relax \let\appendixsection=\relax \let\appendixsubsec=\relax \let\appendixsubsection=\relax \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax \let\contents=\relax \let\smallbook=\relax \let\titlepage=\relax } % Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source % and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used % incorrectly. % \def\ignoremorecommands{% \let\defcodeindex = \relax \let\defcv = \relax \let\deffn = \relax \let\deffnx = \relax \let\defindex = \relax \let\defivar = \relax \let\defmac = \relax \let\defmethod = \relax \let\defop = \relax \let\defopt = \relax \let\defspec = \relax \let\deftp = \relax \let\deftypefn = \relax \let\deftypefun = \relax \let\deftypevar = \relax \let\deftypevr = \relax \let\defun = \relax \let\defvar = \relax \let\defvr = \relax \let\ref = \relax \let\xref = \relax \let\printindex = \relax \let\pxref = \relax \let\settitle = \relax \let\setchapternewpage = \relax \let\setchapterstyle = \relax \let\everyheading = \relax \let\evenheading = \relax \let\oddheading = \relax \let\everyfooting = \relax \let\evenfooting = \relax \let\oddfooting = \relax \let\headings = \relax \let\include = \relax \let\lowersections = \relax \let\down = \relax \let\raisesections = \relax \let\up = \relax \let\set = \relax \let\clear = \relax \let\item = \relax } % Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. % \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} % Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. % \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} % Also ignore @macro ... @end macro. The user must run texi2dvi, % which runs makeinfo to do macro expansion. Ignore @unmacro, too. \def\macro{\doignore{macro}} \let\unmacro = \comment % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory = \comment % Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. % \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. \ignoresections % % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}% % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \catcode32 = 10 % % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. \catcode`\{ = 9 \catcode`\} = 9 % % And now expand that command. \doignoretext } % What we do to finish off ignored text. % \def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% \newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse \def\obstexwarn{% \ifwarnedobs\relax\else % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. \immediate\write16{} \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} \immediate\write16{} \global\warnedobstrue \fi } % **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a % workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), % uncomment the following line: %%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax % Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for % purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. % \def\nestedignore#1{% \obstexwarn % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. % \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. \ignoresections % % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the % @end command again. \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% % % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we % undefine them. % % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. \ignoremorecommands % % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of % stuff compared to the main input. % \nullfont \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont \let\tensf = \nullfont % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in % smallexample) \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont \let\indsf = \nullfont % % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. \tracinglostchars = 0 % % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. \frenchspacing % % Don't report underfull hboxes. \hbadness = 10000 % % Do minimal line-breaking. \pretolerance = 10000 % % Do not execute instructions in @tex \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid % losing inside @example, for instance. % \def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. \parsearg\setxxx} \def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \fi \endgroup } % Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or % \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into % an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. \def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} \def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. % \def\value{\begingroup \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. \valuexxx} \def\valuexxx#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {\{No value for ``#1''\}}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi \endgroup} % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % \def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} \def\ifsetxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifsetfail \else \expandafter\ifsetsucceed \fi } \def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} \def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} \defineunmatchedend{ifset} % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % \def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} \def\ifclearxxx #1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifclearsucceed \else \expandafter\ifclearfail \fi } \def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} \def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} \defineunmatchedend{ifclear} % @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text % following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' % (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. % \def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} \def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} \def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} \defineunmatchedend{iftex} \defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} \defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} % We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it % at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no % effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must % define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't % just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since % the @ifset might be nested.) % \def\conditionalsucceed#1{% \edef\temp{% % Remember the current value of \E#1. \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% % % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% }% \temp } % We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the % control sequences after we've constructed them. % \def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math means output in math mode. % We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control % sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, % we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they % should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a % control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. % % This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it % seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. % \let\implicitmath = $ \def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} % @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. \def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} \def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} \def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} \def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} \def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} \let\nwnode=\node \let\lastnode=\relax \def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi \global\let\lastnode=\relax} \def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi \global\let\lastnode=\relax} \def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi \global\let\lastnode=\relax} % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. \def\setfilename{% \readauxfile \opencontents \openindices \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. \openin 1 texinfo.cnf \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi \closein1 \temp % \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} % \def\macro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\macroxxx} % \def\macroxxx#1#2 \end macro{% % \expandafter\gdef\macrotemp#1{#2}% % \endgroup} %\def\linemacro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\linemacroxxx} %\def\linemacroxxx#1#2 \end linemacro{% %\let\parsearg=\relax %\edef\macrotempx{\csname M\butfirst\expandafter\string\macrotemp\endcsname}% %\expandafter\xdef\macrotemp{\parsearg\macrotempx}% %\expandafter\gdef\macrotempx#1{#2}% %\endgroup} %\def\butfirst#1{} \message{fonts,} % Font-change commands. % Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. % We don't need math for this one. \def\ttsl{\tenttsl} % Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt). \newcount\mainmagstep \mainmagstep=\magstephalf % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the % specified font prefix (normally `cm'). % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\undefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} \ifx\bigger\relax \let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} \else \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \fi % Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. % cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 % looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep % A few fonts for @defun, etc. \setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} % Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt). % We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, % because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. % Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they % aren't very useful. \setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} \setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} \setfont\indit\slshape{9}{1000} \let\indsl=\indit \let\indtt=\ninett \let\indttsl=\ninett \let\indsf=\indrm \let\indbf=\indrm \setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} \font\indi=cmmi9 \font\indsy=cmsy9 % Fonts for title page: \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\authorrm{\secrm} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 % Section fonts (14.4pt). \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 % \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad. % \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded. % \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1} % \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} % \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1} %\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. %\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than %\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1. %\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315} %\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315} %\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 % The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, % but that is not a standard magnification. % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we % don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would % also require loading a lot more fonts). % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf } % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead % of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work % in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most % cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam % \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to % redefine \bf itself. \def\textfonts{% \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl \resetmathfonts} \def\titlefonts{% \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} \def\secfonts{% \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} \def\subsecfonts{% \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? \def\indexfonts{% \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}} % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \textfonts % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction % unless the following character is such as not to need one. \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} \def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} \let\i=\smartitalic \let\var=\smartitalic \let\dfn=\smartitalic \let\emph=\smartitalic \let\cite=\smartitalic \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% \null } \let\ttfont=\t \def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000} \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{% \raise0.4pt\hbox{$\langle$}\kern-.08em\vtop{% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{$\langle$}}#1}}% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{$\rangle$}}}} % The old definition, with no lozenge: %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} \let\file=\samp % @code is a modification of @t, % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1% }% \null } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. % -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\|=\active \global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex} % The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names % wrap around. It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is % read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is % ever called. -- mycroft % _ is always active; and it shouldn't be \let = to an _ that is a % subscript character anyway. Then, @cindex @samp{_} (for example) % fails. --karl \global\def\indexbreaks{% \catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash } } \def\realdash{-} \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}} \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} %\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} \def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% \def\arg{#1}% \ifx\arg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\arg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\arg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is kbdinputdistinct. (Too much of a hassle to call the macro, % the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.) \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl} \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} % @url. Quotes do not seem necessary, so use \code. \let\url=\code % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument % specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url. % Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here. % \def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish} \def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% \else \code{#1}% \fi } % rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref. %\def\email#1{$\langle${\tt #1}$\rangle$} \let\email=\uref % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of % @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} \def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font % Use of \lowercase was suggested. \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @pounds{} is a sterling sign. \def\pounds{{\it\$}} \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage \def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} \def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm % I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined. % This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway. --rms. % \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12 \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% % \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% % % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % % Now you can print the title using @title. \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Now you can put text using @subtitle. \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% % % @author should come last, but may come many times. \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \oldpage \let\page = \oldpage \hbox{}}% % \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup \HEADINGSon } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } %%% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks \evenheadline % Token sequence for heading line of even pages \newtoks \oddheadline % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages \newtoks \evenfootline % Token sequence for footing line of even pages \newtoks \oddfootline % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages % Now make Tex use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} {\catcode`\@=0 % \gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} \gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip } \gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % }% unbind the catcode of @. % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\HEADINGSoff{ \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} \HEADINGSoff % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{ \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{ \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % Produces Day Month Year style of output. \def\today{\number\day\space \ifcase\month\or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \space\number\year} % Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. %\def\today{\ifcase\month\or %January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or %July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi %\space\number\day, \number\year} % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings % It generates no output of its own \def\thistitle{No Title} \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} \message{tables,} % @tabs -- simple alignment % These don't work. For one thing, \+ is defined as outer. % So these macros cannot even be defined. %\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz} %\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr} %\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz} %\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr} %\def\&{&} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} \def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} \def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} \def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} \def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% \itemzzz {#1}} \def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% \itemzzz {#1}} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph. %{\parskip = 0in %\par %}% % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following % \baselineskip glue. \nobreak \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. Since that % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in % a zero-width box. \noindent \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces% \endgroup% \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue% \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} \def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} \def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} \def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} \def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} %% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work \def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} \def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\tablex #1^^M{% \tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} \def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% \tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley \def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\Etable=\relax}} \def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} {\obeylines\obeyspaces% \gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% \tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley \def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\Etable=\relax}} \def\dontindex #1{} \def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% \def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% {\obeyspaces % \gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% \tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} \def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% \aboveenvbreak % \begingroup % \def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. \let\itemindex=#1% \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % \ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % \ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % \def\itemfont{#2}% \itemmax=\tableindent % \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % \advance \leftskip by \tableindent % \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \let\item = \internalBitem % \let\itemx = \internalBitemx % \let\kitem = \internalBkitem % \let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % \let\xitem = \internalBxitem % \let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % } % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} \def\itemizezzz #1{% \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} } \def\itemizey #1#2{% \aboveenvbreak % \itemmax=\itemindent % \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % \advance \leftskip by \itemindent % \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent = 0pt % \parskip = \smallskipamount % \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \def\itemcontents{#1}% \let\item=\itemizeitem} % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % These are `.?!:;,' \def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} \def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate % % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr } % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg % to @enumerate. % \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} % Definition of @item while inside @itemize. \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% \ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi {\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% \flushcr} % @multitable macros % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 % % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. % To make preamble: % % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 % @item ... % % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many % columns as desired. % Or use a template: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item ... % using the widest term desired in each column. % % For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in % the preamble, break the line within one argument and it % will parse correctly, i.e., % % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 % template} % Not: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} % {Column 3 template} % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. % @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their % own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. % Sample multitable: % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col % @item % first col stuff % @tab % second col stuff % @tab % third col % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. % % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. % @end multitable % Default dimensions may be reset by user. % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline % to baseline. % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. %%%% % Dimensions \newskip\multitableparskip \newskip\multitableparindent \newdimen\multitablecolspace \newskip\multitablelinespace \multitableparskip=0pt \multitableparindent=6pt \multitablecolspace=12pt \multitablelinespace=0pt %%%% % Macros used to set up halign preamble: \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent %% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit. \def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 % \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}% \setuptable} \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax% \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions\global\setpercenttrue% \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction % In this case arg of setuptable % is the decimal point before the % number given in percent of hsize. % We don't need this so we don't use it. \else \global\advance\colcount by1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1 }% Add a normal word space as a separator; % typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi% \fi% \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi% \fi\go} %%%% % multitable syntax \def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is % maintained, even if it is never used. %%%% % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: \def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} \def\dotable#1{\bgroup \let\item\cr \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \setmultitablespacing \parskip=\multitableparskip \parindent=\multitableparindent \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0\relax% \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}% % To parse everything between @multitable and @item : \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable. \global\colcount=0\relax% % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax% \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. % If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other. % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at % right margin. \ifnum\colcount=1 \else \ifsetpercent \else % If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace \fi % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: \leftskip=\multitablecolspace \fi % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. % For example: % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 % @item @code{#} % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking % characters. \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. % The table preamble % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. \global\everycr{\noalign{% % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table % breaks over pages Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. \global\colcount=0\relax}} } \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. % If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on % current baselineskip. \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt %% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, %% to keep lines equally spaced \let\multistrut = \strut %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of %% table. If not, do nothing. %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \else \gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 width0pt\relax} \fi \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller %% than skip between lines in the table. \fi} \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. % It automatically defines \fooindex such that % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. \def\newindex #1{ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex \noexpand\doindex {#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. \def\newcodeindex #1{ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex \noexpand\docodeindex {#1}} } \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. \def\synindex #1 #2 {% \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex \noexpand\doindex {#2}}% } % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. \def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {% \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex \noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is "foo", the name of the index. % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} \def\indexdummies{% % Take care of the plain tex accent commands. \def\"{\realbackslash "}% \def\`{\realbackslash `}% \def\'{\realbackslash '}% \def\^{\realbackslash ^}% \def\~{\realbackslash ~}% \def\={\realbackslash =}% \def\b{\realbackslash b}% \def\c{\realbackslash c}% \def\d{\realbackslash d}% \def\u{\realbackslash u}% \def\v{\realbackslash v}% \def\H{\realbackslash H}% % Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. \def\oe{\realbackslash oe}% \def\ae{\realbackslash ae}% \def\aa{\realbackslash aa}% \def\OE{\realbackslash OE}% \def\AE{\realbackslash AE}% \def\AA{\realbackslash AA}% \def\o{\realbackslash o}% \def\O{\realbackslash O}% \def\l{\realbackslash l}% \def\L{\realbackslash L}% \def\ss{\realbackslash ss}% % Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry. % (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to % laboriously list every single command here.) \def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. %\let\{ = \lbracecmd %\let\} = \rbracecmd \def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% \def\w{\realbackslash w }% \def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% %\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% \def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% \def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% \def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% \def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% \def\less{\realbackslash less}% \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% %\def\char{\realbackslash char}% \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% \def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% \def\result{\realbackslash result}% \def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% \def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% \def\print{\realbackslash print}% \def\error{\realbackslash error}% \def\point{\realbackslash point}% \def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% \def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% \def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}% \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% \def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}% \def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}% \def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% \def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% \def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% \def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}% \def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% \def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% \def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% \def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% \def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% \def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% \def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% \def\value##1{\realbackslash value {##1}}% \unsepspaces } % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). {\obeyspaces \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} % \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. % This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. \def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} \def\indexdummytex{TeX} \def\indexdummydots{...} \def\indexnofonts{% % Just ignore accents. \let\,=\indexdummyfont \let\"=\indexdummyfont \let\`=\indexdummyfont \let\'=\indexdummyfont \let\^=\indexdummyfont \let\~=\indexdummyfont \let\==\indexdummyfont \let\b=\indexdummyfont \let\c=\indexdummyfont \let\d=\indexdummyfont \let\u=\indexdummyfont \let\v=\indexdummyfont \let\H=\indexdummyfont \let\dotless=\indexdummyfont % Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. \def\oe{oe}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\AA{AA}% \def\o{o}% \def\O{O}% \def\l{l}% \def\L{L}% \def\ss{ss}% \let\w=\indexdummyfont \let\t=\indexdummyfont \let\r=\indexdummyfont \let\i=\indexdummyfont \let\b=\indexdummyfont \let\emph=\indexdummyfont \let\strong=\indexdummyfont \let\cite=\indexdummyfont \let\sc=\indexdummyfont %Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... %\let\tt=\indexdummyfont \let\tclose=\indexdummyfont \let\code=\indexdummyfont \let\file=\indexdummyfont \let\samp=\indexdummyfont \let\kbd=\indexdummyfont \let\key=\indexdummyfont \let\var=\indexdummyfont \let\TeX=\indexdummytex \let\dots=\indexdummydots \def\@{@}% } % To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. % We must first make another character (@) an escape % so we do not become unable to do a definition. {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. \let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize! % workhorse for all \fooindexes % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there \def\doind #1#2{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% \fi {% \count255=\lastpenalty {% \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage \escapechar=`\\ {% \let\folio=0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. % % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off % to get the string to sort by. {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2}}% % % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the % original text, including any font commands. \toks0 = {#2}% \edef\temp{% \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% \temp }% }% \penalty\count255 }% } \def\dosubind #1#2#3{% {\count10=\lastpenalty % {\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage \escapechar=`\\% {\let\folio=0% \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% % % Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off, % to get the string to sort the index by. {\indexnofonts \xdef\temp1{#2 #3}% }% % Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again, % this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index. \edef\temp{% \write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{% \realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}% \temp }% }\penalty\count10}} % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} {\obeylines % \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \indexfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \indexbreaks % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. \openin 1 \jobname.#1s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. (Index is nonexistent) \else % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \temp \ifeof 1 (Index is empty) \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% \catcode`\\ = 0 \catcode`\@ = 11 \escapechar = `\\ \begindoublecolumns \input \jobname.#1s \enddoublecolumns \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. % Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink. % \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink. \newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt \def\initial #1{% {\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt \ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount \removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi \line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}} % This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 % flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents % entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % \def\entry #1#2{\begingroup % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % Do not fill out the last line with white space. \parfillskip = 0in % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. % % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. \hangindent=2em % % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line % with blank space. \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil % % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking % parameters we've set above will have an effect. \noindent % % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. #1% % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be % cursed by a Unix daemon. \def\tempa{{\rm }}% \def\tempb{#2}% \edef\tempc{\tempa}% \edef\tempd{\tempb}% \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% % % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) \hfil\penalty50 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull % \hbox ensues. \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. \fi% \par \endgroup} % Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm \def\secondary #1#2{ {\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in \hangindent =1in \hangafter=1 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par }} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page. % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and % this will be a no-op. \unvbox\partialpage % % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox255 \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }}% \eject % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) \vsize = 2\vsize } \def\doublecolumnout{% \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \dimen@=\pageheight \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \onepageout\pagesofar \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } \def\pagesofar{% % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split. \unvbox\partialpage \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } \def\enddoublecolumns{% \output = {\balancecolumns}\eject % split what we have \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns % % Back to normal single-column typesetting, but take account of the % fact that we just accumulated some stuff on the output page. \pagegoal = \vsize } \def\balancecolumns{% % Called at the end of the double column material. \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \divide\dimen@ by 2 \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. {\vbadness=10000 \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0 \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@ \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt \repeat}% \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% \pagesofar } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Define chapters, sections, etc. \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} \newwrite\contentsfile % This is called from \setfilename. \def\opencontents{\openout\contentsfile = \jobname.toc } % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise \def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} \def\seccheck#1{\ifnum \pageno<0 \errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}% \fi} \def\chapternofonts{% \let\rawbackslash=\relax \let\frenchspacing=\relax \def\result{\realbackslash result}% \def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% \def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% \def\print{\realbackslash print}% \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% \def\dots{\realbackslash dots}% \def\result{\realbackslash result}% \def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% \def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% \def\print{\realbackslash print}% \def\error{\realbackslash error}% \def\point{\realbackslash point}% \def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% \def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% \def\bf{\realbackslash bf}% \def\w{\realbackslash w}% \def\less{\realbackslash less}% \def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% \def\char{\realbackslash char}% \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose{##1}}% \def\code##1{\realbackslash code{##1}}% \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp{##1}}% \def\r##1{\realbackslash r{##1}}% \def\b##1{\realbackslash b{##1}}% \def\key##1{\realbackslash key{##1}}% \def\file##1{\realbackslash file{##1}}% \def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd{##1}}% % These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef. \def\i##1{\realbackslash i{##1}}% \def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite{##1}}% \def\var##1{\realbackslash var{##1}}% \def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph{##1}}% \def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn{##1}}% } \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name % Choose a numbered-heading macro % #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections % #2 is text for heading \def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#2} \or \seczzz{#2} \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2} \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2} \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } % like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels \def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#2} \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2} \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2} \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2} \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } % like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels \def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#2} \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2} \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \else \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2} \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} \fi \fi } \def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} \outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} \def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}% \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% \gdef\thissection{#1}% \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \donoderef % \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec }} \outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} \def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz \def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}% \chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% \gdef\thissection{#1}% \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \appendixnoderef % \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec }} % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} \def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} \outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} \outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} \def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz \def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}% \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of the . \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% % \unnumbchapmacro {#1}% \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \unnumbnoderef % \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec }} \outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} \def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}% \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % {\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \donoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} \outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} \outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} \def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz \def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}% \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % {\the\toks0}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \appendixnoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} \outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz \def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}% \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \unnumbnoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} \outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} \def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz \def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}% \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % {\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \donoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} \outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} \def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz \def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}% \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % {\the\toks0}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \appendixnoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} \outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}% \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \unnumbnoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} \outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} \def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz \def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}% \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % \subsubsecheading {#1} {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0} {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno} {\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \donoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} \outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} \def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz \def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}% \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % \subsubsecheading {#1} {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% {\appendixletter} {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \appendixnoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} \outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} \def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}% \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% {\chapternofonts% \toks0 = {#1}% \edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \escapechar=`\\% \write \contentsfile \temp % \unnumbnoderef % \penalty 10000 % }} % These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. % Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. \def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} \def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} \def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} \def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} \def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} \def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} \def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} \def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} \def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} \def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} \def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} \def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} \def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and % such: % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit % overlong headings to fold. % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a % heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. % 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. \def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} \def\majorheadingzzz #1{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} \def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} \def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} \def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} \def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{ \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} \def\CHAPPAGon{ \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{ \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon \def\CHAPFplain{ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} % Plain chapter opening. % #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. \def\chfplain#1#2{% \pchapsepmacro {% \chapfonts \rm \def\chapnum{#2}% \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % Plain opening for unnumbered. \def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerchfplain#1{{% \def\centerparametersmaybe{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt }% \chfplain{#1}{}% }} \CHAPFplain % The default \def\unnchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt\raggedright \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % } \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% \par\penalty 5000 % } \def\centerchfopen #1{% \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % } \def\CHAPFopen{ \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} % Section titles. \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} \def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} \def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} % Subsection titles. \newskip \subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} \def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} \def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} % Subsubsection titles. \let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip \let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak \def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} \def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} % Print any size section title. % % #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section % number (maybe empty), #3 the text. \def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% {% \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname }% {% % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm % % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. \def\secnum{#2}% \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% % \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #3}% }% \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak } \message{toc printing,} % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written % to \contentsfile. \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. % From: Torbjorn Granlund \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout \contentsfile \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = -1 % Request roman numbered pages. \fi % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. } % Normal (long) toc. \outer\def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}% \input \jobname.toc \endgroup \vfill \eject } % And just the chapters. \outer\def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}% % \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} \input \jobname.toc \endgroup \vfill \eject } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. \def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% } % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } \newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi % % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% } \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} \def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} % Sections. \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} \def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} % Subsections. \def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} \def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} % And subsubsections. \def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% \endgroup} % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for % the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) % % \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts. \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}% \endgroup} % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts \let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts \message{environments,} % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. \newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox \newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox \newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox %{\tentt %\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} %\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} %\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} %\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} % Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) %\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex % depth .1ex\hfil} %} % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. \def\point{$\star$} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} \global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{ \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % The @error{} command. \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. \def\tex{\begingroup \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode 43=12 % plus \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\==12 \catcode`\|=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\>=12 \escapechar=`\\ % \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\.=\ptexdot \let\*=\ptexstar \let\dots=\ptexdots \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext % \let\Etex=\endgroup} % Define @lisp ... @endlisp. % @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % {\obeyspaces % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} % Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is % for use in \parsearg. {\sepspaces% \global\let\obeyedspace= } % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip % \def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}} \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. \let\nonarrowing=\relax %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument \font\circle=lcircle10 \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip \long\def\cartouche{% \begingroup \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. \let\nonarrowing=\comment \vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \hsize=\cartinner \kern3pt \begingroup \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \def\Ecartouche{% \endgroup \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \endgroup }} % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \singlespace \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt \parindent = 0pt \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing % at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \let\exdent=\nofillexdent \let\nonarrowing=\relax \fi } % To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph % (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we % keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue % will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the % document, after the environment. % \def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% \def\lisp{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish \tt % Make @kbd do something special, if requested. \let\kbdfont\kbdexamplefont \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font \gobble } % Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the % environment, so the error checking in \end will work. % % We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the % return following the @example (or whatever) command. % \def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} \def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} \def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} % @smallexample and @smalllisp. This is not used unless the @smallbook % command is given. Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % \def\smalllispx{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish % % Smaller fonts for small examples. \indexfonts \tt \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt) \gobble } % This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font. % \def\display{\begingroup \nonfillstart \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish \gobble } % This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \def\format{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish \gobble } % @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright. % \def\flushleft{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish \gobble } \def\flushright{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill \gobble} % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. % \def\quotation{% \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \singlespace \parindent=0pt % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi } \message{defuns,} % Define formatter for defuns % First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally \def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\parencount % define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. % \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) {\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} % This is used to turn on special parens % but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). \gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} % Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. % This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. \gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested \global\advance\parencount by 1 } % % This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. \gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } % \gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi \global\advance \parencount by -1 } % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } % \gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} } % End of definition inside \activeparens %% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } \def\ampnr{\&} \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} % First, defname, which formats the header line itself. % #1 should be the function name. % #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". \def\defname #1#2{% % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were % outside the @def... \dimen2=\leftskip \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent \dimen3=\rightskip \advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent \noindent % \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % % Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) % ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, % but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, % so that \rightline will obey them. \advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3 \rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}% % Make all lines underfull and no complaints: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name } % Actually process the body of a definition % #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. % #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. % #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, % such as \defunheader. \def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup % \catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' \obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} \def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} % These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones % except that they do not make parens into active characters. % These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. \def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup % \catcode 61=\active % \obeylines\spacesplit#3} % This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for % some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals. % \def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% \begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines } \def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% } % This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the % type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct % termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. % \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody % % So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That % way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and % won't strip off the braces. % \def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty } % Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the % braces (if any). That's what this does. % \def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} % After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final % thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 % (which might be empty) the arguments. % \def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% }% \def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies % so that it will exit this group. \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} % Split up #2 at the first space token. % call #1 with two arguments: % the first is all of #2 before the space token, % the second is all of #2 after that space token. % If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg % and the second is passed as empty. {\obeylines \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% \long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% \ifx\relax #3% #1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} % So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. % Define @defun. % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun % Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up \def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. \hyphenchar\tensl=0 #1% \hyphenchar\tensl=45 \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% \interlinepenalty=10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil \endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% } \def\deftypefunargs #1{% % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. % Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. \boldbraxnoamp \tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars \interlinepenalty=10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil \endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% } % Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. % @deffn Command forward-char nchars \def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} \def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defun == @deffn Function \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) \def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. \def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}% \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) \def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} % \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$ % puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. \def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} % #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. \def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} % #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. \def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup \normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents % at least some C++ text from working \defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}% \deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defmac == @deffn Macro \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % @defspec == @deffn Special Form \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } % This definition is run if you use @defunx % anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. \def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} \def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} \def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} \def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} \def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} \def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} \def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}} % @defmethod, and so on % @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} \def\defopheader #1#2#3{% \dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% \defunargs {#3}\endgroup % } % @deftypemethod foo-class return-type foo-method args % \def\deftypemethod{% \defmethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} % % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. \def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% \deftypefnheaderx{Method on #1}{#2}#3 #4\relax } % @defmethod == @defop Method \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} \def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{% \dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index \begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}% \defunargs {#3}\endgroup % } % @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag \def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % } % @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} \def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % } % These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., % anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. \def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} \def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} \def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} \def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} % Now @defvar % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up \def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000} % @defvr Counter foo-count \def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} \def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} % @defvar == @defvr Variable \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } % @defopt == @defvr {User Option} \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index \begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } % @deftypevar int foobar \def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}% \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 \endgroup} \def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} % @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable \def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} \def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 \endgroup} % This definition is run if you use @defvarx % anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. \def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} \def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} \def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} \def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} \def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} % Now define @deftp % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. \def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} % @deftp Class window height width ... \def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} % This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc % anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. \def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} \message{cross reference,} % Define cross-reference macros \newwrite \auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo. \def\setref#1{% \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% \dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}} \def\unnumbsetref#1{% \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% \dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}} \def\appendixsetref#1{% \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% \dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}} % \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points. % For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info % cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info % file, #5 the name of the printed manual. All but the node name can be % omitted. % \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax % Use the node name inside the square brackets. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. \ifdim \wd1>0pt% % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% \else % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \space [\printednodename],\space \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% \fi \endgroup} % \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros % Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore % work in node names. \def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}% \next}} % \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into % CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} % When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character \def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} % Things to be expanded by \internalsetq \def\Ypagenumber{\folio} \def\Ytitle{\thissection} \def\Ynothing{} \def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno % \else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % \else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % \else % \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % \fi \fi \fi } \def\Yappendixletterandtype{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % \else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % \else % \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % \fi \fi \fi } \gdef\xreftie{'tie} % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. \def\refx#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax % If not defined, say something at least. $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$% \ifhavexrefs \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \csname X#1\endcsname \fi #2% Output the suffix in any case. } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. \def\xrdef #1#2{{% \catcode`\'=\other \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname{#2}% }} % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. \def\readauxfile{\begingroup \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^=\other % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. % % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. % \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other % `\+ does not work, so use 43. \catcode43=\other % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters {% \count 1=128 \def\loop{% \catcode\count 1=\other \advance\count 1 by 1 \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi }% }% % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now). % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`\'=0 \catcode`\\=\other % \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.aux \global\havexrefstrue \global\warnedobstrue \fi % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \endgroup} % Footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \footnotezzz }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses % \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % \long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % % Hang the footnote text off the number. \hang \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut \futurelet\next\fo@t } \def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} \def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} \def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} \def\@foot{\strut\egroup} }%end \catcode `\@=11 % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % \def\setleading#1{% \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). % \def\|{% % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. \leavevmode % % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. \vadjust{% % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. \vskip-\baselineskip % % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. \llap{% % % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt % % This is the space between the bar and the text. \hskip 12pt }% }% } % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = xepsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% do not bother showing banner \input epsf.tex \fi % \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % % Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\undefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \epsfbox{#1.eps}% } % End of control word definitions. \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} \def\openindices{% \newindex{cp}% \newcodeindex{fn}% \newcodeindex{vr}% \newcodeindex{tp}% \newcodeindex{ky}% \newcodeindex{pg}% } % Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format. \hsize = 6in \hoffset = .25in \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \parindent = \defaultparindent \parskip 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{13.2pt} \advance\topskip by 1.2cm \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness=10000 % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. % \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = \hsize \divide\emergencystretch by 45 \fi % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format (or else 7x9.25) \def\smallbook{ \global\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \global\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \global\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % \global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in \setleading{12pt} \advance\topskip by -1cm \global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt \global\hsize = 5in \global\vsize=7.5in \global\tolerance=700 \global\hfuzz=1pt \global\contentsrightmargin=0pt \global\deftypemargin=0pt \global\defbodyindent=.5cm % \global\pagewidth=\hsize \global\pageheight=\vsize % \global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx \global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx \global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp} } % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{ \global\tolerance=700 \global\hfuzz=1pt \setleading{12pt} \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt \global\vsize= 53\baselineskip \advance\vsize by \topskip %\global\hsize= 5.85in % A4 wide 10pt \global\hsize= 6.5in \global\outerhsize=\hsize \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \global\outervsize=\vsize \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in \global\pagewidth=\hsize \global\pageheight=\vsize } \bindingoffset=0pt \normaloffset=\hoffset \pagewidth=\hsize \pageheight=\vsize % Allow control of the text dimensions. Parameters in order: textheight; % textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip. % All require a dimension; % header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page. \def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{ \global\vsize= #1 \global\topskip= #6 \advance\vsize by \topskip \global\voffset= #3 \global\hsize= #2 \global\outerhsize=\hsize \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \global\outervsize=\vsize \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in \global\pagewidth=\hsize \global\pageheight=\vsize \global\normaloffset= #4 \global\bindingoffset= #5} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin % 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. \def\afourlatex {\global\tolerance=700 \global\hfuzz=1pt \setleading{12pt} \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt \advance\baselineskip by 1.6pt \changepagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm} } % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. \def\afourwide{\afourpaper \changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}} % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \def\normaltilde{~} \def\normalcaret{^} \def\normalunderscore{_} \def\normalverticalbar{|} \def\normalless{<} \def\normalgreater{>} \def\normalplus{+} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def~{{\tt \char '176}} \chardef\hat=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def^{{\tt \hat}} \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} % Subroutine for the previous macro. \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt \char '174}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def<{{\tt \less}} \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} %\catcode 27=\active %\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} % Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. {\catcode`\==\active \global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} \catcode`\@=0 % \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font \global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ %{\catcode`\\=\other %@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} % \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. {\catcode`\\=\active @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. \escapechar=`\@ % \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q \catcode`\\=\active % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters % even after parsing them. @def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@realbackslash @let~=@normaltilde @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let+=@normalplus} @def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@normalbackslash @let~=@normaltilde @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let+=@normalplus} % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @otherifyactive % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} @global@let\ = @eatinput % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then % the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % @gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} %% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below %% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 @catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other @textfonts @rm @c Local variables: @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/version.texi0000644000175000017500000000010506522261115015036 0ustar jrjr@set UPDATED 30 April 1998 @set EDITION 0.10.35 @set VERSION 0.10.35 gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/gettext.texi0000444000175000017500000064247006522261534015061 0ustar jrjr\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename gettext.info @settitle GNU @code{gettext} utilities @finalout @c %**end of header @include version.texi @dircategory GNU Gettext Utilities @direntry * Gettext: (gettext). GNU gettext utilities. * gettextize: (gettext)gettextize Invocation. Prepare a package for gettext. * msgfmt: (gettext)msgfmt Invocation. Make MO files out of PO files. * msgmerge: (gettext)msgmerge Invocation. Update two PO files into one. * xgettext: (gettext)xgettext Invocation. Extract strings into a PO file. @end direntry @ifinfo This file provides documentation for GNU @code{gettext} utilities. It also serves as a reference for the free Translation Project. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. @ignore Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). @end ignore Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. @end ifinfo @titlepage @title GNU gettext tools, version @value{VERSION} @subtitle Native Language Support Library and Tools @subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, @value{UPDATED} @author Ulrich Drepper @author Jim Meyering @author Fran@,{c}ois Pinard @page @vskip 0pt plus 1filll Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation. @end titlepage @ifinfo @node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir) @top GNU @code{gettext} utilities @menu * Introduction:: Introduction * Basics:: PO Files and PO Mode Basics * Sources:: Preparing Program Sources * Initial:: Making the Initial PO File * Updating:: Updating Existing PO Files * Binaries:: Producing Binary MO Files * Users:: The User's View * Programmers:: The Programmer's View * Translators:: The Translator's View * Maintainers:: The Maintainer's View * Conclusion:: Concluding Remarks * Country Codes:: ISO 639 country codes --- The Detailed Node Listing --- Introduction * Why:: The Purpose of GNU @code{gettext} * Concepts:: I18n, L10n, and Such * Aspects:: Aspects in Native Language Support * Files:: Files Conveying Translations * Overview:: Overview of GNU @code{gettext} PO Files and PO Mode Basics * Installation:: Completing GNU @code{gettext} Installation * PO Files:: The Format of PO Files * Main PO Commands:: Main Commands * Entry Positioning:: Entry Positioning * Normalizing:: Normalizing Strings in Entries Preparing Program Sources * Triggering:: Triggering @code{gettext} Operations * Mark Keywords:: How Marks Appears in Sources * Marking:: Marking Translatable Strings * c-format:: Telling something about the following string * Special cases:: Special Cases of Translatable Strings Making the Initial PO File * xgettext Invocation:: Invoking the @code{xgettext} Program * C Sources Context:: C Sources Context * Compendium:: Using Translation Compendiums Updating Existing PO Files * msgmerge Invocation:: Invoking the @code{msgmerge} Program * Translated Entries:: * Fuzzy Entries:: Fuzzy translated Entries * Untranslated Entries:: Untranslated Entries * Obsolete Entries:: Obsolete Entries * Modifying Translations:: Modifying Translations * Modifying Comments:: Modifying Comments * Auxiliary:: Consulting Auxiliary PO Files Producing Binary MO Files * msgfmt Invocation:: Invoking the @code{msgfmt} Program * MO Files:: The Format of GNU MO Files The User's View * Matrix:: The Current @file{ABOUT-NLS} Matrix * Installers:: Magic for Installers * End Users:: Magic for End Users The Programmer's View * catgets:: About @code{catgets} * gettext:: About @code{gettext} * Comparison:: Comparing the two interfaces * Using libintl.a:: Using libintl.a in own programs * gettext grok:: Being a @code{gettext} grok * Temp Programmers:: Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter About @code{catgets} * Interface to catgets:: The interface * Problems with catgets:: Problems with the @code{catgets} interface?! About @code{gettext} * Interface to gettext:: The interface * Ambiguities:: Solving ambiguities * Locating Catalogs:: Locating message catalog files * Optimized gettext:: Optimization of the *gettext functions Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter * Temp Implementations:: Temporary - Two Possible Implementations * Temp catgets:: Temporary - About @code{catgets} * Temp WSI:: Temporary - Why a single implementation * Temp Notes:: Temporary - Notes The Translator's View * Trans Intro 0:: Introduction 0 * Trans Intro 1:: Introduction 1 * Discussions:: Discussions * Organization:: Organization * Information Flow:: Information Flow Organization * Central Coordination:: Central Coordination * National Teams:: National Teams * Mailing Lists:: Mailing Lists National Teams * Sub-Cultures:: Sub-Cultures * Organizational Ideas:: Organizational Ideas The Maintainer's View * Flat and Non-Flat:: Flat or Non-Flat Directory Structures * Prerequisites:: Prerequisite Works * gettextize Invocation:: Invoking the @code{gettextize} Program * Adjusting Files:: Files You Must Create or Alter Files You Must Create or Alter * po/POTFILES.in:: @file{POTFILES.in} in @file{po/} * configure.in:: @file{configure.in} at top level * aclocal:: @file{aclocal.m4} at top level * acconfig:: @file{acconfig.h} at top level * Makefile:: @file{Makefile.in} at top level * src/Makefile:: @file{Makefile.in} in @file{src/} Concluding Remarks * History:: History of GNU @code{gettext} * References:: Related Readings @end menu @end ifinfo @node Introduction, Basics, Top, Top @chapter Introduction @quotation This manual is still in @emph{DRAFT} state. Some sections are still empty, or almost. We keep merging material from other sources (essentially e-mail folders) while the proper integration of this material is delayed. @end quotation In this manual, we use @emph{he} when speaking of the programmer or maintainer, @emph{she} when speaking of the translator, and @emph{they} when speaking of the installers or end users of the translated program. This is only a convenience for clarifying the documentation. It is @emph{absolutely} not meant to imply that some roles are more appropriate to males or females. Besides, as you might guess, GNU @code{gettext} is meant to be useful for people using computers, whatever their sex, race, religion or nationality! This chapter explains the goals sought in the creation of GNU @code{gettext} and the free Translation Project. Then, it explains a few broad concepts around Native Language Support, and positions message translation with regard to other aspects of national and cultural variance, as they apply to to programs. It also surveys those files used to convey the translations. It explains how the various tools interact in the initial generation of these files, and later, how the maintenance cycle should usually operate. Please send suggestions and corrections to: @example @group @r{Internet address:} bug-gnu-utils@@prep.ai.mit.edu @end group @end example @noindent Please include the manual's edition number and update date in your messages. @menu * Why:: The Purpose of GNU @code{gettext} * Concepts:: I18n, L10n, and Such * Aspects:: Aspects in Native Language Support * Files:: Files Conveying Translations * Overview:: Overview of GNU @code{gettext} @end menu @node Why, Concepts, Introduction, Introduction @section The Purpose of GNU @code{gettext} Usually, programs are written and documented in English, and use English at execution time to interact with users. This is true not only of GNU software, but also of a great deal of commercial and free software. Using a common language is quite handy for communication between developers, maintainers and users from all countries. On the other hand, most people are less comfortable with English than with their own native language, and would prefer to use their mother tongue for day to day's work, as far as possible. Many would simply @emph{love} to see their computer screen showing a lot less of English, and far more of their own language. However, to many people, this dream might appear so far fetched that they may believe it is not even worth spending time thinking about it. They have no confidence at all that the dream might ever become true. Yet some have not lost hope, and have organized themselves. The Translation Project is a formalization of this hope into a workable structure, which has a good chance to get all of us nearer the achievement of a truly multi-lingual set of programs. GNU @code{gettext} is an important step for the Translation Project, as it is an asset on which we may build many other steps. This package offers to programmers, translators and even users, a well integrated set of tools and documentation. Specifically, the GNU @code{gettext} utilities are a set of tools that provides a framework within which other free packages may produce multi-lingual messages. These tools include a set of conventions about how programs should be written to support message catalogs, a directory and file naming organization for the message catalogs themselves, a runtime library supporting the retrieval of translated messages, and a few stand-alone programs to massage in various ways the sets of translatable strings, or already translated strings. A special mode for GNU Emacs also helps ease interested parties into preparing these sets, or bringing them up to date. GNU @code{gettext} is designed to minimize the impact of internationalization on program sources, keeping this impact as small and hardly noticeable as possible. Internationalization has better chances of succeeding if it is very light weighted, or at least, appear to be so, when looking at program sources. The Translation Project also uses the GNU @code{gettext} distribution as a vehicle for documenting its structure and methods. This goes beyond the strict technicalities of documenting the GNU @code{gettext} proper. By so doing, translators will find in a single place, as far as possible, all they need to know for properly doing their translating work. Also, this supplemental documentation might also help programmers, and even curious users, in understanding how GNU @code{gettext} is related to the remainder of the Translation Project, and consequently, have a glimpse at the @emph{big picture}. @node Concepts, Aspects, Why, Introduction @section I18n, L10n, and Such Two long words appear all the time when we discuss support of native language in programs, and these words have a precise meaning, worth being explained here, once and for all in this document. The words are @emph{internationalization} and @emph{localization}. Many people, tired of writing these long words over and over again, took the habit of writing @dfn{i18n} and @dfn{l10n} instead, quoting the first and last letter of each word, and replacing the run of intermediate letters by a number merely telling how many such letters there are. But in this manual, in the sake of clarity, we will patiently write the names in full, each time@dots{} By @dfn{internationalization}, one refers to the operation by which a program, or a set of programs turned into a package, is made aware of and able to support multiple languages. This is a generalization process, by which the programs are untied from calling only English strings or other English specific habits, and connected to generic ways of doing the same, instead. Program developers may use various techniques to internationalize their programs. Some of these have been standardized. GNU @code{gettext} offers one of these standards. @xref{Programmers}. By @dfn{localization}, one means the operation by which, in a set of programs already internationalized, one gives the program all needed information so that it can adapt itself to handle its input and output in a fashion which is correct for some native language and cultural habits. This is a particularisation process, by which generic methods already implemented in an internationalized program are used in specific ways. The programming environment puts several functions to the programmers disposal which allow this runtime configuration. The formal description of specific set of cultural habits for some country, together with all associated translations targeted to the same native language, is called the @dfn{locale} for this language or country. Users achieve localization of programs by setting proper values to special environment variables, prior to executing those programs, identifying which locale should be used. In fact, locale message support is only one component of the cultural data that makes up a particular locale. There are a whole host of routines and functions provided to aid programmers in developing internationalized software and which allow them to access the data stored in a particular locale. When someone presently refers to a particular locale, they are obviously referring to the data stored within that particular locale. Similarly, if a programmer is referring to ``accessing the locale routines'', they are referring to the complete suite of routines that access all of the locale's information. One uses the expression @dfn{Native Language Support}, or merely NLS, for speaking of the overall activity or feature encompassing both internationalization and localization, allowing for multi-lingual interactions in a program. In a nutshell, one could say that internationalization is the operation by which further localizations are made possible. Also, very roughly said, when it comes to multi-lingual messages, internationalization is usually taken care of by programmers, and localization is usually taken care of by translators. @node Aspects, Files, Concepts, Introduction @section Aspects in Native Language Support For a totally multi-lingual distribution, there are many things to translate beyond output messages. @itemize @bullet @item As of today, GNU @code{gettext} offers a complete toolset for translating messages output by C programs. Perl scripts and shell scripts will also need to be translated. Even if there are today some hooks by which this can be done, these hooks are not integrated as well as they should be. @item Some programs, like @code{autoconf} or @code{bison}, are able to produce other programs (or scripts). Even if the generating programs themselves are internationalized, the generated programs they produce may need internationalization on their own, and this indirect internationalization could be automated right from the generating program. In fact, quite usually, generating and generated programs could be internationalized independently, as the effort needed is fairly orthogonal. @item A few programs include textual tables which might need translation themselves, independently of the strings contained in the program itself. For example, @w{RFC 1345} gives an English description for each character which GNU @code{recode} is able to reconstruct at execution. Since these descriptions are extracted from the RFC by mechanical means, translating them properly would require a prior translation of the RFC itself. @item Almost all programs accept options, which are often worded out so to be descriptive for the English readers; one might want to consider offering translated versions for program options as well. @item Many programs read, interpret, compile, or are somewhat driven by input files which are texts containing keywords, identifiers, or replies which are inherently translatable. For example, one may want @code{gcc} to allow diacriticized characters in identifiers or use translated keywords; @samp{rm -i} might accept something else than @samp{y} or @samp{n} for replies, etc. Even if the program will eventually make most of its output in the foreign languages, one has to decide whether the input syntax, option values, etc., are to be localized or not. @item The manual accompanying a package, as well as all documentation files in the distribution, could surely be translated, too. Translating a manual, with the intent of later keeping up with updates, is a major undertaking in itself, generally. @end itemize As we already stressed, translation is only one aspect of locales. Other internationalization aspects are not currently handled by GNU @code{gettext}, but perhaps may be handled in future versions. There are many attributes that are needed to define a country's cultural conventions. These attributes include beside the country's native language, the formatting of the date and time, the representation of numbers, the symbols for currency, etc. These local @dfn{rules} are termed the country's locale. The locale represents the knowledge needed to support the country's native attributes. There are a few major areas which may vary between countries and hence, define what a locale must describe. The following list helps putting multi-lingual messages into the proper context of other tasks related to locales, and also presents some other areas which GNU @code{gettext} might eventually tackle, maybe, one of these days. @table @emph @item Characters and Codesets The codeset most commonly used through out the USA and most English speaking parts of the world is the ASCII codeset. However, there are many characters needed by various locales that are not found within this codeset. The 8-bit @w{ISO 8859-1} code set has most of the special characters needed to handle the major European languages. However, in many cases, the @w{ISO 8859-1} font is not adequate. Hence each locale will need to specify which codeset they need to use and will need to have the appropriate character handling routines to cope with the codeset. @item Currency The symbols used vary from country to country as does the position used by the symbol. Software needs to be able to transparently display currency figures in the native mode for each locale. @item Dates The format of date varies between locales. For example, Christmas day in 1994 is written as 12/25/94 in the USA and as 25/12/94 in Australia. Other countries might use @w{ISO 8061} dates, etc. Time of the day may be noted as @var{hh}:@var{mm}, @var{hh}.@var{mm}, or otherwise. Some locales require time to be specified in 24-hour mode rather than as AM or PM. Further, the nature and yearly extent of the Daylight Saving correction vary widely between countries. @item Numbers Numbers can be represented differently in different locales. For example, the following numbers are all written correctly for their respective locales: @example 12,345.67 English 12.345,67 French 1,2345.67 Asia @end example Some programs could go further and use different unit systems, like English units or Metric units, or even take into account variants about how numbers are spelled in full. @item Messages The most obvious area is the language support within a locale. This is where GNU @code{gettext} provides the means for developers and users to easily change the language that the software uses to communicate to the user. @end table In the near future we see no chance that components of locale outside of message handling will be made available for use in other packages. The reason for this is that most modern systems provide a more or less reasonable support for at least some of the missing components. Another point is that the GNU @code{libc} and Linux will get a new and complete implementation of the whole locale functionality which could be adopted by system lacking a reasonable locale support. @node Files, Overview, Aspects, Introduction @section Files Conveying Translations The letters PO in @file{.po} files means Portable Object, to distinguish it from @file{.mo} files, where MO stands for Machine Object. This paradigm, as well as the PO file format, is inspired by the NLS standard developed by Uniforum, and implemented by Sun in their Solaris system. PO files are meant to be read and edited by humans, and associate each original, translatable string of a given package with its translation in a particular target language. A single PO file is dedicated to a single target language. If a package supports many languages, there is one such PO file per language supported, and each package has its own set of PO files. These PO files are best created by the @code{xgettext} program, and later updated or refreshed through the @code{msgmerge} program. Program @code{xgettext} extracts all marked messages from a set of C files and initializes a PO file with empty translations. Program @code{msgmerge} takes care of adjusting PO files between releases of the corresponding sources, commenting obsolete entries, initializing new ones, and updating all source line references. Files ending with @file{.pot} are kind of base translation files found in distributions, in PO file format, and @file{.pox} files are often temporary PO files. MO files are meant to be read by programs, and are binary in nature. A few systems already offer tools for creating and handling MO files as part of the Native Language Support coming with the system, but the format of these MO files is often different from system to system, and non-portable. They do not necessary use @file{.mo} for file extensions, but since system libraries are also used for accessing these files, it works as long as the system is self-consistent about it. If GNU @code{gettext} is able to interface with the tools already provided with systems, it will consequently let these provided tools take care of generating the MO files. Or else, if such tools are not found or do not seem usable, GNU @code{gettext} will use its own ways and its own format for MO files. Files ending with @file{.gmo} are really MO files, when it is known that these files use the GNU format. @node Overview, , Files, Introduction @section Overview of GNU @code{gettext} The following diagram summarizes the relation between the files handled by GNU @code{gettext} and the tools acting on these files. It is followed by a somewhat detailed explanations, which you should read while keeping an eye on the diagram. Having a clear understanding of these interrelations would surely help programmers, translators and maintainers. @example @group Original C Sources ---> PO mode ---> Marked C Sources ---. | .---------<--- GNU gettext Library | .--- make <---+ | | `---------<--------------------+-----------' | | | .-----<--- PACKAGE.pot <--- xgettext <---' .---<--- PO Compendium | | | ^ | | `---. | | `---. +---> PO mode ---. | +----> msgmerge ------> LANG.pox --->--------' | | .---' | | | | | `-------------<---------------. | | +--- LANG.po <--- New LANG.pox <----' | .--- LANG.gmo <--- msgfmt <---' | | | `---> install ---> /.../LANG/PACKAGE.mo ---. | +---> "Hello world!" `-------> install ---> /.../bin/PROGRAM -------' @end group @end example The indication @samp{PO mode} appears in two places in this picture, and you may safely read it as merely meaning ``hand editing'', using any editor of your choice, really. However, for those of you being the lucky users of GNU Emacs, PO mode has been specifically created for providing a cozy environment for editing or modifying PO files. While editing a PO file, PO mode allows for the easy browsing of auxiliary and compendium PO files, as well as for following references into the set of C program sources from which PO files have been derived. It has a few special features, among which are the interactive marking of program strings as translatable, and the validatation of PO files with easy repositioning to PO file lines showing errors. As a programmer, the first step to bringing GNU @code{gettext} into your package is identifying, right in the C sources, those strings which are meant to be translatable, and those which are untranslatable. This tedious job can be done a little more comfortably using emacs PO mode, but you can use any means familiar to you for modifying your C sources. Beside this some other simple, standard changes are needed to properly initialize the translation library. @xref{Sources}, for more information about all this. For newly written software the strings of course can and should be marked while writing the it. The @code{gettext} approach makes this very easy. Simply put the following lines at the beginning of each file or in a central header file: @example @group #define _(String) (String) #define N_(String) (String) #define textdomain(Domain) #define bindtextdomain(Package, Directory) @end group @end example @noindent Doing this allows you to prepare the sources for internationalization. Later when you feel ready for the step to use the @code{gettext} library simply remove these definitions, include @file{libintl.h} and link against @file{libintl.a}. That is all you have to change. Once the C sources have been modified, the @code{xgettext} program is used to find and extract all translatable strings, and create an initial PO file out of all these. This @file{@var{package}.pot} file contains all original program strings. It has sets of pointers to exactly where in C sources each string is used. All translations are set to empty. The letter @kbd{t} in @file{.pot} marks this as a Template PO file, not yet oriented towards any particular language. @xref{xgettext Invocation}, for more details about how one calls the @code{xgettext} program. If you are @emph{really} lazy, you might be interested at working a lot more right away, and preparing the whole distribution setup (@pxref{Maintainers}). By doing so, you spare yourself typing the @code{xgettext} command, as @code{make} should now generate the proper things automatically for you! The first time through, there is no @file{@var{lang}.po} yet, so the @code{msgmerge} step may be skipped and replaced by a mere copy of @file{@var{package}.pot} to @file{@var{lang}.pox}, where @var{lang} represents the target language. Then comes the initial translation of messages. Translation in itself is a whole matter, still exclusively meant for humans, and whose complexity far overwhelms the level of this manual. Nevertheless, a few hints are given in some other chapter of this manual (@pxref{Translators}). You will also find there indications about how to contact translating teams, or becoming part of them, for sharing your translating concerns with others who target the same native language. While adding the translated messages into the @file{@var{lang}.pox} PO file, if you do not have GNU Emacs handy, you are on your own for ensuring that your efforts fully respect the PO file format, and quoting conventions (@pxref{PO Files}). This is surely not an impossible task, as this is the way many people have handled PO files already for Uniforum or Solaris. On the other hand, by using PO mode in GNU Emacs, most details of PO file format are taken care of for you, but you have to acquire some familiarity with PO mode itself. Besides main PO mode commands (@pxref{Main PO Commands}), you should know how to move between entries (@pxref{Entry Positioning}), and how to handle untranslated entries (@pxref{Untranslated Entries}). If some common translations have already been saved into a compendium PO file, translators may use PO mode for initializing untranslated entries from the compendium, and also save selected translations into the compendium, updating it (@pxref{Compendium}). Compendium files are meant to be exchanged between members of a given translation team. Programs, or packages of programs, are dynamic in nature: users write bug reports and suggestion for improvements, maintainers react by modifying programs in various ways. The fact that a package has already been internationalized should not make maintainers shy of adding new strings, or modifying strings already translated. They just do their job the best they can. For the Translation Project to work smoothly, it is important that maintainers do not carry translation concerns on their already loaded shoulders, and that translators be kept as free as possible of programmatic concerns. The only concern maintainers should have is carefully marking new strings as translatable, when they should be, and do not otherwise worry about them being translated, as this will come in proper time. Consequently, when programs and their strings are adjusted in various ways by maintainers, and for matters usually unrelated to translation, @code{xgettext} would construct @file{@var{package}.pot} files which are evolving over time, so the translations carried by @file{@var{lang}.po} are slowly fading out of date. It is important for translators (and even maintainers) to understand that package translation is a continuous process in the lifetime of a package, and not something which is done once and for all at the start. After an initial burst of translation activity for a given package, interventions are needed once in a while, because here and there, translated entries become obsolete, and new untranslated entries appear, needing translation. The @code{msgmerge} program has the purpose of refreshing an already existing @file{@var{lang}.po} file, by comparing it with a newer @file{@var{package}.pot} template file, extracted by @code{xgettext} out of recent C sources. The refreshing operation adjusts all references to C source locations for strings, since these strings move as programs are modified. Also, @code{msgmerge} comments out as obsolete, in @file{@var{lang}.pox}, those already translated entries which are no longer used in the program sources (@pxref{Obsolete Entries}). It finally discovers new strings and inserts them in the resulting PO file as untranslated entries (@pxref{Untranslated Entries}). @xref{msgmerge Invocation}, for more information about what @code{msgmerge} really does. Whatever route or means taken, the goal is to obtain an updated @file{@var{lang}.pox} file offering translations for all strings. When this is properly achieved, this file @file{@var{lang}.pox} may take the place of the previous official @file{@var{lang}.po} file. The temporal mobility, or fluidity of PO files, is an integral part of the translation game, and should be well understood, and accepted. People resisting it will have a hard time participating in the Translation Project, or will give a hard time to other participants! In particular, maintainers should relax and include all available official PO files in their distributions, even if these have not recently been updated, without banging or otherwise trying to exert pressure on the translator teams to get the job done. The pressure should rather come from the community of users speaking a particular language, and maintainers should consider themselves fairly relieved of any concern about the adequacy of translation files. On the other hand, translators should reasonably try updating the PO files they are responsible for, while the package is undergoing pretest, prior to an official distribution. Once the PO file is complete and dependable, the @code{msgfmt} program is used for turning the PO file into a machine-oriented format, which may yield efficient retrieval of translations by the programs of the package, whenever needed at runtime (@pxref{MO Files}). @xref{msgfmt Invocation}, for more information about all modalities of execution for the @code{msgfmt} program. Finally, the modified and marked C sources are compiled and linked with the GNU @code{gettext} library, usually through the operation of @code{make}, given a suitable @file{Makefile} exists for the project, and the resulting executable is installed somewhere users will find it. The MO files themselves should also be properly installed. Given the appropriate environment variables are set (@pxref{End Users}), the program should localize itself automatically, whenever it executes. The remainder of this manual has the purpose of explaining in depth the various steps outlined above. @node Basics, Sources, Introduction, Top @chapter PO Files and PO Mode Basics The GNU @code{gettext} toolset helps programmers and translators at producing, updating and using translation files, mainly those PO files which are textual, editable files. This chapter stresses the format of PO files, and contains a PO mode starter. PO mode description is spread throughout this manual instead of being concentrated in one place. Here we present only the basics of PO mode. @menu * Installation:: Completing GNU @code{gettext} Installation * PO Files:: The Format of PO Files * Main PO Commands:: Main Commands * Entry Positioning:: Entry Positioning * Normalizing:: Normalizing Strings in Entries @end menu @node Installation, PO Files, Basics, Basics @section Completing GNU @code{gettext} Installation Once you have received, unpacked, configured and compiled the GNU @code{gettext} distribution, the @samp{make install} command puts in place the programs @code{xgettext}, @code{msgfmt}, @code{gettext}, and @code{msgmerge}, as well as their available message catalogs. To top off a comfortable installation, you might also want to make the PO mode available to your GNU Emacs users. During the installation of the PO mode, you might want modify your file @file{.emacs}, once and for all, so it contains a few lines looking like: @example (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '("\\.po[tx]?\\'\\|\\.po\\." . po-mode) auto-mode-alist)) (autoload 'po-mode "po-mode") @end example Later, whenever you edit some @file{.po}, @file{.pot} or @file{.pox} file, or any file having the string @samp{.po.} within its name, Emacs loads @file{po-mode.elc} (or @file{po-mode.el}) as needed, and automatically activates PO mode commands for the associated buffer. The string @emph{PO} appears in the mode line for any buffer for which PO mode is active. Many PO files may be active at once in a single Emacs session. If you are using Emacs version 20 or better, and have already installed the appropriate international fonts on your system, you may also manage for the these fonts to be automatically loaded and used for displaying the translations on your Emacs screen, whenever necessary. For this to happen, you might want to add the lines: @example (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po-mode") (modify-coding-system-alist 'file "\\.po[tx]?\\'\\|\\.po\\." 'po-find-file-coding-system) @end example @noindent to your @file{.emacs} file. @node PO Files, Main PO Commands, Installation, Basics @section The Format of PO Files A PO file is made up of many entries, each entry holding the relation between an original untranslated string and its corresponding translation. All entries in a given PO file usually pertain to a single project, and all translations are expressed in a single target language. One PO file @dfn{entry} has the following schematic structure: @example @var{white-space} # @var{translator-comments} #. @var{automatic-comments} #: @var{reference}@dots{} #, @var{flag}@dots{} msgid @var{untranslated-string} msgstr @var{translated-string} @end example The general structure of a PO file should be well understood by the translator. When using PO mode, very little has to be known about the format details, as PO mode takes care of them for her. Entries begin with some optional white space. Usually, when generated through GNU @code{gettext} tools, there is exactly one blank line between entries. Then comments follow, on lines all starting with the character @kbd{#}. There are two kinds of comments: those which have some white space immediately following the @kbd{#}, which comments are created and maintained exclusively by the translator, and those which have some non-white character just after the @kbd{#}, which comments are created and maintained automatically by GNU @code{gettext} tools. All comments, of either kind, are optional. After white space and comments, entries show two strings, giving first the untranslated string as it appears in the original program sources, and then, the translation of this string. The original string is introduced by the keyword @code{msgid}, and the translation, by @code{msgstr}. The two strings, untranslated and translated, are quoted in various ways in the PO file, using @kbd{"} delimiters and @kbd{\} escapes, but the translator does not really have to pay attention to the precise quoting format, as PO mode fully intend to take care of quoting for her. The @code{msgid} strings, as well as automatic comments, are produced and managed by other GNU @code{gettext} tools, and PO mode does not provide means for the translator to alter these. The most she can do is merely deleting them, and only by deleting the whole entry. On the other hand, the @code{msgstr} string, as well as translator comments, are really meant for the translator, and PO mode gives her the full control she needs. The comment lines beginning with @kbd{#,} are special because they are not completely ignored by the programs as comments generally are. The comma separated list of @var{flag}s is used by the @code{msgfmt} program to give the user some better disgnostic messages. Currently there are two forms of flags defined: @table @kbd @item fuzzy This flag can be generated by the @code{msgmerge} program or it can be inserted by the translator herself. It shows that the @code{msgstr} string might not be a correct translation (anymore). Only the translator can judge if the translation requires further modification, or is acceptable as is. Once satisfied with the translation, she then removes this @kbd{fuzzy} attribute. The @code{msgmerge} programs inserts this when it combined the @code{msgid} and @code{msgstr} entries after fuzzy search only. @xref{Fuzzy Entries}. @item c-format @itemx no-c-format These flags should not be added by a human. Instead only the @code{xgettext} program adds them. In an automatized PO file processing system as proposed here the user changes would be thrown away again as soon as the @code{xgettext} program generates a new template file. In case the @kbd{c-format} flag is given for a string the @code{msgfmt} does some more tests to check to validity of the translation. @xref{msgfmt Invocation}. @end table It happens that some lines, usually whitespace or comments, follow the very last entry of a PO file. Such lines are not part of any entry, and PO mode is unable to take action on those lines. By using the PO mode function @w{@kbd{M-x po-normalize}}, the translator may get rid of those spurious lines. @xref{Normalizing}. The remainder of this section may be safely skipped by those using PO mode, yet it may be interesting for everybody to have a better idea of the precise format of a PO file. On the other hand, those not having GNU Emacs handy should carefully continue reading on. Each of @var{untranslated-string} and @var{translated-string} respects the C syntax for a character string, including the surrounding quotes and imbedded backslashed escape sequences. When the time comes to write multi-line strings, one should not use escaped newlines. Instead, a closing quote should follow the last character on the line to be continued, and an opening quote should resume the string at the beginning of the following PO file line. For example: @example msgid "" "Here is an example of how one might continue a very long string\n" "for the common case the string represents multi-line output.\n" @end example @noindent In this example, the empty string is used on the first line, to allow better alignment of the @kbd{H} from the word @samp{Here} over the @kbd{f} from the word @samp{for}. In this example, the @code{msgid} keyword is followed by three strings, which are meant to be concatenated. Concatenating the empty string does not change the resulting overall string, but it is a way for us to comply with the necessity of @code{msgid} to be followed by a string on the same line, while keeping the multi-line presentation left-justified, as we find this to be a cleaner disposition. The empty string could have been omitted, but only if the string starting with @samp{Here} was promoted on the first line, right after @code{msgid}.@footnote{This limitation is not imposed by GNU @code{gettext}, but comes from the @code{msgfmt} implementation on Solaris.} It was not really necessary either to switch between the two last quoted strings immediately after the newline @samp{\n}, the switch could have occurred after @emph{any} other character, we just did it this way because it is neater. One should carefully distinguish between end of lines marked as @samp{\n} @emph{inside} quotes, which are part of the represented string, and end of lines in the PO file itself, outside string quotes, which have no incidence on the represented string. Outside strings, white lines and comments may be used freely. Comments start at the beginning of a line with @samp{#} and extend until the end of the PO file line. Comments written by translators should have the initial @samp{#} immediately followed by some white space. If the @samp{#} is not immediately followed by white space, this comment is most likely generated and managed by specialized GNU tools, and might disappear or be replaced unexpectedly when the PO file is given to @code{msgmerge}. @node Main PO Commands, Entry Positioning, PO Files, Basics @section Main PO mode Commands After setting up Emacs with something similar to the lines in @ref{Installation}, PO mode is activated for a window when Emacs finds a PO file in that window. This puts the window read-only and establishes a po-mode-map, which is a genuine Emacs mode, in a way that is not derived from text mode in any way. Functions found on @code{po-mode-hook}, if any, will be executed. When PO mode is active in a window, the letters @samp{PO} appear in the mode line for that window. The mode line also displays how many entries of each kind are held in the PO file. For example, the string @samp{132t+3f+10u+2o} would tell the translator that the PO mode contains 132 translated entries (@pxref{Translated Entries}, 3 fuzzy entries (@pxref{Fuzzy Entries}), 10 untranslated entries (@pxref{Untranslated Entries}) and 2 obsolete entries (@pxref{Obsolete Entries}). Zero-coefficients items are not shown. So, in this example, if the fuzzy entries were unfuzzied, the untranslated entries were translated and the obsolete entries were deleted, the mode line would merely display @samp{145t} for the counters. The main PO commands are those which do not fit into the other categories of subsequent sections. These allow for quitting PO mode or for managing windows in special ways. @table @kbd @item U Undo last modification to the PO file. @item Q Quit processing and save the PO file. @item q Quit processing, possibly after confirmation. @item O Temporary leave the PO file window. @item ? @itemx h Show help about PO mode. @item = Give some PO file statistics. @item V Batch validate the format of the whole PO file. @end table The command @kbd{U} (@code{po-undo}) interfaces to the GNU Emacs @emph{undo} facility. @xref{Undo, , Undoing Changes, emacs, The Emacs Editor}. Each time @kbd{U} is typed, modifications which the translator did to the PO file are undone a little more. For the purpose of undoing, each PO mode command is atomic. This is especially true for the @kbd{@key{RET}} command: the whole edition made by using a single use of this command is undone at once, even if the edition itself implied several actions. However, while in the editing window, one can undo the edition work quite parsimoniously. The commands @kbd{Q} (@code{po-quit}) and @kbd{q} (@code{po-confirm-and-quit}) are used when the translator is done with the PO file. The former is a bit less verbose than the latter. If the file has been modified, it is saved to disk first. In both cases, and prior to all this, the commands check if some untranslated message remains in the PO file and, if yes, the translator is asked if she really wants to leave off working with this PO file. This is the preferred way of getting rid of an Emacs PO file buffer. Merely killing it through the usual command @w{@kbd{C-x k}} (@code{kill-buffer}) is not the tidiest way to proceed. The command @kbd{O} (@code{po-other-window}) is another, softer way, to leave PO mode, temporarily. It just moves the cursor to some other Emacs window, and pops one if necessary. For example, if the translator just got PO mode to show some source context in some other, she might discover some apparent bug in the program source that needs correction. This command allows the translator to change sex, become a programmer, and have the cursor right into the window containing the program she (or rather @emph{he}) wants to modify. By later getting the cursor back in the PO file window, or by asking Emacs to edit this file once again, PO mode is then recovered. The command @kbd{h} (@code{po-help}) displays a summary of all available PO mode commands. The translator should then type any character to resume normal PO mode operations. The command @kbd{?} has the same effect as @kbd{h}. The command @kbd{=} (@code{po-statistics}) computes the total number of entries in the PO file, the ordinal of the current entry (counted from 1), the number of untranslated entries, the number of obsolete entries, and displays all these numbers. The command @kbd{V} (@code{po-validate}) launches @code{msgfmt} in verbose mode over the current PO file. This command first offers to save the current PO file on disk. The @code{msgfmt} tool, from GNU @code{gettext}, has the purpose of creating a MO file out of a PO file, and PO mode uses the features of this program for checking the overall format of a PO file, as well as all individual entries. The program @code{msgfmt} runs asynchronously with Emacs, so the translator regains control immediately while her PO file is being studied. Error output is collected in the GNU Emacs @samp{*compilation*} buffer, displayed in another window. The regular GNU Emacs command @kbd{C-x`} (@code{next-error}), as well as other usual compile commands, allow the translator to reposition quickly to the offending parts of the PO file. Once the cursor is on the line in error, the translator may decide on any PO mode action which would help correcting the error. @node Entry Positioning, Normalizing, Main PO Commands, Basics @section Entry Positioning The cursor in a PO file window is almost always part of an entry. The only exceptions are the special case when the cursor is after the last entry in the file, or when the PO file is empty. The entry where the cursor is found to be is said to be the current entry. Many PO mode commands operate on the current entry, so moving the cursor does more than allowing the translator to browse the PO file, this also selects on which entry commands operate. Some PO mode commands alter the position of the cursor in a specialized way. A few of those special purpose positioning are described here, the others are described in following sections. @table @kbd @item . Redisplay the current entry. @item n @itemx n Select the entry after the current one. @item p @itemx p Select the entry before the current one. @item < Select the first entry in the PO file. @item > Select the last entry in the PO file. @item m Record the location of the current entry for later use. @item l Return to a previously saved entry location. @item x Exchange the current entry location with the previously saved one. @end table Any GNU Emacs command able to reposition the cursor may be used to select the current entry in PO mode, including commands which move by characters, lines, paragraphs, screens or pages, and search commands. However, there is a kind of standard way to display the current entry in PO mode, which usual GNU Emacs commands moving the cursor do not especially try to enforce. The command @kbd{.} (@code{po-current-entry}) has the sole purpose of redisplaying the current entry properly, after the current entry has been changed by means external to PO mode, or the Emacs screen otherwise altered. It is yet to be decided if PO mode helps the translator, or otherwise irritates her, by forcing a rigid window disposition while she is doing her work. We originally had quite precise ideas about how windows should behave, but on the other hand, anyone used to GNU Emacs is often happy to keep full control. Maybe a fixed window disposition might be offered as a PO mode option that the translator might activate or deactivate at will, so it could be offered on an experimental basis. If nobody feels a real need for using it, or a compulsion for writing it, we should drop this whole idea. The incentive for doing it should come from translators rather than programmers, as opinions from an experienced translator are surely more worth to me than opinions from programmers @emph{thinking} about how @emph{others} should do translation. The commands @kbd{n} (@code{po-next-entry}) and @kbd{p} (@code{po-previous-entry}) move the cursor the entry following, or preceding, the current one. If @kbd{n} is given while the cursor is on the last entry of the PO file, or if @kbd{p} is given while the cursor is on the first entry, no move is done. The commands @kbd{<} (@code{po-first-entry}) and @kbd{>} (@code{po-last-entry}) move the cursor to the first entry, or last entry, of the PO file. When the cursor is located past the last entry in a PO file, most PO mode commands will return an error saying @samp{After last entry}. Moreover, the commands @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} have the special property of being able to work even when the cursor is not into some PO file entry, and one may use them for nicely correcting this situation. But even these commands will fail on a truly empty PO file. There are development plans for the PO mode for it to interactively fill an empty PO file from sources. @xref{Marking}. The translator may decide, before working at the translation of a particular entry, that she needs to browse the remainder of the PO file, maybe for finding the terminology or phraseology used in related entries. She can of course use the standard Emacs idioms for saving the current cursor location in some register, and use that register for getting back, or else, use the location ring. PO mode offers another approach, by which cursor locations may be saved onto a special stack. The command @kbd{m} (@code{po-push-location}) merely adds the location of current entry to the stack, pushing the already saved locations under the new one. The command @kbd{r} (@code{po-pop-location}) consumes the top stack element and reposition the cursor to the entry associated with that top element. This position is then lost, for the next @kbd{r} will move the cursor to the previously saved location, and so on until no locations remain on the stack. If the translator wants the position to be kept on the location stack, maybe for taking a look at the entry associated with the top element, then go elsewhere with the intent of getting back later, she ought to use @kbd{m} immediately after @kbd{r}. The command @kbd{x} (@code{po-exchange-location}) simultaneously reposition the cursor to the entry associated with the top element of the stack of saved locations, and replace that top element with the location of the current entry before the move. Consequently, repeating the @kbd{x} command toggles alternatively between two entries. For achieving this, the translator will position the cursor on the first entry, use @kbd{m}, then position to the second entry, and merely use @kbd{x} for making the switch. @node Normalizing, , Entry Positioning, Basics @section Normalizing Strings in Entries There are many different ways for encoding a particular string into a PO file entry, because there are so many different ways to split and quote multi-line strings, and even, to represent special characters by backslahsed escaped sequences. Some features of PO mode rely on the ability for PO mode to scan an already existing PO file for a particular string encoded into the @code{msgid} field of some entry. Even if PO mode has internally all the built-in machinery for implementing this recognition easily, doing it fast is technically difficult. To facilitate a solution to this efficiency problem, we decided on a canonical representation for strings. A conventional representation of strings in a PO file is currently under discussion, and PO mode experiments with a canonical representation. Having both @code{xgettext} and PO mode converging towards a uniform way of representing equivalent strings would be useful, as the internal normalization needed by PO mode could be automatically satisfied when using @code{xgettext} from GNU @code{gettext}. An explicit PO mode normalization should then be only necessary for PO files imported from elsewhere, or for when the convention itself evolves. So, for achieving normalization of at least the strings of a given PO file needing a canonical representation, the following PO mode command is available: @table @kbd @item M-x po-normalize Tidy the whole PO file by making entries more uniform. @end table The special command @kbd{M-x po-normalize}, which has no associate keys, revises all entries, ensuring that strings of both original and translated entries use uniform internal quoting in the PO file. It also removes any crumb after the last entry. This command may be useful for PO files freshly imported from elsewhere, or if we ever improve on the canonical quoting format we use. This canonical format is not only meant for getting cleaner PO files, but also for greatly speeding up @code{msgid} string lookup for some other PO mode commands. @kbd{M-x po-normalize} presently makes three passes over the entries. The first implements heuristics for converting PO files for GNU @code{gettext} 0.6 and earlier, in which @code{msgid} and @code{msgstr} fields were using K&R style C string syntax for multi-line strings. These heuristics may fail for comments not related to obsolete entries and ending with a backslash; they also depend on subsequent passes for finalizing the proper commenting of continued lines for obsolete entries. This first pass might disappear once all oldish PO files would have been adjusted. The second and third pass normalize all @code{msgid} and @code{msgstr} strings respectively. They also clean out those trailing backslashes used by XView's @code{msgfmt} for continued lines. Having such an explicit normalizing command allows for importing PO files from other sources, but also eases the evolution of the current convention, evolution driven mostly by aesthetic concerns, as of now. It is easy to make suggested adjustments at a later time, as the normalizing command and eventually, other GNU @code{gettext} tools should greatly automate conformance. A description of the canonical string format is given below, for the particular benefit of those not having GNU Emacs handy, and who would nevertheless want to handcraft their PO files in nice ways. Right now, in PO mode, strings are single line or multi-line. A string goes multi-line if and only if it has @emph{embedded} newlines, that is, if it matches @samp{[^\n]\n+[^\n]}. So, we would have: @example msgstr "\n\nHello, world!\n\n\n" @end example but, replacing the space by a newline, this becomes: @example msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Hello,\n" "world!\n" "\n" "\n" @end example We are deliberately using a caricatural example, here, to make the point clearer. Usually, multi-lines are not that bad looking. It is probable that we will implement the following suggestion. We might lump together all initial newlines into the empty string, and also all newlines introducing empty lines (that is, for @w{@var{n} > 1}, the @var{n}-1'th last newlines would go together on a separate string), so making the previous example appear: @example msgstr "\n\n" "Hello,\n" "world!\n" "\n\n" @end example There are a few yet undecided little points about string normalization, to be documented in this manual, once these questions settle. @node Sources, Initial, Basics, Top @chapter Preparing Program Sources @c FIXME: Rewrite (the whole chapter). For the programmer, changes to the C source code fall into three categories. First, you have to make the localization functions known to all modules needing message translation. Second, you should properly trigger the operation of GNU @code{gettext} when the program initializes, usually from the @code{main} function. Last, you should identify and especially mark all constant strings in your program needing translation. Presuming that your set of programs, or package, has been adjusted so all needed GNU @code{gettext} files are available, and your @file{Makefile} files are adjusted (@pxref{Maintainers}), each C module having translated C strings should contain the line: @example #include @end example The remaining changes to your C sources are discussed in the further sections of this chapter. @menu * Triggering:: Triggering @code{gettext} Operations * Mark Keywords:: How Marks Appears in Sources * Marking:: Marking Translatable Strings * c-format:: Telling something about the following string * Special cases:: Special Cases of Translatable Strings @end menu @node Triggering, Mark Keywords, Sources, Sources @section Triggering @code{gettext} Operations The initialization of locale data should be done with more or less the same code in every program, as demonstrated below: @example @group int main (argc, argv) int argc; char argv; @{ @dots{} setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); @dots{} @} @end group @end example @var{PACKAGE} and @var{LOCALEDIR} should be provided either by @file{config.h} or by the Makefile. For now consult the @code{gettext} sources for more information. The use of @code{LC_ALL} might not be appropriate for you. @code{LC_ALL} includes all locale categories and especially @code{LC_CTYPE}. This later category is responsible for determining character classes with the @code{isalnum} etc. functions from @file{ctype.h} which could especially for programs, which process some kind of input language, be wrong. For example this would mean that a source code using the @,{c} (c-cedilla character) is runnable in France but not in the U.S. Some systems also have problems with parsing number using the @code{scanf} functions if an other but the @code{LC_ALL} locale is used. The standards say that additional formats but the one known in the @code{"C"} locale might be recognized. But some systems seem to reject numbers in the @code{"C"} locale format. In some situation, it might also be a problem with the notation itself which makes it impossible to recognize whether the number is in the @code{"C"} locale or the local format. This can happen if thousands separator characters are used. Some locales define this character accordfing to the national conventions to @code{'.'} which is the same character used in the @code{"C"} locale to denote the decimal point. So it is sometimes necessary to replace the @code{LC_ALL} line in the code above by a sequence of @code{setlocale} lines @example @group @{ @dots{} setlocale (LC_TIME, ""); setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, ""); @dots{} @} @end group @end example @noindent or to switch for and back to the character class in question. On all POSIX conformant systems the locale categories @code{LC_CTYPE}, @code{LC_COLLATE}, @code{LC_MONETARY}, @code{LC_NUMERIC}, and @code{LC_TIME} are available. On some modern systems there is also a locale @code{LC_MESSAGES} which is called on some old, XPG2 compliant systems @code{LC_RESPONSES}. @node Mark Keywords, Marking, Triggering, Sources @section How Marks Appears in Sources All strings requiring translation should be marked in the C sources. Marking is done in such a way that each translatable string appears to be the sole argument of some function or preprocessor macro. There are only a few such possible functions or macros meant for translation, and their names are said to be marking keywords. The marking is attached to strings themselves, rather than to what we do with them. This approach has more uses. A blatant example is an error message produced by formatting. The format string needs translation, as well as some strings inserted through some @samp{%s} specification in the format, while the result from @code{sprintf} may have so many different instances that it is impractical to list them all in some @samp{error_string_out()} routine, say. This marking operation has two goals. The first goal of marking is for triggering the retrieval of the translation, at run time. The keyword are possibly resolved into a routine able to dynamically return the proper translation, as far as possible or wanted, for the argument string. Most localizable strings are found in executable positions, that is, attached to variables or given as parameters to functions. But this is not universal usage, and some translatable strings appear in structured initializations. @xref{Special cases}. The second goal of the marking operation is to help @code{xgettext} at properly extracting all translatable strings when it scans a set of program sources and produces PO file templates. The canonical keyword for marking translatable strings is @samp{gettext}, it gave its name to the whole GNU @code{gettext} package. For packages making only light use of the @samp{gettext} keyword, macro or function, it is easily used @emph{as is}. However, for packages using the @code{gettext} interface more heavily, it is usually more convenient to give the main keyword a shorter, less obtrusive name. Indeed, the keyword might appear on a lot of strings all over the package, and programmers usually do not want nor need their program sources to remind them forcefully, all the time, that they are internationalized. Further, a long keyword has the disadvantage of using more horizontal space, forcing more indentation work on sources for those trying to keep them within 79 or 80 columns. Many packages use @samp{_} (a simple underline) as a keyword, and write @samp{_("Translatable string")} instead of @samp{gettext ("Translatable string")}. Further, the coding rule, from GNU standards, wanting that there is a space between the keyword and the opening parenthesis is relaxed, in practice, for this particular usage. So, the textual overhead per translatable string is reduced to only three characters: the underline and the two parentheses. However, even if GNU @code{gettext} uses this convention internally, it does not offer it officially. The real, genuine keyword is truly @samp{gettext} indeed. It is fairly easy for those wanting to use @samp{_} instead of @samp{gettext} to declare: @example #include #define _(String) gettext (String) @end example @noindent instead of merely using @samp{#include }. Later on, the maintenance is relatively easy. If, as a programmer, you add or modify a string, you will have to ask yourself if the new or altered string requires translation, and include it within @samp{_()} if you think it should be translated. @samp{"%s: %d"} is an example of string @emph{not} requiring translation! @node Marking, c-format, Mark Keywords, Sources @section Marking Translatable Strings In PO mode, one set of features is meant more for the programmer than for the translator, and allows him to interactively mark which strings, in a set of program sources, are translatable, and which are not. Even if it is a fairly easy job for a programmer to find and mark such strings by other means, using any editor of his choice, PO mode makes this work more comfortable. Further, this gives translators who feel a little like programmers, or programmers who feel a little like translators, a tool letting them work at marking translatable strings in the program sources, while simultaneously producing a set of translation in some language, for the package being internationalized. The set of program sources, targetted by the PO mode commands describe here, should have an Emacs tags table constructed for your project, prior to using these PO file commands. This is easy to do. In any shell window, change the directory to the root of your project, then execute a command resembling: @example etags src/*.[hc] lib/*.[hc] @end example @noindent presuming here you want to process all @file{.h} and @file{.c} files from the @file{src/} and @file{lib/} directories. This command will explore all said files and create a @file{TAGS} file in your root directory, somewhat summarizing the contents using a special file format Emacs can understand. For packages following the GNU coding standards, there is a make goal @code{tags} or @code{TAGS} which construct the tag files in all directories and for all files containing source code. Once your @file{TAGS} file is ready, the following commands assist the programmer at marking translatable strings in his set of sources. But these commands are necessarily driven from within a PO file window, and it is likely that you do not even have such a PO file yet. This is not a problem at all, as you may safely open a new, empty PO file, mainly for using these commands. This empty PO file will slowly fill in while you mark strings as translatable in your program sources. @table @kbd @item , Search through program sources for a string which looks like a candidate for translation. @item M-, Mark the last string found with @samp{_()}. @item M-. Mark the last string found with a keyword taken from a set of possible keywords. This command with a prefix allows some management of these keywords. @end table The @kbd{,} (@code{po-tags-search}) command search for the next occurrence of a string which looks like a possible candidate for translation, and displays the program source in another Emacs window, positioned in such a way that the string is near the top of this other window. If the string is too big to fit whole in this window, it is positioned so only its end is shown. In any case, the cursor is left in the PO file window. If the shown string would be better presented differently in different native languages, you may mark it using @kbd{M-,} or @kbd{M-.}. Otherwise, you might rather ignore it and skip to the next string by merely repeating the @kbd{,} command. A string is a good candidate for translation if it contains a sequence of three or more letters. A string containing at most two letters in a row will be considered as a candidate if it has more letters than non-letters. The command disregards strings containing no letters, or isolated letters only. It also disregards strings within comments, or strings already marked with some keyword PO mode knows (see below). If you have never told Emacs about some @file{TAGS} file to use, the command will request that you specify one from the minibuffer, the first time you use the command. You may later change your @file{TAGS} file by using the regular Emacs command @w{@kbd{M-x visit-tags-table}}, which will ask you to name the precise @file{TAGS} file you want to use. @xref{Tags, , Tag Tables, emacs, The Emacs Editor}. Each time you use the @kbd{,} command, the search resumes from where it was left by the previous search, and goes through all program sources, obeying the @file{TAGS} file, until all sources have been processed. However, by giving a prefix argument to the command @w{(@kbd{C-u ,})}, you may request that the search be restarted all over again from the first program source; but in this case, strings that you recently marked as translatable will be automatically skipped. Using this @kbd{,} command does not prevent using of other regular Emacs tags commands. For example, regular @code{tags-search} or @code{tags-query-replace} commands may be used without disrupting the independent @kbd{,} search sequence. However, as implemented, the @emph{initial} @kbd{,} command (or the @kbd{,} command is used with a prefix) might also reinitialize the regular Emacs tags searching to the first tags file, this reinitialization might be considered spurious. The @kbd{M-,} (@code{po-mark-translatable}) command will mark the recently found string with the @samp{_} keyword. The @kbd{M-.} (@code{po-select-mark-and-mark}) command will request that you type one keyword from the minibuffer and use that keyword for marking the string. Both commands will automatically create a new PO file untranslated entry for the string being marked, and make it the current entry (making it easy for you to immediately proceed to its translation, if you feel like doing it right away). It is possible that the modifications made to the program source by @kbd{M-,} or @kbd{M-.} render some source line longer than 80 columns, forcing you to break and re-indent this line differently. You may use the @kbd{O} command from PO mode, or any other window changing command from GNU Emacs, to break out into the program source window, and do any needed adjustments. You will have to use some regular Emacs command to return the cursor to the PO file window, if you want command @kbd{,} for the next string, say. The @kbd{M-.} command has a few built-in speedups, so you do not have to explicitly type all keywords all the time. The first such speedup is that you are presented with a @emph{preferred} keyword, which you may accept by merely typing @kbd{@key{RET}} at the prompt. The second speedup is that you may type any non-ambiguous prefix of the keyword you really mean, and the command will complete it automatically for you. This also means that PO mode has to @emph{know} all your possible keywords, and that it will not accept mistyped keywords. If you reply @kbd{?} to the keyword request, the command gives a list of all known keywords, from which you may choose. When the command is prefixed by an argument @w{(@kbd{C-u M-.})}, it inhibits updating any program source or PO file buffer, and does some simple keyword management instead. In this case, the command asks for a keyword, written in full, which becomes a new allowed keyword for later @kbd{M-.} commands. Moreover, this new keyword automatically becomes the @emph{preferred} keyword for later commands. By typing an already known keyword in response to @w{@kbd{C-u M-.}}, one merely changes the @emph{preferred} keyword and does nothing more. All keywords known for @kbd{M-.} are recognized by the @kbd{,} command when scanning for strings, and strings already marked by any of those known keywords are automatically skipped. If many PO files are opened simultaneously, each one has its own independent set of known keywords. There is no provision in PO mode, currently, for deleting a known keyword, you have to quit the file (maybe using @kbd{q}) and reopen it afresh. When a PO file is newly brought up in an Emacs window, only @samp{gettext} and @samp{_} are known as keywords, and @samp{gettext} is preferred for the @kbd{M-.} command. In fact, this is not useful to prefer @samp{_}, as this one is already built in the @kbd{M-,} command. @node c-format, Special cases, Marking, Sources @section Special Comments preceding Keywords @c FIXME document c-format and no-c-format. In C programs strings are often used within calls of functions from the @code{printf} family. The special thing about these format strings is that they can contain format specifiers introduced with @kbd{%}. Assume we have the code @example printf (gettext ("String `%s' has %d characters\n"), s, strlen (s)); @end example @noindent A possible German translation for the above string might be: @example "%d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%s'" @end example A C programmer, even if he cannot speak German, will recognize that there is something wrong here. The order of the two format specifiers is changed but of course the arguments in the @code{printf} don't have. This will most probably lead to problems because now the length of the string is regarded as the address. To prevent errors at runtime caused by translations the @code{msgfmt} tool can check statically whether the arguments in the original and the translation string match in type and number. If this is not the case a warning will be given and the error cannot causes problems at runtime. @noindent If the word order in the above German translation would be correct one would have to write @example "%2$d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%1$s'" @end example @noindent The routines in @code{msgfmt} know about this special notation. Because not all strings in a program must be format strings it is not useful for @code{msgfmt} to test all the strings in the @file{.po} file. This might cause problems because the string might contain what looks like a format specifier, but the string is not used in @code{printf}. Therefore the @code{xgettext} adds a special tag to those messages it thinks might be a format string. There is no absolute rule for this, only a heuristic. In the @file{.po} file the entry is marked using the @code{c-format} flag in the @kbd{#,} comment line (@pxref{PO Files}). The careful reader now might say that this again can cause problems. The heuristic might guess it wrong. This is true and therefore @code{xgettext} knows about special kind of comment which lets the programmer take over the decision. If in the same line or the immediately preceding line of the @code{gettext} keyword the @code{xgettext} program find a comment containing the words @kbd{xgettext:c-format} it will mark the string in any case with the @kbd{c-format} flag. This kind of comment should be used when @code{xgettext} does not recognize the string as a format string but is really is one and it should be tested. Please note that when the comment is in the same line of the @code{gettext} keyword, it must be before the string to be translated. This situation happens quite often. The @code{printf} function is often called with strings which do not contain a format specifier. Of course one would normally use @code{fputs} but it does happen. In this case @code{xgettext} does not recognize this as a format string but what happens if the translation introduces a valid format specifier? The @code{printf} function will try to access one of the parameter but none exists because the original code does not refer to any parameter. @code{xgettext} of course could make a wrong decision the other way round. A string marked as a format string is not really a format string. In this case the @code{msgfmt} might give too many warnings and would prevent translating the @file{.po} file. The method to prevent this wrong decision is similar to the one used above, only the comment to use must contain the string @kbd{xgettext:no-c-format}. If a string is marked with @kbd{c-format} and this is not correct the user can find out who is responsible for the decision. @xref{xgettext Invocation} to see how the @kbd{--debug} option can be used for solving this problem. @node Special cases, , c-format, Sources @section Special Cases of Translatable Strings The attentive reader might now point out that it is not always possible to mark translatable string with @code{gettext} or something like this. Consider the following case: @example @group @{ static const char *messages[] = @{ "some very meaningful message", "and another one" @}; const char *string; @dots{} string = index > 1 ? "a default message" : messages[index]; fputs (string); @dots{} @} @end group @end example While it is no problem to mark the string @code{"a default message"} it is not possible to mark the string initializers for @code{messages}. What is to be done? We have to fulfill two tasks. First we have to mark the strings so that the @code{xgettext} program (@pxref{xgettext Invocation}) can find them, and second we have to translate the string at runtime before printing them. The first task can be fulfilled by creating a new keyword, which names a no-op. For the second we have to mark all access points to a string from the array. So one solution can look like this: @example @group #define gettext_noop(String) (String) @{ static const char *messages[] = @{ gettext_noop ("some very meaningful message"), gettext_noop ("and another one") @}; const char *string; @dots{} string = index > 1 ? gettext ("a default message") : gettext (messages[index]); fputs (string); @dots{} @} @end group @end example Please convince yourself that the string which is written by @code{fputs} is translated in any case. How to get @code{xgettext} know the additional keyword @code{gettext_noop} is explained in @ref{xgettext Invocation}. The above is of course not the only solution. You could also come along with the following one: @example @group #define gettext_noop(String) (String) @{ static const char *messages[] = @{ gettext_noop ("some very meaningful message", gettext_noop ("and another one") @}; const char *string; @dots{} string = index > 1 ? gettext_noop ("a default message") : messages[index]; fputs (gettext (string)); @dots{} @} @end group @end example But this has some drawbacks. First the programmer has to take care that he uses @code{gettext_noop} for the string @code{"a default message"}. A use of @code{gettext} could have in rare cases unpredictable results. The second reason is found in the internals of the GNU @code{gettext} Library which will make this solution less efficient. One advantage is that you need not make control flow analysis to make sure the output is really translated in any case. But this analysis is generally not very difficult. If it should be in any situation you can use this second method in this situation. @node Initial, Updating, Sources, Top @chapter Making the Initial PO File @c FIXME: Rewrite. @menu * xgettext Invocation:: Invoking the @code{xgettext} Program * C Sources Context:: C Sources Context * Compendium:: Using Translation Compendiums @end menu @node xgettext Invocation, C Sources Context, Initial, Initial @section Invoking the @code{xgettext} Program @c FIXME: Rewrite. @example xgettext [@var{option}] @var{inputfile} @dots{} @end example @table @samp @item -a @itemx --extract-all Extract all strings. @item -c [@var{tag}] @itemx --add-comments[=@var{tag}] Place comment block with @var{tag} (or those preceding keyword lines) in output file. @item -C @itemx --c++ Recognize C++ style comments. @itemx --debug Use the flags @kbd{c-format} and @kbd{possible-c-format} to show who was responsible for marking a message as a format string. The later form is used if the @code{xgettext} program decided, the format form is used if the programmer prescribed it. By default only the @kbd{c-format} form is used. The translator should not have to care about these details. @item -d @var{name} @itemx --default-domain=@var{name} Use @file{@var{name}.po} for output (instead of @file{messages.po}). The special domain name @file{-} or @file{/dev/stdout} means to write the output to @file{stdout}. @item -D @var{directory} @itemx --directory=@var{directory} Change to @var{directory} before beginning to search and scan source files. The resulting @file{.po} file will be written relative to the original directory, though. @item -f @var{file} @itemx --files-from=@var{file} Read the names of the input files from @var{file} instead of getting them from the command line. @itemx --force Always write output file even if no message is defined. @item -h @itemx --help Display this help and exit. @item -I @var{list} @itemx --input-path=@var{list} List of directories searched for input files. @item -j @itemx --join-existing Join messages with existing file. @item -k @var{word} @itemx --keyword[=@var{word}] Additonal keyword to be looked for (without @var{word} means not to use default keywords). The default keywords, which are always looked for if not explicitly disabled, are @code{gettext}, @code{dgettext}, @code{dcgettext} and @code{gettext_noop}. @item -m [@var{string}] @itemx --msgstr-prefix[=@var{string}] Use @var{string} or "" as prefix for msgstr entries. @item -M [@var{string}] @itemx --msgstr-suffix[=@var{string}] Use @var{string} or "" as suffix for msgstr entries. @item --no-location Do not write @samp{#: @var{filename}:@var{line}} lines. @item -n @itemx --add-location Generate @samp{#: @var{filename}:@var{line}} lines (default). @item --omit-header Don't write header with @samp{msgid ""} entry. This is useful for testing purposes because it eliminates a source of variance for generated @code{.gmo} files. We can ship some of these files in the GNU @code{gettext} package, and the result of regenerating them through @code{msgfmt} should yield the same values. @item -p @var{dir} @itemx --output-dir=@var{dir} Output files will be placed in directory @var{dir}. @item -s @itemx --sort-output Generate sorted output and remove duplicates. @item --strict Write out strict Uniforum conforming PO file. @item -v @itemx --version Output version information and exit. @item -x @var{file} @itemx --exclude-file=@var{file} Entries from @var{file} are not extracted. @end table Search path for supplementary PO files is: @file{/usr/local/share/nls/src/}. If @var{inputfile} is @samp{-}, standard input is read. This implementation of @code{xgettext} is able to process a few awkward cases, like strings in preprocessor macros, ANSI concatenation of adjacent strings, and escaped end of lines for continued strings. @node C Sources Context, Compendium, xgettext Invocation, Initial @section C Sources Context PO mode is particularily powerful when used with PO files created through GNU @code{gettext} utilities, as those utilities insert special comments in the PO files they generate. Some of these special comments relate the PO file entry to exactly where the untranslated string appears in the program sources. When the translator gets to an untranslated entry, she is fairly often faced with an original string which is not as informative as it normally should be, being succinct, cryptic, or otherwise ambiguous. Before chosing how to translate the string, she needs to understand better what the string really means and how tight the translation has to be. Most of times, when problems arise, the only way left to make her judgment is looking at the true program sources from where this string originated, searching for surrounding comments the programmer might have put in there, and looking around for helping clues of @emph{any} kind. Surely, when looking at program sources, the translator will receive more help if she is a fluent programmer. However, even if she is not versed in programming and feels a little lost in C code, the translator should not be shy at taking a look, once in a while. It is most probable that she will still be able to find some of the hints she needs. She will learn quickly to not feel uncomfortable in program code, paying more attention to programmer's comments, variable and function names (if he dared chosing them well), and overall organization, than to programmation itself. The following commands are meant to help the translator at getting program source context for a PO file entry. @table @kbd @item s Resume the display of a program source context, or cycle through them. @item M-s Display of a program source context selected by menu. @item S Add a directory to the search path for source files. @item M-S Delete a directory from the search path for source files. @end table The commands @kbd{s} (@code{po-cycle-reference}) and @kbd{M-s} (@code{po-select-source-reference}) both open another window displaying some source program file, and already positioned in such a way that it shows an actual use of the string to be translated. By doing so, the command gives source program context for the string. But if the entry has no source context references, or if all references are unresolved along the search path for program sources, then the command diagnoses this as an error. Even if @kbd{s} (or @kbd{M-s}) opens a new window, the cursor stays in the PO file window. If the translator really wants to get into the program source window, she ought to do it explicitly, maybe by using command @kbd{O}. When @kbd{s} is typed for the first time, or for a PO file entry which is different of the last one used for getting source context, then the command reacts by giving the first context available for this entry, if any. If some context has already been recently displayed for the current PO file entry, and the translator wandered off to do other things, typing @kbd{s} again will merely resume, in another window, the context last displayed. In particular, if the translator moved the cursor away from the context in the source file, the command will bring the cursor back to the context. By using @kbd{s} many times in a row, with no other commands intervening, PO mode will cycle to the next available contexts for this particular entry, getting back to the first context once the last has been shown. The command @kbd{M-s} behaves differently. Instead of cycling through references, it lets the translator choose of particular reference among many, and displays that reference. It is best used with completion, if the translator types @kbd{TAB} immediately after @kbd{M-s}, in response to the question, she will be offered a menu of all possible references, as a reminder of which are the acceptable answers. This command is useful only where there are really many contexts available for a single string to translate. Program source files are usually found relative to where the PO file stands. As a special provision, when this fails, the file is also looked for, but relative to the directory immediately above it. Those two cases take proper care of most PO files. However, it might happen that a PO file has been moved, or is edited in a different place than its normal location. When this happens, the translator should tell PO mode in which directory normally sits the genuine PO file. Many such directories may be specified, and all together, they constitute what is called the @dfn{search path} for program sources. The command @kbd{S} (@code{po-consider-source-path}) is used to interactively enter a new directory at the front of the search path, and the command @kbd{M-S} (@code{po-ignore-source-path}) is used to select, with completion, one of the directories she does not want anymore on the search path. @node Compendium, , C Sources Context, Initial @section Using Translation Compendiums @c FIXME: Rewrite. Compendiums are yet to be implemented. An incoming PO mode feature will let the translator maintain a compendium of already achieved translations. A @dfn{compendium} is a special PO file containing a set of translations recurring in many different packages. The translator will be given commands for adding entries to her compendium, and later initializing untranslated entries, or updating already translated entries, from translations kept in the compendium. For this to work, however, the compendium would have to be normalized. @xref{Normalizing}. @c It is not useful that I modify the @file{lib/} routines if not done in @c the true sources. How do you/I/they proceed for getting this job done? @c I presume that @file{lib/} routines will all use @code{gettext} for @c the time being. @node Updating, Binaries, Initial, Top @chapter Updating Existing PO Files @c FIXME: Rewrite. @menu * msgmerge Invocation:: Invoking the @code{msgmerge} Program * Translated Entries:: * Fuzzy Entries:: * Untranslated Entries:: Untranslated Entries * Obsolete Entries:: Obsolete Entries * Modifying Translations:: Modifying Translations * Modifying Comments:: Modifying Comments * Auxiliary:: Consulting Auxiliary PO Files @end menu @node msgmerge Invocation, Translated Entries, Updating, Updating @section Invoking the @code{msgmerge} Program @c FIXME: Rewrite. @c @example @c tupdate --help @c tupdate --version @c tupdate @var{new} @var{old} @c @end example @c File @var{new} is the last created PO file (generally by @c @code{xgettext}). It need not contain any translations. File @c @var{old} is the PO file including the old translations which will @c be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match. @c When English messages change in the programs, this is reflected in @c the PO file as extracted by @code{xgettext}. In large messages, that @c can be hard to detect, and will obviously result in an incomplete @c translation. One of the virtues of @code{tupdate} is that it detects @c such changes, saving the previous translation into a PO file comment, @c so marking the entry as obsolete, and giving the modified string with @c an empty translation, that is, marking the entry as untranslated. @node Translated Entries @section Translated Entries Each PO file entry for which the @code{msgstr} field has been filled with a translation, and which is not marked as fuzzy (@pxref{Fuzzy Entries}), is a said to be a @dfn{translated} entry. Only translated entries will later be compiled by GNU @code{msgfmt} and become usable in programs. Other entry types will be excluded; translation will not occur for them. Some commands are more specifically related to translated entry processing. @table @kbd @item t Find the next translated entry. @item M-t Find the previous translated entry. @end table The commands @kbd{t} (@code{po-next-translated-entry}) and @kbd{M-t} (@code{po-previous-transted-entry}) move forwards or backwards, chasing for an translated entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. Translated entries usually result from the translator having edited in a translation for them, @ref{Modifying Translations}. However, if the variable @code{po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit} is not @code{nil}, the entry having received a new translation first becomes a fuzzy entry, which ought to be later unfuzzied before becoming an official, genuine translated entry. @xref{Fuzzy Entries}. @node Fuzzy Entries, Untranslated Entries, Translated Entries, Updating @section Fuzzy Entries Each PO file entry may have a set of @dfn{attributes}, which are qualities given an name and explicitely associated with the entry translation, using a special system comment. One of these attributes has the name @code{fuzzy}, and entries having this attribute are said to have a fuzzy translation. They are called fuzzy entries, for short. Fuzzy entries, even if they account for translated entries for most other purposes, usually call for revision by the translator. Those may be produced by applying the program @code{msgmerge} to update an older translated PO files according to a new PO template file, when this tool hypothesises that some new @code{msgid} has been modified only slightly out of an older one, and chooses to pair what it thinks to be the old translation for the new modified entry. The slight alteration in the original string (the @code{msgid} string) should often be reflected in the translated string, and this requires the intervention of the translator. For this reason, @code{msgmerge} might mark some entries as being fuzzy. Also, the translator may decide herself to mark an entry as fuzzy for her own convenience, when she wants to remember that the entry has to be later revisited. So, some commands are more specifically related to fuzzy entry processing. @table @kbd @item f Find the next fuzzy entry. @item M-f Find the previous fuzzy entry. @item TAB Remove the fuzzy attribute of the current entry. @end table The commands @kbd{f} (@code{po-next-fuzzy}) and @kbd{M-f} (@code{po-previous-fuzzy}) move forwards or backwards, chasing for a fuzzy entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. The command @kbd{TAB} (@code{po-unfuzzy}) removes the fuzzy attribute associated with an entry, usually leaving it translated. Further, if the variable @code{po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy} has not the @code{nil} value, the @kbd{TAB} command will automatically chase for another interesting entry to work on. The initial value of @code{po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy} is @code{nil}. The initial value of @code{po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit} is @code{nil}. However, if the variable @code{po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit} is set to @code{t}, any entry edited through the @kbd{RET} command is marked fuzzy, as a way to ensure some kind of double check, later. In this case, the usual paradigm is that an entry becomes fuzzy (if not already) whenever the translator modifies it. If she is satisfied with the translation, she then uses @kbd{TAB} to pick another entry to work on, clearing the fuzzy attribute on the same blow. If she is not satisfied yet, she merely uses @kbd{SPC} to chase another entry, leaving the entry fuzzy. The translator may also use the @kbd{DEL} command (@code{po-fade-out-entry}) over any translated entry to mark it as being fuzzy, when she wants to easily leave a trace she wants to later return working at this entry. Also, when time comes to quit working on a PO file buffer with the @kbd{q} command, the translator is asked for confirmation, if fuzzy string still exists. @node Untranslated Entries, Obsolete Entries, Fuzzy Entries, Updating @section Untranslated Entries When @code{xgettext} originally creates a PO file, unless told otherwise, it initializes the @code{msgid} field with the untranslated string, and leaves the @code{msgstr} string to be empty. Such entries, having an empty translation, are said to be @dfn{untranslated} entries. Later, when the programmer slightly modifies some string right in the program, this change is later reflected in the PO file by the appearance of a new untranslated entry for the modified string. The usual commands moving from entry to entry consider untranslated entries on the same level as active entries. Untranslated entries are easily recognizable by the fact they end with @w{@samp{msgstr ""}}. The work of the translator might be (quite naively) seen as the process of seeking after an untranslated entry, editing a translation for it, and repeating these actions until no untranslated entries remain. Some commands are more specifically related to untranslated entry processing. @table @kbd @item u Find the next untranslated entry. @item M-u Find the previous untranslated entry. @item k Turn the current entry into an untranslated one. @end table The commands @kbd{u} (@code{po-next-untranslated-entry}) and @kbd{M-u} (@code{po-previous-untransted-entry}) move forwards or backwards, chasing for an untranslated entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. An entry can be turned back into an untranslated entry by merely emptying its translation, using the command @kbd{k} (@code{po-kill-msgstr}). @xref{Modifying Translations}. Also, when time comes to quit working on a PO file buffer with the @kbd{q} command, the translator is asked for confirmation, if some untranslated string still exists. @node Obsolete Entries, Modifying Translations, Untranslated Entries, Updating @section Obsolete Entries By @dfn{obsolete} PO file entries, we mean those entries which are commented out, usually by @code{msgmerge} when it found that the translation is not needed anymore by the package being localized. The usual commands moving from entry to entry consider obsolete entries on the same level as active entries. Obsolete entries are easily recognizable by the fact that all their lines start with @kbd{#}, even those lines containing @code{msgid} or @code{msgstr}. Commands exist for emptying the translation or reinitializing it to the original untranslated string. Commands interfacing with the kill ring may force some previously saved text into the translation. The user may interactively edit the translation. All these commands may apply to obsolete entries, carefully leaving the entry obsolete after the fact. Moreover, some commands are more specifically related to obsolete entry processing. @table @kbd @item o Find the next obsolete entry. @item M-o Find the previous obsolete entry. @item DEL Make an active entry obsolete, or zap out an obsolete entry. @end table The commands @kbd{o} (@code{po-next-obsolete-entry}) and @kbd{M-o} (@code{po-previous-obsolete-entry}) move forwards or backwards, chasing for an obsolete entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. PO mode does not provide ways for un-commenting an obsolete entry and making it active, because this would reintroduce an original untranslated string which does not correspond to any marked string in the program sources. This goes with the philosophy of never introducing useless @code{msgid} values. However, it is possible to comment out an active entry, so making it obsolete. GNU @code{gettext} utilities will later react to the disappearance of a translation by using the untranslated string. The command @kbd{DEL} (@code{po-fade-out-entry}) pushes the current entry a little further towards annihilation. If the entry is active (it is a translated entry), then it is first made fuzzy. If it is already fuzzy, then the entry is merely commented out, with confirmation. If the entry is already obsolete, then it is completely deleted from the PO file. It is easy to recycle the translation so deleted into some other PO file entry, usually one which is untranslated. @xref{Modifying Translations}. Here is a quite interesting problem to solve for later development of PO mode, for those nights you are not sleepy. The idea would be that PO mode might become bright enough, one of these days, to make good guesses at retrieving the most probable candidate, among all obsolete entries, for initializing the translation of a newly appeared string. I think it might be a quite hard problem to do this algorithmically, as we have to develop good and efficient measures of string similarity. Right now, PO mode completely lets the decision to the translator, when the time comes to find the adequate obsolete translation, it merely tries to provide handy tools for helping her to do so. @node Modifying Translations, Modifying Comments, Obsolete Entries, Updating @section Modifying Translations PO mode prevents direct edition of the PO file, by the usual means Emacs give for altering a buffer's contents. By doing so, it pretends helping the translator to avoid little clerical errors about the overall file format, or the proper quoting of strings, as those errors would be easily made. Other kinds of errors are still possible, but some may be caught and diagnosed by the batch validation process, which the translator may always trigger by the @kbd{V} command. For all other errors, the translator has to rely on her own judgment, and also on the linguistic reports submitted to her by the users of the translated package, having the same mother tongue. When the time comes to create a translation, correct an error diagnosed mechanically or reported by a user, the translators have to resort to using the following commands for modifying the translations. @table @kbd @item RET Interactively edit the translation. @item LFD Reinitialize the translation with the original, untranslated string. @item k Save the translation on the kill ring, and delete it. @item w Save the translation on the kill ring, without deleting it. @item y Replace the translation, taking the new from the kill ring. @end table The command @kbd{RET} (@code{po-edit-msgstr}) opens a new Emacs window containing a copy of the translation taken from the current PO file entry, all ready for edition, fully modifiable and with the complete extent of GNU Emacs modifying commands. The string is presented to the translator expunged of all quoting marks, and she will modify the @emph{unquoted} string in this window to heart's content. Once done, the regular Emacs command @kbd{M-C-c} (@code{exit-recursive-edit}) may be used to return the edited translation into the PO file, replacing the original translation. The keys @w{@kbd{C-c C-c}} are bound so they have the same effect as @kbd{M-C-c}. If the translator becomes unsatisfied with her translation to the extent she prefers keeping the translation which was existent prior to the @kbd{RET} command, she may use the standard Emacs command @kbd{C-]} (@code{abort-recursive-edit}) to merely get rid of edition, while preserving the original translation. The keys @w{@kbd{C-c C-k}} are bound so they have the same effect as @kbd{C-]}. Another way would be for her to exit normally with @w{@kbd{C-c C-c}}, then type @code{U} once for undoing the whole effect of last edition. Functions found on @code{po-subedit-mode-hook}, if any, are executed after the string has been inserted in the edit buffer and before recursive edit is entered. While editing her translation, the translator should pay attention to not inserting unwanted @kbd{@key{RET}} (carriage returns) characters at the end of the translated string if those are not meant to be there, or to removing such characters when they are required. Since these characters are not visible in the editing buffer, they are easily introduced by mistake. To help her, @kbd{@key{RET}} automatically puts the character @kbd{<} at the end of the string being edited, but this @kbd{<} is not really part of the string. On exiting the editing window with @w{@kbd{C-c C-c}}, PO mode automatically removes such @kbd{<} and all whitespace added after it. If the translator adds characters after the terminating @kbd{<}, it looses its delimiting property and integrally becomes part of the string. If she removes the delimiting @kbd{<}, then the edited string is taken @emph{as is}, with all trailing newlines, even if invisible. Also, if the translated string ought to end itself with a genuine @kbd{<}, then the delimiting @kbd{<} may not be removed; so the string should appear, in the editing window, as ending with two @kbd{<} in a row. When a translation (or a comment) is being edited, the translator may move the cursor back into the PO file buffer and freely move to other entries, browsing at will. The edited entry will be recovered as soon as the edit ceases, because it is this entry only which is being modified. If, with an edition still opened, the translator wanders in the PO file buffer, she cannot modify any other entry. If she tries to, PO mode will react by suggesting that she abort the current edit, or else, by inviting her to finish the current edit prior to any other modification. The command @kbd{LFD} (@code{po-msgid-to-msgstr}) initializes, or reinitializes the translation with the original string. This command is normally used when the translator wants to redo a fresh translation of the original string, disregarding any previous work. It is possible to arrange so, whenever editing an untranslated entry, the @kbd{LFD} command be automatically executed. If you set @code{po-auto-edit-with-msgid} to @code{t}, the translation gets initialised with the original string, in case none exist already. The default value for @code{po-auto-edit-with-msgid} is @code{nil}. In fact, whether it is best to start a translation with an empty string, or rather with a copy of the original string, is a matter of taste or habit. Sometimes, the source language and the target language are so different that is simply best to start writing on an empty page. At other times, the source and target languages are so close that it would be a waste to retype a number of words already being written in the original string. A translator may also like having the original string right under her eyes, as she will progressively overwrite the original text with the translation, even if this requires some extra editing work to get rid of the original. The command @kbd{k} (@code{po-kill-msgstr}) merely empties the translation string, so turning the entry into an untranslated one. But while doing so, its previous contents is put apart in a special place, known as the kill ring. The command @kbd{w} (@code{po-kill-ring-save-msgstr}) has also the effect of taking a copy of the translation onto the kill ring, but it otherwise leaves the entry alone, and does @emph{not} remove the translation from the entry. Both commands use exactly the Emacs kill ring, which is shared between buffers, and which is well known already to GNU Emacs lovers. The translator may use @kbd{k} or @kbd{w} many times in the course of her work, as the kill ring may hold several saved translations. From the kill ring, strings may later be reinserted in various Emacs buffers. In particular, the kill ring may be used for moving translation strings between different entries of a single PO file buffer, or if the translator is handling many such buffers at once, even between PO files. To facilitate exchanges with buffers which are not in PO mode, the translation string put on the kill ring by the @kbd{k} command is fully unquoted before being saved: external quotes are removed, multi-lines strings are concatenated, and backslashed escaped sequences are turned into their corresponding characters. In the special case of obsolete entries, the translation is also uncommented prior to saving. The command @kbd{y} (@code{po-yank-msgstr}) completely replaces the translation of the current entry by a string taken from the kill ring. Following GNU Emacs terminology, we then say that the replacement string is @dfn{yanked} into the PO file buffer. @xref{Yanking, , , emacs, The Emacs Editor}. The first time @kbd{y} is used, the translation receives the value of the most recent addition to the kill ring. If @kbd{y} is typed once again, immediately, without intervening keystrokes, the translation just inserted is taken away and replaced by the second most recent addition to the kill ring. By repeating @kbd{y} many times in a row, the translator may travel along the kill ring for saved strings, until she finds the string she really wanted. When a string is yanked into a PO file entry, it is fully and automatically requoted for complying with the format PO files should have. Further, if the entry is obsolete, PO mode then appropriately push the inserted string inside comments. Once again, translators should not burden themselves with quoting considerations besides, of course, the necessity of the translated string itself respective to the program using it. Note that @kbd{k} or @kbd{w} are not the only commands pushing strings on the kill ring, as almost any PO mode command replacing translation strings (or the translator comments) automatically save the old string on the kill ring. The main exceptions to this general rule are the yanking commands themselves. To better illustrate the operation of killing and yanking, let's use an actual example, taken from a common situation. When the programmer slightly modifies some string right in the program, his change is later reflected in the PO file by the appearance of a new untranslated entry for the modified string, and the fact that the entry translating the original or unmodified string becomes obsolete. In many cases, the translator might spare herself some work by retrieving the unmodified translation from the obsolete entry, then initializing the untranslated entry @code{msgstr} field with this retrieved translation. Once this done, the obsolete entry is not wanted anymore, and may be safely deleted. When the translator finds an untranslated entry and suspects that a slight variant of the translation exists, she immediately uses @kbd{m} to mark the current entry location, then starts chasing obsolete entries with @kbd{o}, hoping to find some translation corresponding to the unmodified string. Once found, she uses the @kbd{DEL} command for deleting the obsolete entry, knowing that @kbd{DEL} also @emph{kills} the translation, that is, pushes the translation on the kill ring. Then, @kbd{r} returns to the initial untranslated entry, @kbd{y} then @emph{yanks} the saved translation right into the @code{msgstr} field. The translator is then free to use @kbd{@key{RET}} for fine tuning the translation contents, and maybe to later use @kbd{u}, then @kbd{m} again, for going on with the next untranslated string. When some sequence of keys has to be typed over and over again, the translator may find it useful to become better acquainted with the GNU Emacs capability of learning these sequences and playing them back under request. @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, The Emacs Editor}. @node Modifying Comments, Auxiliary, Modifying Translations, Updating @section Modifying Comments Any translation work done seriously will raise many linguistic difficulties, for which decisions have to be made, and the choices further documented. These documents may be saved within the PO file in form of translator comments, which the translator is free to create, delete, or modify at will. These comments may be useful to herself when she returns to this PO file after a while. Comments not having whitespace after the initial @samp{#}, for example, those beginning with @samp{#.} or @samp{#:}, are @emph{not} translator comments, they are exclusively created by other @code{gettext} tools. So, the commands below will never alter such system added comments, they are not meant for the translator to modify. @xref{PO Files}. The following commands are somewhat similar to those modifying translations, so the general indications given for those apply here. @xref{Modifying Translations}. @table @kbd @item # Interactively edit the translator comments. @item K Save the translator comments on the kill ring, and delete it. @item W Save the translator comments on the kill ring, without deleting it. @item Y Replace the translator comments, taking the new from the kill ring. @end table These commands parallel PO mode commands for modifying the translation strings, and behave much the same way as they do, except that they handle this part of PO file comments meant for translator usage, rather than the translation strings. So, if the descriptions given below are slightly succinct, it is because the full details have already been given. @xref{Modifying Translations}. The command @kbd{#} (@code{po-edit-comment}) opens a new Emacs window containing a copy of the translator comments on the current PO file entry. If there are no such comments, PO mode understands that the translator wants to add a comment to the entry, and she is presented with an empty screen. Comment marks (@kbd{#}) and the space following them are automatically removed before edition, and reinstated after. For translator comments pertaining to obsolete entries, the uncommenting and recommenting operations are done twice. Once in the editing window, the keys @w{@kbd{C-c C-c}} allow the translator to tell she is finished with editing the comment. Functions found on @code{po-subedit-mode-hook}, if any, are executed after the string has been inserted in the edit buffer and before recursive edit is entered. The command @kbd{K} (@code{po-kill-comment}) get rid of all translator comments, while saving those comments on the kill ring. The command @kbd{W} (@code{po-kill-ring-save-comment}) takes a copy of the translator comments on the kill ring, but leaves them undisturbed in the current entry. The command @kbd{Y} (@code{po-yank-comment}) completely replaces the translator comments by a string taken at the front of the kill ring. When this command is immediately repeated, the comments just inserted are withdrawn, and replaced by other strings taken along the kill ring. On the kill ring, all strings have the same nature. There is no distinction between @emph{translation} strings and @emph{translator comments} strings. So, for example, let's presume the translator has just finished editing a translation, and wants to create a new translator comment to document why the previous translation was not good, just to remember what was the problem. Foreseeing that she will do that in her documentation, the translator may want to quote the previous translation in her translator comments. To do so, she may initialize the translator comments with the previous translation, still at the head of the kill ring. Because editing already pushed the previous translation on the kill ring, she merely has to type @kbd{M-w} prior to @kbd{#}, and the previous translation will be right there, all ready for being introduced by some explanatory text. On the other hand, presume there are some translator comments already and that the translator wants to add to those comments, instead of wholly replacing them. Then, she should edit the comment right away with @kbd{#}. Once inside the editing window, she can use the regular GNU Emacs commands @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) and @kbd{M-y} (@code{yank-pop}) to get the previous translation where she likes. @node Auxiliary, , Modifying Comments, Updating @section Consulting Auxiliary PO Files PO mode is able to help the knowledgeable translator, being fluent in many languages, at taking advantage of translations already achieved in other languages she just happens to know. It provides these other language translations as additional context for her own work. Moreover, it has features to ease the production of translations for many languages at once, for translators preferring to work in this way. An @dfn{auxiliary} PO file is an existing PO file meant for the same package the translator is working on, but targeted to a different mother tongue language. Commands exist for declaring and handling auxiliary PO files, and also for showing contexts for the entry under work. Here are the auxiliary file commands available in PO mode. @table @kbd @item a Seek auxiliary files for another translation for the same entry. @item M-a Switch to a particular auxiliary file. @item A Declare this PO file as an auxiliary file. @item M-A Remove this PO file from the list of auxiliary files. @end table Command @kbd{A} (@code{po-consider-as-auxiliary}) adds the current PO file to the list of auxiliary files, while command @kbd{M-A} (@code{po-ignore-as-auxiliary} just removes it. The command @kbd{a} (@code{po-cycle-auxiliary}) seeks all auxiliary PO files, round-robin, searching for a translated entry in some other language having an @code{msgid} field identical as the one for the current entry. The found PO file, if any, takes the place of the current PO file in the display (its window gets on top). Before doing so, the current PO file is also made into an auxiliary file, if not already. So, @kbd{a} in this newly displayed PO file will seek another PO file, and so on, so repeating @kbd{a} will eventually yield back the original PO file. The command @kbd{M-a} (@code{po-select-auxiliary}) asks the translator for her choice of a particular auxiliary file, with completion, and then switches to that selected PO file. The command also checks if the selected file has an @code{msgid} field identical as the one for the current entry, and if yes, this entry becomes current. Otherwise, the cursor of the selected file is left undisturbed. For all this to work fully, auxiliary PO files will have to be normalized, in that way that @code{msgid} fields should be written @emph{exactly} the same way. It is possible to write @code{msgid} fields in various ways for representing the same string, different writing would break the proper behaviour of the auxiliary file commands of PO mode. This is not expected to be much a problem in practice, as most existing PO files have their @code{msgid} entries written by the same GNU @code{gettext} tools. However, PO files initially created by PO mode itself, while marking strings in source files, are normalised differently. So are PO files resulting of the the @samp{M-x normalize} command. Until these discrepancies between PO mode and other GNU @code{gettext} tools get fully resolved, the translator should stay aware of normalisation issues. @node Binaries, Users, Updating, Top @chapter Producing Binary MO Files @c FIXME: Rewrite. @menu * msgfmt Invocation:: Invoking the @code{msgfmt} Program * MO Files:: The Format of GNU MO Files @end menu @node msgfmt Invocation, MO Files, Binaries, Binaries @section Invoking the @code{msgfmt} Program @c FIXME: Rewrite. @example Usage: msgfmt [@var{option}] @var{filename}.po @dots{} @end example @table @samp @item -a @var{number} @itemx --alignment=@var{number} Align strings to @var{number} bytes (default: 1). @c Currently the README mentions that this constant could be changed by @c the installer by changing the value in config.h. Should this go away? @item -h @itemx --help Display this help and exit. @item --no-hash Binary file will not include the hash table. @item -o @var{file} @itemx --output-file=@var{file} Specify output file name as @var{file}. @itemx --strict Direct the program to work strictly following the Uniforum/Sun implementation. Currently this only affects the naming of the output file. If this option is not given the name of the output file is the same as the domain name. If the strict Uniforum mode is enable the suffix @file{.mo} is added to the file name if it is not already present. We find this behaviour of Sun's implementation rather silly and so by default this mode is @emph{not} selected. @item -v @itemx --verbose Detect and diagnose input file anomalies which might represent translation errors. The @code{msgid} and @code{msgstr} strings are studied and compared. It is considered abnormal that one string starts or ends with a newline while the other does not. Also, if the string represents a format sring used in a @code{printf}-like function both strings should have the same number of @samp{%} format specifiers, with matching types. If the flag @code{c-format} or @code{possible-c-format} appears in the special comment @key{#,} for this entry a check is performed. For example, the check will diagnose using @samp{%.*s} against @samp{%s}, or @samp{%d} against @samp{%s}, or @samp{%d} against @samp{%x}. It can even handle positional parameters. Normally the @code{xgettext} program automatically decides whether a string is a format string or not. This algorithm is not perfect, though. It might regard a string as a format string though it is not used in a @code{printf}-like function and so @code{msgfmt} might report errors where there are none. Or the other way round: a string is not regarded as a format string but it is used in a @code{printf}-like function. So solve this problem the programmer can dictate the decision to the @code{xgettext} program (@pxref{c-format}). The translator should not consider removing the flag from the @key{#,} line. This "fix" would be reversed again as soon as @code{msgmerge} is called the next time. @item -V @itemx --version Output version information and exit. @end table If input file is @samp{-}, standard input is read. If output file is @samp{-}, output is written to standard output. @node MO Files, , msgfmt Invocation, Binaries @section The Format of GNU MO Files The format of the generated MO files is best described by a picture, which appears below. The first two words serve the identification of the file. The magic number will always signal GNU MO files. The number is stored in the byte order of the generating machine, so the magic number really is two numbers: @code{0x950412de} and @code{0xde120495}. The second word describes the current revision of the file format. For now the revision is 0. This might change in future versions, and ensures that the readers of MO files can distinguish new formats from old ones, so that both can be handled correctly. The version is kept separate from the magic number, instead of using different magic numbers for different formats, mainly because @file{/etc/magic} is not updated often. It might be better to have magic separated from internal format version identification. Follow a number of pointers to later tables in the file, allowing for the extension of the prefix part of MO files without having to recompile programs reading them. This might become useful for later inserting a few flag bits, indication about the charset used, new tables, or other things. Then, at offset @var{O} and offset @var{T} in the picture, two tables of string descriptors can be found. In both tables, each string descriptor uses two 32 bits integers, one for the string length, another for the offset of the string in the MO file, counting in bytes from the start of the file. The first table contains descriptors for the original strings, and is sorted so the original strings are in increasing lexicographical order. The second table contains descriptors for the translated strings, and is parallel to the first table: to find the corresponding translation one has to access the array slot in the second array with the same index. Having the original strings sorted enables the use of simple binary search, for when the MO file does not contain an hashing table, or for when it is not practical to use the hashing table provided in the MO file. This also has another advantage, as the empty string in a PO file GNU @code{gettext} is usually @emph{translated} into some system information attached to that particular MO file, and the empty string necessarily becomes the first in both the original and translated tables, making the system information very easy to find. The size @var{S} of the hash table can be zero. In this case, the hash table itself is not contained in the MO file. Some people might prefer this because a precomputed hashing table takes disk space, and does not win @emph{that} much speed. The hash table contains indices to the sorted array of strings in the MO file. Conflict resolution is done by double hashing. The precise hashing algorithm used is fairly dependent of GNU @code{gettext} code, and is not documented here. As for the strings themselves, they follow the hash file, and each is terminated with a @key{NUL}, and this @key{NUL} is not counted in the length which appears in the string descriptor. The @code{msgfmt} program has an option selecting the alignment for MO file strings. With this option, each string is separately aligned so it starts at an offset which is a multiple of the alignment value. On some RISC machines, a correct alignment will speed things up. Nothing prevents a MO file from having embedded @key{NUL}s in strings. However, the program interface currently used already presumes that strings are @key{NUL} terminated, so embedded @key{NUL}s are somewhat useless. But MO file format is general enough so other interfaces would be later possible, if for example, we ever want to implement wide characters right in MO files, where @key{NUL} bytes may accidently appear. This particular issue has been strongly debated in the GNU @code{gettext} development forum, and it is expectable that MO file format will evolve or change over time. It is even possible that many formats may later be supported concurrently. But surely, we have to start somewhere, and the MO file format described here is a good start. Nothing is cast in concrete, and the format may later evolve fairly easily, so we should feel comfortable with the current approach. @example @group byte +------------------------------------------+ 0 | magic number = 0x950412de | | | 4 | file format revision = 0 | | | 8 | number of strings | == N | | 12 | offset of table with original strings | == O | | 16 | offset of table with translation strings | == T | | 20 | size of hashing table | == S | | 24 | offset of hashing table | == H | | . . . (possibly more entries later) . . . | | O | length & offset 0th string ----------------. O + 8 | length & offset 1st string ------------------. ... ... | | O + ((N-1)*8)| length & offset (N-1)th string | | | | | | | T | length & offset 0th translation ---------------. T + 8 | length & offset 1st translation -----------------. ... ... | | | | T + ((N-1)*8)| length & offset (N-1)th translation | | | | | | | | | | | H | start hash table | | | | | ... ... | | | | H + S * 4 | end hash table | | | | | | | | | | | | NUL terminated 0th string <----------------' | | | | | | | | | NUL terminated 1st string <------------------' | | | | | | ... ... | | | | | | | NUL terminated 0th translation <---------------' | | | | | NUL terminated 1st translation <-----------------' | | ... ... | | +------------------------------------------+ @end group @end example @node Users, Programmers, Binaries, Top @chapter The User's View When GNU @code{gettext} will truly have reached is goal, average users should feel some kind of astonished pleasure, seeing the effect of that strange kind of magic that just makes their own native language appear everywhere on their screens. As for naive users, they would ideally have no special pleasure about it, merely taking their own language for @emph{granted}, and becoming rather unhappy otherwise. So, let's try to describe here how we would like the magic to operate, as we want the users' view to be the simplest, among all ways one could look at GNU @code{gettext}. All other software engineers: programmers, translators, maintainers, should work together in such a way that the magic becomes possible. This is a long and progressive undertaking, and information is available about the progress of the Translation Project. When a package is distributed, there are two kind of users: @dfn{installers} who fetch the distribution, unpack it, configure it, compile it and install it for themselves or others to use; and @dfn{end users} that call programs of the package, once these have been installed at their site. GNU @code{gettext} is offering magic for both installers and end users. @menu * Matrix:: The Current @file{ABOUT-NLS} Matrix * Installers:: Magic for Installers * End Users:: Magic for End Users @end menu @node Matrix, Installers, Users, Users @section The Current @file{ABOUT-NLS} Matrix Languages are not equally supported in all packages using GNU @code{gettext}. To know if some package uses GNU @code{gettext}, one may check the distribution for the @file{ABOUT-NLS} information file, for some @file{@var{ll}.po} files, often kept together into some @file{po/} directory, or for an @file{intl/} directory. Internationalized packages have usually many @file{@var{ll}.po} files, where @var{ll} represents the language. @ref{End Users} for a complete description of the format for @var{ll}. More generally, a matrix is available for showing the current state of the Translation Project, listing which packages are prepared for multi-lingual messages, and which languages is supported by each. Because this information changes often, this matrix is not kept within this GNU @code{gettext} manual. This information is often found in file @file{ABOUT-NLS} from various distributions, but is also as old as the distribution itself. A recent copy of this @file{ABOUT-NLS} file, containing up-to-date information, should generally be found on the Translation Project sites, and also on most GNU archive sites. @node Installers, End Users, Matrix, Users @section Magic for Installers By default, packages fully using GNU @code{gettext}, internally, are installed in such a way that they to allow translation of messages. At @emph{configuration} time, those packages should automatically detect whether the underlying host system provides usable @code{catgets} or @code{gettext} functions. If neither is present, the GNU @code{gettext} library should be automatically prepared and used. Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing this behavior. The command @samp{./configure --with-included-gettext} bypasses system @code{catgets} or @code{gettext} to use GNU @code{gettext} instead, while @samp{./configure --disable-nls} produces program totally unable to translate messages. Internationalized packages have usually many @file{@var{ll}.po} files. Unless translations are disabled, all those available are installed together with the package. However, the environment variable @code{LINGUAS} may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. @code{LINGUAS} should then contain a space separated list of two-letter codes, stating which languages are allowed. @node End Users, , Installers, Users @section Magic for End Users We consider here those packages using GNU @code{gettext} internally, and for which the installers did not disable translation at @emph{configure} time. Then, users only have to set the @code{LANG} environment variable to the appropriate @samp{@var{ll}} prior to using the programs in the package. @xref{Matrix}. For example, let's presume a German site. At the shell prompt, users merely have to execute @w{@samp{setenv LANG de}} (in @code{csh}) or @w{@samp{export LANG; LANG=de}} (in @code{sh}). They could even do this from their @file{.login} or @file{.profile} file. @node Programmers, Translators, Users, Top @chapter The Programmer's View @c FIXME: Reorganize whole chapter. One aim of the current message catalog implementation provided by GNU @code{gettext} was to use the systems message catalog handling, if the installer wishes to do so. So we perhaps should first take a look at the solutions we know about. The people in the POSIX committee does not manage to agree on one of the semi-official standards which we'll describe below. In fact they couldn't agree on anything, so nothing decide only to include an example of an interface. The major Unix vendors are split in the usage of the two most important specifications: X/Opens catgets vs. Uniforums gettext interface. We'll describe them both and later explain our solution of this dilemma. @menu * catgets:: About @code{catgets} * gettext:: About @code{gettext} * Comparison:: Comparing the two interfaces * Using libintl.a:: Using libintl.a in own programs * gettext grok:: Being a @code{gettext} grok * Temp Programmers:: Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter @end menu @node catgets, gettext, Programmers, Programmers @section About @code{catgets} The @code{catgets} implementation is defined in the X/Open Portability Guide, Volume 3, XSI Supplementary Definitions, Chapter 5. But the process of creating this standard seemed to be too slow for some of the Unix vendors so they created their implementations on preliminary versions of the standard. Of course this leads again to problems while writing platform independent programs: even the usage of @code{catgets} does not guarantee a unique interface. Another, personal comment on this that only a bunch of committee members could have made this interface. They never really tried to program using this interface. It is a fast, memory-saving implementation, an user can happily live with it. But programmers hate it (at least me and some others do@dots{}) But we must not forget one point: after all the trouble with transfering the rights on Unix(tm) they at last came to X/Open, the very same who published this specifications. This leads me to making the prediction that this interface will be in future Unix standards (e.g. Spec1170) and therefore part of all Unix implementation (implementations, which are @emph{allowed} to wear this name). @menu * Interface to catgets:: The interface * Problems with catgets:: Problems with the @code{catgets} interface?! @end menu @node Interface to catgets, Problems with catgets, catgets, catgets @subsection The Interface The interface to the @code{catgets} implementation consists of three functions which correspond to those used in file access: @code{catopen} to open the catalog for using, @code{catgets} for accessing the message tables, and @code{catclose} for closing after work is done. Prototypes for the functions and the needed definitions are in the @code{} header file. @code{catopen} is used like in this: @example nl_catd catd = catopen ("catalog_name", 0); @end example The function takes as the argument the name of the catalog. This usual refers to the name of the program or the package. The second parameter is not further specified in the standard. I don't even know whether it is implemented consistently among various systems. So the common advice is to use @code{0} as the value. The return value is a handle to the message catalog, equivalent to handles to file returned by @code{open}. This handle is of course used in the @code{catgets} function which can be used like this: @example char *translation = catgets (catd, set_no, msg_id, "original string"); @end example The first parameter is this catalog descriptor. The second parameter specifies the set of messages in this catalog, in which the message described by @code{msg_id} is obtained. @code{catgets} therefore uses a three-stage addressing: @display catalog name @result{} set number @result{} message ID @result{} translation @end display @c Anybody else loving Haskell??? :-) -- Uli The fourth argument is not used to address the translation. It is given as a default value in case when one of the addressing stages fail. One important thing to remember is that although the return type of catgets is @code{char *} the resulting string @emph{must not} be changed. It should better @code{const char *}, but the standard is published in 1988, one year before ANSI C. @noindent The last of these function functions is used and behaves as expected: @example catclose (catd); @end example After this no @code{catgets} call using the descriptor is legal anymore. @node Problems with catgets, , Interface to catgets, catgets @subsection Problems with the @code{catgets} Interface?! Now that this descriptions seemed to be really easy where are the problem we speak of. In fact the interface could be used in a reasonable way, but constructing the message catalogs is a pain. The reason for this lies in the third argument of @code{catgets}: the unique message ID. This has to be a numeric value for all messages in a single set. Perhaps you could imagine the problems keeping such list while changing the source code. Add a new message here, remove one there. Of course there have been developed a lot of tools helping to organize this chaos but one as the other fails in one aspect or the other. We don't want to say that the other approach has no problems but they are far more easily to manage. @node gettext, Comparison, catgets, Programmers @section About @code{gettext} The definition of the @code{gettext} interface comes from a Uniforum proposal and it is followed by at least one major Unix vendor (Sun) in its last developments. It is not specified in any official standard, though. The main points about this solution is that it does not follow the method of normal file handling (open-use-close) and that it does not burden the programmer so many task, especially the unique key handling. Of course here is also a unique key needed, but this key is the message itself (how long or short it is). @xref{Comparison} for a more detailed comparison of the two methods. The following section contains a rather detailed description of the interface. We make it that detailed because this is the interface we chose for the GNU @code{gettext} Library. Programmers interested in using this library will be interested in this description. @menu * Interface to gettext:: The interface * Ambiguities:: Solving ambiguities * Locating Catalogs:: Locating message catalog files * Optimized gettext:: Optimization of the *gettext functions @end menu @node Interface to gettext, Ambiguities, gettext, gettext @subsection The Interface The minimal functionality an interface must have is a) to select a domain the strings are coming from (a single domain for all programs is not reasonable because its construction and maintenance is difficult, perhaps impossible) and b) to access a string in a selected domain. This is principally the description of the @code{gettext} interface. It has an global domain which unqualified usages reference. Of course this domain is selectable by the user. @example char *textdomain (const char *domain_name); @end example This provides the possibility to change or query the current status of the current global domain of the @code{LC_MESSAGE} category. The argument is a null-terminated string, whose characters must be legal in the use in filenames. If the @var{domain_name} argument is @code{NULL}, the function return the current value. If no value has been set before, the name of the default domain is returned: @emph{messages}. Please note that although the return value of @code{textdomain} is of type @code{char *} no changing is allowed. It is also important to know that no checks of the availability are made. If the name is not available you will see this by the fact that no translations are provided. @noindent To use a domain set by @code{textdomain} the function @example char *gettext (const char *msgid); @end example is to be used. This is the simplest reasonable form one can imagine. The translation of the string @var{msgid} is returned if it is available in the current domain. If not available the argument itself is returned. If the argument is @code{NULL} the result is undefined. One things which should come into mind is that no explicit dependency to the used domain is given. The current value of the domain for the @code{LC_MESSAGES} locale is used. If this changes between two executions of the same @code{gettext} call in the program, both calls reference a different message catalog. For the easiest case, which is normally used in internationalized packages, once at the beginning of execution a call to @code{textdomain} is issued, setting the domain to a unique name, normally the package name. In the following code all strings which have to be translated are filtered through the gettext function. That's all, the package speaks your language. @node Ambiguities, Locating Catalogs, Interface to gettext, gettext @subsection Solving Ambiguities While this single name domain work good for most applications there might be the need to get translations from more than one domain. Of course one could switch between different domains with calls to @code{textdomain}, but this is really not convenient nor is it fast. A possible situation could be one case discussing while this writing: all error messages of functions in the set of common used functions should go into a separate domain @code{error}. By this mean we would only need to translate them once. @noindent For this reasons there are two more functions to retrieve strings: @example char *dgettext (const char *domain_name, const char *msgid); char *dcgettext (const char *domain_name, const char *msgid, int category); @end example Both take an additional argument at the first place, which corresponds to the argument of @code{textdomain}. The third argument of @code{dcgettext} allows to use another locale but @code{LC_MESSAGES}. But I really don't know where this can be useful. If the @var{domain_name} is @code{NULL} or @var{category} has an value beside the known ones, the result is undefined. It should also be noted that this function is not part of the second known implementation of this function family, the one found in Solaris. A second ambiguity can arise by the fact, that perhaps more than one domain has the same name. This can be solved by specifying where the needed message catalog files can be found. @example char *bindtextdomain (const char *domain_name, const char *dir_name); @end example Calling this function binds the given domain to a file in the specified directory (how this file is determined follows below). Especially a file in the systems default place is not favored against the specified file anymore (as it would be by solely using @code{textdomain}). A @code{NULL} pointer for the @var{dir_name} parameter returns the binding associated with @var{domain_name}. If @var{domain_name} itself is @code{NULL} nothing happens and a @code{NULL} pointer is returned. Here again as for all the other functions is true that none of the return value must be changed! It is important to remember that relative path names for the @var{dir_name} parameter can be trouble. Since the path is always computed relative to the current directory different results will be achieved when the program executes a @code{chdir} command. Relative paths should always be avoided to avoid dependencies and unreliabilities. @node Locating Catalogs, Optimized gettext, Ambiguities, gettext @subsection Locating Message Catalog Files Because many different languages for many different packages have to be stored we need some way to add these information to file message catalog files. The way usually used in Unix environments is have this encoding in the file name. This is also done here. The directory name given in @code{bindtextdomain}s second argument (or the default directory), followed by the value and name of the locale and the domain name are concatenated: @example @var{dir_name}/@var{locale}/LC_@var{category}/@var{domain_name}.mo @end example The default value for @var{dir_name} is system specific. For the GNU library, and for packages adhering to its conventions, it's: @example /usr/local/share/locale @end example @noindent @var{locale} is the value of the locale whose name is this @code{LC_@var{category}}. For @code{gettext} and @code{dgettext} this locale is always @code{LC_MESSAGES}. @code{dcgettext} specifies the locale by the third argument.@footnote{Some system, eg Ultrix, don't have @code{LC_MESSAGES}. Here we use a more or less arbitrary value for it.} @footnote{When the system does not support @code{setlocale} its behavior in setting the locale values is simulated by looking at the environment variables.} @node Optimized gettext, , Locating Catalogs, gettext @subsection Optimization of the *gettext functions At this point of the discussion we should talk about an advantage of the GNU @code{gettext} implementation. Some readers might have pointed out that an internationalized program might have a poor performance if some string has to be translated in an inner loop. While this is unavoidable when the string varies from one run of the loop to the other it is simply a waste of time when the string is always the same. Take the following example: @example @group @{ while (@dots{}) @{ puts (gettext ("Hello world")); @} @} @end group @end example @noindent When the locale selection does not change between two runs the resulting string is always the same. One way to use this is: @example @group @{ str = gettext ("Hello world"); while (@dots{}) @{ puts (str); @} @} @end group @end example @noindent But this solution is not usable in all situation (e.g. when the locale selection changes) nor is it good readable. The GNU C compiler, version 2.7 and above, provide another solution for this. To describe this we show here some lines of the @file{intl/libgettext.h} file. For an explanation of the expression command block see @ref{Statement Exprs, , Statements and Declarations in Expressions, gcc, The GNU CC Manual}. @example @group # if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7 extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; # define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ (__extension__ \ (@{ \ char *result; \ if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ @{ \ static char *__translation__; \ static int __catalog_counter__; \ if (! __translation__ \ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ @{ \ __translation__ = \ dcgettext__ ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ @} \ result = __translation__; \ @} \ else \ result = dcgettext__ ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ result; \ @})) # endif @end group @end example The interesting thing here is the @code{__builtin_constant_p} predicate. This is evaluated at compile time and so optimization can take place immediately. Here two cases are distinguished: the argument to @code{gettext} is not a constant value in which case simply the function @code{dcgettext__} is called, the real implementation of the @code{dcgettext} function. If the string argument @emph{is} constant we can reuse the once gained translation when the locale selection has not changed. This is exactly what is done here. The @code{_nl_msg_cat_cntr} variable is defined in the @file{loadmsgcat.c} which is available in @file{libintl.a} and is changed whenever a new message catalog is loaded. @node Comparison, Using libintl.a, gettext, Programmers @section Comparing the Two Interfaces @c FIXME: arguments to catgets vs. gettext @c Partly done 950718 -- drepper The following discussion is perhaps a little bit colored. As said above we implemented GNU @code{gettext} following the Uniforum proposal and this surely has its reasons. But it should show how we came to this decision. First we take a look at the developing process. When we write an application using NLS provided by @code{gettext} we proceed as always. Only when we come to a string which might be seen by the users and thus has to be translated we use @code{gettext("@dots{}")} instead of @code{"@dots{}"}. At the beginning of each source file (or in a central header file) we define @example #define gettext(String) (String) @end example Even this definition can be avoided when the system supports the @code{gettext} function in its C library. When we compile this code the result is the same as if no NLS code is used. When you take a look at the GNU @code{gettext} code you will see that we use @code{_("@dots{}")} instead of @code{gettext("@dots{}")}. This reduces the number of additional characters per translatable string to @emph{3} (in words: three). When now a production version of the program is needed we simply replace the definition @example #define _(String) (String) @end example @noindent by @example #include #define _(String) gettext (String) @end example @noindent Additionally we run the program @file{xgettext} on all source code file which contain translatable strings and that's it: we have a running program which does not depend on translations to be available, but which can use any that becomes available. The same procedure can be done for the @code{gettext_noop} invocations (@pxref{Special cases}). First you can define @code{gettext_noop} to a no-op macro and later use the definition from @file{libintl.h}. Because this name is not used in Suns implementation of @file{libintl.h}, you should consider the following code for your project: @example #ifdef gettext_noop # define N_(String) gettext_noop (String) #else # define N_(String) (String) #endif @end example @code{N_} is a short form similar to @code{_}. The @file{Makefile} in the @file{po/} directory of GNU gettext knows by default both of the mentioned short forms so you are invited to follow this proposal for your own ease. Now to @code{catgets}. The main problem is the work for the programmer. Every time he comes to a translatable string he has to define a number (or a symbolic constant) which has also be defined in the message catalog file. He also has to take care for duplicate entries, duplicate message IDs etc. If he wants to have the same quality in the message catalog as the GNU @code{gettext} program provides he also has to put the descriptive comments for the strings and the location in all source code files in the message catalog. This is nearly a Mission: Impossible. But there are also some points people might call advantages speaking for @code{catgets}. If you have a single word in a string and this string is used in different contexts it is likely that in one or the other language the word has different translations. Example: @example printf ("%s: %d", gettext ("number"), number_of_errors) printf ("you should see %d %s", number_count, number_count == 1 ? gettext ("number") : gettext ("numbers")) @end example Here we have to translate two times the string @code{"number"}. Even if you do not speak a language beside English it might be possible to recognize that the two words have a different meaning. In German the first appearance has to be translated to @code{"Anzahl"} and the second to @code{"Zahl"}. Now you can say that this example is really esoteric. And you are right! This is exactly how we felt about this problem and decide that it does not weight that much. The solution for the above problem could be very easy: @example printf ("%s %d", gettext ("number:"), number_of_errors) printf (number_count == 1 ? gettext ("you should see %d number") : gettext ("you should see %d numbers"), number_count) @end example We believe that we can solve all conflicts with this method. If it is difficult one can also consider changing one of the conflicting string a little bit. But it is not impossible to overcome. @c Should this be here? Translator note: It is perhaps appropriate here to tell those English speaking programmers that the plural form of a noun cannot be formed by appending a single `s'. Most other languages use different methods. Even the above form is not general enough to cope with all languages. Rafal Maszkowski reports: @quotation In Polish we use e.g. plik (file) this way: @example 1 plik 2,3,4 pliki 5-21 pliko'w 22-24 pliki 25-31 pliko'w @end example and so on (o' means 8859-2 oacute which should be rather okreska, similar to aogonek). @end quotation A workable approach might be to consider methods like the one used for @code{LC_TIME} in the POSIX.2 standard. The value of the @code{alt_digits} field can be up to 100 strings which represent the numbers 1 to 100. Using this in a situation of an internationalized program means that an array of translatable strings should be indexed by the number which should represent. A small example: @example @group void print_month_info (int month) @{ const char *month_pos[12] = @{ N_("first"), N_("second"), N_("third"), N_("fourth"), N_("fifth"), N_("sixth"), N_("seventh"), N_("eighth"), N_("ninth"), N_("tenth"), N_("eleventh"), N_("twelfth") @}; printf (_("%s is the %s month\n"), nl_langinfo (MON_1 + month), _(month_pos[month])); @} @end group @end example @noindent It should be obvious that this method is only reasonable for small ranges of numbers. @c catgets allows same original entry to have different translations @node Using libintl.a, gettext grok, Comparison, Programmers @section Using libintl.a in own programs Starting with version 0.9.4 the library @code{libintl.h} should be self-contained. I.e., you can use it in your own programs without providing additional functions. The @file{Makefile} will put the header and the library in directories selected using the @code{$(prefix)}. One exception of the above is found on HP-UX systems. Here the C library does not contain the @code{alloca} function (and the HP compiler does not generate it inlined). But it is not intended to rewrite the whole library just because of this dumb system. Instead include the @code{alloca} function in all package you use the @code{libintl.a} in. @node gettext grok, Temp Programmers, Using libintl.a, Programmers @section Being a @code{gettext} grok To fully exploit the functionality of the GNU @code{gettext} library it is surely helpful to read the source code. But for those who don't want to spend that much time in reading the (sometimes complicated) code here is a list comments: @itemize @bullet @item Changing the language at runtime For interactive programs it might be useful to offer a selection of the used language at runtime. To understand how to do this one need to know how the used language is determined while executing the @code{gettext} function. The method which is presented here only works correctly with the GNU implementation of the @code{gettext} functions. It is not possible with underlying @code{catgets} functions or @code{gettext} functions from the systems C library. The exception is of course the GNU C Library which uses the GNU @code{gettext} Library for message handling. In the function @code{dcgettext} at every call the current setting of the highest priority environment variable is determined and used. Highest priority means here the following list with decreasing priority: @enumerate @item @code{LANGUAGE} @item @code{LC_ALL} @item @code{LC_xxx}, according to selected locale @item @code{LANG} @end enumerate Afterwards the path is constructed using the found value and the translation file is loaded if available. What is now when the value for, say, @code{LANGUAGE} changes. According to the process explained above the new value of this variable is found as soon as the @code{dcgettext} function is called. But this also means the (perhaps) different message catalog file is loaded. In other words: the used language is changed. But there is one little hook. The code for gcc-2.7.0 and up provides some optimization. This optimization normally prevents the calling of the @code{dcgettext} function as long as no new catalog is loaded. But if @code{dcgettext} is not called the program also cannot find the @code{LANGUAGE} variable be changed (@pxref{Optimized gettext}). A solution for this is very easy. Include the following code in the language switching function. @example /* Change language. */ setenv ("LANGUAGE", "fr", 1); /* Make change known. */ @{ extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; @} @end example The variable @code{_nl_msg_cat_cntr} is defined in @file{loadmsgcat.c}. The programmer will find himself in need for a construct like this only when developing programs which do run longer and provide the user to select the language at runtime. Non-interactive programs (like all these little Unix tools) should never need this. @end itemize @node Temp Programmers, , gettext grok, Programmers @section Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter @menu * Temp Implementations:: Temporary - Two Possible Implementations * Temp catgets:: Temporary - About @code{catgets} * Temp WSI:: Temporary - Why a single implementation * Temp Notes:: Temporary - Notes @end menu @node Temp Implementations, Temp catgets, Temp Programmers, Temp Programmers @subsection Temporary - Two Possible Implementations There are two competing methods for language independent messages: the X/Open @code{catgets} method, and the Uniforum @code{gettext} method. The @code{catgets} method indexes messages by integers; the @code{gettext} method indexes them by their English translations. The @code{catgets} method has been around longer and is supported by more vendors. The @code{gettext} method is supported by Sun, and it has been heard that the COSE multi-vendor initiative is supporting it. Neither method is a POSIX standard; the POSIX.1 committee had a lot of disagreement in this area. Neither one is in the POSIX standard. There was much disagreement in the POSIX.1 committee about using the @code{gettext} routines vs. @code{catgets} (XPG). In the end the committee couldn't agree on anything, so no messaging system was included as part of the standard. I believe the informative annex of the standard includes the XPG3 messaging interfaces, ``@dots{}as an example of a messaging system that has been implemented@dots{}'' They were very careful not to say anywhere that you should use one set of interfaces over the other. For more on this topic please see the Programming for Internationalization FAQ. @node Temp catgets, Temp WSI, Temp Implementations, Temp Programmers @subsection Temporary - About @code{catgets} There have been a few discussions of late on the use of @code{catgets} as a base. I think it important to present both sides of the argument and hence am opting to play devil's advocate for a little bit. I'll not deny the fact that @code{catgets} could have been designed a lot better. It currently has quite a number of limitations and these have already been pointed out. However there is a great deal to be said for consistency and standardization. A common recurring problem when writing Unix software is the myriad portability problems across Unix platforms. It seems as if every Unix vendor had a look at the operating system and found parts they could improve upon. Undoubtedly, these modifications are probably innovative and solve real problems. However, software developers have a hard time keeping up with all these changes across so many platforms. And this has prompted the Unix vendors to begin to standardize their systems. Hence the impetus for Spec1170. Every major Unix vendor has committed to supporting this standard and every Unix software developer waits with glee the day they can write software to this standard and simply recompile (without having to use autoconf) across different platforms. As I understand it, Spec1170 is roughly based upon version 4 of the X/Open Portability Guidelines (XPG4). Because @code{catgets} and friends are defined in XPG4, I'm led to believe that @code{catgets} is a part of Spec1170 and hence will become a standardized component of all Unix systems. @node Temp WSI, Temp Notes, Temp catgets, Temp Programmers @subsection Temporary - Why a single implementation Now it seems kind of wasteful to me to have two different systems installed for accessing message catalogs. If we do want to remedy @code{catgets} deficiencies why don't we try to expand @code{catgets} (in a compatible manner) rather than implement an entirely new system. Otherwise, we'll end up with two message catalog access systems installed with an operating system - one set of routines for packages using GNU @code{gettext} for their internationalization, and another set of routines (catgets) for all other software. Bloated? Supposing another catalog access system is implemented. Which do we recommend? At least for Linux, we need to attract as many software developers as possible. Hence we need to make it as easy for them to port their software as possible. Which means supporting @code{catgets}. We will be implementing the @code{glocale} code within our @code{libc}, but does this mean we also have to incorporate another message catalog access scheme within our @code{libc} as well? And what about people who are going to be using the @code{glocale} + non-@code{catgets} routines. When they port their software to other platforms, they're now going to have to include the front-end (@code{glocale}) code plus the back-end code (the non-@code{catgets} access routines) with their software instead of just including the @code{glocale} code with their software. Message catalog support is however only the tip of the iceberg. What about the data for the other locale categories. They also have a number of deficiencies. Are we going to abandon them as well and develop another duplicate set of routines (should @code{glocale} expand beyond message catalog support)? Like many parts of Unix that can be improved upon, we're stuck with balancing compatibility with the past with useful improvements and innovations for the future. @c @node Temp DLS, Temp Notes, Temp WSI, Temp Programmers @c @subsection Temporary - Double layer solution @c GNU locale implements a @code{gettext}-style interface on top of a @c @code{catgets}-style interface. @c This is not needless complexity. It is absolutely vital, because @c it enables @code{gettext} to run on top of @code{catgets}, which @c enables Linux International to recommend users use it @emph{today}. @c Rewriting @code{gettext} so that it could use @emph{either} @c @code{catgets} @emph{or} some simpler mechanism would not break @c anything, but would not reduce complexity either. It might be @c worth doing, but it isn't urgent. @c In general, simplicity is not enough of a reason to rewrite a @c program that works. Simplicity is just one desirable thing. @c It is not overridingly important. @node Temp Notes, , Temp WSI, Temp Programmers @subsection Temporary - Notes X/Open agreed very late on the standard form so that many implementations differ from the final form. Both of my system (old Linux catgets and Ultrix-4) have a strange variation. OK. After incorporating the last changes I have to spend some time on making the GNU/Linux @code{libc} @code{gettext} functions. So in future Solaris is not the only system having @code{gettext}. @node Translators, Maintainers, Programmers, Top @chapter The Translator's View @c FIXME: Reorganize whole chapter. @menu * Trans Intro 0:: Introduction 0 * Trans Intro 1:: Introduction 1 * Discussions:: Discussions * Organization:: Organization * Information Flow:: Information Flow @end menu @node Trans Intro 0, Trans Intro 1, Translators, Translators @section Introduction 0 GNU is going international! The Translation Project is a way to get maintainers, translators and users all together, so GNU will gradually become able to speak many native languages. The GNU @code{gettext} tool set contains @emph{everything} maintainers need for internationalizing their packages for messages. It also contains quite useful tools for helping translators at localizing messages to their native language, once a package has already been internationalized. To achieve the Translation Project, we need many interested people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. If you'd like to volunteer to @emph{work} at translating messages, please send mail to your translating team. Each team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux International. You may reach your translating team at the address @file{@var{ll}@@li.org}, replacing @var{ll} by the two-letter @w{ISO 639} code for your language. Language codes are @emph{not} the same as country codes given in @w{ISO 3166}. The following translating teams exist: @quotation Chinese @code{zh}, Czech @code{cs}, Danish @code{da}, Dutch @code{nl}, Esperanto @code{eo}, Finnish @code{fi}, French @code{fr}, Irish @code{ga}, German @code{de}, Greek @code{el}, Italian @code{it}, Japanese @code{ja}, Indonesian @code{in}, Norwegian @code{no}, Polish @code{pl}, Portuguese @code{pt}, Russian @code{ru}, Spanish @code{es}, Swedish @code{sv} and Turkish @code{tr}. @end quotation @noindent For example, you may reach the Chinese translating team by writing to @file{zh@@li.org}. When you become a member of the translating team for your own language, you may subscribe to its list. For example, Swedish people can send a message to @w{@file{sv-request@@li.org}}, having this message body: @example subscribe @end example Keep in mind that team members should be interested in @emph{working} at translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to start one, please write to @w{@file{gnu-translation@@prep.ai.mit.edu}}; you will then reach the GNU coordinator for all translator teams. A handful of GNU packages have already been adapted and provided with message translations for several languages. Translation teams have begun to organize, using these packages as a starting point. But there are many more packages and many languages for which we have no volunteer translators. If you would like to volunteer to work at translating messages, please send mail to @file{gnu-translation@@prep.ai.mit.edu} indicating what language(s) you can work on. @node Trans Intro 1, Discussions, Trans Intro 0, Translators @section Introduction 1 This is now official, GNU is going international! Here is the announcement submitted for the January 1995 GNU Bulletin: @quotation A handful of GNU packages have already been adapted and provided with message translations for several languages. Translation teams have begun to organize, using these packages as a starting point. But there are many more packages and many languages for which we have no volunteer translators. If you'd like to volunteer to work at translating messages, please send mail to @samp{gnu-translation@@prep.ai.mit.edu} indicating what language(s) you can work on. @end quotation This document should answer many questions for those who are curious about the process or would like to contribute. Please at least skim over it, hoping to cut down a little of the high volume of e-mail generated by this collective effort towards GNU internationalization. Most free programming which is widely shared is done in English, and currently, English is used as the main communicating language between national communities collaborating to the GNU project. This very document is written in English. This will not change in the foreseeable future. However, there is a strong appetite from national communities for having more software able to write using national language and habits, and there is an on-going effort to modify GNU software in such a way that it becomes able to do so. The experiments driven so far raised an enthusiastic response from pretesters, so we believe that GNU internationalization is dedicated to succeed. For suggestion clarifications, additions or corrections to this document, please e-mail to @file{gnu-translation@@prep.ai.mit.edu}. @node Discussions, Organization, Trans Intro 1, Translators @section Discussions Facing this internationalization effort, a few users expressed their concerns. Some of these doubts are presented and discussed, here. @itemize @bullet @item Smaller groups Some languages are not spoken by a very large number of people, so people speaking them sometimes consider that there may not be all that much demand such versions of free software packages. Moreover, many people being @emph{into computers}, in some countries, generally seem to prefer English versions of their software. On the other end, people might enjoy their own language a lot, and be very motivated at providing to themselves the pleasure of having their beloved free software speaking their mother tongue. They do themselves a personal favor, and do not pay that much attention to the number of people beneficiating of their work. @item Misinterpretation Other users are shy to push forward their own language, seeing in this some kind of misplaced propaganda. Someone thought there must be some users of the language over the networks pestering other people with it. But any spoken language is worth localization, because there are people behind the language for whom the language is important and dear to their hearts. @item Odd translations The biggest problem is to find the right translations so that everybody can understand the messages. Translations are usually a little odd. Some people get used to English, to the extent they may find translations into their own language ``rather pushy, obnoxious and sometimes even hilarious.'' As a French speaking man, I have the experience of those instruction manuals for goods, so poorly translated in French in Korea or Taiwan@dots{} The fact is that we sometimes have to create a kind of national computer culture, and this is not easy without the collaboration of many people liking their mother tongue. This is why translations are better achieved by people knowing and loving their own language, and ready to work together at improving the results they obtain. @item Dependencies over the GPL Some people wonder if using GNU @code{gettext} necessarily brings their package under the protective wing of the GNU General Public License, when they do not want to make their program free, or want other kinds of freedom. The simplest answer is yes. The mere marking of localizable strings in a package, or conditional inclusion of a few lines for initialization, is not really including GPL'ed code. However, the localization routines themselves are under the GPL and would bring the remainder of the package under the GPL if they were distributed with it. So, I presume that, for those for which this is a problem, it could be circumvented by letting to the end installers the burden of assembling a package prepared for localization, but not providing the localization routines themselves. @end itemize @node Organization, Information Flow, Discussions, Translators @section Organization On a larger scale, the true solution would be to organize some kind of fairly precise set up in which volunteers could participate. I gave some thought to this idea lately, and realize there will be some touchy points. I thought of writing to Richard Stallman to launch such a project, but feel it might be good to shake out the ideas between ourselves first. Most probably that Linux International has some experience in the field already, or would like to orchestrate the volunteer work, maybe. Food for thought, in any case! I guess we have to setup something early, somehow, that will help many possible contributors of the same language to interlock and avoid work duplication, and further be put in contact for solving together problems particular to their tongue (in most languages, there are many difficulties peculiar to translating technical English). My Swedish contributor acknowledged these difficulties, and I'm well aware of them for French. This is surely not a technical issue, but we should manage so the effort of locale contributors be maximally useful, despite the national team layer interface between contributors and maintainers. The Translation Project needs some setup for coordinating language coordinators. Localizing evolving programs will surely become a permanent and continuous activity in the free software community, once well started. The setup should be minimally completed and tested before GNU @code{gettext} becomes an official reality. The e-mail address @file{translation@@iro.umontreal.ca} has been setup for receiving offers from volunteers and general e-mail on these topics. This address reaches the Translation Project coordinator. @menu * Central Coordination:: Central Coordination * National Teams:: National Teams * Mailing Lists:: Mailing Lists @end menu @node Central Coordination, National Teams, Organization, Organization @subsection Central Coordination I also think GNU will need sooner than it thinks, that someone setup a way to organize and coordinate these groups. Some kind of group of groups. My opinion is that it would be good that GNU delegates this task to a small group of collaborating volunteers, shortly. Perhaps in @file{gnu.announce} a list of this national committee's can be published. My role as coordinator would simply be to refer to Ulrich any German speaking volunteer interested to localization of free software packages, and maybe helping national groups to initially organize, while maintaining national registries for until national groups are ready to take over. In fact, the coordinator should ease volunteers to get in contact with one another for creating national teams, which should then select one coordinator per language, or country (regionalized language). If well done, the coordination should be useful without being an overwhelming task, the time to put delegations in place. @node National Teams, Mailing Lists, Central Coordination, Organization @subsection National Teams I suggest we look for volunteer coordinators/editors for individual languages. These people will scan contributions of translation files for various programs, for their own languages, and will ensure high and uniform standards of diction. From my current experience with other people in these days, those who provide localizations are very enthusiastic about the process, and are more interested in the localization process than in the program they localize, and want to do many programs, not just one. This seems to confirm that having a coordinator/editor for each language is a good idea. We need to choose someone who is good at writing clear and concise prose in the language in question. That is hard---we can't check it ourselves. So we need to ask a few people to judge each others' writing and select the one who is best. I announce my prerelease to a few dozen people, and you would not believe all the discussions it generated already. I shudder to think what will happen when this will be launched, for true, officially, world wide. Who am I to arbitrate between two Czekolsovak users contradicting each other, for example? I assume that your German is not much better than my French so that I would not be able to judge about these formulations. What I would suggest is that for each language there is a group for people who maintain the PO files and judge about changes. I suspect there will be cultural differences between how such groups of people will behave. Some will have relaxed ways, reach consensus easily, and have anyone of the group relate to the maintainers, while others will fight to death, organize heavy administrations up to national standards, and use strict channels. The German team is putting out a good example. Right now, they are maybe half a dozen people revising translations of each other and discussing the linguistic issues. I do not even have all the names. Ulrich Drepper is taking care of coordinating the German team. He subscribed to all my pretest lists, so I do not even have to warn him specifically of incoming releases. I'm sure, that is a good idea to get teams for each language working on translations. That will make the translations better and more consistent. @menu * Sub-Cultures:: Sub-Cultures * Organizational Ideas:: Organizational Ideas @end menu @node Sub-Cultures, Organizational Ideas, National Teams, National Teams @subsubsection Sub-Cultures Taking French for example, there are a few sub-cultures around computers which developed diverging vocabularies. Picking volunteers here and there without addressing this problem in an organized way, soon in the project, might produce a distasteful mix of internationalized programs, and possibly trigger endless quarrels among those who really care. Keeping some kind of unity in the way French localization of internationalized programs is achieved is a difficult (and delicate) job. Knowing the latin character of French people (:-), if we take this the wrong way, we could end up nowhere, or spoil a lot of energies. Maybe we should begin to address this problem seriously @emph{before} GNU @code{gettext} become officially published. And I suspect that this means soon! @node Organizational Ideas, , Sub-Cultures, National Teams @subsubsection Organizational Ideas I expect the next big changes after the official release. Please note that I use the German translation of the short GPL message. We need to set a few good examples before the localization goes out for true in the free software community. Here are a few points to discuss: @itemize @bullet @item Each group should have one FTP server (at least one master). @item The files on the server should reflect the latest version (of course!) and it should also contain a RCS directory with the corresponding archives (I don't have this now). @item There should also be a ChangeLog file (this is more useful than the RCS archive but can be generated automatically from the later by Emacs). @item A @dfn{core group} should judge about questionable changes (for now this group consists solely by me but I ask some others occasionally; this also seems to work). @end itemize @node Mailing Lists, , National Teams, Organization @subsection Mailing Lists If we get any inquiries about GNU @code{gettext}, send them on to: @example @file{translation@@iro.umontreal.ca} @end example The @file{*-pretest} lists are quite useful to me, maybe the idea could be generalized to many GNU, and non-GNU packages. But each maintainer his/her way! Fran@,{c}ois, we have a mechanism in place here at @file{gnu.ai.mit.edu} to track teams, support mailing lists for them and log members. We have a slight preference that you use it. If this is OK with you, I can get you clued in. Things are changing! A few years ago, when Daniel Fekete and I asked for a mailing list for GNU localization, nested at the FSF, we were politely invited to organize it anywhere else, and so did we. For communicating with my pretesters, I later made a handful of mailing lists located at iro.umontreal.ca and administrated by @code{majordomo}. These lists have been @emph{very} dependable so far@dots{} I suspect that the German team will organize itself a mailing list located in Germany, and so forth for other countries. But before they organize for true, it could surely be useful to offer mailing lists located at the FSF to each national team. So yes, please explain me how I should proceed to create and handle them. We should create temporary mailing lists, one per country, to help people organize. Temporary, because once regrouped and structured, it would be fair the volunteers from country bring back @emph{their} list in there and manage it as they want. My feeling is that, in the long run, each team should run its own list, from within their country. There also should be some central list to which all teams could subscribe as they see fit, as long as each team is represented in it. @node Information Flow, , Organization, Translators @section Information Flow There will surely be some discussion about this messages after the packages are finally released. If people now send you some proposals for better messages, how do you proceed? Jim, please note that right now, as I put forward nearly a dozen of localizable programs, I receive both the translations and the coordination concerns about them. If I put one of my things to pretest, Ulrich receives the announcement and passes it on to the German team, who make last minute revisions. Then he submits the translation files to me @emph{as the maintainer}. For free packages I do not maintain, I would not even hear about it. This scheme could be made to work for the whole Translation Project, I think. For security reasons, maybe Ulrich (national coordinators, in fact) should update central registry kept at the Translation Project (Jim, me, or Len's recruits) once in a while. In December/January, I was aggressively ready to internationalize all of GNU, giving myself the duty of one small GNU package per week or so, taking many weeks or months for bigger packages. But it does not work this way. I first did all the things I'm responsible for. I've nothing against some missionary work on other maintainers, but I'm also loosing a lot of energy over it---same debates over again. And when the first localized packages are released we'll get a lot of responses about ugly translations :-). Surely, and we need to have beforehand a fairly good idea about how to handle the information flow between the national teams and the package maintainers. Please start saving somewhere a quick history of each PO file. I know for sure that the file format will change, allowing for comments. It would be nice that each file has a kind of log, and references for those who want to submit comments or gripes, or otherwise contribute. I sent a proposal for a fast and flexible format, but it is not receiving acceptance yet by the GNU deciders. I'll tell you when I have more information about this. @node Maintainers, Conclusion, Translators, Top @chapter The Maintainer's View The maintainer of a package has many responsibilities. One of them is ensuring that the package will install easily on many platforms, and that the magic we described earlier (@pxref{Users}) will work for installers and end users. Of course, there are many possible ways by which GNU @code{gettext} might be integrated in a distribution, and this chapter does not cover them in all generality. Instead, it details one possible approach which is especially adequate for many free software distributions following GNU standards, or even better, Gnits standards, because GNU @code{gettext} is purposely for helping the internationalization of the whole GNU project, and as many other good free packages as possible. So, the maintainer's view presented here presumes that the package already has a @file{configure.in} file and uses GNU Autoconf. Nevertheless, GNU @code{gettext} may surely be useful for free packages not following GNU standards and conventions, but the maintainers of such packages might have to show imagination and initiative in organizing their distributions so @code{gettext} work for them in all situations. There are surely many, out there. Even if @code{gettext} methods are now stabilizing, slight adjustments might be needed between successive @code{gettext} versions, so you should ideally revise this chapter in subsequent releases, looking for changes. @menu * Flat and Non-Flat:: Flat or Non-Flat Directory Structures * Prerequisites:: Prerequisite Works * gettextize Invocation:: Invoking the @code{gettextize} Program * Adjusting Files:: Files You Must Create or Alter @end menu @node Flat and Non-Flat, Prerequisites, Maintainers, Maintainers @section Flat or Non-Flat Directory Structures Some free software packages are distributed as @code{tar} files which unpack in a single directory, these are said to be @dfn{flat} distributions. Other free software packages have a one level hierarchy of subdirectories, using for example a subdirectory named @file{doc/} for the Texinfo manual and man pages, another called @file{lib/} for holding functions meant to replace or complement C libraries, and a subdirectory @file{src/} for holding the proper sources for the package. These other distributions are said to be @dfn{non-flat}. For now, we cannot say much about flat distributions. A flat directory structure has the disadvantage of increasing the difficulty of updating to a new version of GNU @code{gettext}. Also, if you have many PO files, this could somewhat pollute your single directory. In the GNU @code{gettext} distribution, the @file{misc/} directory contains a shell script named @file{combine-sh}. That script may be used for combining all the C files of the @file{intl/} directory into a pair of C files (one @file{.c} and one @file{.h}). Those two generated files would fit more easily in a flat directory structure, and you will then have to add these two files to your project. Maybe because GNU @code{gettext} itself has a non-flat structure, we have more experience with this approach, and this is what will be described in the remaining of this chapter. Some maintainers might use this as an opportunity to unflatten their package structure. Only later, once gained more experience adapting GNU @code{gettext} to flat distributions, we might add some notes about how to proceed in flat situations. @node Prerequisites, gettextize Invocation, Flat and Non-Flat, Maintainers @section Prerequisite Works There are some works which are required for using GNU @code{gettext} in one of your package. These works have some kind of generality that escape the point by point descriptions used in the remainder of this chapter. So, we describe them here. @itemize @bullet @item Before attempting to use you should install some other packages first. Ensure that recent versions of GNU @code{m4}, GNU Autoconf and GNU @code{gettext} are already installed at your site, and if not, proceed to do this first. If you got to install these things, beware that GNU @code{m4} must be fully installed before GNU Autoconf is even @emph{configured}. To further ease the task of a package maintainer the @code{automake} package was designed and implemented. GNU @code{gettext} now uses this tool and the @file{Makefile}s in the @file{intl/} and @file{po/} therefore know about all the goals necessary for using @code{automake} and @file{libintl} in one project. Those four packages are only needed to you, as a maintainer; the installers of your own package and end users do not really need any of GNU @code{m4}, GNU Autoconf, GNU @code{gettext}, or GNU @code{automake} for successfully installing and running your package, with messages properly translated. But this is not completely true if you provide internationalized shell scripts within your own package: GNU @code{gettext} shall then be installed at the user site if the end users want to see the translation of shell script messages. @item Your package should use Autoconf and have a @file{configure.in} file. If it does not, you have to learn how. The Autoconf documentation is quite well written, it is a good idea that you print it and get familiar with it. @item Your C sources should have already been modified according to instructions given earlier in this manual. @xref{Sources}. @item Your @file{po/} directory should receive all PO files submitted to you by the translator teams, each having @file{@var{ll}.po} as a name. This is not usually easy to get translation work done before your package gets internationalized and available! Since the cycle has to start somewhere, the easiest for the maintainer is to start with absolutely no PO files, and wait until various translator teams get interested in your package, and submit PO files. @end itemize It is worth adding here a few words about how the maintainer should ideally behave with PO files submissions. As a maintainer, your role is to authentify the origin of the submission as being the representative of the appropriate translating teams of the Translation Project (forward the submission to @file{translation@@iro.umontreal.ca} in case of doubt), to ensure that the PO file format is not severely broken and does not prevent successful installation, and for the rest, to merely to put these PO files in @file{po/} for distribution. As a maintainer, you do not have to take on your shoulders the responsibility of checking if the translations are adequate or complete, and should avoid diving into linguistic matters. Translation teams drive themselves and are fully responsible of their linguistic choices for the Translation Project. Keep in mind that translator teams are @emph{not} driven by maintainers. You can help by carefully redirecting all communications and reports from users about linguistic matters to the appropriate translation team, or explain users how to reach or join their team. The simplest might be to send them the @file{ABOUT-NLS} file. Maintainers should @emph{never ever} apply PO file bug reports themselves, short-cutting translation teams. If some translator has difficulty to get some of her points through her team, it should not be an issue for her to directly negotiate translations with maintainers. Teams ought to settle their problems themselves, if any. If you, as a maintainer, ever think there is a real problem with a team, please never try to @emph{solve} a team's problem on your own. @node gettextize Invocation, Adjusting Files, Prerequisites, Maintainers @section Invoking the @code{gettextize} Program Some files are consistently and identically needed in every package internationalized through GNU @code{gettext}. As a matter of convenience, the @code{gettextize} program puts all these files right in your package. This program has the following synopsis: @example gettextize [ @var{option}@dots{} ] [ @var{directory} ] @end example @noindent and accepts the following options: @table @samp @item -c @itemx --copy Copy the needed files instead of making symbolic links. Using links would allow the package to always use the latest @code{gettext} code available on the system, but it might disturb some mechanism the maintainer is used to apply to the sources. Because running @code{gettextize} is easy there shouldn't be problems with using copies. @item -f @itemx --force Force replacement of files which already exist. @item -h @itemx --help Display this help and exit. @item --version Output version information and exit. @end table If @var{directory} is given, this is the top level directory of a package to prepare for using GNU @code{gettext}. If not given, it is assumed that the current directory is the top level directory of such a package. The program @code{gettextize} provides the following files. However, no existing file will be replaced unless the option @code{--force} (@code{-f}) is specified. @enumerate @item The @file{ABOUT-NLS} file is copied in the main directory of your package, the one being at the top level. This file gives the main indications about how to install and use the Native Language Support features of your program. You might elect to use a more recent copy of this @file{ABOUT-NLS} file than the one provided through @code{gettextize}, if you have one handy. You may also fetch a more recent copy of file @file{ABOUT-NLS} from Translation Project sites, and from most GNU archive sites. @item A @file{po/} directory is created for eventually holding all translation files, but initially only containing the file @file{po/Makefile.in.in} from the GNU @code{gettext} distribution. (beware the double @samp{.in} in the file name). If the @file{po/} directory already exists, it will be preserved along with the files it contains, and only @file{Makefile.in.in} will be overwritten. @item A @file{intl/} directory is created and filled with most of the files originally in the @file{intl/} directory of the GNU @code{gettext} distribution. Also, if option @code{--force} (@code{-f}) is given, the @file{intl/} directory is emptied first. @end enumerate If your site support symbolic links, @code{gettextize} will not actually copy the files into your package, but establish symbolic links instead. This avoids duplicating the disk space needed in all packages. Merely using the @samp{-h} option while creating the @code{tar} archive of your distribution will resolve each link by an actual copy in the distribution archive. So, to insist, you really should use @samp{-h} option with @code{tar} within your @code{dist} goal of your main @file{Makefile.in}. It is interesting to understand that most new files for supporting GNU @code{gettext} facilities in one package go in @file{intl/} and @file{po/} subdirectories. One distinction between these two directories is that @file{intl/} is meant to be completely identical in all packages using GNU @code{gettext}, while all newly created files, which have to be different, go into @file{po/}. There is a common @file{Makefile.in.in} in @file{po/}, because the @file{po/} directory needs its own @file{Makefile}, and it has been designed so it can be identical in all packages. @node Adjusting Files, , gettextize Invocation, Maintainers @section Files You Must Create or Alter Besides files which are automatically added through @code{gettextize}, there are many files needing revision for properly interacting with GNU @code{gettext}. If you are closely following GNU standards for Makefile engineering and auto-configuration, the adaptations should be easier to achieve. Here is a point by point description of the changes needed in each. So, here comes a list of files, each one followed by a description of all alterations it needs. Many examples are taken out from the GNU @code{gettext} @value{VERSION} distribution itself. You may indeed refer to the source code of the GNU @code{gettext} package, as it is intended to be a good example and master implementation for using its own functionality. @menu * po/POTFILES.in:: @file{POTFILES.in} in @file{po/} * configure.in:: @file{configure.in} at top level * aclocal:: @file{aclocal.m4} at top level * acconfig:: @file{acconfig.h} at top level * Makefile:: @file{Makefile.in} at top level * src/Makefile:: @file{Makefile.in} in @file{src/} @end menu @node po/POTFILES.in, configure.in, Adjusting Files, Adjusting Files @subsection @file{POTFILES.in} in @file{po/} The @file{po/} directory should receive a file named @file{POTFILES.in}. This file tells which files, among all program sources, have marked strings needing translation. Here is an example of such a file: @example @group # List of source files containing translatable strings. # Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Common library files lib/error.c lib/getopt.c lib/xmalloc.c # Package source files src/gettextp.c src/msgfmt.c src/xgettext.c @end group @end example @noindent Dashed comments and white lines are ignored. All other lines list those source files containing strings marked for translation (@pxref{Mark Keywords}), in a notation relative to the top level of your whole distribution, rather than the location of the @file{POTFILES.in} file itself. @node configure.in, aclocal, po/POTFILES.in, Adjusting Files @subsection @file{configure.in} at top level @enumerate @item Declare the package and version. This is done by a set of lines like these: @example PACKAGE=gettext VERSION=@value{VERSION} AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE") AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION") AC_SUBST(PACKAGE) AC_SUBST(VERSION) @end example @noindent Of course, you replace @samp{gettext} with the name of your package, and @samp{@value{VERSION}} by its version numbers, exactly as they should appear in the packaged @code{tar} file name of your distribution (@file{gettext-@value{VERSION}.tar.gz}, here). @item Declare the available translations. This is done by defining @code{ALL_LINGUAS} to the white separated, quoted list of available languages, in a single line, like this: @example ALL_LINGUAS="de fr" @end example @noindent This example means that German and French PO files are available, so that these languages are currently supported by your package. If you want to further restrict, at installation time, the set of installed languages, this should not be done by modifying @code{ALL_LINGUAS} in @file{configure.in}, but rather by using the @code{LINGUAS} environment variable (@pxref{Installers}). @item Check for internationalization support. Here is the main @code{m4} macro for triggering internationalization support. Just add this line to @file{configure.in}: @example AM_GNU_GETTEXT @end example @noindent This call is purposely simple, even if it generates a lot of configure time checking and actions. @item Have output files created. The @code{AC_OUTPUT} directive, at the end of your @file{configure.in} file, needs to be modified in two ways: @example AC_OUTPUT([@var{existing configuration files} intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in], @var{existing additional actions}]) @end example The modification to the first argument to @code{AC_OUTPUT} asks for substitution in the @file{intl/} and @file{po/} directories. Note the @samp{.in} suffix used for @file{po/} only. This is because the distributed file is really @file{po/Makefile.in.in}. @end enumerate @node aclocal, acconfig, configure.in, Adjusting Files @subsection @file{aclocal.m4} at top level If you do not have an @file{aclocal.m4} file in your distribution, the simplest is taking a copy of @file{aclocal.m4} from GNU @code{gettext}. But to be precise, you only need macros @code{AM_LC_MESSAGES}, @code{AM_WITH_NLS} and @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}, and @code{AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST}, which is called by @code{AM_WITH_NLS}, so you may use an editor and remove macros you do not need. If you already have an @file{aclocal.m4} file, then you will have to merge the said macros into your @file{aclocal.m4}. Note that if you are upgrading from a previous release of GNU @code{gettext}, you should most probably @emph{replace} the said macros, as they usually change a little from one release of GNU @code{gettext} to the next. Their contents may vary as we get more experience with strange systems out there. These macros check for the internationalization support functions and related informations. Hopefully, once stabilized, these macros might be integrated in the standard Autoconf set, because this piece of @code{m4} code will be the same for all projects using GNU @code{gettext}. @node acconfig, Makefile, aclocal, Adjusting Files @subsection @file{acconfig.h} at top level If you do not have an @file{acconfig.h} file in your distribution, the simplest is use take a copy of @file{acconfig.h} from GNU @code{gettext}. But to be precise, you only need the lines and comments for @code{ENABLE_NLS}, @code{HAVE_CATGETS}, @code{HAVE_GETTEXT} and @code{HAVE_LC_MESSAGES}, @code{HAVE_STPCPY}, @code{PACKAGE} and @code{VERSION}, so you may use an editor and remove everything else. If you already have an @file{acconfig.h} file, then you should merge the said definitions into your @file{acconfig.h}. @node Makefile, src/Makefile, acconfig, Adjusting Files @subsection @file{Makefile.in} at top level Here are a few modifications you need to make to your main, top-level @file{Makefile.in} file. @enumerate @item Add the following lines near the beginning of your @file{Makefile.in}, so the @samp{dist:} goal will work properly (as explained further down): @example PACKAGE = @@PACKAGE@@ VERSION = @@VERSION@@ @end example @item Add file @file{ABOUT-NLS} to the @code{DISTFILES} definition, so the file gets distributed. @item Wherever you process subdirectories in your @file{Makefile.in}, be sure you also process dir subdirectories @samp{intl} and @samp{po}. Special rules in the @file{Makefiles} take care for the case where no internationalization is wanted. If you are using Makefiles, either generated by automake, or hand-written so they carefully follow the GNU coding standards, the effected goals for which the new subdirectories must be handled include @samp{installdirs}, @samp{install}, @samp{uninstall}, @samp{clean}, @samp{distclean}. Here is an example of a canonical order of processing. In this example, we also define @code{SUBDIRS} in @code{Makefile.in} for it to be further used in the @samp{dist:} goal. @example SUBDIRS = doc lib @@INTLSUB@@ src @@POSUB@@ @end example @noindent that you will have to adapt to your own package. @item A delicate point is the @samp{dist:} goal, as both @file{intl/Makefile} and @file{po/Makefile} will later assume that the proper directory has been set up from the main @file{Makefile}. Here is an example at what the @samp{dist:} goal might look like: @example distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) dist: Makefile rm -fr $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir) chmod 777 $(distdir) for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ ln $$file $(distdir) 2>/dev/null || cp -p $$file $(distdir); \ done for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir || exit 1; \ chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $@@) || exit 1; \ done tar chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir) rm -fr $(distdir) @end example @end enumerate @node src/Makefile, , Makefile, Adjusting Files @subsection @file{Makefile.in} in @file{src/} Some of the modifications made in the main @file{Makefile.in} will also be needed in the @file{Makefile.in} from your package sources, which we assume here to be in the @file{src/} subdirectory. Here are all the modifications needed in @file{src/Makefile.in}: @enumerate @item In view of the @samp{dist:} goal, you should have these lines near the beginning of @file{src/Makefile.in}: @example PACKAGE = @@PACKAGE@@ VERSION = @@VERSION@@ @end example @item If not done already, you should guarantee that @code{top_srcdir} gets defined. This will serve for @code{cpp} include files. Just add the line: @example top_srcdir = @@top_srcdir@@ @end example @item You might also want to define @code{subdir} as @samp{src}, later allowing for almost uniform @samp{dist:} goals in all your @file{Makefile.in}. At list, the @samp{dist:} goal below assume that you used: @example subdir = src @end example @item You should ensure that the final linking will use @code{@@INTLLIBS@@} as a library. An easy way to achieve this is to manage that it gets into @code{LIBS}, like this: @example LIBS = @@INTLLIBS@@ @@LIBS@@ @end example In most packages internationalized with GNU @code{gettext}, one will find a directory @file{lib/} in which a library containing some helper functions will be build. (You need at least the few functions which the GNU @code{gettext} Library itself needs.) However some of the functions in the @file{lib/} also give messages to the user which of course should be translated, too. Taking care of this it is not enough to place the support library (say @file{libsupport.a}) just between the @code{@@INTLLIBS@@} and @code{@@LIBS@@} in the above example. Instead one has to write this: @example LIBS = ../lib/libsupport.a @@INTLLIBS@@ ../lib/libsupport.a @@LIBS@@ @end example @item You should also ensure that directory @file{intl/} will be searched for C preprocessor include files in all circumstances. So, you have to manage so both @samp{-I../intl} and @samp{-I$(top_srcdir)/intl} will be given to the C compiler. @item Your @samp{dist:} goal has to conform with others. Here is a reasonable definition for it: @example distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES) for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ ln $$file $(distdir) 2>/dev/null || cp -p $$file $(distdir); \ done @end example @end enumerate @node Conclusion, Country Codes, Maintainers, Top @chapter Concluding Remarks We would like to conclude this GNU @code{gettext} manual by presenting an history of the Translation Project so far. We finally give a few pointers for those who want to do further research or readings about Native Language Support matters. @menu * History:: History of GNU @code{gettext} * References:: Related Readings @end menu @node History, References, Conclusion, Conclusion @section History of GNU @code{gettext} Internationalization concerns and algorithms have been informally and casually discussed for years in GNU, sometimes around GNU @code{libc}, maybe around the incoming @code{Hurd}, or otherwise (nobody clearly remembers). And even then, when the work started for real, this was somewhat independently of these previous discussions. This all began in July 1994, when Patrick D'Cruze had the idea and initiative of internationalizing version 3.9.2 of GNU @code{fileutils}. He then asked Jim Meyering, the maintainer, how to get those changes folded into an official release. That first draft was full of @code{#ifdef}s and somewhat disconcerting, and Jim wanted to find nicer ways. Patrick and Jim shared some tries and experimentations in this area. Then, feeling that this might eventually have a deeper impact on GNU, Jim wanted to know what standards were, and contacted Richard Stallman, who very quickly and verbally described an overall design for what was meant to become @code{glocale}, at that time. Jim implemented @code{glocale} and got a lot of exhausting feedback from Patrick and Richard, of course, but also from Mitchum DSouza (who wrote a @code{catgets}-like package), Roland McGrath, maybe David MacKenzie, Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, and Paul Eggert, all pushing and pulling in various directions, not always compatible, to the extent that after a couple of test releases, @code{glocale} was torn apart. While Jim took some distance and time and became dad for a second time, Roland wanted to get GNU @code{libc} internationalized, and got Ulrich Drepper involved in that project. Instead of starting from @code{glocale}, Ulrich rewrote something from scratch, but more conformant to the set of guidelines who emerged out of the @code{glocale} effort. Then, Ulrich got people from the previous forum to involve themselves into this new project, and the switch from @code{glocale} to what was first named @code{msgutils}, renamed @code{nlsutils}, and later @code{gettext}, became officially accepted by Richard in May 1995 or so. Let's summarize by saying that Ulrich Drepper wrote GNU @code{gettext} in April 1995. The first official release of the package, including PO mode, occurred in July 1995, and was numbered 0.7. Other people contributed to the effort by providing a discussion forum around Ulrich, writing little pieces of code, or testing. These are quoted in the @code{THANKS} file which comes with the GNU @code{gettext} distribution. While this was being done, Fran@,{c}ois adapted half a dozen of GNU packages to @code{glocale} first, then later to @code{gettext}, putting them in pretest, so providing along the way an effective user environment for fine tuning the evolving tools. He also took the responsibility of organizing and coordinating the Translation Project. After nearly a year of informal exchanges between people from many countries, translator teams started to exist in May 1995, through the creation and support by Patrick D'Cruze of twenty unmoderated mailing lists for that many native languages, and two moderated lists: one for reaching all teams at once, the other for reaching all willing maintainers of internationalized free software packages. Fran@,{c}ois also wrote PO mode in June 1995 with the collaboration of Greg McGary, as a kind of contribution to Ulrich's package. He also gave a hand with the GNU @code{gettext} Texinfo manual. @node References, , History, Conclusion @section Related Readings Eugene H. Dorr (@file{dorre@@well.com}) maintains an interesting bibliography on internationalization matters, called @cite{Internationalization Reference List}, which is available as: @example ftp://ftp.ora.com/pub/examples/nutshell/ujip/doc/i18n-books.txt @end example Michael Gschwind (@file{mike@@vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at}) maintains a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) list, entitled @cite{Programming for Internationalisation}. This FAQ discusses writing programs which can handle different language conventions, character sets, etc.; and is applicable to all character set encodings, with particular emphasis on @w{ISO 8859-1}. It is regularly published in Usenet groups @file{comp.unix.questions}, @file{comp.std.internat}, @file{comp.software.international}, @file{comp.lang.c}, @file{comp.windows.x}, @file{comp.std.c}, @file{comp.answers} and @file{news.answers}. The home location of this document is: @example ftp://ftp.vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at/pub/8bit/ISO-programming @end example Patrick D'Cruze (@file{pdcruze@@li.org}) wrote a tutorial about NLS matters, and Jochen Hein (@file{Hein@@student.tu-clausthal.de}) took over the responsibility of maintaining it. It may be found as: @example ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/nls/catalogs/Incoming/... ...locale-tutorial-0.8.txt.gz @end example @noindent This site is mirrored in: @example ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/sunsite/ @end example A French version of the same tutorial should be findable at: @example ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/french/docs/ @end example @noindent together with French translations of many Linux-related documents. @node Country Codes, , Conclusion, Top @appendix Country Codes The @w{ISO 639} standard defines two character codes for many countries. All abreviations for countries or languages used in the Translation Project should come from this standard. @table @samp @include iso-apdx.texi @end table @contents @bye @c Local variables: @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32 @c End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/iso-apdx.sed0000444000175000017500000000027106125614674014714 0ustar jrjr#! /usr/bin/sed -f # # each line of the form ^.. .* contains the code for a country. # /^.. / { h s/^.. \(.*\)/\1./ x s/^\(..\).*/@item \1/ G p } # # delete the rest # d gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/ISO_6390000444000175000017500000000445006064075374013454 0ustar jrjrTechnical contents of ISO 639:1988 (E/F) "Code for the representation of names of languages". Typed by Keld.Simonsen@dkuug.dk 1990-11-30 Minor corrections, 1992-09-08 by Keld Simonsen Sundanese corrected, 1992-11-11 by Keld Simonsen Telugu corrected, 1995-08-24 by Keld Simonsen Hebrew, Indonesian, Yiddish corrected 1995-10-10 by Michael Everson Inuktitut, Uighur, Zhuang added 1995-10-10 by Michael Everson Sinhalese corrected, 1995-10-10 by Michael Everson Faeroese corrected to Faroese, 1995-11-18 by Keld Simonsen Two-letter lower-case symbols are used. The Registration Authority for ISO 639 is Infoterm, Osterreichisches Normungsinstitut (ON), Postfach 130, A-1021 Vienna, Austria. aa Afar ab Abkhazian af Afrikaans am Amharic ar Arabic as Assamese ay Aymara az Azerbaijani ba Bashkir be Byelorussian bg Bulgarian bh Bihari bi Bislama bn Bengali; Bangla bo Tibetan br Breton ca Catalan co Corsican cs Czech cy Welsh da Danish de German dz Bhutani el Greek en English eo Esperanto es Spanish et Estonian eu Basque fa Persian fi Finnish fj Fiji fo Faroese fr French fy Frisian ga Irish gd Scots Gaelic gl Galician gn Guarani gu Gujarati ha Hausa he Hebrew (formerly iw) hi Hindi hr Croatian hu Hungarian hy Armenian ia Interlingua id Indonesian (formerly in) ie Interlingue ik Inupiak is Icelandic it Italian iu Inuktitut ja Japanese jw Javanese ka Georgian kk Kazakh kl Greenlandic km Cambodian kn Kannada ko Korean ks Kashmiri ku Kurdish ky Kirghiz la Latin ln Lingala lo Laothian lt Lithuanian lv Latvian, Lettish mg Malagasy mi Maori mk Macedonian ml Malayalam mn Mongolian mo Moldavian mr Marathi ms Malay mt Maltese my Burmese na Nauru ne Nepali nl Dutch no Norwegian oc Occitan om (Afan) Oromo or Oriya pa Punjabi pl Polish ps Pashto, Pushto pt Portuguese qu Quechua rm Rhaeto-Romance rn Kirundi ro Romanian ru Russian rw Kinyarwanda sa Sanskrit sd Sindhi sg Sangro sh Serbo-Croatian si Sinhalese sk Slovak sl Slovenian sm Samoan sn Shona so Somali sq Albanian sr Serbian ss Siswati st Sesotho su Sundanese sv Swedish sw Swahili ta Tamil te Telugu tg Tajik th Thai ti Tigrinya tk Turkmen tl Tagalog tn Setswana to Tonga tr Turkish ts Tsonga tt Tatar tw Twi ug Uighur uk Ukrainian ur Urdu uz Uzbek vi Vietnamese vo Volapuk wo Wolof xh Xhosa yi Yiddish (formerly ji) yo Yoruba za Zhuang zh Chinese zu Zulu gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/nls.texi0000444000175000017500000002374106451203072014155 0ustar jrjr@node Translation Intro @chapter Notes on the Free Translation Project @set STATUS December 1997 Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages. A few packages already provide translations for their messages. If you found this @file{ABOUT-NLS} file inside a distribution, you may assume that the distributed package does use GNU @code{gettext} internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do @emph{not} need to install GNU @code{gettext} prior to configuring, installing or using this package with messages translated. Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and work at translations should contact the appropriate team. When reporting bugs in the @file{intl/} directory or bugs which may be related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of @code{gettext} which is used. The information can be found in the @file{intl/VERSION} file, in internationalized packages. @menu * One advise:: * INSTALL Matters:: * Using This Package:: * Translating Teams:: * Available Packages:: @end menu @node One advise @section One advise in advance If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you should configure it using @example ./configure --with-included-gettext @end example @noindent to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only the @code{gettext} implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the implementation here. It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top of a @code{catgets} implementation. Future versions of GNU @code{gettext} will very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea to change to GNU @code{gettext} as soon as possible. So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the included @file{libintl}. @node INSTALL Matters @section INSTALL Matters Some packages are @dfn{localizable} when properly installed; the programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such packages use GNU @code{gettext}. Other packages have their own ways to internationalization, predating GNU @code{gettext}. By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of messages. It will automatically detect whether the system provides usable @code{catgets} (if using this is selected by the installer) or @code{gettext} functions. If neither is available, the GNU @code{gettext} own library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this package, usually in the @file{intl/} subdirectory, so prior installation of the GNU @code{gettext} package is @emph{not} required. Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing the default behaviour. The commands: @example ./configure --with-included-gettext ./configure --with-catgets ./configure --disable-nls @end example @noindent will respectively bypass any pre-existing @code{catgets} or @code{gettext} to use the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable the use of the @code{catgets} functions (if found on the locale system), or else, @emph{totally} disable translation of messages. When you already have GNU @code{gettext} installed on your system and run configure without an option for your new package, @code{configure} will probably detect the previously built and installed @file{libintl.a} file and will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You should use the more recent version of the GNU @code{gettext} library. I.e. if the file @file{intl/VERSION} shows that the library which comes with this package is more recent, you should use @example ./configure --with-included-gettext @end example @noindent to prevent auto-detection. By default the configuration process will not test for the @code{catgets} function and therefore they will not be used. The reasons are already given above: the emulation on top of @code{catgets} cannot provide all the extensions provided by the GNU @code{gettext} library. If you nevertheless want to use the @code{catgets} functions use @example ./configure --with-catgets @end example @noindent to enable the test for @code{catgets} (this causes no harm if @code{catgets} is not available on your system). If you really select this option we would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any good one ourself. Internationalized packages have usually many @file{po/@var{ll}.po} files, where @var{ll} gives an @w{ISO 639} two-letter code identifying the language. Unless translations have been forbidden at @code{configure} time by using the @samp{--disable-nls} switch, all available translations are installed together with the package. However, the environment variable @code{LINGUAS} may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. @code{LINGUAS} should then contain a space separated list of two-letter codes, stating which languages are allowed. @node Using This Package @section Using This Package @c -- @c FIXME: rewrite to document LANGUAGE, the long names, and aliases. @c -- As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you only have to set the @code{LANG} environment variable to the appropriate @w{ISO 639} @samp{@var{ll}} two-letter code prior to using the programs in the package. For example, let's suppose that you speak German. At the shell prompt, merely execute @w{@samp{setenv LANG de}} (in @code{csh}), @w{@samp{export LANG; LANG=de}} (in @code{sh}) or @w{@samp{export LANG=de}} (in @code{bash}). This can be done from your @file{.login} or @file{.profile} file, once and for all. @c Packages which are not internationalized will merely ignore the @c setting of this variable. @c FIXME: This last sentence is not true!! --drepper An operating system might already offer message localization for many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU @code{gettext}. Just using @code{gettext} extended syntax for @code{LANG} would break proper localization of already available operating system programs. In this case, users should set both @code{LANGUAGE} and @code{LANG} variables in their environment, as programs using GNU @code{gettext} give preference to @code{LANGUAGE}. For example, some Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available. This is easily accomplished by setting @code{LANGUAGE} to @samp{sv:de} while leaving @code{LANG} to @samp{sv}. @node Translating Teams @section Translating Teams For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux International. You may reach your translation team at the address @file{@var{ll}@@li.org}, replacing @var{ll} by the two-letter @w{ISO 639} code for your language. Language codes are @emph{not} the same as the country codes given in @w{ISO 3166}. The following translation teams exist, as of @value{STATUS}: @quotation Chinese @code{zh}, Czech @code{cs}, Danish @code{da}, Dutch @code{nl}, English @code{en}, Esperanto @code{eo}, Finnish @code{fi}, French @code{fr}, German @code{de}, Hungarian @code{hu}, Irish @code{ga}, Italian @code{it}, Indonesian @code{id}, Japanese @code{ja}, Korean @code{ko}, Latin @code{la}, Norwegian @code{no}, Persian @code{fa}, Polish @code{pl}, Portuguese @code{pt}, Russian @code{ru}, Slovenian @code{sl}, Spanish @code{es}, Swedish @code{sv}, and Turkish @code{tr}. @end quotation @noindent For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to @file{zh@@li.org}. If you'd like to volunteer to @emph{work} at translating messages, you should become a member of the translating team for your own language. The subscribing address is @emph{not} the same as the list itself, it has @samp{-request} appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a message to @w{@file{sv-request@@li.org}}, having this message body: @example subscribe @end example Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate @emph{actively} in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to get started, please write to @w{@file{translation@@iro.umontreal.ca}} to reach the coordinator for all translator teams. The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than programming skill, here. @node Available Packages @section Available Packages Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of @value{STATUS}. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages PO files have been submitted to translation coordination. @include matrix.texi Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language dialects. For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to which it applies should also have been internationalized and distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a distribution. If @value{STATUS} seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of this @file{ABOUT-NLS} file on most GNU archive sites. gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/matrix.texi0000444000175000017500000000453006522262744014672 0ustar jrjr@example @group Ready PO files cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv .----------------------------------------------------. bash | [] [] [] | 3 bison | [] [] [] | 3 clisp | [] [] [] [] | 4 cpio | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 enscript | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10 findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 flex | [] [] [] [] | 4 gcal | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12 grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10 hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11 id-utils | [] [] [] | 3 indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 5 libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 7 m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 music | [] [] | 2 ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 6 tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11 texinfo | [] [] [] | 3 textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 9 wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 8 `----------------------------------------------------' 17 languages cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv 27 packages 6 4 25 1 18 1 26 2 1 12 20 9 19 7 4 7 17 179 @end group @end example gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/gettext.info0000644000175000017500000000716706522265011015035 0ustar jrjrThis is Info file gettext.info, produced by Makeinfo version 1.68 from the input file gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * Gettext: (gettext). GNU gettext utilities. * gettextize: (gettext)gettextize Invocation. Prepare a package for gettext. * msgfmt: (gettext)msgfmt Invocation. Make MO files out of PO files. * msgmerge: (gettext)msgmerge Invocation. Update two PO files into one. * xgettext: (gettext)xgettext Invocation. Extract strings into a PO file. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY This file provides documentation for GNU `gettext' utilities. It also serves as a reference for the free Translation Project. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation.  Indirect: gettext.info-1: 1425 gettext.info-2: 48171 gettext.info-3: 95467 gettext.info-4: 143902 gettext.info-5: 193500  Tag Table: (Indirect) Node: Top1425 Node: Introduction6602 Node: Why8466 Node: Concepts11521 Node: Aspects14934 Node: Files20982 Node: Overview23250 Node: Basics33886 Node: Installation34716 Node: PO Files36454 Node: Main PO Commands43213 Node: Entry Positioning48171 Node: Normalizing53435 Node: Sources57891 Node: Triggering59162 Node: Mark Keywords61518 Node: Marking65068 Node: c-format72713 Node: Special cases76460 Node: Initial79323 Node: xgettext Invocation79645 Node: C Sources Context82872 Node: Compendium87849 Node: Updating88552 Node: msgmerge Invocation89074 Node: Translated Entries89248 Node: Fuzzy Entries90540 Node: Untranslated Entries93628 Node: Obsolete Entries95467 Node: Modifying Translations98595 Node: Modifying Comments108783 Node: Auxiliary113094 Node: Binaries116175 Node: msgfmt Invocation116439 Node: MO Files119066 Node: Users126478 Node: Matrix127959 Node: Installers129162 Node: End Users130350 Node: Programmers130979 Node: catgets132153 Node: Interface to catgets133558 Node: Problems with catgets135559 Node: gettext136457 Node: Interface to gettext137694 Node: Ambiguities140036 Node: Locating Catalogs142593 Node: Optimized gettext143902 Node: Comparison147490 Node: Using libintl.a153203 Node: gettext grok153974 Node: Temp Programmers156833 Node: Temp Implementations157273 Node: Temp catgets158639 Node: Temp WSI160326 Node: Temp Notes162314 Node: Translators162803 Node: Trans Intro 0163182 Node: Trans Intro 1165821 Node: Discussions167666 Node: Organization170821 Node: Central Coordination172802 Node: National Teams173930 Node: Sub-Cultures176442 Node: Organizational Ideas177361 Node: Mailing Lists178363 Node: Information Flow180166 Node: Maintainers182299 Node: Flat and Non-Flat184059 Node: Prerequisites185820 Node: gettextize Invocation189928 Node: Adjusting Files193500 Node: po/POTFILES.in194723 Node: configure.in195664 Node: aclocal197791 Node: acconfig198970 Node: Makefile199584 Node: src/Makefile201772 Node: Conclusion204169 Node: History204658 Node: References208118 Node: Country Codes209673  End Tag Table gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/gettext.info-10000644000175000017500000013605306522265011015170 0ustar jrjrThis is Info file gettext.info, produced by Makeinfo version 1.68 from the input file gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * Gettext: (gettext). GNU gettext utilities. * gettextize: (gettext)gettextize Invocation. Prepare a package for gettext. * msgfmt: (gettext)msgfmt Invocation. Make MO files out of PO files. * msgmerge: (gettext)msgmerge Invocation. Update two PO files into one. * xgettext: (gettext)xgettext Invocation. Extract strings into a PO file. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY This file provides documentation for GNU `gettext' utilities. It also serves as a reference for the free Translation Project. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation.  File: gettext.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir) GNU `gettext' utilities *********************** * Menu: * Introduction:: Introduction * Basics:: PO Files and PO Mode Basics * Sources:: Preparing Program Sources * Initial:: Making the Initial PO File * Updating:: Updating Existing PO Files * Binaries:: Producing Binary MO Files * Users:: The User's View * Programmers:: The Programmer's View * Translators:: The Translator's View * Maintainers:: The Maintainer's View * Conclusion:: Concluding Remarks * Country Codes:: ISO 639 country codes -- The Detailed Node Listing -- Introduction * Why:: The Purpose of GNU `gettext' * Concepts:: I18n, L10n, and Such * Aspects:: Aspects in Native Language Support * Files:: Files Conveying Translations * Overview:: Overview of GNU `gettext' PO Files and PO Mode Basics * Installation:: Completing GNU `gettext' Installation * PO Files:: The Format of PO Files * Main PO Commands:: Main Commands * Entry Positioning:: Entry Positioning * Normalizing:: Normalizing Strings in Entries Preparing Program Sources * Triggering:: Triggering `gettext' Operations * Mark Keywords:: How Marks Appears in Sources * Marking:: Marking Translatable Strings * c-format:: Telling something about the following string * Special cases:: Special Cases of Translatable Strings Making the Initial PO File * xgettext Invocation:: Invoking the `xgettext' Program * C Sources Context:: C Sources Context * Compendium:: Using Translation Compendiums Updating Existing PO Files * msgmerge Invocation:: Invoking the `msgmerge' Program * Translated Entries:: * Fuzzy Entries:: Fuzzy translated Entries * Untranslated Entries:: Untranslated Entries * Obsolete Entries:: Obsolete Entries * Modifying Translations:: Modifying Translations * Modifying Comments:: Modifying Comments * Auxiliary:: Consulting Auxiliary PO Files Producing Binary MO Files * msgfmt Invocation:: Invoking the `msgfmt' Program * MO Files:: The Format of GNU MO Files The User's View * Matrix:: The Current `ABOUT-NLS' Matrix * Installers:: Magic for Installers * End Users:: Magic for End Users The Programmer's View * catgets:: About `catgets' * gettext:: About `gettext' * Comparison:: Comparing the two interfaces * Using libintl.a:: Using libintl.a in own programs * gettext grok:: Being a `gettext' grok * Temp Programmers:: Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter About `catgets' * Interface to catgets:: The interface * Problems with catgets:: Problems with the `catgets' interface?! About `gettext' * Interface to gettext:: The interface * Ambiguities:: Solving ambiguities * Locating Catalogs:: Locating message catalog files * Optimized gettext:: Optimization of the *gettext functions Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter * Temp Implementations:: Temporary - Two Possible Implementations * Temp catgets:: Temporary - About `catgets' * Temp WSI:: Temporary - Why a single implementation * Temp Notes:: Temporary - Notes The Translator's View * Trans Intro 0:: Introduction 0 * Trans Intro 1:: Introduction 1 * Discussions:: Discussions * Organization:: Organization * Information Flow:: Information Flow Organization * Central Coordination:: Central Coordination * National Teams:: National Teams * Mailing Lists:: Mailing Lists National Teams * Sub-Cultures:: Sub-Cultures * Organizational Ideas:: Organizational Ideas The Maintainer's View * Flat and Non-Flat:: Flat or Non-Flat Directory Structures * Prerequisites:: Prerequisite Works * gettextize Invocation:: Invoking the `gettextize' Program * Adjusting Files:: Files You Must Create or Alter Files You Must Create or Alter * po/POTFILES.in:: `POTFILES.in' in `po/' * configure.in:: `configure.in' at top level * aclocal:: `aclocal.m4' at top level * acconfig:: `acconfig.h' at top level * Makefile:: `Makefile.in' at top level * src/Makefile:: `Makefile.in' in `src/' Concluding Remarks * History:: History of GNU `gettext' * References:: Related Readings  File: gettext.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Basics, Prev: Top, Up: Top Introduction ************ This manual is still in *DRAFT* state. Some sections are still empty, or almost. We keep merging material from other sources (essentially e-mail folders) while the proper integration of this material is delayed. In this manual, we use *he* when speaking of the programmer or maintainer, *she* when speaking of the translator, and *they* when speaking of the installers or end users of the translated program. This is only a convenience for clarifying the documentation. It is *absolutely* not meant to imply that some roles are more appropriate to males or females. Besides, as you might guess, GNU `gettext' is meant to be useful for people using computers, whatever their sex, race, religion or nationality! This chapter explains the goals sought in the creation of GNU `gettext' and the free Translation Project. Then, it explains a few broad concepts around Native Language Support, and positions message translation with regard to other aspects of national and cultural variance, as they apply to to programs. It also surveys those files used to convey the translations. It explains how the various tools interact in the initial generation of these files, and later, how the maintenance cycle should usually operate. Please send suggestions and corrections to: Internet address: bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu Please include the manual's edition number and update date in your messages. * Menu: * Why:: The Purpose of GNU `gettext' * Concepts:: I18n, L10n, and Such * Aspects:: Aspects in Native Language Support * Files:: Files Conveying Translations * Overview:: Overview of GNU `gettext'  File: gettext.info, Node: Why, Next: Concepts, Prev: Introduction, Up: Introduction The Purpose of GNU `gettext' ============================ Usually, programs are written and documented in English, and use English at execution time to interact with users. This is true not only of GNU software, but also of a great deal of commercial and free software. Using a common language is quite handy for communication between developers, maintainers and users from all countries. On the other hand, most people are less comfortable with English than with their own native language, and would prefer to use their mother tongue for day to day's work, as far as possible. Many would simply *love* to see their computer screen showing a lot less of English, and far more of their own language. However, to many people, this dream might appear so far fetched that they may believe it is not even worth spending time thinking about it. They have no confidence at all that the dream might ever become true. Yet some have not lost hope, and have organized themselves. The Translation Project is a formalization of this hope into a workable structure, which has a good chance to get all of us nearer the achievement of a truly multi-lingual set of programs. GNU `gettext' is an important step for the Translation Project, as it is an asset on which we may build many other steps. This package offers to programmers, translators and even users, a well integrated set of tools and documentation. Specifically, the GNU `gettext' utilities are a set of tools that provides a framework within which other free packages may produce multi-lingual messages. These tools include a set of conventions about how programs should be written to support message catalogs, a directory and file naming organization for the message catalogs themselves, a runtime library supporting the retrieval of translated messages, and a few stand-alone programs to massage in various ways the sets of translatable strings, or already translated strings. A special mode for GNU Emacs also helps ease interested parties into preparing these sets, or bringing them up to date. GNU `gettext' is designed to minimize the impact of internationalization on program sources, keeping this impact as small and hardly noticeable as possible. Internationalization has better chances of succeeding if it is very light weighted, or at least, appear to be so, when looking at program sources. The Translation Project also uses the GNU `gettext' distribution as a vehicle for documenting its structure and methods. This goes beyond the strict technicalities of documenting the GNU `gettext' proper. By so doing, translators will find in a single place, as far as possible, all they need to know for properly doing their translating work. Also, this supplemental documentation might also help programmers, and even curious users, in understanding how GNU `gettext' is related to the remainder of the Translation Project, and consequently, have a glimpse at the *big picture*.  File: gettext.info, Node: Concepts, Next: Aspects, Prev: Why, Up: Introduction I18n, L10n, and Such ==================== Two long words appear all the time when we discuss support of native language in programs, and these words have a precise meaning, worth being explained here, once and for all in this document. The words are *internationalization* and *localization*. Many people, tired of writing these long words over and over again, took the habit of writing "i18n" and "l10n" instead, quoting the first and last letter of each word, and replacing the run of intermediate letters by a number merely telling how many such letters there are. But in this manual, in the sake of clarity, we will patiently write the names in full, each time... By "internationalization", one refers to the operation by which a program, or a set of programs turned into a package, is made aware of and able to support multiple languages. This is a generalization process, by which the programs are untied from calling only English strings or other English specific habits, and connected to generic ways of doing the same, instead. Program developers may use various techniques to internationalize their programs. Some of these have been standardized. GNU `gettext' offers one of these standards. *Note Programmers::. By "localization", one means the operation by which, in a set of programs already internationalized, one gives the program all needed information so that it can adapt itself to handle its input and output in a fashion which is correct for some native language and cultural habits. This is a particularisation process, by which generic methods already implemented in an internationalized program are used in specific ways. The programming environment puts several functions to the programmers disposal which allow this runtime configuration. The formal description of specific set of cultural habits for some country, together with all associated translations targeted to the same native language, is called the "locale" for this language or country. Users achieve localization of programs by setting proper values to special environment variables, prior to executing those programs, identifying which locale should be used. In fact, locale message support is only one component of the cultural data that makes up a particular locale. There are a whole host of routines and functions provided to aid programmers in developing internationalized software and which allow them to access the data stored in a particular locale. When someone presently refers to a particular locale, they are obviously referring to the data stored within that particular locale. Similarly, if a programmer is referring to "accessing the locale routines", they are referring to the complete suite of routines that access all of the locale's information. One uses the expression "Native Language Support", or merely NLS, for speaking of the overall activity or feature encompassing both internationalization and localization, allowing for multi-lingual interactions in a program. In a nutshell, one could say that internationalization is the operation by which further localizations are made possible. Also, very roughly said, when it comes to multi-lingual messages, internationalization is usually taken care of by programmers, and localization is usually taken care of by translators.  File: gettext.info, Node: Aspects, Next: Files, Prev: Concepts, Up: Introduction Aspects in Native Language Support ================================== For a totally multi-lingual distribution, there are many things to translate beyond output messages. * As of today, GNU `gettext' offers a complete toolset for translating messages output by C programs. Perl scripts and shell scripts will also need to be translated. Even if there are today some hooks by which this can be done, these hooks are not integrated as well as they should be. * Some programs, like `autoconf' or `bison', are able to produce other programs (or scripts). Even if the generating programs themselves are internationalized, the generated programs they produce may need internationalization on their own, and this indirect internationalization could be automated right from the generating program. In fact, quite usually, generating and generated programs could be internationalized independently, as the effort needed is fairly orthogonal. * A few programs include textual tables which might need translation themselves, independently of the strings contained in the program itself. For example, RFC 1345 gives an English description for each character which GNU `recode' is able to reconstruct at execution. Since these descriptions are extracted from the RFC by mechanical means, translating them properly would require a prior translation of the RFC itself. * Almost all programs accept options, which are often worded out so to be descriptive for the English readers; one might want to consider offering translated versions for program options as well. * Many programs read, interpret, compile, or are somewhat driven by input files which are texts containing keywords, identifiers, or replies which are inherently translatable. For example, one may want `gcc' to allow diacriticized characters in identifiers or use translated keywords; `rm -i' might accept something else than `y' or `n' for replies, etc. Even if the program will eventually make most of its output in the foreign languages, one has to decide whether the input syntax, option values, etc., are to be localized or not. * The manual accompanying a package, as well as all documentation files in the distribution, could surely be translated, too. Translating a manual, with the intent of later keeping up with updates, is a major undertaking in itself, generally. As we already stressed, translation is only one aspect of locales. Other internationalization aspects are not currently handled by GNU `gettext', but perhaps may be handled in future versions. There are many attributes that are needed to define a country's cultural conventions. These attributes include beside the country's native language, the formatting of the date and time, the representation of numbers, the symbols for currency, etc. These local "rules" are termed the country's locale. The locale represents the knowledge needed to support the country's native attributes. There are a few major areas which may vary between countries and hence, define what a locale must describe. The following list helps putting multi-lingual messages into the proper context of other tasks related to locales, and also presents some other areas which GNU `gettext' might eventually tackle, maybe, one of these days. *Characters and Codesets* The codeset most commonly used through out the USA and most English speaking parts of the world is the ASCII codeset. However, there are many characters needed by various locales that are not found within this codeset. The 8-bit ISO 8859-1 code set has most of the special characters needed to handle the major European languages. However, in many cases, the ISO 8859-1 font is not adequate. Hence each locale will need to specify which codeset they need to use and will need to have the appropriate character handling routines to cope with the codeset. *Currency* The symbols used vary from country to country as does the position used by the symbol. Software needs to be able to transparently display currency figures in the native mode for each locale. *Dates* The format of date varies between locales. For example, Christmas day in 1994 is written as 12/25/94 in the USA and as 25/12/94 in Australia. Other countries might use ISO 8061 dates, etc. Time of the day may be noted as HH:MM, HH.MM, or otherwise. Some locales require time to be specified in 24-hour mode rather than as AM or PM. Further, the nature and yearly extent of the Daylight Saving correction vary widely between countries. *Numbers* Numbers can be represented differently in different locales. For example, the following numbers are all written correctly for their respective locales: 12,345.67 English 12.345,67 French 1,2345.67 Asia Some programs could go further and use different unit systems, like English units or Metric units, or even take into account variants about how numbers are spelled in full. *Messages* The most obvious area is the language support within a locale. This is where GNU `gettext' provides the means for developers and users to easily change the language that the software uses to communicate to the user. In the near future we see no chance that components of locale outside of message handling will be made available for use in other packages. The reason for this is that most modern systems provide a more or less reasonable support for at least some of the missing components. Another point is that the GNU `libc' and Linux will get a new and complete implementation of the whole locale functionality which could be adopted by system lacking a reasonable locale support.  File: gettext.info, Node: Files, Next: Overview, Prev: Aspects, Up: Introduction Files Conveying Translations ============================ The letters PO in `.po' files means Portable Object, to distinguish it from `.mo' files, where MO stands for Machine Object. This paradigm, as well as the PO file format, is inspired by the NLS standard developed by Uniforum, and implemented by Sun in their Solaris system. PO files are meant to be read and edited by humans, and associate each original, translatable string of a given package with its translation in a particular target language. A single PO file is dedicated to a single target language. If a package supports many languages, there is one such PO file per language supported, and each package has its own set of PO files. These PO files are best created by the `xgettext' program, and later updated or refreshed through the `msgmerge' program. Program `xgettext' extracts all marked messages from a set of C files and initializes a PO file with empty translations. Program `msgmerge' takes care of adjusting PO files between releases of the corresponding sources, commenting obsolete entries, initializing new ones, and updating all source line references. Files ending with `.pot' are kind of base translation files found in distributions, in PO file format, and `.pox' files are often temporary PO files. MO files are meant to be read by programs, and are binary in nature. A few systems already offer tools for creating and handling MO files as part of the Native Language Support coming with the system, but the format of these MO files is often different from system to system, and non-portable. They do not necessary use `.mo' for file extensions, but since system libraries are also used for accessing these files, it works as long as the system is self-consistent about it. If GNU `gettext' is able to interface with the tools already provided with systems, it will consequently let these provided tools take care of generating the MO files. Or else, if such tools are not found or do not seem usable, GNU `gettext' will use its own ways and its own format for MO files. Files ending with `.gmo' are really MO files, when it is known that these files use the GNU format.  File: gettext.info, Node: Overview, Prev: Files, Up: Introduction Overview of GNU `gettext' ========================= The following diagram summarizes the relation between the files handled by GNU `gettext' and the tools acting on these files. It is followed by a somewhat detailed explanations, which you should read while keeping an eye on the diagram. Having a clear understanding of these interrelations would surely help programmers, translators and maintainers. Original C Sources ---> PO mode ---> Marked C Sources ---. | .---------<--- GNU gettext Library | .--- make <---+ | | `---------<--------------------+-----------' | | | .-----<--- PACKAGE.pot <--- xgettext <---' .---<--- PO Compendium | | | ^ | | `---. | | `---. +---> PO mode ---. | +----> msgmerge ------> LANG.pox --->--------' | | .---' | | | | | `-------------<---------------. | | +--- LANG.po <--- New LANG.pox <----' | .--- LANG.gmo <--- msgfmt <---' | | | `---> install ---> /.../LANG/PACKAGE.mo ---. | +---> "Hello world!" `-------> install ---> /.../bin/PROGRAM -------' The indication `PO mode' appears in two places in this picture, and you may safely read it as merely meaning "hand editing", using any editor of your choice, really. However, for those of you being the lucky users of GNU Emacs, PO mode has been specifically created for providing a cozy environment for editing or modifying PO files. While editing a PO file, PO mode allows for the easy browsing of auxiliary and compendium PO files, as well as for following references into the set of C program sources from which PO files have been derived. It has a few special features, among which are the interactive marking of program strings as translatable, and the validatation of PO files with easy repositioning to PO file lines showing errors. As a programmer, the first step to bringing GNU `gettext' into your package is identifying, right in the C sources, those strings which are meant to be translatable, and those which are untranslatable. This tedious job can be done a little more comfortably using emacs PO mode, but you can use any means familiar to you for modifying your C sources. Beside this some other simple, standard changes are needed to properly initialize the translation library. *Note Sources::, for more information about all this. For newly written software the strings of course can and should be marked while writing the it. The `gettext' approach makes this very easy. Simply put the following lines at the beginning of each file or in a central header file: #define _(String) (String) #define N_(String) (String) #define textdomain(Domain) #define bindtextdomain(Package, Directory) Doing this allows you to prepare the sources for internationalization. Later when you feel ready for the step to use the `gettext' library simply remove these definitions, include `libintl.h' and link against `libintl.a'. That is all you have to change. Once the C sources have been modified, the `xgettext' program is used to find and extract all translatable strings, and create an initial PO file out of all these. This `PACKAGE.pot' file contains all original program strings. It has sets of pointers to exactly where in C sources each string is used. All translations are set to empty. The letter `t' in `.pot' marks this as a Template PO file, not yet oriented towards any particular language. *Note xgettext Invocation::, for more details about how one calls the `xgettext' program. If you are *really* lazy, you might be interested at working a lot more right away, and preparing the whole distribution setup (*note Maintainers::.). By doing so, you spare yourself typing the `xgettext' command, as `make' should now generate the proper things automatically for you! The first time through, there is no `LANG.po' yet, so the `msgmerge' step may be skipped and replaced by a mere copy of `PACKAGE.pot' to `LANG.pox', where LANG represents the target language. Then comes the initial translation of messages. Translation in itself is a whole matter, still exclusively meant for humans, and whose complexity far overwhelms the level of this manual. Nevertheless, a few hints are given in some other chapter of this manual (*note Translators::.). You will also find there indications about how to contact translating teams, or becoming part of them, for sharing your translating concerns with others who target the same native language. While adding the translated messages into the `LANG.pox' PO file, if you do not have GNU Emacs handy, you are on your own for ensuring that your efforts fully respect the PO file format, and quoting conventions (*note PO Files::.). This is surely not an impossible task, as this is the way many people have handled PO files already for Uniforum or Solaris. On the other hand, by using PO mode in GNU Emacs, most details of PO file format are taken care of for you, but you have to acquire some familiarity with PO mode itself. Besides main PO mode commands (*note Main PO Commands::.), you should know how to move between entries (*note Entry Positioning::.), and how to handle untranslated entries (*note Untranslated Entries::.). If some common translations have already been saved into a compendium PO file, translators may use PO mode for initializing untranslated entries from the compendium, and also save selected translations into the compendium, updating it (*note Compendium::.). Compendium files are meant to be exchanged between members of a given translation team. Programs, or packages of programs, are dynamic in nature: users write bug reports and suggestion for improvements, maintainers react by modifying programs in various ways. The fact that a package has already been internationalized should not make maintainers shy of adding new strings, or modifying strings already translated. They just do their job the best they can. For the Translation Project to work smoothly, it is important that maintainers do not carry translation concerns on their already loaded shoulders, and that translators be kept as free as possible of programmatic concerns. The only concern maintainers should have is carefully marking new strings as translatable, when they should be, and do not otherwise worry about them being translated, as this will come in proper time. Consequently, when programs and their strings are adjusted in various ways by maintainers, and for matters usually unrelated to translation, `xgettext' would construct `PACKAGE.pot' files which are evolving over time, so the translations carried by `LANG.po' are slowly fading out of date. It is important for translators (and even maintainers) to understand that package translation is a continuous process in the lifetime of a package, and not something which is done once and for all at the start. After an initial burst of translation activity for a given package, interventions are needed once in a while, because here and there, translated entries become obsolete, and new untranslated entries appear, needing translation. The `msgmerge' program has the purpose of refreshing an already existing `LANG.po' file, by comparing it with a newer `PACKAGE.pot' template file, extracted by `xgettext' out of recent C sources. The refreshing operation adjusts all references to C source locations for strings, since these strings move as programs are modified. Also, `msgmerge' comments out as obsolete, in `LANG.pox', those already translated entries which are no longer used in the program sources (*note Obsolete Entries::.). It finally discovers new strings and inserts them in the resulting PO file as untranslated entries (*note Untranslated Entries::.). *Note msgmerge Invocation::, for more information about what `msgmerge' really does. Whatever route or means taken, the goal is to obtain an updated `LANG.pox' file offering translations for all strings. When this is properly achieved, this file `LANG.pox' may take the place of the previous official `LANG.po' file. The temporal mobility, or fluidity of PO files, is an integral part of the translation game, and should be well understood, and accepted. People resisting it will have a hard time participating in the Translation Project, or will give a hard time to other participants! In particular, maintainers should relax and include all available official PO files in their distributions, even if these have not recently been updated, without banging or otherwise trying to exert pressure on the translator teams to get the job done. The pressure should rather come from the community of users speaking a particular language, and maintainers should consider themselves fairly relieved of any concern about the adequacy of translation files. On the other hand, translators should reasonably try updating the PO files they are responsible for, while the package is undergoing pretest, prior to an official distribution. Once the PO file is complete and dependable, the `msgfmt' program is used for turning the PO file into a machine-oriented format, which may yield efficient retrieval of translations by the programs of the package, whenever needed at runtime (*note MO Files::.). *Note msgfmt Invocation::, for more information about all modalities of execution for the `msgfmt' program. Finally, the modified and marked C sources are compiled and linked with the GNU `gettext' library, usually through the operation of `make', given a suitable `Makefile' exists for the project, and the resulting executable is installed somewhere users will find it. The MO files themselves should also be properly installed. Given the appropriate environment variables are set (*note End Users::.), the program should localize itself automatically, whenever it executes. The remainder of this manual has the purpose of explaining in depth the various steps outlined above.  File: gettext.info, Node: Basics, Next: Sources, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top PO Files and PO Mode Basics *************************** The GNU `gettext' toolset helps programmers and translators at producing, updating and using translation files, mainly those PO files which are textual, editable files. This chapter stresses the format of PO files, and contains a PO mode starter. PO mode description is spread throughout this manual instead of being concentrated in one place. Here we present only the basics of PO mode. * Menu: * Installation:: Completing GNU `gettext' Installation * PO Files:: The Format of PO Files * Main PO Commands:: Main Commands * Entry Positioning:: Entry Positioning * Normalizing:: Normalizing Strings in Entries  File: gettext.info, Node: Installation, Next: PO Files, Prev: Basics, Up: Basics Completing GNU `gettext' Installation ===================================== Once you have received, unpacked, configured and compiled the GNU `gettext' distribution, the `make install' command puts in place the programs `xgettext', `msgfmt', `gettext', and `msgmerge', as well as their available message catalogs. To top off a comfortable installation, you might also want to make the PO mode available to your GNU Emacs users. During the installation of the PO mode, you might want modify your file `.emacs', once and for all, so it contains a few lines looking like: (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '("\\.po[tx]?\\'\\|\\.po\\." . po-mode) auto-mode-alist)) (autoload 'po-mode "po-mode") Later, whenever you edit some `.po', `.pot' or `.pox' file, or any file having the string `.po.' within its name, Emacs loads `po-mode.elc' (or `po-mode.el') as needed, and automatically activates PO mode commands for the associated buffer. The string *PO* appears in the mode line for any buffer for which PO mode is active. Many PO files may be active at once in a single Emacs session. If you are using Emacs version 20 or better, and have already installed the appropriate international fonts on your system, you may also manage for the these fonts to be automatically loaded and used for displaying the translations on your Emacs screen, whenever necessary. For this to happen, you might want to add the lines: (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po-mode") (modify-coding-system-alist 'file "\\.po[tx]?\\'\\|\\.po\\." 'po-find-file-coding-system) to your `.emacs' file.  File: gettext.info, Node: PO Files, Next: Main PO Commands, Prev: Installation, Up: Basics The Format of PO Files ====================== A PO file is made up of many entries, each entry holding the relation between an original untranslated string and its corresponding translation. All entries in a given PO file usually pertain to a single project, and all translations are expressed in a single target language. One PO file "entry" has the following schematic structure: WHITE-SPACE # TRANSLATOR-COMMENTS #. AUTOMATIC-COMMENTS #: REFERENCE... #, FLAG... msgid UNTRANSLATED-STRING msgstr TRANSLATED-STRING The general structure of a PO file should be well understood by the translator. When using PO mode, very little has to be known about the format details, as PO mode takes care of them for her. Entries begin with some optional white space. Usually, when generated through GNU `gettext' tools, there is exactly one blank line between entries. Then comments follow, on lines all starting with the character `#'. There are two kinds of comments: those which have some white space immediately following the `#', which comments are created and maintained exclusively by the translator, and those which have some non-white character just after the `#', which comments are created and maintained automatically by GNU `gettext' tools. All comments, of either kind, are optional. After white space and comments, entries show two strings, giving first the untranslated string as it appears in the original program sources, and then, the translation of this string. The original string is introduced by the keyword `msgid', and the translation, by `msgstr'. The two strings, untranslated and translated, are quoted in various ways in the PO file, using `"' delimiters and `\' escapes, but the translator does not really have to pay attention to the precise quoting format, as PO mode fully intend to take care of quoting for her. The `msgid' strings, as well as automatic comments, are produced and managed by other GNU `gettext' tools, and PO mode does not provide means for the translator to alter these. The most she can do is merely deleting them, and only by deleting the whole entry. On the other hand, the `msgstr' string, as well as translator comments, are really meant for the translator, and PO mode gives her the full control she needs. The comment lines beginning with `#,' are special because they are not completely ignored by the programs as comments generally are. The comma separated list of FLAGs is used by the `msgfmt' program to give the user some better disgnostic messages. Currently there are two forms of flags defined: `fuzzy' This flag can be generated by the `msgmerge' program or it can be inserted by the translator herself. It shows that the `msgstr' string might not be a correct translation (anymore). Only the translator can judge if the translation requires further modification, or is acceptable as is. Once satisfied with the translation, she then removes this `fuzzy' attribute. The `msgmerge' programs inserts this when it combined the `msgid' and `msgstr' entries after fuzzy search only. *Note Fuzzy Entries::. `c-format' `no-c-format' These flags should not be added by a human. Instead only the `xgettext' program adds them. In an automatized PO file processing system as proposed here the user changes would be thrown away again as soon as the `xgettext' program generates a new template file. In case the `c-format' flag is given for a string the `msgfmt' does some more tests to check to validity of the translation. *Note msgfmt Invocation::. It happens that some lines, usually whitespace or comments, follow the very last entry of a PO file. Such lines are not part of any entry, and PO mode is unable to take action on those lines. By using the PO mode function `M-x po-normalize', the translator may get rid of those spurious lines. *Note Normalizing::. The remainder of this section may be safely skipped by those using PO mode, yet it may be interesting for everybody to have a better idea of the precise format of a PO file. On the other hand, those not having GNU Emacs handy should carefully continue reading on. Each of UNTRANSLATED-STRING and TRANSLATED-STRING respects the C syntax for a character string, including the surrounding quotes and imbedded backslashed escape sequences. When the time comes to write multi-line strings, one should not use escaped newlines. Instead, a closing quote should follow the last character on the line to be continued, and an opening quote should resume the string at the beginning of the following PO file line. For example: msgid "" "Here is an example of how one might continue a very long string\n" "for the common case the string represents multi-line output.\n" In this example, the empty string is used on the first line, to allow better alignment of the `H' from the word `Here' over the `f' from the word `for'. In this example, the `msgid' keyword is followed by three strings, which are meant to be concatenated. Concatenating the empty string does not change the resulting overall string, but it is a way for us to comply with the necessity of `msgid' to be followed by a string on the same line, while keeping the multi-line presentation left-justified, as we find this to be a cleaner disposition. The empty string could have been omitted, but only if the string starting with `Here' was promoted on the first line, right after `msgid'.(1) It was not really necessary either to switch between the two last quoted strings immediately after the newline `\n', the switch could have occurred after *any* other character, we just did it this way because it is neater. One should carefully distinguish between end of lines marked as `\n' *inside* quotes, which are part of the represented string, and end of lines in the PO file itself, outside string quotes, which have no incidence on the represented string. Outside strings, white lines and comments may be used freely. Comments start at the beginning of a line with `#' and extend until the end of the PO file line. Comments written by translators should have the initial `#' immediately followed by some white space. If the `#' is not immediately followed by white space, this comment is most likely generated and managed by specialized GNU tools, and might disappear or be replaced unexpectedly when the PO file is given to `msgmerge'. ---------- Footnotes ---------- (1) This limitation is not imposed by GNU `gettext', but comes from the `msgfmt' implementation on Solaris.  File: gettext.info, Node: Main PO Commands, Next: Entry Positioning, Prev: PO Files, Up: Basics Main PO mode Commands ===================== After setting up Emacs with something similar to the lines in *Note Installation::, PO mode is activated for a window when Emacs finds a PO file in that window. This puts the window read-only and establishes a po-mode-map, which is a genuine Emacs mode, in a way that is not derived from text mode in any way. Functions found on `po-mode-hook', if any, will be executed. When PO mode is active in a window, the letters `PO' appear in the mode line for that window. The mode line also displays how many entries of each kind are held in the PO file. For example, the string `132t+3f+10u+2o' would tell the translator that the PO mode contains 132 translated entries (*note Translated Entries::., 3 fuzzy entries (*note Fuzzy Entries::.), 10 untranslated entries (*note Untranslated Entries::.) and 2 obsolete entries (*note Obsolete Entries::.). Zero-coefficients items are not shown. So, in this example, if the fuzzy entries were unfuzzied, the untranslated entries were translated and the obsolete entries were deleted, the mode line would merely display `145t' for the counters. The main PO commands are those which do not fit into the other categories of subsequent sections. These allow for quitting PO mode or for managing windows in special ways. `U' Undo last modification to the PO file. `Q' Quit processing and save the PO file. `q' Quit processing, possibly after confirmation. `O' Temporary leave the PO file window. `?' `h' Show help about PO mode. `=' Give some PO file statistics. `V' Batch validate the format of the whole PO file. The command `U' (`po-undo') interfaces to the GNU Emacs *undo* facility. *Note Undoing Changes: (emacs)Undo. Each time `U' is typed, modifications which the translator did to the PO file are undone a little more. For the purpose of undoing, each PO mode command is atomic. This is especially true for the `' command: the whole edition made by using a single use of this command is undone at once, even if the edition itself implied several actions. However, while in the editing window, one can undo the edition work quite parsimoniously. The commands `Q' (`po-quit') and `q' (`po-confirm-and-quit') are used when the translator is done with the PO file. The former is a bit less verbose than the latter. If the file has been modified, it is saved to disk first. In both cases, and prior to all this, the commands check if some untranslated message remains in the PO file and, if yes, the translator is asked if she really wants to leave off working with this PO file. This is the preferred way of getting rid of an Emacs PO file buffer. Merely killing it through the usual command `C-x k' (`kill-buffer') is not the tidiest way to proceed. The command `O' (`po-other-window') is another, softer way, to leave PO mode, temporarily. It just moves the cursor to some other Emacs window, and pops one if necessary. For example, if the translator just got PO mode to show some source context in some other, she might discover some apparent bug in the program source that needs correction. This command allows the translator to change sex, become a programmer, and have the cursor right into the window containing the program she (or rather *he*) wants to modify. By later getting the cursor back in the PO file window, or by asking Emacs to edit this file once again, PO mode is then recovered. The command `h' (`po-help') displays a summary of all available PO mode commands. The translator should then type any character to resume normal PO mode operations. The command `?' has the same effect as `h'. The command `=' (`po-statistics') computes the total number of entries in the PO file, the ordinal of the current entry (counted from 1), the number of untranslated entries, the number of obsolete entries, and displays all these numbers. The command `V' (`po-validate') launches `msgfmt' in verbose mode over the current PO file. This command first offers to save the current PO file on disk. The `msgfmt' tool, from GNU `gettext', has the purpose of creating a MO file out of a PO file, and PO mode uses the features of this program for checking the overall format of a PO file, as well as all individual entries. The program `msgfmt' runs asynchronously with Emacs, so the translator regains control immediately while her PO file is being studied. Error output is collected in the GNU Emacs `*compilation*' buffer, displayed in another window. The regular GNU Emacs command `C-x`' (`next-error'), as well as other usual compile commands, allow the translator to reposition quickly to the offending parts of the PO file. Once the cursor is on the line in error, the translator may decide on any PO mode action which would help correcting the error. gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/gettext.info-20000644000175000017500000013712106522265011015166 0ustar jrjrThis is Info file gettext.info, produced by Makeinfo version 1.68 from the input file gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * Gettext: (gettext). GNU gettext utilities. * gettextize: (gettext)gettextize Invocation. Prepare a package for gettext. * msgfmt: (gettext)msgfmt Invocation. Make MO files out of PO files. * msgmerge: (gettext)msgmerge Invocation. Update two PO files into one. * xgettext: (gettext)xgettext Invocation. Extract strings into a PO file. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY This file provides documentation for GNU `gettext' utilities. It also serves as a reference for the free Translation Project. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation.  File: gettext.info, Node: Entry Positioning, Next: Normalizing, Prev: Main PO Commands, Up: Basics Entry Positioning ================= The cursor in a PO file window is almost always part of an entry. The only exceptions are the special case when the cursor is after the last entry in the file, or when the PO file is empty. The entry where the cursor is found to be is said to be the current entry. Many PO mode commands operate on the current entry, so moving the cursor does more than allowing the translator to browse the PO file, this also selects on which entry commands operate. Some PO mode commands alter the position of the cursor in a specialized way. A few of those special purpose positioning are described here, the others are described in following sections. `.' Redisplay the current entry. `n' `n' Select the entry after the current one. `p' `p' Select the entry before the current one. `<' Select the first entry in the PO file. `>' Select the last entry in the PO file. `m' Record the location of the current entry for later use. `l' Return to a previously saved entry location. `x' Exchange the current entry location with the previously saved one. Any GNU Emacs command able to reposition the cursor may be used to select the current entry in PO mode, including commands which move by characters, lines, paragraphs, screens or pages, and search commands. However, there is a kind of standard way to display the current entry in PO mode, which usual GNU Emacs commands moving the cursor do not especially try to enforce. The command `.' (`po-current-entry') has the sole purpose of redisplaying the current entry properly, after the current entry has been changed by means external to PO mode, or the Emacs screen otherwise altered. It is yet to be decided if PO mode helps the translator, or otherwise irritates her, by forcing a rigid window disposition while she is doing her work. We originally had quite precise ideas about how windows should behave, but on the other hand, anyone used to GNU Emacs is often happy to keep full control. Maybe a fixed window disposition might be offered as a PO mode option that the translator might activate or deactivate at will, so it could be offered on an experimental basis. If nobody feels a real need for using it, or a compulsion for writing it, we should drop this whole idea. The incentive for doing it should come from translators rather than programmers, as opinions from an experienced translator are surely more worth to me than opinions from programmers *thinking* about how *others* should do translation. The commands `n' (`po-next-entry') and `p' (`po-previous-entry') move the cursor the entry following, or preceding, the current one. If `n' is given while the cursor is on the last entry of the PO file, or if `p' is given while the cursor is on the first entry, no move is done. The commands `<' (`po-first-entry') and `>' (`po-last-entry') move the cursor to the first entry, or last entry, of the PO file. When the cursor is located past the last entry in a PO file, most PO mode commands will return an error saying `After last entry'. Moreover, the commands `<' and `>' have the special property of being able to work even when the cursor is not into some PO file entry, and one may use them for nicely correcting this situation. But even these commands will fail on a truly empty PO file. There are development plans for the PO mode for it to interactively fill an empty PO file from sources. *Note Marking::. The translator may decide, before working at the translation of a particular entry, that she needs to browse the remainder of the PO file, maybe for finding the terminology or phraseology used in related entries. She can of course use the standard Emacs idioms for saving the current cursor location in some register, and use that register for getting back, or else, use the location ring. PO mode offers another approach, by which cursor locations may be saved onto a special stack. The command `m' (`po-push-location') merely adds the location of current entry to the stack, pushing the already saved locations under the new one. The command `r' (`po-pop-location') consumes the top stack element and reposition the cursor to the entry associated with that top element. This position is then lost, for the next `r' will move the cursor to the previously saved location, and so on until no locations remain on the stack. If the translator wants the position to be kept on the location stack, maybe for taking a look at the entry associated with the top element, then go elsewhere with the intent of getting back later, she ought to use `m' immediately after `r'. The command `x' (`po-exchange-location') simultaneously reposition the cursor to the entry associated with the top element of the stack of saved locations, and replace that top element with the location of the current entry before the move. Consequently, repeating the `x' command toggles alternatively between two entries. For achieving this, the translator will position the cursor on the first entry, use `m', then position to the second entry, and merely use `x' for making the switch.  File: gettext.info, Node: Normalizing, Prev: Entry Positioning, Up: Basics Normalizing Strings in Entries ============================== There are many different ways for encoding a particular string into a PO file entry, because there are so many different ways to split and quote multi-line strings, and even, to represent special characters by backslahsed escaped sequences. Some features of PO mode rely on the ability for PO mode to scan an already existing PO file for a particular string encoded into the `msgid' field of some entry. Even if PO mode has internally all the built-in machinery for implementing this recognition easily, doing it fast is technically difficult. To facilitate a solution to this efficiency problem, we decided on a canonical representation for strings. A conventional representation of strings in a PO file is currently under discussion, and PO mode experiments with a canonical representation. Having both `xgettext' and PO mode converging towards a uniform way of representing equivalent strings would be useful, as the internal normalization needed by PO mode could be automatically satisfied when using `xgettext' from GNU `gettext'. An explicit PO mode normalization should then be only necessary for PO files imported from elsewhere, or for when the convention itself evolves. So, for achieving normalization of at least the strings of a given PO file needing a canonical representation, the following PO mode command is available: `M-x po-normalize' Tidy the whole PO file by making entries more uniform. The special command `M-x po-normalize', which has no associate keys, revises all entries, ensuring that strings of both original and translated entries use uniform internal quoting in the PO file. It also removes any crumb after the last entry. This command may be useful for PO files freshly imported from elsewhere, or if we ever improve on the canonical quoting format we use. This canonical format is not only meant for getting cleaner PO files, but also for greatly speeding up `msgid' string lookup for some other PO mode commands. `M-x po-normalize' presently makes three passes over the entries. The first implements heuristics for converting PO files for GNU `gettext' 0.6 and earlier, in which `msgid' and `msgstr' fields were using K&R style C string syntax for multi-line strings. These heuristics may fail for comments not related to obsolete entries and ending with a backslash; they also depend on subsequent passes for finalizing the proper commenting of continued lines for obsolete entries. This first pass might disappear once all oldish PO files would have been adjusted. The second and third pass normalize all `msgid' and `msgstr' strings respectively. They also clean out those trailing backslashes used by XView's `msgfmt' for continued lines. Having such an explicit normalizing command allows for importing PO files from other sources, but also eases the evolution of the current convention, evolution driven mostly by aesthetic concerns, as of now. It is easy to make suggested adjustments at a later time, as the normalizing command and eventually, other GNU `gettext' tools should greatly automate conformance. A description of the canonical string format is given below, for the particular benefit of those not having GNU Emacs handy, and who would nevertheless want to handcraft their PO files in nice ways. Right now, in PO mode, strings are single line or multi-line. A string goes multi-line if and only if it has *embedded* newlines, that is, if it matches `[^\n]\n+[^\n]'. So, we would have: msgstr "\n\nHello, world!\n\n\n" but, replacing the space by a newline, this becomes: msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Hello,\n" "world!\n" "\n" "\n" We are deliberately using a caricatural example, here, to make the point clearer. Usually, multi-lines are not that bad looking. It is probable that we will implement the following suggestion. We might lump together all initial newlines into the empty string, and also all newlines introducing empty lines (that is, for N > 1, the N-1'th last newlines would go together on a separate string), so making the previous example appear: msgstr "\n\n" "Hello,\n" "world!\n" "\n\n" There are a few yet undecided little points about string normalization, to be documented in this manual, once these questions settle.  File: gettext.info, Node: Sources, Next: Initial, Prev: Basics, Up: Top Preparing Program Sources ************************* For the programmer, changes to the C source code fall into three categories. First, you have to make the localization functions known to all modules needing message translation. Second, you should properly trigger the operation of GNU `gettext' when the program initializes, usually from the `main' function. Last, you should identify and especially mark all constant strings in your program needing translation. Presuming that your set of programs, or package, has been adjusted so all needed GNU `gettext' files are available, and your `Makefile' files are adjusted (*note Maintainers::.), each C module having translated C strings should contain the line: #include The remaining changes to your C sources are discussed in the further sections of this chapter. * Menu: * Triggering:: Triggering `gettext' Operations * Mark Keywords:: How Marks Appears in Sources * Marking:: Marking Translatable Strings * c-format:: Telling something about the following string * Special cases:: Special Cases of Translatable Strings  File: gettext.info, Node: Triggering, Next: Mark Keywords, Prev: Sources, Up: Sources Triggering `gettext' Operations =============================== The initialization of locale data should be done with more or less the same code in every program, as demonstrated below: int main (argc, argv) int argc; char argv; { ... setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); ... } PACKAGE and LOCALEDIR should be provided either by `config.h' or by the Makefile. For now consult the `gettext' sources for more information. The use of `LC_ALL' might not be appropriate for you. `LC_ALL' includes all locale categories and especially `LC_CTYPE'. This later category is responsible for determining character classes with the `isalnum' etc. functions from `ctype.h' which could especially for programs, which process some kind of input language, be wrong. For example this would mean that a source code using the c, (c-cedilla character) is runnable in France but not in the U.S. Some systems also have problems with parsing number using the `scanf' functions if an other but the `LC_ALL' locale is used. The standards say that additional formats but the one known in the `"C"' locale might be recognized. But some systems seem to reject numbers in the `"C"' locale format. In some situation, it might also be a problem with the notation itself which makes it impossible to recognize whether the number is in the `"C"' locale or the local format. This can happen if thousands separator characters are used. Some locales define this character accordfing to the national conventions to `'.'' which is the same character used in the `"C"' locale to denote the decimal point. So it is sometimes necessary to replace the `LC_ALL' line in the code above by a sequence of `setlocale' lines { ... setlocale (LC_TIME, ""); setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, ""); ... } or to switch for and back to the character class in question. On all POSIX conformant systems the locale categories `LC_CTYPE', `LC_COLLATE', `LC_MONETARY', `LC_NUMERIC', and `LC_TIME' are available. On some modern systems there is also a locale `LC_MESSAGES' which is called on some old, XPG2 compliant systems `LC_RESPONSES'.  File: gettext.info, Node: Mark Keywords, Next: Marking, Prev: Triggering, Up: Sources How Marks Appears in Sources ============================ All strings requiring translation should be marked in the C sources. Marking is done in such a way that each translatable string appears to be the sole argument of some function or preprocessor macro. There are only a few such possible functions or macros meant for translation, and their names are said to be marking keywords. The marking is attached to strings themselves, rather than to what we do with them. This approach has more uses. A blatant example is an error message produced by formatting. The format string needs translation, as well as some strings inserted through some `%s' specification in the format, while the result from `sprintf' may have so many different instances that it is impractical to list them all in some `error_string_out()' routine, say. This marking operation has two goals. The first goal of marking is for triggering the retrieval of the translation, at run time. The keyword are possibly resolved into a routine able to dynamically return the proper translation, as far as possible or wanted, for the argument string. Most localizable strings are found in executable positions, that is, attached to variables or given as parameters to functions. But this is not universal usage, and some translatable strings appear in structured initializations. *Note Special cases::. The second goal of the marking operation is to help `xgettext' at properly extracting all translatable strings when it scans a set of program sources and produces PO file templates. The canonical keyword for marking translatable strings is `gettext', it gave its name to the whole GNU `gettext' package. For packages making only light use of the `gettext' keyword, macro or function, it is easily used *as is*. However, for packages using the `gettext' interface more heavily, it is usually more convenient to give the main keyword a shorter, less obtrusive name. Indeed, the keyword might appear on a lot of strings all over the package, and programmers usually do not want nor need their program sources to remind them forcefully, all the time, that they are internationalized. Further, a long keyword has the disadvantage of using more horizontal space, forcing more indentation work on sources for those trying to keep them within 79 or 80 columns. Many packages use `_' (a simple underline) as a keyword, and write `_("Translatable string")' instead of `gettext ("Translatable string")'. Further, the coding rule, from GNU standards, wanting that there is a space between the keyword and the opening parenthesis is relaxed, in practice, for this particular usage. So, the textual overhead per translatable string is reduced to only three characters: the underline and the two parentheses. However, even if GNU `gettext' uses this convention internally, it does not offer it officially. The real, genuine keyword is truly `gettext' indeed. It is fairly easy for those wanting to use `_' instead of `gettext' to declare: #include #define _(String) gettext (String) instead of merely using `#include '. Later on, the maintenance is relatively easy. If, as a programmer, you add or modify a string, you will have to ask yourself if the new or altered string requires translation, and include it within `_()' if you think it should be translated. `"%s: %d"' is an example of string *not* requiring translation!  File: gettext.info, Node: Marking, Next: c-format, Prev: Mark Keywords, Up: Sources Marking Translatable Strings ============================ In PO mode, one set of features is meant more for the programmer than for the translator, and allows him to interactively mark which strings, in a set of program sources, are translatable, and which are not. Even if it is a fairly easy job for a programmer to find and mark such strings by other means, using any editor of his choice, PO mode makes this work more comfortable. Further, this gives translators who feel a little like programmers, or programmers who feel a little like translators, a tool letting them work at marking translatable strings in the program sources, while simultaneously producing a set of translation in some language, for the package being internationalized. The set of program sources, targetted by the PO mode commands describe here, should have an Emacs tags table constructed for your project, prior to using these PO file commands. This is easy to do. In any shell window, change the directory to the root of your project, then execute a command resembling: etags src/*.[hc] lib/*.[hc] presuming here you want to process all `.h' and `.c' files from the `src/' and `lib/' directories. This command will explore all said files and create a `TAGS' file in your root directory, somewhat summarizing the contents using a special file format Emacs can understand. For packages following the GNU coding standards, there is a make goal `tags' or `TAGS' which construct the tag files in all directories and for all files containing source code. Once your `TAGS' file is ready, the following commands assist the programmer at marking translatable strings in his set of sources. But these commands are necessarily driven from within a PO file window, and it is likely that you do not even have such a PO file yet. This is not a problem at all, as you may safely open a new, empty PO file, mainly for using these commands. This empty PO file will slowly fill in while you mark strings as translatable in your program sources. `,' Search through program sources for a string which looks like a candidate for translation. `M-,' Mark the last string found with `_()'. `M-.' Mark the last string found with a keyword taken from a set of possible keywords. This command with a prefix allows some management of these keywords. The `,' (`po-tags-search') command search for the next occurrence of a string which looks like a possible candidate for translation, and displays the program source in another Emacs window, positioned in such a way that the string is near the top of this other window. If the string is too big to fit whole in this window, it is positioned so only its end is shown. In any case, the cursor is left in the PO file window. If the shown string would be better presented differently in different native languages, you may mark it using `M-,' or `M-.'. Otherwise, you might rather ignore it and skip to the next string by merely repeating the `,' command. A string is a good candidate for translation if it contains a sequence of three or more letters. A string containing at most two letters in a row will be considered as a candidate if it has more letters than non-letters. The command disregards strings containing no letters, or isolated letters only. It also disregards strings within comments, or strings already marked with some keyword PO mode knows (see below). If you have never told Emacs about some `TAGS' file to use, the command will request that you specify one from the minibuffer, the first time you use the command. You may later change your `TAGS' file by using the regular Emacs command `M-x visit-tags-table', which will ask you to name the precise `TAGS' file you want to use. *Note Tag Tables: (emacs)Tags. Each time you use the `,' command, the search resumes from where it was left by the previous search, and goes through all program sources, obeying the `TAGS' file, until all sources have been processed. However, by giving a prefix argument to the command (`C-u ,'), you may request that the search be restarted all over again from the first program source; but in this case, strings that you recently marked as translatable will be automatically skipped. Using this `,' command does not prevent using of other regular Emacs tags commands. For example, regular `tags-search' or `tags-query-replace' commands may be used without disrupting the independent `,' search sequence. However, as implemented, the *initial* `,' command (or the `,' command is used with a prefix) might also reinitialize the regular Emacs tags searching to the first tags file, this reinitialization might be considered spurious. The `M-,' (`po-mark-translatable') command will mark the recently found string with the `_' keyword. The `M-.' (`po-select-mark-and-mark') command will request that you type one keyword from the minibuffer and use that keyword for marking the string. Both commands will automatically create a new PO file untranslated entry for the string being marked, and make it the current entry (making it easy for you to immediately proceed to its translation, if you feel like doing it right away). It is possible that the modifications made to the program source by `M-,' or `M-.' render some source line longer than 80 columns, forcing you to break and re-indent this line differently. You may use the `O' command from PO mode, or any other window changing command from GNU Emacs, to break out into the program source window, and do any needed adjustments. You will have to use some regular Emacs command to return the cursor to the PO file window, if you want command `,' for the next string, say. The `M-.' command has a few built-in speedups, so you do not have to explicitly type all keywords all the time. The first such speedup is that you are presented with a *preferred* keyword, which you may accept by merely typing `' at the prompt. The second speedup is that you may type any non-ambiguous prefix of the keyword you really mean, and the command will complete it automatically for you. This also means that PO mode has to *know* all your possible keywords, and that it will not accept mistyped keywords. If you reply `?' to the keyword request, the command gives a list of all known keywords, from which you may choose. When the command is prefixed by an argument (`C-u M-.'), it inhibits updating any program source or PO file buffer, and does some simple keyword management instead. In this case, the command asks for a keyword, written in full, which becomes a new allowed keyword for later `M-.' commands. Moreover, this new keyword automatically becomes the *preferred* keyword for later commands. By typing an already known keyword in response to `C-u M-.', one merely changes the *preferred* keyword and does nothing more. All keywords known for `M-.' are recognized by the `,' command when scanning for strings, and strings already marked by any of those known keywords are automatically skipped. If many PO files are opened simultaneously, each one has its own independent set of known keywords. There is no provision in PO mode, currently, for deleting a known keyword, you have to quit the file (maybe using `q') and reopen it afresh. When a PO file is newly brought up in an Emacs window, only `gettext' and `_' are known as keywords, and `gettext' is preferred for the `M-.' command. In fact, this is not useful to prefer `_', as this one is already built in the `M-,' command.  File: gettext.info, Node: c-format, Next: Special cases, Prev: Marking, Up: Sources Special Comments preceding Keywords =================================== In C programs strings are often used within calls of functions from the `printf' family. The special thing about these format strings is that they can contain format specifiers introduced with `%'. Assume we have the code printf (gettext ("String `%s' has %d characters\n"), s, strlen (s)); A possible German translation for the above string might be: "%d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%s'" A C programmer, even if he cannot speak German, will recognize that there is something wrong here. The order of the two format specifiers is changed but of course the arguments in the `printf' don't have. This will most probably lead to problems because now the length of the string is regarded as the address. To prevent errors at runtime caused by translations the `msgfmt' tool can check statically whether the arguments in the original and the translation string match in type and number. If this is not the case a warning will be given and the error cannot causes problems at runtime. If the word order in the above German translation would be correct one would have to write "%2$d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%1$s'" The routines in `msgfmt' know about this special notation. Because not all strings in a program must be format strings it is not useful for `msgfmt' to test all the strings in the `.po' file. This might cause problems because the string might contain what looks like a format specifier, but the string is not used in `printf'. Therefore the `xgettext' adds a special tag to those messages it thinks might be a format string. There is no absolute rule for this, only a heuristic. In the `.po' file the entry is marked using the `c-format' flag in the `#,' comment line (*note PO Files::.). The careful reader now might say that this again can cause problems. The heuristic might guess it wrong. This is true and therefore `xgettext' knows about special kind of comment which lets the programmer take over the decision. If in the same line or the immediately preceding line of the `gettext' keyword the `xgettext' program find a comment containing the words `xgettext:c-format' it will mark the string in any case with the `c-format' flag. This kind of comment should be used when `xgettext' does not recognize the string as a format string but is really is one and it should be tested. Please note that when the comment is in the same line of the `gettext' keyword, it must be before the string to be translated. This situation happens quite often. The `printf' function is often called with strings which do not contain a format specifier. Of course one would normally use `fputs' but it does happen. In this case `xgettext' does not recognize this as a format string but what happens if the translation introduces a valid format specifier? The `printf' function will try to access one of the parameter but none exists because the original code does not refer to any parameter. `xgettext' of course could make a wrong decision the other way round. A string marked as a format string is not really a format string. In this case the `msgfmt' might give too many warnings and would prevent translating the `.po' file. The method to prevent this wrong decision is similar to the one used above, only the comment to use must contain the string `xgettext:no-c-format'. If a string is marked with `c-format' and this is not correct the user can find out who is responsible for the decision. *Note xgettext Invocation:: to see how the `--debug' option can be used for solving this problem.  File: gettext.info, Node: Special cases, Prev: c-format, Up: Sources Special Cases of Translatable Strings ===================================== The attentive reader might now point out that it is not always possible to mark translatable string with `gettext' or something like this. Consider the following case: { static const char *messages[] = { "some very meaningful message", "and another one" }; const char *string; ... string = index > 1 ? "a default message" : messages[index]; fputs (string); ... } While it is no problem to mark the string `"a default message"' it is not possible to mark the string initializers for `messages'. What is to be done? We have to fulfill two tasks. First we have to mark the strings so that the `xgettext' program (*note xgettext Invocation::.) can find them, and second we have to translate the string at runtime before printing them. The first task can be fulfilled by creating a new keyword, which names a no-op. For the second we have to mark all access points to a string from the array. So one solution can look like this: #define gettext_noop(String) (String) { static const char *messages[] = { gettext_noop ("some very meaningful message"), gettext_noop ("and another one") }; const char *string; ... string = index > 1 ? gettext ("a default message") : gettext (messages[index]); fputs (string); ... } Please convince yourself that the string which is written by `fputs' is translated in any case. How to get `xgettext' know the additional keyword `gettext_noop' is explained in *Note xgettext Invocation::. The above is of course not the only solution. You could also come along with the following one: #define gettext_noop(String) (String) { static const char *messages[] = { gettext_noop ("some very meaningful message", gettext_noop ("and another one") }; const char *string; ... string = index > 1 ? gettext_noop ("a default message") : messages[index]; fputs (gettext (string)); ... } But this has some drawbacks. First the programmer has to take care that he uses `gettext_noop' for the string `"a default message"'. A use of `gettext' could have in rare cases unpredictable results. The second reason is found in the internals of the GNU `gettext' Library which will make this solution less efficient. One advantage is that you need not make control flow analysis to make sure the output is really translated in any case. But this analysis is generally not very difficult. If it should be in any situation you can use this second method in this situation.  File: gettext.info, Node: Initial, Next: Updating, Prev: Sources, Up: Top Making the Initial PO File ************************** * Menu: * xgettext Invocation:: Invoking the `xgettext' Program * C Sources Context:: C Sources Context * Compendium:: Using Translation Compendiums  File: gettext.info, Node: xgettext Invocation, Next: C Sources Context, Prev: Initial, Up: Initial Invoking the `xgettext' Program =============================== xgettext [OPTION] INPUTFILE ... `-a' `--extract-all' Extract all strings. `-c [TAG]' `--add-comments[=TAG]' Place comment block with TAG (or those preceding keyword lines) in output file. `-C' `--c++' Recognize C++ style comments. `--debug' Use the flags `c-format' and `possible-c-format' to show who was responsible for marking a message as a format string. The later form is used if the `xgettext' program decided, the format form is used if the programmer prescribed it. By default only the `c-format' form is used. The translator should not have to care about these details. `-d NAME' `--default-domain=NAME' Use `NAME.po' for output (instead of `messages.po'). The special domain name `-' or `/dev/stdout' means to write the output to `stdout'. `-D DIRECTORY' `--directory=DIRECTORY' Change to DIRECTORY before beginning to search and scan source files. The resulting `.po' file will be written relative to the original directory, though. `-f FILE' `--files-from=FILE' Read the names of the input files from FILE instead of getting them from the command line. `--force' Always write output file even if no message is defined. `-h' `--help' Display this help and exit. `-I LIST' `--input-path=LIST' List of directories searched for input files. `-j' `--join-existing' Join messages with existing file. `-k WORD' `--keyword[=WORD]' Additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords). The default keywords, which are always looked for if not explicitly disabled, are `gettext', `dgettext', `dcgettext' and `gettext_noop'. `-m [STRING]' `--msgstr-prefix[=STRING]' Use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries. `-M [STRING]' `--msgstr-suffix[=STRING]' Use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries. `--no-location' Do not write `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines. `-n' `--add-location' Generate `#: FILENAME:LINE' lines (default). `--omit-header' Don't write header with `msgid ""' entry. This is useful for testing purposes because it eliminates a source of variance for generated `.gmo' files. We can ship some of these files in the GNU `gettext' package, and the result of regenerating them through `msgfmt' should yield the same values. `-p DIR' `--output-dir=DIR' Output files will be placed in directory DIR. `-s' `--sort-output' Generate sorted output and remove duplicates. `--strict' Write out strict Uniforum conforming PO file. `-v' `--version' Output version information and exit. `-x FILE' `--exclude-file=FILE' Entries from FILE are not extracted. Search path for supplementary PO files is: `/usr/local/share/nls/src/'. If INPUTFILE is `-', standard input is read. This implementation of `xgettext' is able to process a few awkward cases, like strings in preprocessor macros, ANSI concatenation of adjacent strings, and escaped end of lines for continued strings.  File: gettext.info, Node: C Sources Context, Next: Compendium, Prev: xgettext Invocation, Up: Initial C Sources Context ================= PO mode is particularily powerful when used with PO files created through GNU `gettext' utilities, as those utilities insert special comments in the PO files they generate. Some of these special comments relate the PO file entry to exactly where the untranslated string appears in the program sources. When the translator gets to an untranslated entry, she is fairly often faced with an original string which is not as informative as it normally should be, being succinct, cryptic, or otherwise ambiguous. Before chosing how to translate the string, she needs to understand better what the string really means and how tight the translation has to be. Most of times, when problems arise, the only way left to make her judgment is looking at the true program sources from where this string originated, searching for surrounding comments the programmer might have put in there, and looking around for helping clues of *any* kind. Surely, when looking at program sources, the translator will receive more help if she is a fluent programmer. However, even if she is not versed in programming and feels a little lost in C code, the translator should not be shy at taking a look, once in a while. It is most probable that she will still be able to find some of the hints she needs. She will learn quickly to not feel uncomfortable in program code, paying more attention to programmer's comments, variable and function names (if he dared chosing them well), and overall organization, than to programmation itself. The following commands are meant to help the translator at getting program source context for a PO file entry. `s' Resume the display of a program source context, or cycle through them. `M-s' Display of a program source context selected by menu. `S' Add a directory to the search path for source files. `M-S' Delete a directory from the search path for source files. The commands `s' (`po-cycle-reference') and `M-s' (`po-select-source-reference') both open another window displaying some source program file, and already positioned in such a way that it shows an actual use of the string to be translated. By doing so, the command gives source program context for the string. But if the entry has no source context references, or if all references are unresolved along the search path for program sources, then the command diagnoses this as an error. Even if `s' (or `M-s') opens a new window, the cursor stays in the PO file window. If the translator really wants to get into the program source window, she ought to do it explicitly, maybe by using command `O'. When `s' is typed for the first time, or for a PO file entry which is different of the last one used for getting source context, then the command reacts by giving the first context available for this entry, if any. If some context has already been recently displayed for the current PO file entry, and the translator wandered off to do other things, typing `s' again will merely resume, in another window, the context last displayed. In particular, if the translator moved the cursor away from the context in the source file, the command will bring the cursor back to the context. By using `s' many times in a row, with no other commands intervening, PO mode will cycle to the next available contexts for this particular entry, getting back to the first context once the last has been shown. The command `M-s' behaves differently. Instead of cycling through references, it lets the translator choose of particular reference among many, and displays that reference. It is best used with completion, if the translator types `TAB' immediately after `M-s', in response to the question, she will be offered a menu of all possible references, as a reminder of which are the acceptable answers. This command is useful only where there are really many contexts available for a single string to translate. Program source files are usually found relative to where the PO file stands. As a special provision, when this fails, the file is also looked for, but relative to the directory immediately above it. Those two cases take proper care of most PO files. However, it might happen that a PO file has been moved, or is edited in a different place than its normal location. When this happens, the translator should tell PO mode in which directory normally sits the genuine PO file. Many such directories may be specified, and all together, they constitute what is called the "search path" for program sources. The command `S' (`po-consider-source-path') is used to interactively enter a new directory at the front of the search path, and the command `M-S' (`po-ignore-source-path') is used to select, with completion, one of the directories she does not want anymore on the search path.  File: gettext.info, Node: Compendium, Prev: C Sources Context, Up: Initial Using Translation Compendiums ============================= Compendiums are yet to be implemented. An incoming PO mode feature will let the translator maintain a compendium of already achieved translations. A "compendium" is a special PO file containing a set of translations recurring in many different packages. The translator will be given commands for adding entries to her compendium, and later initializing untranslated entries, or updating already translated entries, from translations kept in the compendium. For this to work, however, the compendium would have to be normalized. *Note Normalizing::.  File: gettext.info, Node: Updating, Next: Binaries, Prev: Initial, Up: Top Updating Existing PO Files ************************** * Menu: * msgmerge Invocation:: Invoking the `msgmerge' Program * Translated Entries:: * Fuzzy Entries:: * Untranslated Entries:: Untranslated Entries * Obsolete Entries:: Obsolete Entries * Modifying Translations:: Modifying Translations * Modifying Comments:: Modifying Comments * Auxiliary:: Consulting Auxiliary PO Files  File: gettext.info, Node: msgmerge Invocation, Next: Translated Entries, Prev: Updating, Up: Updating Invoking the `msgmerge' Program ===============================  File: gettext.info, Node: Translated Entries, Next: Fuzzy Entries, Prev: msgmerge Invocation, Up: Updating Translated Entries ================== Each PO file entry for which the `msgstr' field has been filled with a translation, and which is not marked as fuzzy (*note Fuzzy Entries::.), is a said to be a "translated" entry. Only translated entries will later be compiled by GNU `msgfmt' and become usable in programs. Other entry types will be excluded; translation will not occur for them. Some commands are more specifically related to translated entry processing. `t' Find the next translated entry. `M-t' Find the previous translated entry. The commands `t' (`po-next-translated-entry') and `M-t' (`po-previous-transted-entry') move forwards or backwards, chasing for an translated entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. Translated entries usually result from the translator having edited in a translation for them, *Note Modifying Translations::. However, if the variable `po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit' is not `nil', the entry having received a new translation first becomes a fuzzy entry, which ought to be later unfuzzied before becoming an official, genuine translated entry. *Note Fuzzy Entries::.  File: gettext.info, Node: Fuzzy Entries, Next: Untranslated Entries, Prev: Translated Entries, Up: Updating Fuzzy Entries ============= Each PO file entry may have a set of "attributes", which are qualities given an name and explicitely associated with the entry translation, using a special system comment. One of these attributes has the name `fuzzy', and entries having this attribute are said to have a fuzzy translation. They are called fuzzy entries, for short. Fuzzy entries, even if they account for translated entries for most other purposes, usually call for revision by the translator. Those may be produced by applying the program `msgmerge' to update an older translated PO files according to a new PO template file, when this tool hypothesises that some new `msgid' has been modified only slightly out of an older one, and chooses to pair what it thinks to be the old translation for the new modified entry. The slight alteration in the original string (the `msgid' string) should often be reflected in the translated string, and this requires the intervention of the translator. For this reason, `msgmerge' might mark some entries as being fuzzy. Also, the translator may decide herself to mark an entry as fuzzy for her own convenience, when she wants to remember that the entry has to be later revisited. So, some commands are more specifically related to fuzzy entry processing. `f' Find the next fuzzy entry. `M-f' Find the previous fuzzy entry. `TAB' Remove the fuzzy attribute of the current entry. The commands `f' (`po-next-fuzzy') and `M-f' (`po-previous-fuzzy') move forwards or backwards, chasing for a fuzzy entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. The command `TAB' (`po-unfuzzy') removes the fuzzy attribute associated with an entry, usually leaving it translated. Further, if the variable `po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy' has not the `nil' value, the `TAB' command will automatically chase for another interesting entry to work on. The initial value of `po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy' is `nil'. The initial value of `po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit' is `nil'. However, if the variable `po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit' is set to `t', any entry edited through the `RET' command is marked fuzzy, as a way to ensure some kind of double check, later. In this case, the usual paradigm is that an entry becomes fuzzy (if not already) whenever the translator modifies it. If she is satisfied with the translation, she then uses `TAB' to pick another entry to work on, clearing the fuzzy attribute on the same blow. If she is not satisfied yet, she merely uses `SPC' to chase another entry, leaving the entry fuzzy. The translator may also use the `DEL' command (`po-fade-out-entry') over any translated entry to mark it as being fuzzy, when she wants to easily leave a trace she wants to later return working at this entry. Also, when time comes to quit working on a PO file buffer with the `q' command, the translator is asked for confirmation, if fuzzy string still exists.  File: gettext.info, Node: Untranslated Entries, Next: Obsolete Entries, Prev: Fuzzy Entries, Up: Updating Untranslated Entries ==================== When `xgettext' originally creates a PO file, unless told otherwise, it initializes the `msgid' field with the untranslated string, and leaves the `msgstr' string to be empty. Such entries, having an empty translation, are said to be "untranslated" entries. Later, when the programmer slightly modifies some string right in the program, this change is later reflected in the PO file by the appearance of a new untranslated entry for the modified string. The usual commands moving from entry to entry consider untranslated entries on the same level as active entries. Untranslated entries are easily recognizable by the fact they end with `msgstr ""'. The work of the translator might be (quite naively) seen as the process of seeking after an untranslated entry, editing a translation for it, and repeating these actions until no untranslated entries remain. Some commands are more specifically related to untranslated entry processing. `u' Find the next untranslated entry. `M-u' Find the previous untranslated entry. `k' Turn the current entry into an untranslated one. The commands `u' (`po-next-untranslated-entry') and `M-u' (`po-previous-untransted-entry') move forwards or backwards, chasing for an untranslated entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. An entry can be turned back into an untranslated entry by merely emptying its translation, using the command `k' (`po-kill-msgstr'). *Note Modifying Translations::. Also, when time comes to quit working on a PO file buffer with the `q' command, the translator is asked for confirmation, if some untranslated string still exists. gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/gettext.info-30000644000175000017500000014130406522265011015165 0ustar jrjrThis is Info file gettext.info, produced by Makeinfo version 1.68 from the input file gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * Gettext: (gettext). GNU gettext utilities. * gettextize: (gettext)gettextize Invocation. Prepare a package for gettext. * msgfmt: (gettext)msgfmt Invocation. Make MO files out of PO files. * msgmerge: (gettext)msgmerge Invocation. Update two PO files into one. * xgettext: (gettext)xgettext Invocation. Extract strings into a PO file. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY This file provides documentation for GNU `gettext' utilities. It also serves as a reference for the free Translation Project. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation.  File: gettext.info, Node: Obsolete Entries, Next: Modifying Translations, Prev: Untranslated Entries, Up: Updating Obsolete Entries ================ By "obsolete" PO file entries, we mean those entries which are commented out, usually by `msgmerge' when it found that the translation is not needed anymore by the package being localized. The usual commands moving from entry to entry consider obsolete entries on the same level as active entries. Obsolete entries are easily recognizable by the fact that all their lines start with `#', even those lines containing `msgid' or `msgstr'. Commands exist for emptying the translation or reinitializing it to the original untranslated string. Commands interfacing with the kill ring may force some previously saved text into the translation. The user may interactively edit the translation. All these commands may apply to obsolete entries, carefully leaving the entry obsolete after the fact. Moreover, some commands are more specifically related to obsolete entry processing. `o' Find the next obsolete entry. `M-o' Find the previous obsolete entry. `DEL' Make an active entry obsolete, or zap out an obsolete entry. The commands `o' (`po-next-obsolete-entry') and `M-o' (`po-previous-obsolete-entry') move forwards or backwards, chasing for an obsolete entry. If none is found, the search is extended and wraps around in the PO file buffer. PO mode does not provide ways for un-commenting an obsolete entry and making it active, because this would reintroduce an original untranslated string which does not correspond to any marked string in the program sources. This goes with the philosophy of never introducing useless `msgid' values. However, it is possible to comment out an active entry, so making it obsolete. GNU `gettext' utilities will later react to the disappearance of a translation by using the untranslated string. The command `DEL' (`po-fade-out-entry') pushes the current entry a little further towards annihilation. If the entry is active (it is a translated entry), then it is first made fuzzy. If it is already fuzzy, then the entry is merely commented out, with confirmation. If the entry is already obsolete, then it is completely deleted from the PO file. It is easy to recycle the translation so deleted into some other PO file entry, usually one which is untranslated. *Note Modifying Translations::. Here is a quite interesting problem to solve for later development of PO mode, for those nights you are not sleepy. The idea would be that PO mode might become bright enough, one of these days, to make good guesses at retrieving the most probable candidate, among all obsolete entries, for initializing the translation of a newly appeared string. I think it might be a quite hard problem to do this algorithmically, as we have to develop good and efficient measures of string similarity. Right now, PO mode completely lets the decision to the translator, when the time comes to find the adequate obsolete translation, it merely tries to provide handy tools for helping her to do so.  File: gettext.info, Node: Modifying Translations, Next: Modifying Comments, Prev: Obsolete Entries, Up: Updating Modifying Translations ====================== PO mode prevents direct edition of the PO file, by the usual means Emacs give for altering a buffer's contents. By doing so, it pretends helping the translator to avoid little clerical errors about the overall file format, or the proper quoting of strings, as those errors would be easily made. Other kinds of errors are still possible, but some may be caught and diagnosed by the batch validation process, which the translator may always trigger by the `V' command. For all other errors, the translator has to rely on her own judgment, and also on the linguistic reports submitted to her by the users of the translated package, having the same mother tongue. When the time comes to create a translation, correct an error diagnosed mechanically or reported by a user, the translators have to resort to using the following commands for modifying the translations. `RET' Interactively edit the translation. `LFD' Reinitialize the translation with the original, untranslated string. `k' Save the translation on the kill ring, and delete it. `w' Save the translation on the kill ring, without deleting it. `y' Replace the translation, taking the new from the kill ring. The command `RET' (`po-edit-msgstr') opens a new Emacs window containing a copy of the translation taken from the current PO file entry, all ready for edition, fully modifiable and with the complete extent of GNU Emacs modifying commands. The string is presented to the translator expunged of all quoting marks, and she will modify the *unquoted* string in this window to heart's content. Once done, the regular Emacs command `M-C-c' (`exit-recursive-edit') may be used to return the edited translation into the PO file, replacing the original translation. The keys `C-c C-c' are bound so they have the same effect as `M-C-c'. If the translator becomes unsatisfied with her translation to the extent she prefers keeping the translation which was existent prior to the `RET' command, she may use the standard Emacs command `C-]' (`abort-recursive-edit') to merely get rid of edition, while preserving the original translation. The keys `C-c C-k' are bound so they have the same effect as `C-]'. Another way would be for her to exit normally with `C-c C-c', then type `U' once for undoing the whole effect of last edition. Functions found on `po-subedit-mode-hook', if any, are executed after the string has been inserted in the edit buffer and before recursive edit is entered. While editing her translation, the translator should pay attention to not inserting unwanted `' (carriage returns) characters at the end of the translated string if those are not meant to be there, or to removing such characters when they are required. Since these characters are not visible in the editing buffer, they are easily introduced by mistake. To help her, `' automatically puts the character `<' at the end of the string being edited, but this `<' is not really part of the string. On exiting the editing window with `C-c C-c', PO mode automatically removes such `<' and all whitespace added after it. If the translator adds characters after the terminating `<', it looses its delimiting property and integrally becomes part of the string. If she removes the delimiting `<', then the edited string is taken *as is*, with all trailing newlines, even if invisible. Also, if the translated string ought to end itself with a genuine `<', then the delimiting `<' may not be removed; so the string should appear, in the editing window, as ending with two `<' in a row. When a translation (or a comment) is being edited, the translator may move the cursor back into the PO file buffer and freely move to other entries, browsing at will. The edited entry will be recovered as soon as the edit ceases, because it is this entry only which is being modified. If, with an edition still opened, the translator wanders in the PO file buffer, she cannot modify any other entry. If she tries to, PO mode will react by suggesting that she abort the current edit, or else, by inviting her to finish the current edit prior to any other modification. The command `LFD' (`po-msgid-to-msgstr') initializes, or reinitializes the translation with the original string. This command is normally used when the translator wants to redo a fresh translation of the original string, disregarding any previous work. It is possible to arrange so, whenever editing an untranslated entry, the `LFD' command be automatically executed. If you set `po-auto-edit-with-msgid' to `t', the translation gets initialised with the original string, in case none exist already. The default value for `po-auto-edit-with-msgid' is `nil'. In fact, whether it is best to start a translation with an empty string, or rather with a copy of the original string, is a matter of taste or habit. Sometimes, the source language and the target language are so different that is simply best to start writing on an empty page. At other times, the source and target languages are so close that it would be a waste to retype a number of words already being written in the original string. A translator may also like having the original string right under her eyes, as she will progressively overwrite the original text with the translation, even if this requires some extra editing work to get rid of the original. The command `k' (`po-kill-msgstr') merely empties the translation string, so turning the entry into an untranslated one. But while doing so, its previous contents is put apart in a special place, known as the kill ring. The command `w' (`po-kill-ring-save-msgstr') has also the effect of taking a copy of the translation onto the kill ring, but it otherwise leaves the entry alone, and does *not* remove the translation from the entry. Both commands use exactly the Emacs kill ring, which is shared between buffers, and which is well known already to GNU Emacs lovers. The translator may use `k' or `w' many times in the course of her work, as the kill ring may hold several saved translations. From the kill ring, strings may later be reinserted in various Emacs buffers. In particular, the kill ring may be used for moving translation strings between different entries of a single PO file buffer, or if the translator is handling many such buffers at once, even between PO files. To facilitate exchanges with buffers which are not in PO mode, the translation string put on the kill ring by the `k' command is fully unquoted before being saved: external quotes are removed, multi-lines strings are concatenated, and backslashed escaped sequences are turned into their corresponding characters. In the special case of obsolete entries, the translation is also uncommented prior to saving. The command `y' (`po-yank-msgstr') completely replaces the translation of the current entry by a string taken from the kill ring. Following GNU Emacs terminology, we then say that the replacement string is "yanked" into the PO file buffer. *Note Yanking: (emacs)Yanking. The first time `y' is used, the translation receives the value of the most recent addition to the kill ring. If `y' is typed once again, immediately, without intervening keystrokes, the translation just inserted is taken away and replaced by the second most recent addition to the kill ring. By repeating `y' many times in a row, the translator may travel along the kill ring for saved strings, until she finds the string she really wanted. When a string is yanked into a PO file entry, it is fully and automatically requoted for complying with the format PO files should have. Further, if the entry is obsolete, PO mode then appropriately push the inserted string inside comments. Once again, translators should not burden themselves with quoting considerations besides, of course, the necessity of the translated string itself respective to the program using it. Note that `k' or `w' are not the only commands pushing strings on the kill ring, as almost any PO mode command replacing translation strings (or the translator comments) automatically save the old string on the kill ring. The main exceptions to this general rule are the yanking commands themselves. To better illustrate the operation of killing and yanking, let's use an actual example, taken from a common situation. When the programmer slightly modifies some string right in the program, his change is later reflected in the PO file by the appearance of a new untranslated entry for the modified string, and the fact that the entry translating the original or unmodified string becomes obsolete. In many cases, the translator might spare herself some work by retrieving the unmodified translation from the obsolete entry, then initializing the untranslated entry `msgstr' field with this retrieved translation. Once this done, the obsolete entry is not wanted anymore, and may be safely deleted. When the translator finds an untranslated entry and suspects that a slight variant of the translation exists, she immediately uses `m' to mark the current entry location, then starts chasing obsolete entries with `o', hoping to find some translation corresponding to the unmodified string. Once found, she uses the `DEL' command for deleting the obsolete entry, knowing that `DEL' also *kills* the translation, that is, pushes the translation on the kill ring. Then, `r' returns to the initial untranslated entry, `y' then *yanks* the saved translation right into the `msgstr' field. The translator is then free to use `' for fine tuning the translation contents, and maybe to later use `u', then `m' again, for going on with the next untranslated string. When some sequence of keys has to be typed over and over again, the translator may find it useful to become better acquainted with the GNU Emacs capability of learning these sequences and playing them back under request. *Note Keyboard Macros: (emacs)Keyboard Macros.  File: gettext.info, Node: Modifying Comments, Next: Auxiliary, Prev: Modifying Translations, Up: Updating Modifying Comments ================== Any translation work done seriously will raise many linguistic difficulties, for which decisions have to be made, and the choices further documented. These documents may be saved within the PO file in form of translator comments, which the translator is free to create, delete, or modify at will. These comments may be useful to herself when she returns to this PO file after a while. Comments not having whitespace after the initial `#', for example, those beginning with `#.' or `#:', are *not* translator comments, they are exclusively created by other `gettext' tools. So, the commands below will never alter such system added comments, they are not meant for the translator to modify. *Note PO Files::. The following commands are somewhat similar to those modifying translations, so the general indications given for those apply here. *Note Modifying Translations::. `#' Interactively edit the translator comments. `K' Save the translator comments on the kill ring, and delete it. `W' Save the translator comments on the kill ring, without deleting it. `Y' Replace the translator comments, taking the new from the kill ring. These commands parallel PO mode commands for modifying the translation strings, and behave much the same way as they do, except that they handle this part of PO file comments meant for translator usage, rather than the translation strings. So, if the descriptions given below are slightly succinct, it is because the full details have already been given. *Note Modifying Translations::. The command `#' (`po-edit-comment') opens a new Emacs window containing a copy of the translator comments on the current PO file entry. If there are no such comments, PO mode understands that the translator wants to add a comment to the entry, and she is presented with an empty screen. Comment marks (`#') and the space following them are automatically removed before edition, and reinstated after. For translator comments pertaining to obsolete entries, the uncommenting and recommenting operations are done twice. Once in the editing window, the keys `C-c C-c' allow the translator to tell she is finished with editing the comment. Functions found on `po-subedit-mode-hook', if any, are executed after the string has been inserted in the edit buffer and before recursive edit is entered. The command `K' (`po-kill-comment') get rid of all translator comments, while saving those comments on the kill ring. The command `W' (`po-kill-ring-save-comment') takes a copy of the translator comments on the kill ring, but leaves them undisturbed in the current entry. The command `Y' (`po-yank-comment') completely replaces the translator comments by a string taken at the front of the kill ring. When this command is immediately repeated, the comments just inserted are withdrawn, and replaced by other strings taken along the kill ring. On the kill ring, all strings have the same nature. There is no distinction between *translation* strings and *translator comments* strings. So, for example, let's presume the translator has just finished editing a translation, and wants to create a new translator comment to document why the previous translation was not good, just to remember what was the problem. Foreseeing that she will do that in her documentation, the translator may want to quote the previous translation in her translator comments. To do so, she may initialize the translator comments with the previous translation, still at the head of the kill ring. Because editing already pushed the previous translation on the kill ring, she merely has to type `M-w' prior to `#', and the previous translation will be right there, all ready for being introduced by some explanatory text. On the other hand, presume there are some translator comments already and that the translator wants to add to those comments, instead of wholly replacing them. Then, she should edit the comment right away with `#'. Once inside the editing window, she can use the regular GNU Emacs commands `C-y' (`yank') and `M-y' (`yank-pop') to get the previous translation where she likes.  File: gettext.info, Node: Auxiliary, Prev: Modifying Comments, Up: Updating Consulting Auxiliary PO Files ============================= PO mode is able to help the knowledgeable translator, being fluent in many languages, at taking advantage of translations already achieved in other languages she just happens to know. It provides these other language translations as additional context for her own work. Moreover, it has features to ease the production of translations for many languages at once, for translators preferring to work in this way. An "auxiliary" PO file is an existing PO file meant for the same package the translator is working on, but targeted to a different mother tongue language. Commands exist for declaring and handling auxiliary PO files, and also for showing contexts for the entry under work. Here are the auxiliary file commands available in PO mode. `a' Seek auxiliary files for another translation for the same entry. `M-a' Switch to a particular auxiliary file. `A' Declare this PO file as an auxiliary file. `M-A' Remove this PO file from the list of auxiliary files. Command `A' (`po-consider-as-auxiliary') adds the current PO file to the list of auxiliary files, while command `M-A' (`po-ignore-as-auxiliary' just removes it. The command `a' (`po-cycle-auxiliary') seeks all auxiliary PO files, round-robin, searching for a translated entry in some other language having an `msgid' field identical as the one for the current entry. The found PO file, if any, takes the place of the current PO file in the display (its window gets on top). Before doing so, the current PO file is also made into an auxiliary file, if not already. So, `a' in this newly displayed PO file will seek another PO file, and so on, so repeating `a' will eventually yield back the original PO file. The command `M-a' (`po-select-auxiliary') asks the translator for her choice of a particular auxiliary file, with completion, and then switches to that selected PO file. The command also checks if the selected file has an `msgid' field identical as the one for the current entry, and if yes, this entry becomes current. Otherwise, the cursor of the selected file is left undisturbed. For all this to work fully, auxiliary PO files will have to be normalized, in that way that `msgid' fields should be written *exactly* the same way. It is possible to write `msgid' fields in various ways for representing the same string, different writing would break the proper behaviour of the auxiliary file commands of PO mode. This is not expected to be much a problem in practice, as most existing PO files have their `msgid' entries written by the same GNU `gettext' tools. However, PO files initially created by PO mode itself, while marking strings in source files, are normalised differently. So are PO files resulting of the the `M-x normalize' command. Until these discrepancies between PO mode and other GNU `gettext' tools get fully resolved, the translator should stay aware of normalisation issues.  File: gettext.info, Node: Binaries, Next: Users, Prev: Updating, Up: Top Producing Binary MO Files ************************* * Menu: * msgfmt Invocation:: Invoking the `msgfmt' Program * MO Files:: The Format of GNU MO Files  File: gettext.info, Node: msgfmt Invocation, Next: MO Files, Prev: Binaries, Up: Binaries Invoking the `msgfmt' Program ============================= Usage: msgfmt [OPTION] FILENAME.po ... `-a NUMBER' `--alignment=NUMBER' Align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: 1). `-h' `--help' Display this help and exit. `--no-hash' Binary file will not include the hash table. `-o FILE' `--output-file=FILE' Specify output file name as FILE. `--strict' Direct the program to work strictly following the Uniforum/Sun implementation. Currently this only affects the naming of the output file. If this option is not given the name of the output file is the same as the domain name. If the strict Uniforum mode is enable the suffix `.mo' is added to the file name if it is not already present. We find this behaviour of Sun's implementation rather silly and so by default this mode is *not* selected. `-v' `--verbose' Detect and diagnose input file anomalies which might represent translation errors. The `msgid' and `msgstr' strings are studied and compared. It is considered abnormal that one string starts or ends with a newline while the other does not. Also, if the string represents a format sring used in a `printf'-like function both strings should have the same number of `%' format specifiers, with matching types. If the flag `c-format' or `possible-c-format' appears in the special comment <#,> for this entry a check is performed. For example, the check will diagnose using `%.*s' against `%s', or `%d' against `%s', or `%d' against `%x'. It can even handle positional parameters. Normally the `xgettext' program automatically decides whether a string is a format string or not. This algorithm is not perfect, though. It might regard a string as a format string though it is not used in a `printf'-like function and so `msgfmt' might report errors where there are none. Or the other way round: a string is not regarded as a format string but it is used in a `printf'-like function. So solve this problem the programmer can dictate the decision to the `xgettext' program (*note c-format::.). The translator should not consider removing the flag from the <#,> line. This "fix" would be reversed again as soon as `msgmerge' is called the next time. `-V' `--version' Output version information and exit. If input file is `-', standard input is read. If output file is `-', output is written to standard output.  File: gettext.info, Node: MO Files, Prev: msgfmt Invocation, Up: Binaries The Format of GNU MO Files ========================== The format of the generated MO files is best described by a picture, which appears below. The first two words serve the identification of the file. The magic number will always signal GNU MO files. The number is stored in the byte order of the generating machine, so the magic number really is two numbers: `0x950412de' and `0xde120495'. The second word describes the current revision of the file format. For now the revision is 0. This might change in future versions, and ensures that the readers of MO files can distinguish new formats from old ones, so that both can be handled correctly. The version is kept separate from the magic number, instead of using different magic numbers for different formats, mainly because `/etc/magic' is not updated often. It might be better to have magic separated from internal format version identification. Follow a number of pointers to later tables in the file, allowing for the extension of the prefix part of MO files without having to recompile programs reading them. This might become useful for later inserting a few flag bits, indication about the charset used, new tables, or other things. Then, at offset O and offset T in the picture, two tables of string descriptors can be found. In both tables, each string descriptor uses two 32 bits integers, one for the string length, another for the offset of the string in the MO file, counting in bytes from the start of the file. The first table contains descriptors for the original strings, and is sorted so the original strings are in increasing lexicographical order. The second table contains descriptors for the translated strings, and is parallel to the first table: to find the corresponding translation one has to access the array slot in the second array with the same index. Having the original strings sorted enables the use of simple binary search, for when the MO file does not contain an hashing table, or for when it is not practical to use the hashing table provided in the MO file. This also has another advantage, as the empty string in a PO file GNU `gettext' is usually *translated* into some system information attached to that particular MO file, and the empty string necessarily becomes the first in both the original and translated tables, making the system information very easy to find. The size S of the hash table can be zero. In this case, the hash table itself is not contained in the MO file. Some people might prefer this because a precomputed hashing table takes disk space, and does not win *that* much speed. The hash table contains indices to the sorted array of strings in the MO file. Conflict resolution is done by double hashing. The precise hashing algorithm used is fairly dependent of GNU `gettext' code, and is not documented here. As for the strings themselves, they follow the hash file, and each is terminated with a , and this is not counted in the length which appears in the string descriptor. The `msgfmt' program has an option selecting the alignment for MO file strings. With this option, each string is separately aligned so it starts at an offset which is a multiple of the alignment value. On some RISC machines, a correct alignment will speed things up. Nothing prevents a MO file from having embedded s in strings. However, the program interface currently used already presumes that strings are terminated, so embedded s are somewhat useless. But MO file format is general enough so other interfaces would be later possible, if for example, we ever want to implement wide characters right in MO files, where bytes may accidently appear. This particular issue has been strongly debated in the GNU `gettext' development forum, and it is expectable that MO file format will evolve or change over time. It is even possible that many formats may later be supported concurrently. But surely, we have to start somewhere, and the MO file format described here is a good start. Nothing is cast in concrete, and the format may later evolve fairly easily, so we should feel comfortable with the current approach. byte +------------------------------------------+ 0 | magic number = 0x950412de | | | 4 | file format revision = 0 | | | 8 | number of strings | == N | | 12 | offset of table with original strings | == O | | 16 | offset of table with translation strings | == T | | 20 | size of hashing table | == S | | 24 | offset of hashing table | == H | | . . . (possibly more entries later) . . . | | O | length & offset 0th string ----------------. O + 8 | length & offset 1st string ------------------. ... ... | | O + ((N-1)*8)| length & offset (N-1)th string | | | | | | | T | length & offset 0th translation ---------------. T + 8 | length & offset 1st translation -----------------. ... ... | | | | T + ((N-1)*8)| length & offset (N-1)th translation | | | | | | | | | | | H | start hash table | | | | | ... ... | | | | H + S * 4 | end hash table | | | | | | | | | | | | NUL terminated 0th string <----------------' | | | | | | | | | NUL terminated 1st string <------------------' | | | | | | ... ... | | | | | | | NUL terminated 0th translation <---------------' | | | | | NUL terminated 1st translation <-----------------' | | ... ... | | +------------------------------------------+  File: gettext.info, Node: Users, Next: Programmers, Prev: Binaries, Up: Top The User's View *************** When GNU `gettext' will truly have reached is goal, average users should feel some kind of astonished pleasure, seeing the effect of that strange kind of magic that just makes their own native language appear everywhere on their screens. As for naive users, they would ideally have no special pleasure about it, merely taking their own language for *granted*, and becoming rather unhappy otherwise. So, let's try to describe here how we would like the magic to operate, as we want the users' view to be the simplest, among all ways one could look at GNU `gettext'. All other software engineers: programmers, translators, maintainers, should work together in such a way that the magic becomes possible. This is a long and progressive undertaking, and information is available about the progress of the Translation Project. When a package is distributed, there are two kind of users: "installers" who fetch the distribution, unpack it, configure it, compile it and install it for themselves or others to use; and "end users" that call programs of the package, once these have been installed at their site. GNU `gettext' is offering magic for both installers and end users. * Menu: * Matrix:: The Current `ABOUT-NLS' Matrix * Installers:: Magic for Installers * End Users:: Magic for End Users  File: gettext.info, Node: Matrix, Next: Installers, Prev: Users, Up: Users The Current `ABOUT-NLS' Matrix ============================== Languages are not equally supported in all packages using GNU `gettext'. To know if some package uses GNU `gettext', one may check the distribution for the `ABOUT-NLS' information file, for some `LL.po' files, often kept together into some `po/' directory, or for an `intl/' directory. Internationalized packages have usually many `LL.po' files, where LL represents the language. *Note End Users:: for a complete description of the format for LL. More generally, a matrix is available for showing the current state of the Translation Project, listing which packages are prepared for multi-lingual messages, and which languages is supported by each. Because this information changes often, this matrix is not kept within this GNU `gettext' manual. This information is often found in file `ABOUT-NLS' from various distributions, but is also as old as the distribution itself. A recent copy of this `ABOUT-NLS' file, containing up-to-date information, should generally be found on the Translation Project sites, and also on most GNU archive sites.  File: gettext.info, Node: Installers, Next: End Users, Prev: Matrix, Up: Users Magic for Installers ==================== By default, packages fully using GNU `gettext', internally, are installed in such a way that they to allow translation of messages. At *configuration* time, those packages should automatically detect whether the underlying host system provides usable `catgets' or `gettext' functions. If neither is present, the GNU `gettext' library should be automatically prepared and used. Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing this behavior. The command `./configure --with-included-gettext' bypasses system `catgets' or `gettext' to use GNU `gettext' instead, while `./configure --disable-nls' produces program totally unable to translate messages. Internationalized packages have usually many `LL.po' files. Unless translations are disabled, all those available are installed together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. `LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter codes, stating which languages are allowed.  File: gettext.info, Node: End Users, Prev: Installers, Up: Users Magic for End Users =================== We consider here those packages using GNU `gettext' internally, and for which the installers did not disable translation at *configure* time. Then, users only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate `LL' prior to using the programs in the package. *Note Matrix::. For example, let's presume a German site. At the shell prompt, users merely have to execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh') or `export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh'). They could even do this from their `.login' or `.profile' file.  File: gettext.info, Node: Programmers, Next: Translators, Prev: Users, Up: Top The Programmer's View ********************* One aim of the current message catalog implementation provided by GNU `gettext' was to use the systems message catalog handling, if the installer wishes to do so. So we perhaps should first take a look at the solutions we know about. The people in the POSIX committee does not manage to agree on one of the semi-official standards which we'll describe below. In fact they couldn't agree on anything, so nothing decide only to include an example of an interface. The major Unix vendors are split in the usage of the two most important specifications: X/Opens catgets vs. Uniforums gettext interface. We'll describe them both and later explain our solution of this dilemma. * Menu: * catgets:: About `catgets' * gettext:: About `gettext' * Comparison:: Comparing the two interfaces * Using libintl.a:: Using libintl.a in own programs * gettext grok:: Being a `gettext' grok * Temp Programmers:: Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter  File: gettext.info, Node: catgets, Next: gettext, Prev: Programmers, Up: Programmers About `catgets' =============== The `catgets' implementation is defined in the X/Open Portability Guide, Volume 3, XSI Supplementary Definitions, Chapter 5. But the process of creating this standard seemed to be too slow for some of the Unix vendors so they created their implementations on preliminary versions of the standard. Of course this leads again to problems while writing platform independent programs: even the usage of `catgets' does not guarantee a unique interface. Another, personal comment on this that only a bunch of committee members could have made this interface. They never really tried to program using this interface. It is a fast, memory-saving implementation, an user can happily live with it. But programmers hate it (at least me and some others do...) But we must not forget one point: after all the trouble with transfering the rights on Unix(tm) they at last came to X/Open, the very same who published this specifications. This leads me to making the prediction that this interface will be in future Unix standards (e.g. Spec1170) and therefore part of all Unix implementation (implementations, which are *allowed* to wear this name). * Menu: * Interface to catgets:: The interface * Problems with catgets:: Problems with the `catgets' interface?!  File: gettext.info, Node: Interface to catgets, Next: Problems with catgets, Prev: catgets, Up: catgets The Interface ------------- The interface to the `catgets' implementation consists of three functions which correspond to those used in file access: `catopen' to open the catalog for using, `catgets' for accessing the message tables, and `catclose' for closing after work is done. Prototypes for the functions and the needed definitions are in the `' header file. `catopen' is used like in this: nl_catd catd = catopen ("catalog_name", 0); The function takes as the argument the name of the catalog. This usual refers to the name of the program or the package. The second parameter is not further specified in the standard. I don't even know whether it is implemented consistently among various systems. So the common advice is to use `0' as the value. The return value is a handle to the message catalog, equivalent to handles to file returned by `open'. This handle is of course used in the `catgets' function which can be used like this: char *translation = catgets (catd, set_no, msg_id, "original string"); The first parameter is this catalog descriptor. The second parameter specifies the set of messages in this catalog, in which the message described by `msg_id' is obtained. `catgets' therefore uses a three-stage addressing: catalog name => set number => message ID => translation The fourth argument is not used to address the translation. It is given as a default value in case when one of the addressing stages fail. One important thing to remember is that although the return type of catgets is `char *' the resulting string *must not* be changed. It should better `const char *', but the standard is published in 1988, one year before ANSI C. The last of these function functions is used and behaves as expected: catclose (catd); After this no `catgets' call using the descriptor is legal anymore.  File: gettext.info, Node: Problems with catgets, Prev: Interface to catgets, Up: catgets Problems with the `catgets' Interface?! --------------------------------------- Now that this descriptions seemed to be really easy where are the problem we speak of. In fact the interface could be used in a reasonable way, but constructing the message catalogs is a pain. The reason for this lies in the third argument of `catgets': the unique message ID. This has to be a numeric value for all messages in a single set. Perhaps you could imagine the problems keeping such list while changing the source code. Add a new message here, remove one there. Of course there have been developed a lot of tools helping to organize this chaos but one as the other fails in one aspect or the other. We don't want to say that the other approach has no problems but they are far more easily to manage.  File: gettext.info, Node: gettext, Next: Comparison, Prev: catgets, Up: Programmers About `gettext' =============== The definition of the `gettext' interface comes from a Uniforum proposal and it is followed by at least one major Unix vendor (Sun) in its last developments. It is not specified in any official standard, though. The main points about this solution is that it does not follow the method of normal file handling (open-use-close) and that it does not burden the programmer so many task, especially the unique key handling. Of course here is also a unique key needed, but this key is the message itself (how long or short it is). *Note Comparison:: for a more detailed comparison of the two methods. The following section contains a rather detailed description of the interface. We make it that detailed because this is the interface we chose for the GNU `gettext' Library. Programmers interested in using this library will be interested in this description. * Menu: * Interface to gettext:: The interface * Ambiguities:: Solving ambiguities * Locating Catalogs:: Locating message catalog files * Optimized gettext:: Optimization of the *gettext functions  File: gettext.info, Node: Interface to gettext, Next: Ambiguities, Prev: gettext, Up: gettext The Interface ------------- The minimal functionality an interface must have is a) to select a domain the strings are coming from (a single domain for all programs is not reasonable because its construction and maintenance is difficult, perhaps impossible) and b) to access a string in a selected domain. This is principally the description of the `gettext' interface. It has an global domain which unqualified usages reference. Of course this domain is selectable by the user. char *textdomain (const char *domain_name); This provides the possibility to change or query the current status of the current global domain of the `LC_MESSAGE' category. The argument is a null-terminated string, whose characters must be legal in the use in filenames. If the DOMAIN_NAME argument is `NULL', the function return the current value. If no value has been set before, the name of the default domain is returned: *messages*. Please note that although the return value of `textdomain' is of type `char *' no changing is allowed. It is also important to know that no checks of the availability are made. If the name is not available you will see this by the fact that no translations are provided. To use a domain set by `textdomain' the function char *gettext (const char *msgid); is to be used. This is the simplest reasonable form one can imagine. The translation of the string MSGID is returned if it is available in the current domain. If not available the argument itself is returned. If the argument is `NULL' the result is undefined. One things which should come into mind is that no explicit dependency to the used domain is given. The current value of the domain for the `LC_MESSAGES' locale is used. If this changes between two executions of the same `gettext' call in the program, both calls reference a different message catalog. For the easiest case, which is normally used in internationalized packages, once at the beginning of execution a call to `textdomain' is issued, setting the domain to a unique name, normally the package name. In the following code all strings which have to be translated are filtered through the gettext function. That's all, the package speaks your language.  File: gettext.info, Node: Ambiguities, Next: Locating Catalogs, Prev: Interface to gettext, Up: gettext Solving Ambiguities ------------------- While this single name domain work good for most applications there might be the need to get translations from more than one domain. Of course one could switch between different domains with calls to `textdomain', but this is really not convenient nor is it fast. A possible situation could be one case discussing while this writing: all error messages of functions in the set of common used functions should go into a separate domain `error'. By this mean we would only need to translate them once. For this reasons there are two more functions to retrieve strings: char *dgettext (const char *domain_name, const char *msgid); char *dcgettext (const char *domain_name, const char *msgid, int category); Both take an additional argument at the first place, which corresponds to the argument of `textdomain'. The third argument of `dcgettext' allows to use another locale but `LC_MESSAGES'. But I really don't know where this can be useful. If the DOMAIN_NAME is `NULL' or CATEGORY has an value beside the known ones, the result is undefined. It should also be noted that this function is not part of the second known implementation of this function family, the one found in Solaris. A second ambiguity can arise by the fact, that perhaps more than one domain has the same name. This can be solved by specifying where the needed message catalog files can be found. char *bindtextdomain (const char *domain_name, const char *dir_name); Calling this function binds the given domain to a file in the specified directory (how this file is determined follows below). Especially a file in the systems default place is not favored against the specified file anymore (as it would be by solely using `textdomain'). A `NULL' pointer for the DIR_NAME parameter returns the binding associated with DOMAIN_NAME. If DOMAIN_NAME itself is `NULL' nothing happens and a `NULL' pointer is returned. Here again as for all the other functions is true that none of the return value must be changed! It is important to remember that relative path names for the DIR_NAME parameter can be trouble. Since the path is always computed relative to the current directory different results will be achieved when the program executes a `chdir' command. Relative paths should always be avoided to avoid dependencies and unreliabilities.  File: gettext.info, Node: Locating Catalogs, Next: Optimized gettext, Prev: Ambiguities, Up: gettext Locating Message Catalog Files ------------------------------ Because many different languages for many different packages have to be stored we need some way to add these information to file message catalog files. The way usually used in Unix environments is have this encoding in the file name. This is also done here. The directory name given in `bindtextdomain's second argument (or the default directory), followed by the value and name of the locale and the domain name are concatenated: DIR_NAME/LOCALE/LC_CATEGORY/DOMAIN_NAME.mo The default value for DIR_NAME is system specific. For the GNU library, and for packages adhering to its conventions, it's: /usr/local/share/locale LOCALE is the value of the locale whose name is this `LC_CATEGORY'. For `gettext' and `dgettext' this locale is always `LC_MESSAGES'. `dcgettext' specifies the locale by the third argument.(1) (2) ---------- Footnotes ---------- (1) Some system, eg Ultrix, don't have `LC_MESSAGES'. Here we use a more or less arbitrary value for it. (2) When the system does not support `setlocale' its behavior in setting the locale values is simulated by looking at the environment variables. gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/gettext.info-40000644000175000017500000014351706522265011015176 0ustar jrjrThis is Info file gettext.info, produced by Makeinfo version 1.68 from the input file gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * Gettext: (gettext). GNU gettext utilities. * gettextize: (gettext)gettextize Invocation. Prepare a package for gettext. * msgfmt: (gettext)msgfmt Invocation. Make MO files out of PO files. * msgmerge: (gettext)msgmerge Invocation. Update two PO files into one. * xgettext: (gettext)xgettext Invocation. Extract strings into a PO file. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY This file provides documentation for GNU `gettext' utilities. It also serves as a reference for the free Translation Project. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation.  File: gettext.info, Node: Optimized gettext, Prev: Locating Catalogs, Up: gettext Optimization of the *gettext functions -------------------------------------- At this point of the discussion we should talk about an advantage of the GNU `gettext' implementation. Some readers might have pointed out that an internationalized program might have a poor performance if some string has to be translated in an inner loop. While this is unavoidable when the string varies from one run of the loop to the other it is simply a waste of time when the string is always the same. Take the following example: { while (...) { puts (gettext ("Hello world")); } } When the locale selection does not change between two runs the resulting string is always the same. One way to use this is: { str = gettext ("Hello world"); while (...) { puts (str); } } But this solution is not usable in all situation (e.g. when the locale selection changes) nor is it good readable. The GNU C compiler, version 2.7 and above, provide another solution for this. To describe this we show here some lines of the `intl/libgettext.h' file. For an explanation of the expression command block see *Note Statements and Declarations in Expressions: (gcc)Statement Exprs. # if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7 extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; # define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ (__extension__ \ ({ \ char *result; \ if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ { \ static char *__translation__; \ static int __catalog_counter__; \ if (! __translation__ \ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ { \ __translation__ = \ dcgettext__ ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ } \ result = __translation__; \ } \ else \ result = dcgettext__ ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ result; \ })) # endif The interesting thing here is the `__builtin_constant_p' predicate. This is evaluated at compile time and so optimization can take place immediately. Here two cases are distinguished: the argument to `gettext' is not a constant value in which case simply the function `dcgettext__' is called, the real implementation of the `dcgettext' function. If the string argument *is* constant we can reuse the once gained translation when the locale selection has not changed. This is exactly what is done here. The `_nl_msg_cat_cntr' variable is defined in the `loadmsgcat.c' which is available in `libintl.a' and is changed whenever a new message catalog is loaded.  File: gettext.info, Node: Comparison, Next: Using libintl.a, Prev: gettext, Up: Programmers Comparing the Two Interfaces ============================ The following discussion is perhaps a little bit colored. As said above we implemented GNU `gettext' following the Uniforum proposal and this surely has its reasons. But it should show how we came to this decision. First we take a look at the developing process. When we write an application using NLS provided by `gettext' we proceed as always. Only when we come to a string which might be seen by the users and thus has to be translated we use `gettext("...")' instead of `"..."'. At the beginning of each source file (or in a central header file) we define #define gettext(String) (String) Even this definition can be avoided when the system supports the `gettext' function in its C library. When we compile this code the result is the same as if no NLS code is used. When you take a look at the GNU `gettext' code you will see that we use `_("...")' instead of `gettext("...")'. This reduces the number of additional characters per translatable string to *3* (in words: three). When now a production version of the program is needed we simply replace the definition #define _(String) (String) by #include #define _(String) gettext (String) Additionally we run the program `xgettext' on all source code file which contain translatable strings and that's it: we have a running program which does not depend on translations to be available, but which can use any that becomes available. The same procedure can be done for the `gettext_noop' invocations (*note Special cases::.). First you can define `gettext_noop' to a no-op macro and later use the definition from `libintl.h'. Because this name is not used in Suns implementation of `libintl.h', you should consider the following code for your project: #ifdef gettext_noop # define N_(String) gettext_noop (String) #else # define N_(String) (String) #endif `N_' is a short form similar to `_'. The `Makefile' in the `po/' directory of GNU gettext knows by default both of the mentioned short forms so you are invited to follow this proposal for your own ease. Now to `catgets'. The main problem is the work for the programmer. Every time he comes to a translatable string he has to define a number (or a symbolic constant) which has also be defined in the message catalog file. He also has to take care for duplicate entries, duplicate message IDs etc. If he wants to have the same quality in the message catalog as the GNU `gettext' program provides he also has to put the descriptive comments for the strings and the location in all source code files in the message catalog. This is nearly a Mission: Impossible. But there are also some points people might call advantages speaking for `catgets'. If you have a single word in a string and this string is used in different contexts it is likely that in one or the other language the word has different translations. Example: printf ("%s: %d", gettext ("number"), number_of_errors) printf ("you should see %d %s", number_count, number_count == 1 ? gettext ("number") : gettext ("numbers")) Here we have to translate two times the string `"number"'. Even if you do not speak a language beside English it might be possible to recognize that the two words have a different meaning. In German the first appearance has to be translated to `"Anzahl"' and the second to `"Zahl"'. Now you can say that this example is really esoteric. And you are right! This is exactly how we felt about this problem and decide that it does not weight that much. The solution for the above problem could be very easy: printf ("%s %d", gettext ("number:"), number_of_errors) printf (number_count == 1 ? gettext ("you should see %d number") : gettext ("you should see %d numbers"), number_count) We believe that we can solve all conflicts with this method. If it is difficult one can also consider changing one of the conflicting string a little bit. But it is not impossible to overcome. Translator note: It is perhaps appropriate here to tell those English speaking programmers that the plural form of a noun cannot be formed by appending a single `s'. Most other languages use different methods. Even the above form is not general enough to cope with all languages. Rafal Maszkowski reports: In Polish we use e.g. plik (file) this way: 1 plik 2,3,4 pliki 5-21 pliko'w 22-24 pliki 25-31 pliko'w and so on (o' means 8859-2 oacute which should be rather okreska, similar to aogonek). A workable approach might be to consider methods like the one used for `LC_TIME' in the POSIX.2 standard. The value of the `alt_digits' field can be up to 100 strings which represent the numbers 1 to 100. Using this in a situation of an internationalized program means that an array of translatable strings should be indexed by the number which should represent. A small example: void print_month_info (int month) { const char *month_pos[12] = { N_("first"), N_("second"), N_("third"), N_("fourth"), N_("fifth"), N_("sixth"), N_("seventh"), N_("eighth"), N_("ninth"), N_("tenth"), N_("eleventh"), N_("twelfth") }; printf (_("%s is the %s month\n"), nl_langinfo (MON_1 + month), _(month_pos[month])); } It should be obvious that this method is only reasonable for small ranges of numbers.  File: gettext.info, Node: Using libintl.a, Next: gettext grok, Prev: Comparison, Up: Programmers Using libintl.a in own programs =============================== Starting with version 0.9.4 the library `libintl.h' should be self-contained. I.e., you can use it in your own programs without providing additional functions. The `Makefile' will put the header and the library in directories selected using the `$(prefix)'. One exception of the above is found on HP-UX systems. Here the C library does not contain the `alloca' function (and the HP compiler does not generate it inlined). But it is not intended to rewrite the whole library just because of this dumb system. Instead include the `alloca' function in all package you use the `libintl.a' in.  File: gettext.info, Node: gettext grok, Next: Temp Programmers, Prev: Using libintl.a, Up: Programmers Being a `gettext' grok ====================== To fully exploit the functionality of the GNU `gettext' library it is surely helpful to read the source code. But for those who don't want to spend that much time in reading the (sometimes complicated) code here is a list comments: * Changing the language at runtime For interactive programs it might be useful to offer a selection of the used language at runtime. To understand how to do this one need to know how the used language is determined while executing the `gettext' function. The method which is presented here only works correctly with the GNU implementation of the `gettext' functions. It is not possible with underlying `catgets' functions or `gettext' functions from the systems C library. The exception is of course the GNU C Library which uses the GNU `gettext' Library for message handling. In the function `dcgettext' at every call the current setting of the highest priority environment variable is determined and used. Highest priority means here the following list with decreasing priority: 1. `LANGUAGE' 2. `LC_ALL' 3. `LC_xxx', according to selected locale 4. `LANG' Afterwards the path is constructed using the found value and the translation file is loaded if available. What is now when the value for, say, `LANGUAGE' changes. According to the process explained above the new value of this variable is found as soon as the `dcgettext' function is called. But this also means the (perhaps) different message catalog file is loaded. In other words: the used language is changed. But there is one little hook. The code for gcc-2.7.0 and up provides some optimization. This optimization normally prevents the calling of the `dcgettext' function as long as no new catalog is loaded. But if `dcgettext' is not called the program also cannot find the `LANGUAGE' variable be changed (*note Optimized gettext::.). A solution for this is very easy. Include the following code in the language switching function. /* Change language. */ setenv ("LANGUAGE", "fr", 1); /* Make change known. */ { extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; } The variable `_nl_msg_cat_cntr' is defined in `loadmsgcat.c'. The programmer will find himself in need for a construct like this only when developing programs which do run longer and provide the user to select the language at runtime. Non-interactive programs (like all these little Unix tools) should never need this.  File: gettext.info, Node: Temp Programmers, Prev: gettext grok, Up: Programmers Temporary Notes for the Programmers Chapter =========================================== * Menu: * Temp Implementations:: Temporary - Two Possible Implementations * Temp catgets:: Temporary - About `catgets' * Temp WSI:: Temporary - Why a single implementation * Temp Notes:: Temporary - Notes  File: gettext.info, Node: Temp Implementations, Next: Temp catgets, Prev: Temp Programmers, Up: Temp Programmers Temporary - Two Possible Implementations ---------------------------------------- There are two competing methods for language independent messages: the X/Open `catgets' method, and the Uniforum `gettext' method. The `catgets' method indexes messages by integers; the `gettext' method indexes them by their English translations. The `catgets' method has been around longer and is supported by more vendors. The `gettext' method is supported by Sun, and it has been heard that the COSE multi-vendor initiative is supporting it. Neither method is a POSIX standard; the POSIX.1 committee had a lot of disagreement in this area. Neither one is in the POSIX standard. There was much disagreement in the POSIX.1 committee about using the `gettext' routines vs. `catgets' (XPG). In the end the committee couldn't agree on anything, so no messaging system was included as part of the standard. I believe the informative annex of the standard includes the XPG3 messaging interfaces, "...as an example of a messaging system that has been implemented..." They were very careful not to say anywhere that you should use one set of interfaces over the other. For more on this topic please see the Programming for Internationalization FAQ.  File: gettext.info, Node: Temp catgets, Next: Temp WSI, Prev: Temp Implementations, Up: Temp Programmers Temporary - About `catgets' --------------------------- There have been a few discussions of late on the use of `catgets' as a base. I think it important to present both sides of the argument and hence am opting to play devil's advocate for a little bit. I'll not deny the fact that `catgets' could have been designed a lot better. It currently has quite a number of limitations and these have already been pointed out. However there is a great deal to be said for consistency and standardization. A common recurring problem when writing Unix software is the myriad portability problems across Unix platforms. It seems as if every Unix vendor had a look at the operating system and found parts they could improve upon. Undoubtedly, these modifications are probably innovative and solve real problems. However, software developers have a hard time keeping up with all these changes across so many platforms. And this has prompted the Unix vendors to begin to standardize their systems. Hence the impetus for Spec1170. Every major Unix vendor has committed to supporting this standard and every Unix software developer waits with glee the day they can write software to this standard and simply recompile (without having to use autoconf) across different platforms. As I understand it, Spec1170 is roughly based upon version 4 of the X/Open Portability Guidelines (XPG4). Because `catgets' and friends are defined in XPG4, I'm led to believe that `catgets' is a part of Spec1170 and hence will become a standardized component of all Unix systems.  File: gettext.info, Node: Temp WSI, Next: Temp Notes, Prev: Temp catgets, Up: Temp Programmers Temporary - Why a single implementation --------------------------------------- Now it seems kind of wasteful to me to have two different systems installed for accessing message catalogs. If we do want to remedy `catgets' deficiencies why don't we try to expand `catgets' (in a compatible manner) rather than implement an entirely new system. Otherwise, we'll end up with two message catalog access systems installed with an operating system - one set of routines for packages using GNU `gettext' for their internationalization, and another set of routines (catgets) for all other software. Bloated? Supposing another catalog access system is implemented. Which do we recommend? At least for Linux, we need to attract as many software developers as possible. Hence we need to make it as easy for them to port their software as possible. Which means supporting `catgets'. We will be implementing the `glocale' code within our `libc', but does this mean we also have to incorporate another message catalog access scheme within our `libc' as well? And what about people who are going to be using the `glocale' + non-`catgets' routines. When they port their software to other platforms, they're now going to have to include the front-end (`glocale') code plus the back-end code (the non-`catgets' access routines) with their software instead of just including the `glocale' code with their software. Message catalog support is however only the tip of the iceberg. What about the data for the other locale categories. They also have a number of deficiencies. Are we going to abandon them as well and develop another duplicate set of routines (should `glocale' expand beyond message catalog support)? Like many parts of Unix that can be improved upon, we're stuck with balancing compatibility with the past with useful improvements and innovations for the future.  File: gettext.info, Node: Temp Notes, Prev: Temp WSI, Up: Temp Programmers Temporary - Notes ----------------- X/Open agreed very late on the standard form so that many implementations differ from the final form. Both of my system (old Linux catgets and Ultrix-4) have a strange variation. OK. After incorporating the last changes I have to spend some time on making the GNU/Linux `libc' `gettext' functions. So in future Solaris is not the only system having `gettext'.  File: gettext.info, Node: Translators, Next: Maintainers, Prev: Programmers, Up: Top The Translator's View ********************* * Menu: * Trans Intro 0:: Introduction 0 * Trans Intro 1:: Introduction 1 * Discussions:: Discussions * Organization:: Organization * Information Flow:: Information Flow  File: gettext.info, Node: Trans Intro 0, Next: Trans Intro 1, Prev: Translators, Up: Translators Introduction 0 ============== GNU is going international! The Translation Project is a way to get maintainers, translators and users all together, so GNU will gradually become able to speak many native languages. The GNU `gettext' tool set contains *everything* maintainers need for internationalizing their packages for messages. It also contains quite useful tools for helping translators at localizing messages to their native language, once a package has already been internationalized. To achieve the Translation Project, we need many interested people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, please send mail to your translating team. Each team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux International. You may reach your translating team at the address `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your language. Language codes are *not* the same as country codes given in ISO 3166. The following translating teams exist: Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', Irish `ga', German `de', Greek `el', Italian `it', Japanese `ja', Indonesian `in', Norwegian `no', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv' and Turkish `tr'. For example, you may reach the Chinese translating team by writing to `zh@li.org'. When you become a member of the translating team for your own language, you may subscribe to its list. For example, Swedish people can send a message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: subscribe Keep in mind that team members should be interested in *working* at translations, or at solving translational difficulties, rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and you want to start one, please write to `gnu-translation@prep.ai.mit.edu'; you will then reach the GNU coordinator for all translator teams. A handful of GNU packages have already been adapted and provided with message translations for several languages. Translation teams have begun to organize, using these packages as a starting point. But there are many more packages and many languages for which we have no volunteer translators. If you would like to volunteer to work at translating messages, please send mail to `gnu-translation@prep.ai.mit.edu' indicating what language(s) you can work on.  File: gettext.info, Node: Trans Intro 1, Next: Discussions, Prev: Trans Intro 0, Up: Translators Introduction 1 ============== This is now official, GNU is going international! Here is the announcement submitted for the January 1995 GNU Bulletin: A handful of GNU packages have already been adapted and provided with message translations for several languages. Translation teams have begun to organize, using these packages as a starting point. But there are many more packages and many languages for which we have no volunteer translators. If you'd like to volunteer to work at translating messages, please send mail to `gnu-translation@prep.ai.mit.edu' indicating what language(s) you can work on. This document should answer many questions for those who are curious about the process or would like to contribute. Please at least skim over it, hoping to cut down a little of the high volume of e-mail generated by this collective effort towards GNU internationalization. Most free programming which is widely shared is done in English, and currently, English is used as the main communicating language between national communities collaborating to the GNU project. This very document is written in English. This will not change in the foreseeable future. However, there is a strong appetite from national communities for having more software able to write using national language and habits, and there is an on-going effort to modify GNU software in such a way that it becomes able to do so. The experiments driven so far raised an enthusiastic response from pretesters, so we believe that GNU internationalization is dedicated to succeed. For suggestion clarifications, additions or corrections to this document, please e-mail to `gnu-translation@prep.ai.mit.edu'.  File: gettext.info, Node: Discussions, Next: Organization, Prev: Trans Intro 1, Up: Translators Discussions =========== Facing this internationalization effort, a few users expressed their concerns. Some of these doubts are presented and discussed, here. * Smaller groups Some languages are not spoken by a very large number of people, so people speaking them sometimes consider that there may not be all that much demand such versions of free software packages. Moreover, many people being *into computers*, in some countries, generally seem to prefer English versions of their software. On the other end, people might enjoy their own language a lot, and be very motivated at providing to themselves the pleasure of having their beloved free software speaking their mother tongue. They do themselves a personal favor, and do not pay that much attention to the number of people beneficiating of their work. * Misinterpretation Other users are shy to push forward their own language, seeing in this some kind of misplaced propaganda. Someone thought there must be some users of the language over the networks pestering other people with it. But any spoken language is worth localization, because there are people behind the language for whom the language is important and dear to their hearts. * Odd translations The biggest problem is to find the right translations so that everybody can understand the messages. Translations are usually a little odd. Some people get used to English, to the extent they may find translations into their own language "rather pushy, obnoxious and sometimes even hilarious." As a French speaking man, I have the experience of those instruction manuals for goods, so poorly translated in French in Korea or Taiwan... The fact is that we sometimes have to create a kind of national computer culture, and this is not easy without the collaboration of many people liking their mother tongue. This is why translations are better achieved by people knowing and loving their own language, and ready to work together at improving the results they obtain. * Dependencies over the GPL Some people wonder if using GNU `gettext' necessarily brings their package under the protective wing of the GNU General Public License, when they do not want to make their program free, or want other kinds of freedom. The simplest answer is yes. The mere marking of localizable strings in a package, or conditional inclusion of a few lines for initialization, is not really including GPL'ed code. However, the localization routines themselves are under the GPL and would bring the remainder of the package under the GPL if they were distributed with it. So, I presume that, for those for which this is a problem, it could be circumvented by letting to the end installers the burden of assembling a package prepared for localization, but not providing the localization routines themselves.  File: gettext.info, Node: Organization, Next: Information Flow, Prev: Discussions, Up: Translators Organization ============ On a larger scale, the true solution would be to organize some kind of fairly precise set up in which volunteers could participate. I gave some thought to this idea lately, and realize there will be some touchy points. I thought of writing to Richard Stallman to launch such a project, but feel it might be good to shake out the ideas between ourselves first. Most probably that Linux International has some experience in the field already, or would like to orchestrate the volunteer work, maybe. Food for thought, in any case! I guess we have to setup something early, somehow, that will help many possible contributors of the same language to interlock and avoid work duplication, and further be put in contact for solving together problems particular to their tongue (in most languages, there are many difficulties peculiar to translating technical English). My Swedish contributor acknowledged these difficulties, and I'm well aware of them for French. This is surely not a technical issue, but we should manage so the effort of locale contributors be maximally useful, despite the national team layer interface between contributors and maintainers. The Translation Project needs some setup for coordinating language coordinators. Localizing evolving programs will surely become a permanent and continuous activity in the free software community, once well started. The setup should be minimally completed and tested before GNU `gettext' becomes an official reality. The e-mail address `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' has been setup for receiving offers from volunteers and general e-mail on these topics. This address reaches the Translation Project coordinator. * Menu: * Central Coordination:: Central Coordination * National Teams:: National Teams * Mailing Lists:: Mailing Lists  File: gettext.info, Node: Central Coordination, Next: National Teams, Prev: Organization, Up: Organization Central Coordination -------------------- I also think GNU will need sooner than it thinks, that someone setup a way to organize and coordinate these groups. Some kind of group of groups. My opinion is that it would be good that GNU delegates this task to a small group of collaborating volunteers, shortly. Perhaps in `gnu.announce' a list of this national committee's can be published. My role as coordinator would simply be to refer to Ulrich any German speaking volunteer interested to localization of free software packages, and maybe helping national groups to initially organize, while maintaining national registries for until national groups are ready to take over. In fact, the coordinator should ease volunteers to get in contact with one another for creating national teams, which should then select one coordinator per language, or country (regionalized language). If well done, the coordination should be useful without being an overwhelming task, the time to put delegations in place.  File: gettext.info, Node: National Teams, Next: Mailing Lists, Prev: Central Coordination, Up: Organization National Teams -------------- I suggest we look for volunteer coordinators/editors for individual languages. These people will scan contributions of translation files for various programs, for their own languages, and will ensure high and uniform standards of diction. From my current experience with other people in these days, those who provide localizations are very enthusiastic about the process, and are more interested in the localization process than in the program they localize, and want to do many programs, not just one. This seems to confirm that having a coordinator/editor for each language is a good idea. We need to choose someone who is good at writing clear and concise prose in the language in question. That is hard--we can't check it ourselves. So we need to ask a few people to judge each others' writing and select the one who is best. I announce my prerelease to a few dozen people, and you would not believe all the discussions it generated already. I shudder to think what will happen when this will be launched, for true, officially, world wide. Who am I to arbitrate between two Czekolsovak users contradicting each other, for example? I assume that your German is not much better than my French so that I would not be able to judge about these formulations. What I would suggest is that for each language there is a group for people who maintain the PO files and judge about changes. I suspect there will be cultural differences between how such groups of people will behave. Some will have relaxed ways, reach consensus easily, and have anyone of the group relate to the maintainers, while others will fight to death, organize heavy administrations up to national standards, and use strict channels. The German team is putting out a good example. Right now, they are maybe half a dozen people revising translations of each other and discussing the linguistic issues. I do not even have all the names. Ulrich Drepper is taking care of coordinating the German team. He subscribed to all my pretest lists, so I do not even have to warn him specifically of incoming releases. I'm sure, that is a good idea to get teams for each language working on translations. That will make the translations better and more consistent. * Menu: * Sub-Cultures:: Sub-Cultures * Organizational Ideas:: Organizational Ideas  File: gettext.info, Node: Sub-Cultures, Next: Organizational Ideas, Prev: National Teams, Up: National Teams Sub-Cultures ............ Taking French for example, there are a few sub-cultures around computers which developed diverging vocabularies. Picking volunteers here and there without addressing this problem in an organized way, soon in the project, might produce a distasteful mix of internationalized programs, and possibly trigger endless quarrels among those who really care. Keeping some kind of unity in the way French localization of internationalized programs is achieved is a difficult (and delicate) job. Knowing the latin character of French people (:-), if we take this the wrong way, we could end up nowhere, or spoil a lot of energies. Maybe we should begin to address this problem seriously *before* GNU `gettext' become officially published. And I suspect that this means soon!  File: gettext.info, Node: Organizational Ideas, Prev: Sub-Cultures, Up: National Teams Organizational Ideas .................... I expect the next big changes after the official release. Please note that I use the German translation of the short GPL message. We need to set a few good examples before the localization goes out for true in the free software community. Here are a few points to discuss: * Each group should have one FTP server (at least one master). * The files on the server should reflect the latest version (of course!) and it should also contain a RCS directory with the corresponding archives (I don't have this now). * There should also be a ChangeLog file (this is more useful than the RCS archive but can be generated automatically from the later by Emacs). * A "core group" should judge about questionable changes (for now this group consists solely by me but I ask some others occasionally; this also seems to work).  File: gettext.info, Node: Mailing Lists, Prev: National Teams, Up: Organization Mailing Lists ------------- If we get any inquiries about GNU `gettext', send them on to: `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' The `*-pretest' lists are quite useful to me, maybe the idea could be generalized to many GNU, and non-GNU packages. But each maintainer his/her way! Franc,ois, we have a mechanism in place here at `gnu.ai.mit.edu' to track teams, support mailing lists for them and log members. We have a slight preference that you use it. If this is OK with you, I can get you clued in. Things are changing! A few years ago, when Daniel Fekete and I asked for a mailing list for GNU localization, nested at the FSF, we were politely invited to organize it anywhere else, and so did we. For communicating with my pretesters, I later made a handful of mailing lists located at iro.umontreal.ca and administrated by `majordomo'. These lists have been *very* dependable so far... I suspect that the German team will organize itself a mailing list located in Germany, and so forth for other countries. But before they organize for true, it could surely be useful to offer mailing lists located at the FSF to each national team. So yes, please explain me how I should proceed to create and handle them. We should create temporary mailing lists, one per country, to help people organize. Temporary, because once regrouped and structured, it would be fair the volunteers from country bring back *their* list in there and manage it as they want. My feeling is that, in the long run, each team should run its own list, from within their country. There also should be some central list to which all teams could subscribe as they see fit, as long as each team is represented in it.  File: gettext.info, Node: Information Flow, Prev: Organization, Up: Translators Information Flow ================ There will surely be some discussion about this messages after the packages are finally released. If people now send you some proposals for better messages, how do you proceed? Jim, please note that right now, as I put forward nearly a dozen of localizable programs, I receive both the translations and the coordination concerns about them. If I put one of my things to pretest, Ulrich receives the announcement and passes it on to the German team, who make last minute revisions. Then he submits the translation files to me *as the maintainer*. For free packages I do not maintain, I would not even hear about it. This scheme could be made to work for the whole Translation Project, I think. For security reasons, maybe Ulrich (national coordinators, in fact) should update central registry kept at the Translation Project (Jim, me, or Len's recruits) once in a while. In December/January, I was aggressively ready to internationalize all of GNU, giving myself the duty of one small GNU package per week or so, taking many weeks or months for bigger packages. But it does not work this way. I first did all the things I'm responsible for. I've nothing against some missionary work on other maintainers, but I'm also loosing a lot of energy over it--same debates over again. And when the first localized packages are released we'll get a lot of responses about ugly translations :-). Surely, and we need to have beforehand a fairly good idea about how to handle the information flow between the national teams and the package maintainers. Please start saving somewhere a quick history of each PO file. I know for sure that the file format will change, allowing for comments. It would be nice that each file has a kind of log, and references for those who want to submit comments or gripes, or otherwise contribute. I sent a proposal for a fast and flexible format, but it is not receiving acceptance yet by the GNU deciders. I'll tell you when I have more information about this.  File: gettext.info, Node: Maintainers, Next: Conclusion, Prev: Translators, Up: Top The Maintainer's View ********************* The maintainer of a package has many responsibilities. One of them is ensuring that the package will install easily on many platforms, and that the magic we described earlier (*note Users::.) will work for installers and end users. Of course, there are many possible ways by which GNU `gettext' might be integrated in a distribution, and this chapter does not cover them in all generality. Instead, it details one possible approach which is especially adequate for many free software distributions following GNU standards, or even better, Gnits standards, because GNU `gettext' is purposely for helping the internationalization of the whole GNU project, and as many other good free packages as possible. So, the maintainer's view presented here presumes that the package already has a `configure.in' file and uses GNU Autoconf. Nevertheless, GNU `gettext' may surely be useful for free packages not following GNU standards and conventions, but the maintainers of such packages might have to show imagination and initiative in organizing their distributions so `gettext' work for them in all situations. There are surely many, out there. Even if `gettext' methods are now stabilizing, slight adjustments might be needed between successive `gettext' versions, so you should ideally revise this chapter in subsequent releases, looking for changes. * Menu: * Flat and Non-Flat:: Flat or Non-Flat Directory Structures * Prerequisites:: Prerequisite Works * gettextize Invocation:: Invoking the `gettextize' Program * Adjusting Files:: Files You Must Create or Alter  File: gettext.info, Node: Flat and Non-Flat, Next: Prerequisites, Prev: Maintainers, Up: Maintainers Flat or Non-Flat Directory Structures ===================================== Some free software packages are distributed as `tar' files which unpack in a single directory, these are said to be "flat" distributions. Other free software packages have a one level hierarchy of subdirectories, using for example a subdirectory named `doc/' for the Texinfo manual and man pages, another called `lib/' for holding functions meant to replace or complement C libraries, and a subdirectory `src/' for holding the proper sources for the package. These other distributions are said to be "non-flat". For now, we cannot say much about flat distributions. A flat directory structure has the disadvantage of increasing the difficulty of updating to a new version of GNU `gettext'. Also, if you have many PO files, this could somewhat pollute your single directory. In the GNU `gettext' distribution, the `misc/' directory contains a shell script named `combine-sh'. That script may be used for combining all the C files of the `intl/' directory into a pair of C files (one `.c' and one `.h'). Those two generated files would fit more easily in a flat directory structure, and you will then have to add these two files to your project. Maybe because GNU `gettext' itself has a non-flat structure, we have more experience with this approach, and this is what will be described in the remaining of this chapter. Some maintainers might use this as an opportunity to unflatten their package structure. Only later, once gained more experience adapting GNU `gettext' to flat distributions, we might add some notes about how to proceed in flat situations.  File: gettext.info, Node: Prerequisites, Next: gettextize Invocation, Prev: Flat and Non-Flat, Up: Maintainers Prerequisite Works ================== There are some works which are required for using GNU `gettext' in one of your package. These works have some kind of generality that escape the point by point descriptions used in the remainder of this chapter. So, we describe them here. * Before attempting to use you should install some other packages first. Ensure that recent versions of GNU `m4', GNU Autoconf and GNU `gettext' are already installed at your site, and if not, proceed to do this first. If you got to install these things, beware that GNU `m4' must be fully installed before GNU Autoconf is even *configured*. To further ease the task of a package maintainer the `automake' package was designed and implemented. GNU `gettext' now uses this tool and the `Makefile's in the `intl/' and `po/' therefore know about all the goals necessary for using `automake' and `libintl' in one project. Those four packages are only needed to you, as a maintainer; the installers of your own package and end users do not really need any of GNU `m4', GNU Autoconf, GNU `gettext', or GNU `automake' for successfully installing and running your package, with messages properly translated. But this is not completely true if you provide internationalized shell scripts within your own package: GNU `gettext' shall then be installed at the user site if the end users want to see the translation of shell script messages. * Your package should use Autoconf and have a `configure.in' file. If it does not, you have to learn how. The Autoconf documentation is quite well written, it is a good idea that you print it and get familiar with it. * Your C sources should have already been modified according to instructions given earlier in this manual. *Note Sources::. * Your `po/' directory should receive all PO files submitted to you by the translator teams, each having `LL.po' as a name. This is not usually easy to get translation work done before your package gets internationalized and available! Since the cycle has to start somewhere, the easiest for the maintainer is to start with absolutely no PO files, and wait until various translator teams get interested in your package, and submit PO files. It is worth adding here a few words about how the maintainer should ideally behave with PO files submissions. As a maintainer, your role is to authentify the origin of the submission as being the representative of the appropriate translating teams of the Translation Project (forward the submission to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' in case of doubt), to ensure that the PO file format is not severely broken and does not prevent successful installation, and for the rest, to merely to put these PO files in `po/' for distribution. As a maintainer, you do not have to take on your shoulders the responsibility of checking if the translations are adequate or complete, and should avoid diving into linguistic matters. Translation teams drive themselves and are fully responsible of their linguistic choices for the Translation Project. Keep in mind that translator teams are *not* driven by maintainers. You can help by carefully redirecting all communications and reports from users about linguistic matters to the appropriate translation team, or explain users how to reach or join their team. The simplest might be to send them the `ABOUT-NLS' file. Maintainers should *never ever* apply PO file bug reports themselves, short-cutting translation teams. If some translator has difficulty to get some of her points through her team, it should not be an issue for her to directly negotiate translations with maintainers. Teams ought to settle their problems themselves, if any. If you, as a maintainer, ever think there is a real problem with a team, please never try to *solve* a team's problem on your own.  File: gettext.info, Node: gettextize Invocation, Next: Adjusting Files, Prev: Prerequisites, Up: Maintainers Invoking the `gettextize' Program ================================= Some files are consistently and identically needed in every package internationalized through GNU `gettext'. As a matter of convenience, the `gettextize' program puts all these files right in your package. This program has the following synopsis: gettextize [ OPTION... ] [ DIRECTORY ] and accepts the following options: `-c' `--copy' Copy the needed files instead of making symbolic links. Using links would allow the package to always use the latest `gettext' code available on the system, but it might disturb some mechanism the maintainer is used to apply to the sources. Because running `gettextize' is easy there shouldn't be problems with using copies. `-f' `--force' Force replacement of files which already exist. `-h' `--help' Display this help and exit. `--version' Output version information and exit. If DIRECTORY is given, this is the top level directory of a package to prepare for using GNU `gettext'. If not given, it is assumed that the current directory is the top level directory of such a package. The program `gettextize' provides the following files. However, no existing file will be replaced unless the option `--force' (`-f') is specified. 1. The `ABOUT-NLS' file is copied in the main directory of your package, the one being at the top level. This file gives the main indications about how to install and use the Native Language Support features of your program. You might elect to use a more recent copy of this `ABOUT-NLS' file than the one provided through `gettextize', if you have one handy. You may also fetch a more recent copy of file `ABOUT-NLS' from Translation Project sites, and from most GNU archive sites. 2. A `po/' directory is created for eventually holding all translation files, but initially only containing the file `po/Makefile.in.in' from the GNU `gettext' distribution. (beware the double `.in' in the file name). If the `po/' directory already exists, it will be preserved along with the files it contains, and only `Makefile.in.in' will be overwritten. 3. A `intl/' directory is created and filled with most of the files originally in the `intl/' directory of the GNU `gettext' distribution. Also, if option `--force' (`-f') is given, the `intl/' directory is emptied first. If your site support symbolic links, `gettextize' will not actually copy the files into your package, but establish symbolic links instead. This avoids duplicating the disk space needed in all packages. Merely using the `-h' option while creating the `tar' archive of your distribution will resolve each link by an actual copy in the distribution archive. So, to insist, you really should use `-h' option with `tar' within your `dist' goal of your main `Makefile.in'. It is interesting to understand that most new files for supporting GNU `gettext' facilities in one package go in `intl/' and `po/' subdirectories. One distinction between these two directories is that `intl/' is meant to be completely identical in all packages using GNU `gettext', while all newly created files, which have to be different, go into `po/'. There is a common `Makefile.in.in' in `po/', because the `po/' directory needs its own `Makefile', and it has been designed so it can be identical in all packages. gettext-kde-0.10.35/doc/gettext.info-50000644000175000017500000005043006522265011015166 0ustar jrjrThis is Info file gettext.info, produced by Makeinfo version 1.68 from the input file gettext.texi. INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU Gettext Utilities START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY * Gettext: (gettext). GNU gettext utilities. * gettextize: (gettext)gettextize Invocation. Prepare a package for gettext. * msgfmt: (gettext)msgfmt Invocation. Make MO files out of PO files. * msgmerge: (gettext)msgmerge Invocation. Update two PO files into one. * xgettext: (gettext)xgettext Invocation. Extract strings into a PO file. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY This file provides documentation for GNU `gettext' utilities. It also serves as a reference for the free Translation Project. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one. Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved by the Foundation.  File: gettext.info, Node: Adjusting Files, Prev: gettextize Invocation, Up: Maintainers Files You Must Create or Alter ============================== Besides files which are automatically added through `gettextize', there are many files needing revision for properly interacting with GNU `gettext'. If you are closely following GNU standards for Makefile engineering and auto-configuration, the adaptations should be easier to achieve. Here is a point by point description of the changes needed in each. So, here comes a list of files, each one followed by a description of all alterations it needs. Many examples are taken out from the GNU `gettext' 0.10.35 distribution itself. You may indeed refer to the source code of the GNU `gettext' package, as it is intended to be a good example and master implementation for using its own functionality. * Menu: * po/POTFILES.in:: `POTFILES.in' in `po/' * configure.in:: `configure.in' at top level * aclocal:: `aclocal.m4' at top level * acconfig:: `acconfig.h' at top level * Makefile:: `Makefile.in' at top level * src/Makefile:: `Makefile.in' in `src/'  File: gettext.info, Node: po/POTFILES.in, Next: configure.in, Prev: Adjusting Files, Up: Adjusting Files `POTFILES.in' in `po/' ---------------------- The `po/' directory should receive a file named `POTFILES.in'. This file tells which files, among all program sources, have marked strings needing translation. Here is an example of such a file: # List of source files containing translatable strings. # Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Common library files lib/error.c lib/getopt.c lib/xmalloc.c # Package source files src/gettextp.c src/msgfmt.c src/xgettext.c Dashed comments and white lines are ignored. All other lines list those source files containing strings marked for translation (*note Mark Keywords::.), in a notation relative to the top level of your whole distribution, rather than the location of the `POTFILES.in' file itself.  File: gettext.info, Node: configure.in, Next: aclocal, Prev: po/POTFILES.in, Up: Adjusting Files `configure.in' at top level --------------------------- 1. Declare the package and version. This is done by a set of lines like these: PACKAGE=gettext VERSION=0.10.35 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE") AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION") AC_SUBST(PACKAGE) AC_SUBST(VERSION) Of course, you replace `gettext' with the name of your package, and `0.10.35' by its version numbers, exactly as they should appear in the packaged `tar' file name of your distribution (`gettext-0.10.35.tar.gz', here). 2. Declare the available translations. This is done by defining `ALL_LINGUAS' to the white separated, quoted list of available languages, in a single line, like this: ALL_LINGUAS="de fr" This example means that German and French PO files are available, so that these languages are currently supported by your package. If you want to further restrict, at installation time, the set of installed languages, this should not be done by modifying `ALL_LINGUAS' in `configure.in', but rather by using the `LINGUAS' environment variable (*note Installers::.). 3. Check for internationalization support. Here is the main `m4' macro for triggering internationalization support. Just add this line to `configure.in': AM_GNU_GETTEXT This call is purposely simple, even if it generates a lot of configure time checking and actions. 4. Have output files created. The `AC_OUTPUT' directive, at the end of your `configure.in' file, needs to be modified in two ways: AC_OUTPUT([EXISTING CONFIGURATION FILES intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in], EXISTING ADDITIONAL ACTIONS]) The modification to the first argument to `AC_OUTPUT' asks for substitution in the `intl/' and `po/' directories. Note the `.in' suffix used for `po/' only. This is because the distributed file is really `po/Makefile.in.in'.  File: gettext.info, Node: aclocal, Next: acconfig, Prev: configure.in, Up: Adjusting Files `aclocal.m4' at top level ------------------------- If you do not have an `aclocal.m4' file in your distribution, the simplest is taking a copy of `aclocal.m4' from GNU `gettext'. But to be precise, you only need macros `AM_LC_MESSAGES', `AM_WITH_NLS' and `AM_GNU_GETTEXT', and `AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST', which is called by `AM_WITH_NLS', so you may use an editor and remove macros you do not need. If you already have an `aclocal.m4' file, then you will have to merge the said macros into your `aclocal.m4'. Note that if you are upgrading from a previous release of GNU `gettext', you should most probably *replace* the said macros, as they usually change a little from one release of GNU `gettext' to the next. Their contents may vary as we get more experience with strange systems out there. These macros check for the internationalization support functions and related informations. Hopefully, once stabilized, these macros might be integrated in the standard Autoconf set, because this piece of `m4' code will be the same for all projects using GNU `gettext'.  File: gettext.info, Node: acconfig, Next: Makefile, Prev: aclocal, Up: Adjusting Files `acconfig.h' at top level ------------------------- If you do not have an `acconfig.h' file in your distribution, the simplest is use take a copy of `acconfig.h' from GNU `gettext'. But to be precise, you only need the lines and comments for `ENABLE_NLS', `HAVE_CATGETS', `HAVE_GETTEXT' and `HAVE_LC_MESSAGES', `HAVE_STPCPY', `PACKAGE' and `VERSION', so you may use an editor and remove everything else. If you already have an `acconfig.h' file, then you should merge the said definitions into your `acconfig.h'.  File: gettext.info, Node: Makefile, Next: src/Makefile, Prev: acconfig, Up: Adjusting Files `Makefile.in' at top level -------------------------- Here are a few modifications you need to make to your main, top-level `Makefile.in' file. 1. Add the following lines near the beginning of your `Makefile.in', so the `dist:' goal will work properly (as explained further down): PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ 2. Add file `ABOUT-NLS' to the `DISTFILES' definition, so the file gets distributed. 3. Wherever you process subdirectories in your `Makefile.in', be sure you also process dir subdirectories `intl' and `po'. Special rules in the `Makefiles' take care for the case where no internationalization is wanted. If you are using Makefiles, either generated by automake, or hand-written so they carefully follow the GNU coding standards, the effected goals for which the new subdirectories must be handled include `installdirs', `install', `uninstall', `clean', `distclean'. Here is an example of a canonical order of processing. In this example, we also define `SUBDIRS' in `Makefile.in' for it to be further used in the `dist:' goal. SUBDIRS = doc lib @INTLSUB@ src @POSUB@ that you will have to adapt to your own package. 4. A delicate point is the `dist:' goal, as both `intl/Makefile' and `po/Makefile' will later assume that the proper directory has been set up from the main `Makefile'. Here is an example at what the `dist:' goal might look like: distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION) dist: Makefile rm -fr $(distdir) mkdir $(distdir) chmod 777 $(distdir) for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ ln $$file $(distdir) 2>/dev/null || cp -p $$file $(distdir); \ done for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir || exit 1; \ chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \ (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $@) || exit 1; \ done tar chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir) rm -fr $(distdir)  File: gettext.info, Node: src/Makefile, Prev: Makefile, Up: Adjusting Files `Makefile.in' in `src/' ----------------------- Some of the modifications made in the main `Makefile.in' will also be needed in the `Makefile.in' from your package sources, which we assume here to be in the `src/' subdirectory. Here are all the modifications needed in `src/Makefile.in': 1. In view of the `dist:' goal, you should have these lines near the beginning of `src/Makefile.in': PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ 2. If not done already, you should guarantee that `top_srcdir' gets defined. This will serve for `cpp' include files. Just add the line: top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ 3. You might also want to define `subdir' as `src', later allowing for almost uniform `dist:' goals in all your `Makefile.in'. At list, the `dist:' goal below assume that you used: subdir = src 4. You should ensure that the final linking will use `@INTLLIBS@' as a library. An easy way to achieve this is to manage that it gets into `LIBS', like this: LIBS = @INTLLIBS@ @LIBS@ In most packages internationalized with GNU `gettext', one will find a directory `lib/' in which a library containing some helper functions will be build. (You need at least the few functions which the GNU `gettext' Library itself needs.) However some of the functions in the `lib/' also give messages to the user which of course should be translated, too. Taking care of this it is not enough to place the support library (say `libsupport.a') just between the `@INTLLIBS@' and `@LIBS@' in the above example. Instead one has to write this: LIBS = ../lib/libsupport.a @INTLLIBS@ ../lib/libsupport.a @LIBS@ 5. You should also ensure that directory `intl/' will be searched for C preprocessor include files in all circumstances. So, you have to manage so both `-I../intl' and `-I$(top_srcdir)/intl' will be given to the C compiler. 6. Your `dist:' goal has to conform with others. Here is a reasonable definition for it: distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist: Makefile $(DISTFILES) for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ ln $$file $(distdir) 2>/dev/null || cp -p $$file $(distdir); \ done  File: gettext.info, Node: Conclusion, Next: Country Codes, Prev: Maintainers, Up: Top Concluding Remarks ****************** We would like to conclude this GNU `gettext' manual by presenting an history of the Translation Project so far. We finally give a few pointers for those who want to do further research or readings about Native Language Support matters. * Menu: * History:: History of GNU `gettext' * References:: Related Readings  File: gettext.info, Node: History, Next: References, Prev: Conclusion, Up: Conclusion History of GNU `gettext' ======================== Internationalization concerns and algorithms have been informally and casually discussed for years in GNU, sometimes around GNU `libc', maybe around the incoming `Hurd', or otherwise (nobody clearly remembers). And even then, when the work started for real, this was somewhat independently of these previous discussions. This all began in July 1994, when Patrick D'Cruze had the idea and initiative of internationalizing version 3.9.2 of GNU `fileutils'. He then asked Jim Meyering, the maintainer, how to get those changes folded into an official release. That first draft was full of `#ifdef's and somewhat disconcerting, and Jim wanted to find nicer ways. Patrick and Jim shared some tries and experimentations in this area. Then, feeling that this might eventually have a deeper impact on GNU, Jim wanted to know what standards were, and contacted Richard Stallman, who very quickly and verbally described an overall design for what was meant to become `glocale', at that time. Jim implemented `glocale' and got a lot of exhausting feedback from Patrick and Richard, of course, but also from Mitchum DSouza (who wrote a `catgets'-like package), Roland McGrath, maybe David MacKenzie, Franc,ois Pinard, and Paul Eggert, all pushing and pulling in various directions, not always compatible, to the extent that after a couple of test releases, `glocale' was torn apart. While Jim took some distance and time and became dad for a second time, Roland wanted to get GNU `libc' internationalized, and got Ulrich Drepper involved in that project. Instead of starting from `glocale', Ulrich rewrote something from scratch, but more conformant to the set of guidelines who emerged out of the `glocale' effort. Then, Ulrich got people from the previous forum to involve themselves into this new project, and the switch from `glocale' to what was first named `msgutils', renamed `nlsutils', and later `gettext', became officially accepted by Richard in May 1995 or so. Let's summarize by saying that Ulrich Drepper wrote GNU `gettext' in April 1995. The first official release of the package, including PO mode, occurred in July 1995, and was numbered 0.7. Other people contributed to the effort by providing a discussion forum around Ulrich, writing little pieces of code, or testing. These are quoted in the `THANKS' file which comes with the GNU `gettext' distribution. While this was being done, Franc,ois adapted half a dozen of GNU packages to `glocale' first, then later to `gettext', putting them in pretest, so providing along the way an effective user environment for fine tuning the evolving tools. He also took the responsibility of organizing and coordinating the Translation Project. After nearly a year of informal exchanges between people from many countries, translator teams started to exist in May 1995, through the creation and support by Patrick D'Cruze of twenty unmoderated mailing lists for that many native languages, and two moderated lists: one for reaching all teams at once, the other for reaching all willing maintainers of internationalized free software packages. Franc,ois also wrote PO mode in June 1995 with the collaboration of Greg McGary, as a kind of contribution to Ulrich's package. He also gave a hand with the GNU `gettext' Texinfo manual.  File: gettext.info, Node: References, Prev: History, Up: Conclusion Related Readings ================ Eugene H. Dorr (`dorre@well.com') maintains an interesting bibliography on internationalization matters, called `Internationalization Reference List', which is available as: ftp://ftp.ora.com/pub/examples/nutshell/ujip/doc/i18n-books.txt Michael Gschwind (`mike@vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at') maintains a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) list, entitled `Programming for Internationalisation'. This FAQ discusses writing programs which can handle different language conventions, character sets, etc.; and is applicable to all character set encodings, with particular emphasis on ISO 8859-1. It is regularly published in Usenet groups `comp.unix.questions', `comp.std.internat', `comp.software.international', `comp.lang.c', `comp.windows.x', `comp.std.c', `comp.answers' and `news.answers'. The home location of this document is: ftp://ftp.vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at/pub/8bit/ISO-programming Patrick D'Cruze (`pdcruze@li.org') wrote a tutorial about NLS matters, and Jochen Hein (`Hein@student.tu-clausthal.de') took over the responsibility of maintaining it. It may be found as: ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/nls/catalogs/Incoming/... ...locale-tutorial-0.8.txt.gz This site is mirrored in: ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/sunsite/ A French version of the same tutorial should be findable at: ftp://ftp.ibp.fr/pub/linux/french/docs/ together with French translations of many Linux-related documents.  File: gettext.info, Node: Country Codes, Prev: Conclusion, Up: Top Country Codes ************* The ISO 639 standard defines two character codes for many countries. All abreviations for countries or languages used in the Translation Project should come from this standard. `aa' Afar. `ab' Abkhazian. `af' Afrikaans. `am' Amharic. `ar' Arabic. `as' Assamese. `ay' Aymara. `az' Azerbaijani. `ba' Bashkir. `be' Byelorussian. `bg' Bulgarian. `bh' Bihari. `bi' Bislama. `bn' Bengali; Bangla. `bo' Tibetan. `br' Breton. `ca' Catalan. `co' Corsican. `cs' Czech. `cy' Welsh. `da' Danish. `de' German. `dz' Bhutani. `el' Greek. `en' English. `eo' Esperanto. `es' Spanish. `et' Estonian. `eu' Basque. `fa' Persian. `fi' Finnish. `fj' Fiji. `fo' Faroese. `fr' French. `fy' Frisian. `ga' Irish. `gd' Scots Gaelic. `gl' Galician. `gn' Guarani. `gu' Gujarati. `ha' Hausa. `he' Hebrew (formerly iw). `hi' Hindi. `hr' Croatian. `hu' Hungarian. `hy' Armenian. `ia' Interlingua. `id' Indonesian (formerly in). `ie' Interlingue. `ik' Inupiak. `is' Icelandic. `it' Italian. `iu' Inuktitut. `ja' Japanese. `jw' Javanese. `ka' Georgian. `kk' Kazakh. `kl' Greenlandic. `km' Cambodian. `kn' Kannada. `ko' Korean. `ks' Kashmiri. `ku' Kurdish. `ky' Kirghiz. `la' Latin. `ln' Lingala. `lo' Laothian. `lt' Lithuanian. `lv' Latvian, Lettish. `mg' Malagasy. `mi' Maori. `mk' Macedonian. `ml' Malayalam. `mn' Mongolian. `mo' Moldavian. `mr' Marathi. `ms' Malay. `mt' Maltese. `my' Burmese. `na' Nauru. `ne' Nepali. `nl' Dutch. `no' Norwegian. `oc' Occitan. `om' (Afan) Oromo. `or' Oriya. `pa' Punjabi. `pl' Polish. `ps' Pashto, Pushto. `pt' Portuguese. `qu' Quechua. `rm' Rhaeto-Romance. `rn' Kirundi. `ro' Romanian. `ru' Russian. `rw' Kinyarwanda. `sa' Sanskrit. `sd' Sindhi. `sg' Sangro. `sh' Serbo-Croatian. `si' Sinhalese. `sk' Slovak. `sl' Slovenian. `sm' Samoan. `sn' Shona. `so' Somali. `sq' Albanian. `sr' Serbian. `ss' Siswati. `st' Sesotho. `su' Sundanese. `sv' Swedish. `sw' Swahili. `ta' Tamil. `te' Telugu. `tg' Tajik. `th' Thai. `ti' Tigrinya. `tk' Turkmen. `tl' Tagalog. `tn' Setswana. `to' Tonga. `tr' Turkish. `ts' Tsonga. `tt' Tatar. `tw' Twi. `ug' Uighur. `uk' Ukrainian. `ur' Urdu. `uz' Uzbek. `vi' Vietnamese. `vo' Volapuk. `wo' Wolof. `xh' Xhosa. `yi' Yiddish (formerly ji). `yo' Yoruba. `za' Zhuang. `zh' Chinese. `zu' Zulu. gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/0000755000175000017500000000000006522267770012500 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000002033206522267767014553 0ustar jrjr# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DISTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ ACLOCAL_VERSION = @ACLOCAL_VERSION@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ EMACS = @EMACS@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GT_NO = @GT_NO@ GT_YES = @GT_YES@ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ LD = @LD@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ NM = @NM@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ YACC = @YACC@ aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@ l = @l@ lispdir = @lispdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits noinst_LIBRARIES = libnlsut.a EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c error.c getline.c memset.c memmove.c \ printf-prs.c stpcpy.c stpncpy.c strcasecmp.c strcspn.c strncasecmp.c \ strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c vasprintf.c libnlsut_a_SOURCES = basename.c fstrcmp.c getopt.c getopt1.c hash.c obstack.c \ xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c libnlsut_a_LIBADD = @ALLOCA@ @LIBOBJS@ noinst_HEADERS = error.h fstrcmp.h getline.h getopt.h hash.h obstack.h \ printf-parse.h printf.h system.h pathmax.h INCLUDES = -I../intl mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES) DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ libnlsut_a_DEPENDENCIES = @ALLOCA@ @LIBOBJS@ libnlsut_a_OBJECTS = basename.o fstrcmp.o getopt.o getopt1.o hash.o \ obstack.o xgetcwd.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o AR = ar CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS) DIST_COMMON = ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c error.c \ error.h getline.c memmove.c memset.c printf-prs.c stpcpy.c stpncpy.c \ strcspn.c strncasecmp.c strstr.c strtoul.c vasprintf.c DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP = --best SOURCES = $(libnlsut_a_SOURCES) OBJECTS = $(libnlsut_a_OBJECTS) all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS) .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .S .c .lo .o .s $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits --include-deps lib/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES: clean-noinstLIBRARIES: -test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES) distclean-noinstLIBRARIES: maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES: .c.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< .s.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< .S.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.o core *.core clean-compile: distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c maintainer-clean-compile: .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< .s.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< .S.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs distclean-libtool: maintainer-clean-libtool: libnlsut.a: $(libnlsut_a_OBJECTS) $(libnlsut_a_DEPENDENCIES) -rm -f libnlsut.a $(AR) cru libnlsut.a $(libnlsut_a_OBJECTS) $(libnlsut_a_LIBADD) $(RANLIB) libnlsut.a tags: TAGS ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \ && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS) mostlyclean-tags: clean-tags: distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID maintainer-clean-tags: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = lib distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done basename.o: basename.c ../config.h fstrcmp.o: fstrcmp.c ../config.h system.h fstrcmp.h getopt.o: getopt.c ../config.h getopt1.o: getopt1.c ../config.h getopt.h hash.o: hash.c ../config.h obstack.h hash.h obstack.o: obstack.c ../config.h obstack.h xgetcwd.o: xgetcwd.c ../config.h pathmax.h xmalloc.o: xmalloc.c ../config.h error.h xstrdup.o: xstrdup.c ../config.h info: dvi: check: all $(MAKE) installcheck: install-exec: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install-data: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install: install-exec install-data all @: uninstall: install-strip: $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install installdirs: mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) mostlyclean: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-libtool mostlyclean-tags \ mostlyclean-generic clean: clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-libtool clean-tags \ clean-generic mostlyclean distclean: distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile \ distclean-libtool distclean-tags distclean-generic \ clean -rm -f config.status -rm -f libtool maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \ maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-libtool \ maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-generic \ distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." .PHONY: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \ clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \ mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \ maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-libtool distclean-libtool \ clean-libtool maintainer-clean-libtool tags mostlyclean-tags \ distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi \ installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \ installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000003503006521654733014251 0ustar jrjr1998-04-29 Ulrich Drepper * printf-parse.h: Use unsigned char for parameters to read_int and parse_one_spec (for loosing Solaris systems). Patch by Jim Meyering. 1998-04-28 11:42 Ulrich Drepper * hash.c: Include malloc.h if stdlib.h is not available. Include either string.h or strings.h. * system.h: Include limits.h before defining MAX to prevent redefinitions. * Makefile.am: Move basename.c from EXTRA_DIST to libnlsut_a_SOURCES. 1998-04-27 20:51 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile (EXTRA_DIST): Remove obstack.c here. (libnlsut_a_SOURCES): Add obstack.c here. * alloca.c: Include string.h and stdlib.h if available. Fix typos. * getopt.c: Update from glibc version. * hash.c: Include stdlib.h. Use #if instead of #ifdef while testing HAVE_* macros. Don't include system.h. * printf-parse.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef. 1997-08-18 13:47 Philippe De Muyter * xstrdup.c (sys/types.h): File included. * system.h (strstr): Function prototype added. 1997-08-15 03:01 Ulrich Drepper * stpcpy.c, stpncpy.c: Copy version from glibc to fix severe bugs. 1997-08-01 15:47 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require version 1.2. Mon Mar 10 06:52:59 1997 Ulrich Drepper * xstrdup.c: Add more compatibility handling. Pretty-print preprocessor directives. * printf-parse.h: Define _GNU_SOURCE not __USE_GNU. * Makefile.am: Change for use with automake-1.1. 1997-02-08 04:26 Ulrich Drepper * stpncpy.c: Update from version in GNU libc 2.0. This corrects a long standing bug in xgettext. Fri Dec 6 04:20:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * system.h: Use PARAMS not __P for basename prototype. Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi . Tue Dec 3 17:50:34 1996 Ulrich Drepper * system.h: Add prototype for basename. * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add basename.c. Fri Nov 22 03:32:34 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Rename strncase.c to strncasecmp.c. Sat Aug 31 04:52:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (nlsut_SOURCES): Move error.c to EXTRA_DIST. Wed Jun 19 02:45:02 1996 Ulrich Drepper * system.h: Add prototypes for stpncpy, strcasecmp, and strncasecmp. * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add strncase and stpncpy. Fri Jun 14 03:56:23 1996 Ulrich Drepper * getline.c (_GNU_SOURCE): Define this macro, not __USE_GNU. * Makefile.am (nlsut_SOURCES): Move getline.c and printf-prs.c to EXTRA_DIST. Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi. Tue Jun 11 15:28:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper * printf-prs.c: Add some casts for `n'. * printf-parse.h: Add prototypes and __USE_GNU definition. * getline.c: Define __USE_GNU to get prototype. * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Add variable. Must be defined in all subdirs. Wed Jun 5 16:54:43 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Define include paths to intl/ dir for file. Mon Jun 3 19:13:36 1996 Ulrich Drepper * getopt.c: Update from latest GNU libc source. We don't need the AC_REPLACE_GNU_GETOPT anymore. * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove files mentioned in nlsut_SOURCES from EXTRA_DIST. (nlsut_SOURCES): Add getopt.c and getopt1.c. Wed Apr 24 23:48:42 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (GETOPT): Remove variable. (OBJECTS): Don't use $(GETOPT). If not present the getopt are now listed in @LIBOBJS@. Fri Apr 5 12:00:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Remove whoami.c. (OBJECTS): Remove whoami.o. * system.h: Remove prototype for `get_submitter'. Thu Apr 4 21:14:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper * system.h: Add prototype for asprintf. Tue Apr 2 18:53:38 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all. Tue Apr 2 12:57:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper * error.c, error.h: Update from version in GNU libc. Tue Mar 26 12:35:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * error.c, error.h: Applied François' patches for more portability. Mon Mar 25 01:21:31 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add strstr.c. Sun Mar 24 18:41:42 1996 Ulrich Drepper * error.c (error_with_loc): In `one error per line' mode check for old_file_name to be NULL first. Reported by François Pinard. Fri Mar 1 13:38:26 1996 Ulrich Drepper * getopt.c: Update from latest version in GNU C Library. * getopt1.c: Ditto. * getopt.h: Ditto. * error.c (error_with_loc): Not simply compare string pointers to test for same file name. (error_with_loc): file_name parameter is really const. * error.c (error_one_per_line): New variable. (error_with_loc): If error_one_per_line != 0, print at most one error per line. * error.h: Declare new variable error_one_per_line. Mon Jan 1 03:12:08 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (GETOPTSRC): Remove this variable. Sat Dec 30 16:26:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (ERROR, ERRORSRC): New variables. error.c is now part of GNU libc and will not be needed on systems running this lib. (SOURCES): Replace error.c with $(ERRORSRC). (OBJECTS): Replace error.o with $(ERROR). Tue Dec 19 22:08:10 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running shell scripts. Sat Dec 9 16:40:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper * whoami.c, system.h, printf.h, printf-parse.h, hash.h, hash.c, getline.h, fstrcmp.h, fstrcmp.c, error.h, error.c: Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath. Wed Dec 6 16:07:27 1995 ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu * system.h: Fix alloca declaration so that it matches the one generated by bison on HPUX. Sat Nov 25 16:13:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper * whoami.c: Don't use #ifdef, prefer #if. * error.c: Capitalize arguments of macros. Patch by Franc,ois Pinard. Thu Nov 16 22:41:32 1995 Ulrich Drepper * whoami.c: Correct prototype declarations. * xmalloc.c: Include "error.h" instead of defining error ourself. * system.h: Include to get FILE definition. * hash.c: Peter Miller suggested not to use `div' as a variable name. * error.c (error_print_progname): For ANSI C provide complete type. Include error.h. Patches by Peter Miller. Sun Nov 12 12:34:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper * whoami.c: Add prototypes. (get_submitter): Use stpcpy if available. Sat Nov 11 00:26:31 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (HEADERS): Add missing pathmax.h file. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Fri Nov 10 09:59:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper * error.h (error_print_progname): Provide real prototype, i.e. with argument types. Patch by Peter Miller. Wed Nov 8 23:25:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * system.h: Add prototype for xgetcwd. * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add xgetcwd.c. (OBJECTS): Add xgetcwd.o. Tue Nov 7 11:44:32 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (intldir): New variable. Use its value instead of ../intl. Sun Nov 5 19:40:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist-gettext): Make synonym for dist. Sun Nov 5 18:04:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * hash.c (find_entry): Remove unused variable retval. Sun Nov 5 11:38:19 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. Sat Oct 28 14:25:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper * fstrcmp.c: Revised version by Peter Miller. Now based on GNU diff's version of this algorithm. Wed Sep 27 20:18:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * system.h: Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there. Reported by Francesco Potorti`. Mon Sep 25 22:26:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * obstack.h (ptrdiff_t): Don't define unless HAVE_PTRDIFF_T is not defined. This solves problems with Sun's compiler. Reported by Marcus Daniels. Mon Sep 18 10:45:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * fstrcmp.h, fstrcmp.c: Initial revision Sun Sep 17 23:37:15 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Add fstrcmp.[ch] to libgettext. * system.h (open_po_file): Remove unused `use_path' parameter. * hash.c: Rewrite for uniform return values: < 0 for error cases, else >= 0. * Makefile.in: hash.[ch] moved from src/ to lib/ subdirectory. Mon Aug 28 10:05:31 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Remove Emacs hints. * Makefile.in (libnlsut.a): Use $@ instead of full name. Sat Aug 19 17:37:24 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): Make depend on `all'. Tue Aug 15 05:51:25 1995 Ulrich Drepper * system.h (xgetcwd): Remove prototype. Mon Aug 14 23:52:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): New no-op goal. Wed Aug 9 10:05:09 1995 Ulrich Drepper * system.h (MAX): Mark GCC variant with __extension__ and change typeof to __typeof__. Tue Aug 8 21:02:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * strcasecmp.c: Initial revision. * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add strcasecmp.c. Mon Aug 7 21:17:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper * strcspn.c: Initial revision. * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add strcspn.c. Fri Aug 4 15:44:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. Wed Aug 2 18:51:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^. Tue Aug 1 20:07:40 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (distclean): Remove ID file. * Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument. (TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory, not $(srcdir). (ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src. Wed Jul 19 23:54:32 1995 Ulrich Drepper * strtol.c: Change copyright from LGPL to GPL. Tue Jul 18 20:09:04 1995 Ulrich Drepper * strtol.c (ULONG_MAX): Define if not defined in system header. Reported by Francesco Potorti`. * printf-parse.h (parse_one_spec): Define prototype. * obstack.h: Put stddef.h include statement back in. Tue Jul 18 00:19:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper * vasprintf.c, strtol.c, obstack.c, getopt1.c, getopt.c, system.h, printf.h, obstack.h, getline.h: Uniform test for __STDC__. Mon Jul 17 01:13:09 1995 Ulrich Drepper * system.h (HAVE_MALLOC_H): Remove obsolete #else case. Was needed when we tried to define free ourself. * system.h, error.h, strtoul.c, printf-parse.h, memmove.c, getline.h: Add `Free' to Software Foundation. * getline.h: Remove unneeded comment after #endif. We now use indentation. * getline.c: Indent preprocessor directives. * strtol.c (NULL): Define manualy if not defined in any included file. Sat Jul 15 23:59:26 1995 Ulrich Drepper * obstack.h: Add accidently removed #endif. Sat Jul 15 23:31:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper * vasprintf.c, printf-prs.c, obstack.h, obstack.c, memmove.c, printf.h, printf-parse.h: Exchange old LGPL against new GPL (no LGPL code in normal packages). * getline.h: Add copyright. * strtoul.c, strtol.c: Initial revision * obstack.h (ptrdiff_t): Don't include stddef.h. Try to get it with sys/types.h and if _PTRDIFF_T and ptrdiff_t are not defined, define it to off_t (which is at least defined in config.h). * system.h (HAVE_STDLIB_H): Is not useful if STDC_HEADERS is not also defined. Sat Jul 15 00:49:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * error.h: Correct definition of size_t: don't try to include stddef.h, but instead use sys/types. If it is not found here, the config.h file will define it. * system.h: Load before defining prototypes. This avoids problems with size_t not defined in the prototypes. * printf-parse.h (find_spec): Handle missing mblen function. Thu Jul 13 22:28:38 1995 Ulrich Drepper * system.h (MAX): Move definition to end to reduce possibility of redefinition. * whoami.c (get_username, get_hostname, get_submitter): Use K&R prototypes. * vasprintf.c: Include config.h. * printf.h (printf_info): Use `char' and `unsigned' instead of `unsigned char' and `unsigned int' resp. to help these dumb K&R compilers. * printf-parse.h: Compilers other than GCC don't have `long long', K&R compiler even don't have `long double'. Thu Jul 13 01:41:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): New goal. Tue Jul 11 21:37:19 1995 Ulrich Drepper * vasprintf.c (HAVE_STRTOUL): Not needed anymore because we substitute strtoul if not present. Tue Jul 11 01:34:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper * whoami.c: Define NULL is necessary. * obstack.h: Protect inclusion of stddef and define ptrdiff_t if necessary. * memmove.c: Include sys/types.h and perhaps stdlib.h instead of stddef.h for getting size_t defined. * system.h: Don't define free, qsort, and strtol when no header file is available. Define EXIT_{FAILURE,SUCCESS} after stdlib.h is included. * printf.h: Protect non-ANSI header inclusion. Protect __P definition. Don't use __const in prototypes. * printf-prs.c: Include config.h. Protect stdlib.h inclusion. * printf-parse.h: Protect header inclusion for non-ANSI environments. Protect and de-GCC-ify MAX/MIN definition. * Makefile.in (SOURCES): New files: strtol.c and strtoul.c. Depend $(OBJECT) on config.h,, instead of $(LIBOBJS). Better dependency for printf-prs.o. Tue Jul 4 22:09:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (SOURCES): add memmove.c. * memmove.c: Initial revision. * error.h: Make size_t definition correct for !__STDC__. Include for getting size_t defined. * vasprintf.c: Don't use strtoul if !HAVE_STRTOUL. * system.h: Include also if defined HAVE_STDLIB_H. Make sure that qsort, free and strtoul are prototyped. Mon Jul 3 15:02:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper * system.h: system.h (MAX): don't use GCC feature if !__STDC__. Fix typo in EXIT_FAILURE defintion. * xmalloc.c: Include prototype for calloc.c. * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): even better path list. (INCLUDES): remove unnecessary paths. Correct path to original version. Sun Jul 2 02:01:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper * First official release. This directory contains supplementary code taken from GNU C Library and other package's lib/ directories. gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000261606521510145014523 0ustar jrjr## Makefile for the support lib subdirectory of the GNU NLS Utilities ## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ## any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits noinst_LIBRARIES = libnlsut.a EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c error.c getline.c memset.c memmove.c \ printf-prs.c stpcpy.c stpncpy.c strcasecmp.c strcspn.c strncasecmp.c \ strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c vasprintf.c libnlsut_a_SOURCES = basename.c fstrcmp.c getopt.c getopt1.c hash.c obstack.c \ xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c libnlsut_a_LIBADD = @ALLOCA@ @LIBOBJS@ noinst_HEADERS = error.h fstrcmp.h getline.h getopt.h hash.h obstack.h \ printf-parse.h printf.h system.h pathmax.h INCLUDES = -I../intl gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/alloca.c0000644000175000017500000003363206321762572014103 0ustar jrjr/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn This implementation of the PWB library alloca function, which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell. J.Otto Tennant contributed the Cray support. There are some preprocessor constants that can be defined when compiling for your specific system, for improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay. The general concept of this implementation is to keep track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually. As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H #include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H #include #endif #ifdef emacs #include "blockinput.h" #endif /* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */ #if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 /* If someone has defined alloca as a macro, there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */ #ifndef alloca #ifdef emacs #ifdef static /* actually, only want this if static is defined as "" -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static in order to make unexec workable */ #ifndef STACK_DIRECTION you lose -- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time #endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */ #endif /* static */ #endif /* emacs */ /* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */ #if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) long i00afunc (); #define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg)) #else #define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg) #endif #if __STDC__ typedef void *pointer; #else typedef char *pointer; #endif #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 #endif /* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine. Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc. Callers below should use malloc. */ #ifndef emacs #define malloc xmalloc #endif extern pointer malloc (); /* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically deduced at run-time. STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ #ifndef STACK_DIRECTION #define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */ #endif #if STACK_DIRECTION != 0 #define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */ #else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */ static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */ #define STACK_DIR stack_dir static void find_stack_direction () { static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */ auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */ if (addr == NULL) { /* Initial entry. */ addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy); find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */ } else { /* Second entry. */ if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr) stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */ else stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */ } } #endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */ /* An "alloca header" is used to: (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks; (b) keep track of stack depth. It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */ #ifndef ALIGN_SIZE #define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double) #endif typedef union hdr { char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */ struct { union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */ char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */ } h; } header; static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */ /* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage, which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */ pointer alloca (size) unsigned size; { auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */ register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe); #if STACK_DIRECTION == 0 if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */ find_stack_direction (); #endif /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */ { register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */ #ifdef emacs BLOCK_INPUT; #endif for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;) if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth) || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth)) { register header *np = hp->h.next; free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */ hp = np; /* -> next header. */ } else break; /* Rest are not deeper. */ last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */ #ifdef emacs UNBLOCK_INPUT; #endif } if (size == 0) return NULL; /* No allocation required. */ /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */ { register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size); /* Address of header. */ if (new == 0) abort(); ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header; ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth; last_alloca_header = (header *) new; /* User storage begins just after header. */ return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header)); } } #if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) #ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC #include #endif #ifndef CRAY_STACK #define CRAY_STACK #ifndef CRAY2 /* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */ struct stack_control_header { long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */ long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */ long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */ long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */ }; /* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial part of the stack segment linkage control information is 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage for the routine which overflows the stack. */ struct stack_segment_linkage { long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */ long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */ long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */ long:32; long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous segment of stack. */ long:32; long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */ long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for microtasking. */ long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */ long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */ long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */ long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */ long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */ long ssa0; long ssa1; long ssa2; long ssa3; long ssa4; long ssa5; long ssa6; long ssa7; long sss0; long sss1; long sss2; long sss3; long sss4; long sss5; long sss6; long sss7; }; #else /* CRAY2 */ /* The following structure defines the vector of words returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */ struct stk_stat { long now; /* Current total stack size. */ long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would be required to satisfy the maximum stack demand to date. */ long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */ long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */ long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */ long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */ long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */ long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */ long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */ long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */ long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */ long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */ long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */ long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */ long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to include the fifteen word trailer area. */ long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */ long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */ }; /* The following structure describes the data structure which trails any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */ struct stk_trailer { long this_address; /* Address of this block. */ long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include this trailer). */ long unknown2; long unknown3; long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous segment. */ long unknown5; long unknown6; long unknown7; long unknown8; long unknown9; long unknown10; long unknown11; long unknown12; long unknown13; long unknown14; }; #endif /* CRAY2 */ #endif /* not CRAY_STACK */ #ifdef CRAY2 /* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS. I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */ static long i00afunc (long *address) { struct stk_stat status; struct stk_trailer *trailer; long *block, size; long result = 0; /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */ STKSTAT (&status); /* Set up the iteration. */ trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address + status.current_size - 15); /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */ if (trailer == 0) abort (); /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */ while (trailer != 0) { block = (long *) trailer->this_address; size = trailer->this_size; if (block == 0 || size == 0) abort (); trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size))) break; } /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes of all predecessor segments. */ result = address - block; if (trailer == 0) { return result; } do { if (trailer->this_size <= 0) abort (); result += trailer->this_size; trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; } while (trailer != 0); /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably not what you want. */ return (result); } #else /* not CRAY2 */ /* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP. Determine the number of the cell within the stack, given the address of the cell. The purpose of this routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses for alloca. */ static long i00afunc (long address) { long stkl = 0; long size, pseg, this_segment, stack; long result = 0; struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr; /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store your registers on the stack and find that you are past the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment. B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control area, which is what we are really interested in. */ stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END (); ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment, one has the address of the first word of the segment. If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be nonzero. */ pseg = ssptr->sspseg; size = ssptr->sssize; this_segment = stkl - size; /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not contain the target address. */ while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl)) { #ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl); #endif if (pseg == 0) break; stkl = stkl - pseg; ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; size = ssptr->sssize; pseg = ssptr->sspseg; this_segment = stkl - size; } result = address - this_segment; /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack, you get the address of the previous stack segment's end. This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save a cycle somewhere. */ while (pseg != 0) { #ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size); #endif stkl = stkl - pseg; ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; size = ssptr->sssize; pseg = ssptr->sspseg; result += size; } return (result); } #endif /* not CRAY2 */ #endif /* CRAY */ #endif /* no alloca */ #endif /* not GCC version 2 */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/error.c0000644000175000017500000001375006514522602013770 0ustar jrjr/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Written by David MacKenzie . */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC # if __STDC__ # include # define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg) # else # include # define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args) # endif #else # define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8 # define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8; #endif #if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC # include # include #else void exit (); #endif #include "error.h" #ifndef _ # define _(String) String #endif /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this function without parameters instead. */ void (*error_print_progname) ( #if __STDC__ - 0 void #endif ); /* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */ unsigned int error_message_count; #ifdef _LIBC /* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */ # define program_name program_invocation_name # include /* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly. Instead make it a weak alias. */ # define error __error # define error_at_line __error_at_line #else /* not _LIBC */ /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the name of the executing program. */ extern char *program_name; # ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R # define __strerror_r strerror_r # else # if HAVE_STRERROR # ifndef strerror /* On some systems, strerror is a macro */ char *strerror (); # endif # else static char * private_strerror (errnum) int errnum; { extern char *sys_errlist[]; extern int sys_nerr; if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr) return _(sys_errlist[errnum]); return _("Unknown system error"); } # define strerror private_strerror # endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */ # endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R */ #endif /* not _LIBC */ /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style format string with optional args. If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message. Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */ /* VARARGS */ void #if defined VA_START && __STDC__ error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...) #else error (status, errnum, message, va_alist) int status; int errnum; char *message; va_dcl #endif { #ifdef VA_START va_list args; #endif if (error_print_progname) (*error_print_progname) (); else { fflush (stdout); fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name); } #ifdef VA_START VA_START (args, message); # if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC vfprintf (stderr, message, args); # else _doprnt (message, args, stderr); # endif va_end (args); #else fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); #endif ++error_message_count; if (errnum) { #if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC char errbuf[1024]; fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf)); #else fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); #endif } putc ('\n', stderr); fflush (stderr); if (status) exit (status); } /* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ int error_one_per_line; void #if defined VA_START && __STDC__ error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name, unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...) #else error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist) int status; int errnum; const char *file_name; unsigned int line_number; char *message; va_dcl #endif { #ifdef VA_START va_list args; #endif if (error_one_per_line) { static const char *old_file_name; static unsigned int old_line_number; if (old_line_number == line_number && (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name))) /* Simply return and print nothing. */ return; old_file_name = file_name; old_line_number = line_number; } if (error_print_progname) (*error_print_progname) (); else { fflush (stdout); fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name); } if (file_name != NULL) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number); #ifdef VA_START VA_START (args, message); # if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC vfprintf (stderr, message, args); # else _doprnt (message, args, stderr); # endif va_end (args); #else fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); #endif ++error_message_count; if (errnum) { #if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC char errbuf[1024]; fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf)); #else fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum)); #endif } putc ('\n', stderr); fflush (stderr); if (status) exit (status); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Make the weak alias. */ # undef error # undef error_at_line weak_alias (__error, error) weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line) #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/error.h0000644000175000017500000000516006352654250013776 0ustar jrjr/* Declaration for error-reporting function Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _ERROR_H #define _ERROR_H 1 #ifndef __attribute__ /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */ # if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__ # define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ # endif /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */ # if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) # define __format__ format # define __printf__ printf # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ /* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)'; if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM). If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'. */ extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))); extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname, unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6))); /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this function without parameters instead. */ extern void (*error_print_progname) (void); #else void error (); void error_at_line (); extern void (*error_print_progname) (); #endif /* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */ extern unsigned int error_message_count; /* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */ extern int error_one_per_line; #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* error.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/getline.c0000644000175000017500000000714106172340550014263 0ustar jrjr/* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline Copyright (C) 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Written by Jan Brittenson, bson@gnu.ai.mit.edu. */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif /* The `getdelim' function is only declared if the following symbol is defined. */ #define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #include #include #if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && HAVE_GETDELIM int getline (lineptr, n, stream) char **lineptr; size_t *n; FILE *stream; { return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream); } #else /* ! have getdelim */ # define NDEBUG # include # if STDC_HEADERS # include # else char *malloc (), *realloc (); # endif /* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer. */ # define MIN_CHUNK 64 /* Read up to (and including) a TERMINATOR from STREAM into *LINEPTR + OFFSET (and null-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or NULL), pointing to *N characters of space. It is realloc'd as necessary. Return the number of characters read (not including the null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF. */ int getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset) char **lineptr; size_t *n; FILE *stream; char terminator; size_t offset; { int nchars_avail; /* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR. */ char *read_pos; /* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */ int ret; if (!lineptr || !n || !stream) return -1; if (!*lineptr) { *n = MIN_CHUNK; *lineptr = malloc (*n); if (!*lineptr) return -1; } nchars_avail = *n - offset; read_pos = *lineptr + offset; for (;;) { register int c = getc (stream); /* We always want at least one char left in the buffer, since we always (unless we get an error while reading the first char) NUL-terminate the line buffer. */ assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr); if (nchars_avail < 2) { if (*n > MIN_CHUNK) *n *= 2; else *n += MIN_CHUNK; nchars_avail = *n + *lineptr - read_pos; *lineptr = realloc (*lineptr, *n); if (!*lineptr) return -1; read_pos = *n - nchars_avail + *lineptr; assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr); } if (c == EOF || ferror (stream)) { /* Return partial line, if any. */ if (read_pos == *lineptr) return -1; else break; } *read_pos++ = c; nchars_avail--; if (c == terminator) /* Return the line. */ break; } /* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of chars read. */ *read_pos = '\0'; ret = read_pos - (*lineptr + offset); return ret; } int getline (lineptr, n, stream) char **lineptr; size_t *n; FILE *stream; { return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0); } int getdelim (lineptr, n, delimiter, stream) char **lineptr; size_t *n; int delimiter; FILE *stream; { return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0); } #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/memmove.c0000644000175000017500000000125606231321137014276 0ustar jrjr/* memmove.c -- copy memory. Copy LENGTH bytes from SOURCE to DEST. Does not null-terminate. In the public domain. By David MacKenzie . */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif void * memmove (dest, source, length) char *dest; const char *source; unsigned length; { char *d0 = dest; if (source < dest) /* Moving from low mem to hi mem; start at end. */ for (source += length, dest += length; length; --length) *--dest = *--source; else if (source != dest) { /* Moving from hi mem to low mem; start at beginning. */ for (; length; --length) *dest++ = *source++; } return (void *) d0; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/memset.c0000644000175000017500000000170406172327606014134 0ustar jrjr/* memset.c -- set an area of memory to a given value Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ char * memset (str, c, len) char *str; int c; unsigned len; { register char *st = str; while (len-- > 0) *st++ = c; return str; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/printf-prs.c0000644000175000017500000000435006157312220014733 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #include "printf-parse.h" size_t parse_printf_format (fmt, n, argtypes) const char *fmt; size_t n; int *argtypes; { size_t nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ size_t max_ref_arg; /* Highest index used in a positional arg. */ struct printf_spec spec; nargs = 0; max_ref_arg = 0; /* Search for format specifications. */ for (fmt = find_spec (fmt); *fmt != '\0'; fmt = spec.next_fmt) { /* Parse this spec. */ nargs += parse_one_spec (fmt, nargs, &spec, &max_ref_arg); /* If the width is determined by an argument this is an int. */ if (spec.width_arg != -1 && spec.width_arg < (int) n) argtypes[spec.width_arg] = PA_INT; /* If the precision is determined by an argument this is an int. */ if (spec.prec_arg != -1 && spec.prec_arg < (int) n) argtypes[spec.prec_arg] = PA_INT; if (spec.data_arg < (int) n) switch (spec.ndata_args) { case 0: /* No arguments. */ break; case 1: /* One argument; we already have the type. */ argtypes[spec.data_arg] = spec.data_arg_type; break; default: /* We don't handle this here. Beside GNU libc no other libc provides printf function registration. But while having this feature it also provides this function, so that using *this* file is not needed. */ break; } } return MAX (nargs, max_ref_arg); } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/stpcpy.c0000644000175000017500000000255206407356246014171 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #undef __stpcpy #undef stpcpy #ifndef weak_alias # define __stpcpy stpcpy #endif /* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST. */ char * __stpcpy (dest, src) char *dest; const char *src; { register char *d = dest; register const char *s = src; do *d++ = *s; while (*s++ != '\0'); return d - 1; } #ifdef weak_alias weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy) #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/stpncpy.c0000644000175000017500000000413106301235762014332 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* This is almost copied from strncpy.c, written by Torbjorn Granlund. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include #endif #ifndef weak_alias # define __stpncpy stpncpy #endif /* Copy no more than N characters of SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST, if any, or else DEST + N. */ char * __stpncpy (dest, src, n) char *dest; const char *src; size_t n; { char c; char *s = dest; if (n >= 4) { size_t n4 = n >> 2; for (;;) { c = *src++; *dest++ = c; if (c == '\0') break; c = *src++; *dest++ = c; if (c == '\0') break; c = *src++; *dest++ = c; if (c == '\0') break; c = *src++; *dest++ = c; if (c == '\0') break; if (--n4 == 0) goto last_chars; } n -= dest - s; goto zero_fill; } last_chars: n &= 3; if (n == 0) return dest; for (;;) { c = *src++; --n; *dest++ = c; if (c == '\0') break; if (n == 0) return dest; } zero_fill: while (n-- > 0) dest[n] = '\0'; return dest - 1; } #ifdef weak_alias weak_alias (__stpncpy, stpncpy) #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/strcspn.c0000644000175000017500000000263506406032377014340 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if defined _LIBC || HAVE_STRING_H # include #else # include # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #undef strcspn /* Return the length of the maximum initial segment of S which contains no characters from REJECT. */ size_t strcspn (s, reject) const char *s; const char *reject; { size_t count = 0; while (*s != '\0') if (strchr (reject, *s++) == NULL) ++count; else return count; return count; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/strncasecmp.c0000644000175000017500000000431706341455340015162 0ustar jrjr/* Compare at most N characters of two strings without taking care for the case. Copyright (C) 1992, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #ifndef weak_alias # define __strncasecmp strncasecmp # define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch) #else # ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL # define __strncasecmp __strncasecmp_l # define TOLOWER(Ch) __tolower_l ((Ch), loc) # else # define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch) # endif #endif #ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL # define LOCALE_PARAM , loc # define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc; #else # define LOCALE_PARAM # define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL #endif /* Compare no more than N characters of S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. */ int __strncasecmp (s1, s2, n LOCALE_PARAM) const char *s1; const char *s2; size_t n; LOCALE_PARAM_DECL { const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1; const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2; unsigned char c1, c2; if (p1 == p2 || n == 0) return 0; do { c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++); c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++); if (c1 == '\0' || c1 != c2) return c1 - c2; } while (--n > 0); return c1 - c2; } #ifndef __strncasecmp weak_alias (__strncasecmp, strncasecmp) #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/strstr.c0000644000175000017500000000234706172337117014205 0ustar jrjr/* strstr.c -- return the offset of one string within another Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Written by Mike Rendell . */ /* Return the starting address of string S2 in S1; return 0 if it is not found. */ char * strstr (s1, s2) char *s1; char *s2; { int i; char *p1; char *p2; char *s = s1; for (p2 = s2, i = 0; *s; p2 = s2, i++, s++) { for (p1 = s; *p1 && *p2 && *p1 == *p2; p1++, p2++) ; if (!*p2) break; } if (!*p2) return s1 + i; return 0; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/strtoul.c0000644000175000017500000000165306301235730014347 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #define UNSIGNED 1 #include gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/vasprintf.c0000644000175000017500000000756106002577071014660 0ustar jrjr/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must be freed by the caller. Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #if __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif #ifdef TEST int global_total_width; #endif unsigned long strtoul (); char *malloc (); static int int_vasprintf (result, format, args) char **result; const char *format; va_list *args; { const char *p = format; /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc to return NULL. */ int total_width = strlen (format) + 1; va_list ap; memcpy (&ap, args, sizeof (va_list)); while (*p != '\0') { if (*p++ == '%') { while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p)) ++p; if (*p == '*') { ++p; total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int)); } else total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10); if (*p == '.') { ++p; if (*p == '*') { ++p; total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int)); } else total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10); } while (strchr ("hlL", *p)) ++p; /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s. */ total_width += 30; switch (*p) { case 'd': case 'i': case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X': case 'c': (void) va_arg (ap, int); break; case 'f': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': (void) va_arg (ap, double); break; case 's': total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *)); break; case 'p': case 'n': (void) va_arg (ap, char *); break; } } } #ifdef TEST global_total_width = total_width; #endif *result = malloc (total_width); if (*result != NULL) return vsprintf (*result, format, *args); else return 0; } int vasprintf (result, format, args) char **result; const char *format; va_list args; { return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args); } int asprintf #if __STDC__ (char **result, const char *format, ...) #else (result, va_alist) char **result; va_dcl #endif { va_list args; int done; #if __STDC__ va_start (args, format); #else char *format; va_start (args); format = va_arg (args, char *); #endif done = vasprintf (result, format, args); va_end (args); return done; } #ifdef TEST void checkit #if __STDC__ (const char* format, ...) #else (va_alist) va_dcl #endif { va_list args; char *result; #if __STDC__ va_start (args, format); #else char *format; va_start (args); format = va_arg (args, char *); #endif vasprintf (&result, format, args); if (strlen (result) < global_total_width) printf ("PASS: "); else printf ("FAIL: "); printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result); } int main () { checkit ("%d", 0x12345678); checkit ("%200d", 5); checkit ("%.300d", 6); checkit ("%100.150d", 7); checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\ 777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333"); checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx"); } #endif /* TEST */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/basename.c0000644000175000017500000000247506521504532014414 0ustar jrjr/* Return the name-within-directory of a file name. Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #ifndef _LIBC /* We cannot generally use the name `basename' since XPG defines an unusable variant of the function but we cannot use it. */ # define basename gnu_basename #endif char * basename (filename) const char *filename; { char *p = strrchr (filename, '/'); return p ? p + 1 : (char *) filename; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/fstrcmp.c0000444000175000017500000003671206062344247014323 0ustar jrjr/* Functions to make fuzzy comparisons between strings Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. Derived from GNU diff 2.7, analyze.c et al. The basic algorithm is described in: "An O(ND) Difference Algorithm and its Variations", Eugene Myers, Algorithmica Vol. 1 No. 2, 1986, pp. 251-266; see especially section 4.2, which describes the variation used below. The basic algorithm was independently discovered as described in: "Algorithms for Approximate String Matching", E. Ukkonen, Information and Control Vol. 64, 1985, pp. 100-118. Modified to work on strings rather than files by Peter Miller , October 1995 */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # include #else # include #endif #include #ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H # include #else # define INT_MAX ((int)(~(unsigned)0 >> 1)) #endif #include "system.h" #include "fstrcmp.h" /* * Data on one input string being compared. */ struct string_data { /* The string to be compared. */ const char *data; /* The length of the string to be compared. */ int data_length; /* The number of characters inserted or deleted. */ int edit_count; }; static struct string_data string[2]; #ifdef MINUS_H_FLAG /* This corresponds to the diff -H flag. With this heuristic, for strings with a constant small density of changes, the algorithm is linear in the strings size. This is unlikely in typical uses of fstrcmp, and so is usually compiled out. Besides, there is no interface to set it true. */ static int heuristic; #endif /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing 1 + the X coordinate of the point furthest along the given diagonal in the forward search of the edit matrix. */ static int *fdiag; /* Vector, indexed by diagonal, containing the X coordinate of the point furthest along the given diagonal in the backward search of the edit matrix. */ static int *bdiag; /* Edit scripts longer than this are too expensive to compute. */ static int too_expensive; /* Snakes bigger than this are considered `big'. */ #define SNAKE_LIMIT 20 struct partition { /* Midpoints of this partition. */ int xmid, ymid; /* Nonzero if low half will be analyzed minimally. */ int lo_minimal; /* Likewise for high half. */ int hi_minimal; }; /* NAME diag - find diagonal path SYNOPSIS int diag(int xoff, int xlim, int yoff, int ylim, int minimal, struct partition *part); DESCRIPTION Find the midpoint of the shortest edit script for a specified portion of the two strings. Scan from the beginnings of the strings, and simultaneously from the ends, doing a breadth-first search through the space of edit-sequence. When the two searches meet, we have found the midpoint of the shortest edit sequence. If MINIMAL is nonzero, find the minimal edit script regardless of expense. Otherwise, if the search is too expensive, use heuristics to stop the search and report a suboptimal answer. RETURNS Set PART->(XMID,YMID) to the midpoint (XMID,YMID). The diagonal number XMID - YMID equals the number of inserted characters minus the number of deleted characters (counting only characters before the midpoint). Return the approximate edit cost; this is the total number of characters inserted or deleted (counting only characters before the midpoint), unless a heuristic is used to terminate the search prematurely. Set PART->LEFT_MINIMAL to nonzero iff the minimal edit script for the left half of the partition is known; similarly for PART->RIGHT_MINIMAL. CAVEAT This function assumes that the first characters of the specified portions of the two strings do not match, and likewise that the last characters do not match. The caller must trim matching characters from the beginning and end of the portions it is going to specify. If we return the "wrong" partitions, the worst this can do is cause suboptimal diff output. It cannot cause incorrect diff output. */ static int diag PARAMS ((int, int, int, int, int, struct partition *)); static int diag (xoff, xlim, yoff, ylim, minimal, part) int xoff; int xlim; int yoff; int ylim; int minimal; struct partition *part; { int *const fd = fdiag; /* Give the compiler a chance. */ int *const bd = bdiag; /* Additional help for the compiler. */ const char *const xv = string[0].data; /* Still more help for the compiler. */ const char *const yv = string[1].data; /* And more and more . . . */ const int dmin = xoff - ylim; /* Minimum valid diagonal. */ const int dmax = xlim - yoff; /* Maximum valid diagonal. */ const int fmid = xoff - yoff; /* Center diagonal of top-down search. */ const int bmid = xlim - ylim; /* Center diagonal of bottom-up search. */ int fmin = fmid; int fmax = fmid; /* Limits of top-down search. */ int bmin = bmid; int bmax = bmid; /* Limits of bottom-up search. */ int c; /* Cost. */ int odd = (fmid - bmid) & 1; /* * True if southeast corner is on an odd diagonal with respect * to the northwest. */ fd[fmid] = xoff; bd[bmid] = xlim; for (c = 1;; ++c) { int d; /* Active diagonal. */ int big_snake; big_snake = 0; /* Extend the top-down search by an edit step in each diagonal. */ if (fmin > dmin) fd[--fmin - 1] = -1; else ++fmin; if (fmax < dmax) fd[++fmax + 1] = -1; else --fmax; for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2) { int x; int y; int oldx; int tlo; int thi; tlo = fd[d - 1], thi = fd[d + 1]; if (tlo >= thi) x = tlo + 1; else x = thi; oldx = x; y = x - d; while (x < xlim && y < ylim && xv[x] == yv[y]) { ++x; ++y; } if (x - oldx > SNAKE_LIMIT) big_snake = 1; fd[d] = x; if (odd && bmin <= d && d <= bmax && bd[d] <= x) { part->xmid = x; part->ymid = y; part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = 1; return 2 * c - 1; } } /* Similarly extend the bottom-up search. */ if (bmin > dmin) bd[--bmin - 1] = INT_MAX; else ++bmin; if (bmax < dmax) bd[++bmax + 1] = INT_MAX; else --bmax; for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2) { int x; int y; int oldx; int tlo; int thi; tlo = bd[d - 1], thi = bd[d + 1]; if (tlo < thi) x = tlo; else x = thi - 1; oldx = x; y = x - d; while (x > xoff && y > yoff && xv[x - 1] == yv[y - 1]) { --x; --y; } if (oldx - x > SNAKE_LIMIT) big_snake = 1; bd[d] = x; if (!odd && fmin <= d && d <= fmax && x <= fd[d]) { part->xmid = x; part->ymid = y; part->lo_minimal = part->hi_minimal = 1; return 2 * c; } } if (minimal) continue; #ifdef MINUS_H_FLAG /* Heuristic: check occasionally for a diagonal that has made lots of progress compared with the edit distance. If we have any such, find the one that has made the most progress and return it as if it had succeeded. With this heuristic, for strings with a constant small density of changes, the algorithm is linear in the strings size. */ if (c > 200 && big_snake && heuristic) { int best; best = 0; for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2) { int dd; int x; int y; int v; dd = d - fmid; x = fd[d]; y = x - d; v = (x - xoff) * 2 - dd; if (v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd))) { if ( v > best && xoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= x && x < xlim && yoff + SNAKE_LIMIT <= y && y < ylim ) { /* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist that it end with a significant snake. */ int k; for (k = 1; xv[x - k] == yv[y - k]; k++) { if (k == SNAKE_LIMIT) { best = v; part->xmid = x; part->ymid = y; break; } } } } } if (best > 0) { part->lo_minimal = 1; part->hi_minimal = 0; return 2 * c - 1; } best = 0; for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2) { int dd; int x; int y; int v; dd = d - bmid; x = bd[d]; y = x - d; v = (xlim - x) * 2 + dd; if (v > 12 * (c + (dd < 0 ? -dd : dd))) { if (v > best && xoff < x && x <= xlim - SNAKE_LIMIT && yoff < y && y <= ylim - SNAKE_LIMIT) { /* We have a good enough best diagonal; now insist that it end with a significant snake. */ int k; for (k = 0; xv[x + k] == yv[y + k]; k++) { if (k == SNAKE_LIMIT - 1) { best = v; part->xmid = x; part->ymid = y; break; } } } } } if (best > 0) { part->lo_minimal = 0; part->hi_minimal = 1; return 2 * c - 1; } } #endif /* MINUS_H_FLAG */ /* Heuristic: if we've gone well beyond the call of duty, give up and report halfway between our best results so far. */ if (c >= too_expensive) { int fxybest; int fxbest; int bxybest; int bxbest; /* Pacify `gcc -Wall'. */ fxbest = 0; bxbest = 0; /* Find forward diagonal that maximizes X + Y. */ fxybest = -1; for (d = fmax; d >= fmin; d -= 2) { int x; int y; x = fd[d] < xlim ? fd[d] : xlim; y = x - d; if (ylim < y) { x = ylim + d; y = ylim; } if (fxybest < x + y) { fxybest = x + y; fxbest = x; } } /* Find backward diagonal that minimizes X + Y. */ bxybest = INT_MAX; for (d = bmax; d >= bmin; d -= 2) { int x; int y; x = xoff > bd[d] ? xoff : bd[d]; y = x - d; if (y < yoff) { x = yoff + d; y = yoff; } if (x + y < bxybest) { bxybest = x + y; bxbest = x; } } /* Use the better of the two diagonals. */ if ((xlim + ylim) - bxybest < fxybest - (xoff + yoff)) { part->xmid = fxbest; part->ymid = fxybest - fxbest; part->lo_minimal = 1; part->hi_minimal = 0; } else { part->xmid = bxbest; part->ymid = bxybest - bxbest; part->lo_minimal = 0; part->hi_minimal = 1; } return 2 * c - 1; } } } /* NAME compareseq - find edit sequence SYNOPSIS void compareseq(int xoff, int xlim, int yoff, int ylim, int minimal); DESCRIPTION Compare in detail contiguous subsequences of the two strings which are known, as a whole, to match each other. The subsequence of string 0 is [XOFF, XLIM) and likewise for string 1. Note that XLIM, YLIM are exclusive bounds. All character numbers are origin-0. If MINIMAL is nonzero, find a minimal difference no matter how expensive it is. */ static void compareseq PARAMS ((int, int, int, int, int)); static void compareseq (xoff, xlim, yoff, ylim, minimal) int xoff; int xlim; int yoff; int ylim; int minimal; { const char *const xv = string[0].data; /* Help the compiler. */ const char *const yv = string[1].data; /* Slide down the bottom initial diagonal. */ while (xoff < xlim && yoff < ylim && xv[xoff] == yv[yoff]) { ++xoff; ++yoff; } /* Slide up the top initial diagonal. */ while (xlim > xoff && ylim > yoff && xv[xlim - 1] == yv[ylim - 1]) { --xlim; --ylim; } /* Handle simple cases. */ if (xoff == xlim) { while (yoff < ylim) { ++string[1].edit_count; ++yoff; } } else if (yoff == ylim) { while (xoff < xlim) { ++string[0].edit_count; ++xoff; } } else { int c; struct partition part; /* Find a point of correspondence in the middle of the strings. */ c = diag (xoff, xlim, yoff, ylim, minimal, &part); if (c == 1) { #if 0 /* This should be impossible, because it implies that one of the two subsequences is empty, and that case was handled above without calling `diag'. Let's verify that this is true. */ abort (); #else /* The two subsequences differ by a single insert or delete; record it and we are done. */ if (part.xmid - part.ymid < xoff - yoff) ++string[1].edit_count; else ++string[0].edit_count; #endif } else { /* Use the partitions to split this problem into subproblems. */ compareseq (xoff, part.xmid, yoff, part.ymid, part.lo_minimal); compareseq (part.xmid, xlim, part.ymid, ylim, part.hi_minimal); } } } /* NAME fstrcmp - fuzzy string compare SYNOPSIS double fstrcmp(const char *, const char *); DESCRIPTION The fstrcmp function may be used to compare two string for similarity. It is very useful in reducing "cascade" or "secondary" errors in compilers or other situations where symbol tables occur. RETURNS double; 0 if the strings are entirly dissimilar, 1 if the strings are identical, and a number in between if they are similar. */ double fstrcmp (string1, string2) const char *string1; const char *string2; { int i; size_t fdiag_len; static int *fdiag_buf; static size_t fdiag_max; /* set the info for each string. */ string[0].data = string1; string[0].data_length = strlen (string1); string[1].data = string2; string[1].data_length = strlen (string2); /* short-circuit obvious comparisons */ if (string[0].data_length == 0 && string[1].data_length == 0) return 1.0; if (string[0].data_length == 0 || string[1].data_length == 0) return 0.0; /* Set TOO_EXPENSIVE to be approximate square root of input size, bounded below by 256. */ too_expensive = 1; for (i = string[0].data_length + string[1].data_length; i != 0; i >>= 2) too_expensive <<= 1; if (too_expensive < 256) too_expensive = 256; /* Because fstrcmp is typically called multiple times, while scanning symbol tables, etc, attempt to minimize the number of memory allocations performed. Thus, we use a static buffer for the diagonal vectors, and never free them. */ fdiag_len = string[0].data_length + string[1].data_length + 3; if (fdiag_len > fdiag_max) { fdiag_max = fdiag_len; fdiag_buf = xrealloc (fdiag_buf, fdiag_max * (2 * sizeof (int))); } fdiag = fdiag_buf + string[1].data_length + 1; bdiag = fdiag + fdiag_len; /* Now do the main comparison algorithm */ string[0].edit_count = 0; string[1].edit_count = 0; compareseq (0, string[0].data_length, 0, string[1].data_length, 0); /* The result is ((number of chars in common) / (average length of the strings)). This is admittedly biased towards finding that the strings are similar, however it does produce meaningful results. */ return ((double) (string[0].data_length + string[1].data_length - string[1].edit_count - string[0].edit_count) / (string[0].data_length + string[1].data_length)); } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/getopt.c0000644000175000017500000007265306521502720014145 0ustar jrjr/* Getopt for GNU. NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org before changing it! Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in . Ditto for AIX 3.2 and . */ #ifndef _NO_PROTO # define _NO_PROTO #endif #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__ /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems reject `defined (const)'. */ # ifndef const # define const # endif #endif #include /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 #if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 # include # if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION # define ELIDE_CODE # endif #endif #ifndef ELIDE_CODE /* This needs to come after some library #include to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ # include # include #endif /* GNU C library. */ #ifdef VMS # include # if HAVE_STRING_H - 0 # include # endif #endif #ifndef _ /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined. */ # ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H # include # define _(msgid) gettext (msgid) # else # define _(msgid) (msgid) # endif #endif /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user to intersperse the options with the other arguments. As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. Then the behavior is completely standard. GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ #include "getopt.h" /* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, the argument value is returned here. Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ char *optarg = NULL; /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. This is used for communication to and from the caller and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ /* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ int optind = 1; /* Formerly, initialization of getopt depended on optind==0, which causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't know that. */ int __getopt_initialized = 0; /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element in which the last option character we returned was found. This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ static char *nextchar; /* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message for unrecognized options. */ int opterr = 1; /* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the system's own getopt implementation. */ int optopt = '?'; /* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. If the caller did not specify anything, the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. This is what Unix does. This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character of the list of option characters. PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to expect this. RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters selects this mode of operation. The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */ static enum { REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER } ordering; /* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ static char *posixly_correct; #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ /* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries because there are many ways it can cause trouble. On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work in GCC. */ # include # define my_index strchr #else # if HAVE_STRING_H # include # else # include # endif /* Avoid depending on library functions or files whose names are inconsistent. */ #ifndef getenv extern char *getenv (); #endif static char * my_index (str, chr) const char *str; int chr; { while (*str) { if (*str == chr) return (char *) str; str++; } return 0; } /* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ /* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. That was relevant to code that was here before. */ # if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen /* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ extern int strlen (const char *); # endif /* not __STDC__ */ #endif /* __GNUC__ */ #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ /* Handle permutation of arguments. */ /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ static int first_nonopt; static int last_nonopt; #ifdef _LIBC /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */ /* Defined in getopt_init.c */ extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags; static int nonoption_flags_max_len; static int nonoption_flags_len; static int original_argc; static char *const *original_argv; /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed to getopt is that one passed to the process. */ static void __attribute__ ((unused)) store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv) { /* XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */ original_argc = argc; original_argv = argv; } # ifdef text_set_element text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env); # endif /* text_set_element */ # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \ if (nonoption_flags_len > 0) \ { \ char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \ } #else /* !_LIBC */ # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) #endif /* _LIBC */ /* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all the options processed since those non-options were skipped. `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ static void exchange (char **); #endif static void exchange (argv) char **argv; { int bottom = first_nonopt; int middle = last_nonopt; int top = optind; char *tem; /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. That puts the shorter segment into the right place. It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ #ifdef _LIBC /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags' string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range of the string. */ if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len) { /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and presents new arguments. */ char *new_str = malloc (top + 1); if (new_str == NULL) nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0; else { memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len), '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len); nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1; __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str; } } #endif while (top > middle && middle > bottom) { if (top - middle > middle - bottom) { /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ int len = middle - bottom; register int i; /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { tem = argv[bottom + i]; argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i); } /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ top -= len; } else { /* Top segment is the short one. */ int len = top - middle; register int i; /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { tem = argv[bottom + i]; argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; argv[middle + i] = tem; SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i); } /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ bottom += len; } } /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); last_nonopt = optind; } /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *); #endif static const char * _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *optstring; { /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind; nextchar = NULL; posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ if (optstring[0] == '-') { ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; ++optstring; } else if (optstring[0] == '+') { ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; ++optstring; } else if (posixly_correct != NULL) ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; else ordering = PERMUTE; #ifdef _LIBC if (posixly_correct == NULL && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv) { if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0) { if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0') nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; else { const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags; int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str); if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc) nonoption_flags_max_len = argc; __getopt_nonoption_flags = (char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len); if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL) nonoption_flags_max_len = -1; else memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len), '\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len); } } nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len; } else nonoption_flags_len = 0; #endif return optstring; } /* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters given in OPTSTRING. If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", then it is an option element. The characters of this element (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters from each of the option elements. If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1. Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted so that those that are not options now come last.) OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of handling the non-option ARGV-elements. See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field if the `flag' field is zero. The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible with other systems. LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is zero. LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most recent call. If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce long-named options. */ int _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *optstring; const struct option *longopts; int *longind; int long_only; { optarg = NULL; if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized) { if (optind == 0) optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring); __getopt_initialized = 1; } /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument. Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0' \ || (optind < nonoption_flags_len \ && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1')) #else # define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0') #endif if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') { /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */ if (last_nonopt > optind) last_nonopt = optind; if (first_nonopt > optind) first_nonopt = optind; if (ordering == PERMUTE) { /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, exchange them so that the options come first. */ if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) exchange ((char **) argv); else if (last_nonopt != optind) first_nonopt = optind; /* Skip any additional non-options and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P) optind++; last_nonopt = optind; } /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. Skip it like a null option, then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, then skip everything else like a non-option. */ if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) { optind++; if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) exchange ((char **) argv); else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) first_nonopt = optind; last_nonopt = argc; optind = argc; } /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ if (optind == argc) { /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) optind = first_nonopt; return -1; } /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ if (NONOPTION_P) { if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) return -1; optarg = argv[optind++]; return 1; } /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. Skip the initial punctuation. */ nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); } /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no way to give the -f short option. On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ if (longopts != NULL && (argv[optind][1] == '-' || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) { char *nameend; const struct option *p; const struct option *pfound = NULL; int exact = 0; int ambig = 0; int indfound = -1; int option_index; for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) /* Do nothing. */ ; /* Test all long options for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) { if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name)) { /* Exact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; exact = 1; break; } else if (pfound == NULL) { /* First nonexact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; } else /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ ambig = 1; } if (ambig && !exact) { if (opterr) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), argv[0], argv[optind]); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); optind++; optopt = 0; return '?'; } if (pfound != NULL) { option_index = indfound; optind++; if (*nameend) { /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't allow it to be used on enums. */ if (pfound->has_arg) optarg = nameend + 1; else { if (opterr) if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') /* --option */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], pfound->name); else /* +option or -option */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); optopt = pfound->val; return '?'; } } else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) { if (optind < argc) optarg = argv[optind++]; else { if (opterr) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); optopt = pfound->val; return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; } } nextchar += strlen (nextchar); if (longind != NULL) *longind = option_index; if (pfound->flag) { *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; return 0; } return pfound->val; } /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short option, then it's an error. Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) { if (opterr) { if (argv[optind][1] == '-') /* --option */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), argv[0], nextchar); else /* +option or -option */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); } nextchar = (char *) ""; optind++; optopt = 0; return '?'; } } /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ { char c = *nextchar++; char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ if (*nextchar == '\0') ++optind; if (temp == NULL || c == ':') { if (opterr) { if (posixly_correct) /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); else fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); } optopt = c; return '?'; } /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */ if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';') { char *nameend; const struct option *p; const struct option *pfound = NULL; int exact = 0; int ambig = 0; int indfound = 0; int option_index; /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ if (*nextchar != '\0') { optarg = nextchar; /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, we must advance to the next element now. */ optind++; } else if (optind == argc) { if (opterr) { /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); } optopt = c; if (optstring[0] == ':') c = ':'; else c = '?'; return c; } else /* We already incremented `optind' once; increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ optarg = argv[optind++]; /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the table of longopts. */ for (nextchar = nameend = optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) /* Do nothing. */ ; /* Test all long options for either exact match or abbreviated matches. */ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) { if ((unsigned int) (nameend - nextchar) == strlen (p->name)) { /* Exact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; exact = 1; break; } else if (pfound == NULL) { /* First nonexact match found. */ pfound = p; indfound = option_index; } else /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ ambig = 1; } if (ambig && !exact) { if (opterr) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"), argv[0], argv[optind]); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); optind++; return '?'; } if (pfound != NULL) { option_index = indfound; if (*nameend) { /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't allow it to be used on enums. */ if (pfound->has_arg) optarg = nameend + 1; else { if (opterr) fprintf (stderr, _("\ %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), argv[0], pfound->name); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); return '?'; } } else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) { if (optind < argc) optarg = argv[optind++]; else { if (opterr) fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); nextchar += strlen (nextchar); return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; } } nextchar += strlen (nextchar); if (longind != NULL) *longind = option_index; if (pfound->flag) { *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; return 0; } return pfound->val; } nextchar = NULL; return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */ } if (temp[1] == ':') { if (temp[2] == ':') { /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ if (*nextchar != '\0') { optarg = nextchar; optind++; } else optarg = NULL; nextchar = NULL; } else { /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ if (*nextchar != '\0') { optarg = nextchar; /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, we must advance to the next element now. */ optind++; } else if (optind == argc) { if (opterr) { /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), argv[0], c); } optopt = c; if (optstring[0] == ':') c = ':'; else c = '?'; } else /* We already incremented `optind' once; increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ optarg = argv[optind++]; nextchar = NULL; } } return c; } } int getopt (argc, argv, optstring) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *optstring; { return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, (const struct option *) 0, (int *) 0, 0); } #endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ #ifdef TEST /* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing the above definition of `getopt'. */ int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { int c; int digit_optind = 0; while (1) { int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); if (c == -1) break; switch (c) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); digit_optind = this_option_optind; printf ("option %c\n", c); break; case 'a': printf ("option a\n"); break; case 'b': printf ("option b\n"); break; case 'c': printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case '?': break; default: printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); } } if (optind < argc) { printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); while (optind < argc) printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); printf ("\n"); } exit (0); } #endif /* TEST */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/getopt1.c0000644000175000017500000001072206514522651014222 0ustar jrjr/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #endif #include "getopt.h" #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__ /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems reject `defined (const)'. */ #ifndef const #define const #endif #endif #include /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2 #if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 #include #if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION #define ELIDE_CODE #endif #endif #ifndef ELIDE_CODE /* This needs to come after some library #include to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ #include #endif #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 #endif int getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *options; const struct option *long_options; int *opt_index; { return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); } /* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead. */ int getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) int argc; char *const *argv; const char *options; const struct option *long_options; int *opt_index; { return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); } #endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */ #ifdef TEST #include int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { int c; int digit_optind = 0; while (1) { int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; int option_index = 0; static struct option long_options[] = { {"add", 1, 0, 0}, {"append", 0, 0, 0}, {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, {"create", 0, 0, 0}, {"file", 1, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0} }; c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", long_options, &option_index); if (c == -1) break; switch (c) { case 0: printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); if (optarg) printf (" with arg %s", optarg); printf ("\n"); break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); digit_optind = this_option_optind; printf ("option %c\n", c); break; case 'a': printf ("option a\n"); break; case 'b': printf ("option b\n"); break; case 'c': printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case 'd': printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); break; case '?': break; default: printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); } } if (optind < argc) { printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); while (optind < argc) printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); printf ("\n"); } exit (0); } #endif /* TEST */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/hash.c0000444000175000017500000002050706521472741013564 0ustar jrjr/* hash - implement simple hashing table with string based keys. Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , October 1994. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if STDC_HEADERS # include #else # ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H # include # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # include #else # include #endif #include #include #if HAVE_OBSTACK # include #else # include "obstack.h" #endif #if HAVE_VALUES_H # include #endif #include "hash.h" #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc #define obstack_chunk_free free #ifndef BITSPERBYTE # define BITSPERBYTE 8 #endif #ifndef LONGBITS # define LONGBITS (sizeof (long) * BITSPERBYTE) #endif #ifndef bcopy # define bcopy(S, D, N) memcpy ((D), (S), (N)) #endif void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t __n)); typedef struct hash_entry { unsigned long used; const char *key; void *data; struct hash_entry *next; } hash_entry; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void insert_entry_2 PARAMS ((hash_table *htab, const char *key, unsigned long hval, size_t idx, void *data)); static size_t lookup PARAMS ((hash_table *htab, const char *key, size_t keylen, unsigned long hval)); static size_t lookup_2 PARAMS ((hash_table *htab, const char *key, unsigned long hval)); static unsigned long compute_hashval PARAMS ((const char *key, size_t keylen)); static int is_prime PARAMS ((unsigned long candidate)); int init_hash (htab, init_size) hash_table *htab; unsigned long init_size; { /* We need the size to be a prime. */ init_size = next_prime (init_size); /* Initialize the data structure. */ htab->size = init_size; htab->filled = 0; htab->first = NULL; htab->table = (void *) xmalloc ((init_size + 1) * sizeof (hash_entry)); if (htab->table == NULL) return -1; memset (htab->table, '\0', (init_size + 1) * sizeof (hash_entry)); obstack_init (&htab->mem_pool); return 0; } int delete_hash (htab) hash_table *htab; { free (htab->table); obstack_free (&htab->mem_pool, NULL); return 0; } int insert_entry (htab, key, keylen, data) hash_table *htab; const char *key; size_t keylen; void *data; { unsigned long hval = compute_hashval (key, keylen); hash_entry *table = (hash_entry *) htab->table; size_t idx = lookup (htab, key, keylen, hval); if (table[idx].used) /* We don't want to overwrite the old value. */ return -1; else { /* An empty bucket has been found. */ insert_entry_2 (htab, obstack_copy0 (&htab->mem_pool, key, keylen), hval, idx, data); return 0; } } static void insert_entry_2 (htab, key, hval, idx, data) hash_table *htab; const char *key; unsigned long hval; size_t idx; void *data; { hash_entry *table = (hash_entry *) htab->table; table[idx].used = hval; table[idx].key = key; table[idx].data = data; /* List the new value in the list. */ if ((hash_entry *) htab->first == NULL) { table[idx].next = &table[idx]; *(hash_entry **) &htab->first = &table[idx]; } else { table[idx].next = ((hash_entry *) htab->first)->next; ((hash_entry *) htab->first)->next = &table[idx]; *(hash_entry **) &htab->first = &table[idx]; } ++htab->filled; if (100 * htab->filled > 90 * htab->size) { /* Table is filled more than 90%. Resize the table. */ unsigned long old_size = htab->size; htab->size = next_prime (htab->size * 2); htab->filled = 0; htab->first = NULL; htab->table = (void *) xmalloc ((1 + htab->size) * sizeof (hash_entry)); memset (htab->table, '\0', (1 + htab->size) * sizeof (hash_entry)); for (idx = 1; idx <= old_size; ++idx) if (table[idx].used) insert_entry_2 (htab, table[idx].key, table[idx].used, lookup_2 (htab, table[idx].key, table[idx].used), table[idx].data); free (table); } } int find_entry (htab, key, keylen, result) hash_table *htab; const char *key; size_t keylen; void **result; { hash_entry *table = (hash_entry *) htab->table; size_t idx = lookup (htab, key, keylen, compute_hashval (key, keylen)); if (table[idx].used == 0) return -1; *result = table[idx].data; return 0; } int iterate_table (htab, ptr, key, data) hash_table *htab; void **ptr; const void **key; void **data; { if (*ptr == NULL) { if (htab->first == NULL) return -1; *ptr = (void *) ((hash_entry *) htab->first)->next; } else { if (*ptr == htab->first) return -1; *ptr = (void *) (((hash_entry *) *ptr)->next); } *key = ((hash_entry *) *ptr)->key; *data = ((hash_entry *) *ptr)->data; return 0; } static size_t lookup (htab, key, keylen, hval) hash_table *htab; const char *key; size_t keylen; unsigned long hval; { unsigned long hash; size_t idx; hash_entry *table = (hash_entry *) htab->table; /* First hash function: simply take the modul but prevent zero. */ hash = 1 + hval % htab->size; idx = hash; if (table[idx].used) { if (table[idx].used == hval && table[idx].key[keylen] == '\0' && strncmp (key, table[idx].key, keylen) == 0) return idx; /* Second hash function as suggested in [Knuth]. */ hash = 1 + hval % (htab->size - 2); do { if (idx <= hash) idx = htab->size + idx - hash; else idx -= hash; /* If entry is found use it. */ if (table[idx].used == hval && table[idx].key[keylen] == '\0' && strncmp (key, table[idx].key, keylen) == 0) return idx; } while (table[idx].used); } return idx; } /* References: [Aho,Sethi,Ullman] Compilers: Principles, Techniques and Tools, 1986 [Knuth] The Art of Computer Programming, part3 (6.4) */ static size_t lookup_2 (htab, key, hval) hash_table *htab; const char *key; unsigned long hval; { unsigned long hash; size_t idx; hash_entry *table = (hash_entry *) htab->table; /* First hash function: simply take the modul but prevent zero. */ hash = 1 + hval % htab->size; idx = hash; if (table[idx].used) { if (table[idx].used == hval && strcmp (key, table[idx].key) == 0) return idx; /* Second hash function as suggested in [Knuth]. */ hash = 1 + hval % (htab->size - 2); do { if (idx <= hash) idx = htab->size + idx - hash; else idx -= hash; /* If entry is found use it. */ if (table[idx].used == hval && strcmp (key, table[idx].key) == 0) return idx; } while (table[idx].used); } return idx; } static unsigned long compute_hashval (key, keylen) const char *key; size_t keylen; { size_t cnt; unsigned long hval, g; /* Compute the hash value for the given string. The algorithm is taken from [Aho,Sethi,Ullman]. */ cnt = 0; hval = keylen; while (cnt < keylen) { hval <<= 4; hval += key[cnt++]; g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (LONGBITS - 4)); if (g != 0) { hval ^= g >> (LONGBITS - 8); hval ^= g; } } return hval != 0 ? hval : ~((unsigned long) 0); } unsigned long next_prime (seed) unsigned long seed; { /* Make it definitely odd. */ seed |= 1; while (!is_prime (seed)) seed += 2; return seed; } static int is_prime (candidate) unsigned long candidate; { /* No even number and none less than 10 will be passed here. */ unsigned long divn = 3; unsigned long sq = divn * divn; while (sq < candidate && candidate % divn != 0) { ++divn; sq += 4 * divn; ++divn; } return candidate % divn != 0; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/obstack.c0000644000175000017500000004262606403672513014275 0ustar jrjr/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #endif #include "obstack.h" /* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c. */ #define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1 /* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library supports the same library interface we do. This code is part of the GNU C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ #include /* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ #if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1 #include #if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION #define ELIDE_CODE #endif #endif #ifndef ELIDE_CODE #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ #define POINTER void * #else #define POINTER char * #endif /* Determine default alignment. */ struct fooalign {char x; double d;}; #define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT \ ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0)) /* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT. But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as DEFAULT_ROUNDING. So we prepare for it to do that. */ union fooround {long x; double d;}; #define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround)) /* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with. On some machines, copying successive ints does not work; in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works) or `char' as a last resort. */ #ifndef COPYING_UNIT #define COPYING_UNIT int #endif /* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc' jump to the handler pointed to by `obstack_alloc_failed_handler'. This variable by default points to the internal function `print_and_abort'. */ #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ static void print_and_abort (void); void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort; #else static void print_and_abort (); void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort; #endif /* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used. */ #if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H #include #endif #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE #define EXIT_FAILURE 1 #endif int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE; /* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable to avoid multiple evaluation. */ struct obstack *_obstack; /* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg. For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers, do not allow (expr) ? void : void. */ #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ #define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \ (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \ ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \ : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size))) #define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \ do { \ if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \ (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \ else \ (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \ } while (0) #else #define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \ (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \ ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \ : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size))) #define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \ do { \ if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \ (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \ else \ (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \ } while (0) #endif /* Initialize an obstack H for use. Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default). Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default). CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks, and FREEFUN the function to free them. Return nonzero if successful, zero if out of memory. To recover from an out of memory error, free up some memory, then call this again. */ int _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) struct obstack *h; int size; int alignment; #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ POINTER (*chunkfun) (long); void (*freefun) (void *); #else POINTER (*chunkfun) (); void (*freefun) (); #endif { register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */ if (alignment == 0) alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT; if (size == 0) /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block. */ { /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc. Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off, the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be allocated. These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc. I suspect it is less sensitive to the size of the request. */ int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)) + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)); size = 4096 - extra; } #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun; h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun; #else h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun; h->freefun = freefun; #endif h->chunk_size = size; h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1; h->use_extra_arg = 0; chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size); if (!chunk) (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (); h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents; h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size; chunk->prev = 0; /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object. */ h->maybe_empty_object = 0; h->alloc_failed = 0; return 1; } int _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) struct obstack *h; int size; int alignment; #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long); void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER); #else POINTER (*chunkfun) (); void (*freefun) (); #endif POINTER arg; { register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */ if (alignment == 0) alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT; if (size == 0) /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block. */ { /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc. Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off, the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be allocated. These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc. I suspect it is less sensitive to the size of the request. */ int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)) + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)); size = 4096 - extra; } #if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun; h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun; #else h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun; h->freefun = freefun; #endif h->chunk_size = size; h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1; h->extra_arg = arg; h->use_extra_arg = 1; chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size); if (!chunk) (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (); h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents; h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size; chunk->prev = 0; /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object. */ h->maybe_empty_object = 0; h->alloc_failed = 0; return 1; } /* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated. Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk to the beginning of the new one. */ void _obstack_newchunk (h, length) struct obstack *h; int length; { register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk; register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk; register long new_size; register long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base; register long i; long already; /* Compute size for new chunk. */ new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + 100; if (new_size < h->chunk_size) new_size = h->chunk_size; /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk. */ new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size); if (!new_chunk) (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (); h->chunk = new_chunk; new_chunk->prev = old_chunk; new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size; /* Move the existing object to the new chunk. Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object is sufficiently aligned. */ if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT) { for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1; i >= 0; i--) ((COPYING_UNIT *)new_chunk->contents)[i] = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i]; /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT, but that can cross a page boundary on a machine which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS. */ already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT); } else already = 0; /* Copy remaining bytes one by one. */ for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++) new_chunk->contents[i] = h->object_base[i]; /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK, free that chunk and remove it from the chain. But not if that chunk might contain an empty object. */ if (h->object_base == old_chunk->contents && ! h->maybe_empty_object) { new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev; CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk); } h->object_base = new_chunk->contents; h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size; /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet. */ h->maybe_empty_object = 0; } /* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H. This is here for debugging. If you use it in a program, you are probably losing. */ #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ /* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning. We don't want to declare this in obstack.h because it is just for debugging. */ int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj); #endif int _obstack_allocated_p (h, obj) struct obstack *h; POINTER obj; { register struct _obstack_chunk *lp; /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */ register struct _obstack_chunk *plp; /* point to previous chunk if any */ lp = (h)->chunk; /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly at the end of an adjacent chunk. */ while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj)) { plp = lp->prev; lp = plp; } return lp != 0; } /* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate more recently than OBJ. If OBJ is zero, free everything in H. */ #undef obstack_free /* This function has two names with identical definitions. This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code. */ void _obstack_free (h, obj) struct obstack *h; POINTER obj; { register struct _obstack_chunk *lp; /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */ register struct _obstack_chunk *plp; /* point to previous chunk if any */ lp = h->chunk; /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk. But there can be an empty object at that address at the end of another chunk. */ while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj)) { plp = lp->prev; CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp); lp = plp; /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may. */ h->maybe_empty_object = 1; } if (lp) { h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj); h->chunk_limit = lp->limit; h->chunk = lp; } else if (obj != 0) /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */ abort (); } /* This function is used from ANSI code. */ void obstack_free (h, obj) struct obstack *h; POINTER obj; { register struct _obstack_chunk *lp; /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */ register struct _obstack_chunk *plp; /* point to previous chunk if any */ lp = h->chunk; /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk. But there can be an empty object at that address at the end of another chunk. */ while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj)) { plp = lp->prev; CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp); lp = plp; /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may. */ h->maybe_empty_object = 1; } if (lp) { h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj); h->chunk_limit = lp->limit; h->chunk = lp; } else if (obj != 0) /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */ abort (); } int _obstack_memory_used (h) struct obstack *h; { register struct _obstack_chunk* lp; register int nbytes = 0; for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev) { nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp; } return nbytes; } /* Define the error handler. */ #ifndef _ # ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H # include # ifndef _ # define _(Str) gettext (Str) # endif # else # define _(Str) (Str) # endif #endif static void print_and_abort () { fputs (_("memory exhausted\n"), stderr); exit (obstack_exit_failure); } #if 0 /* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV. */ /* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros. Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job. */ #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ /* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors; they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses. */ /* The function names appear in parentheses in order to prevent the macro-definitions of the names from being expanded there. */ POINTER (obstack_base) (obstack) struct obstack *obstack; { return obstack_base (obstack); } POINTER (obstack_next_free) (obstack) struct obstack *obstack; { return obstack_next_free (obstack); } int (obstack_object_size) (obstack) struct obstack *obstack; { return obstack_object_size (obstack); } int (obstack_room) (obstack) struct obstack *obstack; { return obstack_room (obstack); } int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length) struct obstack *obstack; int length; { return obstack_make_room (obstack, length); } void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length) struct obstack *obstack; POINTER pointer; int length; { obstack_grow (obstack, pointer, length); } void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, pointer, length) struct obstack *obstack; POINTER pointer; int length; { obstack_grow0 (obstack, pointer, length); } void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character) struct obstack *obstack; int character; { obstack_1grow (obstack, character); } void (obstack_blank) (obstack, length) struct obstack *obstack; int length; { obstack_blank (obstack, length); } void (obstack_1grow_fast) (obstack, character) struct obstack *obstack; int character; { obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, character); } void (obstack_blank_fast) (obstack, length) struct obstack *obstack; int length; { obstack_blank_fast (obstack, length); } POINTER (obstack_finish) (obstack) struct obstack *obstack; { return obstack_finish (obstack); } POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length) struct obstack *obstack; int length; { return obstack_alloc (obstack, length); } POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, pointer, length) struct obstack *obstack; POINTER pointer; int length; { return obstack_copy (obstack, pointer, length); } POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length) struct obstack *obstack; POINTER pointer; int length; { return obstack_copy0 (obstack, pointer, length); } #endif /* __STDC__ */ #endif /* 0 */ #endif /* !ELIDE_CODE */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/xgetcwd.c0000644000175000017500000000356406271545636014322 0ustar jrjr/* xgetcwd.c -- return current directory with unlimited length Copyright (C) 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Written by David MacKenzie . */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif #include #include "pathmax.h" #if HAVE_GETCWD char *getcwd (); #else char *getwd (); # define getcwd(Buf, Max) getwd (Buf) #endif /* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ #define PATH_INCR 32 char *xmalloc (); char *xrealloc (); void free (); /* Return the current directory, newly allocated, arbitrarily long. Return NULL and set errno on error. */ char * xgetcwd () { char *cwd; char *ret; unsigned path_max; errno = 0; path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX; path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ cwd = xmalloc (path_max); errno = 0; while ((ret = getcwd (cwd, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE) { path_max += PATH_INCR; cwd = xrealloc (cwd, path_max); errno = 0; } if (ret == NULL) { int save_errno = errno; free (cwd); errno = save_errno; return NULL; } return cwd; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/xmalloc.c0000644000175000017500000000521106231311322014256 0ustar jrjr/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if __STDC__ # define VOID void #else # define VOID char #endif #include #if STDC_HEADERS # include #else VOID *calloc (); VOID *malloc (); VOID *realloc (); void free (); #endif #if ENABLE_NLS # include # define _(Text) gettext (Text) #else # define textdomain(Domain) # define _(Text) Text #endif #include "error.h" #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE # define EXIT_FAILURE 1 #endif /* Prototypes for functions defined here. */ #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ static VOID *fixup_null_alloc (size_t n); VOID *xmalloc (size_t n); VOID *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s); VOID *xrealloc (VOID *p, size_t n); #endif /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available. The caller may set it to some other value. */ int xmalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE; #if __STDC__ && (HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT) void error (int, int, const char *, ...); #else void error (); #endif static VOID * fixup_null_alloc (n) size_t n; { VOID *p; p = 0; if (n == 0) p = malloc ((size_t) 1); if (p == 0) error (xmalloc_exit_failure, 0, _("Memory exhausted")); return p; } /* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */ VOID * xmalloc (n) size_t n; { VOID *p; p = malloc (n); if (p == 0) p = fixup_null_alloc (n); return p; } /* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking. */ VOID * xcalloc (n, s) size_t n, s; { VOID *p; p = calloc (n, s); if (p == 0) p = fixup_null_alloc (n); return p; } /* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes, with error checking. If P is NULL, run xmalloc. */ VOID * xrealloc (p, n) VOID *p; size_t n; { if (p == 0) return xmalloc (n); p = realloc (p, n); if (p == 0) p = fixup_null_alloc (n); return p; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/xstrdup.c0000644000175000017500000000240006376173267014355 0ustar jrjr/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking Copyright (C) 1990, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H) # include #else # include #endif #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ char *xmalloc (size_t n); char *xstrdup (char *string); #else char *xmalloc (); #endif /* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING. */ char * xstrdup (string) char *string; { return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string); } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/fstrcmp.h0000644000175000017500000000165106062335205014316 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _FSTRCMP_H #define _FSTRCMP_H double fstrcmp PARAMS ((const char *__s1, const char *__s2)); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/getline.h0000644000175000017500000000211506235433534014271 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef GETLINE_H_ # define GETLINE_H_ 1 # include # ifndef PARAMS # if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif # endif int getline PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream)); int getdelim PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, int _delimiter, FILE *_stream)); #endif /* not GETLINE_H_ */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/getopt.h0000644000175000017500000001076706352654426014165 0ustar jrjr/* Declarations for getopt. Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _GETOPT_H #define _GETOPT_H 1 #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, the argument value is returned here. Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ extern char *optarg; /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. This is used for communication to and from the caller and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ extern int optind; /* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints for unrecognized options. */ extern int opterr; /* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ extern int optopt; /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is zero. The field `has_arg' is: no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but left unchanged if the option is not found. To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' returns the contents of the `val' field. */ struct option { #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ const char *name; #else char *name; #endif /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ int has_arg; int *flag; int val; }; /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ #define no_argument 0 #define required_argument 1 #define optional_argument 2 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ extern int getopt (); #endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, const struct option *longopts, int *longind); extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, const struct option *longopts, int *longind); /* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only); #else /* not __STDC__ */ extern int getopt (); extern int getopt_long (); extern int getopt_long_only (); extern int _getopt_internal (); #endif /* __STDC__ */ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* getopt.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/hash.h0000644000175000017500000000317206242654770013576 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _HASH_H # define _HASH_H # include typedef struct hash_table { unsigned long size; unsigned long filled; void *first; void *table; struct obstack mem_pool; } hash_table; # ifndef PARAMS # if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__ # define PARAMS(Args) Args # else # define PARAMS(Args) () # endif # endif int init_hash PARAMS ((hash_table *htab, unsigned long init_size)); int delete_hash PARAMS ((hash_table *htab)); int insert_entry PARAMS ((hash_table *htab, const char *key, size_t keylen, void *data)); int find_entry PARAMS ((hash_table *htab, const char *key, size_t keylen, void **result)); int iterate_table PARAMS ((hash_table *htab, void **ptr, const void **key, void **data)); unsigned long next_prime PARAMS ((unsigned long seed)); #endif /* not _HASH_H */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/obstack.h0000644000175000017500000005414306472645145014306 0ustar jrjr/* obstack.h - object stack macros Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Summary: All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a very specific set of problems, and they would run fast. Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be evaluated MANY times!! These macros operate a stack of objects. Each object starts life small, and may grow to maturity. (Consider building a word syllable by syllable.) An object can move while it is growing. Once it has been "finished" it never changes address again. So the "top of the stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects. These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you supply, called `obstack_chunk_alloc'. On occasion, they free chunks, by calling `obstack_chunk_free'. You must define them and declare them before using any obstack macros. Each independent stack is represented by a `struct obstack'. Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure as the first argument. One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings in symbol tables. Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind" --Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your symbols. In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a few long symbols. At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know how long it is. One traditional method is to read a symbol into a buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol that is longer than the buffer. This is beaut, but you still will want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent symbol-table entry say about half the time. With obstacks, you can work differently. Use one obstack for all symbol names. As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually. When the name is complete, finalize it. Then, if the symbol exists already, free the newly read name. The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from low addresses. When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk. When you have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol, you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object. Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk, because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as long as an average object. In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed) so we just point to it where it lies. No moving of chars is needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not change its address during its lifetime. When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk. We then carry on accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would. A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a growing object. This allows the use of register variables, which break the ordinary 'growth' macro. Summary: We allocate large chunks. We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk. Once carved, an object never moves. We are free to append data of any size to the currently growing object. Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time. You can run one obstack per control block. You may have as many control blocks as you dare. Because of the way we do it, you can `unwind' an obstack back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much as you would with a stack.) */ /* Don't do the contents of this file more than once. */ #ifndef _OBSTACK_H #define _OBSTACK_H 1 #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer. */ #ifndef __PTR_TO_INT # define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0) #endif #ifndef __INT_TO_PTR # define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0) #endif /* We need the type of the resulting object. If __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ is defined, as with GNU C, use that; that way we don't pollute the namespace with 's symbols. Otherwise, if is available, include it and use ptrdiff_t. In traditional C, long is the best that we can do. */ #ifdef __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ # define PTR_INT_TYPE __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ #else # ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H # include # define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t # else # define PTR_INT_TYPE long # endif #endif #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H # include # define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N)) #else # ifdef memcpy # define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N)) # else # define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((From), (To), (N)) # endif #endif struct _obstack_chunk /* Lives at front of each chunk. */ { char *limit; /* 1 past end of this chunk */ struct _obstack_chunk *prev; /* address of prior chunk or NULL */ char contents[4]; /* objects begin here */ }; struct obstack /* control current object in current chunk */ { long chunk_size; /* preferred size to allocate chunks in */ struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* address of current struct obstack_chunk */ char *object_base; /* address of object we are building */ char *next_free; /* where to add next char to current object */ char *chunk_limit; /* address of char after current chunk */ PTR_INT_TYPE temp; /* Temporary for some macros. */ int alignment_mask; /* Mask of alignment for each object. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments, but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes. */ struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long); void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *); void *extra_arg; /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */ #else struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk. */ void (*freefun) (); /* User's function to free a chunk. */ char *extra_arg; /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */ #endif unsigned use_extra_arg:1; /* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */ unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current chunk contains a zero-length object. This prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate a bigger chunk to replace it. */ unsigned alloc_failed:1; /* No longer used, as we now call the failed handler on error, but retained for binary compatibility. */ }; /* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int); extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *); extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int, void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *)); extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int, void *(*) (void *, long), void (*) (void *, void *), void *); extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *); #else extern void _obstack_newchunk (); extern void _obstack_free (); extern int _obstack_begin (); extern int _obstack_begin_1 (); extern int _obstack_memory_used (); #endif #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ /* Do the function-declarations after the structs but before defining the macros. */ void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack); void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size); void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size); void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size); void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block); void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size); void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size); void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size); void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char); void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data); void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data); void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack); int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack); int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack); void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size); void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char); void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data); void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data); void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size); void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack); void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack); int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack); int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack); int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack); #endif /* __STDC__ */ /* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros, so we do not declare them. */ /* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate more memory. This can be set to a user defined function. The default action is to print a message and abort. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void); #else extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (); #endif /* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used. */ extern int obstack_exit_failure; /* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next. Note that this might not be the final address of the object because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size. */ #define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base) /* Size for allocating ordinary chunks. */ #define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size) /* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk. */ #define obstack_next_free(h) ((h)->next_free) /* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object. */ #define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask) /* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in standard C version. */ #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # define obstack_init(h) \ _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \ (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free) # define obstack_begin(h, size) \ _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \ (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free) # define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \ _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \ (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun)) # define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \ _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \ (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun), \ (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg)) # define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \ ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun)) # define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \ ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun)) #else # define obstack_init(h) \ _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \ (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free) # define obstack_begin(h, size) \ _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \ (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free) # define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \ _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \ (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun)) # define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \ _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \ (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg)) # define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \ ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun)) # define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \ ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)()) (newfreefun)) #endif #define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar) #define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n)) #define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h) #if defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ /* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and does not implement __extension__. But that compiler doesn't define __GNUC_MINOR__. */ # if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__) # define __extension__ # endif /* For GNU C, if not -traditional, we can define these macros to compute all args only once without using a global variable. Also, we can avoid using the `temp' slot, to make faster code. */ # define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); }) # define obstack_room(OBSTACK) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); }) # define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ int __len = (length); \ if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len) \ _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ (void) 0; }) # define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ (__o->chunk->prev == 0 && __o->next_free - __o->chunk->contents == 0); }) # define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ int __len = (length); \ if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit) \ _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len); \ __o->next_free += __len; \ (void) 0; }) # define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ int __len = (length); \ if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit) \ _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1); \ _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len); \ __o->next_free += __len; \ *(__o->next_free)++ = 0; \ (void) 0; }) # define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit) \ _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1); \ *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum); \ (void) 0; }) /* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object shares that much alignment. */ # define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit) \ _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *)); \ *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum); \ (void) 0; }) # define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit) \ _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int)); \ *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum); \ (void) 0; }) # define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr) # define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint) # define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ int __len = (length); \ if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len) \ _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len); \ __o->next_free += __len; \ (void) 0; }) # define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ obstack_blank (__h, (length)); \ obstack_finish (__h); }) # define obstack_copy(OBSTACK,where,length) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length)); \ obstack_finish (__h); }) # define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK,where,length) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK); \ obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length)); \ obstack_finish (__h); }) /* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a name conflict when obstack_blank is called. */ # define obstack_finish(OBSTACK) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK); \ void *value; \ value = (void *) __o1->object_base; \ if (__o1->next_free == value) \ __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1; \ __o1->next_free \ = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\ & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask)); \ if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk \ > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk) \ __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit; \ __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free; \ value; }) # define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ) \ __extension__ \ ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK); \ void *__obj = (OBJ); \ if (__obj > (void *)__o->chunk && __obj < (void *)__o->chunk_limit) \ __o->next_free = __o->object_base = __obj; \ else (obstack_free) (__o, __obj); }) #else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */ # define obstack_object_size(h) \ (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base) # define obstack_room(h) \ (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free) # define obstack_empty_p(h) \ ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 && (h)->next_free - (h)->chunk->contents == 0) /* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0) so that we can avoid having void expressions in the arms of the conditional expression. Casting the third operand to void was tried before, but some compilers won't accept it. */ # define obstack_make_room(h,length) \ ( (h)->temp = (length), \ (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit) \ ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0)) # define obstack_grow(h,where,length) \ ( (h)->temp = (length), \ (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit) \ ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0), \ _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp), \ (h)->next_free += (h)->temp) # define obstack_grow0(h,where,length) \ ( (h)->temp = (length), \ (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit) \ ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0), \ _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp), \ (h)->next_free += (h)->temp, \ *((h)->next_free)++ = 0) # define obstack_1grow(h,datum) \ ( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit) \ ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0), \ (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum))) # define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum) \ ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit) \ ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0), \ (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum))) # define obstack_int_grow(h,datum) \ ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit) \ ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0), \ (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum))) # define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr) # define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint) # define obstack_blank(h,length) \ ( (h)->temp = (length), \ (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp) \ ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0), \ ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp)) # define obstack_alloc(h,length) \ (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) # define obstack_copy(h,where,length) \ (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) # define obstack_copy0(h,where,length) \ (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h))) # define obstack_finish(h) \ ( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base \ ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0) \ : 0), \ (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base), \ (h)->next_free \ = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask) \ & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)), \ (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk \ > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk) \ ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0), \ (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free, \ __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp)) # if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # define obstack_free(h,obj) \ ( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk, \ (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\ ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base \ = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk) \ : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0))) # else # define obstack_free(h,obj) \ ( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk, \ (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\ ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base \ = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk) \ : (_obstack_free ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0))) # endif #endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */ #ifdef __cplusplus } /* C++ */ #endif #endif /* obstack.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/printf-parse.h0000444000175000017500000002444706521654515015270 0ustar jrjr/* Internal header for parsing printf format strings. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* We use some extension so define this here. */ #define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #include #include #if STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H # include #else # include #endif #if __GNUC__ >= 2 # define long_long_int long long int # define long_double long double #else # define long_long_int long # define long_double double #endif #ifndef MB_CUR_MAX # define MB_CUR_MAX (sizeof (long)) #endif #define NDEBUG 1 #include #ifndef MAX # if defined __GNU__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 # define MAX(a,b) ({typeof(a) _a = (a); typeof(b) _b = (b); \ _a > _b ? _a : _b; }) # else # define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) # endif #endif #ifndef MIN # if defined __GNU__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 # define MIN(a,b) ({typeof(a) _a = (a); typeof(b) _b = (b); \ _a < _b ? _a : _b; }) # else # define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) # endif #endif struct printf_spec { /* Information parsed from the format spec. */ struct printf_info info; /* Pointers into the format string for the end of this format spec and the next (or to the end of the string if no more). */ const char *end_of_fmt, *next_fmt; /* Position of arguments for precision and width, or -1 if `info' has the constant value. */ int prec_arg, width_arg; int data_arg; /* Position of data argument. */ int data_arg_type; /* Type of first argument. */ /* Number of arguments consumed by this format specifier. */ size_t ndata_args; }; /* The various kinds off arguments that can be passed to printf. */ union printf_arg { unsigned char pa_char; short int pa_short_int; int pa_int; long int pa_long_int; long_long_int pa_long_long_int; unsigned short int pa_u_short_int; unsigned int pa_u_int; unsigned long int pa_u_long_int; unsigned long_long_int pa_u_long_long_int; float pa_float; double pa_double; long_double pa_long_double; const char *pa_string; void *pa_pointer; }; /* Prototype for local function. */ static unsigned int read_int PARAMS ((const unsigned char **pstr)); static const char *find_spec PARAMS ((const char *format)); static inline size_t parse_one_spec PARAMS ((const unsigned char *format, size_t posn, struct printf_spec *spec, size_t *max_ref_arg)); /* Read a simple integer from a string and update the string pointer. It is assumed that the first character is a digit. */ static inline unsigned int read_int (pstr) const unsigned char **pstr; { unsigned int retval = **pstr - '0'; while (isdigit (*++(*pstr))) { retval *= 10; retval += **pstr - '0'; } return retval; } /* Find the next spec in FORMAT, or the end of the string. Returns a pointer into FORMAT, to a '%' or a '\0'. */ static inline const char * find_spec (format) const char *format; { while (*format != '\0' && *format != '%') { int len; #ifdef HAVE_MBLEN if (isascii (*format) || (len = mblen (format, MB_CUR_MAX)) <= 0) ++format; else format += len; #else ++format; #endif } return format; } /* FORMAT must point to a '%' at the beginning of a spec. Fills in *SPEC with the parsed details. POSN is the number of arguments already consumed. At most MAXTYPES - POSN types are filled in TYPES. Return the number of args consumed by this spec; *MAX_REF_ARG is updated so it remains the highest argument index used. */ static inline size_t parse_one_spec (format, posn, spec, max_ref_arg) const unsigned char *format; size_t posn; struct printf_spec *spec; size_t *max_ref_arg; { unsigned int n; size_t nargs = 0; /* Skip the '%'. */ ++format; /* Clear information structure. */ spec->data_arg = -1; spec->info.alt = 0; spec->info.space = 0; spec->info.left = 0; spec->info.showsign = 0; spec->info.group = 0; spec->info.pad = ' '; /* Test for positional argument. */ if (isdigit (*format)) { const char *begin = format; n = read_int (&format); if (n > 0 && *format == '$') /* Is positional parameter. */ { ++format; /* Skip the '$'. */ spec->data_arg = n - 1; *max_ref_arg = MAX (*max_ref_arg, n); } else /* Oops; that was actually the width and/or 0 padding flag. Step back and read it again. */ format = begin; } /* Check for spec modifiers. */ while (*format == ' ' || *format == '+' || *format == '-' || *format == '#' || *format == '0' || *format == '\'') switch (*format++) { case ' ': /* Output a space in place of a sign, when there is no sign. */ spec->info.space = 1; break; case '+': /* Always output + or - for numbers. */ spec->info.showsign = 1; break; case '-': /* Left-justify things. */ spec->info.left = 1; break; case '#': /* Use the "alternate form": Hex has 0x or 0X, FP always has a decimal point. */ spec->info.alt = 1; break; case '0': /* Pad with 0s. */ spec->info.pad = '0'; break; case '\'': /* Show grouping in numbers if the locale information indicates any. */ spec->info.group = 1; break; } if (spec->info.left) spec->info.pad = ' '; /* Get the field width. */ spec->width_arg = -1; spec->info.width = 0; if (*format == '*') { /* The field width is given in an argument. A negative field width indicates left justification. */ const char *begin = ++format; if (isdigit (*format)) { /* The width argument might be found in a positional parameter. */ n = read_int (&format); if (n > 0 && *format == '$') { spec->width_arg = n - 1; *max_ref_arg = MAX (*max_ref_arg, n); ++format; /* Skip '$'. */ } } if (spec->width_arg < 0) { /* Not in a positional parameter. Consume one argument. */ spec->width_arg = posn++; ++nargs; format = begin; /* Step back and reread. */ } } else if (isdigit (*format)) /* Constant width specification. */ spec->info.width = read_int (&format); /* Get the precision. */ spec->prec_arg = -1; /* -1 means none given; 0 means explicit 0. */ spec->info.prec = -1; if (*format == '.') { ++format; if (*format == '*') { /* The precision is given in an argument. */ const char *begin = ++format; if (isdigit (*format)) { n = read_int (&format); if (n > 0 && *format == '$') { spec->prec_arg = n - 1; *max_ref_arg = MAX (*max_ref_arg, n); ++format; } } if (spec->prec_arg < 0) { /* Not in a positional parameter. */ spec->prec_arg = posn++; ++nargs; format = begin; } } else if (isdigit (*format)) spec->info.prec = read_int (&format); else /* "%.?" is treated like "%.0?". */ spec->info.prec = 0; } /* Check for type modifiers. */ #define is_longlong is_long_double spec->info.is_long_double = 0; spec->info.is_short = 0; spec->info.is_long = 0; while (*format == 'h' || *format == 'l' || *format == 'L' || *format == 'Z' || *format == 'q') switch (*format++) { case 'h': /* int's are short int's. */ spec->info.is_short = 1; break; case 'l': if (spec->info.is_long) /* A double `l' is equivalent to an `L'. */ spec->info.is_longlong = 1; else /* int's are long int's. */ spec->info.is_long = 1; break; case 'L': /* double's are long double's, and int's are long long int's. */ spec->info.is_long_double = 1; break; case 'Z': /* int's are size_t's. */ assert (sizeof(size_t) <= sizeof(unsigned long_long_int)); spec->info.is_longlong = sizeof(size_t) > sizeof(unsigned long int); spec->info.is_long = sizeof(size_t) > sizeof(unsigned int); break; case 'q': /* 4.4 uses this for long long. */ spec->info.is_longlong = 1; break; } /* Get the format specification. */ spec->info.spec = *format++; /* Find the data argument types of a built-in spec. */ spec->ndata_args = 1; switch (spec->info.spec) { case 'i': case 'd': case 'u': case 'o': case 'X': case 'x': if (spec->info.is_longlong) spec->data_arg_type = PA_INT|PA_FLAG_LONG_LONG; else if (spec->info.is_long) spec->data_arg_type = PA_INT|PA_FLAG_LONG; else if (spec->info.is_short) spec->data_arg_type = PA_INT|PA_FLAG_SHORT; else spec->data_arg_type = PA_INT; break; case 'e': case 'E': case 'f': case 'g': case 'G': if (spec->info.is_long_double) spec->data_arg_type = PA_DOUBLE|PA_FLAG_LONG_DOUBLE; else spec->data_arg_type = PA_DOUBLE; break; case 'c': spec->data_arg_type = PA_CHAR; break; case 's': spec->data_arg_type = PA_STRING; break; case 'p': spec->data_arg_type = PA_POINTER|PA_FLAG_PTR; break; case 'n': spec->data_arg_type = PA_INT|PA_FLAG_PTR; break; case 'm': default: /* An unknown spec will consume no args. */ spec->ndata_args = 0; break; } if (spec->data_arg == -1 && spec->ndata_args > 0) { /* There are args consumed, but no positional spec. Use the next sequential arg position. */ spec->data_arg = posn; posn += spec->ndata_args; nargs += spec->ndata_args; } if (spec->info.spec == '\0') /* Format ended before this spec was complete. */ spec->end_of_fmt = spec->next_fmt = format - 1; else { /* Find the next format spec. */ spec->end_of_fmt = format; spec->next_fmt = find_spec (format); } return nargs; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/printf.h0000644000175000017500000000652306062335637014156 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _PRINTF_H #define _PRINTF_H 1 #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif struct printf_info { int prec; /* Precision. */ int width; /* Width. */ char spec; /* Format letter. */ unsigned is_long_double:1; /* L flag. */ unsigned is_short:1; /* h flag. */ unsigned is_long:1; /* l flag. */ unsigned alt:1; /* # flag. */ unsigned space:1; /* Space flag. */ unsigned left:1; /* - flag. */ unsigned showsign:1; /* + flag. */ unsigned group:1; /* ' flag. */ char pad; /* Padding character. */ }; /* Type of a printf specifier-handler function. STREAM is the FILE on which to write output. INFO gives information about the format specification. Arguments can be read from ARGS. The function should return the number of characters written, or -1 for errors. */ typedef int (*printf_function) PARAMS ((FILE * __stream, const struct printf_info * __info, const void **const __args)); typedef int (*printf_arginfo_function) PARAMS ((const struct printf_info *__info, size_t __n, int *__argtypes)); /* Parse FMT, and fill in N elements of ARGTYPES with the types needed for the conversions FMT specifies. Returns the number of arguments required by FMT. The ARGINFO function registered with a user-defined format is passed a `struct printf_info' describing the format spec being parsed. A width or precision of INT_MIN means a `*' was used to indicate that the width/precision will come from an arg. The function should fill in the array it is passed with the types of the arguments it wants, and return the number of arguments it wants. */ extern size_t parse_printf_format PARAMS ((const char *__fmt, size_t __n, int *__argtypes)); /* Codes returned by `parse_printf_format' for basic types. These values cover all the standard format specifications. Users can add new values after PA_LAST for their own types. */ enum { /* C type: */ PA_INT, /* int */ PA_CHAR, /* int, cast to char */ PA_STRING, /* const char *, a '\0'-terminated string */ PA_POINTER, /* void * */ PA_FLOAT, /* float */ PA_DOUBLE, /* double */ PA_LAST }; /* Flag bits that can be set in a type returned by `parse_printf_format'. */ #define PA_FLAG_MASK 0xff00 #define PA_FLAG_LONG_LONG (1 << 8) #define PA_FLAG_LONG_DOUBLE PA_FLAG_LONG_LONG #define PA_FLAG_LONG (1 << 9) #define PA_FLAG_SHORT (1 << 10) #define PA_FLAG_PTR (1 << 11) #endif /* printf.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/system.h0000644000175000017500000000727206521506174014176 0ustar jrjr/* Header for GNU gettext libiberty Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _SYSTEM_H #define _SYSTEM_H 1 #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif #include #include #if defined STDC_HEADERS # include #else # ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H # include # endif unsigned long strtoul (); #endif /* Prototypes for helper functions. */ extern FILE *open_po_file PARAMS ((const char *__input_name, char **__file_name)); /* Wrapper functions with error checking for standard functions. */ extern char *xgetcwd PARAMS ((void)); extern void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t __n)); extern void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *__p, size_t __n)); extern char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *__string)); extern char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *__dst, const char *__src)); extern char *stpncpy PARAMS ((char *__dst, const char *__src, size_t __n)); extern size_t parse_printf_format PARAMS ((const char *__fmt, size_t __n, int *__argtypes)); extern int asprintf PARAMS ((char **, const char *, ...)); extern int strcasecmp PARAMS ((const char *__s1, const char *__s2)); extern int strncasecmp PARAMS ((const char *__s1, const char *__s2, size_t __n)); extern char *strstr PARAMS ((const char *__str, const char *__sub)); #if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H # include # if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H # include # endif #else # include #endif #if !HAVE_MEMCPY # ifndef memcpy # define memcpy(D, S, N) bcopy ((S), (D), (N)) # endif #endif #if !HAVE_STRCHR # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #ifdef __GNUC__ # ifndef alloca # define alloca __builtin_alloca # endif #else # if HAVE_ALLOCA_H # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifdef __hpux /* This section must match that of bison generated files. */ # ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" void *alloca (unsigned int); # else /* not __cplusplus */ void *alloca (); # endif /* not __cplusplus */ # else /* not __hpux */ # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif /* __hpux */ # endif # endif #endif /* Before we define the following symbols we get the file if available since otherwise we get redefinitions on some systems. */ #if HAVE_LIMITS_H # include #endif #ifndef MAX # if __STDC__ && defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 # define MAX(a,b) (__extension__ \ ({__typeof__ (a) _a = (a); \ __typeof__ (b) _b = (b); \ _a > _b ? _a : _b; \ })) # else # define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) # endif #endif /* Some systems do not define EXIT_*, even with STDC_HEADERS. */ #ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS # define EXIT_SUCCESS 0 #endif #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE # define EXIT_FAILURE 1 #endif /* When not using the GNU libc we use the basename implementation we provide here. */ #ifndef __GNU_LIBRARY__ extern char *gnu_basename PARAMS ((const char *)); # define basename(Arg) gnu_basename (Arg) #endif #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/pathmax.h0000644000175000017500000000327005772431144014307 0ustar jrjr/* Define PATH_MAX somehow. Requires sys/types.h. Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _PATHMAX_H #define _PATHMAX_H #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H #include #endif /* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ #if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__)) #include #endif #ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX #define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 #endif #if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX) #define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) #endif /* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ #if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN) #include #endif #if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN) #define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN #endif #ifndef PATH_MAX #define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX #endif #endif /* _PATHMAX_H */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/strcasecmp.c0000644000175000017500000000406106341455336015005 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #ifndef weak_alias # define __strcasecmp strcasecmp # define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch) #else # ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL # define __strcasecmp __strcasecmp_l # define TOLOWER(Ch) __tolower_l ((Ch), loc) # else # define TOLOWER(Ch) tolower (Ch) # endif #endif #ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL # define LOCALE_PARAM , loc # define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc; #else # define LOCALE_PARAM # define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL #endif /* Compare S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2. */ int __strcasecmp (s1, s2 LOCALE_PARAM) const char *s1; const char *s2; LOCALE_PARAM_DECL { const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1; const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2; unsigned char c1, c2; if (p1 == p2) return 0; do { c1 = TOLOWER (*p1++); c2 = TOLOWER (*p2++); if (c1 == '\0') break; } while (c1 == c2); return c1 - c2; } #ifndef __strcasecmp weak_alias (__strcasecmp, strcasecmp) #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/lib/strtol.c0000644000175000017500000002442206514522740014167 0ustar jrjr/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value. Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc. NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING # define STDC_HEADERS # define HAVE_LIMITS_H #endif #include #include #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif #ifndef __set_errno # define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val) #endif #ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H # include #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include # include # include #else # ifndef NULL # define NULL 0 # endif #endif #ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING # include "../locale/localeinfo.h" #endif /* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on unsigned integers. */ #ifndef UNSIGNED # define UNSIGNED 0 # define INT LONG int #else # define INT unsigned LONG int #endif /* Determine the name. */ #ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL # if UNSIGNED # ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR # ifdef QUAD # define strtol __wcstoull_l # else # define strtol __wcstoul_l # endif # else # ifdef QUAD # define strtol __strtoull_l # else # define strtol __strtoul_l # endif # endif # else # ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR # ifdef QUAD # define strtol __wcstoll_l # else # define strtol __wcstol_l # endif # else # ifdef QUAD # define strtol __strtoll_l # else # define strtol __strtol_l # endif # endif # endif #else # if UNSIGNED # ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR # ifdef QUAD # define strtol wcstoull # else # define strtol wcstoul # endif # else # ifdef QUAD # define strtol strtoull # else # define strtol strtoul # endif # endif # else # ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR # ifdef QUAD # define strtol wcstoll # else # define strtol wcstol # endif # else # ifdef QUAD # define strtol strtoll # endif # endif # endif #endif /* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull', operating on `long long int's. */ #ifdef QUAD # define LONG long long # undef LONG_MIN # define LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN # undef LONG_MAX # define LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX # undef ULONG_MAX # define ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX # if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7 /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant. */ static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX; # undef ULONG_MAX # define ULONG_MAX maxquad # endif #else # define LONG long #ifndef ULONG_MAX # define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0) #endif #ifndef LONG_MAX # define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1)) #endif #endif /* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be used. To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT macro. */ #ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL # undef _NL_CURRENT # define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \ (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string) # define LOCALE_PARAM , loc # define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc; #else # define LOCALE_PARAM # define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL #endif #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H # include #endif #ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR # include # define L_(Ch) L##Ch # define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t # define STRING_TYPE wchar_t # ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL # define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc) # define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc) # define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc) # else # define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch) # define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch) # define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch) # endif # else # if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII) # define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1 # else # define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c) # endif # define L_(Ch) Ch # define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char # define STRING_TYPE char # ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL # define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc) # define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc) # define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc) # else # define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch)) # define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch)) # define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch)) # endif #endif #ifdef __STDC__ # define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X) # define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal # define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X) #else # define INTERNAL(X) __/**/X/**/_internal #endif #ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING /* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping. */ # include "grouping.h" #endif /* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE. If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal. If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10. If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last one converted is stored in *ENDPTR. */ INT INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group LOCALE_PARAM) const STRING_TYPE *nptr; STRING_TYPE **endptr; int base; int group; LOCALE_PARAM_DECL { int negative; register unsigned LONG int cutoff; register unsigned int cutlim; register unsigned LONG int i; register const STRING_TYPE *s; register UCHAR_TYPE c; const STRING_TYPE *save, *end; int overflow; #ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING # ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC]; # endif /* The thousands character of the current locale. */ wchar_t thousands = L'\0'; /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale, in the format described in . */ const char *grouping; if (group) { grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING); if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX) grouping = NULL; else { /* Figure out the thousands separator character. */ # if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP)); if (thousands == WEOF) thousands = L'\0'; # endif if (thousands == L'\0') grouping = NULL; } } else grouping = NULL; #endif if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36) { __set_errno (EINVAL); return 0; } save = s = nptr; /* Skip white space. */ while (ISSPACE (*s)) ++s; if (*s == L_('\0')) goto noconv; /* Check for a sign. */ if (*s == L_('-')) { negative = 1; ++s; } else if (*s == L_('+')) { negative = 0; ++s; } else negative = 0; /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves. */ if (*s == L_('0')) { if (TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X')) { s += 2; base = 16; } else if (base == 0) base = 8; } else if (base == 0) base = 10; /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened. */ save = s; #ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING if (group) { /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping. */ end = s; for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end) if ((wchar_t) c != thousands && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9')) && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base)) break; if (*s == thousands) end = s; else end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping); } else #endif end = NULL; cutoff = ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base; cutlim = ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base; overflow = 0; i = 0; for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s) { if (s == end) break; if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9')) c -= L_('0'); else if (ISALPHA (c)) c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10; else break; if ((int) c >= base) break; /* Check for overflow. */ if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim)) overflow = 1; else { i *= (unsigned LONG int) base; i += c; } } /* Check if anything actually happened. */ if (s == save) goto noconv; /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character past the last character we converted. */ if (endptr != NULL) *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s; #if !UNSIGNED /* Check for a value that is within the range of `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'. */ if (overflow == 0 && i > (negative ? -((unsigned LONG int) (LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1 : (unsigned LONG int) LONG_MAX)) overflow = 1; #endif if (overflow) { __set_errno (ERANGE); #if UNSIGNED return ULONG_MAX; #else return negative ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX; #endif } /* Return the result of the appropriate sign. */ return negative ? -i : i; noconv: /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no hexadecimal digits. This is no error case. We return 0 and ENDPTR points to the `x`. */ if (endptr != NULL) if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X') && save[-2] == L_('0')) *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1]; else /* There was no number to convert. */ *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr; return 0L; } /* External user entry point. */ #if _LIBC - 0 == 0 # undef PARAMS # if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ # define PARAMS(Args) Args # else # define PARAMS(Args) () # endif /* Prototype. */ INT strtol PARAMS ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr, int base)); #endif INT #ifdef weak_function weak_function #endif strtol (nptr, endptr, base LOCALE_PARAM) const STRING_TYPE *nptr; STRING_TYPE **endptr; int base; LOCALE_PARAM_DECL { return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM); } gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/0000755000175000017500000000000006522267771012701 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000010461406521654242014451 0ustar jrjr1998-04-29 Ulrich Drepper * intl/localealias.c (read_alias_file): Use unsigned char for local variables. Remove unused variable tp. * intl/l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): Use unsigned char * for type of codeset. For loosing Solaris systems. * intl/loadinfo.h: Adapt prototype of _nl_normalize_codeset. * intl/bindtextdom.c (BINDTEXTDOMAIN): Don't define local variable len if not needed. Patches by Jim Meyering. 1998-04-28 Ulrich Drepper * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Don't assign the element use_mmap if mmap is not supported. * hash-string.h: Don't include . 1998-04-27 Ulrich Drepper * textdomain.c: Use strdup is available. * localealias.c: Define HAVE_MEMPCPY so that we can use this function. Define and use semapahores to protect modfication of global objects when compiling for glibc. Add code to allow freeing alias table. * l10nflist.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro. * gettextP.h: Define internal_function macri if not already done. Use glibc byte-swap macros instead of defining SWAP when compiled for glibc. (struct loaded_domain): Add elements to allow unloading. * Makefile.in (distclean): Don't remove libintl.h here. * bindtextdomain.c: Carry over changes from glibc. Use strdup if available. * dcgettext.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro. Mark internal functions. Add memory freeing code for glibc. * dgettext.c: Update copyright. * explodename.c: Include stdlib.h and string.h only if they exist. Use strings.h eventually. * finddomain.c: Mark internal functions. Use strdup if available. Add memory freeing code for glibc. 1997-10-10 20:00 Ulrich Drepper * libgettext.h: Fix dummy textdomain and bindtextdomain macros. They should return reasonable values. Reported by Tom Tromey . 1997-09-16 03:33 Ulrich Drepper * libgettext.h: Define PARAMS also to `args' if __cplusplus is defined. * intlh.inst.in: Likewise. Reported by Jean-Marc Lasgouttes . * libintl.glibc: Update from current glibc version. 1997-09-06 02:10 Ulrich Drepper * intlh.inst.in: Reformat copyright. 1997-08-19 15:22 Ulrich Drepper * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Remove wrong comment. 1997-08-16 00:13 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-data): Don't change directory to install. 1997-08-01 14:30 Ulrich Drepper * cat-compat.c: Fix copyright. * localealias.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR. * loadmsgcat.c: Update copyright. Fix typos. * l10nflist.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR. (_nl_make_l10nflist): Handle sponsor and revision correctly. * gettext.c: Update copyright. * gettext.h: Likewise. * hash-string.h: Likewise. * finddomain.c: Remoave dead code. Define strchr only if !HAVE_STRCHR. * explodename.c: Include . * explodename.c: Reformat copyright text. (_nl_explode_name): Fix typo. * dcgettext.c: Define and use __set_errno. (guess_category_value): Don't use setlocale if HAVE_LC_MESSAGES is not defined. * bindtextdom.c: Pretty printing. 1997-05-01 02:25 Ulrich Drepper * dcgettext.c (guess_category_value): Don't depend on HAVE_LC_MESSAGES. We don't need the macro here. Patch by Bruno Haible . * cat-compat.c (textdomain): DoN't refer to HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL macro. Instead use HAVE_LOCALE_NULL and define it when using glibc, as in dcgettext.c. Patch by Bruno Haible . * Makefile.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Mar 10 06:51:17 1997 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Implement handling of libtool. * gettextP.h: Change data structures for use of generic lowlevel i18n file handling. Wed Dec 4 20:21:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper * textdomain.c: Put parentheses around arguments of memcpy macro definition. * localealias.c: Likewise. * l10nflist.c: Likewise. * finddomain.c: Likewise. * bindtextdom.c: Likewise. Reported by Thomas Esken. Mon Nov 25 22:57:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper * textdomain.c: Move definition of `memcpy` macro to right position. Fri Nov 22 04:01:58 1996 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c [!HAVE_STRING_H && !_LIBC]: Define memcpy using bcopy if not already defined. Reported by Thomas Esken. * bindtextdom.c: Likewise. * l10nflist.c: Likewise. * localealias.c: Likewise. * textdomain.c: Likewise. Tue Oct 29 11:10:27 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (libdir): Change to use exec_prefix instead of prefix. Reported by Knut-HåvardAksnes . Sat Aug 31 03:07:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): We convert to lower case, so don't prepend uppercase `ISO' for only numeric arg. Fri Jul 19 00:15:46 1996 Ulrich Drepper * l10nflist.c: Move inclusion of argz.h, ctype.h, stdlib.h after definition of _GNU_SOURCE. Patch by Roland McGrath. * Makefile.in (uninstall): Fix another bug with `for' loop and empty arguments. Patch by Jim Meyering. Correct name os uninstalled files: no intl- prefix anymore. * Makefile.in (install-data): Again work around shells which cannot handle mpty for list. Reported by Jim Meyering. Sat Jul 13 18:11:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install): Split goal. Now depend on install-exec and install-data. (install-exec, install-data): New goals. Created from former install goal. Reported by Karl Berry. Sat Jun 22 04:58:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable. Path to mkinstalldirs script. (install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present try to find it in the $top_scrdir). Wed Jun 19 02:56:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * l10nflist.c: Linux libc *partly* includes the argz_* functions. Grr. Work around by renaming the static version and use macros for renaming. Tue Jun 18 20:11:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper * l10nflist.c: Correct presence test macros of __argz_* functions. * l10nflist.c: Include based on test of it instead when __argz_* functions are available. Reported by Andreas Schwab. Thu Jun 13 15:17:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper * explodename.c, l10nflist.c: Define NULL for dumb systems. Tue Jun 11 17:05:13 1996 Ulrich Drepper * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h (dcgettext): Rename local variable result to __result to prevent name clash. * l10nflist.c, localealias.c, dcgettext.c: Define _GNU_SOURCE to get prototype for stpcpy and strcasecmp. * intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h: Move declaration of `_nl_msg_cat_cntr' outside __extension__ block to prevent warning from gcc's -Wnested-extern option. Fri Jun 7 01:58:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install): Remove comment. Thu Jun 6 17:28:17 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install): Work around for another Buglix stupidity. Always use an `else' close for `if's. Reported by Nelson Beebe. * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Correct typo in phony rule. Reported by Nelson Beebe. Thu Jun 6 01:49:52 1996 Ulrich Drepper * dcgettext.c (read_alias_file): Rename variable alloca_list to block_list as the macro calls assume. Patch by Eric Backus. * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define alloca as macro using malloc. (read_alias_file): Rename varriabe alloca_list to block_list as the macro calls assume. Patch by Eric Backus. * l10nflist.c: Correct conditional for inclusion. Reported by Roland McGrath. * Makefile.in (all): Depend on all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@, not all-@USE_NLS@. * Makefile.in (install): intlh.inst comes from local dir, not $(srcdir). * Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Special handling of this goal. If used in gettext, this is really a rul to construct this file. If used in any other package it is defined as a .PHONY rule with empty body. * finddomain.c: Extract locale file information handling into l10nfile.c. Rename local stpcpy__ function to stpcpy. * dcgettext.c (stpcpy): Add local definition. * l10nflist.c: Solve some portability problems. Patches partly by Thomas Esken. Add local definition of stpcpy. Tue Jun 4 02:47:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper * intlh.inst.in: Don't depend including on HAVE_LOCALE_H. Instead configure must rewrite this fiile depending on the result of the configure run. * Makefile.in (install): libintl.inst is now called intlh.inst. Add rules for updating intlh.inst from intlh.inst.in. * libintl.inst: Renamed to intlh.inst.in. * localealias.c, dcgettext.c [__GNUC__]: Define HAVE_ALLOCA to 1 because gcc has __buitlin_alloca. Reported by Roland McGrath. Mon Jun 3 00:32:16 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of automake's distcheck. * Makefile.in (install): Reorder commands so that VERSION is found. * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Now use subdirectory intl/ in @datadir@/gettext. (COMSRCS): Add l10nfile.c. (OBJECTS): Add l10nfile.o. (DISTFILES): Rename to DISTFILE.normal. Remove $(DISTFILES.common). (DISTFILE.gettext): Remove $(DISTFILES.common). (all-gettext): Remove goal. (install): If $(PACKAGE) = gettext install, otherwose do nothing. No package but gettext itself should install libintl.h + headers. (dist): Extend goal to work for gettext, too. (dist-gettext): Remove goal. * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define macro alloca by using malloc. Sun Jun 2 17:33:06 1996 Ulrich Drepper * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Parameter is now comes from find_l10nfile. Sat Jun 1 02:23:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper * l10nflist.c (__argz_next): Add definition. * dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca code. Use new l10nfile handling. * localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca code. * l10nflist.c: Initial revision. Tue Apr 2 18:51:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all-yes. Thu Mar 28 23:01:22 1996 Karl Eichwalder * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Define using @datadir@. Tue Mar 26 12:39:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c: Include . Reported by Roland McGrath. Sat Mar 23 02:00:35 1996 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Rename to stpcpy__ to prevent clashing with external declaration. Sat Mar 2 00:47:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (all-no): Rename from all_no. Sat Feb 17 00:25:59 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettextP.h [loaded_domain]: Array `successor' must now contain up to 63 elements (because of codeset name normalization). * finddomain.c: Implement codeset name normalization. Thu Feb 15 04:39:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'. (all-yes, all_no): New goals. `all-no' is noop, `all-yes' is former all. Mon Jan 15 21:46:01 1996 Howard Gayle * localealias.c (alias_compare): Increment string pointers in loop of strcasecmp replacement. Fri Dec 29 21:16:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): Who commented this goal out ? :-) Fri Dec 29 15:08:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Save `errno'. Failing system calls should not effect it because a missing catalog is no error. Reported by Harald Knig . Tue Dec 19 22:09:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running shell scripts. Fri Dec 15 17:34:59 1995 Andreas Schwab * Makefile.in (install-src): Only install library and header when we use the own implementation. Don't do it when using the system's gettext or catgets functions. * dcgettext.c (find_msg): Must not swap domain->hash_size here. Sat Dec 9 16:24:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper * localealias.c, libintl.inst, libgettext.h, hash-string.h, gettextP.h, finddomain.c, dcgettext.c, cat-compat.c: Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath. Tue Dec 5 11:39:14 1995 Larry Schwimmer * libgettext.h: Use `#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)' instead of `#if !_LIBINTL_H' because Solaris defines _LIBINTL_H as empty. Mon Dec 4 15:42:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): Install libintl.inst instead of libintl.h.install. Sat Dec 2 22:51:38 1995 Marcus Daniels * cat-compat.c (textdomain): Reverse order in which files are tried you load. First try local file, when this failed absolute path. Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }. Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition. Reported by Nelson Beebe. * Makefile.in: Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals. Reported by Tom Tromey. Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995 Franc,ois Pinard * hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros. Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13 characters. libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc, libintl.h.install->libintl.inst. Reported by Joshua R. Poulson. Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995 Eric Backus * dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals. Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995 Nelson H. F. Beebe * libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand #if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2. Sad but true. Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper * hash-string.h (hash_string): Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's. * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation. Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Some further simplifications in message number generation. Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper * libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes. * Makefile.in (install-src): Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h. This is a stripped-down version. Suggested by Peter Miller. * libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision. * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file): Protect prototypes in type casts by __P. Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper * hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string. Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype. * gettextP.h: Fix copyright. (SWAP): Add prototype. Wed Nov 8 22:56:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof. Avoid calling *printf function. This introduces a big overhead. Patch by Roland McGrath. Tue Nov 7 14:21:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy. * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Define substitution function local. The macro was to flaky. * cat-compat.c: Fix typo. * xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed: While bringing message number to right place only accept digits. * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have leading 0s we don't need to remove them. Reported by Marcus Daniels. * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in dependency. Reported by Marcus Daniels. * cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement. Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef. * Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment. By Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Nov 6 00:27:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a if we use an available gettext implementation. Sun Nov 5 22:02:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper * libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. * libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef. * finddomain.c: Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME. Sun Nov 5 19:38:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split. Use DISTFILES with normal meaning. DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals. DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext. Sun Nov 5 17:32:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper * dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales. This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks ago. I really don't know this is still not fixed. Sun Nov 5 12:43:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL. This might mark a special condition. * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided. * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop. Fri Nov 3 07:36:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask. * libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition. Capitalize macro arguments. Thu Nov 2 23:15:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value. Reported by Tom Tromey. * gettext.c (NULL): Define as (void*)0 instad of 0. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering. Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper * libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3. * localealias.c (alias_compare): Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is even dumber than I thought. Protect call by `isupper'. Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables. (install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs. Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c. * po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques. * localealias.c: Fix typo and superflous test. Reported by Christian von Roques. Fri Oct 6 11:52:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax. Now we don't have a constant number of successors anymore. Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc. * Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc. (COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc. * loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line. * localealias.c: [_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name space clean. * dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change. * loadmsgcat.c: [_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to __fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp to keep ANSI C name space clean. * finddomain.c: [_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean. * dcgettext.c: [_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to keep ANSI C name space clean. * libgettext.h: Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there. Reported by Francesco Potorti`. * loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc. * bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. * finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined. * textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. * localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc. * gettext.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc. Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc. * finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc. Include all those standard headers unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. * dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally if _LIBC is defined. * dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h. (locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc. * dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h. (getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc. * bindtextdom.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h. Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper * localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0. Reported by Marcus Daniels. * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): String used in putenv must not be recycled. Reported by Marcus Daniels. * libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT): Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext library. * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement. Reported by Nelson Beebe. Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper * cat-compat.c: Include for stpcpy prototype. * localealias.c (read_alias_file): While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided higher level variable with same name. Rename to `tp'. * textdomain.c (textdomain): Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code. * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'. Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * localealias.c (alias_compare): Use strcasecmp() only if available. Else use implementation in place. * intl-compat.c: Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*. * libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*. * cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c: Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used standalone. * bindtextdom.c: Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used standalone. Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library. * dgettext.c: Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library. * gettext.c: Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used standalone. Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library. * dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c: Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy. These functions are not part of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used standalone. Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard locale definitions. Thu Sep 7 01:49:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax. * gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31. Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir. * Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install. This helps gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the install goal. Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src. Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper * VERSION.in: Initial revision. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add VERSION file. This is not necessary for gettext, but for other packages using this library. Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain): New prototype after changing search strategy. * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): We now try only to find a specified catalog. Fall back to other catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext. * dcgettext.c (__dcgettext): Now we provide message fall back even to different languages. I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other in the locale list a tried. Formerly fall back was only possible within one language. Implemented by moving one loop from _nl_find_domain to here. Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made available. (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources. (gettext-src): New. Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in gettextize shell script. Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is also available. * Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal. Wed Aug 9 11:04:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * localealias.c (read_alias_file): Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string. * localealias.c (read_alias_file): Handle long lines. Ignore the rest not fitting in the buffer after the initial `fgets' call. Wed Aug 9 00:54:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain): Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat. * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len. (expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not exist anymore. * localealias.c (read_alias_file): Change type of fname_len parameter to int. (xmalloc): Add prototype. * loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc. Tue Aug 8 22:30:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components. * Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable. Set to preliminary value. (SOURCES): Add localealias.c. (OBJECTS): Add localealias.o. * gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias. * finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c. * localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names. * bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup. Mon Aug 7 23:47:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/. * cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Correct implementation. dirname parameter was not used. Reported by Marcus Daniels. * gettextP.h (loaded_domain): New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy message handling implementation. * dcgettext.c: Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing. Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales. (find_msg): New function. * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Complete rewrite. Implement oo, lazy message handling :-). We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale. Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'. Sat Aug 5 09:55:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c (unistd.h): Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it. Fri Aug 4 22:42:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype. * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. Wed Aug 2 18:52:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^. Tue Aug 1 20:07:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument. (TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory, not $(srcdir). (ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src. (distclean): Remove ID. Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (gnulocaledir): New variable, always using share/ for data directory. (DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c. * finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname): Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to. * intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain): Undefine macros before function definition. Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper * libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H): Protect definition in case where this file is included as libgettext.h on Solaris machines. Add comment about this. Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper * intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo. Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext. * dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls __dcgettext. * gettext.c (gettext): Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext. * textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain. * bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called __bindtextdomain. * intl-compat.c: Initial revision. * Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c. (OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions. OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o, and intl-compat.o. (GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o. * libgettext.h: Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h. For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part. * finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library. (_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between. Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper * loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h. * xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines. A little bit better comments. Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc. * po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp: Moved to ../misc/. * libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__. Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables. (install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file. * po-mode.el (Installation comment): Add .pox as possible extension of .po files. Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995 Ulrich Drepper * elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not fail when not compiling in the source directory. Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make. * Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh. (install-exec): Add missing dummy goal. (install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at beginning, not in front of echo. Reported by Eric Backus. Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems. * gettext.perl: Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems. Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper * cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h. Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing. * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches. * hash-string.h (hash_string): Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'. * gettext.h (nls_uint32): Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'. * cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes. Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable. (DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp. Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation. (install-data): install $ELCFILES (clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp. * elisp-comp: Initial revision Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/. This enables us to use an identical intl/ directory in all packages. * dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2. * textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined) Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files (DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/ * po-to-tbl.sed.in: add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper * textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h. * loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h. * libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h. Allow use in C++ programs. Define NULL is not happened already. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of po-to-tbl.sed. (distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl. * tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line. Don't include entries without translation from old .po file. Tue Jul 4 00:41:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper * tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "". * cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR). Define getenv if !__STDC__. * bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion. Define free if !__STDC__. * finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR. Define free if !__STDC__. * cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR. Mon Jul 3 23:56:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR. Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency. * makelinks: Add copyright and short description. * po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7. * tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message. * dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h. * gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL. * finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes. * Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in. * po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format. * linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format. Sun Jul 2 23:55:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper * tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format. Sun Jul 2 02:06:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper * First official release. This directory contains all the code needed to internationalize own packages. It provides functions which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface like the Uniforum gettext function. For system which does not have neither of those a complete implementation is provided. gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/Makefile.in0000444000175000017500000001446706521177116014750 0ustar jrjr# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities. # Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ top_builddir = .. VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ transform = @program_transform_name@ libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib includedir = $(prefix)/include datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl aliaspath = $(localedir):. subdir = intl INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ l = @l@ AR = ar CC = @CC@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \ -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \ finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \ explodename.c OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \ finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \ explodename.$lo CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \ xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) DISTFILES.normal = VERSION DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo .c.o: $(COMPILE) $< .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $< INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl -I$(top_srcdir)/lib all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst all-no: libintl.a: $(OBJECTS) rm -f $@ $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) $(RANLIB) $@ libintl.la: $(OBJECTS) $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \ -version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir) ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo check: all # This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which # only use the library should use install instead. # We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a # system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a # separate library or use the catgets interface. A special case is # where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library. # If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the # package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. install: install-exec install-data install-exec: all if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \ && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \ if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \ $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(libdir) $(includedir); \ else \ $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir); \ fi; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(includedir)/libintl.h; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \ else \ : ; \ fi install-data: all if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \ $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \ else \ $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \ fi; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done; \ else \ : ; \ fi # Define this as empty until I found a useful application. installcheck: uninstall: dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ done info dvi: $(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgettext.h bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h tags: TAGS TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) id: ID ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) mostlyclean: rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.* clean: mostlyclean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed maintainer-clean: distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." # GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some # other files which should not be distributed in other packages. distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES) if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \ additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ else \ additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ fi; \ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \ ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \ done dist-libc: tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status cd .. \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status # The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other # packages. Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve # the problem while rewriting Makefile.in. @GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in ../config.status @GT_YES@ cd .. \ @GT_YES@ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \ @GT_YES@ $(SHELL) ./config.status @GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst @GT_NO@intlh.inst: # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/linux-msg.sed0000555000175000017500000000520506054750773015323 0ustar jrjr# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file # Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # # The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the # message set number. We use always set number 1. # 1 { i\ $set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed h s/.*/0/ x } # # Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments. # # We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. # /^msgid/ { s/msgid[ ]*"// # # This does not work now with the new format. # /"$/! { # s/\\$// # s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ # } x # The following nice solution is by # Bruno td # Increment a decimal number in pattern space. # First hide trailing `9' digits. :d s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ td # Assure at least one digit is available. s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ # Increment the last digit. s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ # Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. s/_/0/g x G s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p } # # The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations # but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for # each message we assign them to the messages. # It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file # (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order # of declarations must not be changed.) # /^msgstr/ { s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/ # Clear substitution flag. tb # Append the next line. :b N # Look whether second part is continuation line. s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ # Yes, then branch. ta P D # Note that D includes a jump to the start!! # We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. :a s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ P # We cannot use D here. s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ tb } d gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/po2tbl.sed.in0000555000175000017500000000456506054751064015211 0ustar jrjr# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets # Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # 1 { i\ /* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot. */\ \ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H\ # include \ #endif\ \ #include "libgettext.h"\ \ const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = { h s/.*/0/ x } # # Write msgid entries in C array form. # /^msgid/ { s/msgid[ ]*\(".*"\)/ {\1/ tb # Append the next line :b N # Look whether second part is continuation line. s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/ # Yes, then branch. ta # Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line # just read cannot be again be a msgid line. So it's safe to ignore # it. s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/ bc # We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. :a s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ P # We cannot use D here. s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ # Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t''' # flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it. tb # Not reached :c x # The following nice solution is by # Bruno td # Increment a decimal number in pattern space. # First hide trailing `9' digits. :d s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ td # Assure at least one digit is available. s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ # Increment the last digit. s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ # Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. s/_/0/g x G s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/ s/\(.*\)"$/\1/ p } # # Last line. # $ { i\ };\ g s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p } d gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/xopen-msg.sed0000555000175000017500000000537606054750715015322 0ustar jrjr# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file # Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # # The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the # message set number. We use always set number 1. # 1 { i\ $set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed h s/.*/0/ x } # # We copy all comments into the .msg file. Perhaps they can help. # /^#/ s/^#[ ]*/$ /p # # We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file. # /^msgid/ { # Does not work now # /"$/! { # s/\\$// # s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/ # } s/^msgid[ ]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/ p } # # The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations # but each given a unique ID. Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for # each message we assign them to the messages. # It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file # (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here. (At least the order # of declarations must not be changed.) # /^msgstr/ { s/msgstr[ ]*"\(.*\)"/\1/ x # The following nice solution is by # Bruno td # Increment a decimal number in pattern space. # First hide trailing `9' digits. :d s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/ td # Assure at least one digit is available. s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/ # Increment the last digit. s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/ s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/ s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/ s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/ s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/ s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/ s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/ s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/ s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/ # Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's. s/_/0/g x # Bring the line in the format ` ' G s/^[^\n]*$/& / s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/ # Clear flag from last substitution. tb # Append the next line. :b N # Look whether second part is a continuation line. s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/ # Yes, then branch. ta P D # Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!! # We found a continuation line. But before printing insert '\'. :a s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/ P # We cannot use the sed command `D' here s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/ tb } d gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/gettext.h0000444000175000017500000000620506521171207014522 0ustar jrjr/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _GETTEXT_H #define _GETTEXT_H 1 #include #if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC # include #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ #define _MAGIC 0x950412de #define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 /* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ #define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 /* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run* the resulting executable. Locally running cross-compiled executables is usually not possible. */ #if __STDC__ # define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U #else # define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF #endif /* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems (that certainly have ) have 64+-bit integral types. */ #ifndef UINT_MAX # define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS #endif #if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned nls_uint32; #else # if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; # else # if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; # else /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is not portable enough. */ "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." # endif # endif #endif /* Header for binary .mo file format. */ struct mo_file_header { /* The magic number. */ nls_uint32 magic; /* The revision number of the file format. */ nls_uint32 revision; /* The number of strings pairs. */ nls_uint32 nstrings; /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */ nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; /* Size of hashing table. */ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; /* Offset of first hashing entry. */ nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; }; struct string_desc { /* Length of addressed string. */ nls_uint32 length; /* Offset of string in file. */ nls_uint32 offset; }; /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ #endif /* gettext.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/gettextP.h0000444000175000017500000000420606521171744014647 0ustar jrjr/* Header describing internals of gettext library Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _GETTEXTP_H #define _GETTEXTP_H #include "loadinfo.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif #ifndef internal_function # define internal_function #endif #ifndef W # define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include # define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) #else static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i)); static inline nls_uint32 SWAP (i) nls_uint32 i; { return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); } #endif struct loaded_domain { const char *data; int use_mmap; size_t mmap_size; int must_swap; nls_uint32 nstrings; struct string_desc *orig_tab; struct string_desc *trans_tab; nls_uint32 hash_size; nls_uint32 *hash_tab; }; struct binding { struct binding *next; char *domainname; char *dirname; }; struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, char *__locale, const char *__domainname)) internal_function; void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain)) internal_function; void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) internal_function; /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ #endif /* gettextP.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/hash-string.h0000644000175000017500000000337306521462632015277 0ustar jrjr/* Implements a string hashing function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(Args) Args # else # define PARAMS(Args) () # endif #endif /* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ #define HASHWORDBITS 32 /* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); static inline unsigned long hash_string (str_param) const char *str_param; { unsigned long int hval, g; const char *str = str_param; /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ hval = 0; while (*str != '\0') { hval <<= 4; hval += (unsigned long) *str++; g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); if (g != 0) { hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); hval ^= g; } } return hval; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/libgettext.h0000444000175000017500000001314506521201241015202 0ustar jrjr/* Message catalogs for internationalization. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ /* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex include protection above. But the systems header might perhaps also define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here. */ #if !defined _LIBINTL_H || !defined _LIBGETTEXT_H #ifndef _LIBINTL_H # define _LIBINTL_H 1 #endif #define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1 /* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU implementation of gettext. */ #define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 #include #if HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif #ifndef NULL # if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__ # define NULL ((void *) 0) # else # define NULL (0) # endif #endif #if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES /* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext() function. But some system does not have this defined. Define it to a default value. */ # define LC_MESSAGES (-1) #endif /* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface. Derived from Jim Meyering's libintl.h. */ struct _msg_ent { const char *_msg; int _msg_number; }; #if HAVE_CATGETS /* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'. */ extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[]; extern int _msg_tbl_length; #endif /* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */ #define gettext_noop(Str) (Str) /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category)); extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category)); /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)); extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)); #if ENABLE_NLS /* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing. So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3. BTW, Solaris 2.4 has dcgettext. */ # if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT) # define gettext(Msgid) \ dgettext (NULL, Msgid) # define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) \ dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES) # if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7 /* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all translations. */ extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; # define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \ (__extension__ \ ({ \ char *__result; \ if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid)) \ { \ static char *__translation__; \ static int __catalog_counter__; \ if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ { \ __translation__ = \ dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ } \ __result = __translation__; \ } \ else \ __result = dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category); \ __result; \ })) # endif # endif #else # define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid) # define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid) # define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid) # define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) Domainname) # define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) Dirname) #endif /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/loadinfo.h0000444000175000017500000000455506521653766014656 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of the GNU C Library. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1996. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif /* Encoding of locale name parts. */ #define CEN_REVISION 1 #define CEN_SPONSOR 2 #define CEN_SPECIAL 4 #define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 #define XPG_CODESET 16 #define TERRITORY 32 #define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 #define XPG_MODIFIER 128 #define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) #define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) struct loaded_l10nfile { const char *filename; int decided; const void *data; struct loaded_l10nfile *next; struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; }; extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const unsigned char *codeset, size_t name_len)); extern struct loaded_l10nfile * _nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, const char *modifier, const char *special, const char *sponsor, const char *revision, const char *filename, int do_allocate)); extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, const char **modifier, const char **territory, const char **codeset, const char **normalized_codeset, const char **special, const char **sponsor, const char **revision)); gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/bindtextdom.c0000444000175000017500000001232306521653224015354 0ustar jrjr/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC # include #else # ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H # include # else void free (); # endif #endif #if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC # include #else # include # ifndef memcpy # define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) # endif #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgettext.h" #endif #include "gettext.h" #include "gettextP.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; /* List with bindings of specific domains. */ extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain # ifndef strdup # define strdup(str) __strdup (str) # endif #else # define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__ #endif /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ char * BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) const char *domainname; const char *dirname; { struct binding *binding; /* Some sanity checks. */ if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') return NULL; for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) { int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It is not in the list. */ binding = NULL; break; } } if (dirname == NULL) /* The current binding has be to returned. */ return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname; if (binding != NULL) { /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the old binding. */ if (strcmp (dirname, binding->dirname) != 0) { char *new_dirname; if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; else { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP new_dirname = strdup (dirname); if (new_dirname == NULL) return NULL; #else size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len); if (new_dirname == NULL) return NULL; memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len); #endif } if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) free (binding->dirname); binding->dirname = new_dirname; } } else { /* We have to create a new binding. */ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE_STRDUP size_t len; #endif struct binding *new_binding = (struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding)); if (new_binding == NULL) return NULL; #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP new_binding->domainname = strdup (domainname); if (new_binding->domainname == NULL) return NULL; #else len = strlen (domainname) + 1; new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len); if (new_binding->domainname == NULL) return NULL; memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); #endif if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; else { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP new_binding->dirname = strdup (dirname); if (new_binding->dirname == NULL) return NULL; #else len = strlen (dirname) + 1; new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len); if (new_binding->dirname == NULL) return NULL; memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len); #endif } /* Now enqueue it. */ if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) { new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; } else { binding = _nl_domain_bindings; while (binding->next != NULL && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) binding = binding->next; new_binding->next = binding->next; binding->next = new_binding; } binding = new_binding; } return binding->dirname; } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/dcgettext.c0000444000175000017500000004020006521172301015011 0ustar jrjr/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif #endif #include #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif #ifndef __set_errno # define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) #endif #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC # include #else char *getenv (); # ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H # include # else void free (); # endif #endif #if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC # ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 # endif # include #else # include #endif #if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include "gettext.h" #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgettext.h" #endif #include "hash-string.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define getcwd __getcwd # ifndef stpcpy # define stpcpy __stpcpy # endif #else # if !defined HAVE_GETCWD char *getwd (); # define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) # else char *getcwd (); # endif # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); # endif #endif /* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ #define PATH_INCR 32 /* The following is from pathmax.h. */ /* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ #if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__)) # include #endif #ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX # define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 #endif #if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX) # define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) #endif /* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ #if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN) # include #endif #if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN) # define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN #endif #ifndef PATH_MAX # define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX #endif /* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current setting of `local'.'' However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ #ifdef _LIBC # define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL #endif /* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages"; /* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; /* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR; /* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() calls. */ struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, const char *msgid)) internal_function; static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname)) internal_function; /* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add some additional code emulating it. */ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA /* Nothing has to be done. */ # define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ #else struct block_list { void *address; struct block_list *next; }; # define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ do { \ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ the list. */ \ if (newp != NULL) { \ newp->address = (addr); \ newp->next = (list); \ (list) = newp; \ } \ } while (0) # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ do { \ while (list != NULL) { \ struct block_list *old = list; \ list = list->next; \ free (old); \ } \ } while (0) # undef alloca # define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) #endif /* have alloca */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext #else # define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ char * DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) const char *domainname; const char *msgid; int category; { #ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA struct block_list *block_list = NULL; #endif struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; struct binding *binding; const char *categoryname; const char *categoryvalue; char *dirname, *xdomainname; char *single_locale; char *retval; int saved_errno = errno; /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ if (msgid == NULL) return NULL; /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the defintion left this undefined. */ if (domainname == NULL) domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; /* First find matching binding. */ for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) { int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It is not in the list. */ binding = NULL; break; } } if (binding == NULL) dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/') dirname = binding->dirname; else { /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; size_t path_max; char *ret; path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX; path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); __set_errno (0); while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE) { path_max += PATH_INCR; dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); __set_errno (0); } if (ret == NULL) { /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an error but simply return the default string. */ FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); __set_errno (saved_errno); return (char *) msgid; } stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); } /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ categoryname = category_to_name (category); categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + strlen (domainname) + 5); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), domainname), ".mo"); /* Creating working area. */ single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation. */ while (1) { /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') ++categoryvalue; if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') { /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation will take place. */ single_locale[0] = 'C'; single_locale[1] = '\0'; } else { char *cp = single_locale; while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; *cp = '\0'; } /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a domain. Return the MSGID. */ if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) { FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); __set_errno (saved_errno); return (char *) msgid; } /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname); if (domain != NULL) { retval = find_msg (domain, msgid); if (retval == NULL) { int cnt; for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid); if (retval != NULL) break; } } if (retval != NULL) { FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); __set_errno (saved_errno); return retval; } } } /* NOTREACHED */ } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); #endif static char * internal_function find_msg (domain_file, msgid) struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; const char *msgid; { size_t top, act, bottom; struct loaded_domain *domain; if (domain_file->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (domain_file); if (domain_file->data == NULL) return NULL; domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL) { /* Use the hashing table. */ nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); if (nstr == 0) /* Hash table entry is empty. */ return NULL; if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len && strcmp (msgid, domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0) return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset); while (1) { if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; else idx += incr; nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]); if (nstr == 0) /* Hash table entry is empty. */ return NULL; if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len && strcmp (msgid, domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0) return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset); } /* NOTREACHED */ } /* Now we try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of messages. */ bottom = 0; top = domain->nstrings; while (bottom < top) { int cmp_val; act = (bottom + top) / 2; cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[act].offset)); if (cmp_val < 0) top = act; else if (cmp_val > 0) bottom = act + 1; else break; } /* If an translation is found return this. */ return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset); } /* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ static const char * internal_function category_to_name (category) int category; { const char *retval; switch (category) { #ifdef LC_COLLATE case LC_COLLATE: retval = "LC_COLLATE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_CTYPE case LC_CTYPE: retval = "LC_CTYPE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_MONETARY case LC_MONETARY: retval = "LC_MONETARY"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_NUMERIC case LC_NUMERIC: retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_TIME case LC_TIME: retval = "LC_TIME"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_MESSAGES case LC_MESSAGES: retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_RESPONSE case LC_RESPONSE: retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; break; #endif #ifdef LC_ALL case LC_ALL: /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other value. */ retval = "LC_ALL"; break; #endif default: /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ retval = "LC_XXX"; } return retval; } /* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ static const char * internal_function guess_category_value (category, categoryname) int category; const char *categoryname; { const char *retval; /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment variable. This is a GNU extension. */ retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') return retval; /* `LANGUAGE' is not set. So we have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself. */ #if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL return setlocale (category, NULL); #else /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') return retval; /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ retval = getenv (categoryname); if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') return retval; /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ retval = getenv ("LANG"); if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') return retval; /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is implementation defined. */ return "C"; #endif } /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ /* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * stpcpy (dest, src) char *dest; const char *src; { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; return dest - 1; } #endif #ifdef _LIBC /* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at program's end. */ static void __attribute__ ((unused)) free_mem (void) { struct binding *runp; for (runp = _nl_domain_bindings; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next) { free (runp->domainname); if (runp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ free (runp->dirname); } if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); } text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/dgettext.c0000444000175000017500000000337206521171636014671 0ustar jrjr/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgettext.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define DGETTEXT __dgettext # define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext #else # define DGETTEXT dgettext__ # define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ char * DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) const char *domainname; const char *msgid; { return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/gettext.c0000444000175000017500000000362306521171162014516 0ustar jrjr/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #ifdef _LIBC # define __need_NULL # include #else # ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include /* Just for NULL. */ # else # ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # include # else # define NULL ((void *) 0) # endif # endif #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgettext.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define GETTEXT __gettext # define DGETTEXT __dgettext #else # define GETTEXT gettext__ # define DGETTEXT dgettext__ #endif /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ char * GETTEXT (msgid) const char *msgid; { return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid); } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/finddomain.c0000444000175000017500000001333406521172161015142 0ustar jrjr/* Handle list of needed message catalogs Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC # include #else # ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H # include # else void free (); # endif #endif #if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC # include #else # include # ifndef memcpy # define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) # endif #endif #if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include "gettext.h" #include "gettextP.h" #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgettext.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* List of already loaded domains. */ static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; /* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently established bindings. */ struct loaded_l10nfile * internal_function _nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname) const char *dirname; char *locale; const char *domainname; { struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; const char *language; const char *modifier; const char *territory; const char *codeset; const char *normalized_codeset; const char *special; const char *sponsor; const char *revision; const char *alias_value; int mask; /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] and six parts for the CEN syntax: language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to the following order: (1) revision (2) sponsor (3) special (4) codeset (5) normalized codeset (6) territory (7) audience/modifier */ /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); if (retval != NULL) { /* We know something about this locale. */ int cnt; if (retval->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (retval); if (retval->data != NULL) return retval; for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]); if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) break; } return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; /* NOTREACHED */ } /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is done. */ alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); if (alias_value != NULL) { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP locale = strdup (alias_value); if (locale == NULL) return NULL; #else size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; locale = (char *) malloc (len); if (locale == NULL) return NULL; memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); #endif } /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, &sponsor, &revision); /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in generalization. */ retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); if (retval == NULL) /* This means we are out of core. */ return NULL; if (retval->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (retval); if (retval->data == NULL) { int cnt; for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) { if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]); if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) break; } } /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ if (alias_value != NULL) free (locale); return retval; } #ifdef _LIBC static void __attribute__ ((unused)) free_mem (void) { struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; while (runp != NULL) { struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; if (runp->data != NULL) _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); runp = runp->next; free (here); } } text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/loadmsgcat.c0000644000175000017500000001374506521461150015157 0ustar jrjr/* Load needed message catalogs. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC # include #endif #if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC # include #endif #if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include "gettext.h" #include "gettextP.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define open __open # define close __close # define read __read # define mmap __mmap # define munmap __munmap #endif /* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all translations. This is important if the translations are cached by one of GCC's features. */ int _nl_msg_cat_cntr = 0; /* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid message catalog do nothing. */ void internal_function _nl_load_domain (domain_file) struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; { int fd; size_t size; struct stat st; struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; #if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ || defined _LIBC int use_mmap = 0; #endif struct loaded_domain *domain; domain_file->decided = 1; domain_file->data = NULL; /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN syntax. */ if (domain_file->filename == NULL) return; /* Try to open the addressed file. */ fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY); if (fd == -1) return; /* We must know about the size of the file. */ if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0 || (size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size || size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header)) { /* Something went wrong. */ close (fd); return; } #if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ || defined _LIBC /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1) { /* mmap() call was successful. */ close (fd); use_mmap = 1; } #endif /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load it manually. */ if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) { size_t to_read; char *read_ptr; data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); if (data == NULL) return; to_read = size; read_ptr = (char *) data; do { long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); if (nb == -1) { close (fd); return; } read_ptr += nb; to_read -= nb; } while (to_read > 0); close (fd); } /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message catalog file. */ if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED) { /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ #if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ || defined _LIBC if (use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); else #endif free (data); return; } domain_file->data = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); if (domain_file->data == NULL) return; domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; domain->data = (char *) data; #if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ || defined _LIBC domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; #endif domain->mmap_size = size; domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision)) { case 0: domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)); break; default: /* This is an illegal revision. */ #if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ || defined _LIBC if (use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); else #endif free (data); free (domain); domain_file->data = NULL; return; } /* Show that one domain is changed. This might make some cached translations invalid. */ ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; } #ifdef _LIBC void internal_function _nl_unload_domain (domain) struct loaded_domain *domain; { if (domain->use_mmap) munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); else free ((void *) domain->data); free (domain); } #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/localealias.c0000444000175000017500000002355406521654202015311 0ustar jrjr/* Handle aliases for locale names. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #ifdef __GNUC__ # define alloca __builtin_alloca # define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 #else # if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC # include # else # ifdef _AIX #pragma alloca # else # ifndef alloca char *alloca (); # endif # endif # endif #endif #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC # include #else char *getenv (); # ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H # include # else void free (); # endif #endif #if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC # ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 # endif # include #else # include # ifndef memcpy # define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) # endif #endif #if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #include "gettext.h" #include "gettextP.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # define strcasecmp __strcasecmp # define mempcpy __mempcpy # define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 /* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ # include __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); #endif /* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add some additional code emulating it. */ #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA /* Nothing has to be done. */ # define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ #else struct block_list { void *address; struct block_list *next; }; # define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ do { \ struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ the list. */ \ if (newp != NULL) { \ newp->address = (addr); \ newp->next = (list); \ (list) = newp; \ } \ } while (0) # define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ do { \ while (list != NULL) { \ struct block_list *old = list; \ list = list->next; \ free (old); \ } \ } while (0) # undef alloca # define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) #endif /* have alloca */ struct alias_map { const char *alias; const char *value; }; static char *string_space = NULL; static size_t string_space_act = 0; static size_t string_space_max = 0; static struct alias_map *map; static size_t nmap = 0; static size_t maxmap = 0; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) internal_function; static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)); const char * _nl_expand_alias (name) const char *name; { static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; struct alias_map *retval; const char *result = NULL; size_t added; #ifdef _LIBC __libc_lock_lock (lock); #endif do { struct alias_map item; item.alias = name; if (nmap > 0) retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *)) ) alias_compare); else retval = NULL; /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ if (retval != NULL) { result = retval->value; break; } /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ added = 0; while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') { const char *start; while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':') ++locale_alias_path; start = locale_alias_path; while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':') ++locale_alias_path; if (start < locale_alias_path) added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); } } while (added != 0); #ifdef _LIBC __libc_lock_unlock (lock); #endif return result; } static size_t internal_function read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) const char *fname; int fname_len; { #ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA struct block_list *block_list = NULL; #endif FILE *fp; char *full_fname; size_t added; static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname); #ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); #else memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); #endif fp = fopen (full_fname, "r"); if (fp == NULL) { FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); return 0; } added = 0; while (!feof (fp)) { /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because a) we are only interested in the first two fields b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not be that long */ unsigned char buf[BUFSIZ]; unsigned char *alias; unsigned char *value; unsigned char *cp; if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) /* EOF reached. */ break; /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore the rest of the line. */ if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) { char altbuf[BUFSIZ]; do if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL) /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop will exit at the `feof' test. */ break; while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL); } cp = buf; /* Ignore leading white space. */ while (isspace (cp[0])) ++cp; /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') { alias = cp++; while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) ++cp; /* Terminate alias name. */ if (cp[0] != '\0') *cp++ = '\0'; /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ while (isspace (cp[0])) ++cp; if (cp[0] != '\0') { size_t alias_len; size_t value_len; value = cp++; while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0])) ++cp; /* Terminate value. */ if (cp[0] == '\n') { /* This has to be done to make the following test for the end of line possible. We are looking for the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ *cp++ = '\0'; *cp = '\n'; } else if (cp[0] != '\0') *cp++ = '\0'; if (nmap >= maxmap) extend_alias_table (); alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; value_len = strlen (value) + 1; if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) { /* Increase size of memory pool. */ size_t new_size = (string_space_max + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); if (new_pool == NULL) { FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); return added; } string_space = new_pool; string_space_max = new_size; } map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], alias, alias_len); string_space_act += alias_len; map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], value, value_len); string_space_act += value_len; ++nmap; ++added; } } } /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore errors. --drepper */ fclose (fp); if (added > 0) qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); return added; } static void extend_alias_table () { size_t new_size; struct alias_map *new_map; new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size * sizeof (struct alias_map))); if (new_map == NULL) /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ return; map = new_map; maxmap = new_size; } #ifdef _LIBC static void __attribute__ ((unused)) free_mem (void) { if (string_space != NULL) free (string_space); if (map != NULL) free (map); } text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem); #endif static int alias_compare (map1, map2) const struct alias_map *map1; const struct alias_map *map2; { #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); #else const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; unsigned char c1, c2; if (p1 == p2) return 0; do { /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; if (c1 == '\0') break; ++p1; ++p2; } while (c1 == c2); return c1 - c2; #endif } gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/textdomain.c0000444000175000017500000000630106521172104015177 0ustar jrjr/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC # include #endif #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC # include #else # include # ifndef memcpy # define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) # endif #endif #ifdef _LIBC # include #else # include "libgettext.h" #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* Name of the default text domain. */ extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[]; /* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain; /* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ #ifdef _LIBC # define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain # ifndef strdup # define strdup(str) __strdup (str) # endif #else # define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__ #endif /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ char * TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) const char *domainname; { char *old; /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ if (domainname == NULL) return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ if (domainname[0] == '\0' || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; else { /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we are out of core. */ #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP _nl_current_default_domain = strdup (domainname); #else size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; char *cp = (char *) malloc (len); if (cp != NULL) memcpy (cp, domainname, len); _nl_current_default_domain = cp; #endif } if (old != _nl_default_default_domain) free (old); return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; } #ifdef _LIBC /* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/l10nflist.c0000444000175000017500000002424406521653556014664 0ustar jrjr/* Handle list of needed message catalogs Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC # ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 # endif # include #else # include # ifndef memcpy # define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num) # endif #endif #if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC # ifndef strchr # define strchr index # endif #endif #if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H # include #endif #include #include #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC # include #endif #include "loadinfo.h" /* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ #ifndef NULL # if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # define NULL ((void *) 0) # else # define NULL 0 # endif #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #ifdef _LIBC /* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object file and the name space must not be polluted. */ # ifndef stpcpy # define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) # endif #else # ifndef HAVE_STPCPY static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); # endif #endif /* Define function which are usually not available. */ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT /* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); static size_t argz_count__ (argz, len) const char *argz; size_t len; { size_t count = 0; while (len > 0) { size_t part_len = strlen (argz); argz += part_len + 1; len -= part_len + 1; count++; } return count; } # undef __argz_count # define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY /* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's except the last into the character SEP. */ static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); static void argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) char *argz; size_t len; int sep; { while (len > 0) { size_t part_len = strlen (argz); argz += part_len; len -= part_len + 1; if (len > 0) *argz++ = sep; } } # undef __argz_stringify # define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ #if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)); static char * argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) char *argz; size_t argz_len; const char *entry; { if (entry) { if (entry < argz + argz_len) entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; } else if (argz_len > 0) return argz; else return 0; } # undef __argz_next # define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) #endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ /* Return number of bits set in X. */ static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); static inline int pop (x) int x; { /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; return x; } struct loaded_l10nfile * _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; const char *dirlist; size_t dirlist_len; int mask; const char *language; const char *territory; const char *codeset; const char *normalized_codeset; const char *modifier; const char *special; const char *sponsor; const char *revision; const char *filename; int do_allocate; { char *abs_filename; struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL; struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; char *cp; size_t entries; int cnt; /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + strlen (language) + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0) + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); if (abs_filename == NULL) return NULL; retval = NULL; last = NULL; /* Construct file name. */ memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len); __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':'); cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1); *cp++ = '/'; cp = stpcpy (cp, language); if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) { *cp++ = '_'; cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); } if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) { *cp++ = '.'; cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); } if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) { *cp++ = '.'; cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); } if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) { /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); } if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) { *cp++ = '+'; cp = stpcpy (cp, special); } if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) { *cp++ = ','; if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) { *cp++ = '_'; cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); } } *cp++ = '/'; stpcpy (cp, filename); /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already available. */ last = NULL; for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) if (retval->filename != NULL) { int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); if (compare == 0) /* We found it! */ break; if (compare < 0) { /* It's not in the list. */ retval = NULL; break; } last = retval; } if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) { free (abs_filename); return retval; } retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *) malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) * (1 << pop (mask)) * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); if (retval == NULL) return NULL; retval->filename = abs_filename; retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1 || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); retval->data = NULL; if (last == NULL) { retval->next = *l10nfile_list; *l10nfile_list = retval; } else { retval->next = last->next; last->next = retval; } entries = 0; /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism of the inner loop. */ cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask; for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt) if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) { /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ char *dir = NULL; while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) != NULL) retval->successor[entries++] = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt, language, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, sponsor, revision, filename, 1); } retval->successor[entries] = NULL; return retval; } /* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common names. */ const char * _nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) const unsigned char *codeset; size_t name_len; { int len = 0; int only_digit = 1; char *retval; char *wp; size_t cnt; for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) if (isalnum (codeset[cnt])) { ++len; if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) only_digit = 0; } retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); if (retval != NULL) { if (only_digit) wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); else wp = retval; for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) if (isalpha (codeset[cnt])) *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]); else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt])) *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; *wp = '\0'; } return (const char *) retval; } /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ /* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * stpcpy (dest, src) char *dest; const char *src; { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; return dest - 1; } #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/explodename.c0000444000175000017500000001101006521171661015324 0ustar jrjr/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC # include #endif #if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC # include #else # include #endif #include #include "loadinfo.h" /* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ #ifndef NULL # if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ # define NULL ((void *) 0) # else # define NULL 0 # endif #endif /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ int _nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) char *name; const char **language; const char **modifier; const char **territory; const char **codeset; const char **normalized_codeset; const char **special; const char **sponsor; const char **revision; { enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; char *cp; int mask; *modifier = NULL; *territory = NULL; *codeset = NULL; *normalized_codeset = NULL; *special = NULL; *sponsor = NULL; *revision = NULL; /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ mask = 0; syntax = undecided; *language = cp = name; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@' && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',') ++cp; if (*language == cp) /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); else if (cp[0] == '_') { /* Next is the territory. */ cp[0] = '\0'; *territory = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@' && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') ++cp; mask |= TERRITORY; if (cp[0] == '.') { /* Next is the codeset. */ syntax = xpg; cp[0] = '\0'; *codeset = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') ++cp; mask |= XPG_CODESET; if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') { *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, cp - *codeset); if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); else mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; } } } if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+')) { /* Next is the modifier. */ syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen; cp[0] = '\0'; *modifier = ++cp; while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') ++cp; mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE; } if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_')) { syntax = cen; if (cp[0] == '+') { /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */ cp[0] = '\0'; *special = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') ++cp; mask |= CEN_SPECIAL; } if (cp[0] == ',') { /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */ cp[0] = '\0'; *sponsor = ++cp; while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_') ++cp; mask |= CEN_SPONSOR; } if (cp[0] == '_') { /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */ cp[0] = '\0'; *revision = ++cp; mask |= CEN_REVISION; } } /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */ if (syntax == xpg) { if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') mask &= ~TERRITORY; if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0') mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER; } return mask; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/intl-compat.c0000444000175000017500000000315606030245214015255 0ustar jrjr/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext Library. Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "libgettext.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ #undef gettext #undef dgettext #undef dcgettext #undef textdomain #undef bindtextdomain char * bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) const char *domainname; const char *dirname; { return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname); } char * dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) const char *domainname; const char *msgid; int category; { return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category); } char * dgettext (domainname, msgid) const char *domainname; const char *msgid; { return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid); } char * gettext (msgid) const char *msgid; { return gettext__ (msgid); } char * textdomain (domainname) const char *domainname; { return textdomain__ (domainname); } gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/cat-compat.c0000444000175000017500000001474106370357475015104 0ustar jrjr/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface. Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include # include #else char *getenv (); # ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H # include # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H # include #endif #include "libgettext.h" /* @@ end of prolog @@ */ /* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as: ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current setting of `local'.'' However it does not specify the exact format. And even worse: POSIX defines this not at all. So we can use this feature only on selected system (e.g. those using GNU C Library). */ #ifdef _LIBC # define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL #endif /* The catalog descriptor. */ static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1; /* Name of the default catalog. */ static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages"; /* Name of currently used catalog. */ static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name; /* Get ID for given string. If not found return -1. */ static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg)); /* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); #endif /* Set currently used domain/catalog. */ char * textdomain (domainname) const char *domainname; { nl_catd new_catalog; char *new_name; size_t new_name_len; char *lang; #if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \ && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL); #else lang = getenv ("LC_ALL"); if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') { lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES"); if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') lang = getenv ("LANG"); } #endif if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0') lang = "C"; /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked. */ if (domainname == NULL) return (char *) catalog_name; if (domainname[0] == '\0') domainname = default_catalog_name; /* Compute length of added path element. */ new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang) + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1 + sizeof (".cat"); new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len); if (new_name == NULL) return NULL; strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE); new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) { /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */ sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang, PACKAGE); new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0); if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1) { free (new_name); return (char *) catalog_name; } } /* Close old catalog. */ if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1) catclose (catalog); if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name) free ((char *) catalog_name); catalog = new_catalog; catalog_name = new_name; return (char *) catalog_name; } char * bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) const char *domainname; const char *dirname; { #if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV char *old_val, *new_val, *cp; size_t new_val_len; /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it. */ if (domainname == NULL) return NULL; /* Compute length of added path element. If we use setenv we don't need the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this peanuts. */ new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname) + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH"); if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0') { old_val = NULL; new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); } else new_val_len += strlen (old_val); new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len); if (new_val == NULL) return NULL; # if HAVE_SETENV cp = new_val; # else cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH="); # endif cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname); cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:"); if (old_val == NULL) { # if __STDC__ stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); # else cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR); stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat"); # endif } else stpcpy (cp, old_val); # if HAVE_SETENV setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1); free (new_val); # else putenv (new_val); /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered. It is used from now on. */ # endif #endif return (char *) domainname; } #undef gettext char * gettext (msg) const char *msg; { int msgid; if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1) return (char *) msg; /* Get the message from the catalog. We always use set number 1. The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id' which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'. */ msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg); if (msgid == -1) return (char *) msg; return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg); } /* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries for the one equal to msg. If it is found return the ID. In case when the string is not found return -1. */ static int msg_to_cat_id (msg) const char *msg; { int cnt; for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt) if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0) return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number; return -1; } /* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ /* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY to be defined. */ #if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY static char * stpcpy (dest, src) char *dest; const char *src; { while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') /* Do nothing. */ ; return dest - 1; } #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/libintl.glibc0000444000175000017500000001043606407360721015331 0ustar jrjr/* Message catalogs for internationalization. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by Ulrich Drepper , 1995. This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package. This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of the C library, however. The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _LIBINTL_H #define _LIBINTL_H 1 #include /* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU implementation of gettext. */ #define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 __BEGIN_DECLS /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid)); extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid)); /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid)); extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid)); /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid, int __category)); extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname, __const char *__msgid, int __category)); /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname)); extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname)); /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname, __const char *__dirname)); extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname, __const char *__dirname)); /* Optimized version of the function above. */ #if defined __OPTIMIZE__ /* We need NULL for `gettext'. */ # define __need_NULL # include /* We need LC_MESSAGES for `dgettext'. */ # include /* These must be macros. Inlined functions are useless because the `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return false. */ # define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid) # define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) # if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) /* Variable defined in loadmsgcat.c which gets incremented every time a new catalog is loaded. */ extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; # define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ (__extension__ \ ({ \ char *__result; \ if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ { \ static char *__translation__; \ static int __catalog_counter__; \ if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ { \ __translation__ = \ __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ } \ __result = __translation__; \ } \ else \ __result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ __result; \ })) # endif #endif /* Optimizing. */ __END_DECLS #endif /* libintl.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/intl/intlh.inst.in0000444000175000017500000000720206407360771015316 0ustar jrjr/* Message catalogs for internationalization. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _LIBINTL_H #define _LIBINTL_H 1 @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ /* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU implementation of gettext. */ #define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 #ifndef PARAMS # if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus # define PARAMS(args) args # else # define PARAMS(args) () # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). */ extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale. */ extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)); /* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. */ extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category)); /* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); /* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)); /* Optimized version of the functions above. */ #if defined __OPTIMIZED /* These must be a macro. Inlined functions are useless because the `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return false. */ # define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid) # define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \ dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES) # if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) /* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c. We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all translations. */ extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; # define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category) \ (__extension__ \ ({ \ char *__result; \ if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid)) \ { \ static char *__translation__; \ static int __catalog_counter__; \ if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr) \ { \ __translation__ = \ (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; \ } \ __result = __translation__; \ } \ else \ __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category)); \ __result; \ })) # endif #endif /* Optimizing. */ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* libintl.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/0000755000175000017500000000000007443210116012502 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/src/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000003412306522267775014576 0ustar jrjr# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DISTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ ACLOCAL_VERSION = @ACLOCAL_VERSION@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ EMACS = @EMACS@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GT_NO = @GT_NO@ GT_YES = @GT_YES@ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ LD = @LD@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ NM = @NM@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@ lispdir = @lispdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits bin_PROGRAMS = gettext msgcmp msgfmt msgmerge msgunfmt xgettext msgcomm noinst_HEADERS = domain.h message.h po-gram.h po-hash.h po-lex.h po.h \ str-list.h xget-lex.h po-gram.gen.h po-hash.gen.h dir-list.h EXTRA_DIST = po-gram.y po-hash.y datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale l = @l@ INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir) -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I../intl -I$(top_srcdir)/intl DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" @DEFS@ LDADD = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la SED = sed YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = -d # Source dependecies. gettext_SOURCES = gettextp.c msgcmp_SOURCES = message.c msgcmp.c open-po.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c \ po-lex.c po.c str-list.c dir-list.c msgfmt_SOURCES = msgfmt.c open-po.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c po-lex.c po.c \ str-list.c message.c dir-list.c msgmerge_SOURCES = message.c msgmerge.c open-po.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c \ po-lex.c po.c str-list.c dir-list.c msgunfmt_SOURCES = message.c msgunfmt.c str-list.c xgettext_SOURCES = message.c open-po.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c po-lex.c \ po.c str-list.c xget-lex.c xgettext.c dir-list.c msgcomm_SOURCES = msgcomm.c message.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c po-lex.c \ open-po.c po.c str-list.c dir-list.c MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = po-gram.gen.c po-gram.gen.h po-hash.gen.c po-hash.gen.h mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ gettext_OBJECTS = gettextp.o gettext_LDADD = $(LDADD) gettext_DEPENDENCIES = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la gettext_LDFLAGS = msgcmp_OBJECTS = message.o msgcmp.o open-po.o po-gram.gen.o \ po-hash.gen.o po-lex.o po.o str-list.o dir-list.o msgcmp_LDADD = $(LDADD) msgcmp_DEPENDENCIES = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la msgcmp_LDFLAGS = msgfmt_OBJECTS = msgfmt.o open-po.o po-gram.gen.o po-hash.gen.o \ po-lex.o po.o str-list.o message.o dir-list.o msgfmt_LDADD = $(LDADD) msgfmt_DEPENDENCIES = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la msgfmt_LDFLAGS = msgmerge_OBJECTS = message.o msgmerge.o open-po.o po-gram.gen.o \ po-hash.gen.o po-lex.o po.o str-list.o dir-list.o msgmerge_LDADD = $(LDADD) msgmerge_DEPENDENCIES = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la msgmerge_LDFLAGS = msgunfmt_OBJECTS = message.o msgunfmt.o str-list.o msgunfmt_LDADD = $(LDADD) msgunfmt_DEPENDENCIES = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la msgunfmt_LDFLAGS = xgettext_OBJECTS = message.o open-po.o po-gram.gen.o po-hash.gen.o \ po-lex.o po.o str-list.o xget-lex.o xgettext.o dir-list.o xgettext_LDADD = $(LDADD) xgettext_DEPENDENCIES = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la xgettext_LDFLAGS = msgcomm_OBJECTS = msgcomm.o message.o po-gram.gen.o po-hash.gen.o \ po-lex.o open-po.o po.o str-list.o dir-list.o msgcomm_LDADD = $(LDADD) msgcomm_DEPENDENCIES = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la msgcomm_LDFLAGS = CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS) DIST_COMMON = ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP = --best SOURCES = $(gettext_SOURCES) $(msgcmp_SOURCES) $(msgfmt_SOURCES) $(msgmerge_SOURCES) $(msgunfmt_SOURCES) $(xgettext_SOURCES) $(msgcomm_SOURCES) OBJECTS = $(gettext_OBJECTS) $(msgcmp_OBJECTS) $(msgfmt_OBJECTS) $(msgmerge_OBJECTS) $(msgunfmt_OBJECTS) $(xgettext_OBJECTS) $(msgcomm_OBJECTS) all: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) $(HEADERS) .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .S .c .lo .o .s $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits --include-deps src/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS: clean-binPROGRAMS: -test -z "$(bin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(bin_PROGRAMS) distclean-binPROGRAMS: maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS: install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ echo " $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`"; \ $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \ else :; fi; \ done uninstall-binPROGRAMS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \ done .c.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< .s.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< .S.o: $(COMPILE) -c $< mostlyclean-compile: -rm -f *.o core *.core clean-compile: distclean-compile: -rm -f *.tab.c maintainer-clean-compile: .c.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< .s.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< .S.lo: $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) -c $< mostlyclean-libtool: -rm -f *.lo clean-libtool: -rm -rf .libs _libs distclean-libtool: maintainer-clean-libtool: gettext: $(gettext_OBJECTS) $(gettext_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f gettext $(LINK) $(gettext_LDFLAGS) $(gettext_OBJECTS) $(gettext_LDADD) $(LIBS) msgcmp: $(msgcmp_OBJECTS) $(msgcmp_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f msgcmp $(LINK) $(msgcmp_LDFLAGS) $(msgcmp_OBJECTS) $(msgcmp_LDADD) $(LIBS) msgfmt: $(msgfmt_OBJECTS) $(msgfmt_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f msgfmt $(LINK) $(msgfmt_LDFLAGS) $(msgfmt_OBJECTS) $(msgfmt_LDADD) $(LIBS) msgmerge: $(msgmerge_OBJECTS) $(msgmerge_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f msgmerge $(LINK) $(msgmerge_LDFLAGS) $(msgmerge_OBJECTS) $(msgmerge_LDADD) $(LIBS) msgunfmt: $(msgunfmt_OBJECTS) $(msgunfmt_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f msgunfmt $(LINK) $(msgunfmt_LDFLAGS) $(msgunfmt_OBJECTS) $(msgunfmt_LDADD) $(LIBS) xgettext: $(xgettext_OBJECTS) $(xgettext_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f xgettext $(LINK) $(xgettext_LDFLAGS) $(xgettext_OBJECTS) $(xgettext_LDADD) $(LIBS) msgcomm: $(msgcomm_OBJECTS) $(msgcomm_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f msgcomm $(LINK) $(msgcomm_LDFLAGS) $(msgcomm_OBJECTS) $(msgcomm_LDADD) $(LIBS) tags: TAGS ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \ && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP) tags=; \ here=`pwd`; \ list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \ awk ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \ || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS) mostlyclean-tags: clean-tags: distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID maintainer-clean-tags: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = src distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done dir-list.o: dir-list.c ../config.h ../lib/system.h dir-list.h str-list.h gettextp.o: gettextp.c ../config.h ../lib/getopt.h ../lib/error.h \ ../lib/system.h ../intl/libgettext.h message.o: message.c ../config.h ../lib/fstrcmp.h message.h po-lex.h \ ../lib/error.h str-list.h ../lib/system.h ../intl/libgettext.h msgcmp.o: msgcmp.c ../config.h ../lib/getopt.h dir-list.h ../lib/error.h \ message.h po-lex.h str-list.h ../lib/system.h po.h msgcomm.o: msgcomm.c ../config.h ../lib/getopt.h dir-list.h \ ../lib/error.h ../lib/getline.h ../intl/libgettext.h message.h \ po-lex.h str-list.h po.h ../lib/system.h msgfmt.o: msgfmt.c ../config.h ../lib/getopt.h ../lib/hash.h \ ../lib/obstack.h dir-list.h ../lib/error.h ../lib/getline.h \ ../lib/printf.h ../lib/system.h ../intl/gettext.h domain.h \ ../intl/hash-string.h message.h po-lex.h str-list.h po.h msgmerge.o: msgmerge.c ../config.h ../lib/getopt.h dir-list.h \ ../lib/error.h message.h po-lex.h str-list.h ../lib/system.h \ po.h msgunfmt.o: msgunfmt.c ../config.h ../lib/getopt.h ../lib/hash.h \ ../lib/obstack.h ../lib/error.h ../lib/getline.h \ ../lib/printf.h ../lib/system.h ../intl/gettext.h domain.h \ ../intl/hash-string.h message.h po-lex.h str-list.h open-po.o: open-po.c ../config.h dir-list.h ../lib/error.h \ ../lib/system.h po-gram.gen.o: po-gram.gen.c ../config.h po-lex.h ../lib/error.h \ po-gram.h ../lib/system.h po.h po-hash.gen.o: po-hash.gen.c ../config.h ../lib/system.h po-hash.h po.h \ po-lex.h ../lib/error.h po-lex.o: po-lex.c ../config.h po-lex.h ../lib/error.h po-gram.h \ ../lib/system.h po-gram.gen.h po.o: po.c ../config.h po.h po-lex.h ../lib/error.h po-hash.h \ ../lib/system.h str-list.o: str-list.c ../config.h ../lib/system.h str-list.h xget-lex.o: xget-lex.c ../config.h dir-list.h ../lib/error.h \ ../lib/system.h ../intl/libgettext.h str-list.h xget-lex.h xgettext.o: xgettext.c ../config.h ../lib/getopt.h dir-list.h \ ../lib/error.h ../lib/hash.h ../lib/obstack.h ../lib/getline.h \ ../lib/system.h po.h po-lex.h message.h str-list.h xget-lex.h \ ../lib/printf-parse.h ../lib/printf.h ../intl/gettext.h \ domain.h info: dvi: check: all $(MAKE) installcheck: install-exec: install-binPROGRAMS @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install-data: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install: install-exec install-data all @: uninstall: uninstall-binPROGRAMS install-strip: $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install installdirs: $(mkinstalldirs) $(DATADIR)$(bindir) mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) mostlyclean: mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS mostlyclean-compile \ mostlyclean-libtool mostlyclean-tags \ mostlyclean-generic clean: clean-binPROGRAMS clean-compile clean-libtool clean-tags \ clean-generic mostlyclean distclean: distclean-binPROGRAMS distclean-compile distclean-libtool \ distclean-tags distclean-generic clean -rm -f config.status -rm -f libtool maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS maintainer-clean-compile \ maintainer-clean-libtool maintainer-clean-tags \ maintainer-clean-generic distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." .PHONY: mostlyclean-binPROGRAMS distclean-binPROGRAMS clean-binPROGRAMS \ maintainer-clean-binPROGRAMS uninstall-binPROGRAMS install-binPROGRAMS \ mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \ maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-libtool distclean-libtool \ clean-libtool maintainer-clean-libtool tags mostlyclean-tags \ distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi \ installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \ installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Some rules for yacc handling. po-gram.gen.c po-gram.gen.h: po-gram.y $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) $(srcdir)/po-gram.y if test -s y.tab.c && test -s y.tab.h; then \ rm -f $(srcdir)/po-gram.gen.c $(srcdir)/po-gram.gen.h; \ $(SED) 's/[yY][yY]/po_gram_/g' < y.tab.c > $(srcdir)/po-gram.gen.c; \ $(SED) 's/[yY][yY]/po_gram_/g' < y.tab.h > $(srcdir)/po-gram.gen.h; \ fi rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h po-hash.gen.c po-hash.gen.h: po-hash.y $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) $(srcdir)/po-hash.y if test -s y.tab.c && test -s y.tab.h; then \ rm -f $(srcdir)/po-hash.gen.c $(srcdir)/po-hash.gen.h; \ $(SED) 's/[yY][yY]/po_hash_/g' < y.tab.c > $(srcdir)/po-hash.gen.c; \ $(SED) 's/[yY][yY]/po_hash_/g' < y.tab.h > $(srcdir)/po-hash.gen.h; \ fi rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000014034406522252060014263 0ustar jrjr1998-04-30 Ulrich Drepper * dir-list.c: Update Peter Miller's mail address. * dir-list.h: Likewise. * message.c: Likewise. * message.h: Likewise. * msgcmp.c: Likewise. * msgcomm.c: Likewise. * msgmerge.c: Likewise. * po-gram.h: Likewise. * po-gram.y: Likewise. * po-hash.h: Likewise. * po-hash.y: Likewise. * po-lex.c: Likewise. * po-lex.h: Likewise. * po.c: Likewise. * po.h: Likewise. * str-list.c: Likewise. * str-list.h: Likewise. * xget-lex.c: Likewise. * xget-lex.h: Likewise. 1998-04-30 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c: Fix typo in --help text. Reported by Jan.Djarv@mbox200.swipnet.se. 1998-04-03 01:18 1998 Philippe De Muyter * str-list.h (stddef.h): Include that file only if STDC_HEADERS. Otherwise include sys/types.h and stdio.h. * msgmerge.c (string.h): Include that file if HAVE_STRING_H, not if STDC_HEADERS. 1998-04-29 Ulrich Drepper * message.c: Use unsigned char for various local variables. * xgettext.c (comment_tag): Define as unsigned char *. For loosing Solaris systems. Patches by Jim Meyering. * msgfmt.c: Use extra braces in if to shut up gcc. * po-lex.h: Don't declare function po_gram_error and gram_error_at_line if macros with the same names are defined. * Makefile.am (MAINTAINERCLEANFILES): New variable. Patches by Jim Meyering. 1998-04-27 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c: Update year and bug report address. Add little explanation in --help messages. * msgfmt.c: Likewise. * msgmerge.c: Update year and bug report address. * msgcomm.c: Likewise. * msgcmp.c: Likewise. * msgunfmt.c: Likewise. 1997-08-31 22:20 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (format_directive_message): Count fuzzy messages as fuzzy, even if they are not written to the output file. 1997-08-18 13:47 Philippe De Muyter * msgcomm.c (sys/types.h): File included. 1997-08-15 12:38 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c: Include to define MIN/MAX for HP/UX. Patch by Kaveh R. Ghazi . * msgfmt.c: Change DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT to DEFAULT_OUTPUT_ALIGNMENT to avoid clash with macro with same name in obstack.c. Reported by Akim Demaille . 1997-08-01 15:48 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require version 1.2. 1997-05-07 04:21 Ulrich Drepper * msgcomm.c (main): Print author in --version message. * msgunfmt.c: Likewise. * msgcmp.c: Likewise. * msgmerge.c: Likewise. * msgfmt.c: Likewise. * xgettext.c: Likewise. * gettextp.c: Likewise. 1997-05-01 02:33 Ulrich Drepper * msgcmp.c (main): Update copyright. * msgunfmt.c (main): Likewise. * msgcomm.c (main): Likewise. * msgmerge.c (main): Likewise. * msgfmt.c (main): Likewise. * gettextp.c (main): Likewise. * msgcomm.c: Fix comment about default output (Jan Djarv). Split help message. 1997-03-31 16:09 Ulrich Drepper * msgcomm.c (usage): Use program_name as argument for print to print message, not stdout. Patch by Jan Djarv . Mon Mar 10 06:18:58 1997 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c: Implement generic language scanner handling. * xget-lex.c (phase7_getc): Better comments. (phase5_get): Print warnings about unterminated strings and character constants. * po-lex.c (po_gram_error): Don't count continuation lines in messages as errors. (gram_error_at_line): Likewise. * po-lex.h: Likewise for macro versions. * po-hash.y: Correct typo. * msgunfmt.c: Implement --force-po option. * msgmerge.c: Implement --force-po, --no-location, and --add-location options. * msgfmt.c (format_directive_message): If messages are duplicated and translations are different this is a fatal error. * msgcmp.c (compare_directive_message): Use correct format for continuation line in message. * message.h: Add prototype for message_list_delete_nth. * message.c: Add message_list_delete_nth function. * Makefile.am (bin_PROGRAMS): Add msgcomm. (l): New variable. Set to `l' is using libtool. (LDADD): Change for the needs of libtool. (msgcomm_SOURCES): New variable. * msgcomm.c: New file. Wed Dec 4 01:58:10 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (LDADD): Change for use of libtool. Tue Dec 3 18:08:46 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xget-lex.c (phase7_getc): Return \n when newline is seen, not P7_NEWLINE. * xgettext.c (main): Implement --foreign-user flag. * msgcmp.c (main): Change --version output to what is required by GNU standards. (usage): Correct bug report address. * msgfmt.c: Likewise. * msgunfmt.c: Likewise. * msgmerge.c: Likewise. * xgettext.c: Likewise. * gettextp.c: Likewise. Sat Sep 14 04:28:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgunfmt.c (usage): Put bug report address in separate string. * msgmerge.c (usage): Likewise. * msgcmp.c (usage): Likewise. * xgettext.c (usage): Likewise. * msgfmt.c (usage): Likewise. * gettextp.c (usage): Likewise. Thu Sep 12 21:40:48 1996 Andreas Schwab * msgfmt.c (check_pair): Fix error messages. Sat Aug 31 14:05:29 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgunfmt.c (usage): Add hint about where to report bugs to. * msgmerge.c (usage): Likewise. * msgcmp.c (usage): Likewise. * xgettext.c (usage): Likewise. * msgfmt.c (usage): Likewise. * gettextp.c (usage): Likewise. Sat Aug 31 04:49:38 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettextp.c: Don't include since this can generate conflicts. Mon Jul 15 02:21:25 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c: Major change: msgfmt now does not write fuzzy messages out by default. The option -f/--use-fuzzy must be used to explicitely tell to do it. Sat Jul 13 20:23:34 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xget-lex.c (phase6_get): Reset selected comments on every preprocessor directive. Fri Jul 12 12:38:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (main): Remove `v' from short option list. Sat Jul 6 11:22:47 1996 Kaveh R. Ghazi * message.c (message_merge): Add some casts to (char *) in alloca calls. Make KNOWN_FIELDS array static. Sat Jul 6 11:15:43 1996 Jim Meyering * msgfmt.c (check_pair): Correct English in Message. Fri Jul 5 17:27:11 1996 Ulrich Drepper * message.c (message_merge): Terminate string for UNKNOWN fields in header entry. * message.c (message_merge): Don't print POT-Revision-Date twice. * msgfmt.c: Implement --statistics. Suggested by Santiago Vila Doncel. * msgfmt.c: and change message checking so that tests for leading and trailing \n are always performed. Suggested by François Pinard. Wed Jun 19 02:42:52 1996 Ulrich Drepper * message.c (message_merge): Implement sorting of header entry lines. Sat Jun 15 19:46:50 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge.c (usage): Correct -w option in help string (was -W). Tue Jun 11 15:28:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xget-lex.c, xget-lex.h (xgettext_lex_comment): Change parameter type to size_t. * po-lex.h, po-lex.c (gram_max_allowed_errors): Change type to size_t. * message.c, message.h (message_page_width_set): Change parameter type to size_t. * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Add variable. Must be defined in all subdirs. Mon Jun 10 02:53:52 1996 Marcus Daniels * dir-list.c: Include system.h in order to get size_t and NULL. Thu Jun 6 01:59:31 1996 Ulrich Drepper * str-list.h: Include to get size_t defined. Reported by Philippe Defert. * Makefile.am (LDADD): Remove `@INTLLIBS@ ../lib/libnlsut.a @LIBS@'. This is not necessary anymore. Wed Jun 5 00:00:08 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c, msgunfmt.c (usage): Correct --page-width to --width in usage string. * open-po.c (open_po_file): Implement search path for PO files. * xget-lex.c (xgettext_lex_open): Implement search path for PO files. Patch by Peter Miller. * message.h (struct message_ty): Add do_wrap member. Add prototypes for parse_c_width_description_string and message_page_width_set. * xgettext.c: Implement --width option to specify width for which line wrapping is done. Change --directory option implement search path instead of single directory. Patch by Peter Miller. * message.c (wrap): Implement no-wrap special comment. If given no wrapping is performed. * gettextp.c, msgcmp.c, msgfmt.c, msgmerge.c, msgunfmt.c, xgettext.c: Add `no-wrap' comments at usage message strings. * msgcmp.c: Implement --directory to specify search path for .po files. Patch by Peter Miller. Tue Jun 4 23:57:59 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c: Implement --width option to specify width for which line wrapping is done. Patch by Peter Miller. * msgmerge.c: Implement --width option to specify width for which line wrapping is done. Implement --directory to specify search path for .po files. Patch by Peter Miller. * msgunfmt.c: Implement --width option to specify width for which line wrapping is done. Patch by Peter Miller. Tue Jun 4 00:12:25 1996 Ulrich Drepper * po-hash.y: Add new clause where in GNU style format the name is `file'. * Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add dir-list.h. (msgcmp_SOURCES, msgfmt_SOURCES, msgmerge_SOURCES, xgettext_SOURCES): Add dir-list.c Mon Jun 3 00:43:07 1996 Ulrich Drepper * message.h: Add new parameter for message_list_print. * msgmerge.c, msgunfmt.c (main): Add new parameter to message_list_print. Set to 0 because we don't need to know about the reasoning. * xgettext.c: Implement new option --debug which determines whether a difference is made between c-format and possible-c-format. Default is to print c-format for both cases. * message.c (make_c_format_description_string): Take additional parameter DEBUG. If nonzero, distinguish between c-format and possible-c-format. * message.c (message_print_obsolete): Copy precious translator comment to output file. Reported by Santiago Vila Doncel. * dir-list.c: Include file now is called dir-list.h, not dir_list.h. * message.c: Include . * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add variable to distribute po-gram.y and po-hash.y. * Makefile.am (msgfmt_SOURCES): Fix typo: msgfmt.o -> msgfmt.c. Sat Jun 1 04:33:48 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Remove support for tupdate. msgmerge is stable now. Wed Apr 10 01:20:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper * message.c (message_print_obsolete): Don't print c-format/no-c-format flags for obsolete entries. * xgettext.c (construct_header): Change DIST to ZONE in header entry template. * message.c (message_merge): Insert POT-Creation-Date field before PO-Revision-Date. Tue Apr 9 17:13:34 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (construct_header): Move POT-Creation-Date line before PO-Revision-Date line. Fri Apr 5 12:07:19 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge.c: Implement --quiet option to prevent dots printed as progress report. (merge): Don't print dots if `quiet'. * msgmerge.c (merge): Nicer statistics message. * message.c (message_merge): Update POT-Creation-Date field in header entry from contents in reference file. * msgfmt.c (format_directive_message): Better test for unchanged fields in header entry. * xgettext.c (difftm): Is back. (construct_header): Print distance to GMT in POT file time stamp. * xgettext.c (construct_header): Print leading comment and fuzzy flag. * message.c (message_print): Allow translator comment to fill more than one line. * xgettext.c (construct_header): Introduce POT-Creation-Date field. Fri Apr 5 03:05:07 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge.c (merge): Rename empty in missing. There might be more empty messages which are not missed. * msgmerge.c (merge): Terminate `.' line if no verbose output is selected. * msgmerge.c (main): Implement -v option to increase verbosity level. (merge): Print `.' to signal ongoing work. Unless verbosity level > 1 don't print information about fuzzy and missing matches. Instead print statistics at the end. Suggested by François Pinard and Santiago Vila Doncel. Thu Apr 4 11:59:20 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (difftm): Remove unused function. (construct_header): Don't fill Last-Translator field with information about curent user but instead constant text mentioning xgettext. * message.c (message_list_search_fuzzy): Initialize mp before using it. * message.c (message_print): Normalize printed messages even more. Don't print fuzzy flag is msgstr is empty. * message.c (message_list_search_fuzzy): Don't try to match against msgid if none if the msgstr of this message in non-empty. Thu Apr 4 01:57:37 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (format_directive_message): When testing header entry also check whether they still contain the initial values. Suggested by François Pinard. Tue Apr 2 16:19:42 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (main): Add "warning" to message about unknown input file type. * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all. * xgettext.c (usage): Rearange help strings. One of them was too long for some dumb catgets programs. Reported by Marcus Daniels. * msgfmt.c (format_directive_message): Check for standard header entry fields. * xgettext.c (construct_header): MIME-VERSION should be written MIME-Version. * msgmerge.c (main): Don't recognize -f option anymore. This is the default now. * msgfmt.c (format_debrief): New function. Warn if no header entry is found. (format_directive_message): Remember if header entry is found. Tue Apr 2 11:12:15 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (format_constructor): New function. Initialize is_c_format field. (format_directive_message): Clear is_c_format field for next message at the end. * xgettext.c, po-lex.h, po-lex.c, po-gram.y, msgmerge.c, msgfmt.c, msgcmp.c: Use gram_error_at_line instead of gram_error_with_loc and error_at_line instead of error_with_loc. Roland does not like my English. Tue Apr 2 03:27:34 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgunfmt.c (main): Removed -S option. People should think twice before using this and so are forced to use the long version. Tue Apr 2 03:25:56 1996 François Pinard * msgunfmt.c (usage): Remove Tab character from message. Tue Apr 2 03:15:16 1996 Marcus Daniels * message.c (significant_c_format_p): If is_c_format is `no' this is significant. Tue Apr 2 03:12:24 1996 Kaveh R. Ghazi * po.c (po_comment_filepos): Make definition static as declaration was before. * msgunfmt.c (usage): Add missing \n to help string. Mon Apr 1 02:37:45 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (main): When recognizing file type, default to C instead of regarding it as an error. Suggested by Marcus Daniels. * po.c (po_callback_comment): For now recognize #! also as special comment. * msgmerge.c (merge): Remove --force option. We now always write the result. It makes no sense to reject the output because some messages are not matching. * po-lex.c (po-gram_error, gram_error_with_loc): Use error_message_count instead of gram_nerrors. (gram_nerrors): Remove definition. * po-lex.h (po-gram_error, gram_error_with_loc): Use error_message_count instead of gram_nerrors. * xgettext.c: Remove verbose option and variable. (test_whether_c_format): Don't return `possible' is string contains no format specifier. Sun Mar 31 23:23:40 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xget-lex.c (xgettext_lex): Fix typo. Reported by François Pinard. Thu Mar 28 19:01:22 1996 Ulrich Drepper * po.c (po_callback_comment): Correct handling of special comments. Give whole comment to callback function instead of tokenized form. Thu Mar 28 18:37:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (remember_a_message): Always look through comments because we have to look for c-format comments. * message.h, msgmerge.c, xgettext.c, message.c, msgfmt.c: Implement more detailed C format string handling. Basically coded by Marcus Daniels. Thu Mar 28 16:52:56 1996 Marcus Daniels * Makefile.in (MSGFMT_OBJ): Add message.o. Wed Mar 27 03:16:01 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xget-lex.c (xgettext_lex): Correct implementation of comments grouped with messages. Tue Mar 26 21:23:54 1996 Ulrich Drepper * po.c (po_callback_comment): Remove unused variable string. Include because isspace is used. * message.h (message_list_print): Undo change of Mon Mar 25 03:34:44 1996. Don't print trailing comment. Remove additional argument. * message.c (message_list_print): Undo change of Mon Mar 25 03:34:44 1996. Don't print trailing comment. We now have a correct implementation of obsolete entry handling. * msgmerge.c: Ditto. * po-lex.h: Add prototype for po_lex_pass_obsolete_entries. * po-lex.c (po_gram_lex): Implement handling of comments for obsolete entries (#~). * msgunfmt.c, xgettext.c (main): Undo change of Mon Mar 25 03:34:44 1996. Remove added argument to message_list_print again. * po-lex.c (po_gram_lex): Small optimization in string collection. * message.c (message_print_obsolete): Obsolete messages are now preceded by #~ on each line. * xgettext.c (remember_a_message): Fix bug with dereferencing dangling pointer. This caused xgettext test 1 to fail. * xgettext.c (construct_header): Update format for file header. * xgettext.c (extract_directive_message): Don't report error when message variant exists but the value is the same. Reported by Roland McGrath. * message.c (wrap): Only write characters in escape notation if explicitely wanted or if it is one of the well known escapes like \n. * msgunfmt.c (main): Adopt interface to GNU coding standard. All given files on command line are input files. Output by default is written to standard output and can be redirected using -o. Mon Mar 25 04:25:42 1996 Ulrich Drepper * message.c, message.h (message_list_print): Parameter filename is const. * message.c (wrap): Change line break behaviour a bit. While it is reasonable to break long line containing #: comments immediately when reaching the the limit, this could lead to unnice results for the strings in msgid and msgstr. The programmer usually knows why the lines are that long. So we break for now after reaching 2 * PAGE_WIDTH instead of PAGE_WIDTH. * message.c (message_list_print): Print blank line before trailing comments. * message.c (message_print_obsolete): Don't print anything for obsolete entries with empty msgstr. Mon Mar 25 03:34:44 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgunfmt.c (main): Make program by default read from stdin and by default write to stdout in the appropriate argument is not given. Suggested by Franc,ois Pinard. * msgfmt.c (format_directive_domain): Only check for correct format string elements is special comment contains c-format. * msgfmt.c: Use sizeof instead of strlen to determine length of constant string. * xgettext.c: Implement generation of c-format special comments. * msgunfmt.c (main): Call message_list_print with additional argument set to NULL. * xgettext.c (main): Call message_list_print with additional argument set to NULL; (extract_class_ty): We don't have field comment_special anymore, but instead flags fuzzy and c_format. (extract_constructor): Reset fields fuzzy and c_format. (extract_directive_message): Set flags according to special comments, not string list. (extract_comment_special): Set flags according to special comment. * message.h (message_ty): We don't have field comment_special anymore. Instead flags fuzzy and c_format. (message_comment_special_append): Remove prototype. (message_list_print): Add new argument to prototype. * message.c (message_alloc): We don't have the comment_special, but fuzzy and c_format. (message_comment_special_append): Remove function. We now have flags. (message_copy, message_merge): Copy fuzzy and c_format flag appropriately. (message_print, message_print_obsolete): Print special comment using flags, not string list. (message_list_print): Additional argument with trailing comments. Printed at the end if not NULL. * msgmerge.c (merge_class_ty): New fields fuzzy and c_format for flags; (trailing_comments): New global variable for list of trailing comments in definition file. (grammar): Takes an additional argument which if NULL gets the list of trailing comments assigned to. (main): Call message_list_print with additional argument of trailing comments. (merge_comment_special): Recognize fuzzy and c-format special comment. Sun Mar 24 17:35:26 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (usage): Option --output-suffix does not exist anymore. * msgmerge.c (usage): --strict does not have short form -S. * message.h (message_ty): New field `obsolete'. * msgmerge.c (merge): Change behaviour not not matched entries. Instead of giving a message write them out at the end of the regular output and precede each line with `# '. * message.c (message_list_print): Handle obsolete entries separately by printing them at the end and preceded by `# '. (message_print_obsolete): New function to print obsolete entries. * Makefile.in ($(PROGRAMS)): Add generated libraries as dependencies for programs. * Makefile.in (PROGRAMS): Remove msgjoin. Sun Mar 24 01:03:32 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (extract_comment_filepos): Only add line comment if requested by -n option. * po.c (po_callback_comment): Short by one bug in special comment entry copying. * po.c (po_callback_comment): Handle special comments. Separate them into a list of comma separate entries. * message.c (message_print): Format of lines containing fuzzy comments et.al. is now `#, xxx'. * Makefile.in: msgjoin program is not anymore generated. * xgettext.c: First step to implementing general input file handling. The program now recognizes the file type by the file name extension and uses the appropriate function. For now two file types are recognized: C/C++ and PO. Especially handling PO files make the msgjoin program obsolete. Sat Mar 23 01:50:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (verbose): Rename to verbose_level. (main): Increment verbose_level each time -v option is given. (format_directive_domain): Print some of the diagnostic messages only if verbosity level is > 1. Suggested by Franc,ois Pinard for a better interface to PO mode. * xgettext.c (scan_c_file): Extract all string if `extract-all' option is given. Reported by Roland McGrath. Thu Mar 14 14:55:20 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (format_comment_special): Be prepared that special comment contains more than one entry, separated by commas. * message.c (message_print): Special comments are now written in a line, separated by commas. * msgmerge.c (merge): Replace `INEXACT' with `fuzzy'. Thu Mar 14 11:50:48 1996 Marcus Daniels * po-hash.h (po_hash): Change __P to PARAMS in prototype. Fri Mar 1 13:35:01 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (main): Set error_one_per_line to 1 to prevent more than one error message per line. Suggested by Franc,ois Pinard. * po-lex.h (po_gram_error): Don't write source file name in fatal message. (po_gram_error_with_loc): Ditto. * po-lex.c (lex_close): Don't write source file name in fatal message. (po_gram_error): Ditto. (po_gram_error_with_loc): Ditto. Fri Mar 1 00:30:49 1996 Ulrich Drepper * po-lex.h: Use PARAMS instead of __P in header declarations. * msgcmp.c (compare_methods): Set new field comment_special to NULL. * msgjoin.c (join_methods): Set new field comment_special to NULL. * xgettext.c (exclude_methods): Set new field comment_special to NULL. * po.h (struct po_method_ty): New field comment_special. (po_directive_domain, po_directive_message, po_parse_brief, po_parse_debrief, po_comment, po_comment_dot, po_comment_filepos): Remove prototypes. Now are local functions. * po.c (po_parse_brief, po_parse_debrief, po_directive_domain, po_directive_message, po_comment, po_comment_dot, po_comment_filepos): Declare functions as local and add prototypes. (po_comment_special): New function. (po_callback_comment): For special comments call po_comment_special. * msgmerge.c (usage): Add --force in help message. (merge_methods): Set special comment callback to NULL. * po-lex.c (lex_open): Don't set pass_comments to 0. This has to be done in upper layer functions. (po_gram_lex): Also pass #! comments up. * msgfmt.c (main): Make lexer pass comments up. (format_comment_special): New function. Warns about `#! INEXACT' comments. (format_methods): Add callback for special comment. Wed Feb 14 01:56:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (main): Remove option --output-suffix. When default domain name is "-" write to stdout. Mon Feb 12 02:20:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (main): Implement --output-suffix parameter to determine alternative form of suffix for output file. * xgettext.c, msgjoin.c, msgmerge.c, msgunfmt.c (main): Add additional argument to message_list_print call: control output in case of empty PO file. * message.c (message_list_print): Implement FORCE parameter. * message.h: Change prototype. Sun Jan 21 17:24:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-exec): Include empty else case for case when Perl is not available. Reported by John David Anglin. Sat Dec 23 12:41:43 1995 Jun Young * gettextp.c (usage): Short option for version info is -V. Tue Dec 19 22:10:12 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (Makefile, tupdate): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running shell scripts. Sat Dec 9 17:06:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c, xget-lex.h, xget-lex.c, str-list.h, po.h, po.c, po-lex.c, po-hash.y, po-gram.h, open-po.c, msgunfmt.c, msgmerge.c, msgjoin.c, msgfmt.c, msgcmp.c, message.h, message.c, gettextp.c: Use PARAMS instead of __P. Suggested by Roland McGrath. Fri Dec 8 01:38:40 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (PROGRAMS): Add definitions for new msgjoin program. * msgjoin.c: Initial revision. Wed Dec 6 18:43:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper * open-po.c (open_po_file): Recognize /dev/stdin as name for stdin. Recognize .pot as valid extension. Wed Dec 6 18:05:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge.c (main): Sort options in getopt loop. Mon Dec 4 15:37:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge.c: (main): Remove unused variable `exit_status'. Sun Dec 3 02:51:31 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xget-lex.h: [xgettext_token_type_ty]: We now have two keyword types and also the comma is important. * xgettext.c (remember_a_message): Correct handling of -c option. This is not a string to prepend to output. Instead it selects single strings to include (instead of all). Reported by Marcus Daniels. (scan_c_file): Extend state machine. We have to retrieve the second argument for the keywords `dgettext' and `dcgetetxt`. * xget-lex.c (phase5_get): Recognize ','. (xgettext_lex): Pass ',' on caller. Return different value for keywords `dgetetxt' and `dcgettext`. * xget-lex.c (xgettext_lex): `gettext_noop' is an default keyword. * msgunfmt.c (usage): Message should not contain TABs. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. * msgunfmt.c (usage): Correct typo: Uniforun -> Uniforum. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Nov 20 21:12:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po-lex.c, message.c: Some more pretty printing. * message.c (wrap): Don't support '\a' and '\v'. * xget-lex.c (phase7_getc): Don't support '\v'. * po-lex.c (control_sequence): Don't support '\v'. * gettextp.c (expand_escape): Don't support \a and \v. * msgcmp.c (compare): Really define static. Thu Nov 16 22:42:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge.c (merge): Remove additional parameter in in prototype. * xgettext.c: Reomved unused type definition. Patch by Peter Miller. * xget-lex.c: Correct some comments and better implementation of -k option. Patch by Peter Miller. * po.h: Fix typos. By Peter Miller. * po-lex.c (po_gram_lex): Prevent accumulation of #! comments. * po-gram.y (comments): Remove unused rule. * msgmerge.c: Implement new options sort-by-file and sort-output. Patches by Peter Miller. * msgcmp.c (domain): Remove unused global variable. (domain_directive): Remove unused function. * message.h: Fix comment for MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT definition. * message.c (message_print): Correct typo. Clarify comments about ANSI escape sequences. Patches by Peter Miller. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Remove $(COMSRCS). (MSGFMT_OBJ): Correct indentation. Patches by Peter Miller. Sun Nov 12 12:52:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (line, string, comment): Remove unused global variables. (read_name_from_file): Remove unused variable `cp'. * msgmerge.c (merge): Add missing return statement. * msgfmt.c (check_pair): Correctly pair comparisons. * msgcmp.c (domain_list, mlp): Remove unused global variables. Sat Nov 11 21:39:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper * message.c (message_list_print): Prevent output if we have no (real) entry. * xgettext.c (remember_a_message): Implement exclude file handling. Sat Nov 11 17:38:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgunfmt.c: Fix message. * xgettext.c: Use string handling from str-list and .po file handling use xget-lex et.al. * xget-lex.h, xget-lex.c, str-list.h, str-list.c, po.h: Initial revision. * po-lex.h: Allow variable upper limit of errors. New prototypes. * po-lex.c: Allow variable upper limit of errors. Make comment's text available to the caller. * po.c, po-hash.y, po-hash.h: Initial revision. * po-gram.y: Add handling of comments. * po-gram.h: Remove all but one declaration. * msgunfmt.c, msgmerge.c: Initial revision. * msgfmt.c: Adopt for new interface to parser. * msgcmp.c: Move lot's of general code to other files. * message.h, message.c: Extended functionality for Peter Miller's pseudo-OO programming. * Makefile.in: Rewrite after adding rules for new programs. Fri Nov 10 10:01:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (PROGRAMS): Add new programs msgmerge and msgunfmt. Thu Nov 9 01:29:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettextp.c (usage): Split message in two parts. * xgettext.c (usage): Split message in three parts. * xgettext.c (main): Print warning if --files-from option and file names on command line are given. * xgettext.c (long_options): Mixed up `default-domain' and `directory' values. Wed Nov 8 23:31:34 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c: Implement -D and -f option. Tue Nov 7 13:44:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (LIBS): One @LIBS@ must be @INTLLIBS@. * Makefile.in (LIBS): Correct definition. We must be prepared to use two different libintl.a libraries. (po-gram.gen.c): Don't use $< in non-implicit rule. * Makefile.in (install-exec): Use `test -n' instead of `test XXX != ""'. Proposed by Franc,ois Pinard. Sun Nov 5 23:59:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (INSTALL_PROGRAM): Do not specify mode. Sun Nov 5 21:13:57 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c, msgfmt.c: Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME. Sun Nov 5 19:39:56 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist-gettext): Make synonym for dist. Sun Nov 5 18:11:15 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po-lex.h (gram_error, gram_error_with_loc): Don't define macros when !__STDC__ even when using gcc. * po-lex.c (gram_error, gram_error_with_loc): Compile if !__STDC__ even if using gcc. * Makefile.in (po-gram.gen.c po-gram.gen.h): Remove file prior of generation. Sun Nov 5 11:39:21 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. * xgettext.c (process_c_source): Make gettext_noop the forth builtin marker. Fri Nov 3 00:57:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (main): Don't free fname when no suffix was added. Thu Nov 2 22:55:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Also remove msgcmp. Tue Oct 31 22:27:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c: New option --strict: Only if this is given the .mo file ending is forced. * msgfmt.c (message_directive): Call error_with_loc with correct parameters. * msgfmt.c (message_directive): Ignores empty message does not count as fatal error. * Makefile.in (po-gram.gen.c): Add g suffix to make multiple substitution in one line possible. Mon Oct 30 22:35:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po-gram.h: Don't give defines for translation of yy* symbols. This is not enough to be able to have more than one parser. See src/Makefile for the way we chose. * Makefile.in (po-gram.gen.c): Rewrite generated source while copying. This is the only portable way to get more than one parser in the same program. Patch by Peter Miller. Sun Oct 29 10:49:59 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (INSTALL_SCRIPT): New variable. (install-exec): Install tupdate using INSTALL_SCRIPT to prevent error when using strip flag. Sat Oct 28 14:39:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po-gram.h: Include . * xgettext.c (main): Honour -n option even if --omit-header is given. By Peter Miller. * msgcmp.c (check_domain_coverage): No double space in message. By Peter Miller. * msgcmp.c (grammar): Close input file after coverage check. Patch by Peter Miller. Wed Sep 27 20:27:26 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgcmp.c: Don't try to include . This is done in "system.h". * po-lex.c (gram_error, gram_error_with_loc): Add argument definition for K&R style. (gram_error, gram_error_with_loc): We increase gram_nerrors, not nerrors. Reported by Francesco Potorti`. Tue Sep 26 10:03:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po-gram.h (yyparse): Add redefinition to gram_parse. * Makefile.in (YFLAGS): Don't use -p option. Stupid old yaccs do not know it. * po-lex.c: Include po-gram.h to get redefinitions of yy* symbols. * po-gram.h (yylex, yylval, yyerror): Redefine these symbols to gram_* because the yacc is now called without -p option. * Makefile.in (LIBS): Undid last change. On some systems libintl.a is not completely self-contained. alloca() is miisong e.g. on HP-UX. Mon Sep 25 22:35:55 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (add_mo_suffix): Fix typo. * po-lex.h: Include . (lex_open): Argument is now `const char *'. * msgfmt.c (add_mo_suffix): Allow .gmo suffix. Great idea by Marcus Daniels. Sat Sep 23 08:20:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper * po-gram.y, po-lex.c: Include error.h. * open-po.c (open_po_file): Remove unused variables `path_dir' and `open_po_file'. Thu Sep 21 15:30:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (LIBS): using libnlsut.a twice is not necessary anymore. libintl.a is selfcontained. * gettextp.c (main): Use dcgettext__ and bindtextdomain__ instead of __dcgettext and __bindtextdomain. * msgfmt.c, xgettext.c (exit_status): New variables. Contains exit status for the case the program ends normally. Changed when non-fatal error messages are given. Wed Sep 20 09:16:57 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (xgettext): No also link po-gram.gen.o and po-lex.o. * po-lex.c: Pretty print comments. Do some CSE in computation of hex value. * xgettext.c (read_po_file): Now use the generated scanner. (domain_directive, message_directive): New functions needed for scanner. (add_id_str): Correct test for exclude files. The messages in the exclude table are in raw format, not C format. (write_out_domain): Check for zero messages and don't write anything in this case. * po-lex.c (lex_open): Argument NAME is now const. (gram_error): Move VARARGS1 comment to right place. (control_sequence): Pretty print some comments. Mon Sep 18 21:23:55 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (add_mo_suffix): Really check for not .mo suffix. * xgettext.c (write_out_domain): Write file names in #: lines to file, not stdout. * po-gram.y (grammar): Remove function. This allows sharing this file in different programs. * domain.h (msg_domain): Member DOMAIN_NAME is now const. * Makefile.in (PROGRAMS): Add msgcmp. (HEADERS): Add message.h. (SOURCES): Add message.c and msgcmp.c. (OBJECTS): Add message.o and msgcmp.o. (msgcmp): Rule to construct program. * message.h, message.c: Initial revision * msgfmt.c (grammar): Close comment so that function is seen. (message_directive): MSGID and MSGSTR are not const. * msgcmp.c: Initial revision * po-gram.h (message_directive): MSGID and MSGSTR argument are not const. * po-gram.h (grammar): Remove prototype. Is now locally defined. * po-lex.h (gram_error, gram_error_with_loc): Protect the instructions by do while (0). * msgfmt.c (grammar): Define function here. This allows sharing the grammar file with the msgcmp program. * msgfmt.c (domain_directive): Free memory of NAME if not needed. (new_domain): Do not duplicate filename, use it as it is. * msgfmt.c (message_directive): Free parameter string memory here if necessary. Was done in po-gram.y before. * po-gram.h: Remove comment after closing #endif. * po-gram.h (grammar): Name parameter in prototype. Sun Sep 17 23:29:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (read_po_file): We don't have a search path anymore, so third argument to open_po_file is not needed anymore. Reduce argument list by this parameter, too. * po-lex.c (lex_open): We don't have a search path anymore, so third argument to ope_po_file is not needed anymore. * open-po.c (open_po_file): Remove unused `use_path' parameter. * Makefile.in (HEADERS): Add po-gram.h and po-lex.h. * po-gram.h, po-lex.h: Initial revision * Makefile.in (YACC, YFLAGS): New program used for .po file grammar. (SOURCES): Add po-gram.y and po-lex.c. (GENHEADERS, GENSOURCES): New variables for generated headers and sources. (OBJECTS): Add po-gram.gen.o and po-lex.o. Add rules for new files and add to dependency list for msgfmt. * po-lex.c, po-gram.y: Initial revision * xgettext.c: Remove input path handling. Adapt for new hashing functions return values. * msgfmt.c: Rewrite .po file handling. Use Peter Millers .po file Yacc grammar. * open-po.c: Remove handling of input path. * xgettext.c (write_out_domain): Split #: lines each 80 columns. Based on a patch by Peter Miller. * Makefile.in: hash.[ch] moved from src/ to lib/ subdirectory. Wed Aug 23 21:13:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * tupdate.in: Don't print comment in front of obsolete entries. Tue Aug 22 22:16:31 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (AR, RANLIB): Remove definition. Not needed here. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Sat Aug 19 17:38:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): Make behave like install. I.e. really install the catalogs. Sat Aug 19 00:57:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (SCRIPTS): New variable. Contains names of scipts to be generated and installed. For now it is tupdate. (PROGRAMS): Remove tupdate. (all): Also depend on $(SCRIPTS). Fri Aug 18 13:02:04 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (PROGRAMS): Add tupdate. (tupdate): New rule. Rebuild tupdate if tupdate.in or ../config.status changed. * tupdate.in: Correct case where message is new: no really print msgid. Better help message by Franc,ois Pinard. Recognize #\t as comment. Print comment for now obsolete entries. Handle real comments (translator comments and tupdate generate obsolete entries). * gettextp.c (usage): Better help message. (usage): Add -s description to help screen. Mon Aug 14 23:50:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): New no-op goal. Thu Aug 10 11:26:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper * tupdate.in: Don't print two " in front of commented out msgstrs. Wed Aug 9 09:10:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * hash.c: Better implementation. Rehashing is now much faster because the hashing value stored in the `used' field is reused. (insert_entry): Split into two function. `insert_entry_2' now does the the work while in `insert_entry' the checks are done. (lookup_2): New function. Expects the search key to be NUL terminated. This is the case when the key is already in the hash table when rehashing. * msgfmt.c (write_table): Third argument to `iterate_table' is now a `const' pointer. * hash.h (iterate_table): Third arguemtn is `const' pointer. * xgettext.c (struct id_str): Make fields `const' pointers. Fri Aug 4 22:45:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (main): Fix typo: me -> we. * msgfmt.c (output_file_open): Remove this unused variable. Reported by Jim Meyering. * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. * gettextp.c: Start to implement non-Uniforum behaviour. Implemented new mode where gettext behaves like `echo', while translating the messages available in the specified test. New option: -d, -e, -E, also available in normal mode: -E: ignored. -e: enable expansion of some escape sequences. -d: specify text domain to use. New option: -s: enable `echo' mode. Thu Aug 3 18:25:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (usage): Fix typo: anormalies -> anomalies. Reported by Karl Anders O/ygard. Wed Aug 2 18:51:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^. * xgettext.c (write-header): Add `Content-Type' field. Tue Aug 1 20:07:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (distclean): Remove ID file. * Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument. (TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory, not $(srcdir). (ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src. Mon Jul 31 20:57:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (process_po_file): Quote msgstr in message "empty `msgstr' entry ignored". Report by Karl Anders O/ygard. Sun Jul 30 12:14:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (LIBS): Always use ../intl/libintl.a. (all): Always depend on ../intl/libintl.a. Tue Jul 25 00:15:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (process_po_file): Correct problem with empty lines. Sun Jul 23 22:47:56 1995 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt.c (process_po_file): Give a message when a sole msgid is found at the end of file. Wed Jul 19 01:52:13 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (PROGRAMS): Always compile all three programs. * gettextp.c: Include libgettext.h explicitly, in addition to libintl.h. On system having libintl.h provided by the C library this assures to have the prototypes for the function defined in GNU gettext library. Use __bindtextdomain and __dgettext instead of bindtextdomain and dgettext resp. Swap arguments in bindtextdomain call. Tue Jul 18 23:57:16 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (add_id_str): `free(msgstr)' can fail on system not allowing free(0). Reported by Francesco Potorti`. Tue Jul 18 19:43:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (getpwuid): Define prototype if !defined _POSIX_VERSION. * hash.c: Don't include malloc.h and string.h because it will be done in system.h. * msgfmt.c: Don't include malloc.h because it will be done in system.h. Sat Jul 15 00:45:31 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (main): Disable line_comment option when omit_header is selected. (write_out_domain): Don't write empty line if !line_comment. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Due shorted file names now distribute tupdate.in. (install, clean): Handle tupdate, not tupdate.perl. * tupdate.in: Rename tupdate.perl.in to tupdate.in to fit in 14 character file systems. Thu Jul 13 22:21:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install): Test whether Perl was found before installing. * tupdate.perl.in: Make die message more GNU-like. * gettextp.c (usage): Protect prototypes with __P and use K&R form for parameters. * xgettext.c (main): Don't use 100u; poor K&R compilers need (unsigned) 100. * open-po.c (xstrdup): Protect prototype with __P. * msgfmt.c (usage, new_domain, process_po_file, compare_id, write_table, check_pair): Protect prototypes with __P. * hash.c (xmalloc): Protect prototype with __P. Thu Jul 13 01:39:47 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): New no-op goal. Wed Jul 12 10:40:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper * tupdate.perl.in: Implement --help and --version options * xgettext.c: Add --string-limit option to specify limit on string length. Only warned when verbose mode is selected. Add --verbose option. Help message now correctly says --version == -V. Tue Jul 11 22:57:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c (usage): Split help string because it breaks 1024 byte limit. * Makefile.in (install-exec): Install tupdate. * xgettext.c (stdlib.h): Protect inclusion by STDC_HEADERS. (assert): No assertions anymore. (HAVE_STRTOUL): strtoul is now substituted when not available. Add warning about too long strings (some systems have limits for strings in their compiler and/or tools). E.g. Sinix's gencat program. * msgfmt.c (printf.h): Include always (assert): No assertions anymore (all bugs are gone :-). (HAVE_STRTOUL): Not needed anymore because we substitute strtoul if not present. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES,distclean): tupdate.perl is now found here. Tue Jul 11 01:31:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: msgfmt.o depends on ../lib/printf.h. * msgfmt.c: protect inclusion of malloc.h and stdlib.h. Don't use GCC's `case b ... e:' feature (NeXT's gcc is gcc-2.xx but does not understand this. Grrr!). * open-po.c: Protect inclusion of string.h and stdlib.h. * hash.c: Pretty print #define. (init_hash, insert_entry): Cast result of calloc. (insert_entry): Remove non-ANSI `(type *) var = ...' by `*(type **) &var = ...'. (compute_hashval): Cast constant to unsigned long (default: int). Has effects on 64-bit machines. Tue Jul 4 00:39:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c: Don't write "Version:" field for msgid "". Mon Jul 3 23:02:04 1995 Ulrich Drepper * xgettext.c, msgfmt.c: Better comment. * Makefile.in: Pretty print with Franc,ois. Fix typo in dependencies. Even more dependency corrections. Correct dependencies of open-po.c. Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency. (LIBS): Correct for building in different directory. (INCLUDES): Correct for building in different directory. (DEFS): Rename DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR. (INCLUDE): Don't use -I paths when not needed. * hash.c: Include malloc.c and protect string.h inclusion. * gettextp.c: Protect include of stdlib.h declare prototype for getenv if not __STDC__. Include system.h for EXIT_FAILURE. (main, usage): Replace DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR by LOCALEDIR. * open-po.c: Include system.h for EXIT_FAILURE. * msgfmt.c: Fix typo in !__STDC__ path. (process_po_file): Change for new .po file format. * xgettext.c (main): Rename DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR. Update to new .po file format because Solaris' msgfmt can only handle ANSI C style multi-line strings. Sun Jul 2 21:31:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettextp.c: gettextp.c (usage): Fix typo in help message. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Sun Jul 2 02:12:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * First official release. This directory contains the source code for the programs specified in the Uniforum proposal for internationalization. gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/Makefile.am0000444000175000017500000000562006521656263014554 0ustar jrjr## Makefile for program src directory in GNU NLS utilities package. ## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ## any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits bin_PROGRAMS = gettext msgcmp msgfmt msgmerge msgunfmt xgettext msgcomm noinst_HEADERS = domain.h message.h po-gram.h po-hash.h po-lex.h po.h \ str-list.h xget-lex.h po-gram.gen.h po-hash.gen.h dir-list.h EXTRA_DIST = po-gram.y po-hash.y datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale l = @l@ INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir) -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/lib -I../intl -I$(top_srcdir)/intl DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" @DEFS@ LDADD = ../lib/libnlsut.a ../intl/libintl.$la SED = sed YACC = @YACC@ YFLAGS = -d # Source dependecies. gettext_SOURCES = gettextp.c msgcmp_SOURCES = message.c msgcmp.c open-po.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c \ po-lex.c po.c str-list.c dir-list.c msgfmt_SOURCES = msgfmt.c open-po.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c po-lex.c po.c \ str-list.c message.c dir-list.c msgmerge_SOURCES = message.c msgmerge.c open-po.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c \ po-lex.c po.c str-list.c dir-list.c msgunfmt_SOURCES = message.c msgunfmt.c str-list.c xgettext_SOURCES = message.c open-po.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c po-lex.c \ po.c str-list.c xget-lex.c xgettext.c dir-list.c msgcomm_SOURCES = msgcomm.c message.c po-gram.gen.c po-hash.gen.c po-lex.c \ open-po.c po.c str-list.c dir-list.c MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = po-gram.gen.c po-gram.gen.h po-hash.gen.c po-hash.gen.h # Some rules for yacc handling. po-gram.gen.c po-gram.gen.h: po-gram.y $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) $(srcdir)/po-gram.y if test -s y.tab.c && test -s y.tab.h; then \ rm -f $(srcdir)/po-gram.gen.c $(srcdir)/po-gram.gen.h; \ $(SED) 's/[yY][yY]/po_gram_/g' < y.tab.c > $(srcdir)/po-gram.gen.c; \ $(SED) 's/[yY][yY]/po_gram_/g' < y.tab.h > $(srcdir)/po-gram.gen.h; \ fi rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h po-hash.gen.c po-hash.gen.h: po-hash.y $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) $(srcdir)/po-hash.y if test -s y.tab.c && test -s y.tab.h; then \ rm -f $(srcdir)/po-hash.gen.c $(srcdir)/po-hash.gen.h; \ $(SED) 's/[yY][yY]/po_hash_/g' < y.tab.c > $(srcdir)/po-hash.gen.c; \ $(SED) 's/[yY][yY]/po_hash_/g' < y.tab.h > $(srcdir)/po-hash.gen.h; \ fi rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/gettextp.c0000444000175000017500000002101106521664150014512 0ustar jrjr/* gettext - retrieve text string from message catalog and print it. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , May 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #else char *getenv (); #endif #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #include "error.h" #include "system.h" #include "libgettext.h" #define _(str) gettext (str) /* If nonzero add newline after last string. This makes only sense in the `echo' emulation mode. */ int add_newline; /* If nonzero expand escape sequences in strings before looking in the message catalog. */ int do_expand; /* Name the program is called with. */ char *program_name; /* Long options. */ static const struct option long_options[] = { { "domain", required_argument, NULL, 'd' }, { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, { "shell-script", no_argument, NULL, 's' }, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void usage PARAMS ((int __status)) #if defined __GNUC__ && ((__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5) || __GNUC__ > 2) __attribute__ ((noreturn)) #endif ; static const char *expand_escape PARAMS((const char *__str)); int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { int optchar; int do_help = 0; int do_shell = 0; int do_version = 0; const char *msgid; const char *domain = getenv ("TEXTDOMAIN"); const char *domaindir = getenv ("TEXTDOMAINDIR"); /* Set program name for message texts. */ program_name = argv[0]; add_newline = 1; do_expand = 0; #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Set locale via LC_ALL. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); #endif /* Set the text message domain. */ bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); while ((optchar = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+d:eEhnsV", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) switch (optchar) { case '\0': /* Long option. */ break; case 'd': domain = optarg; break; case 'e': do_expand = 1; break; case 'E': /* Ignore. Just for compatibility. */ break; case 'h': do_help = 1; break; case 'n': add_newline = 0; break; case 's': do_shell = 1; break; case 'V': do_version = 1; break; default: usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } /* Version information is requested. */ if (do_version) { printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", basename (program_name), PACKAGE, VERSION); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\ warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\ "), "1995, 1996, 1997"); printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper"); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Help is requested. */ if (do_help) usage (EXIT_SUCCESS); /* We have two major modes: use following Uniforum spec and as internationalized `echo' program. */ if (do_shell == 0) { /* We have to write a single strings translation to stdout. */ if (optind >= argc) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("missing arguments")); /* Get arguments. */ msgid = argv[optind++]; if (optind < argc) { domain = msgid; msgid = argv[optind++]; if (optind < argc) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("too many arguments")); } /* If no domain name is given we print the original string. */ if (domain == NULL || domain[0] == '\0') { fputs (msgid, stdout); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Bind domain to appropriate directory. */ if (domaindir != NULL && domaindir[0] != '\0') bindtextdomain__ (domain, domaindir); /* Expand escape sequences is enabled. */ if (do_expand) msgid = expand_escape (msgid); /* Write out the result. */ fputs (dgettext__ (domain, msgid), stdout); } else { /* If no domain name is given we print the original string. We mark this assigning NULL to domain. */ if (domain == NULL || domain[0] == '\0') domain = NULL; else /* Bind domain to appropriate directory. */ if (domaindir != NULL && domaindir[0] != '\0') bindtextdomain__ (domain, domaindir); /* We have to simulate `echo'. All arguments are strings. */ while (optind < argc) { msgid = argv[optind++]; /* Expand escape sequences is enabled. */ if (do_expand) msgid = expand_escape (msgid); /* Write out the result. */ fputs (domain == NULL ? msgid : dgettext__ (domain, msgid), stdout); /* We separate the arguments by a single ' '. */ if (optind < argc) fputc (' ', stdout); } /* If not otherwise told add trailing newline. */ if (add_newline) fputc ('\n', stdout); } exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Display usage information and exit. */ static void usage (status) int status; { if (status != EXIT_SUCCESS) fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), program_name); else { /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n\ -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n\ -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n\ -E (ignored for compatibility)\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -n suppress trailing newline\n\ -V, --version display version information and exit\n\ [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n\ to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n"), program_name); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ \n\ If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n\ environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n\ regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n\ variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n\ When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n\ But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n\ found in the selected catalog are translated.\n\ Standard search directory: %s\n"), LOCALEDIR); fputs (_("Report bugs to .\n"), stdout); } exit (status); } /* Expand some escape sequences found in the argument string. */ static const char * expand_escape (str) const char *str; { char *retval, *rp; const char *cp = str; do { while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '\\') ++cp; } while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[1] != '\0' && strchr ("bcfnrt\\01234567", cp[1]) == NULL); if (cp[0] == '\0') return str; retval = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (str)); rp = retval + (cp - str); memcpy (retval, str, cp - str); do { switch (*++cp) { case 'b': /* backspace */ *rp++ = '\b'; ++cp; break; case 'c': /* suppress trailing newline */ add_newline = 0; ++cp; break; case 'f': /* form feed */ *rp++ = '\f'; ++cp; break; case 'n': /* new line */ *rp++ = '\n'; ++cp; break; case 'r': /* carriage return */ *rp++ = '\r'; ++cp; break; case 't': /* horizontal tab */ *rp++ = '\t'; ++cp; break; case '\\': *rp = '\\'; ++cp; break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': { int ch = *cp++ - '0'; if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '7') { ch *= 8; ch += *cp++ - '0'; if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '7') { ch *= 8; ch += *cp++ - '0'; } } *rp = ch; } break; default: *rp = '\\'; break; } while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '\\') *rp++ = *cp++; } while (cp[0] != '\0'); /* Terminate string. */ *rp = '\0'; return (const char *) retval; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/message.c0000444000175000017500000010155406522251250014277 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #include "fstrcmp.h" #include "message.h" #include "system.h" #include "error.h" #include "libgettext.h" /* Our regular abbreviation. */ #define _(str) gettext (str) /* These two variables control the output style of the message_print function. Interface functions for them are to be used. */ static int indent; static int uniforum; static int escape; /* This variable controls the page width when printing messages. Defaults to PAGE_WIDTH if not set. Zero (0) given to message_page_- width_set will result in no wrapping being performed. */ static size_t page_width = PAGE_WIDTH; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void wrap PARAMS ((FILE *__fp, const char *__line_prefix, const char *__name, const char *__value, int do_wrap)); static void print_blank_line PARAMS ((FILE *__fp)); static void message_print PARAMS ((const message_ty *__mp, FILE *__fp, const char *__domain, int blank_line, int __debug)); static void message_print_obsolete PARAMS ((const message_ty *__mp, FILE *__fp, const char *__domain, int blank_line)); static int msgid_cmp PARAMS ((const void *__va, const void *__vb)); static int filepos_cmp PARAMS ((const void *__va, const void *__vb)); static const char *make_c_format_description_string PARAMS ((enum is_c_format, int debug)); static const char *make_c_width_description_string PARAMS ((enum is_c_format)); static int significant_c_format_p PARAMS ((enum is_c_format __is_c_format)); message_ty * message_alloc (msgid) char *msgid; { message_ty *mp; mp = xmalloc (sizeof (message_ty)); mp->msgid = msgid; mp->comment = NULL; mp->comment_dot = NULL; mp->filepos_count = 0; mp->filepos = NULL; mp->variant_count = 0; mp->variant = NULL; mp->used = 0; mp->obsolete = 0; mp->is_fuzzy = 0; mp->is_c_format = undecided; mp->do_wrap = undecided; return mp; } void message_free (mp) message_ty *mp; { size_t j; if (mp->comment != NULL) string_list_free (mp->comment); if (mp->comment_dot != NULL) string_list_free (mp->comment_dot); free ((char *) mp->msgid); for (j = 0; j < mp->variant_count; ++j) free ((char *) mp->variant[j].msgstr); if (mp->variant != NULL) free (mp->variant); for (j = 0; j < mp->filepos_count; ++j) free ((char *) mp->filepos[j].file_name); if (mp->filepos != NULL) free (mp->filepos); free (mp); } message_variant_ty * message_variant_search (mp, domain) message_ty *mp; const char *domain; { size_t j; message_variant_ty *mvp; for (j = 0; j < mp->variant_count; ++j) { mvp = &mp->variant[j]; if (0 == strcmp (domain, mvp->domain)) return mvp; } return 0; } void message_variant_append (mp, domain, msgstr, pp) message_ty *mp; const char *domain; const char *msgstr; const lex_pos_ty *pp; { size_t nbytes; message_variant_ty *mvp; nbytes = (mp->variant_count + 1) * sizeof (mp->variant[0]); mp->variant = xrealloc (mp->variant, nbytes); mvp = &mp->variant[mp->variant_count++]; mvp->domain = domain; mvp->msgstr = msgstr; mvp->pos = *pp; } void message_comment_append (mp, s) message_ty *mp; const char *s; { if (mp->comment == NULL) mp->comment = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (mp->comment, s); } void message_comment_dot_append (mp, s) message_ty *mp; const char *s; { if (mp->comment_dot == NULL) mp->comment_dot = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (mp->comment_dot, s); } message_ty * message_copy (mp) message_ty *mp; { message_ty *result; size_t j; result = message_alloc (xstrdup (mp->msgid)); for (j = 0; j < mp->variant_count; ++j) { message_variant_ty *mvp = &mp->variant[j]; message_variant_append (result, mvp->domain, mvp->msgstr, &mvp->pos); } if (mp->comment) { for (j = 0; j < mp->comment->nitems; ++j) message_comment_append (result, mp->comment->item[j]); } if (mp->comment_dot) { for (j = 0; j < mp->comment_dot->nitems; ++j) message_comment_dot_append (result, mp->comment_dot->item[j]); } result->is_fuzzy = mp->is_fuzzy; result->is_c_format = mp->is_c_format; result->do_wrap = mp->do_wrap; for (j = 0; j < mp->filepos_count; ++j) { lex_pos_ty *pp = &mp->filepos[j]; message_comment_filepos (result, pp->file_name, pp->line_number); } return result; } message_ty * message_merge (def, ref) message_ty *def; message_ty *ref; { message_ty *result; const char *pot_date_ptr = NULL; size_t pot_date_len = 0; size_t j; /* Take the msgid from the reference. When fuzzy matches are made, the definition will not be unique, but the reference will be - usually because it has a typo. */ result = message_alloc (xstrdup (ref->msgid)); /* If msgid is the header entry (i.e., "") we find the POT-Creation-Date line in the reference. */ if (ref->msgid[0] == '\0') { pot_date_ptr = strstr (ref->variant[0].msgstr, "POT-Creation-Date:"); if (pot_date_ptr != NULL) { const char *endp; pot_date_ptr += sizeof ("POT-Creation-Date:") - 1; endp = strchr (pot_date_ptr, '\n'); if (endp == NULL) { char *extended; endp = strchr (pot_date_ptr, '\0'); pot_date_len = (endp - pot_date_ptr) + 1; extended = (char *) alloca (pot_date_len + 1); stpcpy (stpcpy (extended, pot_date_ptr), "\n"); pot_date_ptr = extended; } else pot_date_len = (endp - pot_date_ptr) + 1; if (pot_date_len == 0) pot_date_ptr = NULL; } } /* Take the variant list from the definition. The msgstr of the refences will be empty, as they were generated by xgettext. If we currently process the header entry we have to merge the msgstr by using the POT-Creation-Date field from the .pot file. */ for (j = 0; j < def->variant_count; ++j) { message_variant_ty *mvp = &def->variant[j]; if (ref->msgid[0] == '\0') { /* Oh, oh. The header entry and we have something to fill in. */ static const struct { const char *name; size_t len; } known_fields[] = { { "Project-Id-Version:", sizeof ("Project-Id-Version:") - 1 }, #define PROJECT_ID 0 { "POT-Creation-Date:", sizeof ("POT-Creation-Date:") - 1 }, #define POT_CREATION 1 { "PO-Revision-Date:", sizeof ("PO-Revision-Date:") - 1 }, #define PO_REVISION 2 { "Last-Translator:", sizeof ("Last-Translator:") - 1 }, #define LAST_TRANSLATOR 3 { "Language-Team:", sizeof ("Language-Team:") - 1 }, #define LANGUAGE_TEAM 4 { "MIME-Version:", sizeof ("MIME-Version:") - 1 }, #define MIME_VERSION 5 { "Content-Type:", sizeof ("Content-Type:") - 1 }, #define CONTENT_TYPE 6 { "Content-Transfer-Encoding:", sizeof ("Content-Transfer-Encoding:") - 1 } #define CONTENT_TRANSFER 7 }; #define UNKNOWN 8 struct { const char *string; size_t len; } header_fields[UNKNOWN + 1]; const char *cp; char *newp; size_t len, cnt; /* Clear all fields. */ memset (header_fields, '\0', sizeof (header_fields)); cp = mvp->msgstr; while (*cp != '\0') { const char *endp = strchr (cp, '\n'); int terminated = endp != NULL; if (!terminated) { char *copy; endp = strchr (cp, '\0'); len = endp - cp + 1; copy = (char *) alloca (len + 1); stpcpy (stpcpy (copy, cp), "\n"); cp = copy; } else { len = (endp - cp) + 1; ++endp; } /* Compare with any of the known fields. */ for (cnt = 0; cnt < sizeof (known_fields) / sizeof (known_fields[0]); ++cnt) if (strncasecmp (cp, known_fields[cnt].name, known_fields[cnt].len) == 0) break; if (cnt < sizeof (known_fields) / sizeof (known_fields[0])) { header_fields[cnt].string = &cp[known_fields[cnt].len]; header_fields[cnt].len = len - known_fields[cnt].len; } else { /* It's an unknown field. Append content to what is already known. */ char *extended = (char *) alloca (header_fields[UNKNOWN].len + len + 1); memcpy (extended, header_fields[UNKNOWN].string, header_fields[UNKNOWN].len); memcpy (&extended[header_fields[UNKNOWN].len], cp, len); extended[header_fields[UNKNOWN].len + len] = '\0'; header_fields[UNKNOWN].string = extended; header_fields[UNKNOWN].len += len; } cp = endp; } if (pot_date_ptr != NULL) { header_fields[POT_CREATION].string = pot_date_ptr; header_fields[POT_CREATION].len = pot_date_len; } /* Concatenate all the various fields. */ len = 0; for (cnt = 0; cnt < UNKNOWN; ++cnt) if (header_fields[cnt].string != NULL) len += known_fields[cnt].len + header_fields[cnt].len; len += header_fields[UNKNOWN].len; cp = newp = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1); newp[len] = '\0'; #define IF_FILLED(idx) \ if (header_fields[idx].string) \ newp = stpncpy (stpcpy (newp, known_fields[idx].name), \ header_fields[idx].string, header_fields[idx].len) IF_FILLED (PROJECT_ID); IF_FILLED (POT_CREATION); IF_FILLED (PO_REVISION); IF_FILLED (LAST_TRANSLATOR); IF_FILLED (LANGUAGE_TEAM); IF_FILLED (MIME_VERSION); IF_FILLED (CONTENT_TYPE); IF_FILLED (CONTENT_TRANSFER); if (header_fields[UNKNOWN].string != NULL) stpcpy (newp, header_fields[UNKNOWN].string); message_variant_append (result, mvp->domain, cp, &mvp->pos); } else message_variant_append (result, mvp->domain, mvp->msgstr, &mvp->pos); } /* Take the comments from the definition file. There will be none at all in the reference file, as it was generated by xgettext. */ if (def->comment) for (j = 0; j < def->comment->nitems; ++j) message_comment_append (result, def->comment->item[j]); /* Take the dot comments from the reference file, as they are generated by xgettext. Any in the definition file are old ones collected by previous runs of xgettext and msgmerge. */ if (ref->comment_dot) for (j = 0; j < ref->comment_dot->nitems; ++j) message_comment_dot_append (result, ref->comment_dot->item[j]); /* The flags are mixed in a special way. Some informations come from the reference message (such as format/no-format), others come from the definition file (fuzzy or not). */ result->is_fuzzy = def->is_fuzzy; result->is_c_format = ref->is_c_format; result->do_wrap = ref->do_wrap; /* Take the file position comments from the reference file, as they are generated by xgettext. Any in the definition file are old ones collected by previous runs of xgettext and msgmerge. */ for (j = 0; j < ref->filepos_count; ++j) { lex_pos_ty *pp = &ref->filepos[j]; message_comment_filepos (result, pp->file_name, pp->line_number); } /* All done, return the merged message to the caller. */ return result; } void message_comment_filepos (mp, name, line) message_ty *mp; const char *name; size_t line; { size_t nbytes; lex_pos_ty *pp; int min, max; int j; /* See if we have this position already. They are kept in sorted order, so use a binary chop. */ /* FIXME: use bsearch */ min = 0; max = (int) mp->filepos_count - 1; while (min <= max) { int mid; int cmp; mid = (min + max) / 2; pp = &mp->filepos[mid]; cmp = strcmp (pp->file_name, name); if (cmp == 0) cmp = (int) pp->line_number - line; if (cmp == 0) return; if (cmp < 0) min = mid + 1; else max = mid - 1; } /* Extend the list so that we can add an position to it. */ nbytes = (mp->filepos_count + 1) * sizeof (mp->filepos[0]); mp->filepos = xrealloc (mp->filepos, nbytes); /* Shuffle the rest of the list up one, so that we can insert the position at ``min''. */ /* FIXME: use memmove */ for (j = mp->filepos_count; j > min; --j) mp->filepos[j] = mp->filepos[j - 1]; mp->filepos_count++; /* Insert the postion into the empty slot. */ pp = &mp->filepos[min]; pp->file_name = xstrdup (name); pp->line_number = line; } void message_print_style_indent () { indent = 1; } void message_print_style_uniforum () { uniforum = 1; } void message_print_style_escape (flag) int flag; { escape = (flag != 0); } message_list_ty * message_list_alloc () { message_list_ty *mlp; mlp = xmalloc (sizeof (message_list_ty)); mlp->nitems = 0; mlp->nitems_max = 0; mlp->item = 0; return mlp; } void message_list_append (mlp, mp) message_list_ty *mlp; message_ty *mp; { if (mlp->nitems >= mlp->nitems_max) { size_t nbytes; mlp->nitems_max = mlp->nitems_max * 2 + 4; nbytes = mlp->nitems_max * sizeof (message_ty *); mlp->item = xrealloc (mlp->item, nbytes); } mlp->item[mlp->nitems++] = mp; } void message_list_delete_nth (mlp, n) message_list_ty *mlp; size_t n; { size_t j; if (n >= mlp->nitems) return; message_free (mlp->item[n]); for (j = n + 1; j < mlp->nitems; ++j) mlp->item[j - 1] = mlp->item[j]; mlp->nitems--; } message_ty * message_list_search (mlp, msgid) message_list_ty *mlp; const char *msgid; { size_t j; for (j = 0; j < mlp->nitems; ++j) { message_ty *mp; mp = mlp->item[j]; if (0 == strcmp (msgid, mp->msgid)) return mp; } return 0; } message_ty * message_list_search_fuzzy (mlp, msgid) message_list_ty *mlp; const char *msgid; { size_t j; double best_weight; message_ty *best_mp; best_weight = 0.6; best_mp = NULL; for (j = 0; j < mlp->nitems; ++j) { size_t k; double weight; message_ty *mp; mp = mlp->item[j]; for (k = 0; k < mp->variant_count; ++k) if (mp->variant[k].msgstr != NULL && mp->variant[k].msgstr[0] != '\0') break; if (k >= mp->variant_count) continue; weight = fstrcmp (msgid, mp->msgid); if (weight > best_weight) { best_weight = weight; best_mp = mp; } } return best_mp; } void message_list_free (mlp) message_list_ty *mlp; { size_t j; for (j = 0; j < mlp->nitems; ++j) message_free (mlp->item[j]); if (mlp->item) free (mlp->item); free (mlp); } /* Local functions. */ static void wrap (fp, line_prefix, name, value, do_wrap) FILE *fp; const char *line_prefix; const char *name; const char *value; int do_wrap; { const char *s; int first_line; /* The \a and \v escapes were added by the ANSI C Standard. Prior to the Standard, most compilers did not have them. Because we need the same program on all platforms we don't provide support for them here. */ static const char escapes[] = "\b\f\n\r\t"; static const char escape_names[] = "bfnrt"; /* The empty string is a special case. */ if (*value == '\0') { if (line_prefix != NULL) fputs (line_prefix, fp); fputs (name, fp); putc (indent ? '\t' : ' ', fp); fputs ("\"\"\n", fp); return; } s = value; first_line = 1; while (*s) { const char *ep; int ocol; /* The line starts with different things depending on whether it is the first line, and if we are using the indented style. */ if (first_line) { ocol = strlen (name) + (line_prefix ? strlen (line_prefix) : 0); if (indent && ocol < 8) ocol = 8; else ++ocol; } else ocol = (indent ? 8 : 0); /* Allow room for the opening quote character. */ ++ocol; /* Work out how many characters from the string will fit on a line. Natural breaks occur at embedded newline characters. */ for (ep = s; *ep; ++ep) { const char *esc; int cw; int c; c = (unsigned char) *ep; /* FIXME This is the wrong locale. While message_list_print set the "C" locale for LC_CTYPE, the need is to use the correct locale for the file's contents. */ esc = strchr (escapes, c); if (esc == NULL && (!escape || isprint (c))) cw = 1 + (c == '\\' || c == '"'); else cw = esc != NULL ? 2 : 4; /* Allow 1 character for the closing quote. */ if (ocol + cw >= (do_wrap == no ? INT_MAX : page_width)) break; ocol += cw; if (c == '\n') { ++ep; break; } } /* The above loop detects if a line is too long. If it is too long, see if there is a better place to break the line. */ if (*ep) { const char *bp; for (bp = ep; bp > s; --bp) if (bp[-1] == ' ' || bp[-1] == '\n') { ep = bp; break; } } /* If this is the first line, and we are not using the indented style, and the line would wrap, then use an empty first line and restart. */ if (first_line && !indent && *ep != '\0') { fprintf (fp, "%s%s \"\"\n", line_prefix ? line_prefix : "", name); s = value; first_line = 0; continue; } /* Print the beginning of the line. This will depend on whether this is the first line, and if the indented style is being used. */ if (first_line) { first_line = 0; if (line_prefix != NULL) fputs (line_prefix, fp); fputs (name, fp); putc (indent ? '\t' : ' ', fp); } else { if (line_prefix != NULL) fputs (line_prefix, fp); if (indent) putc ('\t', fp); } /* Print the body of the line. C escapes are used for unprintable characters. */ putc ('"', fp); while (s < ep) { const char *esc; int c; c = (unsigned char) *s++; /* FIXME This is the wrong locale. While message_list_print set the "C" locale for LC_CTYPE, the need is to use the correct locale for the file's contents. */ esc = strchr (escapes, c); if (esc == NULL && (!escape || isprint (c))) { if (c == '\\' || c == '"') putc ('\\', fp); putc (c, fp); } else if (esc != NULL) { c = escape_names[esc - escapes]; putc ('\\', fp); putc (c, fp); /* We warn about any use of escape sequences beside '\n' and '\t'. */ if (c != 'n' && c != 't') error (0, 0, _("\ internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence"), c); } else fprintf (fp, "\\%3.3o", c); } fputs ("\"\n", fp); } } static void print_blank_line (fp) FILE *fp; { if (uniforum) fputs ("#\n", fp); else putc ('\n', fp); } static void message_print (mp, fp, domain, blank_line, debug) const message_ty *mp; FILE *fp; const char *domain; int blank_line; int debug; { message_variant_ty *mvp; int first; size_t j; /* Find the relevant message variant. If there isn't one, remember this using a NULL pointer. */ mvp = NULL; first = 0; for (j = 0; j < mp->variant_count; ++j) { if (strcmp (domain, mp->variant[j].domain) == 0) { mvp = &mp->variant[j]; first = (j == 0); break; } } /* Separate messages with a blank line. Uniforum doesn't like blank lines, so use an empty comment (unless there already is one). */ if (blank_line && (!uniforum || mp->comment == NULL || mp->comment->nitems == 0 || mp->comment->item[0][0] != '\0')) print_blank_line (fp); /* The first variant of a message will have the comments attached to it. We can't attach them to all variants in case we are read in again, multiplying the number of comment lines. Usually there is only one variant. */ if (first) { if (mp->comment != NULL) for (j = 0; j < mp->comment->nitems; ++j) { const unsigned char *s = mp->comment->item[j]; do { const unsigned char *e; putc ('#', fp); /* FIXME This is the wrong locale. While message_list_print set the "C" locale for LC_CTYPE, the need to use the correct locale for the file's contents. */ if (*s != '\0' && !isspace (*s)) putc (' ', fp); e = strchr (s, '\n'); if (e == NULL) { fputs (s, fp); s = NULL; } else { fwrite (s, 1, e - s, fp); s = e + 1; } putc ('\n', fp); } while (s != NULL); } if (mp->comment_dot != NULL) for (j = 0; j < mp->comment_dot->nitems; ++j) { const unsigned char *s = mp->comment_dot->item[j]; putc ('#', fp); putc ('.', fp); /* FIXME This is the wrong locale. While message_list_print set the "C" locale for LC_CTYPE, the need to use the correct locale for the file's contents. */ if (*s && !isspace (*s)) putc (' ', fp); fputs (s, fp); putc ('\n', fp); } } /* Print the file position comments for every domain. This will help a human who is trying to navigate the sources. There is no problem of getting repeat positions, because duplicates are checked for. */ if (mp->filepos_count != 0) { if (uniforum) for (j = 0; j < mp->filepos_count; ++j) { lex_pos_ty *pp = &mp->filepos[j]; char *cp = pp->file_name; while (cp[0] == '.' && cp[1] == '/') cp += 2; /* There are two Sun formats to choose from: SunOS and Solaris. Use the Solaris form here. */ fprintf (fp, "# File: %s, line: %ld\n", cp, (long) pp->line_number); } else { size_t column; fputs ("#:", fp); column = 2; for (j = 0; j < mp->filepos_count; ++j) { lex_pos_ty *pp; char buffer[20]; char *cp; size_t len; pp = &mp->filepos[j]; cp = pp->file_name; while (cp[0] == '.' && cp[1] == '/') cp += 2; sprintf (buffer, "%ld", (long) pp->line_number); len = strlen (cp) + strlen (buffer) + 2; if (column > 2 && column + len >= page_width) { fputs ("\n#:", fp); column = 2; } fprintf (fp, " %s:%s", cp, buffer); column += len; } putc ('\n', fp); } } /* Print flag information in special comment. */ if (first && ((mp->is_fuzzy && mvp != NULL && mvp->msgstr[0] != '\0') || significant_c_format_p (mp->is_c_format) || mp->do_wrap == no)) { int first_flag = 1; putc ('#', fp); putc (',', fp); /* We don't print the fuzzy flag if the msgstr is empty. This might be introduced by the user but we want to normalize the output. */ if (mp->is_fuzzy && mvp != NULL && mvp->msgstr[0] != '\0') { fputs (" fuzzy", fp); first_flag = 0; } if (significant_c_format_p (mp->is_c_format)) { if (!first_flag) putc (',', fp); fputs (make_c_format_description_string (mp->is_c_format, debug), fp); first_flag = 0; } if (mp->do_wrap == no) { if (!first_flag) putc (',', fp); fputs (make_c_width_description_string (mp->do_wrap), fp); first_flag = 0; } putc ('\n', fp); } /* Print each of the message components. Wrap them nicely so they are as readable as possible. If there is no recorded msgstr for this domain, emit an empty string. */ wrap (fp, NULL, "msgid", mp->msgid, mp->do_wrap); wrap (fp, NULL, "msgstr", mvp ? mvp->msgstr : "", mp->do_wrap); } static void message_print_obsolete (mp, fp, domain, blank_line) const message_ty *mp; FILE *fp; const char *domain; int blank_line; { message_variant_ty *mvp; size_t j; /* Find the relevant message variant. If there isn't one, remember this using a NULL pointer. */ mvp = NULL; for (j = 0; j < mp->variant_count; ++j) { if (strcmp (domain, mp->variant[j].domain) == 0) { mvp = &mp->variant[j]; break; } } /* If no msgstr is found or it is the empty string we print nothing. */ if (mvp == NULL || mvp->msgstr[0] == '\0') return; /* Separate messages with a blank line. Uniforum doesn't like blank lines, so use an empty comment (unless there already is one). */ if (blank_line) print_blank_line (fp); /* Print translator comment if available. */ if (mp->comment) for (j = 0; j < mp->comment->nitems; ++j) { const unsigned char *s = mp->comment->item[j]; do { const unsigned char *e; putc ('#', fp); /* FIXME This is the wrong locale. While message_list_print set the "C" locale for LC_CTYPE, the need to use the correct locale for the file's contents. */ if (*s != '\0' && !isspace (*s)) putc (' ', fp); e = strchr (s, '\n'); if (e == NULL) { fputs (s, fp); s = NULL; } else { fwrite (s, 1, e - s, fp); s = e + 1; } putc ('\n', fp); } while (s != NULL); } /* Print flag information in special comment. */ if (mp->is_fuzzy) { int first = 1; putc ('#', fp); putc (',', fp); if (mp->is_fuzzy) { fputs (" fuzzy", fp); first = 0; } putc ('\n', fp); } /* Print each of the message components. Wrap them nicely so they are as readable as possible. */ wrap (fp, "#~ ", "msgid", mp->msgid, mp->do_wrap); wrap (fp, "#~ ", "msgstr", mvp->msgstr, mp->do_wrap); } void message_list_print (mlp, filename, force, debug) message_list_ty *mlp; const char *filename; int force; int debug; { FILE *fp; size_t j, k; string_list_ty *dl; int blank_line; #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE char *old_locale; #endif /* We will not write anything if we have no message or only the header entry. */ if (force == 0 && (mlp->nitems == 0 || (mlp->nitems == 1 && *mlp->item[0]->msgid == '\0'))) return; /* Build the list of domains. */ dl = string_list_alloc (); for (j = 0; j < mlp->nitems; ++j) { message_ty *mp = mlp->item[j]; for (k = 0; k < mp->variant_count; ++k) string_list_append_unique (dl, mp->variant[k].domain); } /* Open the output file. */ if (filename != NULL && strcmp (filename, "-") != 0 && strcmp (filename, "/dev/stdout") != 0) { fp = fopen (filename, "w"); if (fp == NULL) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("cannot create output file \"%s\""), filename); } else { fp = stdout; /* xgettext:no-c-format */ filename = _("standard output"); } #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* FIXME This is the wrong locale. The program is currently set for the user's native language locale, for the error messages. This code sets it to the "C" locale, but that isn't right either. The need is to use the correct locale for the file's contents. */ old_locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, "C"); if (old_locale) old_locale = xstrdup (old_locale); #endif /* Write out the messages for each domain. */ blank_line = 0; for (k = 0; k < dl->nitems; ++k) { /* If there is only one domain, and that domain is the default, don't bother emitting the domain name, because it is the default. */ if (dl->nitems != 1 || strcmp (dl->item[0], MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT) != 0) { if (blank_line) print_blank_line (fp); fprintf (fp, "domain \"%s\"\n", dl->item[k]); blank_line = 1; } /* Write out each of the messages for this domain. */ for (j = 0; j < mlp->nitems; ++j) if (mlp->item[j]->obsolete == 0) { message_print (mlp->item[j], fp, dl->item[k], blank_line, debug); blank_line = 1; } /* Write out each of the obsolete messages for this domain. */ for (j = 0; j < mlp->nitems; ++j) if (mlp->item[j]->obsolete != 0) { message_print_obsolete (mlp->item[j], fp, dl->item[k], blank_line); blank_line = 1; } } string_list_free (dl); /* Restore the old locale. Do this before emitting error messages, so that the correct locale is used for the error. (Ideally, error should ensure this before calling gettext for the format string.) */ #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE if (old_locale) { setlocale (LC_CTYPE, old_locale); free (old_locale); } #endif /* Make sure nothing went wrong. */ if (fflush (fp)) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error while writing \"%s\" file"), filename); fclose (fp); } static int msgid_cmp (va, vb) const void *va; const void *vb; { const message_ty *a = *(const message_ty **) va; const message_ty *b = *(const message_ty **) vb; #ifdef HAVE_STRCOLL return strcoll (a->msgid, b->msgid); #else return strcmp (a->msgid, b->msgid); #endif } void message_list_sort_by_msgid (mlp) message_list_ty *mlp; { /* FIXME This is the wrong locale. The program is currently set for the user's native language locale, for the error messages. This code sets it to the "C" locale, but that isn't right either. The need is to use the correct locale for the file's contents. */ #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE char *tmp = setlocale (LC_COLLATE, "C"); if (tmp) tmp = xstrdup (tmp); #endif qsort (mlp->item, mlp->nitems, sizeof (mlp->item[0]), msgid_cmp); #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE if (tmp) { setlocale (LC_COLLATE, tmp); free (tmp); } #endif } static int filepos_cmp (va, vb) const void *va; const void *vb; { const message_ty *a = *(const message_ty **) va; const message_ty *b = *(const message_ty **) vb; int cmp; /* No filepos is smaller than any other filepos. */ if (a->filepos_count == 0) { if (b->filepos_count != 0) return -1; } if (b->filepos_count == 0) return 1; /* Compare on the file names... */ cmp = strcmp (a->filepos[0].file_name, b->filepos[0].file_name); if (cmp != 0) return cmp; /* If they are equal, compare on the line numbers... */ cmp = a->filepos[0].line_number - b->filepos[0].line_number; if (cmp != 0) return cmp; /* If they are equal, compare on the msgid strings. */ #ifdef HAVE_STRCOLL return strcoll (a->msgid, b->msgid); #else return strcmp (a->msgid, b->msgid); #endif } void message_list_sort_by_filepos (mlp) message_list_ty *mlp; { /* FIXME This is the wrong locale. The program is currently set for the user's native language locale, for the error messages. This code sets it to the "C" locale, but that isn't right either. The need is to use the correct locale for the file's contents. */ #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE char *tmp = setlocale (LC_COLLATE, "C"); if (tmp) tmp = xstrdup (tmp); #endif qsort (mlp->item, mlp->nitems, sizeof (mlp->item[0]), filepos_cmp); #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE if (tmp) { setlocale (LC_COLLATE, tmp); free (tmp); } #endif } enum is_c_format parse_c_format_description_string (s) const char *s; { if (strstr (s, "no-c-format") != NULL) return no; else if (strstr (s, "impossible-c-format") != NULL) return impossible; else if (strstr (s, "possible-c-format") != NULL) return possible; else if (strstr (s, "c-format") != NULL) return yes; return undecided; } enum is_c_format parse_c_width_description_string (s) const char *s; { if (strstr (s, "no-wrap") != NULL) return no; else if (strstr (s, "wrap") != NULL) return yes; return undecided; } static const char * make_c_format_description_string (is_c_format, debug) enum is_c_format is_c_format; int debug; { const char *result = NULL; switch (is_c_format) { case possible: if (debug) { result = " possible-c-format"; break; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ case yes: result = " c-format"; break; case impossible: result = " impossible-c-format"; break; case no: result = " no-c-format"; break; case undecided: result = " undecided"; break; default: abort (); } return result; } static const char * make_c_width_description_string (do_wrap) enum is_c_format do_wrap; { const char *result = NULL; switch (do_wrap) { case yes: result = " wrap"; break; case no: result = " no-wrap"; break; default: abort (); } return result; } int possible_c_format_p (is_c_format) enum is_c_format is_c_format; { return is_c_format == possible || is_c_format == yes; } static int significant_c_format_p (is_c_format) enum is_c_format is_c_format; { return is_c_format != undecided && is_c_format != impossible; } void message_page_width_set (n) size_t n; { if (n == 0) { page_width = INT_MAX; return; } if (n < 20) n = 20; page_width = n; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/msgcmp.c0000444000175000017500000002570106522251306014142 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #include "dir-list.h" #include "error.h" #include "message.h" #include #include #include "po.h" #include "str-list.h" #define _(str) gettext (str) /* This structure defines a derived class of the po_ty class. (See po.h for an explanation.) */ typedef struct compare_class_ty compare_class_ty; struct compare_class_ty { /* inherited instance variables, etc */ PO_BASE_TY /* Name of domain we are currently examining. */ char *domain; /* List of domains already appeared in the current file. */ string_list_ty *domain_list; /* List of messages already appeared in the current file. */ message_list_ty *mlp; }; /* String containing name the program is called with. */ const char *program_name; /* Long options. */ static const struct option long_options[] = { { "directory", required_argument, NULL, 'D' }, { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void usage PARAMS ((int __status)); static void error_print PARAMS ((void)); static void compare PARAMS ((char *, char *)); static message_list_ty *grammar PARAMS ((char *__filename)); static void compare_constructor PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void compare_destructor PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void compare_directive_domain PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, char *__name)); static void compare_directive_message PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); static void compare_parse_debrief PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { int optchar; int do_help; int do_version; /* Set program name for messages. */ program_name = argv[0]; error_print_progname = error_print; #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Set locale via LC_ALL. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); #endif /* Set the text message domain. */ bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); do_help = 0; do_version = 0; while ((optchar = getopt_long (argc, argv, "D:hV", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) switch (optchar) { case '\0': /* long option */ break; case 'D': dir_list_append (optarg); break; case 'h': do_help = 1; break; case 'V': do_version = 1; break; default: usage (EXIT_FAILURE); break; } /* Version information is requested. */ if (do_version) { printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", basename (program_name), PACKAGE, VERSION); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\ warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\ "), "1995, 1996, 1997, 1998"); printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), "Peter Miller"); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Help is requested. */ if (do_help) usage (EXIT_SUCCESS); /* Test whether we have an .po file name as argument. */ if (optind >= argc) { error (EXIT_SUCCESS, 0, _("no input files given")); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } if (optind + 2 != argc) { error (EXIT_SUCCESS, 0, _("exactly 2 input files required")); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } /* compare the two files */ compare (argv[optind], argv[optind + 1]); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Display usage information and exit. */ static void usage (status) int status; { if (status != EXIT_SUCCESS) fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), program_name); else { /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ \n\ Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n\ set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n\ old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n\ (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n\ translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n\ cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n"), program_name); fputs (_("Report bugs to .\n"), stdout); } exit (status); } /* The address of this function will be assigned to the hook in the error functions. */ static void error_print () { /* We don't want the program name to be printed in messages. Emacs' compile.el does not like this. */ } static void compare (fn1, fn2) char *fn1; char *fn2; { message_list_ty *list1; message_list_ty *list2; int nerrors; message_ty *mp1; size_t j, k; /* This is the master file, created by a human. */ list1 = grammar (fn1); /* This is the generated file, created by groping the sources with the xgettext program. */ list2 = grammar (fn2); /* Every entry in the xgettext generated file must be matched by a (single) entry in the human created file. */ nerrors = 0; for (j = 0; j < list2->nitems; ++j) { message_ty *mp2; mp2 = list2->item[j]; /* See if it is in the other file. */ mp1 = message_list_search (list1, mp2->msgid); if (mp1) { mp1->used = 1; continue; } /* If the message was not defined at all, try to find a very similar message, it could be a typo, or the suggestion may help. */ ++nerrors; mp1 = message_list_search_fuzzy (list1, mp2->msgid); if (mp1) { gram_error_at_line (&mp2->variant[0].pos, _("\ this message is used but not defined...")); gram_error_at_line (&mp1->variant[0].pos, _("\ ...but this definition is similar")); mp1->used = 1; } else { gram_error_at_line (&mp2->variant[0].pos, _("\ this message is used but not defined in %s"), fn1); } } /* Look for messages in the human generated file, which are not present in the xgettext generated file, indicating messages which are not used in the program. */ for (k = 0; k < list1->nitems; ++k) { mp1 = list1->item[k]; if (mp1->used) continue; gram_error_at_line (&mp1->variant[0].pos, _("warning: this message is not used")); } /* Exit with status 1 on any error. */ if (nerrors > 0) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, "found %d fatal errors", nerrors); } /* Local functions. */ static void compare_constructor (that) po_ty *that; { compare_class_ty *this = (compare_class_ty *) that; this->mlp = message_list_alloc (); this->domain = MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT; this->domain_list = string_list_alloc (); } static void compare_destructor (that) po_ty *that; { compare_class_ty *this = (compare_class_ty *) that; string_list_free (this->domain_list); /* Do not free this->mlp! */ } static void compare_directive_domain (that, name) po_ty *that; char *name; { compare_class_ty *this = (compare_class_ty *)that; /* Override current domain name. Don't free memory. */ this->domain = name; } static void compare_directive_message (that, msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos) po_ty *that; char *msgid; lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; char *msgstr; lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; { compare_class_ty *this = (compare_class_ty *) that; message_ty *mp; message_variant_ty *mvp; /* Remember the domain names for later. */ string_list_append_unique (this->domain_list, this->domain); /* See if this message ID has been seen before. */ mp = message_list_search (this->mlp, msgid); if (mp) free (msgid); else { mp = message_alloc (msgid); message_list_append (this->mlp, mp); } /* See if this domain has been seen for this message ID. */ mvp = message_variant_search (mp, this->domain); if (mvp) { gram_error_at_line (msgid_pos, _("duplicate message definition")); gram_error_at_line (&mvp->pos, _("\ ...this is the location of the first definition")); free (msgstr); } else message_variant_append (mp, this->domain, msgstr, msgstr_pos); } static void compare_parse_debrief (that) po_ty *that; { compare_class_ty *this = (compare_class_ty *) that; message_list_ty *mlp = this->mlp; size_t j; /* For each domain in the used-domain-list, make sure each message defines a msgstr in that domain. */ for (j = 0; j < this->domain_list->nitems; ++j) { const char *domain_name; size_t k; domain_name = this->domain_list->item[j]; for (k = 0; k < mlp->nitems; ++k) { const message_ty *mp; size_t m; mp = mlp->item[k]; for (m = 0; m < mp->variant_count; ++m) { message_variant_ty *mvp; mvp = &mp->variant[m]; if (strcmp (domain_name, mvp->domain) == 0) break; } if (m >= mp->variant_count) gram_error_at_line (&mp->variant[0].pos, _("\ this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain"), domain_name); } } } /* So that the one parser can be used for multiple programs, and also use good data hiding and encapsulation practices, an object oriented approach has been taken. An object instance is allocated, and all actions resulting from the parse will be through invokations of method functions of that object. */ static po_method_ty compare_methods = { sizeof (compare_class_ty), compare_constructor, compare_destructor, compare_directive_domain, compare_directive_message, NULL, /* parse_brief */ compare_parse_debrief, NULL, /* comment */ NULL, /* comment_dot */ NULL, /* comment_filepos */ NULL, /* comment_special */ }; static message_list_ty * grammar (filename) char *filename; { po_ty *pop; message_list_ty *mlp; pop = po_alloc(&compare_methods); po_scan(pop, filename); mlp = ((compare_class_ty *)pop)->mlp; po_free(pop); return mlp; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/open-po.c0000444000175000017500000000711606155104751014234 0ustar jrjr/* open-po - search for .po file along search path list and open for reading Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , April 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #if defined STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H # include #else # include #endif #include "dir-list.h" #include "error.h" #include "system.h" #include #define _(str) gettext (str) #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif /* Prototypes for helper functions. */ extern char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *string)); /* This macro is used to determine the number of elements in an erray. */ #define SIZEOF(a) (sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0])) /* Open the input file with the name INPUT_NAME. The ending .po is added if necessary. If INPUT_NAME is not an absolute file name and the file is not found, the list of directories in INPUT_PATH_LIST is searched. */ FILE * open_po_file (input_name, file_name) const char *input_name; char **file_name; { static const char *extension[] = { "", ".po", ".pot", }; FILE *ret_val; int j, k; const char *dir; const char *ext; if (strcmp (input_name, "-") == 0 || strcmp (input_name, "/dev/stdin") == 0) { *file_name = xstrdup (_("")); return stdin; } /* We have a real name for the input file. If the name is absolute, try the various extensions, but ignore the directory search list. */ if (*input_name == '/') { for (k = 0; k < SIZEOF (extension); ++k) { ext = extension[k]; *file_name = xmalloc (strlen (input_name) + strlen (ext) + 1); stpcpy (stpcpy (*file_name, input_name), ext); ret_val = fopen (*file_name, "r"); if (ret_val != NULL || errno != ENOENT) /* We found the file. */ return ret_val; free (*file_name); } /* File does not exist. */ *file_name = xstrdup (input_name); errno = ENOENT; return NULL; } /* For relative file names, look through the directory search list, trying the various extensions. If no directory search list is specified, the current directory is used. */ for (j = 0; (dir = dir_list_nth (j)) != NULL; ++j) for (k = 0; k < SIZEOF (extension); ++k) { ext = extension[k]; if (dir[0] == '.' && dir[1] == '\0') { *file_name = xmalloc (strlen(input_name) + strlen(ext) + 1); stpcpy (stpcpy (*file_name, input_name), ext); } else { *file_name = xmalloc (strlen (dir) + strlen (input_name) + strlen (ext) + 2); stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (*file_name, dir), "/"), input_name), ext); } ret_val = fopen (*file_name, "r"); if (ret_val != NULL || errno != ENOENT) return ret_val; free (*file_name); } /* File does not exist. */ *file_name = xstrdup (input_name); errno = ENOENT; return NULL; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-gram.gen.c0000644000175000017500000006402606522261206014773 0ustar jrjr /* A Bison parser, made from ../../src/po-gram.y by GNU Bison version 1.25 */ #define po_gram_BISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ #define COMMENT 258 #define DOMAIN 259 #define JUNK 260 #define MSGID 261 #define MSGSTR 262 #define NAME 263 #define NUMBER 264 #define STRING 265 #line 20 "../../src/po-gram.y" #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include "po-lex.h" #include "po-gram.h" #include "error.h" #include "system.h" #include #include "po.h" #define _(str) gettext (str) #line 46 "../../src/po-gram.y" typedef union { char *string; long number; lex_pos_ty pos; } po_gram_STYPE; #include #ifndef __cplusplus #ifndef __STDC__ #define const #endif #endif #define po_gram_FINAL 18 #define po_gram_FLAG -32768 #define po_gram_NTBASE 11 #define po_gram_TRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 265 ? po_gram_translate[x] : 18) static const char po_gram_translate[] = { 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 }; #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 static const short po_gram_prhs[] = { 0, 0, 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 21, 24, 26, 28, 30, 33 }; static const short po_gram_rhs[] = { -1, 11, 17, 0, 11, 12, 0, 11, 13, 0, 11, 1, 0, 4, 10, 0, 14, 16, 15, 16, 0, 14, 16, 0, 6, 0, 7, 0, 10, 0, 16, 10, 0, 3, 0 }; #endif #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 static const short po_gram_rline[] = { 0, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 70, 77, 81, 89, 96, 103, 107, 122 }; #endif #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 || defined (po_gram_ERROR_VERBOSE) static const char * const po_gram_tname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","COMMENT", "DOMAIN","JUNK","MSGID","MSGSTR","NAME","NUMBER","STRING","msgfmt","domain", "message","msgid","msgstr","string_list","comment", NULL }; #endif static const short po_gram_r1[] = { 0, 11, 11, 11, 11, 11, 12, 13, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16, 17 }; static const short po_gram_r2[] = { 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 }; static const short po_gram_defact[] = { 1, 0, 5, 13, 0, 9, 3, 4, 0, 2, 6, 11, 8, 10, 12, 0, 7, 0, 0 }; static const short po_gram_defgoto[] = { 1, 6, 7, 8, 15, 12, 9 }; static const short po_gram_pact[] = {-32768, 0,-32768,-32768, -3,-32768,-32768,-32768, -2,-32768,-32768, -32768, -5,-32768,-32768, -2, -1, 10,-32768 }; static const short po_gram_pgoto[] = {-32768, -32768,-32768,-32768,-32768, -4,-32768 }; #define po_gram_LAST 11 static const short po_gram_table[] = { 17, 2, 13, 3, 4, 14, 5, 10, 11, 14, 18, 16 }; static const short po_gram_check[] = { 0, 1, 7, 3, 4, 10, 6, 10, 10, 10, 0, 15 }; /* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ #line 3 "/usr/lib/bison.simple" /* Skeleton output parser for bison, Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ /* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in version 1.24 of Bison. */ #ifndef alloca #ifdef __GNUC__ #define alloca __builtin_alloca #else /* not GNU C. */ #if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) #include #else /* not sparc */ #if defined (MSDOS) && !defined (__TURBOC__) #include #else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ #if defined(_AIX) #include #pragma alloca #else /* not MSDOS, __TURBOC__, or _AIX */ #ifdef __hpux #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { void *alloca (unsigned int); }; #else /* not __cplusplus */ void *alloca (); #endif /* not __cplusplus */ #endif /* __hpux */ #endif /* not _AIX */ #endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ #endif /* not sparc. */ #endif /* not GNU C. */ #endif /* alloca not defined. */ /* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ /* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file. It is replaced by the list of actions, each action as one case of the switch. */ #define po_gram_errok (po_gram_errstatus = 0) #define po_gram_clearin (po_gram_char = po_gram_EMPTY) #define po_gram_EMPTY -2 #define po_gram_EOF 0 #define po_gram_ACCEPT return(0) #define po_gram_ABORT return(1) #define po_gram_ERROR goto po_gram_errlab1 /* Like po_gram_ERROR except do call po_gram_error. This remains here temporarily to ease the transition to the new meaning of po_gram_ERROR, for GCC. Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ #define po_gram_FAIL goto po_gram_errlab #define po_gram_RECOVERING() (!!po_gram_errstatus) #define po_gram_BACKUP(token, value) \ do \ if (po_gram_char == po_gram_EMPTY && po_gram_len == 1) \ { po_gram_char = (token), po_gram_lval = (value); \ po_gram_char1 = po_gram_TRANSLATE (po_gram_char); \ po_gram_POPSTACK; \ goto po_gram_backup; \ } \ else \ { po_gram_error ("syntax error: cannot back up"); po_gram_ERROR; } \ while (0) #define po_gram_TERROR 1 #define po_gram_ERRCODE 256 #ifndef po_gram_PURE #define po_gram_LEX po_gram_lex() #endif #ifdef po_gram_PURE #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED #ifdef po_gram_LEX_PARAM #define po_gram_LEX po_gram_lex(&po_gram_lval, &po_gram_lloc, po_gram_LEX_PARAM) #else #define po_gram_LEX po_gram_lex(&po_gram_lval, &po_gram_lloc) #endif #else /* not po_gram_LSP_NEEDED */ #ifdef po_gram_LEX_PARAM #define po_gram_LEX po_gram_lex(&po_gram_lval, po_gram_LEX_PARAM) #else #define po_gram_LEX po_gram_lex(&po_gram_lval) #endif #endif /* not po_gram_LSP_NEEDED */ #endif /* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */ #ifndef po_gram_PURE int po_gram_char; /* the lookahead symbol */ po_gram_STYPE po_gram_lval; /* the semantic value of the */ /* lookahead symbol */ #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_LTYPE po_gram_lloc; /* location data for the lookahead */ /* symbol */ #endif int po_gram_nerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */ #endif /* not po_gram_PURE */ #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 int po_gram_debug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */ /* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers from coexisting. */ #endif /* po_gram_INITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */ #ifndef po_gram_INITDEPTH #define po_gram_INITDEPTH 200 #endif /* po_gram_MAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */ #if po_gram_MAXDEPTH == 0 #undef po_gram_MAXDEPTH #endif #ifndef po_gram_MAXDEPTH #define po_gram_MAXDEPTH 10000 #endif /* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ int po_gram_parse (void); #endif #if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */ #define __po_gram__memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) #else /* not GNU C or C++ */ #ifndef __cplusplus /* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities in available built-in functions on various systems. */ static void __po_gram__memcpy (to, from, count) char *to; char *from; int count; { register char *f = from; register char *t = to; register int i = count; while (i-- > 0) *t++ = *f++; } #else /* __cplusplus */ /* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities in available built-in functions on various systems. */ static void __po_gram__memcpy (char *to, char *from, int count) { register char *f = from; register char *t = to; register int i = count; while (i-- > 0) *t++ = *f++; } #endif #endif #line 196 "/usr/lib/bison.simple" /* The user can define po_gram_PARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed into po_gram_parse. The argument should have type void *. It should actually point to an object. Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it to the proper pointer type. */ #ifdef po_gram_PARSE_PARAM #ifdef __cplusplus #define po_gram_PARSE_PARAM_ARG void *po_gram_PARSE_PARAM #define po_gram_PARSE_PARAM_DECL #else /* not __cplusplus */ #define po_gram_PARSE_PARAM_ARG po_gram_PARSE_PARAM #define po_gram_PARSE_PARAM_DECL void *po_gram_PARSE_PARAM; #endif /* not __cplusplus */ #else /* not po_gram_PARSE_PARAM */ #define po_gram_PARSE_PARAM_ARG #define po_gram_PARSE_PARAM_DECL #endif /* not po_gram_PARSE_PARAM */ int po_gram_parse(po_gram_PARSE_PARAM_ARG) po_gram_PARSE_PARAM_DECL { register int po_gram_state; register int po_gram_n; register short *po_gram_ssp; register po_gram_STYPE *po_gram_vsp; int po_gram_errstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */ int po_gram_char1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */ short po_gram_ssa[po_gram_INITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */ po_gram_STYPE po_gram_vsa[po_gram_INITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */ short *po_gram_ss = po_gram_ssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */ po_gram_STYPE *po_gram_vs = po_gram_vsa; /* to allow po_gram_overflow to reallocate them elsewhere */ #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_LTYPE po_gram_lsa[po_gram_INITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */ po_gram_LTYPE *po_gram_ls = po_gram_lsa; po_gram_LTYPE *po_gram_lsp; #define po_gram_POPSTACK (po_gram_vsp--, po_gram_ssp--, po_gram_lsp--) #else #define po_gram_POPSTACK (po_gram_vsp--, po_gram_ssp--) #endif int po_gram_stacksize = po_gram_INITDEPTH; #ifdef po_gram_PURE int po_gram_char; po_gram_STYPE po_gram_lval; int po_gram_nerrs; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_LTYPE po_gram_lloc; #endif #endif po_gram_STYPE po_gram_val; /* the variable used to return */ /* semantic values from the action */ /* routines */ int po_gram_len; #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n"); #endif po_gram_state = 0; po_gram_errstatus = 0; po_gram_nerrs = 0; po_gram_char = po_gram_EMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ /* Initialize stack pointers. Waste one element of value and location stack so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. The wasted elements are never initialized. */ po_gram_ssp = po_gram_ss - 1; po_gram_vsp = po_gram_vs; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_lsp = po_gram_ls; #endif /* Push a new state, which is found in po_gram_state . */ /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ po_gram_newstate: *++po_gram_ssp = po_gram_state; if (po_gram_ssp >= po_gram_ss + po_gram_stacksize - 1) { /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */ /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ po_gram_STYPE *po_gram_vs1 = po_gram_vs; short *po_gram_ss1 = po_gram_ss; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_LTYPE *po_gram_ls1 = po_gram_ls; #endif /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ int size = po_gram_ssp - po_gram_ss + 1; #ifdef po_gram_overflow /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, but that might be undefined if po_gram_overflow is a macro. */ po_gram_overflow("parser stack overflow", &po_gram_ss1, size * sizeof (*po_gram_ssp), &po_gram_vs1, size * sizeof (*po_gram_vsp), &po_gram_ls1, size * sizeof (*po_gram_lsp), &po_gram_stacksize); #else po_gram_overflow("parser stack overflow", &po_gram_ss1, size * sizeof (*po_gram_ssp), &po_gram_vs1, size * sizeof (*po_gram_vsp), &po_gram_stacksize); #endif po_gram_ss = po_gram_ss1; po_gram_vs = po_gram_vs1; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_ls = po_gram_ls1; #endif #else /* no po_gram_overflow */ /* Extend the stack our own way. */ if (po_gram_stacksize >= po_gram_MAXDEPTH) { po_gram_error("parser stack overflow"); return 2; } po_gram_stacksize *= 2; if (po_gram_stacksize > po_gram_MAXDEPTH) po_gram_stacksize = po_gram_MAXDEPTH; po_gram_ss = (short *) alloca (po_gram_stacksize * sizeof (*po_gram_ssp)); __po_gram__memcpy ((char *)po_gram_ss, (char *)po_gram_ss1, size * sizeof (*po_gram_ssp)); po_gram_vs = (po_gram_STYPE *) alloca (po_gram_stacksize * sizeof (*po_gram_vsp)); __po_gram__memcpy ((char *)po_gram_vs, (char *)po_gram_vs1, size * sizeof (*po_gram_vsp)); #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_ls = (po_gram_LTYPE *) alloca (po_gram_stacksize * sizeof (*po_gram_lsp)); __po_gram__memcpy ((char *)po_gram_ls, (char *)po_gram_ls1, size * sizeof (*po_gram_lsp)); #endif #endif /* no po_gram_overflow */ po_gram_ssp = po_gram_ss + size - 1; po_gram_vsp = po_gram_vs + size - 1; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_lsp = po_gram_ls + size - 1; #endif #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", po_gram_stacksize); #endif if (po_gram_ssp >= po_gram_ss + po_gram_stacksize - 1) po_gram_ABORT; } #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", po_gram_state); #endif goto po_gram_backup; po_gram_backup: /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ /* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ /* po_gram_resume: */ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ po_gram_n = po_gram_pact[po_gram_state]; if (po_gram_n == po_gram_FLAG) goto po_gram_default; /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ /* po_gram_char is either po_gram_EMPTY or po_gram_EOF or a valid token in external form. */ if (po_gram_char == po_gram_EMPTY) { #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: "); #endif po_gram_char = po_gram_LEX; } /* Convert token to internal form (in po_gram_char1) for indexing tables with */ if (po_gram_char <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ { po_gram_char1 = 0; po_gram_char = po_gram_EOF; /* Don't call po_gram_LEX any more */ #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"); #endif } else { po_gram_char1 = po_gram_TRANSLATE(po_gram_char); #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) { fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", po_gram_char, po_gram_tname[po_gram_char1]); /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ #ifdef po_gram_PRINT po_gram_PRINT (stderr, po_gram_char, po_gram_lval); #endif fprintf (stderr, ")\n"); } #endif } po_gram_n += po_gram_char1; if (po_gram_n < 0 || po_gram_n > po_gram_LAST || po_gram_check[po_gram_n] != po_gram_char1) goto po_gram_default; po_gram_n = po_gram_table[po_gram_n]; /* po_gram_n is what to do for this token type in this state. Negative => reduce, -po_gram_n is rule number. Positive => shift, po_gram_n is new state. New state is final state => don't bother to shift, just return success. 0, or most negative number => error. */ if (po_gram_n < 0) { if (po_gram_n == po_gram_FLAG) goto po_gram_errlab; po_gram_n = -po_gram_n; goto po_gram_reduce; } else if (po_gram_n == 0) goto po_gram_errlab; if (po_gram_n == po_gram_FINAL) po_gram_ACCEPT; /* Shift the lookahead token. */ #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", po_gram_char, po_gram_tname[po_gram_char1]); #endif /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ if (po_gram_char != po_gram_EOF) po_gram_char = po_gram_EMPTY; *++po_gram_vsp = po_gram_lval; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED *++po_gram_lsp = po_gram_lloc; #endif /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ if (po_gram_errstatus) po_gram_errstatus--; po_gram_state = po_gram_n; goto po_gram_newstate; /* Do the default action for the current state. */ po_gram_default: po_gram_n = po_gram_defact[po_gram_state]; if (po_gram_n == 0) goto po_gram_errlab; /* Do a reduction. po_gram_n is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ po_gram_reduce: po_gram_len = po_gram_r2[po_gram_n]; if (po_gram_len > 0) po_gram_val = po_gram_vsp[1-po_gram_len]; /* implement default value of the action */ #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) { int i; fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", po_gram_n, po_gram_rline[po_gram_n]); /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ for (i = po_gram_prhs[po_gram_n]; po_gram_rhs[i] > 0; i++) fprintf (stderr, "%s ", po_gram_tname[po_gram_rhs[i]]); fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", po_gram_tname[po_gram_r1[po_gram_n]]); } #endif switch (po_gram_n) { case 6: #line 71 "../../src/po-gram.y" { po_callback_domain (po_gram_vsp[0].string); ; break;} case 7: #line 78 "../../src/po-gram.y" { po_callback_message (po_gram_vsp[-2].string, &po_gram_vsp[-3].pos, po_gram_vsp[0].string, &po_gram_vsp[-1].pos); ; break;} case 8: #line 82 "../../src/po-gram.y" { gram_error_at_line (&po_gram_vsp[-1].pos, _("missing `msgstr' section")); free (po_gram_vsp[0].string); ; break;} case 9: #line 90 "../../src/po-gram.y" { po_gram_val.pos = gram_pos; ; break;} case 10: #line 97 "../../src/po-gram.y" { po_gram_val.pos = gram_pos; ; break;} case 11: #line 104 "../../src/po-gram.y" { po_gram_val.string = po_gram_vsp[0].string; ; break;} case 12: #line 108 "../../src/po-gram.y" { size_t len1; size_t len2; len1 = strlen (po_gram_vsp[-1].string); len2 = strlen (po_gram_vsp[0].string); po_gram_val.string = (char *) xmalloc (len1 + len2 + 1); stpcpy (stpcpy (po_gram_val.string, po_gram_vsp[-1].string), po_gram_vsp[0].string); free (po_gram_vsp[-1].string); free (po_gram_vsp[0].string); ; break;} case 13: #line 123 "../../src/po-gram.y" { po_callback_comment (po_gram_vsp[0].string); ; break;} } /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */ #line 498 "/usr/lib/bison.simple" po_gram_vsp -= po_gram_len; po_gram_ssp -= po_gram_len; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_lsp -= po_gram_len; #endif #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) { short *ssp1 = po_gram_ss - 1; fprintf (stderr, "state stack now"); while (ssp1 != po_gram_ssp) fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); fprintf (stderr, "\n"); } #endif *++po_gram_vsp = po_gram_val; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_lsp++; if (po_gram_len == 0) { po_gram_lsp->first_line = po_gram_lloc.first_line; po_gram_lsp->first_column = po_gram_lloc.first_column; po_gram_lsp->last_line = (po_gram_lsp-1)->last_line; po_gram_lsp->last_column = (po_gram_lsp-1)->last_column; po_gram_lsp->text = 0; } else { po_gram_lsp->last_line = (po_gram_lsp+po_gram_len-1)->last_line; po_gram_lsp->last_column = (po_gram_lsp+po_gram_len-1)->last_column; } #endif /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction. Determine what state that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule number reduced by. */ po_gram_n = po_gram_r1[po_gram_n]; po_gram_state = po_gram_pgoto[po_gram_n - po_gram_NTBASE] + *po_gram_ssp; if (po_gram_state >= 0 && po_gram_state <= po_gram_LAST && po_gram_check[po_gram_state] == *po_gram_ssp) po_gram_state = po_gram_table[po_gram_state]; else po_gram_state = po_gram_defgoto[po_gram_n - po_gram_NTBASE]; goto po_gram_newstate; po_gram_errlab: /* here on detecting error */ if (! po_gram_errstatus) /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ { ++po_gram_nerrs; #ifdef po_gram_ERROR_VERBOSE po_gram_n = po_gram_pact[po_gram_state]; if (po_gram_n > po_gram_FLAG && po_gram_n < po_gram_LAST) { int size = 0; char *msg; int x, count; count = 0; /* Start X at -po_gram_n if nec to avoid negative indexes in po_gram_check. */ for (x = (po_gram_n < 0 ? -po_gram_n : 0); x < (sizeof(po_gram_tname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) if (po_gram_check[x + po_gram_n] == x) size += strlen(po_gram_tname[x]) + 15, count++; msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15); if (msg != 0) { strcpy(msg, "parse error"); if (count < 5) { count = 0; for (x = (po_gram_n < 0 ? -po_gram_n : 0); x < (sizeof(po_gram_tname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) if (po_gram_check[x + po_gram_n] == x) { strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `"); strcat(msg, po_gram_tname[x]); strcat(msg, "'"); count++; } } po_gram_error(msg); free(msg); } else po_gram_error ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded"); } else #endif /* po_gram_ERROR_VERBOSE */ po_gram_error("parse error"); } goto po_gram_errlab1; po_gram_errlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */ if (po_gram_errstatus == 3) { /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */ /* return failure if at end of input */ if (po_gram_char == po_gram_EOF) po_gram_ABORT; #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", po_gram_char, po_gram_tname[po_gram_char1]); #endif po_gram_char = po_gram_EMPTY; } /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error token. */ po_gram_errstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ goto po_gram_errhandle; po_gram_errdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */ #if 0 /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens should shift them. */ po_gram_n = po_gram_defact[po_gram_state]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/ if (po_gram_n) goto po_gram_default; #endif po_gram_errpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */ if (po_gram_ssp == po_gram_ss) po_gram_ABORT; po_gram_vsp--; po_gram_state = *--po_gram_ssp; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED po_gram_lsp--; #endif #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) { short *ssp1 = po_gram_ss - 1; fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); while (ssp1 != po_gram_ssp) fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); fprintf (stderr, "\n"); } #endif po_gram_errhandle: po_gram_n = po_gram_pact[po_gram_state]; if (po_gram_n == po_gram_FLAG) goto po_gram_errdefault; po_gram_n += po_gram_TERROR; if (po_gram_n < 0 || po_gram_n > po_gram_LAST || po_gram_check[po_gram_n] != po_gram_TERROR) goto po_gram_errdefault; po_gram_n = po_gram_table[po_gram_n]; if (po_gram_n < 0) { if (po_gram_n == po_gram_FLAG) goto po_gram_errpop; po_gram_n = -po_gram_n; goto po_gram_reduce; } else if (po_gram_n == 0) goto po_gram_errpop; if (po_gram_n == po_gram_FINAL) po_gram_ACCEPT; #if po_gram_DEBUG != 0 if (po_gram_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, "); #endif *++po_gram_vsp = po_gram_lval; #ifdef po_gram_LSP_NEEDED *++po_gram_lsp = po_gram_lloc; #endif po_gram_state = po_gram_n; goto po_gram_newstate; } #line 127 "../../src/po-gram.y" gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-hash.gen.c0000644000175000017500000006616706522261211014774 0ustar jrjr /* A Bison parser, made from ../../src/po-hash.y by GNU Bison version 1.25 */ #define po_hash_BISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ #define STRING 258 #define NUMBER 259 #define COLON 260 #define COMMA 261 #define FILE_KEYWORD 262 #define LINE_KEYWORD 263 #define NUMBER_KEYWORD 264 #line 20 "../../src/po-hash.y" #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #include "po-hash.h" #include "po.h" #line 42 "../../src/po-hash.y" typedef union { char *string; int number; } po_hash_STYPE; #line 51 "../../src/po-hash.y" static const char *cur; void po_hash_error PARAMS ((char *)); int po_hash_lex PARAMS ((void)); int po_hash (s) const char *s; { extern int po_hash_parse PARAMS ((void)); cur = s; return po_hash_parse (); } void po_hash_error (s) char *s; { /* Do nothing, the grammar is used as a recogniser. */ } #include #ifndef __cplusplus #ifndef __STDC__ #define const #endif #endif #define po_hash_FINAL 18 #define po_hash_FLAG -32768 #define po_hash_NTBASE 10 #define po_hash_TRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 264 ? po_hash_translate[x] : 12) static const char po_hash_translate[] = { 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 static const short po_hash_prhs[] = { 0, 0, 1, 4, 8, 16, 25 }; static const short po_hash_rhs[] = { -1, 10, 11, 0, 3, 5, 4, 0, 7, 5, 3, 6, 8, 5, 4, 0, 7, 5, 3, 6, 8, 9, 5, 4, 0, 7, 5, 4, 0 }; #endif #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 static const short po_hash_rline[] = { 0, 82, 83, 87, 93, 99, 105 }; #endif #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 || defined (po_hash_ERROR_VERBOSE) static const char * const po_hash_tname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","STRING", "NUMBER","COLON","COMMA","FILE_KEYWORD","LINE_KEYWORD","NUMBER_KEYWORD","filepos_line", "filepos", NULL }; #endif static const short po_hash_r1[] = { 0, 10, 10, 11, 11, 11, 11 }; static const short po_hash_r2[] = { 0, 0, 2, 3, 7, 8, 3 }; static const short po_hash_defact[] = { 1, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 3, 0, 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 5, 0, 0 }; static const short po_hash_defgoto[] = { 1, 4 }; static const short po_hash_pact[] = {-32768, 0, -3, -1,-32768, 2, 5,-32768, 4,-32768, 3, -4, 8, 9,-32768, 11,-32768, 13,-32768 }; static const short po_hash_pgoto[] = {-32768, -32768 }; #define po_hash_LAST 15 static const short po_hash_table[] = { 17, 12, 5, 2, 6, 13, 7, 3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 18, 15, 16 }; static const short po_hash_check[] = { 0, 5, 5, 3, 5, 9, 4, 7, 3, 4, 6, 8, 4, 0, 5, 4 }; /* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ #line 3 "/usr/lib/bison.simple" /* Skeleton output parser for bison, Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ /* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in version 1.24 of Bison. */ #ifndef alloca #ifdef __GNUC__ #define alloca __builtin_alloca #else /* not GNU C. */ #if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) #include #else /* not sparc */ #if defined (MSDOS) && !defined (__TURBOC__) #include #else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ #if defined(_AIX) #include #pragma alloca #else /* not MSDOS, __TURBOC__, or _AIX */ #ifdef __hpux #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { void *alloca (unsigned int); }; #else /* not __cplusplus */ void *alloca (); #endif /* not __cplusplus */ #endif /* __hpux */ #endif /* not _AIX */ #endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */ #endif /* not sparc. */ #endif /* not GNU C. */ #endif /* alloca not defined. */ /* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ /* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file. It is replaced by the list of actions, each action as one case of the switch. */ #define po_hash_errok (po_hash_errstatus = 0) #define po_hash_clearin (po_hash_char = po_hash_EMPTY) #define po_hash_EMPTY -2 #define po_hash_EOF 0 #define po_hash_ACCEPT return(0) #define po_hash_ABORT return(1) #define po_hash_ERROR goto po_hash_errlab1 /* Like po_hash_ERROR except do call po_hash_error. This remains here temporarily to ease the transition to the new meaning of po_hash_ERROR, for GCC. Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ #define po_hash_FAIL goto po_hash_errlab #define po_hash_RECOVERING() (!!po_hash_errstatus) #define po_hash_BACKUP(token, value) \ do \ if (po_hash_char == po_hash_EMPTY && po_hash_len == 1) \ { po_hash_char = (token), po_hash_lval = (value); \ po_hash_char1 = po_hash_TRANSLATE (po_hash_char); \ po_hash_POPSTACK; \ goto po_hash_backup; \ } \ else \ { po_hash_error ("syntax error: cannot back up"); po_hash_ERROR; } \ while (0) #define po_hash_TERROR 1 #define po_hash_ERRCODE 256 #ifndef po_hash_PURE #define po_hash_LEX po_hash_lex() #endif #ifdef po_hash_PURE #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED #ifdef po_hash_LEX_PARAM #define po_hash_LEX po_hash_lex(&po_hash_lval, &po_hash_lloc, po_hash_LEX_PARAM) #else #define po_hash_LEX po_hash_lex(&po_hash_lval, &po_hash_lloc) #endif #else /* not po_hash_LSP_NEEDED */ #ifdef po_hash_LEX_PARAM #define po_hash_LEX po_hash_lex(&po_hash_lval, po_hash_LEX_PARAM) #else #define po_hash_LEX po_hash_lex(&po_hash_lval) #endif #endif /* not po_hash_LSP_NEEDED */ #endif /* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */ #ifndef po_hash_PURE int po_hash_char; /* the lookahead symbol */ po_hash_STYPE po_hash_lval; /* the semantic value of the */ /* lookahead symbol */ #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_LTYPE po_hash_lloc; /* location data for the lookahead */ /* symbol */ #endif int po_hash_nerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */ #endif /* not po_hash_PURE */ #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 int po_hash_debug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */ /* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers from coexisting. */ #endif /* po_hash_INITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */ #ifndef po_hash_INITDEPTH #define po_hash_INITDEPTH 200 #endif /* po_hash_MAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */ #if po_hash_MAXDEPTH == 0 #undef po_hash_MAXDEPTH #endif #ifndef po_hash_MAXDEPTH #define po_hash_MAXDEPTH 10000 #endif /* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ #ifdef __GNUC__ int po_hash_parse (void); #endif #if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */ #define __po_hash__memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) #else /* not GNU C or C++ */ #ifndef __cplusplus /* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities in available built-in functions on various systems. */ static void __po_hash__memcpy (to, from, count) char *to; char *from; int count; { register char *f = from; register char *t = to; register int i = count; while (i-- > 0) *t++ = *f++; } #else /* __cplusplus */ /* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities in available built-in functions on various systems. */ static void __po_hash__memcpy (char *to, char *from, int count) { register char *f = from; register char *t = to; register int i = count; while (i-- > 0) *t++ = *f++; } #endif #endif #line 196 "/usr/lib/bison.simple" /* The user can define po_hash_PARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed into po_hash_parse. The argument should have type void *. It should actually point to an object. Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it to the proper pointer type. */ #ifdef po_hash_PARSE_PARAM #ifdef __cplusplus #define po_hash_PARSE_PARAM_ARG void *po_hash_PARSE_PARAM #define po_hash_PARSE_PARAM_DECL #else /* not __cplusplus */ #define po_hash_PARSE_PARAM_ARG po_hash_PARSE_PARAM #define po_hash_PARSE_PARAM_DECL void *po_hash_PARSE_PARAM; #endif /* not __cplusplus */ #else /* not po_hash_PARSE_PARAM */ #define po_hash_PARSE_PARAM_ARG #define po_hash_PARSE_PARAM_DECL #endif /* not po_hash_PARSE_PARAM */ int po_hash_parse(po_hash_PARSE_PARAM_ARG) po_hash_PARSE_PARAM_DECL { register int po_hash_state; register int po_hash_n; register short *po_hash_ssp; register po_hash_STYPE *po_hash_vsp; int po_hash_errstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */ int po_hash_char1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */ short po_hash_ssa[po_hash_INITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */ po_hash_STYPE po_hash_vsa[po_hash_INITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */ short *po_hash_ss = po_hash_ssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */ po_hash_STYPE *po_hash_vs = po_hash_vsa; /* to allow po_hash_overflow to reallocate them elsewhere */ #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_LTYPE po_hash_lsa[po_hash_INITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */ po_hash_LTYPE *po_hash_ls = po_hash_lsa; po_hash_LTYPE *po_hash_lsp; #define po_hash_POPSTACK (po_hash_vsp--, po_hash_ssp--, po_hash_lsp--) #else #define po_hash_POPSTACK (po_hash_vsp--, po_hash_ssp--) #endif int po_hash_stacksize = po_hash_INITDEPTH; #ifdef po_hash_PURE int po_hash_char; po_hash_STYPE po_hash_lval; int po_hash_nerrs; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_LTYPE po_hash_lloc; #endif #endif po_hash_STYPE po_hash_val; /* the variable used to return */ /* semantic values from the action */ /* routines */ int po_hash_len; #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n"); #endif po_hash_state = 0; po_hash_errstatus = 0; po_hash_nerrs = 0; po_hash_char = po_hash_EMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ /* Initialize stack pointers. Waste one element of value and location stack so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. The wasted elements are never initialized. */ po_hash_ssp = po_hash_ss - 1; po_hash_vsp = po_hash_vs; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_lsp = po_hash_ls; #endif /* Push a new state, which is found in po_hash_state . */ /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ po_hash_newstate: *++po_hash_ssp = po_hash_state; if (po_hash_ssp >= po_hash_ss + po_hash_stacksize - 1) { /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */ /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */ po_hash_STYPE *po_hash_vs1 = po_hash_vs; short *po_hash_ss1 = po_hash_ss; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_LTYPE *po_hash_ls1 = po_hash_ls; #endif /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ int size = po_hash_ssp - po_hash_ss + 1; #ifdef po_hash_overflow /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, but that might be undefined if po_hash_overflow is a macro. */ po_hash_overflow("parser stack overflow", &po_hash_ss1, size * sizeof (*po_hash_ssp), &po_hash_vs1, size * sizeof (*po_hash_vsp), &po_hash_ls1, size * sizeof (*po_hash_lsp), &po_hash_stacksize); #else po_hash_overflow("parser stack overflow", &po_hash_ss1, size * sizeof (*po_hash_ssp), &po_hash_vs1, size * sizeof (*po_hash_vsp), &po_hash_stacksize); #endif po_hash_ss = po_hash_ss1; po_hash_vs = po_hash_vs1; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_ls = po_hash_ls1; #endif #else /* no po_hash_overflow */ /* Extend the stack our own way. */ if (po_hash_stacksize >= po_hash_MAXDEPTH) { po_hash_error("parser stack overflow"); return 2; } po_hash_stacksize *= 2; if (po_hash_stacksize > po_hash_MAXDEPTH) po_hash_stacksize = po_hash_MAXDEPTH; po_hash_ss = (short *) alloca (po_hash_stacksize * sizeof (*po_hash_ssp)); __po_hash__memcpy ((char *)po_hash_ss, (char *)po_hash_ss1, size * sizeof (*po_hash_ssp)); po_hash_vs = (po_hash_STYPE *) alloca (po_hash_stacksize * sizeof (*po_hash_vsp)); __po_hash__memcpy ((char *)po_hash_vs, (char *)po_hash_vs1, size * sizeof (*po_hash_vsp)); #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_ls = (po_hash_LTYPE *) alloca (po_hash_stacksize * sizeof (*po_hash_lsp)); __po_hash__memcpy ((char *)po_hash_ls, (char *)po_hash_ls1, size * sizeof (*po_hash_lsp)); #endif #endif /* no po_hash_overflow */ po_hash_ssp = po_hash_ss + size - 1; po_hash_vsp = po_hash_vs + size - 1; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_lsp = po_hash_ls + size - 1; #endif #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", po_hash_stacksize); #endif if (po_hash_ssp >= po_hash_ss + po_hash_stacksize - 1) po_hash_ABORT; } #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", po_hash_state); #endif goto po_hash_backup; po_hash_backup: /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ /* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ /* po_hash_resume: */ /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ po_hash_n = po_hash_pact[po_hash_state]; if (po_hash_n == po_hash_FLAG) goto po_hash_default; /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ /* po_hash_char is either po_hash_EMPTY or po_hash_EOF or a valid token in external form. */ if (po_hash_char == po_hash_EMPTY) { #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: "); #endif po_hash_char = po_hash_LEX; } /* Convert token to internal form (in po_hash_char1) for indexing tables with */ if (po_hash_char <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ { po_hash_char1 = 0; po_hash_char = po_hash_EOF; /* Don't call po_hash_LEX any more */ #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"); #endif } else { po_hash_char1 = po_hash_TRANSLATE(po_hash_char); #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) { fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", po_hash_char, po_hash_tname[po_hash_char1]); /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ #ifdef po_hash_PRINT po_hash_PRINT (stderr, po_hash_char, po_hash_lval); #endif fprintf (stderr, ")\n"); } #endif } po_hash_n += po_hash_char1; if (po_hash_n < 0 || po_hash_n > po_hash_LAST || po_hash_check[po_hash_n] != po_hash_char1) goto po_hash_default; po_hash_n = po_hash_table[po_hash_n]; /* po_hash_n is what to do for this token type in this state. Negative => reduce, -po_hash_n is rule number. Positive => shift, po_hash_n is new state. New state is final state => don't bother to shift, just return success. 0, or most negative number => error. */ if (po_hash_n < 0) { if (po_hash_n == po_hash_FLAG) goto po_hash_errlab; po_hash_n = -po_hash_n; goto po_hash_reduce; } else if (po_hash_n == 0) goto po_hash_errlab; if (po_hash_n == po_hash_FINAL) po_hash_ACCEPT; /* Shift the lookahead token. */ #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", po_hash_char, po_hash_tname[po_hash_char1]); #endif /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ if (po_hash_char != po_hash_EOF) po_hash_char = po_hash_EMPTY; *++po_hash_vsp = po_hash_lval; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED *++po_hash_lsp = po_hash_lloc; #endif /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */ if (po_hash_errstatus) po_hash_errstatus--; po_hash_state = po_hash_n; goto po_hash_newstate; /* Do the default action for the current state. */ po_hash_default: po_hash_n = po_hash_defact[po_hash_state]; if (po_hash_n == 0) goto po_hash_errlab; /* Do a reduction. po_hash_n is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ po_hash_reduce: po_hash_len = po_hash_r2[po_hash_n]; if (po_hash_len > 0) po_hash_val = po_hash_vsp[1-po_hash_len]; /* implement default value of the action */ #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) { int i; fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", po_hash_n, po_hash_rline[po_hash_n]); /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ for (i = po_hash_prhs[po_hash_n]; po_hash_rhs[i] > 0; i++) fprintf (stderr, "%s ", po_hash_tname[po_hash_rhs[i]]); fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", po_hash_tname[po_hash_r1[po_hash_n]]); } #endif switch (po_hash_n) { case 3: #line 88 "../../src/po-hash.y" { /* GNU style */ po_callback_comment_filepos (po_hash_vsp[-2].string, po_hash_vsp[0].number); free (po_hash_vsp[-2].string); ; break;} case 4: #line 94 "../../src/po-hash.y" { /* SunOS style */ po_callback_comment_filepos (po_hash_vsp[-4].string, po_hash_vsp[0].number); free (po_hash_vsp[-4].string); ; break;} case 5: #line 100 "../../src/po-hash.y" { /* Solaris style */ po_callback_comment_filepos (po_hash_vsp[-5].string, po_hash_vsp[0].number); free (po_hash_vsp[-5].string); ; break;} case 6: #line 106 "../../src/po-hash.y" { /* GNU style, but STRING is `file'. Esoteric, but it happened. */ po_callback_comment_filepos ("file", po_hash_vsp[0].number); ; break;} } /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */ #line 498 "/usr/lib/bison.simple" po_hash_vsp -= po_hash_len; po_hash_ssp -= po_hash_len; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_lsp -= po_hash_len; #endif #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) { short *ssp1 = po_hash_ss - 1; fprintf (stderr, "state stack now"); while (ssp1 != po_hash_ssp) fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); fprintf (stderr, "\n"); } #endif *++po_hash_vsp = po_hash_val; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_lsp++; if (po_hash_len == 0) { po_hash_lsp->first_line = po_hash_lloc.first_line; po_hash_lsp->first_column = po_hash_lloc.first_column; po_hash_lsp->last_line = (po_hash_lsp-1)->last_line; po_hash_lsp->last_column = (po_hash_lsp-1)->last_column; po_hash_lsp->text = 0; } else { po_hash_lsp->last_line = (po_hash_lsp+po_hash_len-1)->last_line; po_hash_lsp->last_column = (po_hash_lsp+po_hash_len-1)->last_column; } #endif /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction. Determine what state that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule number reduced by. */ po_hash_n = po_hash_r1[po_hash_n]; po_hash_state = po_hash_pgoto[po_hash_n - po_hash_NTBASE] + *po_hash_ssp; if (po_hash_state >= 0 && po_hash_state <= po_hash_LAST && po_hash_check[po_hash_state] == *po_hash_ssp) po_hash_state = po_hash_table[po_hash_state]; else po_hash_state = po_hash_defgoto[po_hash_n - po_hash_NTBASE]; goto po_hash_newstate; po_hash_errlab: /* here on detecting error */ if (! po_hash_errstatus) /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ { ++po_hash_nerrs; #ifdef po_hash_ERROR_VERBOSE po_hash_n = po_hash_pact[po_hash_state]; if (po_hash_n > po_hash_FLAG && po_hash_n < po_hash_LAST) { int size = 0; char *msg; int x, count; count = 0; /* Start X at -po_hash_n if nec to avoid negative indexes in po_hash_check. */ for (x = (po_hash_n < 0 ? -po_hash_n : 0); x < (sizeof(po_hash_tname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) if (po_hash_check[x + po_hash_n] == x) size += strlen(po_hash_tname[x]) + 15, count++; msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15); if (msg != 0) { strcpy(msg, "parse error"); if (count < 5) { count = 0; for (x = (po_hash_n < 0 ? -po_hash_n : 0); x < (sizeof(po_hash_tname) / sizeof(char *)); x++) if (po_hash_check[x + po_hash_n] == x) { strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `"); strcat(msg, po_hash_tname[x]); strcat(msg, "'"); count++; } } po_hash_error(msg); free(msg); } else po_hash_error ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded"); } else #endif /* po_hash_ERROR_VERBOSE */ po_hash_error("parse error"); } goto po_hash_errlab1; po_hash_errlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */ if (po_hash_errstatus == 3) { /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */ /* return failure if at end of input */ if (po_hash_char == po_hash_EOF) po_hash_ABORT; #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", po_hash_char, po_hash_tname[po_hash_char1]); #endif po_hash_char = po_hash_EMPTY; } /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error token. */ po_hash_errstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ goto po_hash_errhandle; po_hash_errdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */ #if 0 /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens should shift them. */ po_hash_n = po_hash_defact[po_hash_state]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/ if (po_hash_n) goto po_hash_default; #endif po_hash_errpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */ if (po_hash_ssp == po_hash_ss) po_hash_ABORT; po_hash_vsp--; po_hash_state = *--po_hash_ssp; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED po_hash_lsp--; #endif #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) { short *ssp1 = po_hash_ss - 1; fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); while (ssp1 != po_hash_ssp) fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1); fprintf (stderr, "\n"); } #endif po_hash_errhandle: po_hash_n = po_hash_pact[po_hash_state]; if (po_hash_n == po_hash_FLAG) goto po_hash_errdefault; po_hash_n += po_hash_TERROR; if (po_hash_n < 0 || po_hash_n > po_hash_LAST || po_hash_check[po_hash_n] != po_hash_TERROR) goto po_hash_errdefault; po_hash_n = po_hash_table[po_hash_n]; if (po_hash_n < 0) { if (po_hash_n == po_hash_FLAG) goto po_hash_errpop; po_hash_n = -po_hash_n; goto po_hash_reduce; } else if (po_hash_n == 0) goto po_hash_errpop; if (po_hash_n == po_hash_FINAL) po_hash_ACCEPT; #if po_hash_DEBUG != 0 if (po_hash_debug) fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, "); #endif *++po_hash_vsp = po_hash_lval; #ifdef po_hash_LSP_NEEDED *++po_hash_lsp = po_hash_lloc; #endif po_hash_state = po_hash_n; goto po_hash_newstate; } #line 113 "../../src/po-hash.y" int po_hash_lex () { static char *buf; static size_t bufmax; size_t bufpos; int n; int c; for (;;) { c = *cur++; switch (c) { case 0: --cur; return 0; case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': break; case ':': return COLON; case ',': return COMMA; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': /* Accumulate a number. */ n = 0; for (;;) { n = n * 10 + c - '0'; c = *cur++; switch (c) { default: break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': continue; } break; } --cur; po_hash_lval.number = n; return NUMBER; default: /* Accumulate a string. */ bufpos = 0; for (;;) { if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax); } buf[bufpos++] = c; c = *cur++; switch (c) { default: continue; case 0: case ':': case ',': case ' ': case '\t': --cur; break; } break; } if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax); } buf[bufpos] = 0; if (strcmp (buf, "file") == 0 || strcmp (buf, "File") == 0) return FILE_KEYWORD; if (strcmp (buf, "line") == 0) return LINE_KEYWORD; if (strcmp (buf, "number") == 0) return NUMBER_KEYWORD; po_hash_lval.string = xstrdup (buf); return STRING; } } } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-lex.c0000444000175000017500000002651706522251423014066 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #include #include #include #define _(str) gettext(str) #if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT # if __STDC__ # include # define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg) # else # include # define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args) # endif #else # define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8 # define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8; #endif #include "po-lex.h" #include "po-gram.h" #include "system.h" #include "error.h" #include "po-gram.gen.h" static FILE *fp; lex_pos_ty gram_pos; size_t gram_max_allowed_errors = 20; static int pass_comments = 0; static int pass_obsolete_entries = 0; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static int lex_getc PARAMS ((void)); static void lex_ungetc PARAMS ((int __ch)); static int keyword_p PARAMS ((char *__s)); static int control_sequence PARAMS ((void)); void lex_open (fname) const char *fname; { fp = open_po_file (fname, &gram_pos.file_name); if (!fp) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error while opening \"%s\" for reading"), fname); gram_pos.line_number = 1; } void lex_close () { if (error_message_count > 0) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("found %d fatal errors"), error_message_count); if (fp != stdin) fclose (fp); fp = NULL; gram_pos.file_name = 0; gram_pos.line_number = 0; error_message_count = 0; } /* CAUTION: If you change this function, you must also make identical changes to the macro of the same name in src/po-lex.h */ #if !__STDC__ || !defined __GNUC__ || __GNUC__ == 1 /* VARARGS1 */ void # if defined VA_START && __STDC__ po_gram_error (const char *fmt, ...) # else po_gram_error (fmt, va_alist) const char *fmt; va_dcl # endif { # ifdef VA_START va_list ap; char *buffer; VA_START (ap, fmt); vasprintf (&buffer, fmt, ap); va_end (ap); error_at_line (0, 0, gram_pos.file_name, gram_pos.line_number, "%s", buffer); # else error_at_line (0, 0, gram_pos.file_name, gram_pos.line_number, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); # endif /* Some messages need more than one line. Continuation lines are indicated by using "..." at the start of the string. We don't increment the error counter for these continuation lines. */ if (*fmt == '.') --error_message_count; else if (error_message_count >= gram_max_allowed_errors) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("too many errors, aborting")); } /* CAUTION: If you change this function, you must also make identical changes to the macro of the same name in src/po-lex.h */ /* VARARGS2 */ void # if defined VA_START && __STDC__ gram_error_at_line (const lex_pos_ty *pp, const char *fmt, ...) # else gram_error_at_line (pp, fmt, va_alist) const lex_pos_ty *pp; const char *fmt; va_dcl # endif { # ifdef VA_START va_list ap; char *buffer; VA_START (ap, fmt); vasprintf (&buffer, fmt, ap); va_end (ap); error_at_line (0, 0, pp->file_name, pp->line_number, "%s", buffer); # else error_at_line (0, 0, pp->file_name, pp->line_number, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8); # endif /* Some messages need more than one line, or more than one location. Continuation lines are indicated by using "..." at the start of the string. We don't increment the error counter for these continuation lines. */ if (*fmt == '.') --error_message_count; else if (error_message_count >= gram_max_allowed_errors) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("too many errors, aborting")); } #endif static int lex_getc () { int c; for (;;) { c = getc (fp); switch (c) { case EOF: if (ferror (fp)) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error while reading \"%s\""), gram_pos.file_name); return EOF; case '\n': ++gram_pos.line_number; return '\n'; case '\\': c = getc (fp); if (c != '\n') { if (c != EOF) ungetc (c, fp); return '\\'; } ++gram_pos.line_number; break; default: return c; } } } static void lex_ungetc (c) int c; { switch (c) { case EOF: break; case '\n': --gram_pos.line_number; /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: ungetc (c, fp); break; } } static int keyword_p (s) char *s; { if (!strcmp (s, "domain")) return DOMAIN; if (!strcmp (s, "msgid")) return MSGID; if (!strcmp (s, "msgstr")) return MSGSTR; po_gram_error (_("keyword \"%s\" unknown"), s); return NAME; } static int control_sequence () { int c; int val; int max; c = lex_getc (); switch (c) { case 'n': return '\n'; case 't': return '\t'; case 'b': return '\b'; case 'r': return '\r'; case 'f': return '\f'; case '\\': case '"': return c; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': val = 0; for (max = 0; max < 3; ++max) { /* Warning: not portable, can't depend on '0'..'7' ordering. */ val = val * 8 + c - '0'; c = lex_getc (); switch (c) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': continue; default: break; } break; } lex_ungetc (c); return val; case 'x': case 'X': c = lex_getc (); if (c == EOF || !isxdigit (c)) break; val = 0; for (;;) { val *= 16; if (isdigit (c)) /* Warning: not portable, can't depend on '0'..'9' ordering */ val += c - '0'; else if (isupper (c)) /* Warning: not portable, can't depend on 'A'..'F' ordering */ val += c - 'A' + 10; else /* Warning: not portable, can't depend on 'a'..'f' ordering */ val += c - 'a' + 10; c = lex_getc (); switch (c) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': continue; default: break; } break; } return val; } po_gram_error (_("illegal control sequence")); return ' '; } int po_gram_lex () { static char *buf; static size_t bufmax; int c; size_t bufpos; for (;;) { c = lex_getc (); switch (c) { case EOF: /* Yacc want this for end of file. */ return 0; case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\r': case '\f': break; case '#': /* Accumulate comments into a buffer. If we have been asked to pass comments, generate a COMMENT token, otherwise discard it. */ c = lex_getc (); if (c == '~' && pass_obsolete_entries) /* A special comment beginning with #~ is found. This is the format for obsolete entries and if we are asked to return them is entries not as comments be simply stop processing the comment here. The following characters are expected to be well formed. */ break; if (pass_comments) { bufpos = 0; while (1) { if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax); } if (c == EOF || c == '\n') break; buf[bufpos++] = c; c = lex_getc (); } buf[bufpos] = 0; po_gram_lval.string = buf; return COMMENT; } else /* We do this in separate loop because collecting large comments while they get not passed to the upper layers is not very effective. */ while (c != EOF && c != '\n') c = lex_getc (); break; case '"': bufpos = 0; while (1) { if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax); } c = lex_getc (); if (c == '\n') { po_gram_error (_("end-of-line within string")); break; } if (c == EOF) { po_gram_error (_("end-of-file within string")); break; } if (c == '"') break; if (c == '\\') c = control_sequence (); buf[bufpos++] = c; } buf[bufpos] = 0; po_gram_lval.string = xstrdup (buf); return STRING; case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z': case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y': case 'Z': case '_': case '$': bufpos = 0; for (;;) { if (bufpos + 1 >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax); } buf[bufpos++] = c; c = lex_getc (); switch (c) { default: break; case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z': case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y': case 'Z': case '_': case '$': case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': continue; } break; } lex_ungetc (c); buf[bufpos] = 0; c = keyword_p (buf); if (c == NAME) po_gram_lval.string = xstrdup (buf); return c; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': /* I know, we don't need numbers, yet. */ bufpos = 0; for (;;) { if (bufpos + 1 >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax + 1); } buf[bufpos++] = c; c = lex_getc (); switch (c) { default: break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': continue; } break; } lex_ungetc (c); buf[bufpos] = 0; po_gram_lval.number = atol (buf); return NUMBER; default: /* This will cause a syntax error. */ return JUNK; } } } void po_lex_pass_comments (flag) int flag; { pass_comments = (flag != 0); } void po_lex_pass_obsolete_entries (flag) int flag; { pass_obsolete_entries = (flag != 0); } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po.c0000444000175000017500000001360006522251455013272 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include #endif #include "po.h" #include "po-hash.h" #include "system.h" /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void po_parse_brief PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop)); static void po_parse_debrief PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop)); /* Methods used indirectly by po_scan. */ static void po_directive_domain PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, char *__name)); static void po_directive_message PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *__msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); static void po_comment PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, const char *__s)); static void po_comment_dot PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, const char *__s)); static void po_comment_filepos PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, const char *__name, int __line)); static void po_comment_special PARAMS ((po_ty *pop, const char *s)); /* Local variables. */ static po_ty *callback_arg; po_ty * po_alloc (pomp) po_method_ty *pomp; { po_ty *pop; pop = xmalloc (pomp->size); pop->method = pomp; if (pomp->constructor) pomp->constructor (pop); return pop; } void po_free (pop) po_ty *pop; { if (pop->method->destructor) pop->method->destructor (pop); free (pop); } void po_scan (pop, filename) po_ty *pop; const char *filename; { extern int po_gram_parse PARAMS ((void)); /* The parse will call the po_callback_... functions (see below) when the various directive are recognised. The callback_arg variable is used to tell these functions which instance is to have the relevant method invoked. */ callback_arg = pop; /* Open the file and parse it. */ lex_open (filename); po_parse_brief (pop); po_gram_parse (); po_parse_debrief (pop); lex_close (); callback_arg = 0; } static void po_parse_brief (pop) po_ty *pop; { if (pop->method->parse_brief) pop->method->parse_brief (pop); } static void po_parse_debrief (pop) po_ty *pop; { if (pop->method->parse_debrief) pop->method->parse_debrief (pop); } static void po_directive_domain (pop, name) po_ty *pop; char *name; { if (pop->method->directive_domain) pop->method->directive_domain (pop, name); } void po_callback_domain (name) char *name; { /* assert(callback_arg); */ po_directive_domain (callback_arg, name); } static void po_directive_message (pop, msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos) po_ty *pop; char *msgid; lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; char *msgstr; lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; { if (pop->method->directive_message) pop->method->directive_message (pop, msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos); } void po_callback_message (msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos) char *msgid; lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; char *msgstr; lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; { /* assert(callback_arg); */ po_directive_message (callback_arg, msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos); } static void po_comment_special (pop, s) po_ty *pop; const char *s; { if (pop->method->comment_special != NULL) pop->method->comment_special (pop, s); } static void po_comment (pop, s) po_ty *pop; const char *s; { if (pop->method->comment != NULL) pop->method->comment (pop, s); } static void po_comment_dot (pop, s) po_ty *pop; const char *s; { if (pop->method->comment_dot != NULL) pop->method->comment_dot (pop, s); } /* This function is called by po_gram_lex() whenever a comment is seen. It analyzes the comment to see what sort it is, and then dispatces it to the appropriate method. */ void po_callback_comment (s) const char *s; { /* assert(callback_arg); */ if (*s == '.') po_comment_dot (callback_arg, s + 1); else if (*s == ':') { /* Parse the file location string. If the parse succeeds, the appropriate callback will be invoked. If the parse fails, the po_hash_parse function will return non-zero - so pretend it was a normal comment. */ if (po_hash (s + 1) == 0) /* Do nothing, it is a GNU-style file pos line. */ ; else po_comment (callback_arg, s + 1); } else if (*s == ',' || *s == '!') /* Get all entries in the special comment line. */ po_comment_special (callback_arg, s + 1); else { /* It looks like a plain vanilla comment, but Solaris-style file position lines do, too. Rather than parse the lot, only look at lines that could start with "# File..." This minimizes memory leaks on failed parses. If the parse succeeds, the appropriate callback will be invoked. */ if (s[0] == ' ' && (s[1] == 'F' || s[1] == 'f') && s[2] == 'i' && po_hash (s) == 0) /* Do nothing, it is a Sun-style file pos line. */ ; else po_comment (callback_arg, s); } } static void po_comment_filepos (pop, name, line) po_ty *pop; const char *name; int line; { if (pop->method->comment_filepos) pop->method->comment_filepos (pop, name, line); } void po_callback_comment_filepos (name, line) const char *name; int line; { /* assert(callback_arg); */ po_comment_filepos (callback_arg, name, line); } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/str-list.c0000444000175000017500000000602606522251503014433 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include "system.h" #include "str-list.h" string_list_ty * string_list_alloc () { string_list_ty *slp; slp = (string_list_ty *) xmalloc (sizeof (*slp)); slp->item = NULL; slp->nitems = 0; slp->nitems_max = 0; return slp; } void string_list_append (slp, s) string_list_ty *slp; const char *s; { /* Grow the list. */ if (slp->nitems >= slp->nitems_max) { size_t nbytes; slp->nitems_max = slp->nitems_max * 2 + 4; nbytes = slp->nitems_max * sizeof (slp->item[0]); slp->item = (const char **) xrealloc (slp->item, nbytes); } /* Add a copy of the string to the end of the list. */ slp->item[slp->nitems++] = xstrdup (s); } void string_list_append_unique (slp, s) string_list_ty *slp; const char *s; { size_t j; /* Do not if the string is already in the list. */ for (j = 0; j < slp->nitems; ++j) if (strcmp (slp->item[j], s) == 0) return; /* Grow the list. */ if (slp->nitems >= slp->nitems_max) { slp->nitems_max = slp->nitems_max * 2 + 4; slp->item = (const char **) xrealloc (slp->item, slp->nitems_max * sizeof (slp->item[0])); } /* Add a copy of the string to the end of the list. */ slp->item[slp->nitems++] = xstrdup (s); } void string_list_free (slp) string_list_ty *slp; { size_t j; for (j = 0; j < slp->nitems; ++j) free ((char *) slp->item[j]); if (slp->item != NULL) free (slp->item); free (slp); } char * string_list_join (slp) const string_list_ty *slp; { size_t len; size_t j; char *result; size_t pos; len = 1; for (j = 0; j < slp->nitems; ++j) { if (j) ++len; len += strlen (slp->item[j]); } result = xmalloc (len); pos = 0; for (j = 0; j < slp->nitems; ++j) { if (j) result[pos++] = ' '; len = strlen (slp->item[j]); memcpy (result + pos, slp->item[j], len); pos += len; } result[pos] = 0; return result; } int string_list_member (slp, s) const string_list_ty *slp; const char *s; { size_t j; for (j = 0; j < slp->nitems; ++j) if (strcmp (slp->item[j], s) == 0) return 1; return 0; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/dir-list.c0000444000175000017500000000254406522251177014411 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #include "system.h" #include "dir-list.h" #include "str-list.h" static string_list_ty *directory; void dir_list_append (s) const char *s; { if (directory == NULL) directory = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append_unique (directory, s); } const char * dir_list_nth (n) int n; { if (directory == NULL) dir_list_append ("."); if (n < 0 || n >= directory->nitems) return NULL; return directory->item[n]; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/msgfmt.c0000444000175000017500000006552006522165020014151 0ustar jrjr/* Converts Uniforum style .po files to binary .mo files Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , April 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #include "hash.h" #include "dir-list.h" #include "error.h" #include "getline.h" #include "printf.h" #include #include "gettext.h" #include "domain.h" #include "hash-string.h" #include #include "message.h" #include "po.h" #define _(str) gettext (str) #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif /* Define the data structure which we need to represent the data to be written out. */ struct id_str_pair { char *id; char *str; }; /* Contains information about the definition of one translation. */ struct msgstr_def { char *msgstr; lex_pos_ty pos; }; /* This structure defines a derived class of the po_ty class. (See po.h for an explanation.) */ typedef struct msgfmt_class_ty msgfmt_class_ty; struct msgfmt_class_ty { /* inherited instance variables, etc */ PO_BASE_TY int is_fuzzy; enum is_c_format is_c_format; enum is_c_format do_wrap; int has_header_entry; }; /* Alignment of strings in resulting .mo file. */ static size_t alignment; /* Contains exit status for case in which no premature exit occurs. */ static int exit_status; /* If nonzero include even fuzzy translations in output file. */ static int include_all; /* Nonzero if no hash table in .mo is wanted. */ static int no_hash_table; /* Specifies name of the output file. */ static const char *output_file_name; /* String containing name the program is called with. */ const char *program_name; /* We may have more than one input file. Domains with same names in different files have to merged. So we need a list of tables for each output file. */ static struct msg_domain *domain; static struct msg_domain *current_domain; /* If not zero list duplicate message identifiers. */ static int verbose_level; /* If not zero check strings according to format string rules for the language. */ static int do_check; /* Counters for statistics on translations for the processed files. */ static int msgs_translated; static int msgs_untranslated; static int msgs_fuzzy; /* If not zero print statistics about translation at the end. */ static int do_statistics; /* Long options. */ static const struct option long_options[] = { { "alignment", required_argument, NULL, 'a' }, { "check", no_argument, &do_check, 1 }, { "directory", required_argument, NULL, 'D' }, { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, { "no-hash", no_argument, &no_hash_table, 1 }, { "output-file", required_argument, NULL, 'o' }, { "statistics", no_argument, &do_statistics, 1 }, { "strict", no_argument, NULL, 'S' }, { "use-fuzzy", no_argument, NULL, 'f' }, { "verbose", no_argument, NULL, 'v' }, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; #ifndef roundup # if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 # define roundup(x, y) ({typeof(x) _x = (x); typeof(y) _y = (y); \ ((_x + _y - 1) / _y) * _y; }) # else # define roundup(x, y) ((((x)+((y)-1))/(y))*(y)) # endif /* GNU CC2 */ #endif /* roundup */ /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void usage PARAMS ((int status)) #if defined __GNUC__ && ((__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5) || __GNUC__ > 2) __attribute__ ((noreturn)) #endif ; static void error_print PARAMS ((void)); static void grammar PARAMS ((char *__filename)); static void format_constructor PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void format_directive_domain PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, char *__name)); static void format_directive_message PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *__msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); static void format_comment_special PARAMS ((po_ty *pop, const char *s)); static void format_debrief PARAMS((po_ty *)); static struct msg_domain *new_domain PARAMS ((const char *name)); static int compare_id PARAMS ((const void *pval1, const void *pval2)); static void write_table PARAMS ((FILE *output_file, hash_table *tab)); static void check_pair PARAMS ((const char *msgid, const lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos, const char *msgstr, const lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos, int is_format)); static const char *add_mo_suffix PARAMS ((const char *)); int main(argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { int opt; int do_help = 0; int do_version = 0; int strict_uniforum = 0; /* Set default value for global variables. */ alignment = DEFAULT_OUTPUT_ALIGNMENT; /* Set program name for messages. */ program_name = argv[0]; error_print_progname = error_print; error_one_per_line = 1; exit_status = EXIT_SUCCESS; #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Set locale via LC_ALL. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); #endif /* Set the text message domain. */ bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); while ((opt = getopt_long (argc, argv, "a:cD:fho:vV", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) switch (opt) { case '\0': /* Long option. */ break; case 'a': { char *endp; size_t new_align = strtoul (optarg, &endp, 0); if (endp != optarg) alignment = new_align; } break; case 'c': do_check = 1; break; case 'D': dir_list_append (optarg); break; case 'f': include_all = 1; break; case 'h': do_help = 1; break; case 'o': output_file_name = optarg; break; case 'S': strict_uniforum = 1; break; case 'v': ++verbose_level; break; case 'V': do_version = 1; break; default: usage (EXIT_FAILURE); break; } /* Version information is requested. */ if (do_version) { printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", basename (program_name), PACKAGE, VERSION); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\ warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\ "), "1995, 1996, 1997, 1998"); printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper"); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Help is requested. */ if (do_help) usage (EXIT_SUCCESS); /* Test whether we have a .po file name as argument. */ if (optind >= argc) { error (EXIT_SUCCESS, 0, _("no input file given")); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } /* The -o option determines the name of the domain and therefor the output file. */ if (output_file_name != NULL) current_domain = new_domain (output_file_name); /* Prepare PO file reader. We need to see the comments because inexact translations must be reported. */ po_lex_pass_comments (1); /* Now write out all domains. */ /* Process all given .po files. */ while (argc > optind) { /* Remember that we currently have not specified any domain. This is of course not true when we saw the -o option. */ if (output_file_name == NULL) current_domain = NULL; /* And process the input file. */ grammar (argv[optind]); ++optind; } while (domain != NULL) { FILE *output_file; /* If no entry for this domain don't even create the file. */ if (domain->symbol_tab.filled != 0) { if (strcmp (domain->domain_name, "-") == 0) output_file = stdout; else { const char *fname; fname = strict_uniforum ? add_mo_suffix (domain->domain_name) : domain->domain_name; output_file = fopen (fname, "w"); if (output_file == NULL) { error (0, errno, _("error while opening \"%s\" for writing"), fname); exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE; } if (strict_uniforum) free ((void *) fname); } if (output_file != NULL) { write_table (output_file, &domain->symbol_tab); if (output_file != stdout) fclose (output_file); } } domain = domain->next; } /* Print statistics if requested. */ if (verbose_level > 0 || do_statistics) { fprintf (stderr, _("%d translated messages"), msgs_translated); if (msgs_fuzzy > 0) fprintf (stderr, _(", %d fuzzy translations"), msgs_fuzzy); if (msgs_untranslated > 0) fprintf (stderr, _(", %d untranslated messages"), msgs_untranslated); fputs (".\n", stderr); } exit (exit_status); } /* Display usage information and exit. */ static void usage (status) int status; { if (status != EXIT_SUCCESS) fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), program_name); else { /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n\ Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n\ \n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n\ -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n\ -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n\ --statistics print statistics about translations\n\ --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n\ -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ \n\ Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n\ \n\ If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n\ output is written to standard output.\n"), program_name, DEFAULT_OUTPUT_ALIGNMENT); fputs (_("Report bugs to .\n"), stdout); } exit (status); } static struct msg_domain * new_domain (name) const char *name; { struct msg_domain **p_dom = &domain; while (*p_dom != NULL && strcmp (name, (*p_dom)->domain_name) != 0) p_dom = &(*p_dom)->next; if (*p_dom == NULL) { *p_dom = (struct msg_domain *) xmalloc (sizeof (**p_dom)); if (init_hash (&(*p_dom)->symbol_tab, 100) != 0) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("while creating hash table")); (*p_dom)->domain_name = name; (*p_dom)->next = NULL; } return *p_dom; } /* The address of this function will be assigned to the hook in the error functions. */ static void error_print () { /* We don't want the program name to be printed in messages. Emacs' compile.el does not like this. */ } /* Prepare for first message. */ static void format_constructor (that) po_ty *that; { msgfmt_class_ty *this = (msgfmt_class_ty *) that; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; this->has_header_entry = 0; } /* Some checks after whole file is read. */ static void format_debrief (that) po_ty *that; { msgfmt_class_ty *this = (msgfmt_class_ty *) that; /* If in verbose mode, test whether header entry was found. */ if (verbose_level > 0 && this->has_header_entry == 0) error (0, 0, _("%s: warning: no header entry found"), gram_pos.file_name); } /* Process `domain' directive from .po file. */ static void format_directive_domain (pop, name) po_ty *pop; char *name; { /* If no output file was given, we change it with each `domain' directive. */ if (output_file_name == NULL) { size_t correct; correct = strcspn (name, INVALID_PATH_CHAR); if (name[correct] != '\0') { exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE; if (correct == 0) { error (0, 0, _("\ domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name"), name); return; } else error (0, 0, _("\ domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix"), name); name[correct] = '\0'; } /* Set new domain. */ current_domain = new_domain (name); } else { if (verbose_level > 0) /* We don't change the exit status here because this is really only an information. */ error (0, 0, _("`domain %s' directive ignored"), name); /* NAME was allocated in po-gram.y but is not used anywhere. */ free (name); } } /* Process `msgid'/`msgstr' pair from .po file. */ static void format_directive_message (that, msgid_string, msgid_pos, msgstr_string, msgstr_pos) po_ty *that; char *msgid_string; lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; char *msgstr_string; lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; { msgfmt_class_ty *this = (msgfmt_class_ty *) that; struct msgstr_def *entry; if (msgstr_string[0] == '\0' || (!include_all && this->is_fuzzy)) { if (verbose_level > 1) /* We don't change the exit status here because this is really only an information. */ error_at_line (0, 0, msgstr_pos->file_name, msgstr_pos->line_number, (msgstr_string[0] == '\0' ? _("empty `msgstr' entry ignored") : _("fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored"))); /* Free strings allocated in po-gram.y. */ free (msgstr_string); /* Increment counter for fuzzy/untranslated messages. */ if (this->is_fuzzy) ++msgs_fuzzy; else ++msgs_untranslated; goto prepare_next; } /* Test for header entry. */ if (msgid_string[0] == '\0') { this->has_header_entry = 1; /* Do some more tests on test contents of the header entry. */ if (verbose_level > 0) { static const char *required_fields[] = { "Project-Id-Version", "PO-Revision-Date", "Last-Translator", "Language-Team", "MIME-Version", "Content-Type", "Content-Transfer-Encoding" }; static const char *default_values[] = { "PACKAGE VERSION", "YEAR-MO-DA", "FULL NAME", "LANGUAGE", NULL, "text/plain; charset=CHARSET", "ENCODING" }; const size_t nfields = (sizeof (required_fields) / sizeof (required_fields[0])); int initial = -1; int cnt; for (cnt = 0; cnt < nfields; ++cnt) { char *endp = strstr (msgstr_string, required_fields[cnt]); if (endp == NULL) error (0, 0, _("headerfield `%s' missing in header"), required_fields[cnt]); else if (endp != msgstr_string && endp[-1] != '\n') error (0, 0, _("\ header field `%s' should start at beginning of line"), required_fields[cnt]); else if (default_values[cnt] != NULL && strncmp (default_values[cnt], endp + strlen (required_fields[cnt]) + 2, strlen (default_values[cnt])) == 0) { if (initial != -1) { error (0, 0, _("\ some header fields still have the initial default value")); initial = -1; break; } else initial = cnt; } } if (initial != -1) error (0, 0, _("field `%s' still has initial default value"), required_fields[initial]); } } else /* We don't count the header entry in the statistic so place the counter incrementation here. */ if (this->is_fuzzy) ++msgs_fuzzy; else ++msgs_translated; /* We found a valid pair of msgid/msgstr. Construct struct to describe msgstr definition. */ entry = (struct msgstr_def *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry)); entry->msgstr = msgstr_string; entry->pos = *msgstr_pos; /* Do some more checks on both strings. */ check_pair (msgid_string, msgid_pos, msgstr_string, msgstr_pos, do_check && possible_c_format_p (this->is_c_format)); /* Check whether already a domain is specified. If not use default domain. */ if (current_domain == NULL) current_domain = new_domain ("messages"); /* We insert the ID/string pair into the hashing table. But we have to take care for dublicates. */ if (insert_entry (¤t_domain->symbol_tab, msgid_string, strlen (msgid_string), entry)) { /* We don't need the just constructed entry. */ free (entry); if (verbose_level > 0) { /* We give a fatal error about this, but only if the translations are different. Tell the user the old definition for reference. */ find_entry (¤t_domain->symbol_tab, msgid_string, strlen (msgid_string), (void **) &entry); if (0 != strcmp(msgstr_string, entry->msgstr)) { gram_error_at_line (msgid_pos, _("duplicate message definition")); gram_error_at_line (&entry->pos, _("\ ...this is the location of the first definition")); /* FIXME Should this be always a reason for an exit status != 0? */ exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE; } } /* We don't need the just constructed entries' parameter string (allocated in po-gram.y). */ free (msgstr_string); } prepare_next: /* We do not need the msgid string in any case. */ free (msgid_string); /* Prepare for next message. */ this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; } /* Test for `#, fuzzy' comments and warn. */ static void format_comment_special (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { msgfmt_class_ty *this = (msgfmt_class_ty *) that; if (strstr (s, "fuzzy") != NULL) { static int warned = 0; if (!include_all && verbose_level > 1 && warned == 0) { warned = 1; error (0, 0, _("\ %s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation"), gram_pos.file_name); } this->is_fuzzy = 1; } this->is_c_format = parse_c_format_description_string (s); this->do_wrap = parse_c_width_description_string (s); } static int compare_id (pval1, pval2) const void *pval1; const void *pval2; { return strcmp (((struct id_str_pair *) pval1)->id, ((struct id_str_pair *) pval2)->id); } static void write_table (output_file, tab) FILE *output_file; hash_table *tab; { static char null = '\0'; /* This should be explained: Each string has an associate hashing value V, computed by a fixed function. To locate the string we use open addressing with double hashing. The first index will be V % M, where M is the size of the hashing table. If no entry is found, iterating with a second, independent hashing function takes place. This second value will be 1 + V % (M - 2). The approximate number of probes will be for unsuccessful search: (1 - N / M) ^ -1 for successful search: - (N / M) ^ -1 * ln (1 - N / M) where N is the number of keys. If we now choose M to be the next prime bigger than 4 / 3 * N, we get the values 4 and 1.85 resp. Because unsuccesful searches are unlikely this is a good value. Formulas: [Knuth, The Art of Computer Programming, Volume 3, Sorting and Searching, 1973, Addison Wesley] */ nls_uint32 hash_tab_size = no_hash_table ? 0 : next_prime ((tab->filled * 4) / 3); nls_uint32 *hash_tab; /* Header of the .mo file to be written. */ struct mo_file_header header; struct id_str_pair *msg_arr; void *ptr; size_t cnt; char *id; struct msgstr_def *entry; struct string_desc sd; /* Fill the structure describing the header. */ header.magic = _MAGIC; /* Magic number. */ header.revision = MO_REVISION_NUMBER; /* Revision number of file format. */ header.nstrings = tab->filled; /* Number of strings. */ header.orig_tab_offset = sizeof (header); /* Offset of table for original string offsets. */ header.trans_tab_offset = sizeof (header) + tab->filled * sizeof (struct string_desc); /* Offset of table for translation string offsets. */ header.hash_tab_size = hash_tab_size; /* Size of used hashing table. */ header.hash_tab_offset = no_hash_table ? 0 : sizeof (header) + 2 * (tab->filled * sizeof (struct string_desc)); /* Offset of hashing table. */ /* Write the header out. */ fwrite (&header, sizeof (header), 1, output_file); /* Allocate table for the all elements of the hashing table. */ msg_arr = (struct id_str_pair *) alloca (tab->filled * sizeof (msg_arr[0])); /* Read values from hashing table into array. */ for (cnt = 0, ptr = NULL; iterate_table (tab, &ptr, (const void **) &id, (void **) &entry) >= 0; ++cnt) { msg_arr[cnt].id = id; msg_arr[cnt].str = entry->msgstr; } /* Sort the table according to original string. */ qsort (msg_arr, tab->filled, sizeof (msg_arr[0]), compare_id); /* Set offset to first byte after all the tables. */ sd.offset = roundup (sizeof (header) + tab->filled * sizeof (sd) + tab->filled * sizeof (sd) + hash_tab_size * sizeof (nls_uint32), alignment); /* Write out length and starting offset for all original strings. */ for (cnt = 0; cnt < tab->filled; ++cnt) { sd.length = strlen (msg_arr[cnt].id); fwrite (&sd, sizeof (sd), 1, output_file); sd.offset += roundup (sd.length + 1, alignment); } /* Write out length and starting offset for all translation strings. */ for (cnt = 0; cnt < tab->filled; ++cnt) { sd.length = strlen (msg_arr[cnt].str); fwrite (&sd, sizeof (sd), 1, output_file); sd.offset += roundup (sd.length + 1, alignment); } /* Skip this part when no hash table is needed. */ if (!no_hash_table) { /* Allocate room for the hashing table to be written out. */ hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) alloca (hash_tab_size * sizeof (nls_uint32)); memset (hash_tab, '\0', hash_tab_size * sizeof (nls_uint32)); /* Insert all value in the hash table, following the algorithm described above. */ for (cnt = 0; cnt < tab->filled; ++cnt) { nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msg_arr[cnt].id); nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % hash_tab_size; if (hash_tab[idx] != 0) { /* We need the second hashing function. */ nls_uint32 c = 1 + (hash_val % (hash_tab_size - 2)); do if (idx >= hash_tab_size - c) idx -= hash_tab_size - c; else idx += c; while (hash_tab[idx] != 0); } hash_tab[idx] = cnt + 1; } /* Write the hash table out. */ fwrite (hash_tab, sizeof (nls_uint32), hash_tab_size, output_file); } /* Write bytes to make first string to be aligned. */ cnt = sizeof (header) + 2 * tab->filled * sizeof (sd) + hash_tab_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); fwrite (&null, 1, roundup (cnt, alignment) - cnt, output_file); /* Now write the original strings. */ for (cnt = 0; cnt < tab->filled; ++cnt) { size_t len = strlen (msg_arr[cnt].id); fwrite (msg_arr[cnt].id, len + 1, 1, output_file); fwrite (&null, 1, roundup (len + 1, alignment) - (len + 1), output_file); } /* Now write the translation strings. */ for (cnt = 0; cnt < tab->filled; ++cnt) { size_t len = strlen (msg_arr[cnt].str); fwrite (msg_arr[cnt].str, len + 1, 1, output_file); fwrite (&null, 1, roundup (len + 1, alignment) - (len + 1), output_file); free (msg_arr[cnt].str); } /* Hashing table is not used anmore. */ delete_hash (tab); } static void check_pair (msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos, is_format) const char *msgid; const lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; const char *msgstr; const lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; int is_format; { size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid); size_t msgstr_len = strlen (msgstr); size_t nidfmts, nstrfmts; /* If the msgid string is empty we have the special entry reserved for information about the translation. */ if (msgid_len == 0) return; /* Test 1: check whether both or none of the strings begin with a '\n'. */ if (((msgid[0] == '\n') ^ (msgstr[0] == '\n')) != 0) { error_at_line (0, 0, msgid_pos->file_name, msgid_pos->line_number, _("\ `msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'")); exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE; } /* Test 2: check whether both or none of the strings end with a '\n'. */ if (((msgid[msgid_len - 1] == '\n') ^ (msgstr[msgstr_len - 1] == '\n')) != 0) { error_at_line (0, 0, msgid_pos->file_name, msgid_pos->line_number, _("\ `msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'")); exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE; } if (is_format != 0) { /* Test 3: check whether both formats strings contain the same number of format specifications. */ nidfmts = parse_printf_format (msgid, 0, NULL); nstrfmts = parse_printf_format (msgstr, 0, NULL); if (nidfmts != nstrfmts) { error_at_line (0, 0, msgid_pos->file_name, msgid_pos->line_number, _("\ number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match")); exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE; } else { int *id_args = (int *) alloca (nidfmts * sizeof (int)); int *str_args = (int *) alloca (nstrfmts * sizeof (int)); size_t cnt; (void) parse_printf_format (msgid, nidfmts, id_args); (void) parse_printf_format (msgstr, nstrfmts, str_args); for (cnt = 0; cnt < nidfmts; ++cnt) if (id_args[cnt] != str_args[cnt]) { error_at_line (0, 0, msgid_pos->file_name, msgid_pos->line_number, _("\ format specifications for argument %u are not the same"), cnt); exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE; } } } } /* So that the one parser can be used for multiple programs, and also use good data hiding and encapsulation practices, an object oriented approach has been taken. An object instance is allocated, and all actions resulting from the parse will be through invokations of method functions of that object. */ static po_method_ty format_methods = { sizeof (msgfmt_class_ty), format_constructor, /* constructor */ NULL, /* destructor */ format_directive_domain, format_directive_message, NULL, /* parse_brief */ format_debrief, /* parse_debrief */ NULL, /* comment */ NULL, /* comment_dot */ NULL, /* comment_filepos */ format_comment_special /* comment */ }; /* Read .po file FILENAME and store translation pairs. */ static void grammar (filename) char *filename; { po_ty *pop; pop = po_alloc (&format_methods); po_scan (pop, filename); po_free (pop); } static const char * add_mo_suffix (fname) const char *fname; { size_t len; char *result; len = strlen (fname); if (len > 3 && memcmp (fname + len - 3, ".mo", 3) == 0) return xstrdup (fname); if (len > 4 && memcmp (fname + len - 4, ".gmo", 4) == 0) return xstrdup (fname); result = (char *) xmalloc (len + 4); stpcpy (stpcpy (result, fname), ".mo"); return result; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/msgmerge.c0000444000175000017500000005026706522251325014470 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #if HAVE_STRING_H # include #else # include #endif #if HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #include "dir-list.h" #include "error.h" #include "message.h" #include #include #include "po.h" #define _(str) gettext (str) /* This structure defines a derived class of the po_ty class. (See po.h for an explanation.) */ typedef struct merge_class_ty merge_class_ty; struct merge_class_ty { /* inherited instance variables, etc */ PO_BASE_TY /* Name of domain we are currently examining. */ char *domain; /* List of domains already appeared in the current file. */ string_list_ty *domain_list; /* List of messages already appeared in the current file. */ message_list_ty *mlp; /* Accumulate comments for next message directive */ string_list_ty *comment; string_list_ty *comment_dot; /* Flags transported in special comments. */ int is_fuzzy; enum is_c_format is_c_format; enum is_c_format do_wrap; /* Accumulate filepos comments for the next message directive. */ size_t filepos_count; lex_pos_ty *filepos; }; /* String containing name the program is called with. */ const char *program_name; /* If non-zero do not print unneeded messages. */ static int quiet; /* Verbosity level. */ static int verbosity_level; /* If nonzero, remember comments for file name and line number for each msgid, if present in the reference input. Defaults to true. */ static int line_comment = 1; /* Force output of PO file even if empty. */ static int force_po; /* Long options. */ static const struct option long_options[] = { { "add-location", no_argument, &line_comment, 1 }, { "directory", required_argument, NULL, 'D' }, { "escape", no_argument, NULL, 'E' }, { "force-po", no_argument, &force_po, 1 }, { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, { "indent", no_argument, NULL, 'i' }, { "no-escape", no_argument, NULL, 'e' }, { "no-location", no_argument, &line_comment, 0 }, { "output-file", required_argument, NULL, 'o' }, { "quiet", no_argument, NULL, 'q' }, { "sort-by-file", no_argument, NULL, 'F' }, { "sort-output", no_argument, NULL, 's' }, { "silent", no_argument, NULL, 'q' }, { "strict", no_argument, NULL, 'S' }, { "verbose", no_argument, NULL, 'v' }, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, { "width", required_argument, NULL, 'w', }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void usage PARAMS ((int __status)); static void error_print PARAMS ((void)); static void merge_constructor PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void merge_destructor PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void merge_directive_domain PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, char *__name)); static void merge_directive_message PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *__msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); static void merge_parse_brief PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void merge_parse_debrief PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void merge_comment PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__s)); static void merge_comment_dot PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__s)); static void merge_comment_special PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__s)); static void merge_comment_filepos PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__name, int __line)); static message_list_ty *grammar PARAMS ((const char *__filename)); static message_list_ty *merge PARAMS ((const char *__fn1, const char *__fn2)); int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { int opt; int do_help; int do_version; char *output_file; message_list_ty *result; int sort_by_filepos = 0; int sort_by_msgid = 0; /* Set program name for messages. */ program_name = argv[0]; verbosity_level = 0; quiet = 0; error_print_progname = error_print; gram_max_allowed_errors = INT_MAX; #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Set locale via LC_ALL. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); #endif /* Set the text message domain. */ bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); /* Set default values for variables. */ do_help = 0; do_version = 0; output_file = NULL; while ((opt = getopt_long (argc, argv, "D:eEFhio:qsvVw:", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) switch (opt) { case '\0': /* Long option. */ break; case 'D': dir_list_append (optarg); break; case 'e': message_print_style_escape (0); break; case 'E': message_print_style_escape (1); break; case 'F': sort_by_filepos = 1; break; case 'h': do_help = 1; break; case 'i': message_print_style_indent (); break; case 'o': output_file = optarg; break; case 'q': quiet = 1; break; case 's': sort_by_msgid = 1; break; case 'S': message_print_style_uniforum (); break; case 'v': ++verbosity_level; break; case 'V': do_version = 1; break; case 'w': { int value; char *endp; value = strtol (optarg, &endp, 10); if (endp != optarg) message_page_width_set (value); } break; default: usage (EXIT_FAILURE); break; } /* Version information is requested. */ if (do_version) { printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", basename (program_name), PACKAGE, VERSION); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\ warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\ "), "1995, 1996, 1997, 1998"); printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), "Peter Miller"); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Help is requested. */ if (do_help) usage (EXIT_SUCCESS); /* Test whether we have an .po file name as argument. */ if (optind >= argc) { error (EXIT_SUCCESS, 0, _("no input files given")); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } if (optind + 2 != argc) { error (EXIT_SUCCESS, 0, _("exactly 2 input files required")); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } /* merge the two files */ result = merge (argv[optind], argv[optind + 1]); /* Sort the results. */ if (sort_by_filepos) message_list_sort_by_filepos (result); else if (sort_by_msgid) message_list_sort_by_msgid (result); /* Write the merged message list out. */ message_list_print (result, output_file, force_po, 0); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Display usage information and exit. */ static void usage (status) int status; { if (status != EXIT_SUCCESS) fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), program_name); else { /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n\ -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n\ --force-po write PO file even if empty\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -i, --indent indented output style\n\ -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n\ --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n\ --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n\ --strict strict Uniforum output style\n\ -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n"), program_name); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ fputs (_("\n\ Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n\ existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n\ the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n\ preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n\ The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n\ translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n\ comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n\ cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n\ results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n"), stdout); fputs (_("Report bugs to .\n"), stdout); } exit (status); } /* The address of this function will be assigned to the hook in the error functions. */ static void error_print () { /* We don't want the program name to be printed in messages. Emacs' compile.el does not like this. */ /* FIXME Why must this program toady to Emacs? Why can't compile.el be enhanced to cope with a leading program name? --PMiller */ } static void merge_constructor (that) po_ty *that; { merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; this->mlp = message_list_alloc (); this->domain = MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT; this->domain_list = string_list_alloc (); this->comment = NULL; this->comment_dot = NULL; this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; } static void merge_destructor (that) po_ty *that; { merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; size_t j; string_list_free (this->domain_list); /* Do not free this->mlp. */ if (this->comment != NULL) string_list_free (this->comment); if (this->comment_dot != NULL) string_list_free (this->comment_dot); for (j = 0; j < this->filepos_count; ++j) free (this->filepos[j].file_name); if (this->filepos != NULL) free (this->filepos); } static void merge_directive_domain (that, name) po_ty *that; char *name; { size_t j; merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; /* Override current domain name. Don't free memory. */ this->domain = name; /* If there are accumulated comments, throw them away, they are probably part of the file header, or about the domain directive, and will be unrelated to the next message. */ if (this->comment != NULL) { string_list_free (this->comment); this->comment = NULL; } if (this->comment_dot != NULL) { string_list_free (this->comment_dot); this->comment_dot = NULL; } for (j = 0; j < this->filepos_count; ++j) free (this->filepos[j].file_name); if (this->filepos != NULL) free (this->filepos); this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; } static void merge_directive_message (that, msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos) po_ty *that; char *msgid; lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; char *msgstr; lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; { merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; message_ty *mp; message_variant_ty *mvp; size_t j; /* Remember the domain names for later. */ string_list_append_unique (this->domain_list, this->domain); /* See if this message ID has been seen before. */ mp = message_list_search (this->mlp, msgid); if (mp) free (msgid); else { mp = message_alloc (msgid); message_list_append (this->mlp, mp); } /* Add the accumulated comments to the message. Clear the accumulation in preparation for the next message. */ if (this->comment != NULL) { for (j = 0; j < this->comment->nitems; ++j) message_comment_append (mp, this->comment->item[j]); string_list_free (this->comment); this->comment = NULL; } if (this->comment_dot != NULL) { for (j = 0; j < this->comment_dot->nitems; ++j) message_comment_dot_append (mp, this->comment_dot->item[j]); string_list_free (this->comment_dot); this->comment_dot = NULL; } for (j = 0; j < this->filepos_count; ++j) { lex_pos_ty *pp; pp = &this->filepos[j]; message_comment_filepos (mp, pp->file_name, pp->line_number); free (pp->file_name); } mp->is_fuzzy = this->is_fuzzy; mp->is_c_format = this->is_c_format; mp->do_wrap = this->do_wrap; if (this->filepos != NULL) free (this->filepos); this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; /* See if this domain has been seen for this message ID. */ mvp = message_variant_search (mp, this->domain); if (mvp) { gram_error_at_line (msgid_pos, _("duplicate message definition")); gram_error_at_line (&mvp->pos, _("\ ...this is the location of the first definition")); free (msgstr); } else message_variant_append (mp, this->domain, msgstr, msgstr_pos); } static void merge_parse_brief (that) po_ty *that; { po_lex_pass_comments (1); } static void merge_parse_debrief (that) po_ty *that; { merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; message_list_ty *mlp = this->mlp; size_t j; /* For each domain in the used-domain-list, make sure each message defines a msgstr in that domain. */ for (j = 0; j < this->domain_list->nitems; ++j) { const char *domain_name; size_t k; domain_name = this->domain_list->item[j]; for (k = 0; k < mlp->nitems; ++k) { const message_ty *mp; size_t m; mp = mlp->item[k]; for (m = 0; m < mp->variant_count; ++m) { message_variant_ty *mvp; mvp = &mp->variant[m]; if (strcmp (domain_name, mvp->domain) == 0) break; } if (m >= mp->variant_count) gram_error_at_line (&mp->variant[0].pos, _("\ this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain"), domain_name); } } } static void merge_comment (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; if (this->comment == NULL) this->comment = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (this->comment, s); } static void merge_comment_dot (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; if (this->comment_dot == NULL) this->comment_dot = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (this->comment_dot, s); } static void merge_comment_special (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; if (strstr (s, "fuzzy") != NULL) this->is_fuzzy = 1; this->is_c_format = parse_c_format_description_string (s); this->do_wrap = parse_c_width_description_string (s); } static void merge_comment_filepos (that, name, line) po_ty *that; const char *name; int line; { merge_class_ty *this = (merge_class_ty *) that; size_t nbytes; lex_pos_ty *pp; if (!line_comment) return; nbytes = (this->filepos_count + 1) * sizeof (this->filepos[0]); this->filepos = xrealloc (this->filepos, nbytes); pp = &this->filepos[this->filepos_count++]; pp->file_name = xstrdup (name); pp->line_number = line; } /* So that the one parser can be used for multiple programs, and also use good data hiding and encapsulation practices, an object oriented approach has been taken. An object instance is allocated, and all actions resulting from the parse will be through invokations of method functions of that object. */ static po_method_ty merge_methods = { sizeof (merge_class_ty), merge_constructor, merge_destructor, merge_directive_domain, merge_directive_message, merge_parse_brief, merge_parse_debrief, merge_comment, merge_comment_dot, merge_comment_filepos, merge_comment_special }; static message_list_ty * grammar (filename) const char *filename; { po_ty *pop; message_list_ty *mlp; pop = po_alloc (&merge_methods); po_lex_pass_obsolete_entries (1); po_scan (pop, filename); mlp = ((merge_class_ty *) pop)->mlp; po_free (pop); return mlp; } #define DOT_FREQUENCE 10 static message_list_ty * merge (fn1, fn2) const char *fn1; /* definitions */ const char *fn2; /* references */ { message_list_ty *def; message_list_ty *ref; message_ty *defmsg; size_t j, k; size_t merged, fuzzied, missing, obsolete; message_list_ty *result; merged = fuzzied = missing = obsolete = 0; /* This is the definitions file, created by a human. */ def = grammar (fn1); /* This is the references file, created by groping the sources with the xgettext program. */ ref = grammar (fn2); result = message_list_alloc (); /* Every reference must be matched with its definition. */ for (j = 0; j < ref->nitems; ++j) { message_ty *refmsg; /* Because merging can take a while we print something to signal we are not dead. */ if (!quiet && verbosity_level <= 1 && j % DOT_FREQUENCE == 0) fputc ('.', stderr); refmsg = ref->item[j]; /* See if it is in the other file. */ defmsg = message_list_search (def, refmsg->msgid); if (defmsg) { /* Merge the reference with the definition: take the #. and #: comments from the reference, take the # comments from the definition, take the msgstr from the definition. Add this merged entry to the output message list. */ message_ty *mp = message_merge (defmsg, refmsg); message_list_append (result, mp); /* Remember that this message has been used, when we scan later to see if anything was omitted. */ defmsg->used = 1; ++merged; continue; } /* If the message was not defined at all, try to find a very similar message, it could be a typo, or the suggestion may help. */ defmsg = message_list_search_fuzzy (def, refmsg->msgid); if (defmsg) { message_ty *mp; if (verbosity_level > 1) { gram_error_at_line (&refmsg->variant[0].pos, _("\ this message is used but not defined...")); gram_error_at_line (&defmsg->variant[0].pos, _("\ ...but this definition is similar")); } /* Merge the reference with the definition: take the #. and #: comments from the reference, take the # comments from the definition, take the msgstr from the definition. Add this merged entry to the output message list. */ mp = message_merge (defmsg, refmsg); mp->is_fuzzy = 1; message_list_append (result, mp); /* Remember that this message has been used, when we scan later to see if anything was omitted. */ defmsg->used = 1; ++fuzzied; if (!quiet && verbosity_level <= 1) /* Always print a dot if we handled a fuzzy match. */ fputc ('.', stderr); } else { message_ty *mp; if (verbosity_level > 1) gram_error_at_line (&refmsg->variant[0].pos, _("\ this message is used but not defined in %s"), fn1); mp = message_copy (refmsg); message_list_append (result, mp); ++missing; } } /* Look for messages in the definition file, which are not present in the reference file, indicating messages which defined but not used in the program. */ for (k = 0; k < def->nitems; ++k) { defmsg = def->item[k]; if (defmsg->used) continue; /* Remember the old translation although it is not used anymore. But we mark it as obsolete. */ defmsg->obsolete = 1; message_list_append (result, defmsg); ++obsolete; } /* Report some statistics. */ if (verbosity_level > 0) fprintf (stderr, _("%s\ Read %d old + %d reference, \ merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d.\n"), !quiet && verbosity_level <= 1 ? "\n" : "", def->nitems, ref->nitems, merged, fuzzied, missing, obsolete); else if (!quiet) fputs (_(" done.\n"), stderr); return result; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/msgunfmt.c0000444000175000017500000002426106521176566014531 0ustar jrjr/* msgunfmt - converts binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , April 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #include "hash.h" #include "error.h" #include "getline.h" #include "printf.h" #include #include "gettext.h" #include "domain.h" #include "hash-string.h" #include #include "message.h" #define _(str) gettext (str) #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif /* String containing name the program is called with. */ const char *program_name; /* Force output of PO file even if empty. */ static int force_po; /* Long options. */ static const struct option long_options[] = { { "escape", no_argument, NULL, 'E' }, { "force-po", no_argument, &force_po, 1 }, { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, { "indent", no_argument, NULL, 'i' }, { "no-escape", no_argument, NULL, 'e' }, { "output-file", required_argument, NULL, 'o' }, { "strict", no_argument, NULL, 'S' }, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, { "width", required_argument, NULL, 'w', }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; /* This defines the byte order within the file. It needs to be set appropriately once we have the file open. */ static enum { MO_LITTLE_ENDIAN, MO_BIG_ENDIAN } endian; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void usage PARAMS ((int __status)); static void error_print PARAMS ((void)); static nls_uint32 read32 PARAMS ((FILE *__fp, const char *__fn)); static void seek32 PARAMS ((FILE *__fp, const char *__fn, long __offset)); static char *string32 PARAMS ((FILE *__fp, const char *__fn, long __offset)); static message_list_ty *read_mo_file PARAMS ((message_list_ty *__mlp, const char *__fn)); int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; { int optchar; int do_help = 0; int do_version = 0; const char *output_file = "-"; message_list_ty *mlp = NULL; /* Set program name for messages. */ program_name = argv[0]; error_print_progname = error_print; #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Set locale via LC_ALL. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); #endif /* Set the text message domain. */ bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); while ((optchar = getopt_long (argc, argv, "hio:Vw:", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) switch (optchar) { case '\0': /* long option */ break; case 'e': message_print_style_escape (0); break; case 'E': message_print_style_escape (1); break; case 'h': do_help = 1; break; case 'i': message_print_style_indent (); break; case 'o': output_file = optarg; break; case 'S': message_print_style_uniforum (); break; case 'V': do_version = 1; break; case 'w': { int value; char *endp; value = strtol (optarg, &endp, 10); if (endp != optarg) message_page_width_set (value); } break; default: usage (EXIT_FAILURE); break; } /* Version information is requested. */ if (do_version) { printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", basename (program_name), PACKAGE, VERSION); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\ warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\ "), "1995, 1996, 1997, 1998"); printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper"); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Help is requested. */ if (do_help) usage (EXIT_SUCCESS); /* Read the given .mo file. */ if (optind < argc) do mlp = read_mo_file (mlp, argv[optind]); while (++optind < argc); else mlp = read_mo_file (NULL, "-"); /* Write the resulting message list to the given .po file. */ message_list_print (mlp, output_file, force_po, 0); /* No problems. */ exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Display usage information and exit. */ static void usage (status) int status; { if (status != EXIT_SUCCESS) fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), program_name); else { /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n\ -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n\ --force-po write PO file even if empty\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -i, --indent write indented output style\n\ -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n\ --strict write strict uniforum style\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n"), program_name); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ fputs (_("\n\ Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n\ Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n\ If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n\ By default the output is written to standard output.\n"), stdout); fputs (_("Report bugs to .\n"), stdout); } exit (status); } /* The address of this function will be assigned to the hook in the error functions. */ static void error_print () { /* We don't want the program name to be printed in messages. Emacs' compile.el does not like this. */ } /* This function reads a 32-bit number from the file, and assembles it according to the current ``endian'' setting. */ static nls_uint32 read32 (fp, fn) FILE *fp; const char *fn; { int c1, c2, c3, c4; c1 = getc (fp); if (c1 == EOF) { bomb: if (ferror (fp)) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error while reading \"%s\""), fn); error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("file \"%s\" truncated"), fn); } c2 = getc (fp); if (c2 == EOF) goto bomb; c3 = getc (fp); if (c3 == EOF) goto bomb; c4 = getc (fp); if (c4 == EOF) goto bomb; if (endian == MO_LITTLE_ENDIAN) return (((nls_uint32) c1) | ((nls_uint32) c2 << 8) | ((nls_uint32) c3 << 16) | ((nls_uint32) c4 << 24)); return (((nls_uint32) c1 << 24) | ((nls_uint32) c2 << 16) | ((nls_uint32) c3 << 8) | ((nls_uint32) c4)); } static void seek32 (fp, fn, offset) FILE *fp; const char *fn; long offset; { if (fseek (fp, offset, 0) < 0) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed"), fn, offset); } static char * string32 (fp, fn, offset) FILE *fp; const char *fn; long offset; { long length; char *buffer; long n; /* Read the string_desc structure, describing where in the file to find the string. */ seek32 (fp, fn, offset); length = read32 (fp, fn); offset = read32 (fp, fn); /* Allocate memory for the string to be read into. Leave space for the NUL on the end. */ buffer = xmalloc (length + 1); /* Read in the string. Complain if there is an error or it comes up short. Add the NUL ourselves. */ seek32 (fp, fn, offset); n = fread (buffer, 1, length, fp); if (n != length) { if (ferror (fp)) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error while reading \"%s\""), fn); error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("file \"%s\" truncated"), fn); } buffer[length] = 0; /* Return the string to the caller. */ return buffer; } /* This function reads and existing .mo file. Return a message list. */ static message_list_ty * read_mo_file (mlp, fn) message_list_ty *mlp; const char *fn; { FILE *fp; struct mo_file_header header; int j; if (strcmp (fn, "-") == 0 || strcmp (fn, "/dev/stdout") == 0) fp = stdin; else { fp = fopen (fn, "rb"); if (fp == NULL) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error while opening \"%s\" for reading"), fn); } /* We must grope the file to determine which endian it is. Perversity of the universe tends towards maximum, so it will probably not match the currently executing architecture. */ endian = MO_BIG_ENDIAN; header.magic = read32 (fp, fn); if (header.magic != _MAGIC) { endian = MO_LITTLE_ENDIAN; seek32 (fp, fn, 0L); header.magic = read32 (fp, fn); if (header.magic != _MAGIC) { unrecognised: error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format"), fn); } } /* Fill the structure describing the header. */ header.revision = read32 (fp, fn); if (header.revision != MO_REVISION_NUMBER) goto unrecognised; header.nstrings = read32 (fp, fn); header.orig_tab_offset = read32 (fp, fn); header.trans_tab_offset = read32 (fp, fn); header.hash_tab_size = read32 (fp, fn); header.hash_tab_offset = read32 (fp, fn); if (mlp == NULL) mlp = message_list_alloc (); for (j = 0; j < header.nstrings; ++j) { static lex_pos_ty pos = { __FILE__, __LINE__ }; message_ty *mp; char *msgid; char *msgstr; /* Read the msgid. */ msgid = string32 (fp, fn, header.orig_tab_offset + j * 8); /* Read the msgstr. */ msgstr = string32 (fp, fn, header.trans_tab_offset + j * 8); mp = message_alloc (msgid); message_variant_append (mp, MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT, msgstr, &pos); message_list_append (mlp, mp); } if (fp != stdin) fclose (fp); return mlp; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/xget-lex.c0000444000175000017500000007255007443210116014412 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #include "dir-list.h" #include "error.h" #include "system.h" #include "libgettext.h" #include "str-list.h" #include "xget-lex.h" #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif #define _(s) gettext(s) /* The ANSI C standard defines several phases of translation: 1. Terminate line by \n, regardless of the external representation of a text line. Stdio does this for us. 2. Convert trigraphs to their single character equivalents. 3. Concatenate each line ending in backslash (\) with the following line. 4. Replace each comment with a space character. 5. Parse each resulting logical line as preprocessing tokens a white space. 6. Recognize and carry out directives (it also expands macros on non-directive lines, which we do not do here). 7. Replaces escape sequences within character strings with their single character equivalents (we do this in step 5, because we don't have to worry about the #include argument). 8. Concatenates adjacent string literals to form single string literals (because we don't expand macros, there are a few things we will miss). 9. Converts the remaining preprocessing tokens to C tokens and discards any white space from the translation unit. This lexer implements the above, and presents the scanner (in xgettext.c) with a stream of C tokens. The comments are accumulated in a buffer, and given to xgettext when asked for. */ enum token_type_ty { token_type_character_constant = 0, token_type_eof = 1, token_type_eoln = 2, token_type_hash = 3, token_type_lp = 4, token_type_rp = 5, token_type_comma = 6, token_type_name = 7, token_type_number = 8, token_type_string_literal = 9, token_type_symbol = 10, token_type_white_space = 11 }; typedef enum token_type_ty token_type_ty; typedef struct token_ty token_ty; struct token_ty { token_type_ty type; char *string; long number; int line_number; }; static const char *file_name; static char *logical_file_name; static int line_number; static FILE *fp; static int trigraphs; static int cplusplus_comments; static string_list_ty *comment; static string_list_ty *keywords; static int default_keywords = 1; /* These are for tracking whether comments count as immediately before keyword. */ static int last_comment_line = -1; static int last_non_comment_line = -1; static int newline_count = 0; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static int phase1_getc PARAMS ((void)); static void phase1_ungetc PARAMS ((int __c)); static int phase2_getc PARAMS ((void)); static void phase2_ungetc PARAMS ((int __c)); static int phase3_getc PARAMS ((void)); static void phase3_ungetc PARAMS ((int __c)); static int phase4_getc PARAMS ((void)); static void phase4_ungetc PARAMS ((int __c)); static int phase7_getc PARAMS ((void)); static void phase7_ungetc PARAMS ((int __c)); static void phase5_get PARAMS ((token_ty *__tp)); static void phase5_unget PARAMS ((token_ty *__tp)); static void phaseX_get PARAMS ((token_ty *__tp)); static void phase6_get PARAMS ((token_ty *__tp)); static void phase6_unget PARAMS ((token_ty *__tp)); static void phase8_get PARAMS ((token_ty *__tp)); void xgettext_lex_open (fn) const char *fn; { char *new_name; if (strcmp (fn, "-") == 0) { new_name = xstrdup (_("standard input")); logical_file_name = xstrdup (new_name); fp = stdin; } else if (*fn == '/') { new_name = xstrdup (fn); fp = fopen (fn, "r"); if (fp == NULL) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("\ error while opening \"%s\" for reading"), fn); logical_file_name = xstrdup (new_name); } else { size_t len1, len2; int j; const char *dir; len2 = strlen (fn); for (j = 0; ; ++j) { dir = dir_list_nth (j); if (dir == NULL) error (EXIT_FAILURE, ENOENT, _("\ error while opening \"%s\" for reading"), fn); if (dir[0] =='.' && dir[1] == '\0') new_name = xstrdup (fn); else { len1 = strlen (dir); new_name = xmalloc (len1 + len2 + 2); stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (new_name, dir), "/"), fn); } fp = fopen (new_name, "r"); if (fp != NULL) break; if (errno != ENOENT) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("\ error while opening \"%s\" for reading"), new_name); free (new_name); } /* Note that the NEW_NAME variable contains the actual file name and the logical file name is what is reported by xgettext. In this case NEW_NAME is set to the file which was found along the directory search path, and LOGICAL_FILE_NAME is is set to the file name which was searched for. */ logical_file_name = xstrdup (fn); } file_name = new_name; line_number = 1; } void xgettext_lex_close () { if (fp != stdin) fclose (fp); free ((char *) file_name); free (logical_file_name); fp = NULL; file_name = NULL; logical_file_name = NULL; line_number = 0; } /* 1. Terminate line by \n, regardless of the external representation of a text line. Stdio does this for us, we just need to check that there are no I/O errors, and cope with potentially 2 characters of pushback, not just the one that ungetc can cope with. */ /* Maximum used guaranteed to be < 4. */ static unsigned char phase1_pushback[4]; static int phase1_pushback_length; static int phase1_getc () { int c; if (phase1_pushback_length) { c = phase1_pushback[--phase1_pushback_length]; if (c == '\n') ++line_number; return c; } while (1) { c = getc (fp); switch (c) { case EOF: if (ferror (fp)) { bomb: error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("\ error while reading \"%s\""), file_name); } return EOF; case '\n': ++line_number; return '\n'; case '\\': c = getc (fp); if (c == EOF) { if (ferror (fp)) goto bomb; return '\\'; } if (c != '\n') { ungetc (c, fp); return '\\'; } ++line_number; break; default: return c; } } } static void phase1_ungetc (c) int c; { switch (c) { case EOF: break; case '\n': --line_number; /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: phase1_pushback[phase1_pushback_length++] = c; break; } } /* 2. Convert trigraphs to their single character equivalents. Most sane human beings vomit copiously at the mention of trigraphs, which is why they are on option. */ /* Maximum used guaranteed to be < 4. */ static unsigned char phase2_pushback[4]; static int phase2_pushback_length; static int phase2_getc () { int c; if (phase2_pushback_length) return phase2_pushback[--phase2_pushback_length]; if (!trigraphs) return phase1_getc (); c = phase1_getc (); if (c != '?') return c; c = phase1_getc (); if (c != '?') { phase1_ungetc (c); return '?'; } c = phase1_getc (); switch (c) { case '(': return '['; case '/': return '\\'; case ')': return ']'; case '\'': return '^'; case '<': return '{'; case '!': return '|'; case '>': return '}'; case '-': return '~'; case '#': return '='; } phase1_ungetc (c); phase1_ungetc ('?'); return '?'; } static void phase2_ungetc (c) int c; { if (c != EOF) phase2_pushback[phase2_pushback_length++] = c; } /* 3. Concatenate each line ending in backslash (\) with the following line. Basically, all you need to do is elide "\\\n" sequences from the input. */ /* Maximum used guaranteed to be < 4. */ static unsigned char phase3_pushback[4]; static int phase3_pushback_length; static int phase3_getc () { if (phase3_pushback_length) return phase3_pushback[--phase3_pushback_length]; for (;;) { int c = phase2_getc (); if (c != '\\') return c; c = phase2_getc (); if (c != '\n') { phase2_ungetc (c); return '\\'; } } } static void phase3_ungetc (c) int c; { if (c != EOF) phase3_pushback[phase3_pushback_length++] = c; } /* 4. Replace each comment that is not inside a character constant or string literal with a space character. We need to remember the comment for later, because it may be attached to a keyword string. We also optionally understand C++ comments. */ static int phase4_getc () { static char *buffer; static size_t bufmax; size_t buflen; int c; int state; c = phase3_getc (); if (c != '/') return c; c = phase3_getc (); switch (c) { default: phase3_ungetc (c); return '/'; case '*': /* C comment. */ buflen = 0; state = 0; if (comment == NULL) comment = string_list_alloc (); while (1) { c = phase3_getc (); if (c == EOF) break; /* We skip all leading white space, but not EOLs. */ if (buflen == 0 && isspace (c) && c != '\n') continue; if (buflen >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[buflen++] = c; switch (c) { case '\n': --buflen; while (buflen >= 1 && (buffer[buflen - 1] == ' ' || buffer[buflen - 1] == '\t')) --buflen; buffer[buflen] = 0; string_list_append (comment, buffer); buflen = 0; state = 0; continue; case '*': state = 1; continue; case '/': if (state == 1) { buflen -= 2; while (buflen >= 1 && (buffer[buflen - 1] == ' ' || buffer[buflen - 1] == '\t')) --buflen; buffer[buflen] = 0; string_list_append (comment, buffer); break; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: state = 0; continue; } break; } last_comment_line = newline_count; return ' '; case '/': /* C++ comment. */ if (!cplusplus_comments) { phase3_ungetc ('/'); return '/'; } buflen = 0; while (1) { c = phase3_getc (); if (c == '\n' || c == EOF) break; if (buflen >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[buflen++] = c; } if (buflen >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[buflen] = 0; if (comment == NULL) comment = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (comment, buffer); last_comment_line = newline_count; return '\n'; } } static void phase4_ungetc (c) int c; { phase3_ungetc (c); } /* 7. Replace escape sequences within character strings with their single character equivalents. This is called from phase 5, because we don't have to worry about the #include argument. There are pathological cases which could bite us (like the DOS directory separator), but just pretend it can't happen. */ #define P7_QUOTES (1000 + '"') #define P7_QUOTE (1000 + '\'') #define P7_NEWLINE (1000 + '\n') static int phase7_getc () { int c, n, j; /* Use phase 3, because phase 4 elides comments. */ c = phase3_getc (); /* Return a magic newline indicator, so that we can distinguish between the user requesting a newline in the string (e.g. using "\n" or "\15") from the user failing to terminate the string or character constant. The ANSI C standard says: 3.1.3.4 Character Constants contain ``any character except single quote, backslash or newline; or an escape sequence'' and 3.1.4 String Literals contain ``any character except double quote, backslash or newline; or an escape sequence''. Most compilers give a fatal error in this case, however gcc is stupidly silent, even though this is a very common typo. OK, so gcc --pedantic will tell me, but that gripes about too much other stuff. Could I have a ``gcc -Wnewline-in-string'' option, or better yet a ``gcc -fno-newline-in-string'' option, please? Gcc is also inconsistent between string literals and character constants: you may not embed newlines in character constants; try it, you get a useful diagnostic. --PMiller */ if (c == '\n') return P7_NEWLINE; if (c == '"') return P7_QUOTES; if (c == '\'') return P7_QUOTE; if (c != '\\') return c; c = phase3_getc (); switch (c) { default: /* Unknown escape sequences really should be an error, but just ignore them, and let the real compiler complain. */ phase3_ungetc (c); return '\\'; case '"': case '\'': case '?': case '\\': return c; /* The \a and \v escapes were added by the ANSI C Standard. Prior to the Standard, most compilers did not have them. Because we need the same program on all platforms we don't provide support for them here. The gcc sources comment that \a is commonly available in pre-ANSI compilers. --PMiller */ case 'b': return '\b'; /* The \e escape is preculiar to gcc, and assumes an ASCII character set (or superset). We don't provide support for it here. */ case 'f': return '\f'; case 'n': return '\n'; case 'r': return '\r'; case 't': return '\t'; case 'x': c = phase3_getc (); switch (c) { default: phase3_ungetc (c); phase3_ungetc ('x'); return '\\'; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': break; } n = 0; for (;;) { switch (c) { default: phase3_ungetc (c); return n; break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': n = n * 16 + c - '0'; break;; case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': n = n * 16 + 10 + c - 'A'; break; case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': n = n * 16 + 10 + c - 'a'; break; } c = phase3_getc (); } return n; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': n = 0; for (j = 0; j < 3; ++j) { n = n * 8 + c - '0'; c = phase3_getc (); switch (c) { default: break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': continue; } break; } phase3_ungetc (c); return n; } } static void phase7_ungetc (c) int c; { phase3_ungetc (c); } /* 5. Parse each resulting logical line as preprocessing tokens and white space. Preprocessing tokens and C tokens don't always match. */ /* Maximum used guaranteed to be < 4. */ static token_ty phase5_pushback[4]; static int phase5_pushback_length; static void phase5_get (tp) token_ty *tp; { static char *buffer; static int bufmax; int bufpos; int c; if (phase5_pushback_length) { *tp = phase5_pushback[--phase5_pushback_length]; return; } tp->string = 0; tp->number = 0; tp->line_number = line_number; c = phase4_getc (); switch (c) { case EOF: tp->type = token_type_eof; return; case '\n': tp->type = token_type_eoln; return; case ' ': case '\f': case '\t': for (;;) { c = phase4_getc (); switch (c) { case ' ': case '\f': case '\t': continue; default: phase4_ungetc (c); break; } break; } tp->type = token_type_white_space; return; case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y': case 'Z': case '_': case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z': bufpos = 0; for (;;) { if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[bufpos++] = c; c = phase4_getc (); switch (c) { case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y': case 'Z': case '_': case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z': case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': continue; default: phase4_ungetc (c); break; } break; } if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[bufpos] = 0; tp->string = xstrdup (buffer); tp->type = token_type_name; return; case '.': c = phase4_getc (); phase4_ungetc (c); switch (c) { default: tp->type = token_type_symbol; return; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': c = '.'; break; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': /* The preprocessing number token is more "generous" than the C number tokens. This is mostly due to token pasting (another thing we can ignore here). */ bufpos = 0; while (1) { if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[bufpos++] = c; c = phase4_getc (); switch (c) { case 'e': case 'E': if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[bufpos++] = c; c = phase4_getc (); if (c != '+' || c != '-') { phase4_ungetc (c); break; } continue; case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y': case 'Z': case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z': case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case '.': continue; default: phase4_ungetc (c); break; } break; } if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[bufpos] = 0; tp->type = token_type_number; tp->number = atol (buffer); return; case '\'': /* We could worry about the 'L' before wide character constants, but ignoring it has no effect unless one of the keywords is "L". Just pretend it won't happen. Also, we don't need to remember the character constant. */ while (1) { c = phase7_getc (); if (c == P7_NEWLINE) { error (0, 0, _("%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant"), logical_file_name, line_number - 1); phase7_ungetc ('\n'); break; } if (c == EOF || c == P7_QUOTE) break; } tp->type = token_type_character_constant; return; case '"': /* We could worry about the 'L' before wide string constants, but since gettext's argument is not a wide character string, let the compiler complain about the argument not matching the prototype. Just pretend it won't happen. */ bufpos = 0; while (1) { c = phase7_getc (); if (c == P7_NEWLINE) { error (0, 0, _("%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal"), logical_file_name, line_number - 1); phase7_ungetc ('\n'); break; } if (c == EOF || c == P7_QUOTES) break; if (c == P7_QUOTE) c = '\''; if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[bufpos++] = c; } if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buffer = xrealloc (buffer, bufmax); } buffer[bufpos] = 0; tp->type = token_type_string_literal; tp->string = xstrdup (buffer); return; case '(': tp->type = token_type_lp; return; case ')': tp->type = token_type_rp; return; case ',': tp->type = token_type_comma; return; case '#': tp->type = token_type_hash; return; default: /* We could carefully recognize each of the 2 and 3 character operators, but it is not necessary, as we only need to recognize gettext invocations. Don't bother. */ tp->type = token_type_symbol; return; } } static void phase5_unget (tp) token_ty *tp; { if (tp->type != token_type_eof) phase5_pushback[phase5_pushback_length++] = *tp; } /* X. Recognize a leading # symbol. Leave leading hash as a hash, but turn hash in the middle of a line into a plain symbol token. This makes the phase 6 easier. */ static void phaseX_get (tp) token_ty *tp; { static int middle; token_ty tmp; phase5_get (tp); if (middle) { switch (tp->type) { case token_type_eoln: case token_type_eof: middle = 0; break; case token_type_hash: tp->type = token_type_symbol; break; default: break; } } else { switch (tp->type) { case token_type_eoln: case token_type_eof: break; case token_type_white_space: tmp = *tp; phase5_get (tp); if (tp->type != token_type_hash) { phase5_unget (tp); *tp = tmp; middle = 1; return; } /* Discard the leading white space token, the hash is all phase 6 is interested in. */ if (tp->type != token_type_eof && tp->type != token_type_eoln) middle = 1; break; default: middle = 1; break; } } } /* 6. Recognize and carry out directives (it also expands macros on non-directive lines, which we do not do here). The only directive we care about is the #line directive. We throw all the others away. */ /* Maximum used guaranteed to be < 4. */ static token_ty phase6_pushback[4]; static int phase6_pushback_length; static void phase6_get (tp) token_ty *tp; { static token_ty *buf; static int bufmax; int bufpos; int j; if (phase6_pushback_length) { *tp = phase6_pushback[--phase6_pushback_length]; return; } while (1) { /* Get the next token. If it is not a '#' at the beginning of a line, return immediately. Be careful of white space. */ phaseX_get (tp); if (tp->type != token_type_hash) return; /* Accumulate the rest of the directive in a buffer. Work out what it is later. */ bufpos = 0; while (1) { phaseX_get (tp); if (tp->type == token_type_eoln || tp->type == token_type_eof) break; /* White space would be important in the directive, if we were interested in the #define directive. But we are going to ignore the #define directive, so just throw white space away. */ if (tp->type == token_type_white_space) continue; if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax * sizeof (buf[0])); } buf[bufpos++] = *tp; } /* If it is a #line directive, with no macros to expand, act on it. Ignore all other directives. */ if (bufpos >= 3 && buf[0].type == token_type_name && strcmp (buf[0].string, "line") == 0 && buf[1].type == token_type_number && buf[2].type == token_type_string_literal) { free (logical_file_name); logical_file_name = xstrdup (buf[2].string); line_number = buf[1].number; } if (bufpos >= 2 && buf[0].type == token_type_number && buf[1].type == token_type_string_literal) { free (logical_file_name); logical_file_name = xstrdup (buf[1].string); line_number = buf[0].number; } /* Release the storage held by the directive. */ for (j = 0; j < bufpos; ++j) { switch (buf[j].type) { case token_type_name: case token_type_string_literal: free (buf[j].string); break; default: break; } } /* We must reset the selected comments. */ xgettext_lex_comment_reset (); } } static void phase6_unget (tp) token_ty *tp; { if (tp->type != token_type_eof) phase6_pushback[phase6_pushback_length++] = *tp; } /* 8. Concatenate adjacent string literals to form single string literals (because we don't expand macros, there are a few things we will miss). */ static void phase8_get (tp) token_ty *tp; { phase6_get (tp); if (tp->type != token_type_string_literal) return; while (1) { token_ty tmp; size_t len; phase6_get (&tmp); if (tmp.type == token_type_white_space) continue; if (tmp.type == token_type_eoln) continue; if (tmp.type != token_type_string_literal) { phase6_unget (&tmp); return; } len = strlen (tp->string); tp->string = xrealloc (tp->string, len + strlen (tmp.string) + 1); strcpy (tp->string + len, tmp.string); free (tmp.string); } } /* 9. Convert the remaining preprocessing tokens to C tokens and discards any white space from the translation unit. */ void xgettext_lex (tp) xgettext_token_ty *tp; { while (1) { token_ty token; phase8_get (&token); switch (token.type) { case token_type_eof: newline_count = 0; last_comment_line = -1; last_non_comment_line = -1; tp->type = xgettext_token_type_eof; return; case token_type_white_space: break; case token_type_eoln: /* We have to track the last occurrence of a string. One mode of xgettext allows to group an extracted message with a comment for documentation. The rule which states which comment is assumed to be grouped with the message says it should immediately precede it. Our interpretation: between the last line of the comment and the line in which the keyword is found must be no line with non-white space tokens. */ ++newline_count; if (last_non_comment_line > last_comment_line) xgettext_lex_comment_reset (); break; case token_type_name: last_non_comment_line = newline_count; if (default_keywords) { xgettext_lex_keyword ("gettext"); xgettext_lex_keyword ("dgettext"); xgettext_lex_keyword ("dcgettext"); xgettext_lex_keyword ("gettext_noop"); default_keywords = 0; } if (string_list_member (keywords, token.string)) { tp->type = (strcmp (token.string, "dgettext") == 0 || strcmp (token.string, "dcgettext") == 0) ? xgettext_token_type_keyword2 : xgettext_token_type_keyword1; } else tp->type = xgettext_token_type_symbol; free (token.string); return; case token_type_lp: last_non_comment_line = newline_count; tp->type = xgettext_token_type_lp; return; case token_type_rp: last_non_comment_line = newline_count; tp->type = xgettext_token_type_rp; return; case token_type_comma: last_non_comment_line = newline_count; tp->type = xgettext_token_type_comma; return; case token_type_string_literal: last_non_comment_line = newline_count; tp->type = xgettext_token_type_string_literal; tp->string = token.string; tp->line_number = token.line_number; tp->file_name = logical_file_name; return; default: last_non_comment_line = newline_count; tp->type = xgettext_token_type_symbol; return; } } } void xgettext_lex_keyword (name) char *name; { if (name == NULL) default_keywords = 0; else { if (keywords == NULL) keywords = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append_unique (keywords, name); } } const char * xgettext_lex_comment (n) size_t n; { if (comment == NULL || n >= comment->nitems) return NULL; return comment->item[n]; } void xgettext_lex_comment_reset () { if (comment != NULL) { string_list_free (comment); comment = NULL; } } void xgettext_lex_cplusplus () { cplusplus_comments = 1; } void xgettext_lex_trigraphs () { trigraphs = 1; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/xgettext.c0000444000175000017500000011277207443210116014532 0ustar jrjr/* Extracts strings from C source file to Uniforum style .po file. Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , April 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif #ifndef errno extern int errno; #endif #include "dir-list.h" #include "error.h" #include "hash.h" #include "getline.h" #include "system.h" #include "po.h" #include "message.h" #include "xget-lex.h" #include "printf-parse.h" #include "gettext.h" #include "domain.h" #include #ifndef _POSIX_VERSION struct passwd *getpwuid (); #endif /* A convenience macro. I don't like writing gettext() every time. */ #define _(str) gettext (str) /* If nonzero add all comments immediately preceding one of the keywords. */ static int add_all_comments; /* If nonzero add comments for file name and line number for each msgid. */ static int line_comment; /* Tag used in comment of prevailing domain. */ static unsigned char *comment_tag; /* Name of default domain file. If not set defaults to messages.po. */ static char *default_domain; /* If called with --debug option the output reflects whether format string recognition is done automatically or forced by the user. */ static int do_debug; /* Content of .po files with symbols to be excluded. */ static message_list_ty *exclude; /* If nonzero extract all strings. */ static int extract_all; /* Force output of PO file even if empty. */ static int force_po; /* If nonzero a non GNU related user wants to use this. Omit the FSF copyright in the output. */ static int foreign_user; /* String used as prefix for msgstr. */ static char *msgstr_prefix; /* String used as suffix for msgstr. */ static char *msgstr_suffix; /* Directory in which output files are created. */ static char *output_dir; /* If nonzero omit header with information about this run. */ static int omit_header; /* String containing name the program is called with. */ const char *program_name; /* String length from with on warning are given for possible problem while exceeding tools limits. */ static size_t warn_id_len; /* Long options. */ static const struct option long_options[] = { { "add-comments", optional_argument, NULL, 'c' }, { "add-location", no_argument, &line_comment, 1 }, { "c++", no_argument, NULL, 'C' }, { "debug", no_argument, &do_debug, 1 }, { "default-domain", required_argument, NULL, 'd' }, { "directory", required_argument, NULL, 'D' }, { "escape", no_argument, NULL, 'E' }, { "exclude-file", required_argument, NULL, 'x' }, { "extract-all", no_argument, &extract_all, 1 }, { "files-from", required_argument, NULL, 'f' }, { "force-po", no_argument, &force_po, 1 }, { "foreign-user", no_argument, &foreign_user, 1 }, { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, { "indent", no_argument, NULL, 'i' }, { "join-existing", no_argument, NULL, 'j' }, { "keyword", optional_argument, NULL, 'k' }, { "language", required_argument, NULL, 'L' }, { "msgstr-prefix", optional_argument, NULL, 'm' }, { "msgstr-suffix", optional_argument, NULL, 'M' }, { "no-escape", no_argument, NULL, 'e' }, { "no-location", no_argument, &line_comment, 0 }, { "omit-header", no_argument, &omit_header, 1 }, { "output", required_argument, NULL, 'o' }, { "output-dir", required_argument, NULL, 'p' }, { "sort-by-file", no_argument, NULL, 'F' }, { "sort-output", no_argument, NULL, 's' }, { "strict", no_argument, NULL, 'S' }, { "string-limit", required_argument, NULL, 'l' }, { "trigraphs", no_argument, NULL, 'T' }, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, { "width", required_argument, NULL, 'w', }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void usage PARAMS ((int status)) #if defined __GNUC__ && ((__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 4) || __GNUC__ > 2) __attribute__ ((noreturn)) #endif ; static void error_print PARAMS ((void)); static string_list_ty *read_name_from_file PARAMS ((const char *__file_name)); static void exclude_directive_domain PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, char *__name)); static void exclude_directive_message PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *__msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); static void read_exclusion_file PARAMS ((char *__file_name)); static void remember_a_message PARAMS ((message_list_ty *__mlp, xgettext_token_ty *__tp)); static void scan_c_file PARAMS ((const char *__file_name, message_list_ty *__mlp, int __is_cpp_file)); static void extract_constructor PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void extract_directive_domain PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, char *__name)); static void extract_directive_message PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *__msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); static void extract_parse_brief PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void extract_comment PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__s)); static void extract_comment_dot PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__s)); static void extract_comment_filepos PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__name, int __line)); static void extract_comment_special PARAMS ((po_ty *that, const char *s)); static void read_po_file PARAMS ((const char *__file_name, message_list_ty *__mlp)); static long difftm PARAMS ((const struct tm *__a, const struct tm *__b)); static message_ty *construct_header PARAMS ((void)); static enum is_c_format test_whether_c_format PARAMS ((const char *__s)); /* The scanners must all be functions returning void and taking one string argument and a message list argument. */ typedef void (*scanner_fp) PARAMS ((const char *, message_list_ty *)); static void scanner_c PARAMS ((const char *, message_list_ty *)); static void scanner_cxx PARAMS ((const char *, message_list_ty *)); static const char *extension_to_language PARAMS ((const char *)); static scanner_fp language_to_scanner PARAMS ((const char *)); int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { int cnt; int optchar; int do_help = 0; int do_version = 0; message_list_ty *mlp; int join_existing = 0; int sort_output = 0; int sort_by_file = 0; char *file_name; const char *files_from = NULL; string_list_ty *file_list; char *output_file = NULL; scanner_fp scanner = NULL; /* Set program name for messages. */ program_name = argv[0]; error_print_progname = error_print; warn_id_len = WARN_ID_LEN; #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Set locale via LC_ALL. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); #endif /* Set the text message domain. */ bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); /* Set initial value of variables. */ line_comment = -1; default_domain = MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT; while ((optchar = getopt_long (argc, argv, "ac::Cd:D:eEf:Fhijk::l:L:m::M::no:p:sTVw:x:", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) switch (optchar) { case '\0': /* Long option. */ break; case 'a': extract_all = 1; break; case 'c': if (optarg == NULL) { add_all_comments = 1; comment_tag = NULL; } else { add_all_comments = 0; comment_tag = optarg; /* We ignore leading white space. */ while (isspace (*comment_tag)) ++comment_tag; } break; case 'C': scanner = language_to_scanner ("C++"); break; case 'd': default_domain = optarg; break; case 'D': dir_list_append (optarg); break; case 'e': message_print_style_escape (0); break; case 'E': message_print_style_escape (1); break; case 'f': files_from = optarg; break; case 'F': sort_by_file = 1; break; case 'h': do_help = 1; break; case 'i': message_print_style_indent (); break; case 'j': join_existing = 1; break; case 'k': if (optarg == NULL || *optarg != '\0') xgettext_lex_keyword (optarg); break; case 'l': { char *endp; size_t tmp_val = strtoul (optarg, &endp, 0); if (endp[0] == '\0') warn_id_len = tmp_val; } break; case 'L': scanner = language_to_scanner (optarg); break; case 'm': /* -m takes an optional argument. If none is given "" is assumed. */ msgstr_prefix = optarg == NULL ? "" : optarg; break; case 'M': /* -M takes an optional argument. If none is given "" is assumed. */ msgstr_suffix = optarg == NULL ? "" : optarg; break; case 'n': line_comment = 1; break; case 'o': output_file = optarg; break; case 'p': { size_t len = strlen (optarg); if (output_dir != NULL) free (output_dir); if (optarg[len - 1] == '/') output_dir = xstrdup (optarg); else { asprintf (&output_dir, "%s/", optarg); if (output_dir == NULL) /* We are about to construct the absolute path to the directory for the output files but asprintf failed. */ error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("while preparing output")); } } break; case 's': sort_output = 1; break; case 'S': message_print_style_uniforum (); break; case 'T': xgettext_lex_trigraphs (); break; case 'V': do_version = 1; break; case 'w': { int value; char *endp; value = strtol (optarg, &endp, 10); if (endp != optarg) message_page_width_set (value); } break; case 'x': read_exclusion_file (optarg); break; default: usage (EXIT_FAILURE); /* NOTREACHED */ } /* Normalize selected options. */ if (omit_header != 0 && line_comment < 0) line_comment = 0; if (!line_comment && sort_by_file) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("%s and %s are mutually exclusive"), "--no-location", "--sort-by-file"); if (sort_output && sort_by_file) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("%s and %s are mutually exclusive"), "--sort-output", "--sort-by-file"); if (join_existing && strcmp (default_domain, "-") == 0) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("\ --join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout")); /* Version information requested. */ if (do_version) { printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", basename (program_name), PACKAGE, VERSION); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\ warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\ "), "1995, 1996, 1997, 1998"); printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), "Ulrich Drepper"); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Help is requested. */ if (do_help) usage (EXIT_SUCCESS); /* Test whether we have some input files given. */ if (files_from == NULL && optind >= argc) { error (EXIT_SUCCESS, 0, _("no input file given")); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } /* Canonize msgstr prefix/suffix. */ if (msgstr_prefix != NULL && msgstr_suffix == NULL) msgstr_suffix = ""; else if (msgstr_prefix == NULL && msgstr_suffix != NULL) msgstr_prefix = NULL; /* Default output directory is the current directory. */ if (output_dir == NULL) output_dir = "."; /* Construct the name of the ouput file. If the default domain has the special name "-" we write to stdout. */ if (output_file) { if (output_file[0] == '/' || strcmp(output_dir, ".") == 0 || strcmp(output_file, "-") == 0) file_name = xstrdup (output_file); else { /* Please do NOT add a .po suffix! */ file_name = xmalloc (strlen (output_dir) + strlen (default_domain) + 2); stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (file_name, output_dir), "/"), output_file); } } else if (strcmp (default_domain, "-") == 0) file_name = "-"; else { file_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (output_dir) + strlen (default_domain) + sizeof (".po") + 2); stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (file_name, output_dir), "/"), default_domain), ".po"); } /* Determine list of files we have to process. */ if (files_from != NULL) file_list = read_name_from_file (files_from); else file_list = string_list_alloc (); /* Append names from command line. */ for (cnt = optind; cnt < argc; ++cnt) string_list_append_unique (file_list, argv[cnt]); /* Allocate a message list to remember all the messages. */ mlp = message_list_alloc (); /* Generate a header, so that we know how and when this PO file was created. */ if (!omit_header) message_list_append (mlp, construct_header ()); /* Read in the old messages, so that we can add to them. */ if (join_existing) read_po_file (file_name, mlp); /* Process all input files. */ for (cnt = 0; cnt < file_list->nitems; ++cnt) { const char *fname; scanner_fp scan_file; fname = file_list->item[cnt]; if (scanner) scan_file = scanner; else { const char *extension; const char *language; /* Work out what the file extension is. */ extension = strrchr (fname, '/'); if (!extension) extension = fname; extension = strrchr (extension, '.'); if (extension) ++extension; else extension = ""; /* derive the language from the extension, and the scanner function from the language. */ language = extension_to_language (extension); if (language == NULL) { error (0, 0, _("\ warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C"), fname, extension); language = "C"; } scan_file = language_to_scanner (language); } /* Scan the file. */ scan_file (fname, mlp); } string_list_free (file_list); /* Sorting the list of messages. */ if (sort_by_file) message_list_sort_by_filepos (mlp); else if (sort_output) message_list_sort_by_msgid (mlp); /* Write the PO file. */ message_list_print (mlp, file_name, force_po, do_debug); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Display usage information and exit. */ static void usage (status) int status; { if (status != EXIT_SUCCESS) fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), program_name); else { /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n\ Extract translatable string from given input files.\n\ \n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n\ -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n\ preceding keyword lines) in output file\n\ -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n\ --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n\ -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n\ -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n\ -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n\ --force-po write PO file even if empty\n\ --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n\ -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n"), program_name); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n\ -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n\ -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n\ WORD means not to use default keywords)\n\ -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n\ -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n\ otherwise is guessed from file extension\n\ -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n\ -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n\ --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n"), WARN_ID_LEN); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ fputs (_("\ -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n\ --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n\ -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n\ -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n\ -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n\ --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n\ -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n\ -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n\ \n\ If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n"), stdout); fputs (_("Report bugs to .\n"), stdout); } exit (status); } /* The address of this function will be assigned to the hook in the error functions. */ static void error_print () { /* We don't want the program name to be printed in messages. */ } /* Read list of files to process from file. */ static string_list_ty * read_name_from_file (file_name) const char *file_name; { size_t line_len = 0; char *line_buf = NULL; FILE *fp; string_list_ty *result; if (strcmp (file_name, "-") == 0) fp = stdin; else { fp = fopen (file_name, "r"); if (fp == NULL) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error while opening \"%s\" for reading"), file_name); } result = string_list_alloc (); while (!feof (fp)) { /* Read next line from file. */ int len = getline (&line_buf, &line_len, fp); /* In case of an error leave loop. */ if (len < 0) break; /* Remove trailing '\n'. */ if (len > 0 && line_buf[len - 1] == '\n') line_buf[--len] = '\0'; /* Test if we have to ignore the line. */ if (*line_buf == '\0' || *line_buf == '#') continue; string_list_append_unique (result, line_buf); } /* Free buffer allocated through getline. */ if (line_buf != NULL) free (line_buf); /* Close input stream. */ if (fp != stdin) fclose (fp); return result; } static void exclude_directive_domain (pop, name) po_ty *pop; char *name; { po_gram_error (_("this file may not contain domain directives")); } static void exclude_directive_message (pop, msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos) po_ty *pop; char *msgid; lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; char *msgstr; lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; { message_ty *mp; /* See if this message ID has been seen before. */ if (exclude == NULL) exclude = message_list_alloc (); mp = message_list_search (exclude, msgid); if (mp != NULL) free (msgid); else { mp = message_alloc (msgid); /* Do not free msgid. */ message_list_append (exclude, mp); } /* All we care about is the msgid. Throw the msgstr away. Don't even check for duplicate msgids. */ free (msgstr); } /* So that the one parser can be used for multiple programs, and also use good data hiding and encapsulation practices, an object oriented approach has been taken. An object instance is allocated, and all actions resulting from the parse will be through invocations of method functions of that object. */ static po_method_ty exclude_methods = { sizeof (po_ty), NULL, /* constructor */ NULL, /* destructor */ exclude_directive_domain, exclude_directive_message, NULL, /* parse_brief */ NULL, /* parse_debrief */ NULL, /* comment */ NULL, /* comment_dot */ NULL, /* comment_filepos */ NULL, /* comment_special */ }; static void read_exclusion_file (file_name) char *file_name; { po_ty *pop; pop = po_alloc (&exclude_methods); po_scan (pop, file_name); po_free (pop); } static void remember_a_message (mlp, tp) message_list_ty *mlp; xgettext_token_ty *tp; { enum is_c_format is_c_format = undecided; enum is_c_format do_wrap = undecided; char *msgid; message_ty *mp; char *msgstr; msgid = tp->string; /* See whether we shall exclude this message. */ if (exclude != NULL && message_list_search (exclude, msgid) != NULL) { /* Tell the lexer to reset its comment buffer, so that the next message gets the correct comments. */ xgettext_lex_comment_reset (); return; } /* See if we have seen this message before. */ mp = message_list_search (mlp, msgid); if (mp != NULL) { free (msgid); is_c_format = mp->is_c_format; do_wrap = mp->do_wrap; } else { static lex_pos_ty pos = { __FILE__, __LINE__ }; /* Allocate a new message and append the message to the list. */ mp = message_alloc (msgid); /* Do not free msgid. */ message_list_append (mlp, mp); /* Construct the msgstr from the prefix and suffix, otherwise use the empty string. */ if (msgstr_prefix) { msgstr = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (msgstr_prefix) + strlen (msgid) + strlen(msgstr_suffix) + 1); stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (msgstr, msgstr_prefix), msgid), msgstr_suffix); } else msgstr = ""; message_variant_append (mp, MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT, msgstr, &pos); } /* Ask the lexer for the comments it has seen. Only do this for the first instance, otherwise there could be problems; especially if the same comment appears before each. */ if (!mp->comment_dot) { int j; for (j = 0; ; ++j) { const char *s = xgettext_lex_comment (j); if (s == NULL) break; /* To reduce the possibility of unwanted matches be do a two step match: the line must contains `xgettext:' and one of the possible format description strings. */ if (strstr (s, "xgettext:") != NULL) { is_c_format = parse_c_format_description_string (s); do_wrap = parse_c_width_description_string (s); /* If we found a magic string we don't print it. */ if (is_c_format != undecided || do_wrap != undecided) continue; } if (add_all_comments || (comment_tag != NULL && strncmp (s, comment_tag, strlen (comment_tag)) == 0)) message_comment_dot_append (mp, s); } } /* If not already decided, examine the msgid. */ if (is_c_format == undecided) is_c_format = test_whether_c_format (mp->msgid); mp->is_c_format = is_c_format; mp->do_wrap = do_wrap == no ? no : yes; /* By default we wrap. */ /* Remember where we saw this msgid. */ if (line_comment) message_comment_filepos (mp, tp->file_name, tp->line_number); /* Tell the lexer to reset its comment buffer, so that the next message gets the correct comments. */ xgettext_lex_comment_reset (); } static void scan_c_file(filename, mlp, is_cpp_file) const char *filename; message_list_ty *mlp; int is_cpp_file; { int state; char *msgid = 0; /* Inform scanner whether we have C++ files or not. */ if (is_cpp_file) xgettext_lex_cplusplus (); /* The file is broken into tokens. Scan the token stream, looking for a keyword, followed by a left paren, followed by a string. When we see this sequence, we have something to remember. We assume we are looking at a valid C or C++ program, and leave the complaints about the grammar to the compiler. */ xgettext_lex_open (filename); /* Start state is 0. */ state = 0; while (1) { xgettext_token_ty token; /* A simple state machine is used to do the recognising: State 0 = waiting for something to happen State 1 = seen one of our keywords with string in first parameter State 2 = was in state 1 and now saw a left paren State 3 = seen one of our keywords with string in second parameter State 4 = was in state 3 and now saw a left paren State 5 = waiting for comma after being in state 4 State 6 = saw comma after being in state 5 State 7 = after comma and being in state 2 State 8 = after string and being in state 7 */ xgettext_lex (&token); switch (token.type) { case xgettext_token_type_keyword1: state = 1; continue; case xgettext_token_type_keyword2: state = 3; continue; case xgettext_token_type_lp: switch (state) { case 1: state = 2; break; case 3: state = 4; break; default: state = 0; } continue; case xgettext_token_type_rp: if (state == 2 || state == 8) { token.string = strdup(msgid); remember_a_message (mlp, &token); free(msgid); msgid = 0; state = 0; } continue; case xgettext_token_type_comma: switch (state) { case 5: state = 6; break; case 2: state = 7; break; case 8: { char *newstring = (char*)malloc(strlen(msgid) + 2); strcpy(newstring, "_n:"); strcat(newstring, msgid + 2); free(msgid); token.string = newstring; remember_a_message (mlp, &token); msgid = 0; state = 0; break; } default: state = 0; break; } continue; case xgettext_token_type_string_literal: if (extract_all || state == 2 || state == 6) { if (msgid) free(msgid); msgid = strdup(token.string); // state = 0; } else if (state == 7) { if (msgid) { char *newstring = (char*)malloc(strlen(msgid) + strlen(token.string) + 20); sprintf(newstring, "_: %s\n%s", msgid, token.string); free(msgid); free(token.string); token.string = msgid = newstring; state = 8; } } else { free (token.string); state = (state == 4 || state == 5) ? 5 : 0; } continue; case xgettext_token_type_symbol: state = (state == 4 || state == 5) ? 5 : 0; continue; default: state = 0; continue; case xgettext_token_type_eof: break; } break; } /* Close scanner. */ xgettext_lex_close (); } typedef struct extract_class_ty extract_class_ty; struct extract_class_ty { /* Inherited instance variables and methods. */ PO_BASE_TY /* Cumulative list of messages. */ message_list_ty *mlp; /* Cumulative comments for next message. */ string_list_ty *comment; string_list_ty *comment_dot; int is_fuzzy; int is_c_format; int do_wrap; int filepos_count; lex_pos_ty *filepos; }; static void extract_constructor (that) po_ty *that; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; this->mlp = NULL; /* actually set in read_po_file, below */ this->comment = NULL; this->comment_dot = NULL; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; } static void extract_directive_domain (that, name) po_ty *that; char *name; { po_gram_error (_("this file may not contain domain directives")); } static void extract_directive_message (that, msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos) po_ty *that; char *msgid; lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; char *msgstr; lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *)that; message_ty *mp; message_variant_ty *mvp; size_t j; /* See whether we shall exclude this message. */ if (exclude != NULL && message_list_search (exclude, msgid) != NULL) goto discard; /* If the msgid is the empty string, it is the old header. Throw it away, we have constructed a new one. */ if (*msgid == '\0') { discard: free (msgid); free (msgstr); if (this->comment != NULL) string_list_free (this->comment); if (this->comment_dot != NULL) string_list_free (this->comment_dot); if (this->filepos != NULL) free (this->filepos); this->comment = NULL; this->comment_dot = NULL; this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; return; } /* See if this message ID has been seen before. */ mp = message_list_search (this->mlp, msgid); if (mp) free (msgid); else { mp = message_alloc (msgid); message_list_append (this->mlp, mp); } /* Add the accumulated comments to the message. Clear the accumulation in preparation for the next message. */ if (this->comment != NULL) { for (j = 0; j < this->comment->nitems; ++j) message_comment_append (mp, this->comment->item[j]); string_list_free (this->comment); this->comment = NULL; } if (this->comment_dot != NULL) { for (j = 0; j < this->comment_dot->nitems; ++j) message_comment_dot_append (mp, this->comment_dot->item[j]); string_list_free (this->comment_dot); this->comment_dot = NULL; } mp->is_fuzzy = this->is_fuzzy; mp->is_c_format = this->is_c_format; mp->do_wrap = this->do_wrap; for (j = 0; j < this->filepos_count; ++j) { lex_pos_ty *pp; pp = &this->filepos[j]; message_comment_filepos (mp, pp->file_name, pp->line_number); free (pp->file_name); } if (this->filepos != NULL) free (this->filepos); this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; /* See if this domain has been seen for this message ID. */ mvp = message_variant_search (mp, MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT); if (mvp != NULL && strcmp (msgstr, mvp->msgstr) != 0) { gram_error_at_line (msgid_pos, _("duplicate message definition")); gram_error_at_line (&mvp->pos, _("\ ...this is the location of the first definition")); free (msgstr); } else message_variant_append (mp, MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT, msgstr, msgstr_pos); } static void extract_parse_brief (that) po_ty *that; { po_lex_pass_comments (1); } static void extract_comment (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; if (this->comment == NULL) this->comment = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (this->comment, s); } static void extract_comment_dot (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; if (this->comment_dot == NULL) this->comment_dot = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (this->comment_dot, s); } static void extract_comment_filepos (that, name, line) po_ty *that; const char *name; int line; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; size_t nbytes; lex_pos_ty *pp; /* Write line numbers only if -n option is given. */ if (line_comment != 0) { nbytes = (this->filepos_count + 1) * sizeof (this->filepos[0]); this->filepos = xrealloc (this->filepos, nbytes); pp = &this->filepos[this->filepos_count++]; pp->file_name = xstrdup (name); pp->line_number = line; } } static void extract_comment_special (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; if (strstr (s, "fuzzy") != NULL) this->is_fuzzy = 1; this->is_c_format = parse_c_format_description_string (s); this->do_wrap = parse_c_width_description_string (s); } /* So that the one parser can be used for multiple programs, and also use good data hiding and encapsulation practices, an object oriented approach has been taken. An object instance is allocated, and all actions resulting from the parse will be through invocations of method functions of that object. */ static po_method_ty extract_methods = { sizeof (extract_class_ty), extract_constructor, NULL, /* destructor */ extract_directive_domain, extract_directive_message, extract_parse_brief, NULL, /* parse_debrief */ extract_comment, extract_comment_dot, extract_comment_filepos, extract_comment_special }; /* Read the contents of the specified .po file into a message list. */ static void read_po_file (file_name, mlp) const char *file_name; message_list_ty *mlp; { po_ty *pop = po_alloc (&extract_methods); ((extract_class_ty *) pop)->mlp = mlp; po_scan (pop, file_name); po_free (pop); } #define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900 /* Yield A - B, measured in seconds. */ static long difftm (a, b) const struct tm *a; const struct tm *b; { int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1); int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1); /* Some compilers cannot handle this as a single return statement. */ long days = ( /* difference in day of year */ a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday /* + intervening leap days */ + ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2)) - (ay / 100 - by / 100) + ((ay / 100 >> 2) - (by / 100 >> 2)) /* + difference in years * 365 */ + (long) (ay - by) * 365l); return 60l * (60l * (24l * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour)) + (a->tm_min - b->tm_min)) + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec); } static message_ty * construct_header () { time_t now; struct tm local_time; message_ty *mp; char *msgstr; static lex_pos_ty pos = { __FILE__, __LINE__, }; char tz_sign; long tz_min; mp = message_alloc (""); if (foreign_user) message_comment_append (mp, "\ SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.\n\ FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.\n"); else message_comment_append (mp, "\ SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.\n\ Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR.\n"); mp->is_fuzzy = 1; time (&now); local_time = *localtime (&now); tz_sign = '+'; tz_min = difftm (&local_time, gmtime (&now)) / 60; if (tz_min < 0) { tz_min = -tz_min; tz_sign = '-'; } asprintf (&msgstr, "\ Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n\ POT-Creation-Date: %d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d%c%02d%02d\n\ PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n\ Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n\ Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n\ MIME-Version: 1.0\n\ Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n\ Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n", local_time.tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN, local_time.tm_mon + 1, local_time.tm_mday, local_time.tm_hour, local_time.tm_min, tz_sign, tz_min / 60, tz_min % 60); if (msgstr == NULL) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("while preparing output")); message_variant_append (mp, MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT, msgstr, &pos); return mp; } /* We make a pessimistic guess whether the given string is a format string or not. Pessimistic means here that with the first occurence of an unknown format element we say `impossible'. */ static enum is_c_format test_whether_c_format (s) const char *s; { struct printf_spec spec; if (s == NULL || *(s = find_spec (s)) == '\0') /* We return `possible' here because sometimes strings are used with printf even if they don't contain any format specifier. If the translation in this case would contain a specifier, this would result in an error. */ return impossible; for (s = find_spec (s); *s != '\0'; s = spec.next_fmt) { size_t dummy; (void) parse_one_spec (s, 0, &spec, &dummy); if (strchr ("iduoxXeEfgGcspnm", spec.info.spec) == NULL) return impossible; } return possible; } static void scanner_c (filename, mlp) const char *filename; message_list_ty *mlp; { scan_c_file (filename, mlp, 0); } static void scanner_cxx (filename, mlp) const char *filename; message_list_ty *mlp; { scan_c_file (filename, mlp, 1); } #define SIZEOF(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0])) #define ENDOF(a) ((a) + SIZEOF(a)) static scanner_fp language_to_scanner (name) const char *name; { typedef struct table_ty table_ty; struct table_ty { const char *name; scanner_fp func; }; static table_ty table[] = { { "C", scanner_c, }, { "C++", scanner_cxx, }, { "PO", read_po_file, }, /* Here will follow more languages and their scanners: awk, perl, etc... Make sure new scanners honor the --exlude-file option. */ }; table_ty *tp; for (tp = table; tp < ENDOF(table); ++tp) { if (strcasecmp(name, tp->name) == 0) return tp->func; } error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("language `%s' unknown"), name); /* NOTREACHED */ return NULL; } static const char * extension_to_language (extension) const char *extension; { typedef struct table_ty table_ty; struct table_ty { const char *extension; const char *language; }; static table_ty table[] = { { "c", "C", }, { "C", "C++", }, { "c++", "C++", }, { "cc", "C++", }, { "cxx", "C++", }, { "h", "C", }, { "po", "PO", }, { "pot", "PO", }, { "pox", "PO", }, /* Here will follow more file extensions: sh, pl, tcl ... */ }; table_ty *tp; for (tp = table; tp < ENDOF(table); ++tp) { if (strcmp(extension, tp->extension) == 0) return tp->language; } return NULL; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/msgcomm.c0000444000175000017500000005215206522251316014317 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include #include #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif #include "dir-list.h" #include "error.h" #include "getline.h" #include "libgettext.h" #include "message.h" #include "po.h" #include "system.h" /* A convenience macro. I don't like writing gettext() every time. */ #define _(str) gettext (str) /* If nonzero add comments for file name and line number for each msgid. */ static int line_comment = 1; /* Name of default domain file. If not set defaults to messages.po. */ static char *default_domain; /* Force output of PO file even if empty. */ static int force_po; /* Directory in which output files are created. */ static char *output_dir; /* If nonzero omit header with information about this run. */ static int omit_header; /* String containing name the program is called with. */ const char *program_name; /* These variables control which messages are selected. */ static int more_than = -1; static int less_than = -1; /* Long options. */ static const struct option long_options[] = { { "add-comments", optional_argument, NULL, 'c' }, { "add-location", no_argument, &line_comment, 1 }, { "default-domain", required_argument, NULL, 'd' }, { "directory", required_argument, NULL, 'D' }, { "escape", no_argument, NULL, 'E' }, { "files-from", required_argument, NULL, 'f' }, { "force-po", no_argument, &force_po, 1 }, { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, { "indent", no_argument, NULL, 'i' }, { "join-existing", no_argument, NULL, 'j' }, { "no-escape", no_argument, NULL, 'e' }, { "no-location", no_argument, &line_comment, 0 }, { "omit-header", no_argument, &omit_header, 1 }, { "output", required_argument, NULL, 'o' }, { "output-dir", required_argument, NULL, 'p' }, { "sort-by-file", no_argument, NULL, 'F' }, { "sort-output", no_argument, NULL, 's' }, { "strict", no_argument, NULL, 'S' }, { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, { "width", required_argument, NULL, 'w', }, { "more-than", required_argument, NULL, '>', }, { "less-than", required_argument, NULL, '<', }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static void usage PARAMS ((int status)) #if defined __GNUC__ && ((__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 4) || __GNUC__ > 2) __attribute__ ((noreturn)) #endif ; static void error_print PARAMS ((void)); static string_list_ty *read_name_from_file PARAMS ((const char *__file_name)); static void extract_constructor PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void extract_directive_domain PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, char *__name)); static void extract_directive_message PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *__msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); static void extract_parse_brief PARAMS ((po_ty *__that)); static void extract_comment PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__s)); static void extract_comment_dot PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__s)); static void extract_comment_filepos PARAMS ((po_ty *__that, const char *__name, int __line)); static void extract_comment_special PARAMS ((po_ty *that, const char *s)); static void read_po_file PARAMS ((const char *__file_name, message_list_ty *__mlp)); int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { int cnt; int optchar; int do_help = 0; int do_version = 0; message_list_ty *mlp; int sort_output = 0; int sort_by_file = 0; char *file_name; const char *files_from = NULL; string_list_ty *file_list; char *output_file = NULL; size_t j; /* Set program name for messages. */ program_name = argv[0]; error_print_progname = error_print; #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE /* Set locale via LC_ALL. */ setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); #endif /* Set the text message domain. */ bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); textdomain (PACKAGE); /* Set initial value of variables. */ line_comment = -1; default_domain = MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT; while ((optchar = getopt_long (argc, argv, "<>ac::Cd:D:eEf:Fhijk::l:L:m::M::no:p:sTuVw:x:", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) switch (optchar) { case '\0': /* Long option. */ break; case '>': { int value; char *endp; value = strtol (optarg, &endp, 10); if (endp != optarg) more_than = value; } break; case '<': { int value; char *endp; value = strtol (optarg, &endp, 10); if (endp != optarg) less_than = value; } break; case 'd': default_domain = optarg; break; case 'D': dir_list_append (optarg); break; case 'e': message_print_style_escape (0); break; case 'E': message_print_style_escape (1); break; case 'f': files_from = optarg; break; case 'F': sort_by_file = 1; break; case 'h': do_help = 1; break; case 'i': message_print_style_indent (); break; case 'n': line_comment = 1; break; case 'o': output_file = optarg; break; case 'p': { size_t len = strlen (optarg); if (output_dir != NULL) free (output_dir); if (optarg[len - 1] == '/') output_dir = xstrdup (optarg); else { asprintf (&output_dir, "%s/", optarg); if (output_dir == NULL) /* We are about to construct the absolute path to the directory for the output files but asprintf failed. */ error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("while preparing output")); } } break; case 's': sort_output = 1; break; case 'S': message_print_style_uniforum (); break; case 'u': less_than = 2; break; case 'V': do_version = 1; break; case 'w': { int value; char *endp; value = strtol (optarg, &endp, 10); if (endp != optarg) message_page_width_set (value); } break; default: usage (EXIT_FAILURE); /* NOTREACHED */ } /* Normalize selected options. */ if (omit_header != 0 && line_comment < 0) line_comment = 0; if (!line_comment && sort_by_file) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("%s and %s are mutually exclusive"), "--no-location", "--sort-by-file"); if (sort_output && sort_by_file) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("%s and %s are mutually exclusive"), "--sort-output", "--sort-by-file"); /* Version information requested. */ if (do_version) { printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", basename (program_name), PACKAGE, VERSION); /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\ warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n\ "), "1995, 1996, 1997, 1998"); printf (_("Written by %s.\n"), "Peter Miller"); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Help is requested. */ if (do_help) usage (EXIT_SUCCESS); /* Default output directory is the current directory. */ if (output_dir == NULL) output_dir = "."; /* Construct the name of the ouput file. If the default domain has the special name "-" we write to stdout. */ if (output_file) { if (output_file[0] == '/' || strcmp(output_dir, ".") == 0 || strcmp(output_file, "-") == 0 ) file_name = xstrdup (output_file); else { /* Please do NOT add a .po suffix! */ file_name = xmalloc (strlen (output_dir) + strlen (default_domain) + 2); strcat (strcat (strcpy(file_name, output_dir), "/"), output_file); } } else if (strcmp (default_domain, "-") == 0) file_name = "-"; else { file_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (output_dir) + strlen (default_domain) + sizeof (".po") + 2); stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (file_name, output_dir), "/"), default_domain), ".po"); } /* Determine list of files we have to process. */ if (files_from != NULL) file_list = read_name_from_file (files_from); else file_list = string_list_alloc (); /* Append names from command line. */ for (cnt = optind; cnt < argc; ++cnt) string_list_append_unique (file_list, argv[cnt]); /* Test whether sufficient input files weregiven. */ if (file_list->nitems < 2) { error (EXIT_SUCCESS, 0, _("at least two files must be specified")); usage (EXIT_FAILURE); } /* Allocate a message list to remember all the messages. */ mlp = message_list_alloc (); /* Process all input files. */ for (cnt = 0; cnt < file_list->nitems; ++cnt) read_po_file (file_list->item[cnt], mlp); string_list_free (file_list); /* Default the message selection criteria, and check them for sanity. */ if (more_than < 0) more_than = (less_than < 0 ? 1 : 0); if (less_than < 0) less_than = INT_MAX; if (more_than >= less_than || less_than < 2 || more_than >= mlp->nitems) error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)"), more_than, less_than); /* Remove messages which do not fit the criteria. */ j = 0; while (j < mlp->nitems) { message_ty *mp; mp = mlp->item[j]; if (mp->used > more_than && mp->used < less_than) ++j; else message_list_delete_nth(mlp, j); } /* Sorting the list of messages. */ if (sort_by_file) message_list_sort_by_filepos (mlp); else if (sort_output) message_list_sort_by_msgid (mlp); /* Write the PO file. */ message_list_print (mlp, file_name, force_po, 0); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* Display usage information and exit. */ static void usage (status) int status; { if (status != EXIT_SUCCESS) fprintf (stderr, _("Try `%s --help' for more information.\n"), program_name); else { /* xgettext: no-wrap */ printf (_("\ Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n\ -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n\ -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n\ --force-po write PO file even if empty\n\ -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n"), program_name); fputs (_("\ -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n\ --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n\ -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n\ --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n\ -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n\ -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n\ -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n\ --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n\ -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n\ -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n\ that only unique messages be printed\n"), stdout); fputs (_("\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n\ -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n\ definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n\ set\n\ ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n\ definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n\ \n\ Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n\ By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n\ before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n\ used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n\ --less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n\ comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n\ PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n\ preserved.\n"), stdout); fputs (_("Report bugs to .\n"), stdout); } exit (status); } /* The address of this function will be assigned to the hook in the error functions. */ static void error_print () { /* We don't want the program name to be printed in messages. */ } /* Read list of files to process from file. */ static string_list_ty * read_name_from_file (file_name) const char *file_name; { size_t line_len = 0; char *line_buf = NULL; FILE *fp; string_list_ty *result; if (strcmp (file_name, "-") == 0) fp = stdin; else { fp = fopen (file_name, "r"); if (fp == NULL) error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("error while opening \"%s\" for reading"), file_name); } result = string_list_alloc (); while (!feof (fp)) { /* Read next line from file. */ int len = getline (&line_buf, &line_len, fp); /* In case of an error leave loop. */ if (len < 0) break; /* Remove trailing '\n'. */ if (len > 0 && line_buf[len - 1] == '\n') line_buf[--len] = '\0'; /* Test if we have to ignore the line. */ if (*line_buf == '\0' || *line_buf == '#') continue; string_list_append_unique (result, line_buf); } /* Free buffer allocated through getline. */ if (line_buf != NULL) free (line_buf); /* Close input stream. */ if (fp != stdin) fclose (fp); return result; } typedef struct extract_class_ty extract_class_ty; struct extract_class_ty { /* Inherited instance variables and methods. */ PO_BASE_TY /* Cumulative list of messages. */ message_list_ty *mlp; /* Cumulative comments for next message. */ string_list_ty *comment; string_list_ty *comment_dot; int is_fuzzy; int is_c_format; int do_wrap; int filepos_count; lex_pos_ty *filepos; }; static void extract_constructor (that) po_ty *that; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; this->mlp = NULL; /* actually set in read_po_file, below */ this->comment = NULL; this->comment_dot = NULL; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; } static void extract_directive_domain (that, name) po_ty *that; char *name; { po_gram_error (_("this file may not contain domain directives")); } static void extract_directive_message (that, msgid, msgid_pos, msgstr, msgstr_pos) po_ty *that; char *msgid; lex_pos_ty *msgid_pos; char *msgstr; lex_pos_ty *msgstr_pos; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *)that; message_ty *mp; message_variant_ty *mvp; size_t j; /* If the msgid is the empty string, and we are omiting headers, throw it away. */ if (omit_header && *msgid == '\0') { free (msgid); free (msgstr); if (this->comment != NULL) string_list_free (this->comment); if (this->comment_dot != NULL) string_list_free (this->comment_dot); if (this->filepos != NULL) free (this->filepos); this->comment = NULL; this->comment_dot = NULL; this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; return; } /* See if this message ID has been seen before. */ mp = message_list_search (this->mlp, msgid); if (mp) free (msgid); else { mp = message_alloc (msgid); message_list_append (this->mlp, mp); } /* The ``obsolete'' flag is cleared before reading each PO file. If thisflag is clear, set it, and increment the ``used'' counter. This allows us to count how many of the PO files use the message. */ if (mp->obsolete == 0) { mp->obsolete = 1; mp->used++; } /* Add the accumulated comments to the message. Clear the accumulation in preparation for the next message. */ if (this->comment != NULL) { if (mp->comment == NULL) for (j = 0; j < this->comment->nitems; ++j) message_comment_append (mp, this->comment->item[j]); string_list_free (this->comment); this->comment = NULL; } if (this->comment_dot != NULL) { if (mp->comment_dot == NULL) for (j = 0; j < this->comment_dot->nitems; ++j) message_comment_dot_append (mp, this->comment_dot->item[j]); string_list_free (this->comment_dot); this->comment_dot = NULL; } mp->is_fuzzy |= this->is_fuzzy; if (mp->is_c_format == undecided) mp->is_c_format = this->is_c_format; if (mp->do_wrap == undecided) mp->do_wrap = this->do_wrap; for (j = 0; j < this->filepos_count; ++j) { lex_pos_ty *pp; pp = &this->filepos[j]; message_comment_filepos (mp, pp->file_name, pp->line_number); free (pp->file_name); } if (this->filepos != NULL) free (this->filepos); this->filepos_count = 0; this->filepos = NULL; this->is_fuzzy = 0; this->is_c_format = undecided; this->do_wrap = undecided; /* See if this domain has been seen for this message ID. */ mvp = message_variant_search (mp, MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT); if (mvp != NULL) free (msgstr); else message_variant_append (mp, MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT, msgstr, msgstr_pos); } static void extract_parse_brief (that) po_ty *that; { po_lex_pass_comments (1); } static void extract_comment (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; if (this->comment == NULL) this->comment = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (this->comment, s); } static void extract_comment_dot (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; if (this->comment_dot == NULL) this->comment_dot = string_list_alloc (); string_list_append (this->comment_dot, s); } static void extract_comment_filepos (that, name, line) po_ty *that; const char *name; int line; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; size_t nbytes; lex_pos_ty *pp; /* Write line numbers only if -n option is given. */ if (line_comment != 0) { nbytes = (this->filepos_count + 1) * sizeof (this->filepos[0]); this->filepos = xrealloc (this->filepos, nbytes); pp = &this->filepos[this->filepos_count++]; pp->file_name = xstrdup (name); pp->line_number = line; } } static void extract_comment_special (that, s) po_ty *that; const char *s; { extract_class_ty *this = (extract_class_ty *) that; if (strstr (s, "fuzzy") != NULL) this->is_fuzzy = 1; if (strstr (s, "c-format") != NULL) this->is_c_format = yes; if (strstr (s, "no-c-format") != NULL) this->is_c_format = no; if (strstr (s, "wrap") != NULL) this->do_wrap = yes; if (strstr (s, "no-wrap") != NULL) this->do_wrap = no; } /* So that the one parser can be used for multiple programs, and also use good data hiding and encapsulation practices, an object oriented approach has been taken. An object instance is allocated, and all actions resulting from the parse will be through invocations of method functions of that object. */ static po_method_ty extract_methods = { sizeof (extract_class_ty), extract_constructor, NULL, /* destructor */ extract_directive_domain, extract_directive_message, extract_parse_brief, NULL, /* parse_debrief */ extract_comment, extract_comment_dot, extract_comment_filepos, extract_comment_special }; /* Read the contents of the specified .po file into a message list. */ static void read_po_file (file_name, mlp) const char *file_name; message_list_ty *mlp; { size_t j; po_ty *pop = po_alloc (&extract_methods); ((extract_class_ty *) pop)->mlp = mlp; po_scan (pop, file_name); po_free (pop); /* The ``obsolete'' flag of each message is cleared before reading each PO file. As each message is read from a PO file, if this flag is clear, it is set, and increment the ``used'' counter. This allows us to count how many of the PO files use each message. */ for (j = 0; j < mlp->nitems; ++j) mlp->item[j]->obsolete = 0; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/domain.h0000444000175000017500000000220306027146424014124 0ustar jrjr /* Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _DOMAIN_H #define _DOMAIN_H 1 #include #include "hash.h" struct msg_domain { /* Table for mapping message IDs to message strings. */ hash_table symbol_tab; /* Name domain these ID/String pairs are part of. */ const char *domain_name; /* Link to the next domain. */ struct msg_domain *next; }; #endif /* domain.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/message.h0000444000175000017500000001027706522251273014312 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free SoftwareFoundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _MESSAGE_H #define _MESSAGE_H #include "po-lex.h" #include "str-list.h" /* According to Sun's Uniforum proposal the default message domain is named `messages'. */ #define MESSAGE_DOMAIN_DEFAULT "messages" /* Is current msgid a format string? */ enum is_c_format { undecided, yes, no, possible, impossible }; typedef struct message_variant_ty message_variant_ty; struct message_variant_ty { const char *domain; lex_pos_ty pos; const char *msgstr; }; typedef struct message_ty message_ty; struct message_ty { /* Plain comments (#) appearing before the message. */ string_list_ty *comment; /* Extracted comments (#.) appearing before the message. */ string_list_ty *comment_dot; /* File position comments (#:) appearing before the message, one for each unique file position instance, sorted by file name and then by line. */ size_t filepos_count; lex_pos_ty *filepos; /* Informations from special comments (e.g. generated by msgmerge). */ int is_fuzzy; enum is_c_format is_c_format; /* Do we want the string to be wrapped in the emitted PO file? */ enum is_c_format do_wrap; /* The msgid string. */ const char *msgid; /* The msgstr strings, one for each observed domain in the file. */ size_t variant_count; message_variant_ty *variant; /* Used for checking that messages have been used, in the msgcmp and msgmerge programs. */ int used; /* If set the message is obsolete and while writing out it should be commented out. */ int obsolete; }; message_ty *message_alloc PARAMS ((char *msgid)); void message_free PARAMS ((message_ty *)); message_variant_ty *message_variant_search PARAMS ((message_ty *mp, const char *domain)); void message_variant_append PARAMS ((message_ty *mp, const char *domain, const char *msgstr, const lex_pos_ty *pp)); void message_comment_append PARAMS ((message_ty *, const char *)); void message_comment_dot_append PARAMS ((message_ty *, const char *)); message_ty *message_copy PARAMS ((message_ty *)); message_ty *message_merge PARAMS ((message_ty *def, message_ty *ref)); void message_comment_filepos PARAMS ((message_ty *, const char *, size_t)); void message_print_style_indent PARAMS ((void)); void message_print_style_uniforum PARAMS ((void)); void message_print_style_escape PARAMS ((int)); typedef struct message_list_ty message_list_ty; struct message_list_ty { message_ty **item; size_t nitems; size_t nitems_max; }; message_list_ty *message_list_alloc PARAMS ((void)); void message_list_free PARAMS ((message_list_ty *)); void message_list_append PARAMS ((message_list_ty *, message_ty *)); void message_list_delete_nth PARAMS ((message_list_ty *, size_t)); message_ty *message_list_search PARAMS ((message_list_ty *, const char *)); message_ty *message_list_search_fuzzy PARAMS ((message_list_ty *, const char *)); void message_list_print PARAMS ((message_list_ty *, const char *, int, int)); void message_list_sort_by_msgid PARAMS ((message_list_ty *)); void message_list_sort_by_filepos PARAMS ((message_list_ty *)); enum is_c_format parse_c_format_description_string PARAMS ((const char *s)); enum is_c_format parse_c_width_description_string PARAMS ((const char *s)); int possible_c_format_p PARAMS ((enum is_c_format)); void message_page_width_set PARAMS ((size_t width)); #endif /* message.h */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-gram.h0000444000175000017500000000172406522251333014222 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _PO_GRAM_H #define _PO_GRAM_H /* Include some fundamental headers. */ #include int po_gram_parse PARAMS ((void)); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-hash.h0000444000175000017500000000165706522251374014231 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef SRC_PO_HASH_H #define SRC_PO_HASH_H int po_hash PARAMS ((const char *__string)); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-lex.h0000444000175000017500000000524006522251436014065 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef _PO_LEX_H #define _PO_LEX_H #include #include "error.h" typedef struct lex_pos_ty lex_pos_ty; struct lex_pos_ty { char *file_name; size_t line_number; }; /* Global variables from po-lex.c. */ extern lex_pos_ty gram_pos; extern size_t gram_max_allowed_errors; void lex_open PARAMS ((const char *__fname)); void lex_close PARAMS ((void)); int po_gram_lex PARAMS ((void)); void po_lex_pass_comments PARAMS ((int __flag)); void po_lex_pass_obsolete_entries PARAMS ((int __flag)); /* GCC is smart enough to allow optimizations like this. */ #if __STDC__ && defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 /* CAUTION: If you change this macro, you must also make identical changes to the function of the same name in src/po-lex.c */ # define po_gram_error(fmt, args...) \ do { \ error_at_line (0, 0, gram_pos.file_name, gram_pos.line_number, \ fmt, ## args); \ if (*fmt == '.') \ --error_message_count; \ else if (error_message_count >= gram_max_allowed_errors) \ error (1, 0, _("too many errors, aborting")); \ } while (0) /* CAUTION: If you change this macro, you must also make identical changes to the function of the same name in src/po-lex.c */ # define gram_error_at_line(pos, fmt, args...) \ do { \ error_at_line (0, 0, (pos)->file_name, (pos)->line_number, \ fmt, ## args); \ if (*fmt == '.') \ --error_message_count; \ else if (error_message_count >= gram_max_allowed_errors) \ error (1, 0, _("too many errors, aborting")); \ } while (0) #else void po_gram_error PARAMS ((const char *__fmt, ...)); void gram_error_at_line PARAMS ((const lex_pos_ty *__pos, const char *__fmt, ...)); #endif #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po.h0000444000175000017500000001137306522251470013301 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef SRC_PO_H #define SRC_PO_H #include "po-lex.h" /* Note: the _t suffix is reserved by ANSI C, so the _ty suffix is used to indicate a type name */ /* The following pair of structures cooperate to create an "Object" in the OO sense, we are simply doing it manually, rather than with the help of an OO compiler. This implementation allows polymorphism and inheritance - more than enough for the immediate needs. This first structure contains pointers to functions. Each function is a method for the class (base or derived). Use a NULL pointer where no action is required. */ /* Forward decaration. */ struct po_ty; typedef struct po_method_ty po_method_ty; struct po_method_ty { /* how many bytes to malloc for this class */ size_t size; /* what to do immediately after the instance is malloc()ed */ void (*constructor) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop)); /* what to do immediately before the instance is free()ed */ void (*destructor) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop)); /* what to do with a domain directive */ void (*directive_domain) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop, char *__name)); /* what to do with a message directive */ void (*directive_message) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop, char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *__msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); /* This method is invoked before the parse, but after the file is opened by the lexer. */ void (*parse_brief) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop)); /* This method is invoked after the parse, but before the file is closed by the lexer. The intention is to make consistency checks against the file here, and emit the errors through the lex_error* functions. */ void (*parse_debrief) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop)); /* What to do with a plain-vanilla comment - the expectation is that they will be accumulated, and added to the next message definition seen. Or completely ignored. */ void (*comment) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop, const char *__s)); /* What to do with a comment that starts with a dot (i.e. extracted by xgettext) - the expectation is that they will be accumulated, and added to the next message definition seen. Or completely ignored. */ void (*comment_dot) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop, const char *__s)); /* What to do with a file position seen in a comment (i.e. a message location comment extracted by xgettext) - the expectation is that they will be accumulated, and added to the next message definition seen. Or completely ignored. */ void (*comment_filepos) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop, const char *__s, int __line)); /* What to do with a comment that starts with a `!' - this is a special comment. One of the possible uses is to indicate a inexact translation. */ void (*comment_special) PARAMS ((struct po_ty *__pop, const char *__s)); }; /* This next structure defines the base class passed to the methods. Derived methods will often need to cast their first argument before using it (this correponds to the implicit ``this'' argument of many C++ implementations). When declaring derived classes, use the PO_BASE_TY define at the start of the structure, to declare inherited instance variables, etc. */ #define PO_BASE_TY \ po_method_ty *method; typedef struct po_ty po_ty; struct po_ty { PO_BASE_TY }; po_ty *po_alloc PARAMS ((po_method_ty *__jtable)); void po_scan PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop, const char *__filename)); void po_free PARAMS ((po_ty *__pop)); /* Callbacks used by po-gram.y or po-hash.y or po-lex.c, indirectly from po_scan. */ void po_callback_domain PARAMS ((char *__name)); void po_callback_message PARAMS ((char *__msgid, lex_pos_ty *__msgid_pos, char *__msgstr, lex_pos_ty *__msgstr_pos)); void po_callback_comment PARAMS ((const char *__s)); void po_callback_comment_dot PARAMS ((const char *__s)); void po_callback_comment_filepos PARAMS ((const char *__s, int __line)); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/str-list.h0000444000175000017500000000320006522251515014432 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef SRC_STR_LIST_H #define SRC_STR_LIST_H 1 #ifdef STC_HEADERS # define __need_size_t # define __need_NULL # include #else # include # include #endif /* Type describing list of strings implemented using a dynamic array. */ typedef struct string_list_ty string_list_ty; struct string_list_ty { const char **item; size_t nitems; size_t nitems_max; }; string_list_ty *string_list_alloc PARAMS ((void)); void string_list_append PARAMS ((string_list_ty *__slp, const char *__s)); void string_list_append_unique PARAMS ((string_list_ty *__slp, const char *__s)); void string_list_free PARAMS ((string_list_ty *__slp)); char *string_list_join PARAMS ((const string_list_ty *__slp)); int string_list_member PARAMS ((const string_list_ty *__slp, const char *__s)); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/xget-lex.h0000444000175000017500000000367307443210116014417 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef SRC_XGET_LEX_H #define SRC_XGET_LEX_H enum xgettext_token_type_ty { xgettext_token_type_eof = 0, xgettext_token_type_keyword1 = 1, xgettext_token_type_keyword2 = 2, xgettext_token_type_lp = 3, xgettext_token_type_rp = 4, xgettext_token_type_comma = 5, xgettext_token_type_string_literal = 6, xgettext_token_type_symbol = 7 }; typedef enum xgettext_token_type_ty xgettext_token_type_ty; typedef struct xgettext_token_ty xgettext_token_ty; struct xgettext_token_ty { xgettext_token_type_ty type; /* These 3 are only set for xgettext_token_type_string_literal. */ char *string; int line_number; char *file_name; }; void xgettext_lex_open PARAMS ((const char *__file_name)); void xgettext_lex_close PARAMS ((void)); void xgettext_lex PARAMS ((xgettext_token_ty *__tp)); const char *xgettext_lex_comment PARAMS ((size_t __n)); void xgettext_lex_comment_reset PARAMS ((void)); /* void xgettext_lex_filepos PARAMS ((char **, int *)); FIXME needed? */ void xgettext_lex_keyword PARAMS ((char *__name)); void xgettext_lex_cplusplus PARAMS ((void)); void xgettext_lex_trigraphs PARAMS ((void)); #endif gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-gram.gen.h0000644000175000017500000000041306522261206014766 0ustar jrjrtypedef union { char *string; long number; lex_pos_ty pos; } po_gram_STYPE; #define COMMENT 258 #define DOMAIN 259 #define JUNK 260 #define MSGID 261 #define MSGSTR 262 #define NAME 263 #define NUMBER 264 #define STRING 265 extern po_gram_STYPE po_gram_lval; gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-hash.gen.h0000644000175000017500000000037306522261211014764 0ustar jrjrtypedef union { char *string; int number; } po_hash_STYPE; #define STRING 258 #define NUMBER 259 #define COLON 260 #define COMMA 261 #define FILE_KEYWORD 262 #define LINE_KEYWORD 263 #define NUMBER_KEYWORD 264 extern po_hash_STYPE po_hash_lval; gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/dir-list.h0000444000175000017500000000177106522251215014410 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifndef SRC_DIR_LIST_H #define SRC_DIR_LIST_H void dir_list_append PARAMS ((const char *__directory)); const char *dir_list_nth PARAMS ((int __n)); #endif /* SRC_DIR_LIST_H */ gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-gram.y0000444000175000017500000000413506522251361014243 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ %{ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include "po-lex.h" #include "po-gram.h" #include "error.h" #include "system.h" #include #include "po.h" #define _(str) gettext (str) %} %token COMMENT %token DOMAIN %token JUNK %token MSGID %token MSGSTR %token NAME %token NUMBER %token STRING %union { char *string; long number; lex_pos_ty pos; } %type STRING COMMENT string_list %type NUMBER %type msgid msgstr %right MSGSTR %% msgfmt : /* empty */ | msgfmt comment | msgfmt domain | msgfmt message | msgfmt error ; domain : DOMAIN STRING { po_callback_domain ($2); } ; message : msgid string_list msgstr string_list { po_callback_message ($2, &$1, $4, &$3); } | msgid string_list { gram_error_at_line (&$1, _("missing `msgstr' section")); free ($2); } ; msgid : MSGID { $$ = gram_pos; } ; msgstr : MSGSTR { $$ = gram_pos; } ; string_list : STRING { $$ = $1; } | string_list STRING { size_t len1; size_t len2; len1 = strlen ($1); len2 = strlen ($2); $$ = (char *) xmalloc (len1 + len2 + 1); stpcpy (stpcpy ($$, $1), $2); free ($1); free ($2); } ; comment : COMMENT { po_callback_comment ($1); } ; gettext-kde-0.10.35/src/po-hash.y0000444000175000017500000000724006522251410014233 0ustar jrjr/* GNU gettext - internationalization aids Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file was written by Peter Miller This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ %{ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #include "po-hash.h" #include "po.h" %} %token STRING %token NUMBER %token COLON %token COMMA %token FILE_KEYWORD %token LINE_KEYWORD %token NUMBER_KEYWORD %union { char *string; int number; } %type NUMBER %type STRING %{ static const char *cur; void yyerror PARAMS ((char *)); int yylex PARAMS ((void)); int po_hash (s) const char *s; { extern int yyparse PARAMS ((void)); cur = s; return yyparse (); } void yyerror (s) char *s; { /* Do nothing, the grammar is used as a recogniser. */ } %} %% filepos_line : /* empty */ | filepos_line filepos ; filepos : STRING COLON NUMBER { /* GNU style */ po_callback_comment_filepos ($1, $3); free ($1); } | FILE_KEYWORD COLON STRING COMMA LINE_KEYWORD COLON NUMBER { /* SunOS style */ po_callback_comment_filepos ($3, $7); free ($3); } | FILE_KEYWORD COLON STRING COMMA LINE_KEYWORD NUMBER_KEYWORD COLON NUMBER { /* Solaris style */ po_callback_comment_filepos ($3, $8); free ($3); } | FILE_KEYWORD COLON NUMBER { /* GNU style, but STRING is `file'. Esoteric, but it happened. */ po_callback_comment_filepos ("file", $3); } ; %% int yylex () { static char *buf; static size_t bufmax; size_t bufpos; int n; int c; for (;;) { c = *cur++; switch (c) { case 0: --cur; return 0; case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': break; case ':': return COLON; case ',': return COMMA; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': /* Accumulate a number. */ n = 0; for (;;) { n = n * 10 + c - '0'; c = *cur++; switch (c) { default: break; case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': continue; } break; } --cur; yylval.number = n; return NUMBER; default: /* Accumulate a string. */ bufpos = 0; for (;;) { if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax); } buf[bufpos++] = c; c = *cur++; switch (c) { default: continue; case 0: case ':': case ',': case ' ': case '\t': --cur; break; } break; } if (bufpos >= bufmax) { bufmax += 100; buf = xrealloc (buf, bufmax); } buf[bufpos] = 0; if (strcmp (buf, "file") == 0 || strcmp (buf, "File") == 0) return FILE_KEYWORD; if (strcmp (buf, "line") == 0) return LINE_KEYWORD; if (strcmp (buf, "number") == 0) return NUMBER_KEYWORD; yylval.string = xstrdup (buf); return STRING; } } } gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/0000755000175000017500000000000006522270004012330 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/po/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000003636706521476517014141 0ustar jrjr1998-04-28 18:07 Ulrich Drepper * po/Makefile.in.in: Only try to put newly generated .pot in place when the generation succeeded. 1997-09-10 00:30 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (install-data-yes): Use mkinstalldirs with $(SHELL). 1997-08-21 15:01 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: Change copyright. 1997-08-16 00:13 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (install-data-yes): Don't change directory to install. Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi . 1997-08-15 22:45 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): Use top_srcdir to find script. Patch by Akim Demaille . 1997-05-01 03:43 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (maintainer-clean): Remove GMOFILES. (POTFILES): Don't redirect output directly to destination file. Patch by Jim Meyering . Tue Aug 27 02:04:45 1996 Ulrich Drepper * ko.po: New version of korean translation. * es.po: Initial revision Tue Aug 20 01:40:28 1996 Ulrich Drepper * fr.po: Update from Franc,ois of 960819. Sun Aug 18 20:47:47 1996 Ulrich Drepper * pl.po: Update 960818. Thu Jul 18 19:00:11 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (distdir): Again work around shells which cannot handle empty `for' list. Reported by Jim Meyering. Tue Jul 9 21:20:00 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (install-data): Add indirection so that nothing is installed if no internationalization is wanted. (install-data-no, install-data-yes): New goals. install-data-yes does the real work. Reported by Kjetil Torgrim Homme. Sat Jul 6 11:18:01 1996 Jim Meyering * Makefile.in.in (install-data): Use $(top_srcdir) instead of $(top-srcdir). Wed Jun 26 11:28:36 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (install-data): Add another `else' clause for those buggy systems. Patch by Fred Fish . Sat Jun 22 04:58:22 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable. Path to mkinstalldirs script. (install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present try to find it in the $top_scrdir). Fri Jun 21 01:21:33 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (install-data): Use @ to prevent printing the command, but use echo to inform user what is installed. Mon Jun 3 02:39:24 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of automake's distcheck. (install): Combine with install-src goal. The additional installation is done if $(PACKAGE) = gettext. (install-src): Goal removed. Sat Jun 1 11:50:11 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (dvi, info, tags): New goals added. Reported by Jim Meyering. Fri May 31 22:55:44 1996 Karl Heuer * Makefile.in.in ($(PACKAGE).pot): If xgettext is not found and therefore $(XGETTEXT) is set to : nothing is created. In this case nothing is done. Fri May 31 22:33:52 1996 Karl Heuer * Makefile.in.in (stamp-cat-id, mostlyclean): Avoid filename with more than 14 characters. Rename cat-id-tbl.tmp.c to cat-id-tbl.tmp. Mon May 27 23:42:16 1996 Arne H. Juul * Makefile.in.in (install-data): Work around another Buglix /bin/sh sillyness. Thu Apr 4 13:02:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (all-gettext): We must create the catalogs. * Makefile.in.in (distclean): Remove *.cat.m files generated by some gencat programs. * Makefile.in.in: When using GNU gettext tools prefer just built binaries in src/ subdirectory. For all packages but GNU gettext itself this will not change anything. Tue Apr 2 16:28:54 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all-no. * Makefile.in.in (install-data): Some systems using catgets() install two files: XXX.cat and XXX.cat.m. Handle this case. (uninstall): Remove .cat.m files, too. Reported by Marcus Daniels. * Makefile.in.in (MSGMERGE): Remove -f option. This is the default now. Mon Mar 25 00:05:18 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (MSGMERGE): Always use -f option. Sun Mar 24 23:25:01 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: Don't use tupdate anymore. msgmerge seems to work now. Sat Mar 2 00:47:48 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (all-no): Rename from all_no. Thu Feb 15 04:38:29 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'. (all-yes, all_no): New goals. `all-no' is noop, `all-yes' is former all. Sun Dec 24 14:21:20 1995 Jun Young * ko.po: Initial revision. Tue Dec 19 22:11:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running shell scripts. Fri Dec 15 17:40:09 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (install-data): Simpler shell code by Andreas Schwab. Tue Dec 5 11:57:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (mostlyclean): Remove *.o files. Reported by Larry Schwimmer. Sun Dec 3 01:21:55 1995 Ulrich Drepper * fr.po: Version for 0.10 by Franc,ois Pinard. Sun Nov 26 02:26:56 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (mostlyclean): Remove cat-id-tbl.tmp.c. Sun Nov 26 02:00:02 1995 Kaveh R. Ghazi * Makefile.in.in (.po.cat): Add missing line continuation. Sat Nov 25 16:53:44 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable. Initialize from @CPPFLAGS@. Sat Nov 25 02:39:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (.po.cat): New rules substituting implicit rules. AIX 3.x's make does not know implicit, transitive rules. Reported by Nelson Beebe. Fri Nov 24 19:57:32 1995 Ulrich Drepper * de.po: New format after xgettext changes. Tue Nov 21 16:32:10 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (DEFS): Add variable to get -DHAVE_CONFIG_H. Sat Nov 11 17:49:33 1995 Ulrich Drepper * de.po: Messages of new programs msgmerge and msgunfmt. * Makefile.in.in (POTFILES): Correct bug after change to single quotes. * POTFILES.in: Add new files after adding Peter Miller's files. Thu Nov 9 01:48:59 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: ($(PACKAGE).pot): Don't give list of input files on command line. Use POTFILES.in file instead. * de.po: Corrections after splitting usage message in xgettext.c and gettextp.c. * de.po: Adjust for new message due to --directory option in xgettext. Wed Nov 8 23:46:41 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (.po.pox): Find .pot file in $(srcdir). Mon Nov 6 21:32:22 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (.po.gmo): Finally make ultimate rule which places .gmo always on $(srcdir). Patch by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Nov 6 17:08:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: Some more cleanups by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Nov 6 16:46:24 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (dist): Force order for parallel build. * Makefile.in.in: ($(PACKAGE).pot): Address $(PACKAGE).pot file in $(srcdir). `rm -f' old file instead of using `mv -f'. * fr.po: Translations for version 0.9.8 by Franc,ois Pinard. Mon Nov 6 00:46:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: [implicit rules]: Use $< instead of $*. I hope this is portable but it seems to be the only way to use the VPATH. Sun Nov 5 20:19:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: ($(PACKAGE).pot): We cannot use _N as the abbreviation. Sun uses this in ctype.h. Use N_ instead. * Makefile.in.in (dist-gettext): Make synonym for dist. Sun Nov 5 16:35:52 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (.po.gmo): Remove .gmo file prior generation. Sun Nov 5 12:42:11 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (po.msg): Remove $(srcdir) path. (stamp-cat-id): Place stamp-cat-id and cat-id-tbl.c file in $(srcdir). * Makefile.in.in (.po.pox, .po.mo, .po.gmo): Remove $(scrdir) path because we now only have one version of each file so that we do not rely on make's VPATH. * Makefile.in.in (update-po): Enter $(srcdir) before doing anything and don't remove output file of tupdate if the exit code is not zero. * Makefile.in.in (do-dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. * Makefile.in.in (dist): Split goal. Call two new rules to get correct sequence. (update-po): Update .po files by calling tupdate. (do-dist): Actually write files to $(distdir). The dependency makes sure that especially the .gmo have a correct time stamp. * Makefile.in.in: ($(PACKAGE).pot): Replace _C by _N. Fri Nov 3 00:37:26 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: ($(PACKAGE).pot): Keyword for marking string constants is now _C instrad of _GTM. Suggested by Franc,ois Pinard. Thu Nov 2 01:36:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper * fr.po: Version for 0.9.5 by Franc,ois. Wed Nov 1 10:58:59 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (dist): Protect touch $(GMOFILES) against empty $(GMOFILES). Reported by Tom Troley. (dist, POTFILES): Use single instead of double quotes wherever possible. * Makefile.in.in (install-data, uninstall, dist): Don't use if test anymore. Using a variable should be all we need to prevent errors. * Makefile.in.in (install, uninstall, dist): Correct handling for case where $(CATALOGS) is empty. Reported by Tom Tromey. Tue Oct 31 22:33:21 1995 Ulrich Drepper * de.po: Update for 0.9.6. Fri Oct 27 02:23:26 1995 Ulrich Drepper * sv.po: Initial revision. Mon Sep 25 22:32:23 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (.po.gmo): Undo last change. .gmo is now legal suffix. Proposed by Marcus Daniels. Sun Sep 24 12:32:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (.po.gmo): Add missing move after last change in msgfmt program. Sat Sep 23 14:41:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * de.po: All translations for 0.9.4. Thu Sep 21 01:08:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (dist): Protect goal against empty CATALOGS and/or GMOFILES variables. * Makefile.in.in (PACKAGE.pot): Add _GMT as an additional keyword. Mon Sep 18 11:12:26 1995 Ulrich Drepper * de.po: Adjust for msgcmp program messages. * POTFILES.in: Add src/msgcmp.c, src/po-gram.gen.c, and src/po-lex.c. Sat Aug 19 17:34:29 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: Make install-src depend on install. This helps gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the install goal. Sat Aug 19 11:29:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (install-src): Better indentation. (uninstall): Remove po-Makefile.in.in. Fri Aug 18 23:43:39 1995 Ulrich Drepper * no@nynorsk.po: Initial revision * no.po: Version for 0.9.2. * Makefile.in.in: ($(PACKAGE).pot): Now runs from $(top_srcdir). This helps to keep the generate #: lines clean. * de.po: For version 0.9.3. * Makefile.in.in (install-data): Added missing ';' and fix wrong variable reference. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Tue Aug 15 12:54:09 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (gnulocaledir): Always point to share/ subdirectory to install .gmo files. Tue Aug 15 07:08:45 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (DEFS): Remove unneeded variable. * Makefile.in.in (POTFILES): Correct case where $(srcdir) = ".". Tue Aug 15 06:18:28 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (POTFILES): Correct sed command after change of format. Done in aclocal.m4 on 950813. Mon Aug 14 23:47:30 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (gettextsrcdir): Directory in which Makefile.in.in is installed for use in gettextize shell script. Sun Aug 13 14:19:38 1995 Ulrich Drepper * POTFILES.in: Paths to files are now relative to srcdir, not to po/. Tue Aug 8 13:09:17 1995 Ulrich Drepper * no.po: Changes for 0.9.1 by Karl O/ygard. * no.po: Change for 0.9 by Karl O/ygard. Fri Aug 4 15:46:32 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. Wed Aug 2 23:38:23 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (.po.pox): Add $(srcdir) path to .po file. * no.po, fr.po, de.po: Version for 0.9. Tue Aug 1 23:48:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (all): Add cat-id-tbl.c as dependency. Tue Aug 1 08:43:54 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (install-data, uninstall, dist): Use sed instead of expr to get basename. Sat Jul 29 22:57:04 1995 Ulrich Drepper * no.po: Initial revision. By norwegian Translation Team. Tue Jul 25 23:45:00 1995 Ulrich Drepper * POTFILES.in: Change header to include copyright. Wed Jul 19 23:56:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper * POTFILES.in: Don't mention libiberty. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. * de.po: Revert to 1.22, because messages are gone. Some scripts still seem to have bugs... Tue Jul 18 16:20:35 1995 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.pot, de.po, fr.po: Version for 0.8. Sun Jul 16 00:58:09 1995 Ulrich Drepper * fr.po: Latest version (for 0.7.3) by Franc,ois. Thu Jul 13 22:26:18 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (TUPDATE): Don't address tupdate.perl in ../src. Now it is assumed that tupdate is already installed in a directory in PATH. Thu Jul 13 01:37:15 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (check): New goal. (.po.msg): po-to-msg.sed is now called po2msg.sed. (stamp-cat-id): po-to-tbl.sed is now called po2tbl.sed. Wed Jul 12 15:14:23 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (.po.gmo): Strange make: if both files are found through VPATH no explicit path must be given. Tue Jul 11 21:51:01 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in (TUPDATE): tupdate is now found in ../src Tue Jul 4 00:45:26 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: Remove unnecessary $(srcdir). Correct path to po-to-msg.sed script for .po.msg goal. Mon Jul 3 14:52:06 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in.in: Installation of .gmo files need if. (POTFILES,Makefile): Correct path to original version. (TRANSCSRCS): Renamed to POTFILES. * fr.po: Update to new .po file format and version 0.7. Sun Jul 2 23:59:23 1995 Ulrich Drepper * de.po: Update to new .po file format and version 0.7. Adopt for new multi-line format. Sun Jul 2 02:19:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper * First official release. This directory contains the sources of the message catalog. These are given in the .po file format specified in the Uniforum proposal. With the help of the system's tools or the ones provided by this package every other format needed can be constructed. gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/Makefile.in.in0000644000175000017500000001530606521504005015007 0ustar jrjr# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package. # Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper # # This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ VERSION = @VERSION@ SHELL = /bin/sh @SET_MAKE@ srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@ localedir = $(datadir)/locale gnulocaledir = $(prefix)/share/locale gettextsrcdir = $(prefix)/share/gettext/po subdir = po INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ MKINSTALLDIRS = $(top_srcdir)/@MKINSTALLDIRS@ CC = @CC@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GMSGFMT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @GMSGFMT@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ XGETTEXT = PATH=../src:$$PATH @XGETTEXT@ MSGMERGE = PATH=../src:$$PATH msgmerge DEFS = @DEFS@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) SOURCES = cat-id-tbl.c POFILES = @POFILES@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \ stamp-cat-id $(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES) POTFILES = \ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .c .o .po .pox .gmo .mo .msg .cat .c.o: $(COMPILE) $< .po.pox: $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot $(MSGMERGE) $< $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot -o $*.pox .po.mo: $(MSGFMT) -o $@ $< .po.gmo: file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \ && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) -o $$file $< .po.cat: sed -f ../intl/po2msg.sed < $< > $*.msg \ && rm -f $@ && $(GENCAT) $@ $*.msg all: all-@USE_NLS@ all-yes: cat-id-tbl.c $(CATALOGS) all-no: $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot: $(POTFILES) $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ --add-comments --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ \ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ && test ! -f $(PACKAGE).po \ || ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \ && mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot ) $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c: stamp-cat-id; @: $(srcdir)/stamp-cat-id: $(PACKAGE).pot rm -f cat-id-tbl.tmp sed -f ../intl/po2tbl.sed $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \ | sed -e "s/@PACKAGE NAME@/$(PACKAGE)/" > cat-id-tbl.tmp if cmp -s cat-id-tbl.tmp $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; then \ rm cat-id-tbl.tmp; \ else \ echo cat-id-tbl.c changed; \ rm -f $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; \ mv cat-id-tbl.tmp $(srcdir)/cat-id-tbl.c; \ fi cd $(srcdir) && rm -f stamp-cat-id && echo timestamp > stamp-cat-id install: install-exec install-data install-exec: install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ install-data-no: all install-data-yes: all if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \ $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(datadir); \ else \ $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(datadir); \ fi @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ case "$$cat" in \ *.gmo) destdir=$(gnulocaledir);; \ *) destdir=$(localedir);; \ esac; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \ dir=$$destdir/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \ $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $$dir; \ else \ $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $$dir; \ fi; \ if test -r $$cat; then \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \ echo "installing $$cat as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \ else \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \ echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \ "$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT)"; \ fi; \ if test -r $$cat.m; then \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$cat.m $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \ echo "installing $$cat.m as $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \ else \ if test -r $(srcdir)/$$cat.m ; then \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$cat.m \ $$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \ echo "installing $(srcdir)/$$cat as" \ "$$dir/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m"; \ else \ true; \ fi; \ fi; \ done if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \ if test -r "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)"; then \ $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \ else \ $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \ fi; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.in \ $(gettextsrcdir)/Makefile.in.in; \ else \ : ; \ fi # Define this as empty until I found a useful application. installcheck: uninstall: catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \ rm -f $(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \ rm -f $(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \ rm -f $(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \ rm -f $(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \ done rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in check: all cat-id-tbl.o: ../intl/libgettext.h dvi info tags TAGS ID: mostlyclean: rm -f core core.* *.pox $(PACKAGE).po *.old.po cat-id-tbl.tmp rm -fr *.o clean: mostlyclean distclean: clean rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo *.msg *.cat *.cat.m maintainer-clean: distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." rm -f $(GMOFILES) distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES) dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ for file in $$dists; do \ ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \ done update-po: Makefile $(MAKE) $(PACKAGE).pot PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; \ cd $(srcdir); \ catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ for cat in $$catalogs; do \ cat=`basename $$cat`; \ lang=`echo $$cat | sed 's/\$(CATOBJEXT)$$//'`; \ mv $$lang.po $$lang.old.po; \ echo "$$lang:"; \ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.old.po $(PACKAGE).pot -o $$lang.po; then \ rm -f $$lang.old.po; \ else \ echo "msgmerge for $$cat failed!"; \ rm -f $$lang.po; \ mv $$lang.old.po $$lang.po; \ fi; \ done POTFILES: POTFILES.in ( if test 'x$(srcdir)' != 'x.'; then \ posrcprefix='$(top_srcdir)/'; \ else \ posrcprefix="../"; \ fi; \ rm -f $@-t $@ \ && (sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ ]*$$/d' \ -e "s@.*@ $$posrcprefix& \\\\@" < $(srcdir)/$@.in \ | sed -e '$$s/\\$$//') > $@-t \ && chmod a-w $@-t \ && mv $@-t $@ ) Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES cd .. \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \ $(SHELL) ./config.status # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/POTFILES.in0000444000175000017500000000057006522164721014115 0ustar jrjr# List of files which containing translatable strings. # Copyright (C) 1995, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Files from the compatibility library lib/error.c lib/getopt.c lib/xmalloc.c # Package source files src/gettextp.c src/message.c src/msgcmp.c src/msgcomm.c src/msgfmt.c src/msgmerge.c src/msgunfmt.c src/po-gram.gen.c src/po-lex.c src/xget-lex.c src/xgettext.c gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/gettext.pot0000644000175000017500000004761306522261276014566 0ustar jrjr# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/stamp-cat-id0000644000175000017500000000001206522261300014526 0ustar jrjrtimestamp gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/da.po0000644000175000017500000010251606522267776013307 0ustar jrjr# gettext-0.10/po/da.po -- initial revision -*- po -*- # Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Thorbjoern Ravn Andersen , 1996. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gettext 0.10.31\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1997-08-29 07:21 MDT\n" "Last-Translator: Thorbjoern Ravn Andersen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-Latin-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: Base64\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Ukendt systemfejl" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: tilvalget '%s' kan betyde flere ting\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: tilvalget '--%s' tager ikke et argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: tilvalget `%c%s' tager ikke et argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: tilvalget `%s' kræver et argument\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: ukendt tilvalg `--%s'\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: ukendt tilvalg `%c%s'\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ulovligt tilvalg -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ugyldigt tilvalg -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: tilvalget '%c' kræver et argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: tilvalget '%s' kan betyde flere ting\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: tilvalget '--%s' tager ikke et argument\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "ikke mere ledig hukommelse" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "Dette er frit programmel; kildeteksten indeholder kopibetingelser. Der er\n" "INGEN garanti -- end ikke for SALGBARHED eller VELEGNETHED TIL NOGET SÆRLIGT\n" "FORMÅL.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "Skrevet af %s.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "argumenter mangler" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "for mange argumenter" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Information fås med `%s --help'\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Brug: %s [TILVALG] [[[TEKSTDOMÆNE] TEKSTID] | [-s [TEKSTID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEKSTDOMÆNE hent oversatte tekster fra TEKSTDOMÆNE\n" " -e aktivér fortolkning af visse escape-sekvenser\n" " -E (ignoreret af hensyn til kompabilitet)\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjælp og afslut\n" " -n undertryk afsluttende linieskift\n" " -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut\n" " [TEKSTDOMÆNE] TEKSTID hent den oversatte tekst fra TEKSTDOMÆNE\n" " svarende til TEKSTID\n" "\n" "(TEKSTID svarer til 'msgid' felterne)\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Hvis TEKSTDOMÆNE parameteren ikke angives, bestemmes domænet ud fra værdien af\n" "miljøvariablen TEXTDOMAIN. Hvis tekstkataloget ikke kan findes i det\n" "sædvanlige filkatalog, kan en anden placering angives vha miljøvariablen\n" "TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "Når tilvalget -s bruges, opfører programmet sig som 'echo' kommandoen, men\n" "argumenterne bliver ikke blot kopieret til standard uddata. I stedet\n" "oversættes de tekster der findes i det valgte tekstkatalog.\n" "Standard filkataloget for søgning er: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 #, fuzzy msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "Rapportér fejl på engelsk til .\n" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "oversættelige tekster må ikke indeholde `\\%c' escapesekvensen" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "kan ikke oprette uddatafil '%s'" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "standard uddata" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "fejl ved skrivning til filen '%s'" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "ingen filer angivet som inddata" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "der kræves netop to inddatafiler" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Brug: %s [TILVALG] def.po ref.po\n" "Hvis et langt tilvalg tager et argument, gælder det også for den\n" "tilsvarende korte udgave.\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG gennemsøg også FILKATALOG efter inddatafiler\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjælpetekst og afslut\n" " -V, --version vis versions information og afslut\n" "\n" "Sammenlign to .po filer i Uniforum format for at kontrollere at de begge\n" "indeholder det samme sæt af msgid tekststrenge. PO-filen 'def.po' indeholder\n" "de gamle oversættelser og PO-filen 'ref.po' er den nyeste udgave (sædvanligvis\n" "oprettet af xgettext). Dette er en praktisk måde at kontrollere at hver\n" "eneste tekst i programmet er oversat. Hvis der ikke er nøjagtigt sammenfald\n" "mellem msgid-tekststrengene, benyttes en upræcis sammenligningsmetode til at\n" "give bedre fejlretningsinformation.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "denne tekst bruges men er ikke erklæret..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...men denne tekst ligner" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "denne tekst er brugt, men ikke erklæret i %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "advarsel: denne tekst bliver ikke brugt" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "tekst erklæret mere end en gang" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "... her er den første erklæring" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "denne besked har ingen erklæring i '%s' domænet" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "under udskriftsforberedelse" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s og %s udelukker hinanden" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Brug: %s [TILVALG] INDDATAFIL ...\n" "Hvis et langt tilvalg tager et argument, gælder det også for den korte\n" "udgave af tilvalget.\n" " -a, --extract-all træk alle tekster ud\n" " -c, --add-comments[=MÆRKE] placér kommentarafsnit for MÆRKE (eller \n" " de foregående nøgleordslinier) i uddata\n" " -C, --c++ genkend kommentarer i C++ stil\n" " --debug mere detaljeret resultat af strenggenkendelse \n" " -d, --default-domain=NAVN send uddata til NAVN.po (standard messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG gennemsøg også FILKATALOG efter inddatafiler\n" " -e, --no-escape brug ikke C-escapetegn i uddata (standard)\n" " -E, --escape brug C-escapetegn i uddata. Ingen specialtegn\n" " -f, --files-from=FIL hent inddatafilliste fra FIL\n" " --force-po udskriv PO fil selv hvis den er tom\n" " --foreign-user undlad FSF copyright i udskrift til fremmed bruger\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sortér uddata efter filposition\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location skriv '#: filenavn:linie' linier " "(standard)\n" " --omit-header undlad skrivning af `msgid' teksten i " "hovedet\n" " -o, --output=FIL uddata skrives til FIL\n" " -p, --output-dir=FILKATALOG uddatafiler placeres i FILKATALOG\n" " -s, --sort-output sortér uddata og fjern gentagelser\n" " --strict uddata overholder 'streng Uniforum'-stil\n" " -T, --trigraphs forstå ANSI C trigrafer i inddata\n" " -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut\n" " -w, --width=TAL\t\t angiv uddatabredde\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FIL tekster i FIL benyttes ikke\n" "\n" "Hvis INPUTFIL er -, læses fra standard inddata.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "fejl ved læse-åbning af '%s'" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "denne fil må ikke indeholde 'domain' kommandoer" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "ingen inddatafil angivet" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "fejl opstået ved skrive-åbning af '%s'" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d oversatte tekster" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d upræcise oversættelser" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d uoversatte tekster" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Brug: %s [TILVALG] filnavn.po ...\n" "Hvis et langt tilvalg tager et argument, gælder det også for den\n" "tilsvarende korte udgave.\n" " -a, --alignment=TAL tekststrenge placeres på adresser som er\n" " multipla af TAL bytes (standard %d)\n" " -c, --check lav sprogafhængige check af tekster\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG gennemsøg også FILKATALOG efter inddatafiler\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy marker upræcisheder med 'fuzzy' i uddata\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjælpetekst og afslut\n" " --no-hash den binære fil vil ikke indeholde hashtabellen\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL angiv FIL som uddatafil\n" " --statistics udskriv statistik over oversættelser\n" " --strict aktivér 'strict Uniforum'-stil\n" " -v, --verbose vis anormaliteter i inddata\n" " -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut\n" "\n" "Angives -v mere end en gang, forøges informationsmængden tilsvarende.\n" "\n" "Hvis inddatafilen er -, læses fra standard-input. Hvis uddatafilen er -,\n" "skrives uddata til standard-output.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "under oprettelsen af hashtabel" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "%s: advarsel: \"header\" element ikke angivet" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "domænet '%s' kan ikke bruges som filnavn" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "domænet '%s' er ikke brugbart som filnavn. Vil bruge præfiks istedet" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "`domain %s'-kommando ignoreres" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "tom `msgstr'-kommando ignoreret" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "\"fuzzy\" `msgstr'-tekst ignoreret" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "feltet `%s' mangler i hovedet" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "feltet `%s' bør starte ved liniens begyndelse" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "nogle felter i hovedet har stadig den oprindelige standardværdi" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "feltet `%s' har stadig den oprindelige standardværdi" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "%s: advarsel: kildetekstfilen indeholder løse oversættelser (fuzzy)" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "`msgid' og `msgstr' teksterne begynder ikke begge med '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "`msgid' og `msgstr' teksterne slutter ikke begge med '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "forskelligt antal formater i `msgid' og `msgstr'" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "formaterne for argument %u er forskellige" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Brug: %s [TILVALG] def.po ref.po\n" "Hvis et langt tilvalg kræver et argument, gælder det også for det tilsvarende\n" "korte tilvalg.\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG gennemsøg også FILKATALOG efter inddatafiler\n" " -e, --no-escape brug ikke C-escapesekvenser i uddata (standard)\n" " --force-po skriv PO filen selv om den er tom\n" " -E, --escape brug C-escapesekvenser i uddata uden specialtegn\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjælp og afslut\n" " -i, --indent benyt indrykket stil for uddata\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL uddata skrives til FIL\n" " --no-location undertryk '#: filnavn:linie' linier\n" " --add-location bevar '#: filnavn:liine' liner (standard)\n" " --strict benyt 'streng Uniforum' stil for uddata\n" " -v, --verbose forøg udskreven information\n" " -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut\n" " -w, --width=TAL\t sæt udskrivningsbredde\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kombinerer to .po filer i Uniforum-stil. `def.po' filen (som allerede findes)\n" "indholder gamle oversættelser som vil blive overført til den nye PO fil under\n" "forudsætning af at de stadig passer. Kommentarer vil blive bevaret i\n" "modsætning til fil-udtrækskommentarer og filpositioner. `ref.po' filen er den\n" "sidst oprettede PO fil (sædvanligvis af xgettext), hvorfra alle oversættelser\n" "og kommentarer vil blive bortkastet, men 'punktum'-kommentarer og\n" "filpositioner vil blive bevaret. Når der ikke kan findes en nøjagtig\n" "overensstemmelse, vil 'løs søgning' (fuzzy matching) blive brugt til at give\n" "bedre resultater. Med mindre en uddatafil er angivet, vil resultaterne blive\n" "skrevet til standard uddata.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%sLæste %d gamle + %d reference, samlede %d, upræcise %d, mangler %d, " "forældede %d.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " afsluttet.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Brug: %s [TILVALG] def.po ref.po\n" "Hvis et langt tilvalg kræver et argument, gælder det også for det tilsvarende\n" "korte tilvalg.\n" " -e, --no-escape brug ikke C-escapesekvenser i uddata (standard)\n" " -E, --escape brug C-escapesekvenser i uddata. Ingen specialtegn\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjælp og afslut\n" " -i, --indent benyt indrykket stil for uddata\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL uddata skrives til FIL\n" " --strict benyt 'streng Uniforum' stil for uddata\n" " -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut\n" " -w, --width=TAL angiv udskrivningsbredde\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Omform binære .mo filer til Uniforum .po filer. Både 'little-endian'\n" "og 'big-endian' .mo filer kan håndteres. Hvis inddatafilen er -,\n" "læses standard inddata. Som standard skrives til standard uddata.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "fejl ved læsning af '%s'" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "filen '%s' blev afkortet" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "seek '%s' offset %ld mislykkedes" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "filen '%s' er ikke i GNU .mo format" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "`msgstr' afsnit mangler" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "fandt %d fatale fejl" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "afbryder kørslen på grund af for mange fejl" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "ukendt nøgleord '%s'" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "ulovlig kontrolsekvens" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "tekststreng var ikke afsluttet ved linieskift" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "tekststreng ikke afsluttet da filens slutning blev nået" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "standard inddata" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "%s:%d: advarsel: tegnkonstant ikke afsluttet korrekt" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "%s:%d: advarsel: streng'literal' ikke afsluttet" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" "--join-existing kan ikke benyttes når uddata sendes til standard uddata" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "" "advarsel: ukendt type for fil `%s' med endelse `%s'; C benyttes i stedet" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Brug: %s [TILVALG] INDDATAFIL ...\n" "Hvis et langt tilvalg tager et argument, gælder det også for den korte\n" "udgave af tilvalget.\n" " -a, --extract-all træk alle tekster ud\n" " -c, --add-comments[=MÆRKE] placér kommentarafsnit for MÆRKE (eller \n" " de foregående nøgleordslinier) i uddata\n" " -C, --c++ genkend kommentarer i C++ stil\n" " --debug mere detaljeret resultat af strenggenkendelse \n" " -d, --default-domain=NAVN send uddata til NAVN.po (standard messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG gennemsøg også FILKATALOG efter inddatafiler\n" " -e, --no-escape brug ikke C-escapetegn i uddata (standard)\n" " -E, --escape brug C-escapetegn i uddata. Ingen specialtegn\n" " -f, --files-from=FIL hent inddatafilliste fra FIL\n" " --force-po udskriv PO fil selv hvis den er tom\n" " --foreign-user undlad FSF copyright i udskrift til fremmed bruger\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sortér uddata efter filposition\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help vis denne hjælp og afslut\n" " -i, --indent skriv .po-filen i indrykket stil\n" " -j, --join-existing kombiner tekster med eksisterende fil\n" " -k, --keyword[=ORD] søg efter yderligere nøgleord. Hvis ORD ikke \n" " angives, bruges standard-nøgleord ikke).\n" " -l, --string-limit=TAL sæt grænse for tekststrenglængde til TAL (%u)\n" " -L, --language=NAVN genkend det angivne sprog (C, C++, PO),\n" " ellers gættes det fra filendelsen\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRENG] brug STRENG/'' som prefiks for `msgstr' tekster\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRENG] brug STRENG/'' som suffiks for `msgstr' tekster\n" " --no-location undlad skrivning af '#: filnavn:linie' linier\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location skriv '#: filenavn:linie' linier (standard)\n" " --omit-header undlad skrivning af `msgid' teksten i hovedet\n" " -o, --output=FIL uddata skrives til FIL\n" " -p, --output-dir=FILKATALOG uddatafiler placeres i FILKATALOG\n" " -s, --sort-output sortér uddata og fjern gentagelser\n" " --strict uddata overholder 'streng Uniforum'-stil\n" " -T, --trigraphs forstå ANSI C trigrafer i inddata\n" " -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut\n" " -w, --width=TAL\t\t angiv uddatabredde\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FIL tekster i FIL benyttes ikke\n" "\n" "Hvis INPUTFIL er -, læses fra standard inddata.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "ukendt sprog `%s'" #~ msgid "Report bugs to .\n" #~ msgstr "Rapportér fejl på engelsk til .\n" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/de.po0000644000175000017500000010630606522267777013315 0ustar jrjr# German translations for GNU gettext package. # Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Ulrich Drepper , 1995-1997. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.35\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1998-04-30 23:23-0700\n" "Last-Translator: Ulrich Drepper \n" "Language-Team: German \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "unbekannter Systemfehler" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: Option »%s« ist mehrdeutig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: Option »--%s« erwartet kein Argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: Option »%c%s« erwartet kein Argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: Option »%s« erwartet ein Argument\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: unbekannte Option »--%s«\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: unbekannte Option »%c%s«\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: unzulässige Option -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ungültige Option -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: Option erwartet ein Argument -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: Option »-W %s« ist mehrdeutig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: Option »-W %s« erwartet kein Argument\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "virtueller Speicher erschöpft" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "Copyright © %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "Dies ist freie Software; in den Quellen befindet sich die Lizenzbedingung.\n" "Es gibt KEINERLEI Garantie; nicht einmal für die TAUGLICHKEIT oder\n" "die VERWENDBARKEIT ZU EINEN ANGEGEBENEN ZWECK.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "Geschrieben von %s.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "Argumente fehlen" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "zu viele Argumente" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "»%s --help« gibt weitere Informationen.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Benutzung: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTBEREICH] SCHLÜSSEL] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=BEREICH Übersetzungen kommen aus Namensbereich BEREICH\n" " -e schalte Übersetzung von Sonderzeichendarstellung an\n" " -E (Aus Kompatibilitätsgründen ignoriert)\n" " -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende\n" " -n gebe kein abschließendes Zeilenendezeichen aus\n" " -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende\n" " [BEREICH] SCHLÜSSEL hole die Übersetzung zu SCHLÜSSEL aus\n" " dem Namensbereich BEREICH\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wenn der BEREICH Parameter nicht gegeben wurde, wird der Bereich durch die\n" "Umgebungsvariable TEXTDOMAIN bestimmt. Wenn der Katalog dieses Bereiches\n" "sich nicht im Standardverzeichnis des Systems befindet, kann durch die\n" "Umgebungsvariable TEXTDOMAINDIR ein anderes Verzeichnis angegeben werden.\n" "\n" "Wenn die -s Option angeschaltet ist, verhält sich das Programm wie das\n" "`echo' Kommando. Aber anstatt alle Argumente einfach auszugeben, werden\n" "diese, falls im Namensbereich vorhanden, übersetzt.\n" "Standardverzeichnis: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "Fehler bitte an melden.\n" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "internationalisierbare Meldungen sollten nicht die Ersatzdarstellung »\\%c« " "enthalten" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "Ausgabedatei »%s« kann nicht erzeugt werden" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "Standard Ausgabe" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "Fehler beim Schreiben von Datei »%s«" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "keine Eingabedateien gegeben" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "es werden genau zwei Eingabedateien benötigt" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Benutzung: %s [OPTION] Datei1.po Def.po Ref.po\n" "Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die\n" "Kurzform notwendig.\n" " -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse\n" " mit PO Dateien ein\n" " -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende\n" " -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende\n" "\n" "Vergleiche zwei .po Dateien im Uniforum Format um zu sicherzustellen, daß\n" "beide die gleichen `msgid' Einträge enthalten. Die Datei Def.po enthält die\n" "alten Übersetzungen, die Datei Ref.po ist die letzte (i.A. durch xgettext)\n" "erzeugte PO Datei. Mit Hilfe diese Programms läßt sich also überprüfen, ob\n" "jede Meldung im Programm übersetzt wurde. Wenn keine exakte Übereinstimmung\n" "gefunden wurde, wird mittels inexakter Suche versucht, eine bessere\n" "Hilfestellung zu geben.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "diese Meldung wird benutzt, wird aber nicht definiert..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...aber diese Definition ist ähnlich" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "diese Meldung wird benutzt, wird aber nicht in %s definiert" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "Warnung: diese Meldung wird nicht benutzt" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "Mehrfachdefinition der Meldung" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...dies ist die Stelle der ersten Definition" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "diese Meldung hat im Bereich »%s« keine Definition" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "beim Vorbereiten der Ausgabe" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s und %s schließen sich gegenseitig aus" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "es müssen mindestens zwei Dateien angegeben werden" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "unmögliches Auswahlkriterium (%d < n < %d)" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Benutzung: %s [OPTION] EINGABEDATEI ...\n" "Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die\n" "Kurzform notwendig.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME Ausgabe in NAME.po (anstatt in messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse\n" " mit PO Dateien ein\n" " -e, --no-escape keine C Ersatzdarstellung in Ausgabe (Std)\n" " -E, --escape Ersatzdarstellung für nicht-ASCII Zeichen\n" " -f, --files-from=DATEI hole Namen der Eingabedateien aus DATEI\n" " --force-po PO Datei wird auch bei Fehlern geschrieben\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sortiere Ausgabe nach Dateivorkommen\n" " -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -i, --indent erzeuge .po Datei mit Einrückungen\n" " --no-location schreibe keine »#: Datei:Zeile« Zeilen\n" " -n, --add-location erzeuge '#: Dateiname:Zeilennummer' " "(default)\n" " --omit-header `msgid \"\"' Eintrag in Kopfteil nicht " "erzeugen\n" " -o, --output=DATEI schreibe Ausgabe in DATEI\n" " -p, --output-dir=VERZEICHNIS Ausgabedateien kommen nach VERZEICHNIS\n" " -s, --sort-output sortiere Ausgabe und entferne Dubletten\n" " --strict erzeuge .po Datei streng nach Uniforum " "Form\n" " -T, --trigraphs ANSI C Trigraph Zeichen werden erkannt\n" " -u, --unique Abkürzung für --less-than=2, fordert " "Meldungen\n" " an, die nur einmal vorkommen\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" " -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende\n" " -w, --width=ANZAHL setze Breite der Ausgabeseite\n" " -<, --less-than=ANZAHL zeige Meldungen mit weniger als ANZAHL " "Definitionen\n" " (Standardwert: unendlich)\n" " ->, --more-than=ANZAHL zeige Meldungen mit mehr als ANZAH{ " "Definitionen\n" " (Standardwert: 1)\n" "\n" "Suche Meldungen, die in zwei oder mehr der angegebenen PO Dateien " "vorkommen.\n" "Wenn die --more-than Option verwendet wird, kann eine größere Verbreitung\n" "gefordert werden. Auf der anderen Seite können mit --less-than nur " "Meldungen\n" "mit geringerer Verbreitung angezeigt werden. D.h., --less-than=2 wird nur\n" "Meldungen anzeigen, die nur einmal vorkommen. Úbersetzungen, Kommentare " "und\n" "extrahierte Kommentare werden beibehalten, aber nur von der ersten PO Datei\n" "die sie definiert. Positionen der Meldungen in den Quellen werden für alle\n" "PO Dateien festgehalten.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "Öffnen der Datei »%s« zum Lesen fehlgeschlagen" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "diese Datei darf keine `domain' Anweisung enthalten" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "Eingabedatei fehlt" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "Öffnen der Datei »%s« zum Schreiben fehlgeschlagen" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d übersetzte Meldungen" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d ungenaue Übersetzungen" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d unübersetzte Meldungen" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Benutzung: %s [OPTION] Dateiname.po ...\n" "Erzeuge binären Datein mit Meldungen aus der textuellen Beschreibung.\n" "\n" "Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die\n" "Kurzform notwendig.\n" " -a, --alignment=ZAHL Ausgaben an ZAHL (Std: %d) Bytegrenze ausrichten\n" " -c, --check Überprüfe Formatelemente in Meldungen\n" " -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse\n" " mit PO Dateien ein\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy benutze auch ungenaue Übersetzungen\n" " -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende\n" " --no-hash Binärdatei wird keine Hash-Tabelle enthalten\n" " -o, --output-file=DATEI lege DATEI als Ausgabedatei fest\n" " --statistics zeige Statistik für Übersetzungen an\n" " --strict verfahre strikt nach Uniforum Spezifikation\n" " -v, --verbose zeige Unregelmäßigkeiten in Eingabe auf\n" " -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende\n" "\n" "Wenn die Eingabedatei - ist, wird die Eingabe von Standard Eingabe gelesen.\n" "Ist die Ausgabedatei -, wird nach Standard Ausgabe geschrieben.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "beim Anlegen der Hash-Tabelle" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "%s: Warnung: kein Kopfeintrag gefunden" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "Bereichsname »%s« ist nicht als Dateiname geeignet" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "" "Bereichsname »%s« ist nicht als Dateiname geeignet: werde Präfix verwenden" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "»domain %s« Anweisung wird ignoriert" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "leerer »msgstr« Eintrag wird ignoriert" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "ungenauer »msgstr« Eintrag wird ignoriert" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "Im Kopfeintrag fehlt das Feld »%s«" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "Feld »%s« im Kopfeintrag sollte in der ersten Spalte anfangen" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "" "Einige Felder im Kopfeintrag haben immer noch den vorgegebenen Standardwert" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "Feld »%s« hat immer noch den vorgegebenen Standardwert" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "%s: Warnung: Quelldatei enthält ungenaue Übersetzungen" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "»msgid« und »msgstr« Eintrag beginnt nicht jeweils mit »\\n«" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "»msgid« und »msgstr« Eintrag endet nicht jeweils mit »\\n«" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "" "Anzahl der Formatelemente in »msgid« and »msgstr« stimmen nicht überein" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "Formatelemente für Argument %u stimmen nicht überein" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Benutzung: %s [OPTION] Def.po Ref.po\n" "Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die\n" "Kurzform notwendig.\n" " -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse\n" " mit PO Dateien ein\n" " -e, --no-escape verwende keine C Ersatzdarstellung in Ausgabe\n" " (Standardeinstellung)\n" " -E, --escape keine nicht-ASCII Zeichen in Ausgabe verwenden\n" " --force-po erzeuge PO Datei auch wenn sie leer ist\n" " -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende\n" " -i, --indent Ausgabe wird eingerückt dargestellt\n" " -o, --output-file=DATEI schreibe Ausgabe nach DATEI\n" " --no-location erzeuge kein '#: Dateiname:Zeile' Zeilen\n" " --add-location erhalte '#: Dateiname:Zeile' Zeilen (Standard)\n" " --strict erzeuge .po Datei streng nach Uniforum Form\n" " -v, --verbose zeige Unregelmäßigkeiten in Eingabe auf\n" " -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende\n" " -w, --width=ANZAHL lege Breite der Ausgabe auf ANZAHL Spalten fest\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Verschmelze zwei .po Dateien im Uniforum Format. Die Datei Def.po ist eine\n" "PO Datei mit alten Übersetzungen die, solange sie immer noch passen, in die\n" "neu zu erzeugende Datei übernommen werden; Kommentare des Übersetzers werden\n" "übernommen, aber von xgettext extrahierte Kommentare werden verworfen. Die\n" "Datei Ref.po ist die letzte (i.A. durch xgettext) erzeugte PO Datei mit den\n" "aktuellen Meldungen. Übersetzungen und Übersetzerkommentare werden\n" "verworfen, die #. und #: Kommentare aber übernommen. Wenn es keine exakte\n" "Übereinstimmung bei Meldungen gibt wird mittels inexakter Suche versucht,\n" "ein besseres Ergebnis zu erzielen. Solange nicht anders angegeben wird das\n" "Ergebnis nach Standard Ausgabe geschrieben.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%s%d alte + %d Referenzeinträge gelesen,\n" "%d stimmen überein, %d ungefähr, %d fehlen, %d veraltet.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " fertig.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Benutzung: %s [OPTION] DATEI1.mo DATEI2.po\n" "Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die\n" "Kurzform notwendig.\n" " -e, --no-escape verwende keine C Ersatzdarstellung in Ausgabe (Std)\n" " -E, --escape verwende Ersatzdarstellung für nicht-ASCII Zeichen\n" " --force-po erzeuge PO Datei auch wenn sie leer ist\n" " -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende\n" " -i, --indent Ausgabe wird eingerückt dargestellt\n" " -o, --output-file=DATEI schreibe Ausgabe in DATEI anstatt Standardausgabe\n" " --strict erzeuge .po Datei streng nach Uniforum Form\n" " -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende\n" " -w, --width=ANZAHL lege Breite der Ausgabe auf ANZAHL Spalten fest\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wandle binäre .mo Dateien zurück in .po Dateien im Uniforum Format. Es\n" "werden sowohl big-endian als auch little-endian Dateien behandelt. Wenn die\n" "Eingabedatei - ist, wird von Standard Eingabe gelesen. Standardmäßig\n" "wird die Ausgabe nach Standard Ausgabe geschrieben.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen von »%s«" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "Datei »%s« ist verstümmelt" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "Positionieren in Datei »%s« auf Position %ld fehlgeschlagen" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "Datei »%s« ist keine Datei im GNU .mo Format" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "»msgstr« Abschnitt fehlt" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "es sind %d fatale Fehler aufgetreten" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "zu viele Fehler: Abbruch" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "Schlüsselwort »%s« ist unbekannt" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "ungültiges Kontrollzeichen" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "Zeilenende innerhalb einer Zeichenkette" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "Dateiende innerhalb einer Zeichenkette" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "Standard Eingabe" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "%s:%d: Warnung: Zeichenkonstante ohne korrektes Ende" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "%s:%d: Warnung: Zeichenkette nicht korrekt beendet" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" "--join-existing kann nicht benutzt werden, wenn nach Standard Ausgabe " "geschrieben wird" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "" "Warnung: Typ der Datei »%s« mit Anhängsel »%s« ist unbekannt; werde es mit C " "versuchen" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Benutzung: %s [OPTION] EINGABEDATEI ...\n" "Schreibe aus allen Eingabedateien alle Meldungen, die übersetzt werden\n" "müssen heraus.\n" "\n" "Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die\n" "Kurzform notwendig.\n" " -a, --extract-all schreibe alle Zeichenketten heraus\n" " -c, --add-comments[=KENNUNG] Kommentare mit Kennung (oder die aus Zeilen\n" " vor einem Schlüsselwort) herausschreiben\n" " -C, --c++ behandle auch C++ Kommentare\n" " --debug detaillierte Formatstringbewertung in Ausgabe\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME Ausgabe in NAME.po (anstatt in messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse\n" " mit PO Dateien ein\n" " -e, --no-escape keine C Ersatzdarstellung in Ausgabe (Std)\n" " -E, --escape Ersatzdarstellung für nicht-ASCII Zeichen\n" " -f, --files-from=DATEI hole Namen der Eingabedateien aus DATEI\n" " --force-po PO Datei wird auch bei Fehlern geschrieben\n" " --foreign-user füge keine FSF Copyright Zeile in Ausgabe ein\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sortiere Ausgabe nach Dateivorkommen\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende\n" " -i, --indent Ausgabe wird eingerückt dargestellt\n" " -j, --join-existing hänge Ausgaben an existierende Datei an\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORT] zusätzliches Wort nach dem gesucht wird (ohne\n" " WORT schaltet Suche nach Standardworten ab)\n" " -l, --string-limit=ZAHL begrenze Zeichenkettenlänge auf Zahl\n" " (statt Defaultwert %u)\n" " -L, --language=NAME bearbeitete Eingabe entsprechend Sprache\n" " NAME (C, C++, PO)\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=KETTE] nehme KETTE oder \"\" als Präfix für msgstr\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=KETTE] nehme KETTE oder \"\" als Suffix für msgstr\n" " --no-location erzeuge keine '#: Dateiname:Zeile' Zeilen\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location erzeuge '#: Dateiname:Zeilennummer' (default)\n" " --omit-header `msgid \"\"' Eintrag in Kopfteil nicht erzeugen\n" " -o, --output=DATEI schreibe Ausgabe in DATEI\n" " -p, --output-dir=VERZEICHNIS Ausgabedateien kommen nach VERZEICHNIS\n" " -s, --sort-output sortiere Ausgabe und entferne Dubletten\n" " --strict erzeuge .po Datei streng nach Uniforum Form\n" " -T, --trigraphs ANSI C Trigraph Zeichen werden erkannt\n" " -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende\n" " -w, --width=ANZAHL lege Breite der Ausgabe auf ANZAHL Spalten fest\n" " -x, --exclude-file=DATEI Einträge aus DATEI werden nicht bearbeitet\n" "\n" "Wenn EINGABEDATEI - ist, wird von Standard Eingabe gelesen.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "Programmiersprache `%s' unbekannt" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/es.po0000644000175000017500000014413006522267777013331 0ustar jrjr# Mensajes en español para GNU gettext. # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Max de Mendizábal , 1996, 1997, 1998. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.34\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1998-04-29 12:04-0500\n" "Last-Translator: Max de Mendizábal \n" "Language-Team: Spanish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" # Nota: El error es del sistema, pero no se sabe cuál es el error, # por eso es (además) desconocido. #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Error del sistema desconocido" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: la opción `%s' es ambigua\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: la opción `--%s' no admite ningún argumento\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: la opción `%c%s' no admite ningún argumento\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: la opción `%s' requiere un argumento\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: opción no reconocida `--%s'\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: opción no reconocida `%c%s'\n" # acepto la sugerencia de em en cuanto a que inválida parece cárcel # o inútil pero mejor puse inválida #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: opción inválida -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: opción inválida -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: la opción requiere un argumento -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: la opción `-W %s' es ambigua\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: la opción `-W %s' no admite ningún argumento\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "Memoria agotada" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "Esto es software libre; vea el código fuente para las condiciones de copia.\n" "No hay NINGUNA garantía; ni siquiera de COMERCIABILIDAD o IDONEIDAD PARA UN\n" "FIN DETERMINADO.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "Escrito por %s.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "faltan argumentos" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "demasiados argumentos" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Pruebe `%s --help' para más información.\n" # ¿ Y qué te parece informa de la versión y finaliza ? # así es cómo lo estoy haciendo en todas las textutils. em # No he movido nada porque dudo un poco. Creo que en un # msdos de IBM en español decía muestra la versión y por # eso lo traduje así. Si encuentro la referencia te informo # pero por ahora no me convence eso de `informa de la versión' # suena demasiado pomposo. mm # # Ok, como te parezca, es más que nada por no repetir 'muestra' em+ # # Prefiero que se quede como está, pues aunque se repite muestra, # es en otra opción en donde aparece. mm # #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] [[[DOMINIOTEXTO] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=DOMINIOTEXTO obtiene los mensajes traducidos de DOMINIOTEXTO\n" " -e habilita la expansión de algunas secuencias\n" " de escape\n" " -E (existe por compatibilidad, no tiene efecto)\n" " -h, --help muestra este texto de ayuda y finaliza\n" " -n suprime el carácter de nueva línea\n" " -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza\n" " [DOMINIOTEXTO] MSGID obtiene el mensaje traducido correspondiente\n" " al MSGID del DOMINIOTEXTO\n" # Nota: TEXTDOMAIN y TEXTDOMAINDIR son variables de entorno, por lo tanto # no se pueden traducir (cuando se refieren a las variables, claro está). #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si no se escribe el parámetro DOMINIOTEXTO, el dominio se determina por\n" "la variable de entorno TEXTDOMAIN. Si el catálogo de mensajes no está en\n" "el directorio por defecto, con la variable de entorno TEXTDOMAINDIR se\n" "puede especificar otro lugar.\n" "Cuando se utiliza con la opción -s, el programa se comporta como la\n" "instrucción `echo', pero no se reduce a hacer simplemente una copia en\n" "la salida estándar (stdout) sino que además traduce los mensajes que\n" "encuentre dentro del catálogo seleccionado.\n" "Directorio de búsqueda estándar: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "Comunicar `bugs' a .\n" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "Los mensajes internacionalizados no deben contener la secuencia de escape " "`\\%c'" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "no se puede crear el fichero de salida \"%s\"" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "salida estándar" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "hubo un error al escribir el fichero \"%s\"" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "no se especificaron ficheros de entrada" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "se requieren exactamente 2 ficheros de entrada" # Sugerencia: verificar -> comprobar # Sugerencia: revisar -> comprobar # # Si no te gusta repetir "comprobar", pon al menos el segundo y deja el # primer "verificar". sv # ok. aceptada. # # Max, yo decía al revés, el primero, verificar, el segundo comprobar. sv # Pero bueno, no voy a discutir por algo tan pequeño. sv # ok. mm # # sugerencia: concordancia -> coincidencia. sv # mmh. Lo tomo pero... concuerdan no es precisamente lo mismo que # coinciden. Creo que el programa quiere decir concordancia no # coincidencia. mm # A ver si te convenzo: concordancia se aplica a cosas distintas que deben # relacionarse de acuerdo con ciertas reglas, por ejemplo, el artículo y # el nombre deben concordar en género y número. # Coincidencia se aplica a cosas de la misma especie que pueden ser iguales # o no ser iguales. # Todos los msgid son del mismo tipo. No los hay de tipo "nombre" o de tipo # "adjetivo", cuando msgmerge toma un fichero.pot y un fichero.viejo # compara los mensajes de uno y otro para ver si coinciden, es decir, si son # iguales. sv # # (uf, menuda parrafada). sv # ¡Eres duro de pelar! tienes razón. mm # # Otra vez lo mismo 'informa de la versión y ... " em # Y otra cosa ... si llamas una vez ficheros .po , sigue haciéndolo así # siempre. y no una vez .po y otra PO . Ficheros PO me parece tan óptimo # como ficheros .po . También he corregido un fallo de tecleo en la # última línea ( .. el la precisión de diagnóstico ... ) . em # tienes razón. Buscaré uniformizar los ficheros a .po (es más discreto) # No. Ya revisé cuál fue la razón de traducir así: el original # Esto es, respeté la norma seguida del original en inglés. De todas # formas no me parece insensato modificar este extraño comportamiento # en el momento de traducir. ¿Qué opinas? mm # # La terminología en cuanto a los ficheros .po ha cambiado mucho. Al principio # eran ficheros .pot , así que imagínate. Ahora definitivamente son # ficheros .po , y así se nombran en los documentos. Acabo de ver la faq de # fr@es.li y así es como lo llaman tambien; # L'ensemble des fichiers « .po » déjà ... em+ # ok. Modifico todos los PO por .po que es mas ligero y mejor. mm+ # # Dos comentarios: Enrique debe andar algo despistado: # Un fichero .pot es una "plantilla" (de "template") de un fichero .po # Así que no es que cambie la nomenclatura, es que son dos cosas # distintas. De hecho, los ficheros .po vacíos con los que comenzamos # una traducción son casi idénticos a los ficheros .pot originales. sv # # Y otra cosa: Lo del .po .PO. Habrá que respetar el original inglés, ¿no? # # Otra cosa: Se puede decir "también son" o "son también" # (lo tengo de una forma en recode y de otra en wdiff). Elige... # (a ver si me aclaro). O a lo mejor en unos casos es mejor de una forma # y en otros de otra (la frase no era exactamente igual). # 11061996mm: En particular en gettext el letrero es estándar, por lo que # prefiero "también son" que, creo suena mejor. Homogeinizo todo. #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] def.po ref.po\n" "Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son\n" "obligatorios para las opciones cortas.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORIO añade el DIRECTORIO a la lista de\n" " búsqueda de ficheros de entrada\n" " -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza\n" " -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza\n" "\n" "Compara dos ficheros .po de estilo Uniforum para comprobar que ambos\n" "contienen el mismo conjunto de cadenas de mensajes (msgid). El fichero\n" "def.po es un fichero existente de tipo .po con las traducciones\n" "antiguas. El fichero ref.po es el último fichero .po creado\n" "(generalmente por xgettext). Esto es útil para verificar que se han\n" "traducido todos y cada uno de los mensajes del programa. Cuando no\n" "se encuentre un resultado exacto, se utilizará coincidencia difusa, de\n" "tal forma que la precisión del diagnóstico sea mejor.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "este mensaje se usa pero no está definido..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...pero esta definición es parecida" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "este mensaje se usa pero no está definido en %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "atención: este mensaje no se utiliza" # Nota: es la definición la que está duplicada. #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "definición del mensaje duplicada" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...aquí está la primera definición" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "este mensaje no tiene definición en el dominio \"%s\"" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "mientras se preparaba la salida" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s y %s son mutuamente excluyentes" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" # Otra cosa: La línea del debug (la nueva) creo que es demasiado larga. # 11061996mm: Es cierto pero en este caso prefiero no ser breve pues la # opción de debug hace algo más que simplemente dar más información y es # necesario aclarar el punto. # 27061996sv: Me refería a lo de las 80 columnas... #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] FICHERO ...\n" "Extrae las cadenas traducibles a partir de los ficheros dados.\n" "\n" "Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son\n" "obligatorios para las opciones cortas.\n" " -a, --extract-all extrae todas las cadenas\n" " -c, --add-comments[=ETIQUETA] pone un bloque de comentarios con\n" " ETIQUETA (o aquellos que preceden\n" " líneas de palabras clave) en el fichero\n" " de salida\n" " -C, --c++ abreviatura de --language=C++\n" " --debug el resultado de la etapa de reconocimiento\n" " de las cadenas de formato se escribe en forma\n" " detallada\n" " -d, --default-domain=NOMBRE utiliza NOMBRE.po para la salida (en vez\n" " de messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORIO añade el DIRECTORIO a la lista de\n" " búsqueda de ficheros de entrada\n" " -e, --no-escape no utiliza secuencias de escape tipo C en\n" " la salida (opción por defecto)\n" " -E, --escape utiliza secuencias de escape tipo C en la\n" " salida, sin caracteres extendidos\n" " -f, --files-from=FICHERO obtiene la lista de los ficheros de entrada\n" " de FICHERO\n" " --force-po escribe un fichero .po incluso si está vacío\n" " --foreign-user no muestra el copyright de FSF para usuarios\n" " no ingleses\n" " -F, --sort-by-file ordena la salida por ubicación del fichero\n" # # 19071996cb: --omit-header no escribe la cabecera para la entrada # 20071996sv: Creo que lo que tiene Max ahora mismo es mejor. "with" es "con" # 29071996mm: Creo que si. Mejor ahí lo dejamos. # He formateado bastantes cosas aquí. Tendré que decirlo en la lista. A veces # es conveniente correr todo un poco a la izda para que ocupe menos líneas. No # hay cosa más incómoda que hacer un `algo --help' y que precisamente lo que # nos interese se haya salido de la/el terminal em+ # Ok. mm+ #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location genera líneas `#: fichero:línea' (por " "defecto)\n" " --omit-header no escribe la cabecera con la entrada `msgid " "\"\"'\n" " --output=FICHERO escribe la salida al FICHERO especificado\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR los ficheros de salida se pondrán en el\n" " directorio DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output genera la salida ordenada y elimina los\n" " duplicados\n" " --strict escribe un fichero .po tipo Uniforum " "estricto\n" " -T, --trigraphs entiende los trigrafos ANSI C en la entrada\n" " -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza\n" " -w, --width=NÚMERO ajusta la anchura de la página de salida\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FICHERO las entradas de FICHERO no se extraen\n" "\n" "Si el FICHERO_DE_ENTRADA es -, se lee de la entrada estándar.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "error al abrir el fichero \"%s\" para lectura" # sospecho que lo que en realidad ocurre es que "no debe". sv # Miraremos el código fuente. sv # # ok. aquí está el fuente. Tengo la impresión de que estoy en # lo correcto: es decir que es necesario que tenga al menos # una instrucción de dominio. # por cierto traduje directive por instrucción aunque con las # series de TV gringas acostumbran mal traducir a "directivas". mm. # # exclude_directive_domain (pop, name) # po_ty *pop; # char *name; # { # po_gram_error (_("this file may not contain domain directives")); # } # # Me lo pones más claro: el mensaje está dentro de una función llamada # "exclude_directive_domain". Probablemente porque *no* debe haber # "domain directives", no porque posiblemente no las haya. # # Por eso creo que en este caso, como en algunos otros, "may not" # significa "should not". # # Sigo pensando igual que antes, aunque no estoy seguro del todo. sv # ¿Qué opinas Enrique? mm # Pues después de ver los fuentes no consigo estar seguro. Pero # definitivamente no optaría por 'no debería' , sino por 'no puede' , por # el nombre de la función está claro que es lo que se pretende. Afortunada- # mente el verbo poder en Castellano es mucho más flexible que en otros # idiomas. De todas maneras siempre se puede mirar otras traducciones. em # ok. Acepto en 'no puede' a reserva de encontrar nuevos argumentos. mm #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "este fichero no puede contener instrucciones de dominio" # acepto sugerencia de em pero agrego un "el". mm #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "no se especificó el fichero de entrada" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "error al abrir el fichero \"%s\" para escritura" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d mensajes traducidos" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d traducciones difusas" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d mensajes sin traducir" # "enlista" queda "raro", ¿qué te parece "muestra" o algo así? sv # ok, puse muestra pero, ¿qué tal `enumera'? mm # 12061996sv: Si el programa no les va poniendo números a cada una # que muestra, no. # # Lo mismo con 'informa de la versión...' em # # 12061996sv: He puesto `hash' en lugar de hash, ya que no # es una palabra española. # # 20071996sv: "language dependent check" sería "comprobación dependiente # del idioma" ¿no? # Propongo algo como "realiza comprobaciones dependientes del idioma # a las cadenas". sv # # 29071996mm: A ver si les gusta esto "comprueba cadenas de texto con respecto al idioma" # 30071996sv: ¿Y añadiendo "las" cadenas? sv # 30071996mm: Ok. Me gusta más. # 19071996cb: # " (valor predeterminado: %d)\n", ¿o en todos los # otros lugares ya se ha traducido como por defecto? cb # # 20071996sv: Depende del caso. En este caso puede valer lo que dices. # 29071996mm: Ok. Lo cambio a reserva de que a alguien más le guste. # # 19071996cb: # " -o, --output-file=FICHERO el nombre del fichero de salida será FICHERO\n" # 29071996mm: "... indica que el nombre del fichero de salida será FICHERO\n" # espero que mejore así. # 30071996sv: Mejora. # Sugerencia adicional (un poco más corto): # "Establece que FICHERO sea el nombre del fichero de salida". sv # 30071996mm: No me gusta como suena: "fichero sea el nombre del fichero". # # Sugerencia: -f -> "utiliza" en lugar de "usa". sv # Ok. Preferible. # # OJO: Si se pone un argumento superior a uno en la opción -v # No es así, es "si se utiliza la opción -v más de una vez". sv+ #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] fichero.po ...\n" "Genera un catálogo de mensajes en formato binario a partir de la\n" "descripción de la traducción textual.\n" "\n" "Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son\n" "obligatorios para las opciones cortas.\n" " -a, --alignment=NÚMERO alinea las cadenas a un NÚMERO de bytes\n" " (valor predeterminado: %d)\n" " -c, --check comprueba las cadenas de texto con respecto\n" " al idioma\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORIO añade el DIRECTORIO a la lista de\n" " búsqueda de ficheros de entrada\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy utiliza líneas difusas en la salida\n" " -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza\n" " --no-hash el fichero binario no incluirá la tabla de `hash'\n" " -o, --output-file=FICHERO indica que el nombre del fichero de salida\n" " será FICHERO\n" " --statistics muestra estadísticas sobre las traducciones\n" " --strict habilita el modo estricto de Uniforum\n" " -v, --verbose muestra las anomalías del fichero de entrada\n" " -V, --version informa de la versión del programa y finaliza\n" "\n" "Si se pone un argumento superior a uno en la opción -v, se incrementa el nivel de detalle\n" "\n" "Si el fichero de entrada es -, se lee de la entrada estándar. Si el fichero\n" "de salida es -, el resultado se escribe en la salida estándar.\n" "\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "mientras se creaba la tabla de `hash'" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "%s: atención: no se encontró la línea de cabecera" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "el nombre de dominio \"%s\" no es válido como nombre de fichero" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "" "el nombre del dominio \"%s\" no es válido como nombre de fichero:\n" "se utilizará un prefijo" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "la instrucción `domain %s' no tiene efecto" # Nunca me gustó ignorar para "to ignore". # Ignorar es no saber (not to know). "to ignore" es "no hacer caso". # Sugerencia: Descartar. sv # Excelente palabreja. Me gusta mucho. mm #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "se descarta la línea vacía `msgstr'" # Lo mismo. sv # Ok. mm #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "se descarta la línea difusa `msgstr'" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "no existe el campo `%s' en la cabecera" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "el campo `%s' debe comenzar al principio de la línea" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "algunos campos de cabecera aún tienen el valor inicial" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "el campo `%s' aún tiene el valor inicial" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "%s: atención: el fichero fuente contiene una traducción difusa" # ¿qué les parece: "a `msgid' o `msgstr' les falta el `\\n' final"? cb # Bien. Mejora. mm # # # Bien, antes decía "las líneas `msgid' y `msgstr' no comienzan con `\\n'" # No sé qué es mejor pero no me acaba de gustar: La idea es que *no ambas* # comienzan por \\n, no que tengan que hacerlo las dos. # Si una lo hace y la otra no, puede ser que falte en una o que sobre en la # otra. Yo podnría aquí algo más parecido a lo de antes, pero añadiendo # "ambas", o algo así. # por ejemplo: "las líneas msgid y msgstr no comienzan ambas con \\n". sv # Que te parece a alguna de las líneas ... mm # # Sigue pareciendo que deben tenerlo las dos (y no es esa la idea). # Si no se te ocurre nada mejor, sugerencia: # "Una de las líneas msgid y msgstr comienza con `\\n' y la otra no" sv+ #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "a alguna de las líneas `msgid' y `msgstr' les falta el `\\n' inicial" # Lo mismo, no es que a una de las dos le falte, sino que una lo tiene # y la otra no, así de sencillo. sv+ #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "a alguna de las líneas `msgid' y `msgstr' les falta el `\\n' final" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "" "el número de especificaciones de formato en `msgid' y 'msgstr' no coincide" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "las especificaciones de formato para el argumento %u no son las mismas" # Lo mismo en ' informa de la versión...' em # Obligatorios.. obligatorios , queda un poco feo. Si lo que se pretende # es ser fiel al original, pon 'son tambien obligatorios para...' em+ #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] def.po ref.po\n" "Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son\n" "obligatorios para las opciones cortas.\n" "\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORIO añade el DIRECTORIO a la lista de\n" " búsqueda de ficheros de entrada\n" " -e, --no-escape no utiliza escapes C en la salida (por defecto)\n" " -E, --escape utiliza escape C en la salida, sin caracteres\n" " extendidos\n" " --force-po escribe un fichero .po incluso si está vacío\n" " -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza\n" " -i, --indent estilo de salida con sangrías\n" " -o, --output-file=FICHERO el resultado se escribe en FICHERO\n" " --no-location no escribe líneas '#: fichero:línea'\n" " --add-location escribe líneas '#: fichero:línea' (por defecto)\n" " --strict estilo de salida Uniforum estricto\n" " -v, --verbose incrementa el nivel de mensajes\n" " -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza\n" " -w, --width=NÚMERO ajusta la anchura de la página de salida\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Mezcla dos ficheros .po de estilo Uniforum en uno solo. El fichero def.po\n" "es un fichero existente de tipo .po con las traducciones anteriores que se\n" "conservarán siempre y cuando coincidan; los comentarios se conservarán,\n" "pero los comentarios extraídos y las posiciones del fichero no lo serán.\n" "El fichero ref.po es el último fichero .po creado (generalmente con xgettext),\n" "cualquier traducción o comentario se eliminará, sin embargo los comentarios\n" "puntuales y las posiciones dentro del fichero se conservarán. En donde no\n" "haya una coincidencia exacta, se utilizará el método de comparación difusa\n" "para obtener mejores resultados. Los resultados se escribirán en la salida\n" "estándar a menos que se especifique un fichero de salida.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%sleídos %d mensajes antiguos + %d mensajes de referencia\n" "incorporados %d, convertidos en difusos %d, faltan %d, obsoletos %d.\n" # Porque no mejor poner simplemente 'fin'? mm++ #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " terminado.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] [FICHERO]...\n" "Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son\n" "obligatorios para las opciones cortas.\n" " -e, --no-escape no utiliza las secuencias de escape tipo C\n" " en la salida (por defecto)\n" " -E, --escape utiliza las secuencias de escape tipo C en\n" " la salida, sin caracteres extendidos\n" " --force-po escribe un fichero .po incluso si está vacío\n" " -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza\n" " -o, --output-file=FICHERO escribe la salida en FICHERO en vez de\n" " utilizar la salida estándar\n" " --strict escribe en estilo Uniforum estricto\n" " -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza\n" " -w, --width=NÚMERO ajusta la anchura de la página de salida\n" # 12061996sv: Aquí he cambiado lo siguiente: # la salida se escribe en -> el *resultado* se escribe en ... # 12061996sv: Por otro lado "se manipulan" suena muy raro. # ¿qué te parecería "se manejan"? O si no, ¿se podría poner algo # completamente distinto? # 19071996mm: Creo que tienes razón. ¿Que te parece "se tratan"? # # 19071996cb: Pueden procesarse ficheros .mo tanto little-endian como big-endian. # la idea es que ambas clases son soportadas. cb # 29071996mm: Puse "Pueden procesarse ficheros .mo little-endian y big-endian. # les agrada mas así? # 30071996sv: Mejor que antes, sí. Pero la palabra "tantos" que César sugiere # creo que recoge el sentido de "both" del original. ¿qué te parece? sv # #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Convierte ficheros binarios .mo en ficheros .po estilo Uniforum.\n" "Pueden procesarse ficheros .mo little-endian y big-endian.\n" "Si no se da ningún fichero de entrada o es -, se lee de la entrada estándar.\n" "Por defecto el resultado se escribe en la salida estándar.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "error al leer \"%s\"" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "el fichero \"%s\" está truncado" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "fallo en la lectura \"%s\" en la posición (offset) %ld" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "el fichero \"%s\" no está en el formato .mo de GNU" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "no hay sección `msgstr'" # Jeje. Bueno , esto me recuerda a una canción de Burning, digo lo # de fatal. Fatal en Castellano es muy malo, o peligrosísimo ... creo que # habrá que dejarlo así, es más convincente. Perdona por estas 3 lineas em # # ¿Burning? Mi incultura es grave ¿quiénes son esos? mm # # Son los que cantan lo de 'qué hace una chica como tú en un sitio como este' # en una parte de la canción repiten: 'mujer fatal ... ' :) em+ # # ¡Ah! Dirán que soy pocho pero oigo muy poca música en castellano, a lo # más que llego es a Sabina y a Mecano y la Orquesta Mondragón cuando # existía. Volviendo a la discusión, prefiero lo de fatal: tiene mucho # peso. Aunque ... ¿qué tal 'errores imperdonables'? mm+ # # Tal y como yo lo veo, "Error fatal" es el que obliga al programa a detenerse. # En inglés se utiliza esta palabra con ese significado. # A menos que veamos un libro en español que utilice una palabra distinta # para referirse a lo mismo, sugiero dejarlo como está. sv # # 07061996mm: Mujer fatal es menos que mortal, menos que peligroso e incita a la # aventura. Quizá no sea tan malo como dice Enrique, a menos que... #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "se encontraron %d errores fatales" # Abortando queda un poco feo. ¿qué se podría poner en su lugar? # Aterrizaje forzoso! el programa no puede continuar. Que te parece? mm. # # un poco exagerado... sv. A ver si a Enrique se le ocurre algo, y si no # lo dejaremos en "abortado" sv # # ¿qué les parece `por exceso de errores, finaliza el programa'? mm # # a mí abortando no me parece mal. Quizá 'programa interrumpido' em # # ¿Qué tal `por exceso de errores el programa no puede continuar'? mm # # Perfecto em+ # # ok. corregido. mm+ # # ¡Vaya!, pues a mí no me gusta nada, pero nada. Me explico: # No es fiel: El programa sí puede continuar, pero *no quiere*, que es # distinto. Seguro que hay un parámetro de compilación que especifica # el número de errores que deben aparecer para que el programa dé el # mensaje en cuestión. Propongo: "demasiados errores: programa interrumpido" # o algo así. sv # # 07061996mm: Propongo "demasiados errores, no tiene caso continuar" # # 08061996sv: Uf, eso en España suena rarísimo. ¿Podrías proponer otra cosa? # # 11061996mm: Ok. Hasta no pensar un poco más, adopto como buena tu propuesta # # 19071996cb: "demasiados errores, abandono la ejecución" cb # 20071996sv: Eso no seguiría la regla implícita de que el programa no debe # hablar en primera persona sino en estilo impersonal. # (Esta regla estará en el manual de Enrique, con toda seguridad). #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "demasiados errores, programa interrumpido" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "palabra clave \"%s\" desconocida" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "secuencia de control ilegal" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "fin de línea dentro de una cadena" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "fin de fichero dentro de una cadena" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "entrada estándar" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "%s:%d: atención: constante de tipo carácter no finalizada" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "%s:%d: atención: literal de cadena no finalizada" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" "no se puede utilizar --join-existing cuando el resultado se escribe en la\n" "salida estándar (stdout)" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "" "atención: el fichero `%s' con extensión `%s'\n" "es desconocido; se intentará tipo C" # Otra cosa: La línea del debug (la nueva) creo que es demasiado larga. # 11061996mm: Es cierto pero en este caso prefiero no ser breve pues la # opción de debug hace algo más que simplemente dar más información y es # necesario aclarar el punto. # 27061996sv: Me refería a lo de las 80 columnas... #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] FICHERO ...\n" "Extrae las cadenas traducibles a partir de los ficheros dados.\n" "\n" "Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son\n" "obligatorios para las opciones cortas.\n" " -a, --extract-all extrae todas las cadenas\n" " -c, --add-comments[=ETIQUETA] pone un bloque de comentarios con\n" " ETIQUETA (o aquellos que preceden\n" " líneas de palabras clave) en el fichero\n" " de salida\n" " -C, --c++ abreviatura de --language=C++\n" " --debug el resultado de la etapa de reconocimiento\n" " de las cadenas de formato se escribe en forma\n" " detallada\n" " -d, --default-domain=NOMBRE utiliza NOMBRE.po para la salida (en vez\n" " de messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORIO añade el DIRECTORIO a la lista de\n" " búsqueda de ficheros de entrada\n" " -e, --no-escape no utiliza secuencias de escape tipo C en\n" " la salida (opción por defecto)\n" " -E, --escape utiliza secuencias de escape tipo C en la\n" " salida, sin caracteres extendidos\n" " -f, --files-from=FICHERO obtiene la lista de los ficheros de entrada\n" " de FICHERO\n" " --force-po escribe un fichero .po incluso si está vacío\n" " --foreign-user no muestra el copyright de FSF para usuarios\n" " no ingleses\n" " -F, --sort-by-file ordena la salida por ubicación del fichero\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza\n" " -i, --indent escribe el fichero .po utilizando el\n" " estilo de sangrías\n" " -j, --join-existing une los mensajes con el fichero existente\n" " -k, --keyword[=PALABRA] busca palabras claves adicionales (sin\n" " PALABRA significa que no utilice las palabras\n" " clave por defecto)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NÚMERO pone como límite de la longitud de la cadena\n" " a NÚMERO en vez de %u\n" " -L, --language=NOMBRE reconoce el lenguaje especificado (C, C++, PO),\n" " de otra forma, se supone por medio de la\n" " extensión del fichero\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=CADENA] usa CADENA o \"\" como prefijo para las\n" " entradas msgstr\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=CADENA] usa CADENA o \"\" como sufijo para las\n" " entradas msgstr\n" " --no-location no escribe líneas `#: fichero:línea'\n" # # 19071996cb: --omit-header no escribe la cabecera para la entrada # 20071996sv: Creo que lo que tiene Max ahora mismo es mejor. "with" es "con" # 29071996mm: Creo que si. Mejor ahí lo dejamos. # He formateado bastantes cosas aquí. Tendré que decirlo en la lista. A veces # es conveniente correr todo un poco a la izda para que ocupe menos líneas. No # hay cosa más incómoda que hacer un `algo --help' y que precisamente lo que # nos interese se haya salido de la/el terminal em+ # Ok. mm+ #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location genera líneas `#: fichero:línea' (por defecto)\n" " --omit-header no escribe la cabecera con la entrada `msgid \"\"'\n" " --output=FICHERO escribe la salida al FICHERO especificado\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR los ficheros de salida se pondrán en el\n" " directorio DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output genera la salida ordenada y elimina los\n" " duplicados\n" " --strict escribe un fichero .po tipo Uniforum estricto\n" " -T, --trigraphs entiende los trigrafos ANSI C en la entrada\n" " -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza\n" " -w, --width=NÚMERO ajusta la anchura de la página de salida\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FICHERO las entradas de FICHERO no se extraen\n" "\n" "Si el FICHERO_DE_ENTRADA es -, se lee de la entrada estándar.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "lenguaje `%s' desconocido" #~ msgid "Report bugs to .\n" #~ msgstr "Comunicar `bugs' a .\n" # suena horrible esto pero no se como romper la cacofonía. mm. # Modifico, de acuerdo con la sugerencia de em, con un pequeño cambio. mm #~ msgid "this is the location of the first definition" #~ msgstr "aquí se define por primera vez" #~ msgid "duplicate message ID" #~ msgstr "el ID del mensaje está duplicado" #~ msgid "cannot change to directory \"%s\"" #~ msgstr "no se puede cambiar al directorio \"%s\"" #~ msgid "cannot change back to directory \"%s\"" #~ msgstr "no se puede regresar al directorio \"%s\"" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/fr.po0000644000175000017500000010477306522267777013342 0ustar jrjr# Messages français pour GNU gettext. # Copyright © 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # François Pinard , 1996. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.31\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1997-08-28 09:52 EDT\n" "Last-Translator: François Pinard \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Erreur système non identifiée" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « %s » est ambiguë\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « --%s » ne tolère pas d'argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « %c%s » ne tolère pas d'argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « %s » exige un argument\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « --%s » n'est pas reconnue\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « %c%s » n'est pas reconnue\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « %c » n'est pas permise\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « %c » n'est pas valide\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « %c » exige un argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « -W %s » est ambiguë\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: l'option « -W %s » ne tolère pas d'argument\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "Mémoire entièrement consommée" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "Copyright © %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "Ce progiciel est libre. Consulter les sources pour plus de détail sur\n" "les permissions de copie. Il est distribué SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE\n" "de QUALITÉ LOYALE ET MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION POUR UN BUT PARTICULIER.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "Écrit par %s.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "arguments manquants" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "trop d'arguments" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Pour plus d'information, essayer « %s --help ».\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[DOMAINE] MSGID] | [ -s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=DOMAINE trouver la traduction de MSGID, dans le DOMAINE donné\n" " -e reconnaître et remplacer les séquences d'échappement\n" " -E (ignoré, gardé pour des questions de compatibilité)\n" " -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer\n" " -n inhiber la production d'une fin de ligne\n" " -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer\n" " [DOMAINE] MSGID trouver la traduction de MSGID, dans le DOMAINE donné\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si DOMAINE n'est pas founi, le domaine est obtenu de la variable TEXTDOMAIN\n" "dans l'environnement. En l'absence du catalogue de messages à l'endroit\n" "habituel, la variable d'environnement TEXTDOMAINDIR peut indiquer un autre\n" "répertoire.\n" "Avec l'option « -s », ce programme se comporte comme la commande « echo »; mais\n" "plutôt que de copier simplement ses arguments sur « stdout », ceux qui sont\n" "disponibles dans le catalogue choisi sont traduits.\n" "\n" "Ensemble des répertoires fouillés: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 #, fuzzy msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "" "Rapportez tout problème fonctionnel à .\n" "Les erreurs de traduction doivent être dirigées vers .\n" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "un message à traduire ne doit pas contenir la séquence d'échappement `\\%c'" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "incapable de fabriquer le fichier « %s »" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "sortie standard" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "erreur pendant l'écriture du fichier « %s »" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "aucun fichier en entrée" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "exactement deux fichiers sont requis en entrée" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] ANCIEN.po NOUVEAU.po\n" "Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi\n" "obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent.\n" "\n" " -D, --directory=RÉPERT fouiller RÉPERT aussi pour trouver les fichiers\n" " -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer\n" " -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer\n" "\n" "Comparer deux fichiers .po style Uniforum, vérifier qu'ils contiennent\n" "le même ensemble de chaînes « msgid ». ANCIEN.po fournit les vieilles\n" "traductions. NOUVEAU.po a été PO récemment créé (souvent par xgettext).\n" "Cela vous permet de vérifier que vous avez traduit chacun des messages\n" "de votre programme. Lorsqu'un appariement exact n'est pas possible,\n" "un appariement flou est utilisé pour un meilleur diagnostic.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "ce message, utilisé, n'est pas défini..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...mais cette définition lui est semblable" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "ce message, utilisé, n'est pas défini dans « %s »" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "attention: ce message n'est pas utilisé" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "message doublement défini" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...voici l'endroit de la première définition" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "ce message n'a pas de définition dans le domaine « %s »" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "lors de la préparation de la sortie" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s et %s s'excluent mutuellement" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] FICHIER ...\n" "Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi\n" "obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent.\n" "\n" " -a, --extract-all extraire toutes les chaînes\n" " -c, --add-comments[=CLÉ] sauver le commentaire précédent possédant CLÉ,\n" " ou celui qui précède immédiatement le mot-clef\n" " -C, --c++ voir « --language=C++ »\n" " --debug détailler l'analyse des chaînes de format\n" " -d, --default-domain=DOMAINE sortir sur DOMAINE.po (non pas messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=RÉPERT fouiller RÉPERT aussi pour trouver les fichiers\n" " -e, --no-escape pas d'échappements C en sortie (implicite)\n" " -E, --escape échappements C en sortie, éviter les 8-bits\n" " -f, --files-from=FICHIER lire la liste des fichiers d'entrée de FICHIER\n" " --force-po produire un fichier PO, même vide\n" " --foreign-user inhiber la production d'un copyright FSF\n" " -F, --sort-by-file trier selon la position dans chaque fichier\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE » " "(implicite)\n" " --omit-header omettre les en-têtes pour « msgid \"\" »\n" " -o, --output=FICHIER produire la sortie sur le FICHIER indiqué\n" " -p, --output-dir=RÉPERTOIRE sortir le fichier produit dans tel " "RÉPERTOIRE\n" " -s, --sort-output trier la sortie et éliminer les duplicats\n" " --strict produire un fichier PO strictement " "Uniforum\n" " -T, --trigraphs reconnaître les trigraphes ANSI C en " "entrée\n" " -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer\n" " -w, --width=COLONNES limiter le nombre de COLONNES en sortie\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FICHIER ne pas extraire d'entrées de FICHIER\n" "\n" "Si le FICHIER est « - », lit l'entrée standard.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "erreur lors de l'ouverture de « %s » en lecture" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "ce fichier ne peut contenir des directives de domaine" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "aucun fichier d'entrée fourni" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "erreur lors de l'ouverture de « %s » en écriture" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d messages traduits" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d traductions approximées" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d messages non-traduits" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] FICHIER.po ...\n" "Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi\n" "obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent.\n" "\n" " -a, --alignment=OCTETS aligner chaînes sur tant d'OCTETS (%d présumé)\n" " -c, --check vérifier ce qui dépend du langage de programmation\n" " -D, --directory=RÉPERT fouiller RÉPERT aussi pour trouver les fichiers\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy aussi transmettre les traductions approximées\n" " -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer\n" " --no-hash exclure la table de dispersion du binaire produit\n" " -o, --output-file=SORTIE choisir le fichier de sortie\n" " --statistics donner quelques statistiques sur les traductions\n" " --strict se conformer à Uniforum strictement\n" " -v, --verbose diagnostiquer toute anomalie dans chaque FICHIER\n" " -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer\n" "\n" "Si FICHIER vaut « - », lit l'entrée standard. Si SORTIE vaut « - »,\n" "écrit sur la sortie standard.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "pendant la création de la table de dispersion" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "%s: attention: l'en-tête n'a pas été trouvé" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "« %s » n'est pas approprié comme nom de domaine" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "domaine « %s » inadéquat comme nom de fichier: utilisera un préfixe" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "la directive « domain %s » sera ignorée" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "chaîne « msgstr » vide, entrée ignorée" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "chaîne « msgstr » approximée, entrée ignorée" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "Le champ « %s » est absent de l'en-tête" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "Le champ « %s » devrait s'appuyer au début de la ligne" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "Quelques champs de l'en-tête ont toujours leur valeur initiale" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "Le champ « %s » a toujours sa valeur initiale" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "%s: attention: certaines traductions sont approximatives" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "" "l'une des chaînes « msgid » ou « msgstr » débute par « \\n », l'autre pas" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "" "l'une des chaînes « msgid » ou « msgstr » se termine par « \\n », l'autre pas" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "" "nombre différent de spécifications de format entre « msgid » et « msgstr »" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "les spécifications de format pour l'argument %u ne sont pas identiques" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] DEF.po REF.po\n" "Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi\n" "obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent.\n" "\n" " -D, --directory=RÉPERT fouiller RÉPERT aussi pour trouver les fichiers\n" " -e, --no-escape éviter les échappement C en sortie (implicite)\n" " -E, --escape échappements C en sortie, éviter les 8-bits\n" " --force-po produire un fichier PO, même vide\n" " -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer\n" " -i, --indent sortie en style indenté\n" " -o, --output-file=FICHIER produire les résultats sur FICHIER\n" " --no-location ne pas produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE »\n" " --add-location produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE » (implicite)\n" " --strict produire un fichier PO strictement Uniforum\n" " -v, --verbose augmenter le niveau de bavardise\n" " -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer\n" " -w, --width=COLONNES limiter le nombre de COLONNES en sortie\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Fusionne deux fichiers PO ensemble. Le fichier DEF.po contient les\n" "anciennes traductions, qui sont transportées au fichier nouvellement\n" "créé dans la mesure où les chaînes à traduire se correspondent; les\n" "commentaires sont préservés, mais les commentaires automatiquement\n" "extraits et les positions dans le fichiers sont éliminés. Le fichier\n" "REF.po a été récemment crée (souvent par xgettext), toute traduction\n" "ou commentaire en sera éliminé, toutefois les commentaires « . » et\n" "les positions de fichier sont conservés. Lorsqu'un appariement\n" "exact n'est pas possible, un appariement flou permet de produire de\n" "meilleurs résultats. Ceux-ci sont produits sur la sortie standard,\n" "À moins qu'un fichier de sortie soit explicitement spécifié.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%s%d et %d lus, %d fusionnés, %d approximés, %d manquants, %d périmés.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " terminé.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FICHIER]...\n" "Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi\n" "obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent.\n" "\n" " -e, --no-escape éviter les échappement C en sortie (implicite)\n" " -E, --escape échappements C en sorite, éviter les 8-bits\n" " --force-po produire un fichier PO, même vide\n" " -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer\n" " -i, --indent sortie en style indenté\n" " -o, --output-file=FICHIER écrire sur FICHIER plutôt que sur sortie standard\n" " --strict produire un fichier .po strictement Uniforum\n" " -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer\n" " -w, --width=COLONNES limiter le nombre de COLONNES en sortie\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Convertir un fichier .mo, binaire, en fichier .po à la manière\n" "d'Uniforum. Les fichiers grand-boutiens et petit-boutiens sont tous\n" "deux traités. Si le fichier d'entrée vaut « - », lit l'entrée standard.\n" "Sans fichier d'entrée ou lorsque « - », lit l'entrée standard. Sauf\n" "indication contraire, les résultats sont produits sur la sortie standard.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "erreur lors de la lecture de « %s »" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "le fichier « %s » est tronqué" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "le repositionnement de « %s » à l'endroit %ld a échoué" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "le fichier « %s » n'est pas en format .mo pour GNU" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "section « msgstr » absente" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "%d erreurs terminales" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "trop d'erreurs, j'abandonne" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "mot-clé « %s » inconnu" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "séquence d'échappement illégale" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "fin de ligne intempestive" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "fin de fichier intempestive" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "entrée standard" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "%s:%d: attention: constante caractère sans terminateur" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "%s:%d: attention: constante chaîne sans terminateur" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "--join-existing interdit si production sur sortie standard" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "" "attention: « %s » sans classification pour « %s », le langage C sera présumé" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] FICHIER ...\n" "Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi\n" "obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent.\n" "\n" " -a, --extract-all extraire toutes les chaînes\n" " -c, --add-comments[=CLÉ] sauver le commentaire précédent possédant CLÉ,\n" " ou celui qui précède immédiatement le mot-clef\n" " -C, --c++ voir « --language=C++ »\n" " --debug détailler l'analyse des chaînes de format\n" " -d, --default-domain=DOMAINE sortir sur DOMAINE.po (non pas messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=RÉPERT fouiller RÉPERT aussi pour trouver les fichiers\n" " -e, --no-escape pas d'échappements C en sortie (implicite)\n" " -E, --escape échappements C en sortie, éviter les 8-bits\n" " -f, --files-from=FICHIER lire la liste des fichiers d'entrée de FICHIER\n" " --force-po produire un fichier PO, même vide\n" " --foreign-user inhiber la production d'un copyright FSF\n" " -F, --sort-by-file trier selon la position dans chaque fichier\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer\n" " -i, --indent produire le fichier .po dans un style indenté\n" " -j, --join-existing ajouter les messages au fichier existant\n" " -k, --keyword[=MOT] mot-clef supplémentaire, défauts si MOT absent\n" " -l, --string-limit=LONGUEUR indiquer si LONGUEUR (%u) octets dépassés\n" " -L, --language=NOM analyser le langage indiqué (C, C++, PO),\n" " sinon, le deviner de l'extension du fichier\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=CHAÎNE] préfixer les msgstr's par CHAÎNE, sinon \\\"\\\"\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=CHAÎNE] suffixer les msgstr's par CHAÎNE, sinon \\\"\\\"\n" " --no-location ne pas produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE »\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE » (implicite)\n" " --omit-header omettre les en-têtes pour « msgid \"\" »\n" " -o, --output=FICHIER produire la sortie sur le FICHIER indiqué\n" " -p, --output-dir=RÉPERTOIRE sortir le fichier produit dans tel RÉPERTOIRE\n" " -s, --sort-output trier la sortie et éliminer les duplicats\n" " --strict produire un fichier PO strictement Uniforum\n" " -T, --trigraphs reconnaître les trigraphes ANSI C en entrée\n" " -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer\n" " -w, --width=COLONNES limiter le nombre de COLONNES en sortie\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FICHIER ne pas extraire d'entrées de FICHIER\n" "\n" "Si le FICHIER est « - », lit l'entrée standard.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "langage « %s » inconnu" #~ msgid "Report bugs to .\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Rapportez tout problème fonctionnel à .\n" #~ "Les erreurs de traduction doivent être dirigées vers .\n" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/ko.po0000644000175000017500000010167306522270000013305 0ustar jrjr# GNU gettextÀÇ Çѱ¹¾î ¸Ş½ÃÁö # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Bang Jun-Young , 1995-1997. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.30\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1997-09-03 12:52+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Bang Jun-Young \n" "Language-Team: Korean \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-KR\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "¾Ë ¼ö ¾ø´Â ½Ã½ºÅÛ ¿À·ù" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: `%s'´Â ¸ğÈ£ÇÑ ¿É¼ÇÀÔ´Ï´Ù\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: `--%s' ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö¸¦ Çã¿ëÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: `%c%s' ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö¸¦ Çã¿ëÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: `%s' ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö°¡ ÇÊ¿äÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: ÀνÄÇÒ ¼ö ¾ø´Â ¿É¼Ç `--%s'\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: ÀνÄÇÒ ¼ö ¾ø´Â ¿É¼Ç `%c%s'\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: À߸øµÈ ¿É¼Ç -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ºÎÀûÀıÇÑ ¿É¼Ç -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ÀÌ ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö°¡ ÇÊ¿äÇÕ´Ï´Ù -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: `-W %s'´Â ¸ğÈ£ÇÑ ¿É¼ÇÀÔ´Ï´Ù\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: `-W %s' ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö¸¦ Çã¿ëÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "¸Ş¸ğ¸®°¡ ¹Ù´Ú³²" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "ÀúÀÛ±Ç (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "ÀÌ ÇÁ·Î±×·¥Àº °ø°³ ¼ÒÇÁÆ®¿ş¾îÀÔ´Ï´Ù. º¹»ç Á¶°ÇÀº ¼Ò½º¸¦ ÂüÁ¶ÇϽʽÿÀ. »óÇ°¼º\n" "À̳ª ƯÁ¤ ¸ñÀû¿¡ ´ëÇÑ ÀûÇÕ¼ºÀ» ºñ·ÔÇÏ¿©, ¾î¶°ÇÑ º¸Áõµµ ÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "%s°¡ ¸¸µé¾ú½À´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "Àμö°¡ ºüÁ³À½" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "Àμö°¡ ³Ê¹« ¸¹À½" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "´õ ¸¹Àº Á¤º¸¸¦ º¸·Á¸é `%s --help' ÇϽʽÿÀ\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "»ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ TEXTDOMAIN¿¡¼­ ºÒ·¯¿É´Ï´Ù\n" " -e ¸î¸î À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¿­ÀÇ È®ÀåÀ» °¡´ÉÄÉ ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -E (ȣȯ¼ºÀ» À§ÇØ ¹«½ÃµÊ)\n" " -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -n µû¶óºÙ´Â ÁÙ¹Ù²Ş ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ Á¦°ÅÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ç¥½ÃÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID MSGID¿¡ ´ëÀÀÇÏ´Â ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ TEXTDOMAIN¿¡¼­\n" " ºÒ·¯¿É´Ï´Ù\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "TEXTDOMAIN ¸Å°³º¯¼ö°¡ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é ¿µ¿ªÀº ȯ°æ º¯¼ö TEXTDOMAINÀ¸·ÎºÎÅÍ\n" "°áÁ¤µË´Ï´Ù. ¸Ş½ÃÁö ¸ñ·ÏÀÌ ÀϹİÀûÀÎ µğ·ºÅ丮¿¡ ÀÖÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é ȯ°æ º¯¼ö\n" "TEXTDOMAINDIR·Î ´Ù¸¥ À§Ä¡¸¦ ÁöÁ¤ÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù.\n" "-s ¿É¼ÇÀÌ ¾²À̸é ÇÁ·Î±×·¥Àº `echo' ¸í·Éó·³ µ¿ÀÛÇÕ´Ï´Ù. ±×·¯³ª ´Ü¼øÈ÷ Àμö¸¦\n" "Ç¥ÁØÃâ·Â¿¡ º¹»çÇÏÁö´Â ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù. ´ë½Å ¼±ÅÃµÈ ¸ñ·Ï¿¡ ÀÖ´Â ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö°¡\n" "Ãâ·ÂµË´Ï´Ù.\n" "±âº» Ž»ö µğ·ºÅ丮: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 #, fuzzy msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "·Î ¹®Á¦Á¡À» º¸°íÇϽʽÿÀ.\n" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "±¹Á¦È­µÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â `\\%c' À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¼ø¼­¿­À» Æ÷ÇÔÇÒ ¼ö ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏ \"%s\"À» ¸¸µé ¼ö ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "Ç¥ÁØ Ãâ·Â" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "\"%s\" ÆÄÀÏÀ» ¾²´Â µ¿¾È ¿À·ù ¹ß»ı" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾Ê¾Ò½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "Á¤È®È÷ 2°³ÀÇ ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÇÊ¿äÇÕ´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "»ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] def.po ref.po\n" "±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏ Å½»ö ¸í´Ü¿¡ DIRECTORY¸¦ Ãß°¡ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" "\n" "°°Àº ³»¿ëÀÇ msgid ¹®ÀÚ¿­À» Æ÷ÇÔÇÏ°í ÀÖ´ÂÁö È®ÀÎÇϱâ À§ÇØ Uniforum\n" "ÇüÅÂÀÇ µÎ .po ÆÄÀÏÀ» ºñ±³ÇÕ´Ï´Ù. def.po ÆÄÀÏÀº ÀÌ¹Ì Á¸ÀçÇÏ´Â ÆÄÀÏÀ̸ç\n" "¿¹Àü¿¡ ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ ´ã°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù. ref.po ÆÄÀÏÀº ÃÖ±Ù¿¡ ¸¸µé¾îÁø\n" "PO ÆÄÀÏÀÔ´Ï´Ù(ÀϹİÀûÀ¸·Î xgettext¿¡ ÀÇÇØ). ÀÌ°ÍÀº ÇÁ·Î±×·¥ ³»¿¡ ÀÖ´Â\n" "°¢°¢ÀÇ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ ¹ø¿ªÇß´ÂÁö È®ÀÎÇÒ ¶§ À¯¿ëÇÕ´Ï´Ù. Á¤È®ÇÑ Â¦À» ãÁö ¸øÇÒ\n" "°æ¿ì, º¸´Ù ³ªÀº °á°ú¸¦ ¾ò±â À§ÇØ ÆÛÁö ¸ÅĪÀÌ »ç¿ëµË´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "ÀÌ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â »ç¿ëµÇÁö¸¸ Á¤ÀǵÇÁö ¾Ê¾Ò½À´Ï´Ù..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...ÇÏÁö¸¸ ÀÌ Á¤ÀÇ´Â À¯»çÇÕ´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "ÀÌ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â »ç¿ëµÇÁö¸¸ %s¿¡¼­ Á¤ÀǵÇÁö ¾Ê¾Ò½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "°æ°í: ÀÌ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â »ç¿ëµÇÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "Áߺ¹µÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö Á¤ÀÇ" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...¿©±â´Â ù¹ø° Á¤ÀÇÀÇ À§Ä¡ÀÔ´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "ÀÌ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â \"%s\" ¿µ¿ª¿¡ Á¤ÀÇ°¡ ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "Ãâ·ÂÀ» ÁغñÇÏ´Â µ¿¾È" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s¿Í %s´Â ¼­·Î ¹èŸÀûÀÔ´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "»ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] ÀÔ·ÂÆÄÀÏ ...\n" "±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù.\n" " -a, --extract-all ¸ğµç ¹®ÀÚ¿­À» ÃßÃâÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ TAG(¶Ç´Â Å°¿öµå Çà)°¡ Æ÷ÇÔµÈ ÁÖ¼®\n" " ºí·°À» µÓ´Ï´Ù\n" " -C, --c++ --language=C++ÀÇ ¾à½Ä Ç¥Çö\n" " --debug ´õ ÀÚ¼¼ÇÑ ¼­½Ä¹®ÀÚ¿­ ÀÎ½Ä °á°ú\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME NAME.po·Î Ãâ·ÂÇÕ´Ï´Ù (messages.po ´ë½Å)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏ Å½»ö ¸í´Ü¿¡ DIRECTORY¸¦ Ãß°¡ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -e, --no-escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " (³»Á¤°ª)\n" " -E, --escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²°í, È®Àå ¹®ÀÚ´Â\n" " ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE FILE¿¡¼­ ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÇ ¸í´ÜÀ» ÀнÀ´Ï´Ù\n" " --force-po ºñ¾úÀ»Áö¶óµµ PO ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " --foreign-user ¿ÜºÎ »ç¿ëÀÚ¸¦ À§ÇØ FSF ÀúÀÛ±Ç Á¶Ç×À» Ãâ·Â¿¡¼­\n" " »ı·«ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -F, --sort-by-file ÆÄÀÏÀÇ À§Ä¡¿¡ µû¶ó Ãâ·ÂÀ» Á¤·ÄÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location '#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» »ı¼ºÇÕ´Ï´Ù " "(³»Á¤°ª)\n" " --omit-header Ç¥Á¦¿¡ `msgid \"\"' Ç׸ñÀ» ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " -o, --output=FILE ÁöÁ¤µÈ ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ Ãâ·ÂÀ» ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀ» DIR µğ·ºÅ丮¿¡ °¡Á®´Ù ³õ½À´Ï´Ù\n" " -s, --sort-output Á¤·ÄµÈ Ãâ·ÂÀ» »ı¼ºÇÏ°í »çº»À» Áö¿ó´Ï´Ù\n" " --strict UniforumÀ» ¾ö°İÈ÷ µû¸£´Â .po ÆÄÀÏÀ» " "¸¸µì´Ï´Ù\n" " -T, --trigraphs ÀԷ¿¡ ´ëÇØ ANSI C Æ®¸®±×¶óÇÁ¸¦ ÀνÄÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER Ãâ·Â ÆäÀÌÁö ÆøÀ» ¼³Á¤ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE FILE ¾ÈÀÇ Ç׸ñÀ» ÃßÃâÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" "\n" "ÀÔ·ÂÆÄÀÏÀÌ - À̸é Ç¥ÁØ ÀÔ·ÂÀ» ÀĞ°Ô µË´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "Àбâ À§ÇØ \"%s\"À» ¿©´Â µ¿¾È ¿À·ù ¹ß»ı" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "ÀÌ ÆÄÀÏÀº ¿µ¿ª Áö½ÃÀÚ¸¦ Æ÷ÇÔÇÏ°í ÀÖÁö ¾ÊÀ» ¼öµµ ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾Ê¾Ò½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "¾²±â À§ÇØ \"%s\"À» ¿©´Â µ¿¾È ¿À·ù ¹ß»ı" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö %d°³" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", ÆÛÁö ¹ø¿ª¹® %d°³" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", ¹ø¿ªµÇÁö ¾ÊÀº ¸Ş½ÃÁö %d°³" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "»ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] filename.po ...\n" "±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù.\n" " -a. --alignment=NUMBER ¹®ÀÚ¿­À» NUMBER ¹ÙÀÌÆ®·Î Á¤·ÄÇÕ´Ï´Ù(³»Á¤°ª: %d)\n" " -c, --check ¹®ÀÚ¿­¿¡ ´ëÇØ ¾ğ¾î ÀÇÁ¸ °Ë»ç¸¦ ¼öÇàÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏ Å½»ö ¸í´Ü¿¡ DIRECTORY¸¦ Ãß°¡ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -f, --fuzzy Ãâ·Â¿¡ ÆÛÁö Ç׸ñÀ» »ç¿ëÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " --no-hash ÀÌÁø ÆÄÀÏÀÌ Çؽ¬ Å×À̺íÀ» Æ÷ÇÔÇÏÁö ¾Êµµ·Ï ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏ À̸§À» FILE·Î ÁöÁ¤ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " --statistics ¹ø¿ª¹®¿¡ ´ëÇÑ Åë°è¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " --strict ¾ö°İÇÑ Uniforum ¸ğµå¸¦ °¡´ÉÄÉ ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -v, --verbose ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀ» ¼ø¼­´ë·Î Ãâ·ÂÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" "\n" "-v ¿É¼ÇÀ» Çѹø ÀÌ»ó ÁÖ¸é Ãâ·Â µî±ŞÀÌ ¿Ã¶ó°©´Ï´Ù.\n" "\n" "ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ - À̸é Ç¥ÁØ ÀÔ·ÂÀ» ÀĞ°Ô µË´Ï´Ù. Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ - À̸é\n" "Ç¥ÁØ Ãâ·Â¿¡ Ãâ·ÂÇÕ´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "Çؽ¬ Å×À̺íÀ» ¸¸µå´Â µ¿¾È" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "%s: °æ°í: Çì´õ Ç׸ñÀ» ãÁö ¸øÇßÀ½" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "¿µ¿ª¸í \"%s\"´Â ÆÄÀÏ À̸§À¸·Î ¾Ë¸ÂÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "" "¿µ¿ª¸í \"%s\"´Â ÆÄÀÏ À̸§À¸·Î ¾Ë¸ÂÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù. ±×·¯¹Ç·Î Á¢µÎ»ç¸¦\n" "»ç¿ëÇÒ °ÍÀÔ´Ï´Ù" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "`domain %s' Áö½ÃÀÚ´Â ¹«½ÃµÊ" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "ºó `msgstr' Ç׸ñÀº ¹«½ÃµÊ" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "ÆÛÁö `msgstr' Ç׸ñÀº ¹«½ÃµÊ" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "Çì´õ¿¡ Çì´õÇʵå `%s'°¡ ºüÁ³À½" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "Çì´õ Çʵå `%s'´Â ÇàÀÇ Ã³À½ºÎÅÍ ½ÃÀÛÇØ¾ß ÇÕ´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "¸î¸î Çì´õ Çʵ尡 ¾ÆÁ÷µµ ÃʱâÀÇ ³»Á¤°ªÀ» °¡Áö°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "`%s' Çʵ尡 ¾ÆÁ÷µµ ÃʱâÀÇ ³»Á¤°ªÀ» °¡Áö°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "%s: °æ°í: ¼Ò½º ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÆÛÁö ¹ø¿ª¹®À» Æ÷ÇÔÇÏ°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "`msgid'¿Í `msgstr' Ç׸ñÀÌ ¸ğµÎ '\\n'À¸·Î ½ÃÀÛÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "`msgid'¿Í `msgstr' Ç׸ñÀÌ ¸ğµÎ '\\n'À¸·Î ³¡³ªÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "`msgid'¿Í `msgstr'¿¡ ¾²ÀÎ ¼­½Ä ÁöÁ¤ÀÚÀÇ °³¼ö°¡ ÀÏÄ¡ÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "Àμö %u¿¡ ´ëÇÑ ¼­½Ä ÁöÁ¤ÀÚ°¡ °°Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "»ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] def.po ref.po\n" "±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏ Å½»ö ¸í´Ü¿¡ DIRECTORY¸¦ Ãß°¡ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -e, --no-escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù (³»Á¤°ª)\n" " -E, --escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²°í, È®Àå ¹®ÀÚ´Â ¾²Áö\n" " ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " --force-po ºñ¾úÀ»Áö¶óµµ PO ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -i, --indent µé¿©¾²±âµÈ Ãâ·Â ÇüÅÂ\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE °á°ú°¡ FILE¿¡ ¾²¿©Áöµµ·Ï ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " --no-location `#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " --add-location `#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» º¸Á¸ÇÕ´Ï´Ù (³»Á¤°ª)\n" " --strict ¾ö°İÇÑ Uniforum Ãâ·Â ÇüÅÂ\n" " -v, --verbose Ç¥½Ã µî±ŞÀ» ³ôÀÔ´Ï´Ù\n" " -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER Ãâ·Â ÆäÀÌÁö ÆøÀ» ¼³Á¤ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Uniforum ÇüÅÂÀÇ µÎ ÆÄÀÏÀ» Çϳª·Î °áÇÕÇÕ´Ï´Ù. def.po ÆÄÀÏÀº ÀÌ¹Ì Á¸ÀçÇÏ´Â\n" "ÆÄÀÏÀÌ¸ç ¿¹Àü¿¡ ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ ´ã°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù. ÀÌ ¹ø¿ª¹®µéÀº ¦ÀÌ ÀÖ´Â °Í¿¡\n" "ÇÑÇØ »õ·Ó°Ô ¸¸µé¾îÁø ÆÄÀÏÀÇ °ÍÀ¸·Î ´ëüµË´Ï´Ù; ÁÖ¼®Àº º¸Á¸µÇÁö¸¸ ÃßÃâ ÁÖ¼®°ú\n" "ÆÄÀÏ À§Ä¡´Â Á¦°ÅµË´Ï´Ù. ref.po ÆÄÀÏÀº ÃÖ±Ù¿¡ ¸¸µé¾îÁø PO ÆÄÀÏÀ̸ç\n" "(ÀϹİÀûÀ¸·Î xgettext¿¡ ÀÇÇØ), ÆÄÀÏ ³»ÀÇ ¸ğµç ¹ø¿ª¹®À̳ª ÁÖ¼®Àº Á¦°ÅµÇÁö¸¸\n" "Á¡ ÁÖ¼®°ú ÆÄÀÏ À§Ä¡´Â º¸Á¸µË´Ï´Ù. Á¤È®ÇÑ Â¦À» ãÁö ¸øÇÒ °æ¿ì, º¸´Ù ³ªÀº\n" "°á°ú¸¦ ¾ò±â À§ÇØ ÆÛÁö ¸ÅĪÀÌ »ç¿ëµË´Ï´Ù. ¸¸¾à Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÁöÁ¤µÇÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é\n" "°á°ú´Â Ç¥ÁØÃâ·Â¿¡ ¾²¿©Áı´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%s%d°³ÀÇ ¿¹Àü °Í + %d°³ÀÇ ÂüÁ¶¹®, °áÇÕµÈ °Í %d, ÆÛÁö %d, ºüÁø °Í %d, " "¾µ¸ğ¾ø´Â °Í %d°³¸¦ Àоú½À´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " ¿Ï·á.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "»ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] [ÆÄÀÏ]...\n" "±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù.\n" " -e, --no-escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù (³»Á¤°ª)\n" " -E, --escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²°í, È®Àå ¹®ÀÚ´Â ¾²Áö\n" " ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " --force-po ºñ¾úÀ»Áö¶óµµ PO ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -i, --indent µé¿©¾²±âµÈ Ãâ·Â ÇüÅÂ\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE °á°ú°¡ FILE¿¡ ¾²¿©Áöµµ·Ï ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " --strict ¾ö°İÇÑ Uniforum Ãâ·Â ÇüÅÂ\n" " -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER Ãâ·Â ÆäÀÌÁö ÆøÀ» ¼³Á¤ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "ÀÌÁø .mo ÆÄÀÏÀ» Uniforum ÇüÅÂÀÇ .po ÆÄÀÏ·Î º¯È¯ÇÕ´Ï´Ù.\n" "¸®Æ²-¿£µğ¾ğ°ú ºò-¿£µğ¾ğÀ¸·Î µÈ .mo ÆÄÀÏÀ» ¸ğµÎ ´Ù·ê ¼ö ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù.\n" "ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾Ê°Å³ª - À̸é Ç¥ÁØ ÀÔ·ÂÀ» ÀĞ°Ô µË´Ï´Ù.\n" "³»Á¤°ªÀ¸·Î Ãâ·ÂÀº Ç¥ÁØ Ãâ·Â¿¡ ±â·ÏµË´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "\"%s\"À» ÀĞ´Â µ¿¾È ¿À·ù ¹ß»ı" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "\"%s\" ÆÄÀÏÀÌ Àß·ÈÀ½" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "\"%s\" ¿É¼Â %ld Ž»ö ½ÇÆĞ" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "\"%s\" ÆÄÀÏÀº GNU .mo Çü½ÄÀÌ ¾Æ´Õ´Ï´Ù" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "`msgstr' ºÎºĞÀÌ ºüÁ³½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "%d°³ÀÇ Ä¡¸íÀûÀÎ ¿À·ù¸¦ ã¾Ò½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "¿À·ù°¡ ³Ê¹« ¸¹¾Æ¼­ Áß´ÜÇÕ´Ï´Ù" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "¾Ë ¼ö ¾ø´Â Å°¿öµå \"%s\"" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "À߸øµÈ Á¦¾î ¼ø¼­¿­" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "¹®ÀÚ¿­ ³»ºÎ¿¡¼­ ÇàÀÌ ³¡³²" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "¹®ÀÚ¿­ ³»ºÎ¿¡¼­ ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ³¡³²" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "Ç¥ÁØ ÀÔ·Â" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "%s:%d: °æ°í: ¿Ï°áµÇÁö ¾ÊÀº ¹®ÀÚ »ó¼ö" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "%s:%d: °æ°í: ¿Ï°áµÇÁö ¾ÊÀº ¹®ÀÚ¿­ »ó¼ö" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "--join-exeistingÀº Ãâ·ÂÀÌ Ç¥ÁØÃâ·Â¿¡ ¾²¿©Áú ¶§ »ç¿ëµÉ ¼ö ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "°æ°í: `%s' ÆÄÀÏÀÇ È®ÀåÀÚ `%s'¸¦ ¾Ë ¼ö ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù; C Çü½ÄÀ¸·Î °£ÁÖÇÔ" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "»ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] ÀÔ·ÂÆÄÀÏ ...\n" "±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù.\n" " -a, --extract-all ¸ğµç ¹®ÀÚ¿­À» ÃßÃâÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ TAG(¶Ç´Â Å°¿öµå Çà)°¡ Æ÷ÇÔµÈ ÁÖ¼®\n" " ºí·°À» µÓ´Ï´Ù\n" " -C, --c++ --language=C++ÀÇ ¾à½Ä Ç¥Çö\n" " --debug ´õ ÀÚ¼¼ÇÑ ¼­½Ä¹®ÀÚ¿­ ÀÎ½Ä °á°ú\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME NAME.po·Î Ãâ·ÂÇÕ´Ï´Ù (messages.po ´ë½Å)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏ Å½»ö ¸í´Ü¿¡ DIRECTORY¸¦ Ãß°¡ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -e, --no-escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " (³»Á¤°ª)\n" " -E, --escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²°í, È®Àå ¹®ÀÚ´Â\n" " ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE FILE¿¡¼­ ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÇ ¸í´ÜÀ» ÀнÀ´Ï´Ù\n" " --force-po ºñ¾úÀ»Áö¶óµµ PO ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " --foreign-user ¿ÜºÎ »ç¿ëÀÚ¸¦ À§ÇØ FSF ÀúÀÛ±Ç Á¶Ç×À» Ãâ·Â¿¡¼­\n" " »ı·«ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -F, --sort-by-file ÆÄÀÏÀÇ À§Ä¡¿¡ µû¶ó Ãâ·ÂÀ» Á¤·ÄÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -i, --indent µé¿©¾²±âµÈ ÇüÅ·Π.po ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -j, --join-existing Á¸ÀçÇÏ´Â ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ °áÇÕÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] ºÎ°¡ÀûÀ¸·Î Ž»öÇÒ Å°¿öµå (WORD¸¦ ÁöÁ¤ÇÏÁö\n" " ¾Ê´Â °ÍÀÌ ³»Á¤µÈ Å°¿öµå¸¦ ¾²´Â °ÍÀ» ¶æÇÏÁø\n" " ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER ¹®ÀÚ¿­ÀÇ ±æÀ̸¦ %u ´ë½Å NUMBER·Î Á¦ÇÑÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -L, --language=NAME ÁöÁ¤µÈ ¾ğ¾î(C, C++, PO)¸¦ ÀνÄÇϸç, ±×·¸Áö ¸øÇÒ\n" " ¶§¿¡´Â ÆÄÀÏ È®ÀåÀÚ¸¦ º¸°í ÃßÃøÇÕ´Ï´Ù.\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] msgstr Ç׸ñÀÇ Á¢µÎ»ç·Î STRINGÀ̳ª \"\"¸¦\n" " »ç¿ëÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] msgstr Ç׸ñÀÇ Á¢¹Ì»ç·Î STRINGÀ̳ª \"\"¸¦\n" " »ç¿ëÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " --no-location '#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location '#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» »ı¼ºÇÕ´Ï´Ù (³»Á¤°ª)\n" " --omit-header Ç¥Á¦¿¡ `msgid \"\"' Ç׸ñÀ» ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" " -o, --output=FILE ÁöÁ¤µÈ ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ Ãâ·ÂÀ» ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀ» DIR µğ·ºÅ丮¿¡ °¡Á®´Ù ³õ½À´Ï´Ù\n" " -s, --sort-output Á¤·ÄµÈ Ãâ·ÂÀ» »ı¼ºÇÏ°í »çº»À» Áö¿ó´Ï´Ù\n" " --strict UniforumÀ» ¾ö°İÈ÷ µû¸£´Â .po ÆÄÀÏÀ» ¸¸µì´Ï´Ù\n" " -T, --trigraphs ÀԷ¿¡ ´ëÇØ ANSI C Æ®¸®±×¶óÇÁ¸¦ ÀνÄÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER Ãâ·Â ÆäÀÌÁö ÆøÀ» ¼³Á¤ÇÕ´Ï´Ù\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE FILE ¾ÈÀÇ Ç׸ñÀ» ÃßÃâÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù\n" "\n" "ÀÔ·ÂÆÄÀÏÀÌ - À̸é Ç¥ÁØ ÀÔ·ÂÀ» ÀĞ°Ô µË´Ï´Ù.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "`%s' ¾ğ¾î¸¦ ¾Ë ¼ö ¾øÀ½" #~ msgid "Report bugs to .\n" #~ msgstr "·Î ¹®Á¦Á¡À» º¸°íÇϽʽÿÀ.\n" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/nl.po0000644000175000017500000010430706522270000013302 0ustar jrjr# Dutch translation for GNU gettext messages. # Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Erick Branderhorst , 1996. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gettext 0.10.31\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1997-03-11 22:38 \n" "Last-Translator: Erick Branderhorst \n" "Language-Team: Dutch \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Onbekende systeemfout" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: optie `%s' is ambiguous\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: optie `--%s' verwacht geen argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: optie `%c%s' verwacht geen argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: optie `%s' verwacht een argument\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: onbekende optie `--%s'\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: onbekende optie `%c%s'\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ongeldige optie -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ongeldige optie -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: optie verwacht een argument -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: optie `-W %s' is dubbelzinnig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: optie `-W %s' staat geen argument toe\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "Geen geheugen meer beschikbaar" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "Kopierecht (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. Dit is vrije\n" "programmatuur; zie de broncode voor kopieervoowaarden. Er is GEEN\n" "garantie; zelfs niet voor VERKOOPBAARHEID of GESCHIKTHEID VOOR EEN\n" "SPECIFIEK DOEL.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "Geschreven door %s.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "ontbrekende argumenten" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "te veel argumenten" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Probeer `%s --help' voor meer informatie.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Gebruik: %s [OPTIE] [[[TEXTDOMEIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEKSTDOMEIN haal vertaalde meldingen uit TEKSTDOMEIN\n" " -e maak expansie van enkele escape sequences mogelijk\n" " -E (genegeerd voor compatibiliteit)\n" " -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma\n" " -n onderdruk achtergevoegd nieuwe regel teken\n" " -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma\n" " [TEXTDOMEIN] MSGID ontvang vertaalde meldingen corresponderend aan\n" " MSGID vanuit TEKSTDOMEIN\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Als de TEKSTDOMEIN parameter niet gegeven is, zal het domein worden bepaald\n" "door de omgevings variabele TEXTDOMAIN. Als de meldingen katalogus niet\n" "gevonden is in de gebruikelijke directory, kan een andere lokatie worden\n" "gespecificeerd met de omgevings variabele TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "Als optie `-s' gegeven is, gedraagt het programma zich als het `echo' commando.\n" "Maar het kopieert niet de argumenten naar standaard uitvoer. In plaats daarvan\n" "worden de in de katalogus gevonden meldingen vertaald.\n" "Standaard zoek directory: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 #, fuzzy msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "Meld fouten via .\n" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "geonternationaliseerde meldingen mogen geen `\\%c' escape sequences bevatten" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "kan uitvoerbestand \"%s\" niet aanmaken" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "standaard uitvoer" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "fout bij schrijven bestand \"%s\"" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "geen invoerbestanden gegeven" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "precies 2 invoerbestanden zijn benodigd" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Gebruik: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Verplicht argumenten bij lange opties zijn ook verplicht bij korte opties.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY voeg DIRECTORY toe aan lijst waar invoerbestanden\n" " gezocht worden\n" " -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma\n" " -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma\n" "\n" "Vergelijk twee Uniforum-stijl .po bestanden en kontroleer of beide dezelfde\n" "set van msgid strings bevatten. Het def.po bestand is een bestaand PO bestand\n" "met de oude vertalingen. Het ref.po bestand is het meest recente PO bestand\n" "(over het algemeen aangemaakt door xgettext). Het is belangrijk om te\n" "kontroleren of elke melding is vertaald in het programma. Wanneer een precieze\n" "overeenkomst niet gevonden kan wrden, zal fuzzy(vage) matching worden gebruikt,\n" "ter verkrijging van een betere diagnose.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "deze melding is gebruikt maar is niet gedefinieerd..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...maar de definitie is gelijksoortig" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "deze melding is gebruikt maar niet gedefinieerd in %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "waarschuwing: deze melding is niet gebruikt" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "dubbele melding definitie" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...dit is de lokatie van de eerste definitie" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "deze melding heeft geen definitie in het \"%s\" domein" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "bij voorbereiden uitvoer" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s en %s zijn mutually exclusive" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Gebruik: %s [OPTIE] INVOERBESTAND ...\n" "Verplichte argument bij lange opties zijn ook verplicht bij korte opties.\n" " -a, --extract-all extraheer alle strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] plaats een kommentaar blok met TAG (of deze\n" " voorafgaande sleutelwoord regels) in uitvoer\n" " -C, --c++ herken C++ stijl kommentaar\n" " --debug meer gedetaileerde formatstring resultaat\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAAM gebruik NAAM.po voor uitvoer\n" " (in plaats van messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY zoek invoerbestanden ook in DIRECTORY\n" " -e, --no-escape gebruik geen C escapes in uitvoer (standaard)\n" " -E, --escape gebruik C escapes in uitvoer, geen extended\n" " karakters\n" " -f, --files-from=BESTAND haal lijst van invoerbestand uit BESTAND\n" " --force-po maak altijd een (eventueel leeg) PO bestand\n" " --foreign-user laat FSF kopierecht weg voor vreemde gebruiker\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sorteer uitvoer bij bestandslokatie\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location voeg '#: filename:line' regels toe " "(standaard)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=BESTAND schrijf uitvoer naar gespecificeerd " "bestand\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR plaats uitvoerbestanden in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output sorteer uitvoer en verwijder dubbelen\n" " --strict uitvoer volgens strikte Uniforum stijl\n" " -T, --trigraphs accepteer ANSI C trigraphs als invoer\n" " -V, --version toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma\n" " -w, --width=NUMMER stel pagina uitvoer breedte in\n" " -x, --exclude-file=BESTAND ingangen van BESTAND worden niet " "gekxtraheerd\n" "\n" "Als INVOERBESTAND - is, lees standaardinvoer.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "fout tijdens openen om te lezen van \"%s\"" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "dit bestand mag geen domein directives bevatten" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "geen invoerbestand gegeven" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "fout bij openen om te schrijven van \"%s\"" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d vertaalde meldingen" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d vage vertalingen" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d onvertaalde meldingen" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Gebruik: %s [OPTIE] bestandsnaam.po ...\n" "Verplichte argument voor lange opties zijn ook verplicht voor korte opties.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMMER lijn strings uit tot NUMMER bytes (standaard: %d)\n" " -c, --check voer taalafhankelijke kontrole uit op strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY voeg DIRECTORY toe aan lijst van directories\n" " waarin invoerbestanden gezocht worden\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy gebruik vage ingangen in uitvoer\n" " -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma\n" " --no-hash binair bestand zal niet de hash tabel bevatten\n" " -o, --output-file=BESTAND uitvoerbestandsnaam is BESTAND\n" " --statistics toon statistieken van vertalingen\n" " --strict gebruik strikte Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose laat invoerbestand anomalies zien\n" " -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma\n" "\n" "Het meer dan eens geven van de -v optie verhoogt het verbosity nivo.\n" "\n" "Als invoerbestand - is, lees standaardinvoer. Als uitvoerbestand -\n" "is, schrijf uitvoer naar standaarduitvoer.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "tijdens aanmaken hash tabel" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "%s: let op: geen header ingang gevonden" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "domeinnaam \"%s\" niet bruikbaar als bestandsnaam" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "" "domeinnaam \"%s\" niet bruikbaar als bestandsnaam: zal voorvoegsel gebruiken" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "`domein %s' directive genegeerd" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "lege `msgstr' entry genegeerd" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "lege `msgstr' ingang genegeerd" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "header(??)veld `%s' ontbreekt in header(??)" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "header(??)veld `%s' moet starten aan het begin van de regel" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "" "sommige header(??)velden hebben nog de oorspronkelijke standaard waarde" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "veld `%s' heeft nog de oorspronkelijke standaard waarde" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "%s: let op: broncode bevat vage vertaling" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "`msgid' en `msgstr' ingangen beginnen niet allebei met '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "`msgid' en `msgstr' ingangen eindigen niet allebei met '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "aantal formaat specificaties in `msgid' en `msgstr' zijn niet gelijk" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "formaat specificaties voor argument %u zijn niet dezelfde" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Gebruik: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Verplichte argumenten bij lange opties zijn ook verplicht bij korte opties.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY voeg DIRECTORY toe aan lijst waar van directories\n" " invoerbestanden gezocht worden\n" " -e, --no-escape gebruikt geen C escapes in uitvoer (standaard)\n" " -E, --escape gebruik C escapes in uitvoer, geen extended chars\n" " --force-po schrijf PO bestand zelfs als het leeg is\n" " -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma\n" " -i, --indent geondenteerde uitvoerstijl\n" " -o, --output-file=BESTAND resultaat wordt naar BESTAND geschreven\n" " --no-location onderdruk '#: bestandsnaam:regel' regels\n" " --add-location behoud '#: bestandsnaam:regel' regels (standaard)\n" " --strict stricte Uniforum uitvoerstijl\n" " -v, --verbose verhoog verbosity nivo\n" " -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma\n" " -W, --width=NUMBER stel uitvoer pagina breedte in\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Voeg twee Uniforum stijl .po bestanden samen. Het def.po bestand is een\n" "bestaand PO bestand met de oude vertaling welke overgenomen zal worden in het\n" "nieuwe bestand als ze overeenkomen; kommentaren worden bewaard, maar\n" "extractie kommentaar en bestandspositie's worden buiten beschouwing gelaten.\n" "Het ref.po bestand is het laatst gekreeerd PO bestand (in het algemeen door\n" "xgettext), vertaling of kommentaren in dit bestand worden buiten beshouwing\n" "gelaten, maar punt kommentaar en bestandspositie's blijven bewaard.\n" "Als geen precieze overeenkomst gevonden kan worden, zal fuzzy matching gebruikt\n" "worden om betere resultaten te verkrijgen. De resultaten worden naar \n" "standaarduitvoer geschreven tenzij een uitvoerbestand is gespecificeerd.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%sLees %d oud + %d referentie, samengevoegd %d, fuzzied(gevaagd) %d, " "ontbrekend %d, overbodig %d.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " done.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Gebruik: %s [OPTIE] [BESTAND]...\n" "Verplichte argumenten voor lange opties zijn ook verplicht voor korte opties.\n" " -e, --no-escape gebruik geen C escapes in uitvoer (standaard)\n" " -E, --escape gebruik C escapes in uitvoer, geen extended\n" " karakters\n" " --force-po schrijf PO bestand zelfs als het leeg is\n" " -h, --help laat hulp-tekst zien en bekindig programma\n" " -i, --indent gebruik geindenteerde uitvoer-stijl\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE uitvoer gaat naar BESTAND\n" "\n" " --strict gebruik strikte Uniforum-stijl\n" " -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma\n" " -w, --width=NUMMER stel uitvoer paginabreedte in\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Konverteer binaire .mo bestanden naar Uniforum-stijl .po bestanden.\n" "Zowel klein-endian en groot-endian .mo bestanden zijn toegestaan.\n" "Als invoerbestand - is of leeg, lees standaardinvoer.\n" "Standaard wordt de uitvoer gescreven naar standaarduitvoer.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "fout tijdens lezen \"%s\"" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "bestand \"%s\" ingekort" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "zoek \"%s\" offset %ld gefaald" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "bestand \"%s\" is geen GNU .mo bestand" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "ontbrekend `msgstr' gedeelte" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "%d fatale fouten gevonden" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "te veel fouten, afgebroken" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "sleutelwoord \"%s\" onbekend" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "illegale kontrol sequence" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "einde-regel-teken in string" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "einde-bestand-teken in string" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "standaard invoer" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "%s:%d: let op: niet getermineerde karakter konstante" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "%s:%d: let op: niet getermineerde string literal" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" "--join-existing kan niet gebruikt worden indien uitvoer naar " "standaarduitvoer\n" "wordt geschreven" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "let op: bestand `%s' extensie `%s' is onbekend; ga C proberen" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Gebruik: %s [OPTIE] INVOERBESTAND ...\n" "Verplichte argument bij lange opties zijn ook verplicht bij korte opties.\n" " -a, --extract-all extraheer alle strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] plaats een kommentaar blok met TAG (of deze\n" " voorafgaande sleutelwoord regels) in uitvoer\n" " -C, --c++ herken C++ stijl kommentaar\n" " --debug meer gedetaileerde formatstring resultaat\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAAM gebruik NAAM.po voor uitvoer\n" " (in plaats van messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY zoek invoerbestanden ook in DIRECTORY\n" " -e, --no-escape gebruik geen C escapes in uitvoer (standaard)\n" " -E, --escape gebruik C escapes in uitvoer, geen extended\n" " karakters\n" " -f, --files-from=BESTAND haal lijst van invoerbestand uit BESTAND\n" " --force-po maak altijd een (eventueel leeg) PO bestand\n" " --foreign-user laat FSF kopierecht weg voor vreemde gebruiker\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sorteer uitvoer bij bestandslokatie\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma\n" " -i, --indent indenteer uitvoer\n" " -j, --join-existing voeg melding same met bestaand bestand\n" " -k, --keyword[=WOORD] additioneel sleutelwoord om naar te zoeken\n" " (WOORD = \"\": negeer standaard sleutelwoorden)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMMER string lengte limiet is NUMMER i.p.v. %u\n" " -L, --language=NAAM herken de gespecificeerde TAAL (C, C++, PO)\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] gebruik STRING of \"\" als voorvoegsel voor\n" " msgstr ingangen\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] gebruik STRING of \"\" als achtervoegsel voor\n" " msgstr ingangen\n" " --no-location geen '#: filename:line' regels\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location voeg '#: filename:line' regels toe (standaard)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=BESTAND schrijf uitvoer naar gespecificeerd bestand\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR plaats uitvoerbestanden in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output sorteer uitvoer en verwijder dubbelen\n" " --strict uitvoer volgens strikte Uniforum stijl\n" " -T, --trigraphs accepteer ANSI C trigraphs als invoer\n" " -V, --version toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma\n" " -w, --width=NUMMER stel pagina uitvoer breedte in\n" " -x, --exclude-file=BESTAND ingangen van BESTAND worden niet gekxtraheerd\n" "\n" "Als INVOERBESTAND - is, lees standaardinvoer.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "taal `%s' onbekend" #~ msgid "Report bugs to .\n" #~ msgstr "Meld fouten via .\n" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/no.po0000644000175000017500000010052506522270000013303 0ustar jrjr# Norwegian messages for GNU gettext. (bokmål dialect) # Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Karl Anders Øygard , 1996. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.12\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1996-05-11 10:24 -0400\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Anders Øygard \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian-bokmål \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Ukjent systemfeil" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «%s» er flertydig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «--%s» tar ikke argumenter\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «%c%s» tar ikke argumenter\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «%s» behøver et argument\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: ukjent flagg «--%s»\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: ukjent flagg «%c%s»\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ulovlig flagg -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ugyldig flagg -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: flagg behøver et argument -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «%s» er flertydig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «--%s» tar ikke argumenter\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "minnet oppbrukt" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "mangler argument" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "for mange argumenter" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Prøv «%s --help» for mer informasjon\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN hent oversatte meldinger fra TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e slå på ekspandering av noen escape-sekvenser\n" " -E (tillatt av kompatibilitetshensyn)\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt\n" " -n undertrykk etterfølgende linjeskift\n" " -v, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID hent oversatt melding som stemmer overens med MSGID\n" " fra TEXTDOMAIN\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Hvis TEXTDOMAIN-parameteren ikke er gitt, blir domenet valgt fra\n" "miljøvariabelen TEXTDOMAIN. Hvis meldingskatalogen ikke finnes i den\n" "vanlige filkatalogen, kan en annen filkatalog spesifiseres ved hjelp av\n" "miljøvariabelen TEXTDOMAIN.\n" "Når flagget -s blir brukt, oppfører programmet seg som kommandoen «echo».\n" "Programmet kopierer imidlertid ikke sine argumenter til standard ut. I\n" "stedet blir meldinger i den valgte katalogen oversatt.\n" "Standard søkekatalog er: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "internasjonaliserte meldinger skal ikke inneholde escape-sekvensen «\\%c»" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "kan ikke opprette utfilen \"%s\"" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "standard ut" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "feil under skriving av filen \"%s\"" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "ingen innfiler spesifisert" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "behøver nøyaktig to innfiler" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] def.po ref.po\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" "\n" "Sammenligner to Uniforum .po-filer for å sjekke at begge inneholder det\n" "samme settet msgid-strenger. def.po-filen er en eksisterende PO-fil med de\n" "gamle oversettelsene. ref.po-filen er den sist genererte PO-filen\n" "(vanligvis generert med xgettext). Dette er nyttig for å sjekke at du har\n" "oversatt alle meldinger i programmet. Der en eksakt overensstemmelse ikke\n" "finnes, blir «fuzzy» sammenligning brukt for å få bedre diagnostikk.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "denne meldingen er brukt, men ikke definert..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "... men denne definisjonen ligner" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "denne meldingen er brukt, men ikke definert i %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "advarsel: denne meldingen er ikke brukt" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "duplisert definisjon av melding" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "... dette er lokasjonen til den første definisjonen" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "denne meldingen har ingen definisjon i \"%s\"-domenet" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "under klargjøring av utdata" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s og %s utelukker hverandre" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -a, --extract-all ekstrahér alle strenger\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] lagre kommentarblokker med TAG (eller\n" " kommentarer i linjer som kommer foran\n" " nøkkelord) i utfilen\n" " -C, --c++ kjenn igjen C++-kommentarer\n" " --debug mer detaljert resultat fra igjenkjenning av\n" " formatstreng\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAVN lagre utdata i NAVN.po (i stedet for\n" " messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG skift til FILKATALOG før prosessering\n" " -e, --no-escape ikke bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvidede tegn\n" " -f, --files-from=FIL hent liste av innfiler fra FIL\n" " --force-po skriv PO-fil selv om den vil bli tom\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sorter utdata etter fil-lokasjon\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location lag '#: filenavn:linje'-linjer (forvalgt)\n" " --omit-header ikke lag startseksjon med «msgid \"\"»\n" " -p, --output-dir=KAT plassér utfiler i filkatalogen KAT\n" " -s, --sort-output sortér utdata og ta bort duplikater\n" " --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konform .po-fil\n" " -T, --trigraphs forstå ANSI C trigraphs i inndata\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" " -w, --width=NUMMER sett sidestørrelse for utdata\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FIL innslag fra FIL blir ikke ekstrahert\n" "\n" "Dersom INNFIL er -, vil det bli lest fra standard inn.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "feil under åpning av «%s» for lesing" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "denne filen kan ikke inneholde domene-nøkkelord" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "ingen innfil spesifisert" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "feil under åpning av \"%s\" for skriving" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d oversatte meldinger" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d antatte oversettelser" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d uoversatte meldinger" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] filnavn.po ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -a, --alignment=ANTALL justér strenger til ANTALL bytes (forvalgt: %d)\n" " -c, --check gjør språkavhengige tester på strengene\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG legg FILKATALOG til kataloger å søke i\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy bruk antatte linjer i utdata\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt\n" " --no-hash binærfil skal ikke inneholde hash-tabell\n" " -o, --output-file=FILNAVN sett utfil til FILNAVN\n" " --statistics\n" " --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konform .po-fil\n" " -v, --verbose list alle avvik i innfil\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" "\n" "Dersom flagget -v blir gitt flere ganger, gis mer fyldige meldinger.\n" "\n" "Hvis innfil er -, vil inndata bli lest fra standard inn. Dersom utfil er -,\n" "vil utdata bli skrevet til standard ut.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "mens hash-tabellen ble laget" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "advarsel: intet filhode funnet" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "domenenavnet \"%s\" passer ikke som filnavn" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "domenenavnet \"%s\" passer ikke som filnavn: bruker prefiks" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "nøkkelord «domain %s» ignorert" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "tom «msgstr»-linje ignorert" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "antatt «msgstr»-linje ignorert" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "filhodefelt «%s» mangler i filhode" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "filhodefelt «%s» skulle ha startet ved begynnelsen av linjen" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "noen filhodefelt har fremdeles sin initielle verdi" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "feltet «%s» har fremdeles sin forvalgte verdi" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "ADVARSEL: kildefil har antatte oversettelser" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 #, fuzzy msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "«msgid»- og «msgstr»-verdiene begynner ikke begge med '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 #, fuzzy msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "«msgid»- og «msgstr»-verdiene slutter ikke begge med '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "" "antall format-spesifiseringer i «msgid» og «msgstr» stemmer ikke overens" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "format-spesifiseringene for argument %u er ulike" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG legg FILKATALOG til kataloger å søke i\n" " -e, --no-escape ikke bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvidede tegn\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt\n" " -i, --indent indentert utdata\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL resultat blir skrevet til FIL\n" " --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konformt utdata\n" " -v, --verbose gi mer fyldige meldinger\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" " -w, --width=NUMMER sett sidestørrelse for utdata\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Fletter sammen to Uniforum .po-filer. def.po-filen er en eksisterende\n" "PO-fil med gamle oversettelser, som vil bli overført til den nye filen\n" "dersom de fremdeles stemmer. Kommentarer blir tatt med, men kommentarer om\n" "selve ekstraheringen og fil-posisjoner blir slettet. ref.po-filen er den\n" "sist genererte PO-filen (vanligvis generert med xgettext). Oversettelser\n" "eller kommentarer i denne filen blir slettet, men punktum-kommentarer og\n" "fil-posisjoner blir ivaretatt. Der det ikke lar seg gjøre å finne en\n" "eksakt overensstemmelse, blir «fuzzy» sammenligning brukt for å få bedre\n" "resultater. Resultatet blir skrevet til standard ut, med mindre en utfil\n" "er spesifisert.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%sLeste %d gamle + %d referanser, flettet %d, antok %d, mangler %d,\n" "foreldete %d.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " ferdig.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -e, --no-escape ikke bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvidede tegn\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt\n" " -i, --indent indentert utdata\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL resultat blir skrevet til FIL i stedet for\n" " standard ut\n" " --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konformt utdata\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" " -w, --width=NUMMER sett sidestørrelse for utdata\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Konverter binære .mo-filer til Uniforum .po-filer.\n" "Både «little-endian» og «big-endian» .mo filer blir håndtert.\n" "Dersom innfil er -, blir standard inn lest.\n" "Dersom intet annet er spesifisert, blir det skrevet til standard ut.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "feil under lesing av \"%s\"" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "filen \"%s\" er avkuttet" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "«seek» \"%s\" posisjon %ld feilet" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "filen \"%s\" er ikke i GNU .mo-format" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "mangler «msgstr»-seksjon" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "fant %d fatale feil" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "for mange feil, avslutter" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "nøkkelord \"%s\" ukjent" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "ulovlig kontrollsekvens" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "slutt-på-linje inne i streng" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "slutt-på-fil inne i streng" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "standard inn" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" "--join-existing kan ikke brukes når utdata blir skrevet til standard ut" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "advarsel: typen til fil «%s» med ekstensjon «%s» er ukjent, forsøker C" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -a, --extract-all ekstrahér alle strenger\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] lagre kommentarblokker med TAG (eller\n" " kommentarer i linjer som kommer foran\n" " nøkkelord) i utfilen\n" " -C, --c++ kjenn igjen C++-kommentarer\n" " --debug mer detaljert resultat fra igjenkjenning av\n" " formatstreng\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAVN lagre utdata i NAVN.po (i stedet for\n" " messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG skift til FILKATALOG før prosessering\n" " -e, --no-escape ikke bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvidede tegn\n" " -f, --files-from=FIL hent liste av innfiler fra FIL\n" " --force-po skriv PO-fil selv om den vil bli tom\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sorter utdata etter fil-lokasjon\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt\n" " -i, --indent skriv .po-filen med indentering\n" " -j, --join-existing flett sammen meldinger med eksisterende fil\n" " -k, --keyword[=ORD] se også etter nøkkelordet ORD (mangler ORD,\n" " skal heller ikke vanlige nøkkelord brukes)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMMER sett største streng-lengde til NUMMER\n" " i stedet for %u\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRENG] bruk STRENG eller \"\" som prefiks for\n" " msgstr-verdier\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRENG] bruk STRENG eller \"\" som suffiks for\n" " msgstr-verdier\n" " --no-location ikke lag '#: filnavn:linje'-linjer\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location lag '#: filenavn:linje'-linjer (forvalgt)\n" " --omit-header ikke lag startseksjon med «msgid \"\"»\n" " -p, --output-dir=KAT plassér utfiler i filkatalogen KAT\n" " -s, --sort-output sortér utdata og ta bort duplikater\n" " --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konform .po-fil\n" " -T, --trigraphs forstå ANSI C trigraphs i inndata\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" " -w, --width=NUMMER sett sidestørrelse for utdata\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FIL innslag fra FIL blir ikke ekstrahert\n" "\n" "Dersom INNFIL er -, vil det bli lest fra standard inn.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "" #~ msgid "this is the location of the first definition" #~ msgstr "den første definisjonen finnes her" #~ msgid "duplicate message ID" #~ msgstr "duplisert meldings-id" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/no@nynorsk.po0000644000175000017500000007750506522270000015042 0ustar jrjr# Norwegian messages for GNU gettext. (nynorsk dialect) # Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Karl Anders Øygard , 1996. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1996-03-21 08:46 EST\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Anders Øygard \n" "Language-Team: Norwegian-nynorsk \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «%s» er fleirtydig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «--%s» tek ikkje argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «%c%s» tek ikkje argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «%s» treng eit argument\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: ulovleg flagg -- %c\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: ulovleg flagg -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ulovleg flagg -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ulovleg flagg -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: flagg treng eit argument -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «%s» er fleirtydig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flagg «--%s» tek ikkje argument\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "manglar argument" #: src/gettextp.c:164 #, fuzzy msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "manglar argument" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Prøv «%s --help» for meir informasjon\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN hent oversette meldingar frå TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e slå på ekspansjon av nokre escape-sekvensar\n" " -E (tillete av kompatibilitetsomsyn)\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksta og avslutt\n" " -n undertrykk etterfølgjande linjeskift\n" " -v, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID hent oversett melding som stemmer overeins med\n" " MSGID frå TEXTDOMAIN\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Dersom TEXTDOMAIN-parameteren ikkje er gjeven, vert domenet valgt frå\n" "miljø-variabelen TEXTDOMAIN. Dersom meldingskatalogen ikkje finst i den\n" "vanlege filkatalogen, kan ein annan filkatalog spesifiserast ved hjelp av\n" "miljø-variabelen TEXTDOMAIN.\n" "Når flagget -s vert brukt, oppfører programmet seg som kommandoen «echo»,\n" "men gjer ikkje ein enkel kopiering av argumenta sine til standard ut. I\n" "staden vert meldingar som er funne i den valgte katalogen oversatt.\n" "Standard søkekatalog er: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "internasjonaliserte meldingar skal ikkje innehalde escape-sekvensen «\\%c»" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "kan ikkje skape utfila \"%s\"" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "feil under skriving av fila \"%s\"" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 #, fuzzy msgid "no input files given" msgstr "inga innfil spesifisert" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "treng nøyaktig to innfiler" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] def.po ref.po\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksta og avslutt\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" "\n" "Samanliknar to Uniforum .po-filer for å sjekke at begge inneheld det samme\n" "settet msgid-strengar. def.po-filen er ein eksisterende PO-fil med dei\n" "gamle oversetjingane. ref.po-filen er den sist genererte PO-fila\n" "(vanligvis generert med xgettext). Dette er nyttig for å sjekke at du har\n" "oversett alle meldingar i programmet. Der samsvar ikkje kan finnast, vert\n" "«fuzzy» samanlikning brukt for å få betre diagnostikk.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "denne meldinga er brukt, men ikkje definert..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "... men denne definisjonen liknar" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "denne meldinga er brukt, men ikkje definert i %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "advarsel: denne meldinga er ikkje brukt" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 #, fuzzy msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "den første definisjonen finst her" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "denne meldinga har ingen definisjon i \"%s\"-domenet" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "under klargjering av utdata" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s og %s utelukker kvarandre" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 #, fuzzy msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "nøyaktig to filer må spesifiserast" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -a, --extract-all ekstrahér alle strengar\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] lagre kommentarblokker med TAG (eller\n" " kommentarar i linjer som kjem foran\n" " nøkkelord) i utfila\n" " -C, --c++ kjenn igjen C++-kommentarar\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAVN lagre utdata i NAVN.po (i staden for\n" " messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG skift til FILKATALOG før prosessering\n" " -e, --no-escape ikkje bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvida teikn\n" " -f, --files-from=FIL hent liste av innfiler frå FIL\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sorter utdata etter fil-lokasjon\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksta og avslutt\n" " -i, --indent lag indentert utdata\n" " -j, --join-existing flett saman meldingar med eksisterande fil\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -p, --output-dir=KAT plassér utfiler i filkatalogen KAT\n" " -s, --sort-output sortér utdata og ta bort duplikat\n" " --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konform .po-fil\n" " -T, --trigraphs forstå ANSI C trigraphs i inndata\n" " -v, --verbose gje fyldige advarslar\n" " -v, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FIL innslag frå FIL vert ikkje ekstrahert\n" "\n" "Dersom INNFIL er -, vil det verte lese frå standard inn.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "feil under skriving av fila \"%s\"" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "denne fila kan innehalde domene-nøkkelord" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "inga innfil spesifisert" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "feil under skriving av fila \"%s\"" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] filnavn.po ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -a, --alignment=ANTALL justér strengar til ANTALL bytes (forvalgt: %d)\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksta og avslutt\n" " --no-hash binærfil skal ikkje innehalde hash-tabell\n" " -o, --output-file=FILNAVN sett utfil til FILNAVN\n" " --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konform .po-fil\n" " -v, --verbose list alle avvik i innfil\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" "\n" "Dersom innfil er -, vil inndata verte lest frå standard inn. Dersom utfil\n" "er -, vil utdata verte skrive til standard ut.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "mens hash-tabellen vart laga" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "advarsel: denne meldinga er ikkje brukt" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "domenenamn \"%s\" passar ikkje som filnavn" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "domenenamnet \"%s\" passar ikkje som filnavn: brukar prefiks" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 #, fuzzy msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "«msgid»- og «msgstr»-verdiane byrjarr ikkje båe med '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 #, fuzzy msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "«msgid»- og «msgstr»-verdiane sluttar ikkje båe med '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "" "antall format-spesifiseringar i «msgid» og «msgstr» stemmer ikkje overeins" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "format-spesifiseringane for argument %u er ulike" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -e, --no-escape ikkje bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvida teikn\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksta og avslutt\n" " -i, --indent indentert utdata\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL resultat vert skrive til FIL\n" " -S, --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konformt utdata\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Fletter saman to Uniforum .po-filer. def.po-filen er ei eksisterande\n" "PO-fil med gamle oversetjingar, som vil verte overført til den nye fila\n" "dersom dei framleis stemmer. Kommentarar vert teke med, men kommentarer om\n" "sjølve ekstraheringa og fil-posisjoner vert sletta. ref.po-filen er den\n" "sist genererte PO-fila (vanlegvis generert med xgettext). Oversetjingar\n" "eller kommentarer i denne fila vert sletta, men punktum-kommentarer og\n" "fil-posisjonar vert teke vare på. Der det ikkje er mogleg å finne ei\n" "eksakt overeinsstemming, vert «fuzzy» samanlikning brukt for å få betre\n" "resultat. Resultatet vert skrive til standard ut, med mindre ei utfil er\n" "spesifisert.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -e, --no-escape ikkje bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvida teikn\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksta og avslutt\n" " -i, --indent indentert utdata\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL resultat vert skrive til FIL\n" " -S, --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konformt utdata\n" " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Konverter binære .mo-filer til Uniforum .po-filer. Både «little-endian» og\n" "«big-endian» .mo filer vert håndtert. Dersom innfil er -, blir standard\n" "inn lest. Dersom utfil er -, vert det skrive til standard ut.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "feil under skriving av fila \"%s\"" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "filen \"%s\" er avkutta" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "«seek» \"%s\" posisjon %ld feila" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "fila \"%s\" er ikkje i GNU .mo-format" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "manglar «msgstr»-seksjon" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "%s: fann %d fatale feil" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 #, fuzzy msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "%s: for mange feil, avsluttar" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg.\n" " -a, --extract-all ekstrahér alle strengar\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] lagre kommentarblokker med TAG (eller\n" " kommentarar i linjer som kjem foran\n" " nøkkelord) i utfila\n" " -C, --c++ kjenn igjen C++-kommentarar\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAVN lagre utdata i NAVN.po (i staden for\n" " messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=FILKATALOG skift til FILKATALOG før prosessering\n" " -e, --no-escape ikkje bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvida teikn\n" " -f, --files-from=FIL hent liste av innfiler frå FIL\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sorter utdata etter fil-lokasjon\n" " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksta og avslutt\n" " -i, --indent lag indentert utdata\n" " -j, --join-existing flett saman meldingar med eksisterande fil\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -k, --keyword[=ORD] sjå også etter nøkkelordet ORD (manglar ORD,\n" " skal ikkje dei vanlege nøkkelorda nyttast)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMMER sett største streng-lengde til NUMMER\n" " i staden for %u\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRENG] bruk STRENG eller \"\" som prefiks for\n" " msgstr-verdiar\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRENG] bruk STRENG eller \"\" som suffiks for\n" " msgstr-verdiar\n" " --no-location ikkje lag «#: filnavn:linje»-linjer\n" " -n, --add-location lag «#: filenavn:linje»-linjer (forvalgt)\n" " --omit-header ikkje lag startseksjon med «msgid \"\"»\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -p, --output-dir=KAT plassér utfiler i filkatalogen KAT\n" " -s, --sort-output sortér utdata og ta bort duplikat\n" " --strict lag strengt Uniforum-konform .po-fil\n" " -T, --trigraphs forstå ANSI C trigraphs i inndata\n" " -v, --verbose gje fyldige advarslar\n" " -v, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FIL innslag frå FIL vert ikkje ekstrahert\n" "\n" "Dersom INNFIL er -, vil det verte lese frå standard inn.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "" #~ msgid "this is the location of the first definition" #~ msgstr "den første definisjonen finst her" #~ msgid "cannot change to directory \"%s\"" #~ msgstr "kan ikkje skifte til filkatalog \"%s\"" #~ msgid "cannot change back to directory \"%s\"" #~ msgstr "kan ikkje skifte tilbake til filkatalog \"%s\"" #~ msgid "found %d errors" #~ msgstr "fann %d feil" #~ msgid "" #~ "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.mo filename.po\n" #~ "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" #~ " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" #~ " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" #~ " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" #~ " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" #~ " -S, --strict\t write strict uniforum style\n" #~ " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bruk: %s [FLAGG] INNFIL ...\n" #~ "Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte " #~ "flagg.\n" #~ " -e, --no-escape ikkje bruk C-escapekoder i utdata (forvalgt)\n" #~ " -E, --escape bruk C-escapekoder i utdata, ingen utvideda " #~ "teikn\n" #~ " -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksta og avslutt\n" #~ " -i, --indent lag indentert utdata\n" #~ " -S, --strict\t lag utdata som er strengt Uniforum-konformt\n" #~ " -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt\n" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/pl.po0000644000175000017500000010256206522270001013306 0ustar jrjr# Polish translations for the GNU gettext messages # Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Rafa³ Maszkowski , 1995-1997 # Piotr Pogorzelski , 1995 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.31\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1997-08-19 19:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rafa³ Maszkowski \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Nieznany b³±d systemu" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: opcja: `%s' jest niejednoznaczna\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: opcja `--%s' nie mo¿e mieæ argumentu\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: opcja `%c%s' nie mo¿e mieæ argumentu\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: opcja `%s' wymaga argumentu\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: nieznana opcja `--%s'\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: nieznana opcja `%c%s'\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: niedozwolona opcja -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: b³êdna opcja -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: opcja wymaga argumentu -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: opcja `-W %s' jest niejednoznaczna\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: opcja `-W %s' nie mo¿e mieæ argumentu\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "pamiêæ wyczerpana" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "Ten program jest darmowy; warunki kopiowania s± opisane w ¼ród³ach.\n" "Autorzy nie daj± ¯ADNYCH gwarancji, w tym nawet gwarancji SPRZEDAWALNO¦CI\n" "lub PRZYDATNO¦CI DO KONKRETNYCH CELÓW.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "Zapisane przez %s.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "brakuj±ce argumenty" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "za du¿o argumentów" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Spróbuj `%s --help' ¿eby otrzymaæ wiêcej informacji.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] [[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN wydob±d¼ przet³umaczone komunikaty z TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e w³±cz rozwijanie niektórych sekwencji escape\n" " -E (ignorowane, dla kompatybilno¶ci)\n" " -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz\n" " -n wy³±cz koñcowy znak nowej linii\n" " -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID wydob±d¼ przet³umaczony komunikat odpowiadaj±cy\n" " MSGID z TEXTDOMAIN\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Je¿eli parametr TEXTDOMAIN nie jest podany, domena jest wyznaczana ze zmiennej\n" "¶rodowiska TEXTDOMAIN. Je¿eli katalog komunikatów nie zostanie znaleziony w\n" "zwyk³ym katalogu, inna lokalizacja mo¿e byæ podana przez zmienn± ¶rodowiska\n" "TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "Je¿eli u¿yty z opcj± -s, program zachowuje siê jak komenda `echo', ale zamiast\n" "kopiowaæ argumenty na standardowe wyj¶cie t³umaczy komunikaty znalezione w\n" "wybranym katalogu.\n" "Domy¶lnie przeszukiwany katalog: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 #, fuzzy msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "Raporty o b³êdach wysy³aj do .\n" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "umiêdzynaradawiane komunikaty nie powinny zawieraæ sekwenji `\\%c'" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "nie mogê utworzyæ pliku wyj¶ciowego \"%s\"" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "standardowe wyj¶cie" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "b³±d podczas pisania do pliku \"%s\"" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "nie podano nazw plików wej¶ciowych" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "wymagane s± dok³adnie dwa pliki wej¶ciowe" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] def.po ref.po\n" "Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich.\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG szukaj plików wej¶ciowych równie¿ w KATALOGu\n" " -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz\n" " -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz\n" "\n" "Porównaj dwa pliki .po w stylu Uniforum, ¿eby sprawdziæ czy zawieraj± te\n" "same zbiory ³añcuchów msgid. Plik def.po to istniej±cy plik PO ze starymi\n" "t³umaczeniami. Plik ref.po jest ostatnio utworzonym plikiem PO \n" "(zwykle przez xgettext). Jest to przydatne do stwierdzenia czy wszystkie\n" "komunikaty w programie zosta³y przet³umaczone. Tam gdzie nie mo¿na\n" "porównaæ dok³adnie u¿ywane jest porównanie rozmyte, dla lepszej diagnostyki.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "ten komunikat jest u¿yty, ale nie zdefiniowany..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...ale ta definicja jest podobna" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "ten komunikat jest u¿yty, ale nie zdefiniowany w %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "uwaga: ten komunikat nie jest u¿yty" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "podwójna definicja komunikatu" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...to jest po³o¿enie pierwszej definicji" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "ten komunikat nie ma definicji w domenie \"%s\"" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "podczas przygotowywania wyniku" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s i %s wzajemnie siê wykluczaj±" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] PLIK_WEJ¦CIOWY ...\n" "Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich.\n" " -a, --extract-all wydob±d¼ wszystkie komunikaty\n" " -c, --add-comments[=ZNACZNIK] umie¶æ blok komentarza ze ZNACZNIKiem (lub\n" " z poprzedzaj±cymi liniami s³ów kluczowych) w\n" " pliku wyj¶ciowym\n" " -C, --c++ rozpoznawaj komentarze w stylu C++\n" " --debug bardziej wnikliwe rozpoznwanie formatu\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN wydob±d¼ przet³umaczone komunikaty z TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG szukaj plików wej¶ciowych równie¿ w KATALOGu\n" " -e, --no-escape nie u¿ywaj sekwencji escape w wynikach (domy¶lne)\n" " -E, --escape u¿yj sekwencji escape C, bez znaków rozszerzonych\n" " -f, --files-from=PLIK pobierz listê plików wej¶ciowych z PLIKu\n" " --force-po zapisz nawet pusty plik PO\n" " --foreign-user omiñ informacjê o prawach autorskich FSF\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sortuj wyniki wg po³o¿enia plików\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location pisz linie '#: nazwa_pliku:linia' " "(domy¶lnie)\n" " --omit-header nie zapisuj nag³ówka z `msgid \"\"'\n" " -o, --output=FILE zapisz do podanego pliku\n" " -p, --output-dir=KATALOG pliki wynikowe bêd± w katalogu KATALOG\n" " -s, --sort-output wynik posortuj i usuñ duplikaty\n" " --strict zapisz plik .po ¶ci¶le w stylu Uniforum\n" " -T, --trigraphs rozumiej trójznaki ANSI C w danych " "wej¶ciowych\n" " -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz\n" " -w, --width=LICZBA ustal szeroko¶æ strony\n" " -x, --exclude-file=PLIK nie wydobywaj rekordów zapisanych w PLIKu\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "b³±d w czasie otwierania \"%s\" do czytania" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "ten plik nie mo¿e zawieraæ dyrektyw domen" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "nie podano nazwy pliku wej¶ciowego" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "b³±d otwarcia \"%s\" do pisania" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d przet³umaczonych komunikatów" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d t³umaczeñ budzi w±tpliwo¶ci" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d nie przet³umaczonych komunikatów" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] plik.po ...\n" "Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich.\n" " -a, --alignment=ILO¦Æ dosuñ do równej ILO¦Ci bajtów (domy¶lnie: %d)\n" " -c, --check dokonaj zale¿nych od jêzyka sprawdzeñ znaków\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG szukaj plików wej¶ciowych równie¿ w KATALOGu\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy u¿yj t³umaczeñ niepewnych w danych wyj¶ciowych\n" " -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz pracê\n" " --no-hash w pliku binarnym nie bêdzie tablicy mieszaj±cej\n" " -o, --output-file=PLIK podaj nazwê pliku wyj¶ciowego PLIK\n" " --statistics wypisz statystykê t³umaczeñ\n" " --strict przejd¼ na ¶cis³y tyryb Uniforum\n" " -v, --verbose wypisz anomalie w pliku wej¶ciowym\n" " -V, --version wypisz informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz\n" "\n" "Podanie opcji -v wiecêj ni¿ raz zwiêksza ilo¶æ podawanych informacji.\n" "\n" "Je¿eli plik wej¶ciowy to -, czytane jest wej¶cie standardowe. Jezeli plik\n" "wyj¶ciowy to -, wyniki s± wysy³ane do standardowego wyj¶cia.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "podczas tworzenia tablicy mieszaj±cej" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "%s: uwaga: nie znaleziono nag³ówka" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "nazwa domeny \"%s\" nie jest odpowiedni± nazwa pliku" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "nazwa domeny \"%s\" nie jest dobra jako nazwa pliku: u¿yjê przedrostka" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "dyrektywa `domena %s' zignorowana" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "zignorowana pusta warto¶æ `msgstr'" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "zignorowana niepewna (fuzzy) warto¶æ `msgstr'" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "w nag³ówku brakuje pola `%s'" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "pole nag³ówka `%s' powinno siê zaczynaæ na pocz±tku linii" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "niektóre pola nag³ówka nadal zawieraj± pocz±tkowe warto¶ci domy¶lne" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "pole `%s' ma nadal pocz±tkow± warto¶æ domy¶ln±" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "%s: uwaga: plik ¼ród³owy zawiera t³umaczenie budz±ce w±tpliwo¶ci" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "`msgid' i `msgstr' nie zaczynaj± siê oba od '\\n'`" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "`msgid' i `msgstr' nie koñcz± siê oba na '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "nie zgadza siê ilo¶æ specyfikacji formatu w `msgid' i w `msgstr'" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "specyfikacje formatu dla argumentu %u nie s± takie same" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] def.po ref.po\n" "Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich.\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG szukaj plików wej¶ciowych równie¿ w KATALOGu\n" " -e --no-escape nie u¿ywaj rozwijania sekwencji escape (domy¶lne)\n" " -E --escape u¿yj sekwencje escape, bez znaków rozszerzonych\n" " --force-po zapisz nawet pusty plik PO\n" " -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz\n" " -i, --indent wyniki z wciêciami\n" " -o, --output-file=PLIK wyniki bêd± zapisane do PLIKu\n" " --no-location nie generuj linii '#: filename:line'\n" " --add-location generuj linie '#: filename:line' (domy¶lne)\n" " --strict ¶cis³y styl Uniforum\n" " -v, --verbose podawaj wiêcej informacji\n" " -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz\n" " -w, --width=LICZBA ustal szeroko¶æ strony\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "£±czy razem dwa pliki .po w stylu Uniforum. Plik def.po jest istniej±cym\n" "plikiem PO ze starymi t³umaczeniami, które bêd± przeniesione do nowo\n" "utworzonego pliku je¿eli nadal pasuj±; komentarze bêd± zachowane, ale\n" "komentarze wydobyte i pozycje w pliku bêd± zignorowane.\n" "Plik ref.po jest ostanio utworzonym plikiem PO (zwykle przez xgettext),\n" "t³umaczenia i komentarze w nim zawarte bêd± zignorowane, ale komentarze z\n" "kropk± i pozycje w plikach bêd± zachowane. Tam gdzie nie mo¿na porównaæ\n" "dok³adnie u¿ywane jest porównanie rozmyte, dla lepszych wyników. Wyniki s±\n" "pisane na standardowe wyj¶cie je¿eli plik wyj¶iowy nie jest podany.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%sPrzeczytane %d starych + %d odno¶ników, %d do³±czonych, %d niedok³adnych, " "%d brakuj±cych, %d przestarza³ych.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " zrobione.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] def.po ref.po\n" "Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich.\n" " -e --no-escape nie u¿ywaj rozwijania sekwencji escape (domy¶lne)\n" " -E --escape u¿yj sekwencje escape, bez znaków rozszerzonych\n" " --force-po zapisz nawet pusty plik PO\n" " -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz\n" " -i, --indent wyniki z wciêciami\n" " -o, --output-file=PLIK wyniki bêd± zapisane do PLIKu\n" " --strict ¶cis³y styl Uniforum\n" " -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz\n" " -w, --width=LICZBA ustal szeroko¶æ strony\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Konwersja binarnych plików .mo do plików .po w stylu Uniforum.\n" "U¿yte mog± byæ zarówno pliki .mo little-endian i big-endian.\n" "Je¿eli plik wej¶ciowy to -, czytane jest wej¶cie standardowe. Jezeli plik\n" "wyj¶ciowy to -, wyniki s± wysy³ane do standardowego wyj¶cia.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "b³±d w czasie czytania \"%s\"" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "obciêty plik \"%s\"" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "nieudane przej¶cie do pozycji w \"%s\", ofset %ld" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "plik \"%s\" nie jest w formacie .mo GNU" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "brak czêsci `msgstr'" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "znaleziono %d b³êdów krytycznych" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "%s: za du¿o b³êdów, przerywam" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "nieznane s³owo kluczowe \"%s\"" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "niedozwolona sekwencja steruj±ca" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "znak koñca wiersza wewn±trz ³añcucha" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "znak koñca pliku wewn±trz ³añcucha" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "wej¶cie standardowe" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "%s:%d: uwaga: niezakoñczona sta³a znakowa" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "%s:%d: uwaga: niezakoñczona sta³a ³añcuchowa" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "--join-existing nie mo¿e byæ u¿yte kiedy wyniki" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "uwaga: typ pliku `%s' z rozszerzeniem `%s' jest nieznany; spróbujê C" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] PLIK_WEJ¦CIOWY ...\n" "Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich.\n" " -a, --extract-all wydob±d¼ wszystkie komunikaty\n" " -c, --add-comments[=ZNACZNIK] umie¶æ blok komentarza ze ZNACZNIKiem (lub\n" " z poprzedzaj±cymi liniami s³ów kluczowych) w\n" " pliku wyj¶ciowym\n" " -C, --c++ rozpoznawaj komentarze w stylu C++\n" " --debug bardziej wnikliwe rozpoznwanie formatu\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN wydob±d¼ przet³umaczone komunikaty z TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG szukaj plików wej¶ciowych równie¿ w KATALOGu\n" " -e, --no-escape nie u¿ywaj sekwencji escape w wynikach (domy¶lne)\n" " -E, --escape u¿yj sekwencji escape C, bez znaków rozszerzonych\n" " -f, --files-from=PLIK pobierz listê plików wej¶ciowych z PLIKu\n" " --force-po zapisz nawet pusty plik PO\n" " --foreign-user omiñ informacjê o prawach autorskich FSF\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sortuj wyniki wg po³o¿enia plików\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz\n" " -i, --indent zapisz plik .po z wciêciami\n" " -j, --join-existing po³±cz komunikaty z istniej±cymi\n" " -k, --keyword[=S£OWO] dodatkowe s³owo kluczowe do wyszukania (bez\n" " S£OWO oznacza nieu¿ywanie s³ów domy¶lnych)\n" " -l, --string-limit=ILO¦Æ ustaw limit d³ugo¶ci ³añcucha ILO¦Æ zamiast %u\n" " -L, --language=NAZWA interpretuj podany jêzyk (C, C++, PO), w przeciwnym\n" " wypadku zgadywany z rozszerzenia nazwy pliku\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=£AÑCUCH] u¿yj £AÑCUCH lub \"\" jako przedrostka msgstr\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=£AÑCUCH] u¿yj £AÑCUCH lub \"\" jako przyrostka msgstr\n" " --no-location nie zapisuj linii '#: nazwa_pliku:linia'\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location pisz linie '#: nazwa_pliku:linia' (domy¶lnie)\n" " --omit-header nie zapisuj nag³ówka z `msgid \"\"'\n" " -o, --output=FILE zapisz do podanego pliku\n" " -p, --output-dir=KATALOG pliki wynikowe bêd± w katalogu KATALOG\n" " -s, --sort-output wynik posortuj i usuñ duplikaty\n" " --strict zapisz plik .po ¶ci¶le w stylu Uniforum\n" " -T, --trigraphs rozumiej trójznaki ANSI C w danych wej¶ciowych\n" " -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz\n" " -w, --width=LICZBA ustal szeroko¶æ strony\n" " -x, --exclude-file=PLIK nie wydobywaj rekordów zapisanych w PLIKu\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "nieznany jêzyk `%s'" #~ msgid "Report bugs to .\n" #~ msgstr "Raporty o b³êdach wysy³aj do .\n" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/pt.po0000644000175000017500000010620706522270001013316 0ustar jrjr# Portuguese translation of the "gettext" messages # Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Nuno Oliveira , 1996. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gettext 0.10.23\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1996-09-18 20:51 WET DST\n" "Last-Translator: Nuno Oliveira \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Erro desconhecido do sistema" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: a opção `%s' é ambígua\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: a opção `--%s' não permite um argumento\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: a opção `%c%s' não permite um argumento\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: a opção `%s' requere um argumento\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: opção não reconhecida `--%s'\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: opção não reconhecida `%c%s'\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: opção ilegal -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: opção ilegal -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: opção requere um argumento -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: a opção `%s' é ambígua\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: a opção `--%s' não permite um argumento\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "memória exausta" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "argumentos insuficientes" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "demasiados argumentos" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Tente `%s --help' para mais informação\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Utilização: %s [OPÇÃO] [[[DIALECTO] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=DIALECTO obtém as mensagems traduzidas do DIALECTO\n" " -e permite a expansão de algumas sequências de escape\n" " -E (ignorado para compatibilidade)\n" " -h, --help mostra esta ajuda e sai\n" " -n suprime o newline final\n" " -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai\n" " [DIALECTO] MSGID obtém a mensagem traduzida correspondente a\n" " MSGID do DIALECTO\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Se o parâmetro DIALECTO não for fornecido, o domínio é determinado a\n" "partir da variável TEXTDOMAIN do ambiente. Se o catálogo de mensagens\n" "não for encontrado no directório regular, pode ser especificada outra\n" "localização através da variável TEXTDOMAINDIR do ambiente.\n" "Quando usado com a opção -s, o programa comporta-se como o comando\n" "`echo'. Contudo ele não copia simplesmente os seus argumentos para o\n" "stdout. Em vez disso as mensagens encontradas no catálogo seleccionado\n" "são traduzidas.\n" "Directório standard de pesquisa: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "as mensagens de internacionalização não devem conter\n" "a sequência de escape `\\%c'" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "impossível criar o ficheiro de saída \"%s\"" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "canal de saída por defeito (stdout)" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "erro durante a escrita do ficheiro \"%s\"" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "ficheiros de entrada não fornecidos" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "são necessários exactamente 2 ficheiros" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Utilização: %s [OPÇÃO] def.po ref.po\n" "Os argumentos obrigatórios para as opções longas são igualmente\n" "obrigatórios para as opções curtas.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTÓRIO adiciona DIRECTÓRIO à lista de procura para\n" " os ficheiros de entrada\n" " -h, --help mostra esta ajuda e sai\n" " -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai\n" "\n" "Compara dois ficheiros .po do tipo Uniforum verificando se ambos\n" "contêm o mesmo conjunto de cadeias msgid. O ficheiro def.po deverá ser\n" "um ficheiro PO existente, com as traduções antigas. O ficheiro ref.po\n" "será o último ficheiro PO criado (geralmente pelo xgettext). Isto é\n" "útil para verificar que todas as mensagens no seu programa foram\n" "traduzidas. Quando um emparelhamento exacto não puder ser efectuado,\n" "é usado um emparelhamento aproximado para produzir melhores\n" "diagnósticos.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "esta mensagem é usada mas não definida..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...mas esta definição é semelhante" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "esta mensagem é usada mas não definida em %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "atenção: esta mensagem não é usada" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "definição de mensagem duplicada" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...este é o local da primeira definição" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "esta mensagem não tem definição no domínio \"%s\"" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "durante a preparação da saída" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s e %s são mutuamente exclusivas" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Utilização: %s [OPÇÃO] FICHEIRODEENTRADA...\n" "Os argumentos obrigatórios para as opções longas são igualmente\n" "obrigatórios para as opções curtas.\n" " -a, --extract-all extrai todas as cadeias\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] coloca o bloco comentado com TAG (ou as\n" " linhas de cabeçalho precedentes) no ficheiro\n" " de saída.\n" " -C, --c++ reconhece comentários do tipo C++\n" " --debug produz resultados mais detalhados do\n" " reconhecimento das cadeias de formatação\n" " -d, --default-domain=NOME usa NOME.po para a saída (em vez de\n" " messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTÓRIO adiciona DIRECTÓRIO à lista de procura para\n" " \" os ficheiros de entrada\n" " -e, --no-escape não usa sequências de escape do C na saída\n" " (opção por defeito)\n" " -E, --escape usa sequências de escape do C na saída, não\n" " usando caracteres especiais\n" " -f, --files-from=FICHEIRO obtém lista de ficheiros de entrada de\n" " FICHEIRO\n" " --force-po escreve o ficheiro PO mesmo se este estiver\n" " vazio\n" " -F, --sort-by-file ordena a saída pela localização dos ficheiros\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location gera linhas do tipo '#: filename:line'\n" " (opção utilizada por defeito)\n" " --omit-header não escreve cabeçalhos com campos " "`msgid\"\"'\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR os ficheiros de saída serão colocados no\n" " directório DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output gera resultados ordenados, removendo os\n" " duplicados\n" " --strict escreve um ficheiro .po de acordo com o\n" " modo Uniforum estrito\n" " -T, --trigraphs entende trigrafos ANSI C na entrada\n" " -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai\n" " -w, --width=NÚMERO especifica a largura de página na saída\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FICHEIRO os campos do FICHEIRO não são extraídos\n" "\n" "Se o ficheiro de entrada for -, o canal de entrada por defeito (stdin) é\n" "usado.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "erro durante a abertura de \"%s\" para leitura" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "este ficheiro não pode conter directivas de domínio" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "nenhum ficheiro de entrada fornecido" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "erro durante a abertura de \"%s\" para escrita" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d mensagens traduzidas" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d traduções aproximadas" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d mensagens não traduzidas" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Utilização: %s [OPÇÃO] ficheiro.po ...\n" "Os argumentos obrigatórios para as opções longas são igualmente\n" "obrigatórios para as opções curtas.\n" " -a, --alignment=NÚMERO alinha as cadeias a NÚMERO bytes (defeito: %d)\n" " -c, --check executa testes dependentes da linguagem na\n" " cadeia\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTÓRIO adiciona DIRECTÓRIO à lista de procura para\n" " os ficheiros de entrada\n" " -h, --help mostra esta ajuda e sai\n" " --no-hash o ficheiro binário não irá incluir a tabela\n" " de dispersão\n" " -o, --output-file=FICHEIRO especifica o nome do ficheiro de saída como\n" " FICHEIRO\n" " --statistics escreve informação estatística sobre as\n" " traduções\n" " --strict usa o modo Uniforum estrito\n" " -v, --verbose lista as anormalias no ficheiro de entrada\n" " -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai\n" "\n" "Se o ficheiro de entrada é -, é usado o canal de entrada stdin. Se o\n" "ficheiro de saída é -, a saída é escrita no canal de saída stdout.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "durante a criação da tabela de dispersão" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "cuidado: nenhum elemento encontrado no cabeçalho" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "nome de domínio \"%s\" não apropriado como nome de ficheiro" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "" "nome de domínio \"%s\" não apropriado como nome de ficheiro:\n" "prefixo usado" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "directiva `domínio %s' ignorada" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "elemento `msgstr' vazio ignorada" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 #, fuzzy msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "elemento `msgstr' vazio ignorada" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "o campo `%s' falta no cabeçalho" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "o campo `%s' do cabeçalho deve começar no início da linha" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 #, fuzzy msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "alguns campos do cabeçalho ainda têm o valor inicial por defeito" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "o campo `%s' ainda tem o valor por defeito inicial" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "CUIDADO: o ficheiro fonte contém traduções aproximadas" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 #, fuzzy msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "os campos `msgid' e `msgstr' não começam ambos por '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 #, fuzzy msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "os campos `msgid' e `msgstr' não terminam ambos por '\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "o número de especificações em `msgid' e `msgstr' é diferente" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "as especificações do argumento %u são diferentes" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Utilização: %s [OPÇÃO] def.po ref.po\n" "Os argumentos obrigatórios para as opções longas são igualmente\n" "obrigatórios para as opções curtas.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTÓRIO adiciona DIRECTÓRIO à lista de procura para\n" " os ficheiros de entrada\n" " -e, --no-escape não usa sequências de escape do C na saída\n" " (opção por defeito)\n" " -E, --escape usa sequências de escape do C na saída, não\n" " usando caracteres especiais\n" " -h, --help mostra esta ajuda e sai\n" " -i, --indent modo de saída alinhado\n" " -o, --output-file=FICHEIRO os resultados de saída serão escritos no FICHEIRO\n" " --strict modo de saída Uniforum estrito\n" " -v, --verbose aumenta o nível de verbosidade da saída\n" " -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai\n" " -w, --width=NÚMERO especifica a largura de página na saída\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Combina 2 ficheiros .po do tipo Uniforum num só. O ficheiro def.po\n" "deverá ser um ficheiro PO existente com as traduções a manter no novo\n" "ficheiro criado, desde que ainda aplicáveis; os comentários serão\n" "mantidos, mas os comentários relativos à extração das mensagens e das\n" "suas posições nos ficheiros serão eliminados. O ficheiro ref.po deverá\n" "ser o último ficheiro PO criado (geralmente pelo xgettext); todas as\n" "traduções e comentários neste ficheiro serão eliminados, sendo\n" "preservados os comentários e as posições nos ficheiros. Quando um\n" "emparelhamento exacto não puder ser efectuado é efectuado um\n" "emparelhamento aproximado para produzir melhores resultados. Os\n" "resultados serão escritos no canal de saída por defeito (stdout) a\n" "menos que seja especificado um ficheiro de saída.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%sLidas %d antigas + %d referências, combinadas %d, aproximadas %d, faltam " "%d, obsoletas %d.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr "terminado.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Utilização: %s [OPÇÃO] [FICHEIRO]...\n" "Os argumentos obrigatórios para as opções longas são igualmente\n" "obrigatórios para as opções curtas.\n" " -e, --no-escape não usa sequências de escape do C na saída\n" " (opção por defeito)\n" " -E, --escape usa sequências de escape do C na saída, não\n" " usando caracteres especiais\n" " -h, --help mostra esta ajuda e sai\n" " -i, --indent usa o modo de saída alinhado\n" " -o, --output-file=FICHEIRO os resultados de saída serão escritos no FICHEIRO\n" " em vez do canal de saída por defeito (stdout)\n" " --strict usa o modo de saída Uniforum estrito\n" " -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai\n" " -w, --width=NÚMERO especifica a largura de página na saída\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Converte ficheiros .mo binários em ficheiros .po no modo Uniforum.\n" "Ficheiros .mo \"little-endian\" e \"big-endian\" são simultaneamente\n" "tratados. Se não for indicado ficheiro de entrada ou este for -, é\n" "usado o canal de entrada stdin. Por defeito a saída é escrita no\n" "stdout.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "erro durante a leitura de \"%s\"" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "ficheiro \"%s\"truncado" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "seek \"%s\" offset %ld falhou" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "o ficheiro \"%s\" não está no formato .mo GNU" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "falta a secção `msgstr'" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "encontrados %d erros fatais" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "demasiados erros, interrompendo" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "palavra chave \"%s\" desconhecida" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "sequência de controlo ilegal" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "fim-de-linha dentro da cadeia" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "fim-de-ficheiro dentro da cadeia" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "entrada standard" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" "--join-existing não pode ser usada quando a saída\n" "é escrita no stdout" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "" "cuidado: o tipo do ficheiro `%s' com a extensão `%s' é desconhecido;\n" "será tentado C" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Utilização: %s [OPÇÃO] FICHEIRODEENTRADA...\n" "Os argumentos obrigatórios para as opções longas são igualmente\n" "obrigatórios para as opções curtas.\n" " -a, --extract-all extrai todas as cadeias\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] coloca o bloco comentado com TAG (ou as\n" " linhas de cabeçalho precedentes) no ficheiro\n" " de saída.\n" " -C, --c++ reconhece comentários do tipo C++\n" " --debug produz resultados mais detalhados do\n" " reconhecimento das cadeias de formatação\n" " -d, --default-domain=NOME usa NOME.po para a saída (em vez de\n" " messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTÓRIO adiciona DIRECTÓRIO à lista de procura para\n" " \" os ficheiros de entrada\n" " -e, --no-escape não usa sequências de escape do C na saída\n" " (opção por defeito)\n" " -E, --escape usa sequências de escape do C na saída, não\n" " usando caracteres especiais\n" " -f, --files-from=FICHEIRO obtém lista de ficheiros de entrada de\n" " FICHEIRO\n" " --force-po escreve o ficheiro PO mesmo se este estiver\n" " vazio\n" " -F, --sort-by-file ordena a saída pela localização dos ficheiros\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help mostra esta ajuda e sai\n" " -i, --indent escreve o ficheiro .po usando o modo de\n" " saída alinhado\n" " -j, --join-existing combina as mensagens com o ficheiro existente\n" " -k, --keyword[=PALAVRA] palavra chave adicional a ser procurada\n" " (sem PALAVRA significa não usar as palavras\n" " chave por defeito)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NÚMERO especifica o tamanho máximo das cadeias como\n" " NÚMERO, em vez de %u\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=CADEIA] usa CADEIA or \"\" como prefixo para os\n" " campos `msgstr'\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] usa CADEIA ou \"\" como sufixo para as cadeias\n" " `msgstr'\n" " --no-location não escreve linhas do tipo '#: filename:line'\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location gera linhas do tipo '#: filename:line'\n" " (opção utilizada por defeito)\n" " --omit-header não escreve cabeçalhos com campos `msgid\"\"'\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR os ficheiros de saída serão colocados no\n" " directório DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output gera resultados ordenados, removendo os\n" " duplicados\n" " --strict escreve um ficheiro .po de acordo com o\n" " modo Uniforum estrito\n" " -T, --trigraphs entende trigrafos ANSI C na entrada\n" " -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai\n" " -w, --width=NÚMERO especifica a largura de página na saída\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FICHEIRO os campos do FICHEIRO não são extraídos\n" "\n" "Se o ficheiro de entrada for -, o canal de entrada por defeito (stdin) é\n" "usado.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "" #~ msgid "this is the location of the first definition" #~ msgstr "este é o local da primeira definição" #~ msgid "duplicate message ID" #~ msgstr "ID de mensagem duplicada" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/sl.po0000644000175000017500000010051306522270001013303 0ustar jrjr# Slovenian messages for GNU gettext package. # Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Primoz Peterlin , 1996. # # $Header: /home/drepper/fsf/gettext/po/RCS/sl.po,v 1.4 1996/09/18 16:01:47 drepper Exp drepper $ # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.24\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1996-09-12 21:15\n" "Last-Translator: Primoz Peterlin \n" "Language-Team: Slovenian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Neznana sistemska napaka" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: izbira ,%s' je dvoumna\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: izbira ,--%s' ne dovoljuje argumenta\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: izbira ,%c%s' ne dovoljuje argumenta\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: izbira ,%s' zahteva argument\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: neprepoznana izbira ,--%s'\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: neprepoznana izbira ,%c%s'\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: nedovoljena izbira -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: neveljavna izbira -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: izbira zahteva argument -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: izbira ,%s' je dvoumna\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: izbira ,--%s' ne dovoljuje argumenta\n" # Morda ,,Zmanjkalo pomnilnika''? #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "pomnilnik izèrpan" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "argumenti manjkajo" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "preveè argumentov" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Poskusite ,%s --help' za izèrpnej¹a navodila\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Usage: %s [IZBIRA] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Èe parameter TEXTDOMAIN ni podan, se uporabi vrednost spremenljivke TEXTDOMAIN\n" "iz okolja. Èe kataloga sporoèil ni moè najti na obièajnem mestu, lahko \n" "doloèimo alternativno lokacijo s spremenljivko TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "Z izbiro -s se program obna¹a podobno kot ukaz ,echo', s to razliko, da\n" "na standardni izhod niso prepisani argumenti, ampak njihovi prevodi iz kataloga\n" "sporoèil.\n" "Privzet imenik s katalogom sporoèil: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "internacionalizirana sporoèila ne smejo vsebovati ube¾ne sekvence ,\\%c'" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "izhodne datoteke \"%s\" ni mogoèe ustvariti" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "standardni izhod" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "napaka pri pisanju na datoteko \"%s\"" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "vhodni datoteki nista podani" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "potrebni sta natanèno dve vhodni datoteki" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA] def.po ref.po\n" "Argumenti, obvezni za dolge oblike izbire, so obvezni tudi za kratke.\n" " -D, --directory=IMENIK vhodne datoteke i¹èemo tudi v imeniku IMENIK\n" " -h, --help ta navodila\n" " -V, --version verzija programa\n" "\n" "Preverimo, èe dve podani datoteki v obliki Uniforum vsebujeta isti nabor\n" "sporoèil msgid. Datoteka def.po je obstojeèa datoteka PO s starimi prevodi,\n" "datoteka ref.po pa nazadnje ustvarjena datoteka PO (v splo¹nem z xgettext).\n" "To je uporabno, ko ¾elimo preveriti, èe so prevedena res vsa sporoèila\n" "v programu. Kadar ne najdemo natanènega ujemanja msgid, zaradi bolj¹e\n" "diagnostike poskusimo z ohlapnim (fuzzy) algoritmom.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "to sporoèilo je uporabljeno, a ne definirano..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...a ta definicija je podobna" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "to sporoèilo je uporabljeno, a ne definirano v %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "pozor: to sporoèilo ni uporabljeno" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "podvojena definicija sporoèila" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...to je kraj prve definicije" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "to sporoèilo ni definirano v domeni \"%s\"" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "med pripravo izpisa" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s in %s se med seboj izkljuèujeta" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" # POZOR! Nepopolni prevodi #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA] VHODNA_DATOTEKA ...\n" "Argumenti, obvezni za dolge oblike izbire, so obvezni tudi za kratke.\n" " -a, --extract-all iz datotek potegnemo vse nize\n" " -c, --add-comments[=ZNAÈKA] komentarji oznaèeni z ZNAÈKO (ali tisti\n" " pred vrsticami s kljuènimi besedami) naj se\n" " izpi¹ejo\n" " -C, --c++ prepoznavanje komentarjev v stilu C++\n" " -d, --default-domain=IME izhod na IME.po (namesto messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=IMENIK vhodne datoteke i¹Èemo tudi v imeniku IMENIK\n" " -e, --no-escape brez ube¾nih sekvenc v stilu C (privzeto)\n" " -E, --escape z ube¾nimi sekvencami C, brez raz¹irjenega\n" " nabora znakov\n" " -f, --files-from=DATOTEKA seznam vhodnih datotek preberemo z DATOTEKE\n" " --force-po datoteko PO zapi¹emo, èetudi je prazna\n" " -F, --sort-by-file izhod sortiramo po lokaciji datotek\n" # POZOR! Nepopolni prevodi #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location z vrsticami '#: filename:line' (privzeto)\n" " --omit-header brez glave z ,msgid \"\"'\n" " -p, --output-dir=IMENIK izhodne datoteke zapisane v IMENIK\n" " -s, --sort-output sortiran izpis brez podvojenih vnosov\n" " --strict strogi stil Uniforum pri izpisu datoteke " ".po\n" " -T, --trigraphs razumi trigrafe ANSI C na vhodu\n" " -V, --version verzija programa\n" " -w, --width=©TEVILO ¹irina vrstice pri izpisu, v znakih\n" " -x, --exclude-file=DATOTEKA entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "Èe je ime vhodne datoteke - (minus), beremo s standardnega vhoda.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "datoteke \"%s\" ni moè odpreti za branje" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "ta datoteka morda ne vsebuje direktiv domene" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "vhodna datoteka ni podana" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "napaka pri pisanju na \"%s\"" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d prevedenih sporoèil" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d ohlapnih prevodov" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d neprevedenih sporoèil" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA] filename.po ...\n" "Argumenti, obvezni za dolge oblike izbire, so obvezni tudi za kratke.\n" " -a, --alignment=©TEVILO poravnaj nize znakov na ©TEVILO bytov (privzeto: %d)\n" " -c, --check na nizih izvedi teste, odvisne od jezika\n" " -D, --directory=IMENIK vhodne datoteke i¹èemo tudi v imeniku IMENIK\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy uporaba ohlapnih prevodov pri izpisu\n" " -h, --help ta navodila\n" " --no-hash binarna datoteka naj bo brez razpr¹ne tabele\n" " -o, --output-file=DATOTEKA izhodna DATOTEKA\n" " --statistics s statistiko glede prevodov\n" " --strict stroga oblika Uniforum\n" " -v, --verbose z izpisom anomalij vhodne datoteke\n" " -V, --version verzija programa\n" "\n" "Èe je kot ime vhodne datoteke navedeno - (minus), program bere s standardnega\n" "vhoda. Èe je kot ime izhodne datoteke navedeno - (minus), program pi¹e na\n" "standardni izhod.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "med ustvarjanjem razpr¹ene tabele" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "pozor: glava manjka" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "ime domene \"%s\" ni primerno kot ime datoteke" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "ime domene \"%s\" ni primerno kot ime datoteke: uporabimo predpono" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "direktiva ,domain %s' ni bila upo¹tevana" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "prazno polje ,msgstr' ignorirano" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 #, fuzzy msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "ohlapen vnos za polje ,msgstr' ignoriran" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "v glavi manjka polje ,%s'" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "polje ,%s' v glavi se mora zaèeti na zaèetku vrstice" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "nekatera polja v glavi imajo ¹e vedno zaèetne privzete vrednosti" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "polje ,%s' ima ¹e vedno zaèetno privzeto vrednost" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "POZOR: vhodna datoteka vsebuje ohlapne (fuzzy) prevode" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 #, fuzzy msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "polji ,msgid' in ,msgstr' se ne zaèneta obe z ,\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 #, fuzzy msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "polji ,msgid' in ,msgstr' se ne konèata obe z ,\\n'" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "¹tevili formatnih doloèil v ,msgid' in ,msgstr' se ne ujemata" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "formatni doloèili za argument %u nista enaki" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA] def.po ref.po\n" "Argumenti, obvezni za dolge oblike izbire, so obvezni tudi za kratke.\n" " -D, --directory=IMENIK vhodne datoteke i¹èemo tudi v imeniku IMENIK\n" " -e, --no-escape brez ube¾nih sekvenc v stilu C (privzeto)\n" " -E, --escape z ube¾nimi sekvencami C, brez raz¹irjenega nabora\n" " znakov\n" " -h, --help ta navodila\n" " -i, --indent izpis z zamiki\n" " -o, --output-file=DATOTEKA izhodna DATOTEKA\n" " --strict strogi stil Uniforum pri izpisu\n" " -v, --verbose z dodatnimi sporoèili med potekom\n" " -V, --version verzija programa\n" " -w, --width=©TEVILO ¹irina strani pri izpisu, v znakih\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Zdru¾i dve datoteki .po v stilu Uniforum. Datoteka def.po je obstojeèa\n" "datoteka s starimi prevodi, ki bodo, kadar se ujemajo, prene¹eni v novo\n" "datoteko. Pri prevedbi se komentarji prevajalca ohranijo, strojno ustvarjeni\n" "komentarji in podatki o ¹tevilki vrstice pa ne. Datoteka ref.po je nazadnje\n" "ustvarjena datoteka PO (v splo¹nem z xgettext). Kakrksnikoli prevodi ali\n" "komentarji prevajalca v njej bodo zavr¾eni, ohranjeni pa bodo strojno\n" "ustvarjeni komentarji in podatki o ¹tevilki vrstice. Kjer eksaktnega prevoda\n" "ni, se uporabi ohlapni (fuzzy) algoritem. Èe izhodna datoteka ni podana, gre\n" "izpis na standardni izhod.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%sPrebrano %d starih + %d referenènih, zdru¾enih %d, ohlapnih %d, " "manjkajoèih %d, zastarelih %d.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " opravljeno.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA] [DATOTEKA]\n" "Argumenti, obvezni za dolge oblike izbire, so obvezni tudi za kratke.\n" " -e, --no-escape brez ube¾nih sekvenc v stilu C (privzeto)\n" " -E, --escape z ube¾nimi sekvencami C, brez raz¹irjenega nabora\n" " znakov\n" " -h, --help ta navodila\n" " -i, --indent izpis z zamiki\n" " -o, --output-file=DATOTEKA izhodna DATOTEKA\n" " --strict strogi stil Uniforum pri izpisu\n" " -V, --version verzija programa\n" " -w, --width=©TEVILO ¹irina strani pri izpisu, v znakih\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Pretvorba datoteke iz binarne oblike .mo v obliko Uniforum .po\n" "Datoteke .mo so lahko little-endian ali big-endian.\n" "Èe vhodna datoteka ni podana, ali pa je podano ime -, beremo standardni vhod.\n" "Èe ni izbrano drugaèe, gre izpis na standardni izhod.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "napaka pri branju \"%s\"" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "datoteka \"%s\" okrnjena" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "dostop do \"%s\" ofset %ld ni mo¾en" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "datoteka \"%s\" ni v obliki GNU .mo" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "manjka ,msgstr'" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "%d kritiènih napak" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "preveè napak, nadaljevanje ni mo¾no" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "kljuèna beseda \"%s\" neprepoznana" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "nedovoljena kontrolna sekvenca" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "znak za konec vrstice sredi niza" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "znak za konec datoteke sredi niza" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "standardni vhod" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "pri izpisu na standardni izhod ne moremo uporabiti --join-existing" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "pozor: tip datoteke ,%s' s pripono ,%s' ni prepoznan; posku¹amo C" # POZOR! Nepopolni prevodi #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Uporaba: %s [IZBIRA] VHODNA_DATOTEKA ...\n" "Argumenti, obvezni za dolge oblike izbire, so obvezni tudi za kratke.\n" " -a, --extract-all iz datotek potegnemo vse nize\n" " -c, --add-comments[=ZNAÈKA] komentarji oznaèeni z ZNAÈKO (ali tisti\n" " pred vrsticami s kljuènimi besedami) naj se\n" " izpi¹ejo\n" " -C, --c++ prepoznavanje komentarjev v stilu C++\n" " -d, --default-domain=IME izhod na IME.po (namesto messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=IMENIK vhodne datoteke i¹Èemo tudi v imeniku IMENIK\n" " -e, --no-escape brez ube¾nih sekvenc v stilu C (privzeto)\n" " -E, --escape z ube¾nimi sekvencami C, brez raz¹irjenega\n" " nabora znakov\n" " -f, --files-from=DATOTEKA seznam vhodnih datotek preberemo z DATOTEKE\n" " --force-po datoteko PO zapi¹emo, èetudi je prazna\n" " -F, --sort-by-file izhod sortiramo po lokaciji datotek\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help ta navodila\n" " -i, --indent izpis z zamiki od levega roba\n" " -j, --join-existing zdru¾i sporoèila z obstojeèo datoteko\n" " -k, --keyword[=BESEDA] iskanje po dodatnik kljuèih besedah (prazen\n" " niz BESEDA pomeni brez uporabe privzetih\n" " kljuènih besed)\n" " -l, --string-limit=©TEVILO omejitev dol¾ine niza na ©TEVILO namesto %u\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=NIZ] NIZ ali \"\" kot predpona za msgstr\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=NIZ] NIZ ali \"\" kot pripona za msgstr\n" " --no-location brez vrstic '#: filename:line'\n" # POZOR! Nepopolni prevodi #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location z vrsticami '#: filename:line' (privzeto)\n" " --omit-header brez glave z ,msgid \"\"'\n" " -p, --output-dir=IMENIK izhodne datoteke zapisane v IMENIK\n" " -s, --sort-output sortiran izpis brez podvojenih vnosov\n" " --strict strogi stil Uniforum pri izpisu datoteke .po\n" " -T, --trigraphs razumi trigrafe ANSI C na vhodu\n" " -V, --version verzija programa\n" " -w, --width=©TEVILO ¹irina vrstice pri izpisu, v znakih\n" " -x, --exclude-file=DATOTEKA entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "Èe je ime vhodne datoteke - (minus), beremo s standardnega vhoda.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "" #~ msgid "this is the location of the first definition" #~ msgstr "to je kraj prve definicije" #~ msgid "duplicate message ID" #~ msgstr "podvojen identifikator sporoèila" #~ msgid "cannot change to directory \"%s\"" #~ msgstr "dostop do imenika \"%s\" ni mo¾en" #~ msgid "cannot change back to directory \"%s\"" #~ msgstr "vrnitev v imenik \"%s\" ni mo¾na" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/sv.po0000644000175000017500000010274006522270001013321 0ustar jrjr# Swedish messages for gettext # Copyright © 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Jan Djärv , 1996. # $Revision: 1.11 $ # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gettext 0.10.31\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: $Date: 1997/08/27 01:11:34 $\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Djärv \n" "Language-Team: Swedish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: lib/error.c:103 msgid "Unknown system error" msgstr "Okänt systemfel" #: lib/getopt.c:680 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: flaggan \"%s\" är tvetydig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:704 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flaggan \"--%s\" tar inget argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:709 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flaggan \"%c%s\" tar inget argument\n" #: lib/getopt.c:726 lib/getopt.c:899 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flaggan \"%s\" behöver ett argument\n" #. --option #: lib/getopt.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n" msgstr "%s: okänd flagga \"--%s\"\n" #. +option or -option #: lib/getopt.c:759 #, c-format msgid "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n" msgstr "%s: okänd flagga \"%c%s\"\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%s: illegal option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: otillåten flagga -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:788 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid option -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: ogiltig flagga -- %c\n" #. 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. #: lib/getopt.c:818 lib/getopt.c:948 #, c-format msgid "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n" msgstr "%s: flaggan behöver ett argument -- %c\n" #: lib/getopt.c:865 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n" msgstr "%s: flaggan \"-W %s\" är tvetydig\n" #: lib/getopt.c:883 #, c-format msgid "%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n" msgstr "%s: flaggan \"-W %s\" tar inget argument\n" #: lib/xmalloc.c:82 msgid "Memory exhausted" msgstr "Minnet slut" #: src/gettextp.c:134 src/msgcmp.c:144 src/msgcomm.c:285 src/msgfmt.c:257 #: src/msgmerge.c:254 src/msgunfmt.c:175 src/xgettext.c:394 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" "Copyright © %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "Detta är fri programvara; se källkoden för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns\n" "INGEN garanti; inte ens för SÄLJBARHET eller LÄMPLIGHET FÖR NÅGOT SPECIELLT\n" "ÄNDAMÅL.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:139 src/msgcmp.c:149 src/msgcomm.c:290 src/msgfmt.c:262 #: src/msgmerge.c:259 src/msgunfmt.c:180 src/xgettext.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "Skriven av %s.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:154 msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "argument saknas" #: src/gettextp.c:164 msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "för många argument" #: src/gettextp.c:228 src/msgcmp.c:181 src/msgcomm.c:395 src/msgfmt.c:361 #: src/msgmerge.c:301 src/msgunfmt.c:210 src/xgettext.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "Försök med \"%s --help\" för mer information.\n" #: src/gettextp.c:233 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" "Användning: %s [FLAGGA] [[[TEXTDOMÄN] MDLID] | [-s [MDLID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMÄN hämta översatta meddelanden från TEXTDOMÄN\n" " -e expandera några kontrollsekvenser\n" " -E (ignorerad för bakåtkompatibilitet)\n" " -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta\n" " -n skriv inte ut avslutande radframmatning\n" " -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta\n" " [TEXTDOMÄN] MDLID hämta översatt meddelande som motsvarar\n" " MDLID från TEXTDOMÄN\n" #: src/gettextp.c:245 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Om parametern TEXTDOMÄN utelämnas så bestäms domänen av miljövariabeln\n" "TEXTDOMAIN. Om meddelandekatalogen inte hittas i den normala katalogen så\n" "kan en annan katalog anges med miljövariabeln TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "När flaggan -s ges så uppträder programmet som kommandot \"echo\".\n" "Men det kopierar inte enbart sina argument till standard ut. Istället\n" "översätts de argument som hittas i den valda meddelandekatalogen.\n" "Normal katalog för meddelandekataloger: %s\n" #: src/gettextp.c:255 src/msgcmp.c:200 src/msgcomm.c:442 src/msgfmt.c:388 #: src/msgmerge.c:334 src/msgunfmt.c:234 src/xgettext.c:584 #, fuzzy msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "" "Rapportera fel till .\n" "Rapportera fel på översättningen till .\n" #: src/message.c:784 #, c-format msgid "" "internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence" msgstr "" "internationaliserade meddelanden bör inte ha kontrollsekvensen \"\\%c\"" #: src/message.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "cannot create output file \"%s\"" msgstr "kan inte skapa utfilen \"%s\"" #: src/message.c:1122 #, no-c-format msgid "standard output" msgstr "standard ut" #: src/message.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "error while writing \"%s\" file" msgstr "fel vid skrivning till filen \"%s\"" #: src/msgcmp.c:160 src/msgmerge.c:270 msgid "no input files given" msgstr "inga infiler givna" #: src/msgcmp.c:165 src/msgmerge.c:275 msgid "exactly 2 input files required" msgstr "exakt 2 infiler krävs" #: src/msgcmp.c:186 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n" "set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n" "old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n" "(generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n" "translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n" msgstr "" "Användning: %s [FLAGGA] def.po ref.po\n" "Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta.\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG sök infiler även i KATALOG\n" " -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta\n" " -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta\n" "\n" "Jämför två .po-filer av Uniforum-typ för att kontrollera att de innehåller\n" "samma uppsättning id-strängar. Filen def.po är en existerande PO-fil med de\n" "gamla översättningarna. Filen ref.po är den senast skapade PO-filen\n" "(i allmänhet av xgettext). Detta är användbart för att kontrollera att du\n" "har översatt alla strängar i programmet. Om en exakt likhet inte kan\n" "hittas så används luddig jämförelse för att ge bättre felmeddelanden.\n" #: src/msgcmp.c:259 src/msgmerge.c:714 msgid "this message is used but not defined..." msgstr "detta meddelande används men är inte definierat..." #: src/msgcmp.c:261 src/msgmerge.c:716 msgid "...but this definition is similar" msgstr "...men denna definition är likartad" #: src/msgcmp.c:267 src/msgmerge.c:743 #, c-format msgid "this message is used but not defined in %s" msgstr "detta meddelande används men är inte definierat i %s" #: src/msgcmp.c:281 msgid "warning: this message is not used" msgstr "varning: detta meddelande används inte" #: src/msgcmp.c:355 src/msgfmt.c:632 src/msgmerge.c:493 src/xgettext.c:1063 msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "meddelandedefinitionen är duplicerad" #: src/msgcmp.c:356 src/msgfmt.c:633 src/msgmerge.c:494 src/xgettext.c:1064 msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "...detta är platsen för den första definitionen" #: src/msgcmp.c:396 src/msgmerge.c:542 #, c-format msgid "this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain" msgstr "detta meddelande har ingen definition i domänen \"%s\"" #. We are about to construct the absolute path to the #. directory for the output files but asprintf failed. #: src/msgcomm.c:238 src/xgettext.c:340 src/xgettext.c:1258 msgid "while preparing output" msgstr "när resultatet förbereddes" #: src/msgcomm.c:273 src/msgcomm.c:277 src/xgettext.c:378 src/xgettext.c:382 #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "%s och %s är ömsesidigt uteslutande" #: src/msgcomm.c:341 msgid "at least two files must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:360 #, c-format msgid "impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:400 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" msgstr "" "Användning: %s [FLAGGA] INFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta.\n" " -a, --extract-all extrahera alla strängar\n" " -c, --add-comments[=MÄRKE] skriv kommentarsblock med MÄRKE (eller de\n" " före nyckelordsrader) till resultatet\n" " -C, --c++ förkortning för --language=C++\n" " --debug mer detaljerad igenkänning av formatsträngar\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAMN använd NAMN.po som utfil (i st.f messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG sök infiler även i KATALOG\n" " -e, --no-escape använd inte C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet\n" " (normalläge)\n" " -E, --escape använd C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet, men\n" " inte \\v eller \\a\n" " -f, --files-from=FIL hämta lista med infiler från FIL\n" " --force-po skriv PO-fil även om den är tom\n" " --foreign-user utelämna FSF copyright-text i resultatet\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sortera resultatet efter filposition\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines " "(default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory " "DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove " "duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po " "file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n" " that only unique messages be printed\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location skriv ut raderna \"#: filnamn:rad\"\n" " (normalläge)\n" " --omit-header skriv inte ut huvudrader med msgid \"\"\n" " -o, --output=FIL skriv resultatet till FIL\n" " -p, --output-dir=KATALOG utfiler placeras i katalogen KATALOG\n" " -s, --sort-output sortera resultatet och ta bort dubbletter\n" " --strict skriv ut en .po-fil som följer Uniforum " "strikt\n" " -T, --trigraphs hantera ANSI C treteckenssekvenser i " "infiler\n" " -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta\n" " -w, --width=ANTAL sätt antal kolumner i resultatet\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FIL rader från FIL tas inte ut\n" "\n" "Om INFIL är - så läses standard in.\n" #: src/msgcomm.c:425 msgid "" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n" " set\n" " ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n" " definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n" "\n" "Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n" "By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n" "before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n" "used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n" "--less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n" "comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n" "PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n" "preserved.\n" msgstr "" #: src/msgcomm.c:476 src/msgunfmt.c:357 src/po-lex.c:74 src/xget-lex.c:159 #: src/xget-lex.c:174 src/xget-lex.c:191 src/xgettext.c:618 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "fel uppstod när \"%s\" öppnades för läsning" #: src/msgcomm.c:557 src/xgettext.c:660 src/xgettext.c:970 msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "denna fil kan inte innehålla domändirektiv" #: src/msgfmt.c:273 src/xgettext.c:410 msgid "no input file given" msgstr "inga infiler givna" #: src/msgfmt.c:321 #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "fel uppstod när \"%s\" öppnades för skrivning" #: src/msgfmt.c:343 #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "%d översatta meddelanden" #: src/msgfmt.c:345 #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr ", %d luddiga översättningar" #: src/msgfmt.c:347 #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr ", %d oöversatta meddelanden" #: src/msgfmt.c:366 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "Användning: %s [FLAGGA] filnamn.po ...\n" "Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta.\n" " -a, --alignment=ANTAL lägg strängar på jämna ANTAL byte (normalt: %d)\n" " -c, --check utför språkberoende kontroll av strängar\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG sök infiler även i KATALOG\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy använd luddiga poster i resultatet\n" " -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta\n" " --no-hash hashtabellen inkluderas inte i binärfilen\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL utfilens namn blir FIL\n" " --statistics skriv ut statistik om översättningarna\n" " --strict kör i strikt Uniforum-läge\n" " -v, --verbose visa anomalier i infilen\n" " -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta\n" "\n" "Ger man -v flaggan mer än en gång så ökas pratsamheten.\n" "\n" "Om infilen är - så läses standard in. Om utfilen är - så skrivs resultatet\n" "till standard ut.\n" #: src/msgfmt.c:409 msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "när hashtabellen skapades" #: src/msgfmt.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "%s: varning: inga huvudrader funna" #: src/msgfmt.c:473 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "domännamnet \"%s\" är inte lämpligt som filnamn" #: src/msgfmt.c:478 #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "domännamnet \"%s\" är inte lämpligt som filnamn: använder ett prefix" #. We don't change the exit status here because this is really #. only an information. #: src/msgfmt.c:491 #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "direktivet \"domain %s\" ignoreras" #: src/msgfmt.c:519 msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "tom \"msgstr\"-rad ignorerad" #: src/msgfmt.c:520 msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "luddig \"msgstr\"-rad ignorerad" #: src/msgfmt.c:563 #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "fält \"%s\" saknas i huvudet" #: src/msgfmt.c:566 #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "huvudrad \"%s\" bör ligga i början på raden" #: src/msgfmt.c:576 msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "vissa huvudrader har kvar initiala standardvärden" #: src/msgfmt.c:587 #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "huvudrad \"%s\" har kvar initialt standardvärde" #: src/msgfmt.c:672 #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "%s: varning: källfilen innehåller luddiga översättningar" #: src/msgfmt.c:874 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "\"msgid\"- och \"msgstr\"-raderna börjar inte båda med \"\\n\"" #: src/msgfmt.c:882 msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "\"msgid\"- och \"msgstr\"-raderna slutar inte båda med \"\\n\"" #: src/msgfmt.c:896 msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "antalet formateringsdirektiv i \"msgid\" och \"msgstr\" är olika" #: src/msgfmt.c:913 #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "formateringsdirektivet för parametern %u är inte likadant" #: src/msgmerge.c:306 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n" " --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n" " --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --strict strict Uniforum output style\n" " -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Användning: %s [FLAGGA] def.po ref.po\n" "Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta.\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG sök infiler även i KATALOG\n" " -e, --no-escape använd inte C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet\n" " (normalläge)\n" " -E, --escape använd C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet, men\n" " inte \\v eller \\a\n" " --force-po skriv PO-fil även om den är tom\n" " -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta\n" " -i, --indent indentera resultatet\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL skriv resultatet till FIL\n" " --no-location skriv inte rader med \"#: filnamn:rad\"\n" " --add-location bevara rader med \"#: filnamn:rad\" (normalläge)\n" " --strict strikt Uniforum-format på resultatet\n" " -v --verbose öka mängden information i meddelanden\n" " -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta\n" " -w, --width=ANTAL sätt antal kolumner i resultatet\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:324 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n" "existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n" "the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n" "preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n" "The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n" "translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n" "comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n" "cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n" "results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Slår samman två .po-filer av Uniforum-typ. Filen def.po är en\n" "existerande PO-fil som innehåller de gamla översättningarna som kommer att\n" "flyttas över till den nya filen om de är lika. Kommentarer bevaras men\n" "extraheringskommentarer och filpositioner kastas bort.\n" "Filen ref.po är den senast skapade PO-filen (i allmänhet med xgettext). Alla\n" "översättningar och kommentarer i filen kastas bort, dock bevaras\n" "punktkommentarer och filpositioner. Om en exakt likhet\n" "inte kan hittas så används luddig jämförelse för att ge bättre resultat.\n" "Resultatet skrivs till standard ut om inte en utfil anges.\n" "\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:772 #, c-format msgid "" "%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete " "%d.\n" msgstr "" "%sLäste %d gamla + %d referenser, %d sammanslagna, %d luddiga, %d saknade, " "%d föråldrade.\n" #: src/msgmerge.c:778 msgid " done.\n" msgstr " klar.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:215 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write indented output style\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n" " --strict write strict uniforum style\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" msgstr "" "Användning: %s [FLAGGA] [FIL]...\n" "Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta.\n" " -e, --no-escape använd inte C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet\n" " (normalläge)\n" " -E, --escape använd C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet, men\n" " inte \\v eller \\a\n" " --force-po skriv PO-fil även om den är tom\n" " -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta\n" " -i, --indent indentera resultatet\n" " -o, --output-file=FIL skriv resultatet till FIL i stället för standard ut\n" " --strict strikt Uniforum-format på resultatet\n" " -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta\n" " -w, --width=ANTAL sätt antal kolumner i resultatet\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:229 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n" "Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n" "If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n" "By default the output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Konvertera binära .mo-filer till .po-filer av Uniforum-typ.\n" "Båda typer av byteordning (\"little-endian\" och \"big-endian\") i .mo-filer\n" "förstås.\n" "Om ingen infil ges eller om den är - så läses standard in.\n" "I normalläge så skrivs resultatet till standard ut.\n" #: src/msgunfmt.c:266 src/msgunfmt.c:330 src/po-lex.c:185 src/xget-lex.c:254 #, c-format msgid "error while reading \"%s\"" msgstr "fel uppstod då \"%s\" lästes" #: src/msgunfmt.c:267 src/msgunfmt.c:331 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" truncated" msgstr "filen \"%s\" avkortad" #: src/msgunfmt.c:298 #, c-format msgid "seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed" msgstr "sökning \"%s\", position %ld misslyckades" #: src/msgunfmt.c:373 #, c-format msgid "file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format" msgstr "filen \"%s\" är inte på GNUs .mo-format" #: ../../src/po-gram.y:83 msgid "missing `msgstr' section" msgstr "\"msgstr\"-delen saknas" #: src/po-lex.c:84 #, c-format msgid "found %d fatal errors" msgstr "%d allvarliga fel hittades" #: src/po-lex.c:129 src/po-lex.c:168 msgid "too many errors, aborting" msgstr "för många fel, avbryter körningen" #: src/po-lex.c:241 #, c-format msgid "keyword \"%s\" unknown" msgstr "nyckelordet \"%s\" är okänt" #: src/po-lex.c:332 msgid "illegal control sequence" msgstr "otillåten kontrollsekvens" #: src/po-lex.c:415 msgid "end-of-line within string" msgstr "radslut inne i en sträng" #: src/po-lex.c:420 msgid "end-of-file within string" msgstr "filslut inne i en sträng" #: src/xget-lex.c:150 msgid "standard input" msgstr "standard in" #: src/xget-lex.c:892 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant" msgstr "%s:%d: varning: oavslutad teckenkonstant" #: src/xget-lex.c:914 #, c-format msgid "%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal" msgstr "%s:%d: varning: oavslutad sträng" #: src/xgettext.c:386 msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" "--join-existing kan inte användas då resultatet skrivs till standard ut" #: src/xgettext.c:501 #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "varning: filtyp \"%s\" med suffix \"%s\" är okänd; försöker med C" #: src/xgettext.c:537 #, fuzzy, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" "Användning: %s [FLAGGA] INFIL ...\n" "Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta.\n" " -a, --extract-all extrahera alla strängar\n" " -c, --add-comments[=MÄRKE] skriv kommentarsblock med MÄRKE (eller de\n" " före nyckelordsrader) till resultatet\n" " -C, --c++ förkortning för --language=C++\n" " --debug mer detaljerad igenkänning av formatsträngar\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAMN använd NAMN.po som utfil (i st.f messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=KATALOG sök infiler även i KATALOG\n" " -e, --no-escape använd inte C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet\n" " (normalläge)\n" " -E, --escape använd C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet, men\n" " inte \\v eller \\a\n" " -f, --files-from=FIL hämta lista med infiler från FIL\n" " --force-po skriv PO-fil även om den är tom\n" " --foreign-user utelämna FSF copyright-text i resultatet\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sortera resultatet efter filposition\n" #: src/xgettext.c:557 #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" " -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta\n" " -i, --indent indentera resultatet\n" " -j, --join-existing smält ihop meddelanden med existerande fil.\n" " -k, --keyword[=ORD] extra nyckelord att titta efter (om ORD\n" " utelämnas, titta inte efter standardnyckelord)\n" " -l, --string-limit=ANTAL maximera stränglängden till ANTAL i st.f %u\n" " -L, --language=SPRÅK känn igen angivet SPRÅK (C, C++, PO),\n" " annars gissas språket från filändelsen.\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRÄNG] inled översatta strängar med STRÄNG eller \"\"\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRÄNG] avsluta översatta strängar med STRÄNG eller \"\"\n" " --no-location skriv inte ut raderna \"#: filnamn:rad\"\n" #: src/xgettext.c:571 #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" " -n, --add-location skriv ut raderna \"#: filnamn:rad\"\n" " (normalläge)\n" " --omit-header skriv inte ut huvudrader med msgid \"\"\n" " -o, --output=FIL skriv resultatet till FIL\n" " -p, --output-dir=KATALOG utfiler placeras i katalogen KATALOG\n" " -s, --sort-output sortera resultatet och ta bort dubbletter\n" " --strict skriv ut en .po-fil som följer Uniforum strikt\n" " -T, --trigraphs hantera ANSI C treteckenssekvenser i infiler\n" " -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta\n" " -w, --width=ANTAL sätt antal kolumner i resultatet\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FIL rader från FIL tas inte ut\n" "\n" "Om INFIL är - så läses standard in.\n" #: src/xgettext.c:1344 #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "språket \"%s\" okänt" #~ msgid "Report bugs to .\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Rapportera fel till .\n" #~ "Rapportera fel på översättningen till .\n" gettext-kde-0.10.35/po/da.gmo0000644000175000017500000004626606522270002013434 0ustar jrjrŞ•UÄql0ã1ßtõ *j ö•Œ” «Ìæ,-%K,q- Ì&í4"T3w/«+ÛNVn?‰!É/ëÇã&ôˆ0,¹›æÔ‚W"g"8…"6¾"õ"*#;?#{#˜#µ#Ï#$é#$$3$L$j$*‰$"´$×$6ë$"%8%3U%"‰%¬%GÅ% &"&8&Q&c&w&FŒ&Ó&7ï&''6'+F'1r'*¤''Ï'÷' (8$(!]((™(3°(Ìä)ä±*À–,*W/À‚2 C5P5e555,¹5)æ5&6,76,d6)‘6&»6â6ı6+7CD75ˆ7/¾7Tî7C8_8Gw8¿8Ù8Ğù8Ê9 å9:n:_‡<Êç>4²BçE÷E:F9QF‹F(«FEÔFG:G7ZG-’GÀG&İGH!H ?H4`H#•H¹H)ÒHüH I-2I`I~I=•IÓIèIúIJ%J>J0^J J?°JğJK/K/AK,qK*KÉK+ŞKH L'SL{LšL,R9S 8I+?*%>GDT$ !H3;2OA  4 K@1)CQ/-#=0U<J"F &7(BN.:P'ML56E Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO), otherwise is guessed from file extension -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %s: warning: no header entry found%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Memory exhaustedTry `%s --help' for more information. Unknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output --strict write strict uniforum style -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) --strict strict Uniforum output style -v, --verbose increase verbosity level -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. Written by %s. `domain %s' directive ignored`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\n'`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\n'cannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownlanguage `%s' unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try Cwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: gettext 0.10.31 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1997-08-29 07:21 MDT Last-Translator: Thorbjoern Ravn Andersen Language-Team: Danish MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-Latin-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: Base64 Omform binære .mo filer til Uniforum .po filer. Både 'little-endian' og 'big-endian' .mo filer kan håndteres. Hvis inddatafilen er -, læses standard inddata. Som standard skrives til standard uddata. Hvis TEKSTDOMÆNE parameteren ikke angives, bestemmes domænet ud fra værdien af miljøvariablen TEXTDOMAIN. Hvis tekstkataloget ikke kan findes i det sædvanlige filkatalog, kan en anden placering angives vha miljøvariablen TEXTDOMAINDIR. Når tilvalget -s bruges, opfører programmet sig som 'echo' kommandoen, men argumenterne bliver ikke blot kopieret til standard uddata. I stedet oversættes de tekster der findes i det valgte tekstkatalog. Standard filkataloget for søgning er: %s Kombinerer to .po filer i Uniforum-stil. `def.po' filen (som allerede findes) indholder gamle oversættelser som vil blive overført til den nye PO fil under forudsætning af at de stadig passer. Kommentarer vil blive bevaret i modsætning til fil-udtrækskommentarer og filpositioner. `ref.po' filen er den sidst oprettede PO fil (sædvanligvis af xgettext), hvorfra alle oversættelser og kommentarer vil blive bortkastet, men 'punktum'-kommentarer og filpositioner vil blive bevaret. Når der ikke kan findes en nøjagtig overensstemmelse, vil 'løs søgning' (fuzzy matching) blive brugt til at give bedre resultater. Med mindre en uddatafil er angivet, vil resultaterne blive skrevet til standard uddata. -h, --help vis denne hjælp og afslut -i, --indent skriv .po-filen i indrykket stil -j, --join-existing kombiner tekster med eksisterende fil -k, --keyword[=ORD] søg efter yderligere nøgleord. Hvis ORD ikke angives, bruges standard-nøgleord ikke). -l, --string-limit=TAL sæt grænse for tekststrenglængde til TAL (%u) -L, --language=NAVN genkend det angivne sprog (C, C++, PO), ellers gættes det fra filendelsen -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRENG] brug STRENG/'' som prefiks for `msgstr' tekster -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRENG] brug STRENG/'' som suffiks for `msgstr' tekster --no-location undlad skrivning af '#: filnavn:linie' linier -n, --add-location skriv '#: filenavn:linie' linier (standard) --omit-header undlad skrivning af `msgid' teksten i hovedet -o, --output=FIL uddata skrives til FIL -p, --output-dir=FILKATALOG uddatafiler placeres i FILKATALOG -s, --sort-output sortér uddata og fjern gentagelser --strict uddata overholder 'streng Uniforum'-stil -T, --trigraphs forstå ANSI C trigrafer i inddata -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut -w, --width=TAL angiv uddatabredde -x, --exclude-file=FIL tekster i FIL benyttes ikke Hvis INPUTFIL er -, læses fra standard inddata. afsluttet. %d oversatte tekster%s og %s udelukker hinanden%s: ulovligt tilvalg -- %c %s: ugyldigt tilvalg -- %c %s: tilvalget `%c%s' tager ikke et argument %s: tilvalget '%s' kan betyde flere ting %s: tilvalget `%s' kræver et argument %s: tilvalget '--%s' tager ikke et argument %s: tilvalget '--%s' tager ikke et argument %s: tilvalget '%s' kan betyde flere ting %s: tilvalget '%c' kræver et argument %s: ukendt tilvalg `%c%s' %s: ukendt tilvalg `--%s' %s: advarsel: "header" element ikke angivet%s: advarsel: kildetekstfilen indeholder løse oversættelser (fuzzy)%s:%d: advarsel: tegnkonstant ikke afsluttet korrekt%s:%d: advarsel: streng'literal' ikke afsluttet%sLæste %d gamle + %d reference, samlede %d, upræcise %d, mangler %d, forældede %d. , %d upræcise oversættelser, %d uoversatte tekster--join-existing kan ikke benyttes når uddata sendes til standard uddata...men denne tekst ligner... her er den første erklæringCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. Dette er frit programmel; kildeteksten indeholder kopibetingelser. Der er INGEN garanti -- end ikke for SALGBARHED eller VELEGNETHED TIL NOGET SÆRLIGT FORMÅL. ikke mere ledig hukommelseInformation fås med `%s --help' Ukendt systemfejlBrug: %s [TILVALG] def.po ref.po Hvis et langt tilvalg kræver et argument, gælder det også for det tilsvarende korte tilvalg. -e, --no-escape brug ikke C-escapesekvenser i uddata (standard) -E, --escape brug C-escapesekvenser i uddata. Ingen specialtegn -h, --help vis denne hjælp og afslut -i, --indent benyt indrykket stil for uddata -o, --output-file=FIL uddata skrives til FIL --strict benyt 'streng Uniforum' stil for uddata -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut -w, --width=TAL angiv udskrivningsbredde Brug: %s [TILVALG] [[[TEKSTDOMÆNE] TEKSTID] | [-s [TEKSTID]...]] -d, --domain=TEKSTDOMÆNE hent oversatte tekster fra TEKSTDOMÆNE -e aktivér fortolkning af visse escape-sekvenser -E (ignoreret af hensyn til kompabilitet) -h, --help vis denne hjælp og afslut -n undertryk afsluttende linieskift -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut [TEKSTDOMÆNE] TEKSTID hent den oversatte tekst fra TEKSTDOMÆNE svarende til TEKSTID (TEKSTID svarer til 'msgid' felterne) Brug: %s [TILVALG] def.po ref.po Hvis et langt tilvalg kræver et argument, gælder det også for det tilsvarende korte tilvalg. -D, --directory=FILKATALOG gennemsøg også FILKATALOG efter inddatafiler -e, --no-escape brug ikke C-escapesekvenser i uddata (standard) --force-po skriv PO filen selv om den er tom -E, --escape brug C-escapesekvenser i uddata uden specialtegn -h, --help vis denne hjælp og afslut -i, --indent benyt indrykket stil for uddata -o, --output-file=FIL uddata skrives til FIL --no-location undertryk '#: filnavn:linie' linier --add-location bevar '#: filnavn:liine' liner (standard) --strict benyt 'streng Uniforum' stil for uddata -v, --verbose forøg udskreven information -V, --version vis versionsinformation og afslut -w, --width=TAL sæt udskrivningsbredde Brug: %s [TILVALG] def.po ref.po Hvis et langt tilvalg tager et argument, gælder det også for den tilsvarende korte udgave. -D, --directory=FILKATALOG gennemsøg også FILKATALOG efter inddatafiler -h, --help vis denne hjælpetekst og afslut -V, --version vis versions information og afslut Sammenlign to .po filer i Uniforum format for at kontrollere at de begge indeholder det samme sæt af msgid tekststrenge. PO-filen 'def.po' indeholder de gamle oversættelser og PO-filen 'ref.po' er den nyeste udgave (sædvanligvis oprettet af xgettext). Dette er en praktisk måde at kontrollere at hver eneste tekst i programmet er oversat. Hvis der ikke er nøjagtigt sammenfald mellem msgid-tekststrengene, benyttes en upræcis sammenligningsmetode til at give bedre fejlretningsinformation. Skrevet af %s. `domain %s'-kommando ignoreres`msgid' og `msgstr' teksterne begynder ikke begge med '\n'`msgid' og `msgstr' teksterne slutter ikke begge med '\n'kan ikke oprette uddatafil '%s'domænet '%s' kan ikke bruges som filnavndomænet '%s' er ikke brugbart som filnavn. Vil bruge præfiks istedettekst erklæret mere end en gangtom `msgstr'-kommando ignorerettekststreng ikke afsluttet da filens slutning blev nåettekststreng var ikke afsluttet ved linieskiftfejl ved læse-åbning af '%s'fejl opstået ved skrive-åbning af '%s'fejl ved læsning af '%s'fejl ved skrivning til filen '%s'der kræves netop to inddatafilerfeltet `%s' har stadig den oprindelige standardværdifilen '%s' er ikke i GNU .mo formatfilen '%s' blev afkortetformaterne for argument %u er forskelligefandt %d fatale fejl"fuzzy" `msgstr'-tekst ignoreretfeltet `%s' bør starte ved liniens begyndelsefeltet `%s' mangler i hovedetulovlig kontrolsekvensoversættelige tekster må ikke indeholde `\%c' escapesekvensenukendt nøgleord '%s'ukendt sprog `%s'`msgstr' afsnit manglerargumenter mangleringen inddatafil angivetingen filer angivet som inddataforskelligt antal formater i `msgid' og `msgstr'seek '%s' offset %ld mislykkedesnogle felter i hovedet har stadig den oprindelige standardværdistandard inddatastandard uddatadenne fil må ikke indeholde 'domain' kommandoerdenne besked har ingen erklæring i '%s' domænetdenne tekst er brugt, men ikke erklæret i %sdenne tekst bruges men er ikke erklæret...for mange argumenterafbryder kørslen på grund af for mange fejladvarsel: ukendt type for fil `%s' med endelse `%s'; C benyttes i stedetadvarsel: denne tekst bliver ikke brugtunder oprettelsen af hashtabelunder udskriftsforberedelsegettext-kde-0.10.35/po/de.gmo0000644000175000017500000007344206522270002013434 0ustar jrjrŞ•]ìèãéßÍt­ ¸" *Û&ö-$, Cd~,˜Å%ã, -6 d&…¬Ì"ì3/C+sNŸî?!!a/ƒdz{(Œ&µÜ4ñ™&#ˆÀ%,I(›v*Ô.2ç05*58H565$¸5İ5*ü5;'6c6€66·6$Ñ6$ö6747R7*q7"œ7¿76Ó7 8 83=8"q8”85­8Gã8+9@9V9o99•9Fª9ñ97 :E:T:+d:1:*Â:'í:;(;8B;!{;;·;4Î;=>Ï@¦éBDFÕIïL PP(,PUPsP)P¹P&ÙP)Q**Q"UQ'xQ Q¾Q&ÜQ6R4:R2oRb¢RS!SV=S$”S,¹SëæSÒT0ğT(!UJUÊcUú.Zù)]C#`gbWøfPjßn$ôn;o9Uo2o+Âo2îoJ!plp&‹p&²p'Ùp.q20qcq$~q,£q6Ğq,r4r4Or$„r)©r=Ór"s4s*OsTzs Ïs!ğst+tB5TQ%4@/K (1$ &)Z,YGSE\=N* 28P3;LW+?DAC]:'[ 0-H!R<I JX9#V Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many definitions, defaults to infinite if not set ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many definitions, defaults to 1 if not set Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files. By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e. --less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations, comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be preserved. -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO), otherwise is guessed from file extension -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests that only unique messages be printed -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %s: warning: no header entry found%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Memory exhaustedReport bugs to . Try `%s --help' for more information. Unknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ... Extract translatable string from given input files. Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -a, --extract-all extract all strings -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those preceding keyword lines) in output file -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++ --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po) -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE --force-po write PO file even if empty --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po) -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE --force-po write PO file even if empty -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location -h, --help display this help and exit Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output --strict write strict uniforum style -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) --strict strict Uniforum output style -v, --verbose increase verbosity level -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ... Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description. Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d) -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output -h, --help display this help and exit --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE --statistics print statistics about translations --strict enable strict Uniforum mode -v, --verbose list input file anomalies -V, --version output version information and exit Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level. If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -, output is written to standard output. Written by %s. `domain %s' directive ignored`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\n'`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\n'at least two files must be specifiedcannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceimpossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)internationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownlanguage `%s' unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try Cwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.35 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1998-04-30 23:23-0700 Last-Translator: Ulrich Drepper Language-Team: German MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Wandle binäre .mo Dateien zurück in .po Dateien im Uniforum Format. Es werden sowohl big-endian als auch little-endian Dateien behandelt. Wenn die Eingabedatei - ist, wird von Standard Eingabe gelesen. Standardmäßig wird die Ausgabe nach Standard Ausgabe geschrieben. Wenn der BEREICH Parameter nicht gegeben wurde, wird der Bereich durch die Umgebungsvariable TEXTDOMAIN bestimmt. Wenn der Katalog dieses Bereiches sich nicht im Standardverzeichnis des Systems befindet, kann durch die Umgebungsvariable TEXTDOMAINDIR ein anderes Verzeichnis angegeben werden. Wenn die -s Option angeschaltet ist, verhält sich das Programm wie das `echo' Kommando. Aber anstatt alle Argumente einfach auszugeben, werden diese, falls im Namensbereich vorhanden, übersetzt. Standardverzeichnis: %s Verschmelze zwei .po Dateien im Uniforum Format. Die Datei Def.po ist eine PO Datei mit alten Übersetzungen die, solange sie immer noch passen, in die neu zu erzeugende Datei übernommen werden; Kommentare des Übersetzers werden übernommen, aber von xgettext extrahierte Kommentare werden verworfen. Die Datei Ref.po ist die letzte (i.A. durch xgettext) erzeugte PO Datei mit den aktuellen Meldungen. Übersetzungen und Übersetzerkommentare werden verworfen, die #. und #: Kommentare aber übernommen. Wenn es keine exakte Übereinstimmung bei Meldungen gibt wird mittels inexakter Suche versucht, ein besseres Ergebnis zu erzielen. Solange nicht anders angegeben wird das Ergebnis nach Standard Ausgabe geschrieben. -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende -w, --width=ANZAHL setze Breite der Ausgabeseite -<, --less-than=ANZAHL zeige Meldungen mit weniger als ANZAHL Definitionen (Standardwert: unendlich) ->, --more-than=ANZAHL zeige Meldungen mit mehr als ANZAH{ Definitionen (Standardwert: 1) Suche Meldungen, die in zwei oder mehr der angegebenen PO Dateien vorkommen. Wenn die --more-than Option verwendet wird, kann eine größere Verbreitung gefordert werden. Auf der anderen Seite können mit --less-than nur Meldungen mit geringerer Verbreitung angezeigt werden. D.h., --less-than=2 wird nur Meldungen anzeigen, die nur einmal vorkommen. Úbersetzungen, Kommentare und extrahierte Kommentare werden beibehalten, aber nur von der ersten PO Datei die sie definiert. Positionen der Meldungen in den Quellen werden für alle PO Dateien festgehalten. -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende -i, --indent Ausgabe wird eingerückt dargestellt -j, --join-existing hänge Ausgaben an existierende Datei an -k, --keyword[=WORT] zusätzliches Wort nach dem gesucht wird (ohne WORT schaltet Suche nach Standardworten ab) -l, --string-limit=ZAHL begrenze Zeichenkettenlänge auf Zahl (statt Defaultwert %u) -L, --language=NAME bearbeitete Eingabe entsprechend Sprache NAME (C, C++, PO) -m, --msgstr-prefix[=KETTE] nehme KETTE oder "" als Präfix für msgstr -M, --msgstr-suffix[=KETTE] nehme KETTE oder "" als Suffix für msgstr --no-location erzeuge keine '#: Dateiname:Zeile' Zeilen -i, --indent erzeuge .po Datei mit Einrückungen --no-location schreibe keine »#: Datei:Zeile« Zeilen -n, --add-location erzeuge '#: Dateiname:Zeilennummer' (default) --omit-header `msgid ""' Eintrag in Kopfteil nicht erzeugen -o, --output=DATEI schreibe Ausgabe in DATEI -p, --output-dir=VERZEICHNIS Ausgabedateien kommen nach VERZEICHNIS -s, --sort-output sortiere Ausgabe und entferne Dubletten --strict erzeuge .po Datei streng nach Uniforum Form -T, --trigraphs ANSI C Trigraph Zeichen werden erkannt -u, --unique Abkürzung für --less-than=2, fordert Meldungen an, die nur einmal vorkommen -n, --add-location erzeuge '#: Dateiname:Zeilennummer' (default) --omit-header `msgid ""' Eintrag in Kopfteil nicht erzeugen -o, --output=DATEI schreibe Ausgabe in DATEI -p, --output-dir=VERZEICHNIS Ausgabedateien kommen nach VERZEICHNIS -s, --sort-output sortiere Ausgabe und entferne Dubletten --strict erzeuge .po Datei streng nach Uniforum Form -T, --trigraphs ANSI C Trigraph Zeichen werden erkannt -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende -w, --width=ANZAHL lege Breite der Ausgabe auf ANZAHL Spalten fest -x, --exclude-file=DATEI Einträge aus DATEI werden nicht bearbeitet Wenn EINGABEDATEI - ist, wird von Standard Eingabe gelesen. fertig. %d übersetzte Meldungen%s und %s schließen sich gegenseitig aus%s: unzulässige Option -- %c %s: ungültige Option -- %c %s: Option »%c%s« erwartet kein Argument %s: Option »%s« ist mehrdeutig %s: Option »%s« erwartet ein Argument %s: Option »--%s« erwartet kein Argument %s: Option »-W %s« erwartet kein Argument %s: Option »-W %s« ist mehrdeutig %s: Option erwartet ein Argument -- %c %s: unbekannte Option »%c%s« %s: unbekannte Option »--%s« %s: Warnung: kein Kopfeintrag gefunden%s: Warnung: Quelldatei enthält ungenaue Übersetzungen%s:%d: Warnung: Zeichenkonstante ohne korrektes Ende%s:%d: Warnung: Zeichenkette nicht korrekt beendet%s%d alte + %d Referenzeinträge gelesen, %d stimmen überein, %d ungefähr, %d fehlen, %d veraltet. , %d ungenaue Übersetzungen, %d unübersetzte Meldungen--join-existing kann nicht benutzt werden, wenn nach Standard Ausgabe geschrieben wird...aber diese Definition ist ähnlich...dies ist die Stelle der ersten DefinitionCopyright © %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. Dies ist freie Software; in den Quellen befindet sich die Lizenzbedingung. Es gibt KEINERLEI Garantie; nicht einmal für die TAUGLICHKEIT oder die VERWENDBARKEIT ZU EINEN ANGEGEBENEN ZWECK. virtueller Speicher erschöpftFehler bitte an melden. »%s --help« gibt weitere Informationen. unbekannter SystemfehlerBenutzung: %s [OPTION] EINGABEDATEI ... Schreibe aus allen Eingabedateien alle Meldungen, die übersetzt werden müssen heraus. Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die Kurzform notwendig. -a, --extract-all schreibe alle Zeichenketten heraus -c, --add-comments[=KENNUNG] Kommentare mit Kennung (oder die aus Zeilen vor einem Schlüsselwort) herausschreiben -C, --c++ behandle auch C++ Kommentare --debug detaillierte Formatstringbewertung in Ausgabe -d, --default-domain=NAME Ausgabe in NAME.po (anstatt in messages.po) -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse mit PO Dateien ein -e, --no-escape keine C Ersatzdarstellung in Ausgabe (Std) -E, --escape Ersatzdarstellung für nicht-ASCII Zeichen -f, --files-from=DATEI hole Namen der Eingabedateien aus DATEI --force-po PO Datei wird auch bei Fehlern geschrieben --foreign-user füge keine FSF Copyright Zeile in Ausgabe ein -F, --sort-by-file sortiere Ausgabe nach Dateivorkommen Benutzung: %s [OPTION] EINGABEDATEI ... Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die Kurzform notwendig. -d, --default-domain=NAME Ausgabe in NAME.po (anstatt in messages.po) -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse mit PO Dateien ein -e, --no-escape keine C Ersatzdarstellung in Ausgabe (Std) -E, --escape Ersatzdarstellung für nicht-ASCII Zeichen -f, --files-from=DATEI hole Namen der Eingabedateien aus DATEI --force-po PO Datei wird auch bei Fehlern geschrieben -F, --sort-by-file sortiere Ausgabe nach Dateivorkommen -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende Benutzung: %s [OPTION] DATEI1.mo DATEI2.po Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die Kurzform notwendig. -e, --no-escape verwende keine C Ersatzdarstellung in Ausgabe (Std) -E, --escape verwende Ersatzdarstellung für nicht-ASCII Zeichen --force-po erzeuge PO Datei auch wenn sie leer ist -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende -i, --indent Ausgabe wird eingerückt dargestellt -o, --output-file=DATEI schreibe Ausgabe in DATEI anstatt Standardausgabe --strict erzeuge .po Datei streng nach Uniforum Form -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende -w, --width=ANZAHL lege Breite der Ausgabe auf ANZAHL Spalten fest Benutzung: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTBEREICH] SCHLÜSSEL] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=BEREICH Übersetzungen kommen aus Namensbereich BEREICH -e schalte Übersetzung von Sonderzeichendarstellung an -E (Aus Kompatibilitätsgründen ignoriert) -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende -n gebe kein abschließendes Zeilenendezeichen aus -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende [BEREICH] SCHLÜSSEL hole die Übersetzung zu SCHLÜSSEL aus dem Namensbereich BEREICH Benutzung: %s [OPTION] Def.po Ref.po Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die Kurzform notwendig. -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse mit PO Dateien ein -e, --no-escape verwende keine C Ersatzdarstellung in Ausgabe (Standardeinstellung) -E, --escape keine nicht-ASCII Zeichen in Ausgabe verwenden --force-po erzeuge PO Datei auch wenn sie leer ist -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende -i, --indent Ausgabe wird eingerückt dargestellt -o, --output-file=DATEI schreibe Ausgabe nach DATEI --no-location erzeuge kein '#: Dateiname:Zeile' Zeilen --add-location erhalte '#: Dateiname:Zeile' Zeilen (Standard) --strict erzeuge .po Datei streng nach Uniforum Form -v, --verbose zeige Unregelmäßigkeiten in Eingabe auf -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende -w, --width=ANZAHL lege Breite der Ausgabe auf ANZAHL Spalten fest Benutzung: %s [OPTION] Datei1.po Def.po Ref.po Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die Kurzform notwendig. -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse mit PO Dateien ein -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende Vergleiche zwei .po Dateien im Uniforum Format um zu sicherzustellen, daß beide die gleichen `msgid' Einträge enthalten. Die Datei Def.po enthält die alten Übersetzungen, die Datei Ref.po ist die letzte (i.A. durch xgettext) erzeugte PO Datei. Mit Hilfe diese Programms läßt sich also überprüfen, ob jede Meldung im Programm übersetzt wurde. Wenn keine exakte Übereinstimmung gefunden wurde, wird mittels inexakter Suche versucht, eine bessere Hilfestellung zu geben. Benutzung: %s [OPTION] Dateiname.po ... Erzeuge binären Datein mit Meldungen aus der textuellen Beschreibung. Notwendige Argumente für Optionen in Langform sind auch für die Kurzform notwendig. -a, --alignment=ZAHL Ausgaben an ZAHL (Std: %d) Bytegrenze ausrichten -c, --check Überprüfe Formatelemente in Meldungen -D, --directory=VERZEICHNIS füge VERZEICHNIS in Liste für Verzeichnisse mit PO Dateien ein -f, --use-fuzzy benutze auch ungenaue Übersetzungen -h, --help zeige diese Hilfe und beende --no-hash Binärdatei wird keine Hash-Tabelle enthalten -o, --output-file=DATEI lege DATEI als Ausgabedatei fest --statistics zeige Statistik für Übersetzungen an --strict verfahre strikt nach Uniforum Spezifikation -v, --verbose zeige Unregelmäßigkeiten in Eingabe auf -V, --version zeige Versionsnummer und beende Wenn die Eingabedatei - ist, wird die Eingabe von Standard Eingabe gelesen. Ist die Ausgabedatei -, wird nach Standard Ausgabe geschrieben. Geschrieben von %s. »domain %s« Anweisung wird ignoriert»msgid« und »msgstr« Eintrag beginnt nicht jeweils mit »\n«»msgid« und »msgstr« Eintrag endet nicht jeweils mit »\n«es müssen mindestens zwei Dateien angegeben werdenAusgabedatei »%s« kann nicht erzeugt werdenBereichsname »%s« ist nicht als Dateiname geeignetBereichsname »%s« ist nicht als Dateiname geeignet: werde Präfix verwendenMehrfachdefinition der Meldungleerer »msgstr« Eintrag wird ignoriertDateiende innerhalb einer ZeichenketteZeilenende innerhalb einer ZeichenketteÖffnen der Datei »%s« zum Lesen fehlgeschlagenÖffnen der Datei »%s« zum Schreiben fehlgeschlagenFehler beim Lesen von »%s«Fehler beim Schreiben von Datei »%s«es werden genau zwei Eingabedateien benötigtFeld »%s« hat immer noch den vorgegebenen StandardwertDatei »%s« ist keine Datei im GNU .mo FormatDatei »%s« ist verstümmeltFormatelemente für Argument %u stimmen nicht übereines sind %d fatale Fehler aufgetretenungenauer »msgstr« Eintrag wird ignoriertFeld »%s« im Kopfeintrag sollte in der ersten Spalte anfangenIm Kopfeintrag fehlt das Feld »%s«ungültiges Kontrollzeichenunmögliches Auswahlkriterium (%d < n < %d)internationalisierbare Meldungen sollten nicht die Ersatzdarstellung »\%c« enthaltenSchlüsselwort »%s« ist unbekanntProgrammiersprache `%s' unbekannt»msgstr« Abschnitt fehltArgumente fehlenEingabedatei fehltkeine Eingabedateien gegebenAnzahl der Formatelemente in »msgid« and »msgstr« stimmen nicht übereinPositionieren in Datei »%s« auf Position %ld fehlgeschlagenEinige Felder im Kopfeintrag haben immer noch den vorgegebenen StandardwertStandard EingabeStandard Ausgabediese Datei darf keine `domain' Anweisung enthaltendiese Meldung hat im Bereich »%s« keine Definitiondiese Meldung wird benutzt, wird aber nicht in %s definiertdiese Meldung wird benutzt, wird aber nicht definiert...zu viele Argumentezu viele Fehler: AbbruchWarnung: Typ der Datei »%s« mit Anhängsel »%s« ist unbekannt; werde es mit C versuchenWarnung: diese Meldung wird nicht benutztbeim Anlegen der Hash-Tabellebeim Vorbereiten der Ausgabegettext-kde-0.10.35/po/es.gmo0000644000175000017500000005715406522270002013455 0ustar jrjrŞ•WÔŒˆã‰ßmtM * öíäì $>,X…%£,É-ö $&ElŒ"¬3Ï/+3N_®Æ?á!!/CÇs;(L&uœ4±ˆæ,o›œ Ô8$ ''8;'6t'«'*Ê';õ'1(N(k(…($Ÿ($Ä(é() )*?)"j))6¡)Ø)î)3 *"?*b*G{*Ã*Ø*î*++-+FB+‰+7¥+İ+ì++ü+1(,*Z,'…,­,À,8Ú,!-5-O-=f-¤.ª/ÜÂ1[Ÿ4qû8 m<z<"‘<´<Ï<0ê<=):=0d=1•=!Ç=*é= > 5>1V>>ˆ>9Ç>0?2?²?Ì?bç?#J@"n@Ù‘@kA,{A)¨AÒA¯ğAW HˆøK_N˜áRzV*‹VC¶VAúV+WD9.U,)BL7CVR4!P Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO), otherwise is guessed from file extension -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %s: warning: no header entry found%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Memory exhaustedReport bugs to . Try `%s --help' for more information. Unknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ... Extract translatable string from given input files. Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -a, --extract-all extract all strings -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those preceding keyword lines) in output file -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++ --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po) -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE --force-po write PO file even if empty --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output --strict write strict uniforum style -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) --strict strict Uniforum output style -v, --verbose increase verbosity level -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. Written by %s. `domain %s' directive ignored`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\n'`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\n'cannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownlanguage `%s' unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try Cwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.34 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1998-04-29 12:04-0500 Last-Translator: Max de Mendizábal Language-Team: Spanish MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Convierte ficheros binarios .mo en ficheros .po estilo Uniforum. Pueden procesarse ficheros .mo little-endian y big-endian. Si no se da ningún fichero de entrada o es -, se lee de la entrada estándar. Por defecto el resultado se escribe en la salida estándar. Si no se escribe el parámetro DOMINIOTEXTO, el dominio se determina por la variable de entorno TEXTDOMAIN. Si el catálogo de mensajes no está en el directorio por defecto, con la variable de entorno TEXTDOMAINDIR se puede especificar otro lugar. Cuando se utiliza con la opción -s, el programa se comporta como la instrucción `echo', pero no se reduce a hacer simplemente una copia en la salida estándar (stdout) sino que además traduce los mensajes que encuentre dentro del catálogo seleccionado. Directorio de búsqueda estándar: %s Mezcla dos ficheros .po de estilo Uniforum en uno solo. El fichero def.po es un fichero existente de tipo .po con las traducciones anteriores que se conservarán siempre y cuando coincidan; los comentarios se conservarán, pero los comentarios extraídos y las posiciones del fichero no lo serán. El fichero ref.po es el último fichero .po creado (generalmente con xgettext), cualquier traducción o comentario se eliminará, sin embargo los comentarios puntuales y las posiciones dentro del fichero se conservarán. En donde no haya una coincidencia exacta, se utilizará el método de comparación difusa para obtener mejores resultados. Los resultados se escribirán en la salida estándar a menos que se especifique un fichero de salida. -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza -i, --indent escribe el fichero .po utilizando el estilo de sangrías -j, --join-existing une los mensajes con el fichero existente -k, --keyword[=PALABRA] busca palabras claves adicionales (sin PALABRA significa que no utilice las palabras clave por defecto) -l, --string-limit=NÚMERO pone como límite de la longitud de la cadena a NÚMERO en vez de %u -L, --language=NOMBRE reconoce el lenguaje especificado (C, C++, PO), de otra forma, se supone por medio de la extensión del fichero -m, --msgstr-prefix[=CADENA] usa CADENA o "" como prefijo para las entradas msgstr -M, --msgstr-suffix[=CADENA] usa CADENA o "" como sufijo para las entradas msgstr --no-location no escribe líneas `#: fichero:línea' -n, --add-location genera líneas `#: fichero:línea' (por defecto) --omit-header no escribe la cabecera con la entrada `msgid ""' --output=FICHERO escribe la salida al FICHERO especificado -p, --output-dir=DIR los ficheros de salida se pondrán en el directorio DIR -s, --sort-output genera la salida ordenada y elimina los duplicados --strict escribe un fichero .po tipo Uniforum estricto -T, --trigraphs entiende los trigrafos ANSI C en la entrada -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza -w, --width=NÚMERO ajusta la anchura de la página de salida -x, --exclude-file=FICHERO las entradas de FICHERO no se extraen Si el FICHERO_DE_ENTRADA es -, se lee de la entrada estándar. terminado. %d mensajes traducidos%s y %s son mutuamente excluyentes%s: opción inválida -- %c %s: opción inválida -- %c %s: la opción `%c%s' no admite ningún argumento %s: la opción `%s' es ambigua %s: la opción `%s' requiere un argumento %s: la opción `--%s' no admite ningún argumento %s: la opción `-W %s' no admite ningún argumento %s: la opción `-W %s' es ambigua %s: la opción requiere un argumento -- %c %s: opción no reconocida `%c%s' %s: opción no reconocida `--%s' %s: atención: no se encontró la línea de cabecera%s: atención: el fichero fuente contiene una traducción difusa%s:%d: atención: constante de tipo carácter no finalizada%s:%d: atención: literal de cadena no finalizada%sleídos %d mensajes antiguos + %d mensajes de referencia incorporados %d, convertidos en difusos %d, faltan %d, obsoletos %d. , %d traducciones difusas, %d mensajes sin traducirno se puede utilizar --join-existing cuando el resultado se escribe en la salida estándar (stdout)...pero esta definición es parecida...aquí está la primera definiciónCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. Esto es software libre; vea el código fuente para las condiciones de copia. No hay NINGUNA garantía; ni siquiera de COMERCIABILIDAD o IDONEIDAD PARA UN FIN DETERMINADO. Memoria agotadaComunicar `bugs' a . Pruebe `%s --help' para más información. Error del sistema desconocidoModo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] FICHERO ... Extrae las cadenas traducibles a partir de los ficheros dados. Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son obligatorios para las opciones cortas. -a, --extract-all extrae todas las cadenas -c, --add-comments[=ETIQUETA] pone un bloque de comentarios con ETIQUETA (o aquellos que preceden líneas de palabras clave) en el fichero de salida -C, --c++ abreviatura de --language=C++ --debug el resultado de la etapa de reconocimiento de las cadenas de formato se escribe en forma detallada -d, --default-domain=NOMBRE utiliza NOMBRE.po para la salida (en vez de messages.po) -D, --directory=DIRECTORIO añade el DIRECTORIO a la lista de búsqueda de ficheros de entrada -e, --no-escape no utiliza secuencias de escape tipo C en la salida (opción por defecto) -E, --escape utiliza secuencias de escape tipo C en la salida, sin caracteres extendidos -f, --files-from=FICHERO obtiene la lista de los ficheros de entrada de FICHERO --force-po escribe un fichero .po incluso si está vacío --foreign-user no muestra el copyright de FSF para usuarios no ingleses -F, --sort-by-file ordena la salida por ubicación del fichero Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] [FICHERO]... Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son obligatorios para las opciones cortas. -e, --no-escape no utiliza las secuencias de escape tipo C en la salida (por defecto) -E, --escape utiliza las secuencias de escape tipo C en la salida, sin caracteres extendidos --force-po escribe un fichero .po incluso si está vacío -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza -o, --output-file=FICHERO escribe la salida en FICHERO en vez de utilizar la salida estándar --strict escribe en estilo Uniforum estricto -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza -w, --width=NÚMERO ajusta la anchura de la página de salida Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] [[[DOMINIOTEXTO] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=DOMINIOTEXTO obtiene los mensajes traducidos de DOMINIOTEXTO -e habilita la expansión de algunas secuencias de escape -E (existe por compatibilidad, no tiene efecto) -h, --help muestra este texto de ayuda y finaliza -n suprime el carácter de nueva línea -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza [DOMINIOTEXTO] MSGID obtiene el mensaje traducido correspondiente al MSGID del DOMINIOTEXTO Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] def.po ref.po Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son obligatorios para las opciones cortas. -D, --directory=DIRECTORIO añade el DIRECTORIO a la lista de búsqueda de ficheros de entrada -e, --no-escape no utiliza escapes C en la salida (por defecto) -E, --escape utiliza escape C en la salida, sin caracteres extendidos --force-po escribe un fichero .po incluso si está vacío -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza -i, --indent estilo de salida con sangrías -o, --output-file=FICHERO el resultado se escribe en FICHERO --no-location no escribe líneas '#: fichero:línea' --add-location escribe líneas '#: fichero:línea' (por defecto) --strict estilo de salida Uniforum estricto -v, --verbose incrementa el nivel de mensajes -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza -w, --width=NÚMERO ajusta la anchura de la página de salida Modo de empleo: %s [OPCIÓN] def.po ref.po Los argumentos obligatorios para las opciones largas también son obligatorios para las opciones cortas. -D, --directory=DIRECTORIO añade el DIRECTORIO a la lista de búsqueda de ficheros de entrada -h, --help muestra esta ayuda y finaliza -V, --version informa de la versión y finaliza Compara dos ficheros .po de estilo Uniforum para comprobar que ambos contienen el mismo conjunto de cadenas de mensajes (msgid). El fichero def.po es un fichero existente de tipo .po con las traducciones antiguas. El fichero ref.po es el último fichero .po creado (generalmente por xgettext). Esto es útil para verificar que se han traducido todos y cada uno de los mensajes del programa. Cuando no se encuentre un resultado exacto, se utilizará coincidencia difusa, de tal forma que la precisión del diagnóstico sea mejor. Escrito por %s. la instrucción `domain %s' no tiene efectoa alguna de las líneas `msgid' y `msgstr' les falta el `\n' iniciala alguna de las líneas `msgid' y `msgstr' les falta el `\n' finalno se puede crear el fichero de salida "%s"el nombre de dominio "%s" no es válido como nombre de ficheroel nombre del dominio "%s" no es válido como nombre de fichero: se utilizará un prefijodefinición del mensaje duplicadase descarta la línea vacía `msgstr'fin de fichero dentro de una cadenafin de línea dentro de una cadenaerror al abrir el fichero "%s" para lecturaerror al abrir el fichero "%s" para escrituraerror al leer "%s"hubo un error al escribir el fichero "%s"se requieren exactamente 2 ficheros de entradael campo `%s' aún tiene el valor inicialel fichero "%s" no está en el formato .mo de GNUel fichero "%s" está truncadolas especificaciones de formato para el argumento %u no son las mismasse encontraron %d errores fatalesse descarta la línea difusa `msgstr'el campo `%s' debe comenzar al principio de la líneano existe el campo `%s' en la cabecerasecuencia de control ilegalLos mensajes internacionalizados no deben contener la secuencia de escape `\%c'palabra clave "%s" desconocidalenguaje `%s' desconocidono hay sección `msgstr'faltan argumentosno se especificó el fichero de entradano se especificaron ficheros de entradael número de especificaciones de formato en `msgid' y 'msgstr' no coincidefallo en la lectura "%s" en la posición (offset) %ldalgunos campos de cabecera aún tienen el valor inicialentrada estándarsalida estándareste fichero no puede contener instrucciones de dominioeste mensaje no tiene definición en el dominio "%s"este mensaje se usa pero no está definido en %seste mensaje se usa pero no está definido...demasiados argumentosdemasiados errores, programa interrumpidoatención: el fichero `%s' con extensión `%s' es desconocido; se intentará tipo Catención: este mensaje no se utilizamientras se creaba la tabla de `hash'mientras se preparaba la salidagettext-kde-0.10.35/po/fr.gmo0000644000175000017500000004775606522270002013464 0ustar jrjrŞ•UÄql0ã1ßtõ *j ö•Œ” «Ìæ,-%K,q- Ì&í4"T3w/«+ÛNVn?‰!É/ëÇã&ôˆ0,¹›æÔ‚W"g"8…"6¾"õ"*#;?#{#˜#µ#Ï#$é#$$3$L$j$*‰$"´$×$6ë$"%8%3U%"‰%¬%GÅ% &"&8&Q&c&w&FŒ&Ó&7ï&''6'+F'1r'*¤''Ï'÷' (8$(!]((™(5°(]æ)äD+å)-ü0 3 +666 K6&l6%“6/¹6 é6& 7/170a7#’7&¶7)İ7)8+188]86–83Í8G9I9f9:9*¼9,ç9ş:;01;b;€;7 >0Ø@ E)H'8HH`HL©H(öH/ICOI“I&­IÔIğI/ J0:J#kJ+J.»J-êJ2KKKFiK°K,ÆK6óK'*LRLJrL½LÔLëLMM8MJPM6›M>ÒMN!N51N7gN1ŸN(ÑNúN OL'O'tO-œO#ÊO,R9S 8I+?*%>GDT$ !H3;2OA  4 K@1)CQ/-#=0U<J"F &7(BN.:P'ML56E Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO), otherwise is guessed from file extension -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %s: warning: no header entry found%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Memory exhaustedTry `%s --help' for more information. Unknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output --strict write strict uniforum style -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) --strict strict Uniforum output style -v, --verbose increase verbosity level -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. Written by %s. `domain %s' directive ignored`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\n'`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\n'cannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownlanguage `%s' unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try Cwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.31 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1997-08-28 09:52 EDT Last-Translator: François Pinard Language-Team: French MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Convertir un fichier .mo, binaire, en fichier .po à la manière d'Uniforum. Les fichiers grand-boutiens et petit-boutiens sont tous deux traités. Si le fichier d'entrée vaut « - », lit l'entrée standard. Sans fichier d'entrée ou lorsque « - », lit l'entrée standard. Sauf indication contraire, les résultats sont produits sur la sortie standard. Si DOMAINE n'est pas founi, le domaine est obtenu de la variable TEXTDOMAIN dans l'environnement. En l'absence du catalogue de messages à l'endroit habituel, la variable d'environnement TEXTDOMAINDIR peut indiquer un autre répertoire. Avec l'option « -s », ce programme se comporte comme la commande « echo »; mais plutôt que de copier simplement ses arguments sur « stdout », ceux qui sont disponibles dans le catalogue choisi sont traduits. Ensemble des répertoires fouillés: %s Fusionne deux fichiers PO ensemble. Le fichier DEF.po contient les anciennes traductions, qui sont transportées au fichier nouvellement créé dans la mesure où les chaînes à traduire se correspondent; les commentaires sont préservés, mais les commentaires automatiquement extraits et les positions dans le fichiers sont éliminés. Le fichier REF.po a été récemment crée (souvent par xgettext), toute traduction ou commentaire en sera éliminé, toutefois les commentaires « . » et les positions de fichier sont conservés. Lorsqu'un appariement exact n'est pas possible, un appariement flou permet de produire de meilleurs résultats. Ceux-ci sont produits sur la sortie standard, À moins qu'un fichier de sortie soit explicitement spécifié. -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer -i, --indent produire le fichier .po dans un style indenté -j, --join-existing ajouter les messages au fichier existant -k, --keyword[=MOT] mot-clef supplémentaire, défauts si MOT absent -l, --string-limit=LONGUEUR indiquer si LONGUEUR (%u) octets dépassés -L, --language=NOM analyser le langage indiqué (C, C++, PO), sinon, le deviner de l'extension du fichier -m, --msgstr-prefix[=CHAÎNE] préfixer les msgstr's par CHAÎNE, sinon \"\" -M, --msgstr-suffix[=CHAÎNE] suffixer les msgstr's par CHAÎNE, sinon \"\" --no-location ne pas produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE » -n, --add-location produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE » (implicite) --omit-header omettre les en-têtes pour « msgid "" » -o, --output=FICHIER produire la sortie sur le FICHIER indiqué -p, --output-dir=RÉPERTOIRE sortir le fichier produit dans tel RÉPERTOIRE -s, --sort-output trier la sortie et éliminer les duplicats --strict produire un fichier PO strictement Uniforum -T, --trigraphs reconnaître les trigraphes ANSI C en entrée -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer -w, --width=COLONNES limiter le nombre de COLONNES en sortie -x, --exclude-file=FICHIER ne pas extraire d'entrées de FICHIER Si le FICHIER est « - », lit l'entrée standard. terminé. %d messages traduits%s et %s s'excluent mutuellement%s: l'option « %c » n'est pas permise %s: l'option « %c » n'est pas valide %s: l'option « %c%s » ne tolère pas d'argument %s: l'option « %s » est ambiguë %s: l'option « %s » exige un argument %s: l'option « --%s » ne tolère pas d'argument %s: l'option « -W %s » ne tolère pas d'argument %s: l'option « -W %s » est ambiguë %s: l'option « %c » exige un argument %s: l'option « %c%s » n'est pas reconnue %s: l'option « --%s » n'est pas reconnue %s: attention: l'en-tête n'a pas été trouvé%s: attention: certaines traductions sont approximatives%s:%d: attention: constante caractère sans terminateur%s:%d: attention: constante chaîne sans terminateur%s%d et %d lus, %d fusionnés, %d approximés, %d manquants, %d périmés. , %d traductions approximées, %d messages non-traduits--join-existing interdit si production sur sortie standard...mais cette définition lui est semblable...voici l'endroit de la première définitionCopyright © %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. Ce progiciel est libre. Consulter les sources pour plus de détail sur les permissions de copie. Il est distribué SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE de QUALITÉ LOYALE ET MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION POUR UN BUT PARTICULIER. Mémoire entièrement consomméePour plus d'information, essayer « %s --help ». Erreur système non identifiéeUsage: %s [OPTION] [FICHIER]... Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent. -e, --no-escape éviter les échappement C en sortie (implicite) -E, --escape échappements C en sorite, éviter les 8-bits --force-po produire un fichier PO, même vide -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer -i, --indent sortie en style indenté -o, --output-file=FICHIER écrire sur FICHIER plutôt que sur sortie standard --strict produire un fichier .po strictement Uniforum -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer -w, --width=COLONNES limiter le nombre de COLONNES en sortie Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[DOMAINE] MSGID] | [ -s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=DOMAINE trouver la traduction de MSGID, dans le DOMAINE donné -e reconnaître et remplacer les séquences d'échappement -E (ignoré, gardé pour des questions de compatibilité) -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer -n inhiber la production d'une fin de ligne -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer [DOMAINE] MSGID trouver la traduction de MSGID, dans le DOMAINE donné Usage: %s [OPTION] DEF.po REF.po Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent. -D, --directory=RÉPERT fouiller RÉPERT aussi pour trouver les fichiers -e, --no-escape éviter les échappement C en sortie (implicite) -E, --escape échappements C en sortie, éviter les 8-bits --force-po produire un fichier PO, même vide -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer -i, --indent sortie en style indenté -o, --output-file=FICHIER produire les résultats sur FICHIER --no-location ne pas produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE » --add-location produire les « #: FICHIER:LIGNE » (implicite) --strict produire un fichier PO strictement Uniforum -v, --verbose augmenter le niveau de bavardise -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer -w, --width=COLONNES limiter le nombre de COLONNES en sortie Usage: %s [OPTION] ANCIEN.po NOUVEAU.po Les arguments obligatoires pour la forme longue des options sont aussi obligatoires pour les formes courtes qui leur correspondent. -D, --directory=RÉPERT fouiller RÉPERT aussi pour trouver les fichiers -h, --help fournir ce message d'aide, puis terminer -V, --version identifier le programme, puis terminer Comparer deux fichiers .po style Uniforum, vérifier qu'ils contiennent le même ensemble de chaînes « msgid ». ANCIEN.po fournit les vieilles traductions. NOUVEAU.po a été PO récemment créé (souvent par xgettext). Cela vous permet de vérifier que vous avez traduit chacun des messages de votre programme. Lorsqu'un appariement exact n'est pas possible, un appariement flou est utilisé pour un meilleur diagnostic. Écrit par %s. la directive « domain %s » sera ignoréel'une des chaînes « msgid » ou « msgstr » débute par « \n », l'autre pasl'une des chaînes « msgid » ou « msgstr » se termine par « \n », l'autre pasincapable de fabriquer le fichier « %s »« %s » n'est pas approprié comme nom de domainedomaine « %s » inadéquat comme nom de fichier: utilisera un préfixemessage doublement définichaîne « msgstr » vide, entrée ignoréefin de fichier intempestivefin de ligne intempestiveerreur lors de l'ouverture de « %s » en lectureerreur lors de l'ouverture de « %s » en écritureerreur lors de la lecture de « %s »erreur pendant l'écriture du fichier « %s »exactement deux fichiers sont requis en entréeLe champ « %s » a toujours sa valeur initialele fichier « %s » n'est pas en format .mo pour GNUle fichier « %s » est tronquéles spécifications de format pour l'argument %u ne sont pas identiques%d erreurs terminaleschaîne « msgstr » approximée, entrée ignoréeLe champ « %s » devrait s'appuyer au début de la ligneLe champ « %s » est absent de l'en-têteséquence d'échappement illégaleun message à traduire ne doit pas contenir la séquence d'échappement `\%c'mot-clé « %s » inconnulangage « %s » inconnusection « msgstr » absentearguments manquantsaucun fichier d'entrée fourniaucun fichier en entréenombre différent de spécifications de format entre « msgid » et « msgstr »le repositionnement de « %s » à l'endroit %ld a échouéQuelques champs de l'en-tête ont toujours leur valeur initialeentrée standardsortie standardce fichier ne peut contenir des directives de domainece message n'a pas de définition dans le domaine « %s »ce message, utilisé, n'est pas défini dans « %s »ce message, utilisé, n'est pas défini...trop d'argumentstrop d'erreurs, j'abandonneattention: « %s » sans classification pour « %s », le langage C sera présuméattention: ce message n'est pas utilisépendant la création de la table de dispersionlors de la préparation de la sortiegettext-kde-0.10.35/po/ko.gmo0000644000175000017500000004544706522270002013461 0ustar jrjrŞ•UÄql0ã1ßtõ *j ö•Œ” «Ìæ,-%K,q- Ì&í4"T3w/«+ÛNVn?‰!É/ëÇã&ôˆ0,¹›æÔ‚W"g"8…"6¾"õ"*#;?#{#˜#µ#Ï#$é#$$3$L$j$*‰$"´$×$6ë$"%8%3U%"‰%¬%GÅ% &"&8&Q&c&w&FŒ&Ó&7ï&''6'+F'1r'*¤''Ï'÷' (8$(!]((™(.°(ßß)y¿*$9,¥^.ò2÷4ÿ45.5E5+^5Š5"¨5+Ë5,÷5 $6&E6l6Œ6!¬65Î6$7&)7dP7µ7È7Aä7&8"E8Áh8*9+:9f9˜}9'<¸>>±÷A©D½D9ÙD7E!KE+mEN™EèEûEF1F$KF$pF•F°F#ĞF2ôF#'GKG*^G!‰G«G.ÇGöGH>'HfH}H”H ¯H½HİH@ıH>I7VI I ˜I8¢I'ÛI1J-5JcJtJA’J#ÔJøJK,R9S 8I+?*%>GDT$ !H3;2OA  4 K@1)CQ/-#=0U<J"F &7(BN.:P'ML56E Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO), otherwise is guessed from file extension -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %s: warning: no header entry found%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Memory exhaustedTry `%s --help' for more information. Unknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output --strict write strict uniforum style -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) --strict strict Uniforum output style -v, --verbose increase verbosity level -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. Written by %s. `domain %s' directive ignored`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\n'`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\n'cannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownlanguage `%s' unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try Cwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.30 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1997-09-03 12:52+0900 Last-Translator: Bang Jun-Young Language-Team: Korean MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=EUC-KR Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit ÀÌÁø .mo ÆÄÀÏÀ» Uniforum ÇüÅÂÀÇ .po ÆÄÀÏ·Î º¯È¯ÇÕ´Ï´Ù. ¸®Æ²-¿£µğ¾ğ°ú ºò-¿£µğ¾ğÀ¸·Î µÈ .mo ÆÄÀÏÀ» ¸ğµÎ ´Ù·ê ¼ö ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù. ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾Ê°Å³ª - À̸é Ç¥ÁØ ÀÔ·ÂÀ» ÀĞ°Ô µË´Ï´Ù. ³»Á¤°ªÀ¸·Î Ãâ·ÂÀº Ç¥ÁØ Ãâ·Â¿¡ ±â·ÏµË´Ï´Ù. TEXTDOMAIN ¸Å°³º¯¼ö°¡ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é ¿µ¿ªÀº ȯ°æ º¯¼ö TEXTDOMAINÀ¸·ÎºÎÅÍ °áÁ¤µË´Ï´Ù. ¸Ş½ÃÁö ¸ñ·ÏÀÌ ÀϹİÀûÀÎ µğ·ºÅ丮¿¡ ÀÖÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é ȯ°æ º¯¼ö TEXTDOMAINDIR·Î ´Ù¸¥ À§Ä¡¸¦ ÁöÁ¤ÇÒ ¼ö ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù. -s ¿É¼ÇÀÌ ¾²À̸é ÇÁ·Î±×·¥Àº `echo' ¸í·Éó·³ µ¿ÀÛÇÕ´Ï´Ù. ±×·¯³ª ´Ü¼øÈ÷ Àμö¸¦ Ç¥ÁØÃâ·Â¿¡ º¹»çÇÏÁö´Â ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù. ´ë½Å ¼±ÅÃµÈ ¸ñ·Ï¿¡ ÀÖ´Â ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö°¡ Ãâ·ÂµË´Ï´Ù. ±âº» Ž»ö µğ·ºÅ丮: %s Uniforum ÇüÅÂÀÇ µÎ ÆÄÀÏÀ» Çϳª·Î °áÇÕÇÕ´Ï´Ù. def.po ÆÄÀÏÀº ÀÌ¹Ì Á¸ÀçÇÏ´Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ¸ç ¿¹Àü¿¡ ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ ´ã°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù. ÀÌ ¹ø¿ª¹®µéÀº ¦ÀÌ ÀÖ´Â °Í¿¡ ÇÑÇØ »õ·Ó°Ô ¸¸µé¾îÁø ÆÄÀÏÀÇ °ÍÀ¸·Î ´ëüµË´Ï´Ù; ÁÖ¼®Àº º¸Á¸µÇÁö¸¸ ÃßÃâ ÁÖ¼®°ú ÆÄÀÏ À§Ä¡´Â Á¦°ÅµË´Ï´Ù. ref.po ÆÄÀÏÀº ÃÖ±Ù¿¡ ¸¸µé¾îÁø PO ÆÄÀÏÀ̸ç (ÀϹİÀûÀ¸·Î xgettext¿¡ ÀÇÇØ), ÆÄÀÏ ³»ÀÇ ¸ğµç ¹ø¿ª¹®À̳ª ÁÖ¼®Àº Á¦°ÅµÇÁö¸¸ Á¡ ÁÖ¼®°ú ÆÄÀÏ À§Ä¡´Â º¸Á¸µË´Ï´Ù. Á¤È®ÇÑ Â¦À» ãÁö ¸øÇÒ °æ¿ì, º¸´Ù ³ªÀº °á°ú¸¦ ¾ò±â À§ÇØ ÆÛÁö ¸ÅĪÀÌ »ç¿ëµË´Ï´Ù. ¸¸¾à Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÁöÁ¤µÇÁö ¾ÊÀ¸¸é °á°ú´Â Ç¥ÁØÃâ·Â¿¡ ¾²¿©Áı´Ï´Ù. -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù -i, --indent µé¿©¾²±âµÈ ÇüÅ·Π.po ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù -j, --join-existing Á¸ÀçÇÏ´Â ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ °áÇÕÇÕ´Ï´Ù -k, --keyword[=WORD] ºÎ°¡ÀûÀ¸·Î Ž»öÇÒ Å°¿öµå (WORD¸¦ ÁöÁ¤ÇÏÁö ¾Ê´Â °ÍÀÌ ³»Á¤µÈ Å°¿öµå¸¦ ¾²´Â °ÍÀ» ¶æÇÏÁø ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER ¹®ÀÚ¿­ÀÇ ±æÀ̸¦ %u ´ë½Å NUMBER·Î Á¦ÇÑÇÕ´Ï´Ù -L, --language=NAME ÁöÁ¤µÈ ¾ğ¾î(C, C++, PO)¸¦ ÀνÄÇϸç, ±×·¸Áö ¸øÇÒ ¶§¿¡´Â ÆÄÀÏ È®ÀåÀÚ¸¦ º¸°í ÃßÃøÇÕ´Ï´Ù. -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] msgstr Ç׸ñÀÇ Á¢µÎ»ç·Î STRINGÀ̳ª ""¸¦ »ç¿ëÇÕ´Ï´Ù -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] msgstr Ç׸ñÀÇ Á¢¹Ì»ç·Î STRINGÀ̳ª ""¸¦ »ç¿ëÇÕ´Ï´Ù --no-location '#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù -n, --add-location '#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» »ı¼ºÇÕ´Ï´Ù (³»Á¤°ª) --omit-header Ç¥Á¦¿¡ `msgid ""' Ç׸ñÀ» ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù -o, --output=FILE ÁöÁ¤µÈ ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ Ãâ·ÂÀ» ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù -p, --output-dir=DIR Ãâ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀ» DIR µğ·ºÅ丮¿¡ °¡Á®´Ù ³õ½À´Ï´Ù -s, --sort-output Á¤·ÄµÈ Ãâ·ÂÀ» »ı¼ºÇÏ°í »çº»À» Áö¿ó´Ï´Ù --strict UniforumÀ» ¾ö°İÈ÷ µû¸£´Â .po ÆÄÀÏÀ» ¸¸µì´Ï´Ù -T, --trigraphs ÀԷ¿¡ ´ëÇØ ANSI C Æ®¸®±×¶óÇÁ¸¦ ÀνÄÇÕ´Ï´Ù -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù -w, --width=NUMBER Ãâ·Â ÆäÀÌÁö ÆøÀ» ¼³Á¤ÇÕ´Ï´Ù -x, --exclude-file=FILE FILE ¾ÈÀÇ Ç׸ñÀ» ÃßÃâÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù ÀÔ·ÂÆÄÀÏÀÌ - À̸é Ç¥ÁØ ÀÔ·ÂÀ» ÀĞ°Ô µË´Ï´Ù. ¿Ï·á. ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö %d°³%s¿Í %s´Â ¼­·Î ¹èŸÀûÀÔ´Ï´Ù%s: À߸øµÈ ¿É¼Ç -- %c %s: ºÎÀûÀıÇÑ ¿É¼Ç -- %c %s: `%c%s' ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö¸¦ Çã¿ëÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù %s: `%s'´Â ¸ğÈ£ÇÑ ¿É¼ÇÀÔ´Ï´Ù %s: `%s' ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö°¡ ÇÊ¿äÇÕ´Ï´Ù %s: `--%s' ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö¸¦ Çã¿ëÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù %s: `-W %s' ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö¸¦ Çã¿ëÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù %s: `-W %s'´Â ¸ğÈ£ÇÑ ¿É¼ÇÀÔ´Ï´Ù %s: ÀÌ ¿É¼ÇÀº Àμö°¡ ÇÊ¿äÇÕ´Ï´Ù -- %c %s: ÀνÄÇÒ ¼ö ¾ø´Â ¿É¼Ç `%c%s' %s: ÀνÄÇÒ ¼ö ¾ø´Â ¿É¼Ç `--%s' %s: °æ°í: Çì´õ Ç׸ñÀ» ãÁö ¸øÇßÀ½%s: °æ°í: ¼Ò½º ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÆÛÁö ¹ø¿ª¹®À» Æ÷ÇÔÇÏ°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù%s:%d: °æ°í: ¿Ï°áµÇÁö ¾ÊÀº ¹®ÀÚ »ó¼ö%s:%d: °æ°í: ¿Ï°áµÇÁö ¾ÊÀº ¹®ÀÚ¿­ »ó¼ö%s%d°³ÀÇ ¿¹Àü °Í + %d°³ÀÇ ÂüÁ¶¹®, °áÇÕµÈ °Í %d, ÆÛÁö %d, ºüÁø °Í %d, ¾µ¸ğ¾ø´Â °Í %d°³¸¦ Àоú½À´Ï´Ù. , ÆÛÁö ¹ø¿ª¹® %d°³, ¹ø¿ªµÇÁö ¾ÊÀº ¸Ş½ÃÁö %d°³--join-exeistingÀº Ãâ·ÂÀÌ Ç¥ÁØÃâ·Â¿¡ ¾²¿©Áú ¶§ »ç¿ëµÉ ¼ö ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù...ÇÏÁö¸¸ ÀÌ Á¤ÀÇ´Â À¯»çÇÕ´Ï´Ù...¿©±â´Â ù¹ø° Á¤ÀÇÀÇ À§Ä¡ÀÔ´Ï´ÙÀúÀÛ±Ç (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. ÀÌ ÇÁ·Î±×·¥Àº °ø°³ ¼ÒÇÁÆ®¿ş¾îÀÔ´Ï´Ù. º¹»ç Á¶°ÇÀº ¼Ò½º¸¦ ÂüÁ¶ÇϽʽÿÀ. »óÇ°¼º À̳ª ƯÁ¤ ¸ñÀû¿¡ ´ëÇÑ ÀûÇÕ¼ºÀ» ºñ·ÔÇÏ¿©, ¾î¶°ÇÑ º¸Áõµµ ÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù. ¸Ş¸ğ¸®°¡ ¹Ù´Ú³²´õ ¸¹Àº Á¤º¸¸¦ º¸·Á¸é `%s --help' ÇϽʽÿÀ ¾Ë ¼ö ¾ø´Â ½Ã½ºÅÛ ¿À·ù»ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] [ÆÄÀÏ]... ±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù. -e, --no-escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù (³»Á¤°ª) -E, --escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²°í, È®Àå ¹®ÀÚ´Â ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù --force-po ºñ¾úÀ»Áö¶óµµ PO ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù -i, --indent µé¿©¾²±âµÈ Ãâ·Â ÇüÅ -o, --output-file=FILE °á°ú°¡ FILE¿¡ ¾²¿©Áöµµ·Ï ÇÕ´Ï´Ù --strict ¾ö°İÇÑ Uniforum Ãâ·Â ÇüÅ -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù -w, --width=NUMBER Ãâ·Â ÆäÀÌÁö ÆøÀ» ¼³Á¤ÇÕ´Ï´Ù »ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ TEXTDOMAIN¿¡¼­ ºÒ·¯¿É´Ï´Ù -e ¸î¸î À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¿­ÀÇ È®ÀåÀ» °¡´ÉÄÉ ÇÕ´Ï´Ù -E (ȣȯ¼ºÀ» À§ÇØ ¹«½ÃµÊ) -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù -n µû¶óºÙ´Â ÁÙ¹Ù²Ş ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ Á¦°ÅÇÕ´Ï´Ù -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ç¥½ÃÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID MSGID¿¡ ´ëÀÀÇÏ´Â ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ TEXTDOMAIN¿¡¼­ ºÒ·¯¿É´Ï´Ù »ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] def.po ref.po ±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏ Å½»ö ¸í´Ü¿¡ DIRECTORY¸¦ Ãß°¡ÇÕ´Ï´Ù -e, --no-escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù (³»Á¤°ª) -E, --escape Ãâ·Â¿¡ C À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¹®ÀÚ¸¦ ¾²°í, È®Àå ¹®ÀÚ´Â ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù --force-po ºñ¾úÀ»Áö¶óµµ PO ÆÄÀÏ¿¡ ±â·ÏÇÕ´Ï´Ù -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù -i, --indent µé¿©¾²±âµÈ Ãâ·Â ÇüÅ -o, --output-file=FILE °á°ú°¡ FILE¿¡ ¾²¿©Áöµµ·Ï ÇÕ´Ï´Ù --no-location `#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» ¾²Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù --add-location `#: filename:line' ÇàÀ» º¸Á¸ÇÕ´Ï´Ù (³»Á¤°ª) --strict ¾ö°İÇÑ Uniforum Ãâ·Â ÇüÅ -v, --verbose Ç¥½Ã µî±ŞÀ» ³ôÀÔ´Ï´Ù -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù -w, --width=NUMBER Ãâ·Â ÆäÀÌÁö ÆøÀ» ¼³Á¤ÇÕ´Ï´Ù »ç¿ë¹ı: %s [¿É¼Ç] def.po ref.po ±ä ¿É¼Ç¿¡ ºÎ°¡µÇ´Â Àμö´Â ªÀº ¿É¼Ç¿¡µµ Àû¿ëµË´Ï´Ù. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏ Å½»ö ¸í´Ü¿¡ DIRECTORY¸¦ Ãß°¡ÇÕ´Ï´Ù -h, --help ÀÌ µµ¿ò¸»À» º¸¿©ÁÖ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù -V, --version ¹öÀü Á¤º¸¸¦ Ãâ·ÂÇÏ°í Á¾·áÇÕ´Ï´Ù °°Àº ³»¿ëÀÇ msgid ¹®ÀÚ¿­À» Æ÷ÇÔÇÏ°í ÀÖ´ÂÁö È®ÀÎÇϱâ À§ÇØ Uniforum ÇüÅÂÀÇ µÎ .po ÆÄÀÏÀ» ºñ±³ÇÕ´Ï´Ù. def.po ÆÄÀÏÀº ÀÌ¹Ì Á¸ÀçÇÏ´Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ¸ç ¿¹Àü¿¡ ¹ø¿ªµÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ ´ã°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù. ref.po ÆÄÀÏÀº ÃÖ±Ù¿¡ ¸¸µé¾îÁø PO ÆÄÀÏÀÔ´Ï´Ù(ÀϹİÀûÀ¸·Î xgettext¿¡ ÀÇÇØ). ÀÌ°ÍÀº ÇÁ·Î±×·¥ ³»¿¡ ÀÖ´Â °¢°¢ÀÇ ¸Ş½ÃÁö¸¦ ¹ø¿ªÇß´ÂÁö È®ÀÎÇÒ ¶§ À¯¿ëÇÕ´Ï´Ù. Á¤È®ÇÑ Â¦À» ãÁö ¸øÇÒ °æ¿ì, º¸´Ù ³ªÀº °á°ú¸¦ ¾ò±â À§ÇØ ÆÛÁö ¸ÅĪÀÌ »ç¿ëµË´Ï´Ù. %s°¡ ¸¸µé¾ú½À´Ï´Ù. `domain %s' Áö½ÃÀÚ´Â ¹«½ÃµÊ`msgid'¿Í `msgstr' Ç׸ñÀÌ ¸ğµÎ '\n'À¸·Î ½ÃÀÛÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù`msgid'¿Í `msgstr' Ç׸ñÀÌ ¸ğµÎ '\n'À¸·Î ³¡³ªÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´ÙÃâ·Â ÆÄÀÏ "%s"À» ¸¸µé ¼ö ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù¿µ¿ª¸í "%s"´Â ÆÄÀÏ À̸§À¸·Î ¾Ë¸ÂÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù¿µ¿ª¸í "%s"´Â ÆÄÀÏ À̸§À¸·Î ¾Ë¸ÂÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù. ±×·¯¹Ç·Î Á¢µÎ»ç¸¦ »ç¿ëÇÒ °ÍÀÔ´Ï´ÙÁߺ¹µÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö Á¤ÀǺó `msgstr' Ç׸ñÀº ¹«½ÃµÊ¹®ÀÚ¿­ ³»ºÎ¿¡¼­ ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ³¡³²¹®ÀÚ¿­ ³»ºÎ¿¡¼­ ÇàÀÌ ³¡³²Àбâ À§ÇØ "%s"À» ¿©´Â µ¿¾È ¿À·ù ¹ß»ı¾²±â À§ÇØ "%s"À» ¿©´Â µ¿¾È ¿À·ù ¹ß»ı"%s"À» ÀĞ´Â µ¿¾È ¿À·ù ¹ß»ı"%s" ÆÄÀÏÀ» ¾²´Â µ¿¾È ¿À·ù ¹ß»ıÁ¤È®È÷ 2°³ÀÇ ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÇÊ¿äÇÕ´Ï´Ù`%s' Çʵ尡 ¾ÆÁ÷µµ ÃʱâÀÇ ³»Á¤°ªÀ» °¡Áö°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´Ù"%s" ÆÄÀÏÀº GNU .mo Çü½ÄÀÌ ¾Æ´Õ´Ï´Ù"%s" ÆÄÀÏÀÌ Àß·ÈÀ½Àμö %u¿¡ ´ëÇÑ ¼­½Ä ÁöÁ¤ÀÚ°¡ °°Áö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù%d°³ÀÇ Ä¡¸íÀûÀÎ ¿À·ù¸¦ ã¾Ò½À´Ï´ÙÆÛÁö `msgstr' Ç׸ñÀº ¹«½ÃµÊÇì´õ Çʵå `%s'´Â ÇàÀÇ Ã³À½ºÎÅÍ ½ÃÀÛÇØ¾ß ÇÕ´Ï´ÙÇì´õ¿¡ Çì´õÇʵå `%s'°¡ ºüÁ³À½À߸øµÈ Á¦¾î ¼ø¼­¿­±¹Á¦È­µÈ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â `\%c' À̽ºÄÉÀÌÇÁ ¼ø¼­¿­À» Æ÷ÇÔÇÒ ¼ö ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù¾Ë ¼ö ¾ø´Â Å°¿öµå "%s"`%s' ¾ğ¾î¸¦ ¾Ë ¼ö ¾øÀ½`msgstr' ºÎºĞÀÌ ºüÁ³½À´Ï´ÙÀμö°¡ ºüÁ³À½ÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾Ê¾Ò½À´Ï´ÙÀÔ·Â ÆÄÀÏÀÌ ÁÖ¾îÁöÁö ¾Ê¾Ò½À´Ï´Ù`msgid'¿Í `msgstr'¿¡ ¾²ÀÎ ¼­½Ä ÁöÁ¤ÀÚÀÇ °³¼ö°¡ ÀÏÄ¡ÇÏÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´Ù"%s" ¿É¼Â %ld Ž»ö ½ÇÆиî¸î Çì´õ Çʵ尡 ¾ÆÁ÷µµ ÃʱâÀÇ ³»Á¤°ªÀ» °¡Áö°í ÀÖ½À´Ï´ÙÇ¥ÁØ ÀÔ·ÂÇ¥ÁØ Ãâ·ÂÀÌ ÆÄÀÏÀº ¿µ¿ª Áö½ÃÀÚ¸¦ Æ÷ÇÔÇÏ°í ÀÖÁö ¾ÊÀ» ¼öµµ ÀÖ½À´Ï´ÙÀÌ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â "%s" ¿µ¿ª¿¡ Á¤ÀÇ°¡ ¾ø½À´Ï´ÙÀÌ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â »ç¿ëµÇÁö¸¸ %s¿¡¼­ Á¤ÀǵÇÁö ¾Ê¾Ò½À´Ï´ÙÀÌ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â »ç¿ëµÇÁö¸¸ Á¤ÀǵÇÁö ¾Ê¾Ò½À´Ï´Ù...Àμö°¡ ³Ê¹« ¸¹À½¿À·ù°¡ ³Ê¹« ¸¹¾Æ¼­ Áß´ÜÇÕ´Ï´Ù°æ°í: `%s' ÆÄÀÏÀÇ È®ÀåÀÚ `%s'¸¦ ¾Ë ¼ö ¾ø½À´Ï´Ù; C Çü½ÄÀ¸·Î °£ÁÖÇÔ°æ°í: ÀÌ ¸Ş½ÃÁö´Â »ç¿ëµÇÁö ¾Ê½À´Ï´ÙÇؽ¬ Å×À̺íÀ» ¸¸µå´Â µ¿¾ÈÃâ·ÂÀ» ÁغñÇÏ´Â µ¿¾Ègettext-kde-0.10.35/po/nl.gmo0000644000175000017500000004741206522270003013454 0ustar jrjrŞ•UÄql0ã1ßtõ *j ö•Œ” «Ìæ,-%K,q- Ì&í4"T3w/«+ÛNVn?‰!É/ëÇã&ôˆ0,¹›æÔ‚W"g"8…"6¾"õ"*#;?#{#˜#µ#Ï#$é#$$3$L$j$*‰$"´$×$6ë$"%8%3U%"‰%¬%GÅ% &"&8&Q&c&w&FŒ&Ó&7ï&''6'+F'1r'*¤''Ï'÷' (8$(!]((™(3°(ùä) Ş*æë,.Ò/ 366 -6N6i6(„6­6%Ê6(ğ6*7"D7&g77ª7'Æ7)î7480M8b~8á8÷8^9%q9,—9ÕÄ9š:*¹:ä:Şú:aÙ=3;@ooDßGôG;H;PH%ŒH/²HJâH-IGIeIƒI(ŸI(ÈIñI J')J7QJ$‰J®J9ÄJşJK;7K+sKŸKK¹KL L3LPLgL‚LDŸLäLGMIMZM/lM4œM5ÑM5N=NPN=kN+©NÕNñN,R9S 8I+?*%>GDT$ !H3;2OA  4 K@1)CQ/-#=0U<J"F &7(BN.:P'ML56E Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO), otherwise is guessed from file extension -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %s: warning: no header entry found%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Memory exhaustedTry `%s --help' for more information. Unknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output --strict write strict uniforum style -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) --strict strict Uniforum output style -v, --verbose increase verbosity level -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. Written by %s. `domain %s' directive ignored`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\n'`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\n'cannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownlanguage `%s' unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try Cwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: gettext 0.10.31 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1997-03-11 22:38 Last-Translator: Erick Branderhorst Language-Team: Dutch MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Konverteer binaire .mo bestanden naar Uniforum-stijl .po bestanden. Zowel klein-endian en groot-endian .mo bestanden zijn toegestaan. Als invoerbestand - is of leeg, lees standaardinvoer. Standaard wordt de uitvoer gescreven naar standaarduitvoer. Als de TEKSTDOMEIN parameter niet gegeven is, zal het domein worden bepaald door de omgevings variabele TEXTDOMAIN. Als de meldingen katalogus niet gevonden is in de gebruikelijke directory, kan een andere lokatie worden gespecificeerd met de omgevings variabele TEXTDOMAINDIR. Als optie `-s' gegeven is, gedraagt het programma zich als het `echo' commando. Maar het kopieert niet de argumenten naar standaard uitvoer. In plaats daarvan worden de in de katalogus gevonden meldingen vertaald. Standaard zoek directory: %s Voeg twee Uniforum stijl .po bestanden samen. Het def.po bestand is een bestaand PO bestand met de oude vertaling welke overgenomen zal worden in het nieuwe bestand als ze overeenkomen; kommentaren worden bewaard, maar extractie kommentaar en bestandspositie's worden buiten beschouwing gelaten. Het ref.po bestand is het laatst gekreeerd PO bestand (in het algemeen door xgettext), vertaling of kommentaren in dit bestand worden buiten beshouwing gelaten, maar punt kommentaar en bestandspositie's blijven bewaard. Als geen precieze overeenkomst gevonden kan worden, zal fuzzy matching gebruikt worden om betere resultaten te verkrijgen. De resultaten worden naar standaarduitvoer geschreven tenzij een uitvoerbestand is gespecificeerd. -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma -i, --indent indenteer uitvoer -j, --join-existing voeg melding same met bestaand bestand -k, --keyword[=WOORD] additioneel sleutelwoord om naar te zoeken (WOORD = "": negeer standaard sleutelwoorden) -l, --string-limit=NUMMER string lengte limiet is NUMMER i.p.v. %u -L, --language=NAAM herken de gespecificeerde TAAL (C, C++, PO) -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] gebruik STRING of "" als voorvoegsel voor msgstr ingangen -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] gebruik STRING of "" als achtervoegsel voor msgstr ingangen --no-location geen '#: filename:line' regels -n, --add-location voeg '#: filename:line' regels toe (standaard) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=BESTAND schrijf uitvoer naar gespecificeerd bestand -p, --output-dir=DIR plaats uitvoerbestanden in directory DIR -s, --sort-output sorteer uitvoer en verwijder dubbelen --strict uitvoer volgens strikte Uniforum stijl -T, --trigraphs accepteer ANSI C trigraphs als invoer -V, --version toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma -w, --width=NUMMER stel pagina uitvoer breedte in -x, --exclude-file=BESTAND ingangen van BESTAND worden niet gekxtraheerd Als INVOERBESTAND - is, lees standaardinvoer. done. %d vertaalde meldingen%s en %s zijn mutually exclusive%s: ongeldige optie -- %c %s: ongeldige optie -- %c %s: optie `%c%s' verwacht geen argument %s: optie `%s' is ambiguous %s: optie `%s' verwacht een argument %s: optie `--%s' verwacht geen argument %s: optie `-W %s' staat geen argument toe %s: optie `-W %s' is dubbelzinnig %s: optie verwacht een argument -- %c %s: onbekende optie `%c%s' %s: onbekende optie `--%s' %s: let op: geen header ingang gevonden%s: let op: broncode bevat vage vertaling%s:%d: let op: niet getermineerde karakter konstante%s:%d: let op: niet getermineerde string literal%sLees %d oud + %d referentie, samengevoegd %d, fuzzied(gevaagd) %d, ontbrekend %d, overbodig %d. , %d vage vertalingen, %d onvertaalde meldingen--join-existing kan niet gebruikt worden indien uitvoer naar standaarduitvoer wordt geschreven...maar de definitie is gelijksoortig...dit is de lokatie van de eerste definitieKopierecht (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. Dit is vrije programmatuur; zie de broncode voor kopieervoowaarden. Er is GEEN garantie; zelfs niet voor VERKOOPBAARHEID of GESCHIKTHEID VOOR EEN SPECIFIEK DOEL. Geen geheugen meer beschikbaarProbeer `%s --help' voor meer informatie. Onbekende systeemfoutGebruik: %s [OPTIE] [BESTAND]... Verplichte argumenten voor lange opties zijn ook verplicht voor korte opties. -e, --no-escape gebruik geen C escapes in uitvoer (standaard) -E, --escape gebruik C escapes in uitvoer, geen extended karakters --force-po schrijf PO bestand zelfs als het leeg is -h, --help laat hulp-tekst zien en bekindig programma -i, --indent gebruik geindenteerde uitvoer-stijl -o, --output-file=FILE uitvoer gaat naar BESTAND --strict gebruik strikte Uniforum-stijl -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma -w, --width=NUMMER stel uitvoer paginabreedte in Gebruik: %s [OPTIE] [[[TEXTDOMEIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEKSTDOMEIN haal vertaalde meldingen uit TEKSTDOMEIN -e maak expansie van enkele escape sequences mogelijk -E (genegeerd voor compatibiliteit) -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma -n onderdruk achtergevoegd nieuwe regel teken -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma [TEXTDOMEIN] MSGID ontvang vertaalde meldingen corresponderend aan MSGID vanuit TEKSTDOMEIN Gebruik: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Verplichte argumenten bij lange opties zijn ook verplicht bij korte opties. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY voeg DIRECTORY toe aan lijst waar van directories invoerbestanden gezocht worden -e, --no-escape gebruikt geen C escapes in uitvoer (standaard) -E, --escape gebruik C escapes in uitvoer, geen extended chars --force-po schrijf PO bestand zelfs als het leeg is -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma -i, --indent geondenteerde uitvoerstijl -o, --output-file=BESTAND resultaat wordt naar BESTAND geschreven --no-location onderdruk '#: bestandsnaam:regel' regels --add-location behoud '#: bestandsnaam:regel' regels (standaard) --strict stricte Uniforum uitvoerstijl -v, --verbose verhoog verbosity nivo -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma -W, --width=NUMBER stel uitvoer pagina breedte in Gebruik: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Verplicht argumenten bij lange opties zijn ook verplicht bij korte opties. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY voeg DIRECTORY toe aan lijst waar invoerbestanden gezocht worden -h, --help toon hulp-tekst en bekindig programma -V, --version toon versie-informatie en bekindig programma Vergelijk twee Uniforum-stijl .po bestanden en kontroleer of beide dezelfde set van msgid strings bevatten. Het def.po bestand is een bestaand PO bestand met de oude vertalingen. Het ref.po bestand is het meest recente PO bestand (over het algemeen aangemaakt door xgettext). Het is belangrijk om te kontroleren of elke melding is vertaald in het programma. Wanneer een precieze overeenkomst niet gevonden kan wrden, zal fuzzy(vage) matching worden gebruikt, ter verkrijging van een betere diagnose. Geschreven door %s. `domein %s' directive genegeerd`msgid' en `msgstr' ingangen beginnen niet allebei met '\n'`msgid' en `msgstr' ingangen eindigen niet allebei met '\n'kan uitvoerbestand "%s" niet aanmakendomeinnaam "%s" niet bruikbaar als bestandsnaamdomeinnaam "%s" niet bruikbaar als bestandsnaam: zal voorvoegsel gebruikendubbele melding definitielege `msgstr' entry genegeerdeinde-bestand-teken in stringeinde-regel-teken in stringfout tijdens openen om te lezen van "%s"fout bij openen om te schrijven van "%s"fout tijdens lezen "%s"fout bij schrijven bestand "%s"precies 2 invoerbestanden zijn benodigdveld `%s' heeft nog de oorspronkelijke standaard waardebestand "%s" is geen GNU .mo bestandbestand "%s" ingekortformaat specificaties voor argument %u zijn niet dezelfde%d fatale fouten gevondenlege `msgstr' ingang genegeerdheader(??)veld `%s' moet starten aan het begin van de regelheader(??)veld `%s' ontbreekt in header(??)illegale kontrol sequencegeonternationaliseerde meldingen mogen geen `\%c' escape sequences bevattensleutelwoord "%s" onbekendtaal `%s' onbekendontbrekend `msgstr' gedeelteontbrekende argumentengeen invoerbestand gegevengeen invoerbestanden gegevenaantal formaat specificaties in `msgid' en `msgstr' zijn niet gelijkzoek "%s" offset %ld gefaaldsommige header(??)velden hebben nog de oorspronkelijke standaard waardestandaard invoerstandaard uitvoerdit bestand mag geen domein directives bevattendeze melding heeft geen definitie in het "%s" domeindeze melding is gebruikt maar niet gedefinieerd in %sdeze melding is gebruikt maar is niet gedefinieerd...te veel argumentente veel fouten, afgebrokenlet op: bestand `%s' extensie `%s' is onbekend; ga C proberenwaarschuwing: deze melding is niet gebruikttijdens aanmaken hash tabelbij voorbereiden uitvoergettext-kde-0.10.35/po/no.gmo0000644000175000017500000002572506522270003013462 0ustar jrjrŞ•C4YL°ã±ß•tuê ò * D ,^ ‹ %© ,Ï &ü # C Nc ² Ê ?å !% /G w ,Œ Ô¹¬*Ë;ö2Ol†$ $Åê!*@"k6¢Ùï3 "@cG|ÄÙòF-t7È×+ç1*E'p˜«!Åç=ãVÑ:¡  ®¸Ïì%D#a%…$«ĞéR U p GŠ !Ò 3ô (!::!™u#&.&)M&9w&±&Ñ&í&'$%'&J'q'!‹'­'-Ê'#ø'(03(d(x(<—("Ô(÷(H)X)n)‡)˜)±)HÌ)*25* h* u*/*3±*0å*.+E+Z+'t+œ+¹+49>!( @.%3;5? 8) <$6"1 ,& +*- A0/B27:'C=# Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionUnknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. `domain %s' directive ignoredcannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.12 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1996-05-11 10:24 -0400 Last-Translator: Karl Anders Øygard Language-Team: Norwegian-bokmål MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Konverter binære .mo-filer til Uniforum .po-filer. Både «little-endian» og «big-endian» .mo filer blir håndtert. Dersom innfil er -, blir standard inn lest. Dersom intet annet er spesifisert, blir det skrevet til standard ut. Hvis TEXTDOMAIN-parameteren ikke er gitt, blir domenet valgt fra miljøvariabelen TEXTDOMAIN. Hvis meldingskatalogen ikke finnes i den vanlige filkatalogen, kan en annen filkatalog spesifiseres ved hjelp av miljøvariabelen TEXTDOMAIN. Når flagget -s blir brukt, oppfører programmet seg som kommandoen «echo». Programmet kopierer imidlertid ikke sine argumenter til standard ut. I stedet blir meldinger i den valgte katalogen oversatt. Standard søkekatalog er: %s Fletter sammen to Uniforum .po-filer. def.po-filen er en eksisterende PO-fil med gamle oversettelser, som vil bli overført til den nye filen dersom de fremdeles stemmer. Kommentarer blir tatt med, men kommentarer om selve ekstraheringen og fil-posisjoner blir slettet. ref.po-filen er den sist genererte PO-filen (vanligvis generert med xgettext). Oversettelser eller kommentarer i denne filen blir slettet, men punktum-kommentarer og fil-posisjoner blir ivaretatt. Der det ikke lar seg gjøre å finne en eksakt overensstemmelse, blir «fuzzy» sammenligning brukt for å få bedre resultater. Resultatet blir skrevet til standard ut, med mindre en utfil er spesifisert. ferdig. %d oversatte meldinger%s og %s utelukker hverandre%s: ulovlig flagg -- %c %s: ugyldig flagg -- %c %s: flagg «%c%s» tar ikke argumenter %s: flagg «%s» er flertydig %s: flagg «%s» behøver et argument %s: flagg «--%s» tar ikke argumenter %s: flagg behøver et argument -- %c %s: ukjent flagg «%c%s» %s: ukjent flagg «--%s» %sLeste %d gamle + %d referanser, flettet %d, antok %d, mangler %d, foreldete %d. , %d antatte oversettelser, %d uoversatte meldinger--join-existing kan ikke brukes når utdata blir skrevet til standard ut... men denne definisjonen ligner... dette er lokasjonen til den første definisjonenUkjent systemfeilBruk: %s [FLAGG] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN hent oversatte meldinger fra TEXTDOMAIN -e slå på ekspandering av noen escape-sekvenser -E (tillatt av kompatibilitetshensyn) -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt -n undertrykk etterfølgende linjeskift -v, --version vis programversjon og avslutt [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID hent oversatt melding som stemmer overens med MSGID fra TEXTDOMAIN Bruk: %s [FLAGG] def.po ref.po Obligatoriske argumenter til lange flagg er obligatoriske også til korte flagg. -h, --help vis denne hjelpeteksten og avslutt -V, --version vis programversjon og avslutt Sammenligner to Uniforum .po-filer for å sjekke at begge inneholder det samme settet msgid-strenger. def.po-filen er en eksisterende PO-fil med de gamle oversettelsene. ref.po-filen er den sist genererte PO-filen (vanligvis generert med xgettext). Dette er nyttig for å sjekke at du har oversatt alle meldinger i programmet. Der en eksakt overensstemmelse ikke finnes, blir «fuzzy» sammenligning brukt for å få bedre diagnostikk. nøkkelord «domain %s» ignorertkan ikke opprette utfilen "%s"domenenavnet "%s" passer ikke som filnavndomenenavnet "%s" passer ikke som filnavn: bruker prefiksduplisert definisjon av meldingtom «msgstr»-linje ignorertslutt-på-fil inne i strengslutt-på-linje inne i strengfeil under åpning av «%s» for lesingfeil under åpning av "%s" for skrivingfeil under lesing av "%s"feil under skriving av filen "%s"behøver nøyaktig to innfilerfeltet «%s» har fremdeles sin forvalgte verdifilen "%s" er ikke i GNU .mo-formatfilen "%s" er avkuttetformat-spesifiseringene for argument %u er ulikefant %d fatale feilantatt «msgstr»-linje ignorertfilhodefelt «%s» skulle ha startet ved begynnelsen av linjenfilhodefelt «%s» mangler i filhodeulovlig kontrollsekvensinternasjonaliserte meldinger skal ikke inneholde escape-sekvensen «\%c»nøkkelord "%s" ukjentmangler «msgstr»-seksjonmangler argumentingen innfil spesifisertingen innfiler spesifisertantall format-spesifiseringer i «msgid» og «msgstr» stemmer ikke overens«seek» "%s" posisjon %ld feiletnoen filhodefelt har fremdeles sin initielle verdistandard innstandard utdenne filen kan ikke inneholde domene-nøkkelorddenne meldingen har ingen definisjon i "%s"-domenetdenne meldingen er brukt, men ikke definert i %sdenne meldingen er brukt, men ikke definert...for mange argumenterfor mange feil, avslutteradvarsel: denne meldingen er ikke bruktmens hash-tabellen ble lagetunder klargjøring av utdatagettext-kde-0.10.35/po/no@nynorsk.gmo0000644000175000017500000001254006522270003015175 0ustar jrjrŞ• +ÈßÉt© ?,Y†%¤,Ê&÷!@*_;ŠÆä" & 6: Gq ¹ Ò ä Fø ? +[ 1‡ *¹ 'ä ! . H 9_ ê™ ™„;$Ty"—$º#ß!%(A:j ¥Æ#á0IL–¯ÀJØ#)B2l0Ÿ.Ğ'ÿ'D       If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. %s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option requires an argument -- %c ...but this definition is similarcannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixerror while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the sameinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencemissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...warning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1996-03-21 08:46 EST Last-Translator: Karl Anders Øygard Language-Team: Norwegian-nynorsk MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Dersom TEXTDOMAIN-parameteren ikkje er gjeven, vert domenet valgt frå miljø-variabelen TEXTDOMAIN. Dersom meldingskatalogen ikkje finst i den vanlege filkatalogen, kan ein annan filkatalog spesifiserast ved hjelp av miljø-variabelen TEXTDOMAIN. Når flagget -s vert brukt, oppfører programmet seg som kommandoen «echo», men gjer ikkje ein enkel kopiering av argumenta sine til standard ut. I staden vert meldingar som er funne i den valgte katalogen oversatt. Standard søkekatalog er: %s Fletter saman to Uniforum .po-filer. def.po-filen er ei eksisterande PO-fil med gamle oversetjingar, som vil verte overført til den nye fila dersom dei framleis stemmer. Kommentarar vert teke med, men kommentarer om sjølve ekstraheringa og fil-posisjoner vert sletta. ref.po-filen er den sist genererte PO-fila (vanlegvis generert med xgettext). Oversetjingar eller kommentarer i denne fila vert sletta, men punktum-kommentarer og fil-posisjonar vert teke vare på. Der det ikkje er mogleg å finne ei eksakt overeinsstemming, vert «fuzzy» samanlikning brukt for å få betre resultat. Resultatet vert skrive til standard ut, med mindre ei utfil er spesifisert. %s og %s utelukker kvarandre%s: ulovleg flagg -- %c %s: flagg «%c%s» tek ikkje argument %s: flagg «%s» er fleirtydig %s: flagg «%s» treng eit argument %s: flagg «--%s» tek ikkje argument %s: flagg treng eit argument -- %c ... men denne definisjonen liknarkan ikkje skape utfila "%s"domenenamn "%s" passar ikkje som filnavndomenenamnet "%s" passar ikkje som filnavn: brukar prefiksfeil under skriving av fila "%s"treng nøyaktig to innfilerfila "%s" er ikkje i GNU .mo-formatfilen "%s" er avkuttaformat-spesifiseringane for argument %u er ulikeinternasjonaliserte meldingar skal ikkje innehalde escape-sekvensen «\%c»manglar «msgstr»-seksjonmanglar argumentinga innfil spesifisertantall format-spesifiseringar i «msgid» og «msgstr» stemmer ikkje overeins«seek» "%s" posisjon %ld feiladenne fila kan innehalde domene-nøkkelorddenne meldinga har ingen definisjon i "%s"-domenetdenne meldinga er brukt, men ikkje definert i %sdenne meldinga er brukt, men ikkje definert...advarsel: denne meldinga er ikkje bruktmens hash-tabellen vart lagaunder klargjering av utdatagettext-kde-0.10.35/po/pl.gmo0000644000175000017500000004617206522270003013460 0ustar jrjrŞ•UÄql0ã1ßtõ *j ö•Œ” «Ìæ,-%K,q- Ì&í4"T3w/«+ÛNVn?‰!É/ëÇã&ôˆ0,¹›æÔ‚W"g"8…"6¾"õ"*#;?#{#˜#µ#Ï#$é#$$3$L$j$*‰$"´$×$6ë$"%8%3U%"‰%¬%GÅ% &"&8&Q&c&w&FŒ&Ó&7ï&''6'+F'1r'*¤''Ï'÷' (8$(!]((™(+°(Ü)Éá*x«,+$/¹P2 55 65W5u5)5%·5 İ5)ş5*(6'S6!{66¸6"Ó6@ö6)77,a7o7 ş7%8/E8 u8(–8å¿8¥95·9í9z:?~<¥¾>âdBGE![E1}E-¯E(İE2FD9F~F"œF"¿F$âF)G1GOG"kG)G.¸G%çG H7H WH-xH9¦HàH ıHAI`I}I‘I¦I"ºI"İI@J/AJCqJµJÉJ)İJ-K35K1iK›K®KDÌK#L%5L[L,R9S 8I+?*%>GDT$ !H3;2OA  4 K@1)CQ/-#=0U<J"F &7(BN.:P'ML56E Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO), otherwise is guessed from file extension -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %s: warning: no header entry found%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Memory exhaustedTry `%s --help' for more information. Unknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output --strict write strict uniforum style -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) --strict strict Uniforum output style -v, --verbose increase verbosity level -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. Written by %s. `domain %s' directive ignored`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\n'`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\n'cannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownlanguage `%s' unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try Cwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.31 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1997-08-19 19:55+0200 Last-Translator: Rafa³ Maszkowski Language-Team: Polish MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Konwersja binarnych plików .mo do plików .po w stylu Uniforum. U¿yte mog± byæ zarówno pliki .mo little-endian i big-endian. Je¿eli plik wej¶ciowy to -, czytane jest wej¶cie standardowe. Jezeli plik wyj¶ciowy to -, wyniki s± wysy³ane do standardowego wyj¶cia. Je¿eli parametr TEXTDOMAIN nie jest podany, domena jest wyznaczana ze zmiennej ¶rodowiska TEXTDOMAIN. Je¿eli katalog komunikatów nie zostanie znaleziony w zwyk³ym katalogu, inna lokalizacja mo¿e byæ podana przez zmienn± ¶rodowiska TEXTDOMAINDIR. Je¿eli u¿yty z opcj± -s, program zachowuje siê jak komenda `echo', ale zamiast kopiowaæ argumenty na standardowe wyj¶cie t³umaczy komunikaty znalezione w wybranym katalogu. Domy¶lnie przeszukiwany katalog: %s £±czy razem dwa pliki .po w stylu Uniforum. Plik def.po jest istniej±cym plikiem PO ze starymi t³umaczeniami, które bêd± przeniesione do nowo utworzonego pliku je¿eli nadal pasuj±; komentarze bêd± zachowane, ale komentarze wydobyte i pozycje w pliku bêd± zignorowane. Plik ref.po jest ostanio utworzonym plikiem PO (zwykle przez xgettext), t³umaczenia i komentarze w nim zawarte bêd± zignorowane, ale komentarze z kropk± i pozycje w plikach bêd± zachowane. Tam gdzie nie mo¿na porównaæ dok³adnie u¿ywane jest porównanie rozmyte, dla lepszych wyników. Wyniki s± pisane na standardowe wyj¶cie je¿eli plik wyj¶iowy nie jest podany. -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz -i, --indent zapisz plik .po z wciêciami -j, --join-existing po³±cz komunikaty z istniej±cymi -k, --keyword[=S£OWO] dodatkowe s³owo kluczowe do wyszukania (bez S£OWO oznacza nieu¿ywanie s³ów domy¶lnych) -l, --string-limit=ILO¦Æ ustaw limit d³ugo¶ci ³añcucha ILO¦Æ zamiast %u -L, --language=NAZWA interpretuj podany jêzyk (C, C++, PO), w przeciwnym wypadku zgadywany z rozszerzenia nazwy pliku -m, --msgstr-prefix[=£AÑCUCH] u¿yj £AÑCUCH lub "" jako przedrostka msgstr -M, --msgstr-suffix[=£AÑCUCH] u¿yj £AÑCUCH lub "" jako przyrostka msgstr --no-location nie zapisuj linii '#: nazwa_pliku:linia' -n, --add-location pisz linie '#: nazwa_pliku:linia' (domy¶lnie) --omit-header nie zapisuj nag³ówka z `msgid ""' -o, --output=FILE zapisz do podanego pliku -p, --output-dir=KATALOG pliki wynikowe bêd± w katalogu KATALOG -s, --sort-output wynik posortuj i usuñ duplikaty --strict zapisz plik .po ¶ci¶le w stylu Uniforum -T, --trigraphs rozumiej trójznaki ANSI C w danych wej¶ciowych -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz -w, --width=LICZBA ustal szeroko¶æ strony -x, --exclude-file=PLIK nie wydobywaj rekordów zapisanych w PLIKu zrobione. %d przet³umaczonych komunikatów%s i %s wzajemnie siê wykluczaj±%s: niedozwolona opcja -- %c %s: b³êdna opcja -- %c %s: opcja `%c%s' nie mo¿e mieæ argumentu %s: opcja: `%s' jest niejednoznaczna %s: opcja `%s' wymaga argumentu %s: opcja `--%s' nie mo¿e mieæ argumentu %s: opcja `-W %s' nie mo¿e mieæ argumentu %s: opcja `-W %s' jest niejednoznaczna %s: opcja wymaga argumentu -- %c %s: nieznana opcja `%c%s' %s: nieznana opcja `--%s' %s: uwaga: nie znaleziono nag³ówka%s: uwaga: plik ¼ród³owy zawiera t³umaczenie budz±ce w±tpliwo¶ci%s:%d: uwaga: niezakoñczona sta³a znakowa%s:%d: uwaga: niezakoñczona sta³a ³añcuchowa%sPrzeczytane %d starych + %d odno¶ników, %d do³±czonych, %d niedok³adnych, %d brakuj±cych, %d przestarza³ych. , %d t³umaczeñ budzi w±tpliwo¶ci, %d nie przet³umaczonych komunikatów--join-existing nie mo¿e byæ u¿yte kiedy wyniki...ale ta definicja jest podobna...to jest po³o¿enie pierwszej definicjiCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. Ten program jest darmowy; warunki kopiowania s± opisane w ¼ród³ach. Autorzy nie daj± ¯ADNYCH gwarancji, w tym nawet gwarancji SPRZEDAWALNO¦CI lub PRZYDATNO¦CI DO KONKRETNYCH CELÓW. pamiêæ wyczerpanaSpróbuj `%s --help' ¿eby otrzymaæ wiêcej informacji. Nieznany b³±d systemuU¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] def.po ref.po Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich. -e --no-escape nie u¿ywaj rozwijania sekwencji escape (domy¶lne) -E --escape u¿yj sekwencje escape, bez znaków rozszerzonych --force-po zapisz nawet pusty plik PO -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz -i, --indent wyniki z wciêciami -o, --output-file=PLIK wyniki bêd± zapisane do PLIKu --strict ¶cis³y styl Uniforum -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz -w, --width=LICZBA ustal szeroko¶æ strony U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] [[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN wydob±d¼ przet³umaczone komunikaty z TEXTDOMAIN -e w³±cz rozwijanie niektórych sekwencji escape -E (ignorowane, dla kompatybilno¶ci) -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz -n wy³±cz koñcowy znak nowej linii -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID wydob±d¼ przet³umaczony komunikat odpowiadaj±cy MSGID z TEXTDOMAIN U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] def.po ref.po Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich. -D, --directory=KATALOG szukaj plików wej¶ciowych równie¿ w KATALOGu -e --no-escape nie u¿ywaj rozwijania sekwencji escape (domy¶lne) -E --escape u¿yj sekwencje escape, bez znaków rozszerzonych --force-po zapisz nawet pusty plik PO -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz -i, --indent wyniki z wciêciami -o, --output-file=PLIK wyniki bêd± zapisane do PLIKu --no-location nie generuj linii '#: filename:line' --add-location generuj linie '#: filename:line' (domy¶lne) --strict ¶cis³y styl Uniforum -v, --verbose podawaj wiêcej informacji -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz -w, --width=LICZBA ustal szeroko¶æ strony U¿ycie: %s [OPCJA] def.po ref.po Argumenty obowi±zkowe dla opcji d³ugich obowi±zuj± równie¿ dla krótkich. -D, --directory=KATALOG szukaj plików wej¶ciowych równie¿ w KATALOGu -h, --help wy¶wietl ten opis i zakoñcz -V, --version wy¶wietl informacjê o wersji i zakoñcz Porównaj dwa pliki .po w stylu Uniforum, ¿eby sprawdziæ czy zawieraj± te same zbiory ³añcuchów msgid. Plik def.po to istniej±cy plik PO ze starymi t³umaczeniami. Plik ref.po jest ostatnio utworzonym plikiem PO (zwykle przez xgettext). Jest to przydatne do stwierdzenia czy wszystkie komunikaty w programie zosta³y przet³umaczone. Tam gdzie nie mo¿na porównaæ dok³adnie u¿ywane jest porównanie rozmyte, dla lepszej diagnostyki. Zapisane przez %s. dyrektywa `domena %s' zignorowana`msgid' i `msgstr' nie zaczynaj± siê oba od '\n'``msgid' i `msgstr' nie koñcz± siê oba na '\n'nie mogê utworzyæ pliku wyj¶ciowego "%s"nazwa domeny "%s" nie jest odpowiedni± nazwa plikunazwa domeny "%s" nie jest dobra jako nazwa pliku: u¿yjê przedrostkapodwójna definicja komunikatuzignorowana pusta warto¶æ `msgstr'znak koñca pliku wewn±trz ³añcuchaznak koñca wiersza wewn±trz ³añcuchab³±d w czasie otwierania "%s" do czytaniab³±d otwarcia "%s" do pisaniab³±d w czasie czytania "%s"b³±d podczas pisania do pliku "%s"wymagane s± dok³adnie dwa pliki wej¶ciowepole `%s' ma nadal pocz±tkow± warto¶æ domy¶ln±plik "%s" nie jest w formacie .mo GNUobciêty plik "%s"specyfikacje formatu dla argumentu %u nie s± takie sameznaleziono %d b³êdów krytycznychzignorowana niepewna (fuzzy) warto¶æ `msgstr'pole nag³ówka `%s' powinno siê zaczynaæ na pocz±tku liniiw nag³ówku brakuje pola `%s'niedozwolona sekwencja steruj±caumiêdzynaradawiane komunikaty nie powinny zawieraæ sekwenji `\%c'nieznane s³owo kluczowe "%s"nieznany jêzyk `%s'brak czêsci `msgstr'brakuj±ce argumentynie podano nazwy pliku wej¶ciowegonie podano nazw plików wej¶ciowychnie zgadza siê ilo¶æ specyfikacji formatu w `msgid' i w `msgstr'nieudane przej¶cie do pozycji w "%s", ofset %ldniektóre pola nag³ówka nadal zawieraj± pocz±tkowe warto¶ci domy¶lnewej¶cie standardowestandardowe wyj¶cieten plik nie mo¿e zawieraæ dyrektyw domenten komunikat nie ma definicji w domenie "%s"ten komunikat jest u¿yty, ale nie zdefiniowany w %sten komunikat jest u¿yty, ale nie zdefiniowany...za du¿o argumentów%s: za du¿o b³êdów, przerywamuwaga: typ pliku `%s' z rozszerzeniem `%s' jest nieznany; spróbujê Cuwaga: ten komunikat nie jest u¿ytypodczas tworzenia tablicy mieszaj±cejpodczas przygotowywania wynikugettext-kde-0.10.35/po/pt.gmo0000644000175000017500000002645606522270003013473 0ustar jrjrŞ•@Y€ãßetEº  ٠ú  ,. [ %y ,Ÿ &Ì ó  N3 ‚ š ?µ !õ / G ,\ Ô‰^|*›;Æ<V$p$•ºÓñ*";^6r©3¿"óG/wŒ¥·ËFà'6+F1r*¤'Ï÷ !$F`-w¥·È Úæ!ş 8,P}&™,À%í! !5 ]W µ Ğ Eî "4!'W!!%œ!dÂ#'')G'9q'H«'ô' ( 5(V(,t(,¡(Î('í(')2=)+p)œ)0²)ã)9ÿ)9*Y*Pv*Ç*ç*ÿ*$+#=+<a++#¯+3Ó+/,,7,)d,,¤,"Ä,(ç,-36;!( =-%284< ) 9$5"0 & +*, >/.?17'@:# Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionUnknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. `domain %s' directive ignoredcannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchstandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: gettext 0.10.23 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1996-09-18 20:51 WET DST Last-Translator: Nuno Oliveira Language-Team: Portuguese MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Converte ficheiros .mo binários em ficheiros .po no modo Uniforum. Ficheiros .mo "little-endian" e "big-endian" são simultaneamente tratados. Se não for indicado ficheiro de entrada ou este for -, é usado o canal de entrada stdin. Por defeito a saída é escrita no stdout. Se o parâmetro DIALECTO não for fornecido, o domínio é determinado a partir da variável TEXTDOMAIN do ambiente. Se o catálogo de mensagens não for encontrado no directório regular, pode ser especificada outra localização através da variável TEXTDOMAINDIR do ambiente. Quando usado com a opção -s, o programa comporta-se como o comando `echo'. Contudo ele não copia simplesmente os seus argumentos para o stdout. Em vez disso as mensagens encontradas no catálogo seleccionado são traduzidas. Directório standard de pesquisa: %s Combina 2 ficheiros .po do tipo Uniforum num só. O ficheiro def.po deverá ser um ficheiro PO existente com as traduções a manter no novo ficheiro criado, desde que ainda aplicáveis; os comentários serão mantidos, mas os comentários relativos à extração das mensagens e das suas posições nos ficheiros serão eliminados. O ficheiro ref.po deverá ser o último ficheiro PO criado (geralmente pelo xgettext); todas as traduções e comentários neste ficheiro serão eliminados, sendo preservados os comentários e as posições nos ficheiros. Quando um emparelhamento exacto não puder ser efectuado é efectuado um emparelhamento aproximado para produzir melhores resultados. Os resultados serão escritos no canal de saída por defeito (stdout) a menos que seja especificado um ficheiro de saída. terminado. %d mensagens traduzidas%s e %s são mutuamente exclusivas%s: opção ilegal -- %c %s: opção ilegal -- %c %s: a opção `%c%s' não permite um argumento %s: a opção `%s' é ambígua %s: a opção `%s' requere um argumento %s: a opção `--%s' não permite um argumento %s: opção requere um argumento -- %c %s: opção não reconhecida `%c%s' %s: opção não reconhecida `--%s' %sLidas %d antigas + %d referências, combinadas %d, aproximadas %d, faltam %d, obsoletas %d. , %d traduções aproximadas, %d mensagens não traduzidas--join-existing não pode ser usada quando a saída é escrita no stdout...mas esta definição é semelhante...este é o local da primeira definiçãoErro desconhecido do sistemaUtilização: %s [OPÇÃO] [[[DIALECTO] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=DIALECTO obtém as mensagems traduzidas do DIALECTO -e permite a expansão de algumas sequências de escape -E (ignorado para compatibilidade) -h, --help mostra esta ajuda e sai -n suprime o newline final -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai [DIALECTO] MSGID obtém a mensagem traduzida correspondente a MSGID do DIALECTO Utilização: %s [OPÇÃO] def.po ref.po Os argumentos obrigatórios para as opções longas são igualmente obrigatórios para as opções curtas. -D, --directory=DIRECTÓRIO adiciona DIRECTÓRIO à lista de procura para os ficheiros de entrada -h, --help mostra esta ajuda e sai -V, --version mostra a informação de versão e sai Compara dois ficheiros .po do tipo Uniforum verificando se ambos contêm o mesmo conjunto de cadeias msgid. O ficheiro def.po deverá ser um ficheiro PO existente, com as traduções antigas. O ficheiro ref.po será o último ficheiro PO criado (geralmente pelo xgettext). Isto é útil para verificar que todas as mensagens no seu programa foram traduzidas. Quando um emparelhamento exacto não puder ser efectuado, é usado um emparelhamento aproximado para produzir melhores diagnósticos. directiva `domínio %s' ignoradaimpossível criar o ficheiro de saída "%s"nome de domínio "%s" não apropriado como nome de ficheironome de domínio "%s" não apropriado como nome de ficheiro: prefixo usadodefinição de mensagem duplicadaelemento `msgstr' vazio ignoradafim-de-ficheiro dentro da cadeiafim-de-linha dentro da cadeiaerro durante a abertura de "%s" para leituraerro durante a abertura de "%s" para escritaerro durante a leitura de "%s"erro durante a escrita do ficheiro "%s"são necessários exactamente 2 ficheiroso campo `%s' ainda tem o valor por defeito inicialo ficheiro "%s" não está no formato .mo GNUficheiro "%s"truncadoas especificações do argumento %u são diferentesencontrados %d erros fataiso campo `%s' do cabeçalho deve começar no início da linhao campo `%s' falta no cabeçalhosequência de controlo ilegalas mensagens de internacionalização não devem conter a sequência de escape `\%c'palavra chave "%s" desconhecidafalta a secção `msgstr'argumentos insuficientesnenhum ficheiro de entrada fornecidoficheiros de entrada não fornecidoso número de especificações em `msgid' e `msgstr' é diferenteentrada standardcanal de saída por defeito (stdout)este ficheiro não pode conter directivas de domínioesta mensagem não tem definição no domínio "%s"esta mensagem é usada mas não definida em %sesta mensagem é usada mas não definida...demasiados argumentosdemasiados erros, interrompendoatenção: esta mensagem não é usadadurante a criação da tabela de dispersãodurante a preparação da saídagettext-kde-0.10.35/po/sl.gmo0000644000175000017500000002256206522270003013460 0ustar jrjrŞ•?Y pãqßUt5ª ² Ó í , 4 %R ,x &¥ Ì ì N [ ?s !³ /Õ  , Ge*„;¯ë%?$Y$~£¼Ú*ù"$G6[’3¨"ÜÿG`u ´FÉ7,ds+ƒ1¯*á' 4G!aƒ@´øõ¡îr "4R)o™!µ)×"$DadÆBİ >\,u(¢)Ë,õ@" c ‚ !£ Å &æ  !(!#?!)c!1!!¿!á!,ø!%"48"m"‡"G¦" î"##2#L#=i#!§#@É# $$,+$(X$1$/³$ã$#õ$"%!<%^%0<5:% ?*"/71;4 8!2-&# (') =,+>. 36$9  Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. done. %s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionUnknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN `domain %s' directive ignoredcannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: GNU gettext 0.10.24 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: 1996-09-12 21:15 Last-Translator: Primoz Peterlin Language-Team: Slovenian MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit Pretvorba datoteke iz binarne oblike .mo v obliko Uniforum .po Datoteke .mo so lahko little-endian ali big-endian. Èe vhodna datoteka ni podana, ali pa je podano ime -, beremo standardni vhod. Èe ni izbrano drugaèe, gre izpis na standardni izhod. Èe parameter TEXTDOMAIN ni podan, se uporabi vrednost spremenljivke TEXTDOMAIN iz okolja. Èe kataloga sporoèil ni moè najti na obièajnem mestu, lahko doloèimo alternativno lokacijo s spremenljivko TEXTDOMAINDIR. Z izbiro -s se program obna¹a podobno kot ukaz ,echo', s to razliko, da na standardni izhod niso prepisani argumenti, ampak njihovi prevodi iz kataloga sporoèil. Privzet imenik s katalogom sporoèil: %s Zdru¾i dve datoteki .po v stilu Uniforum. Datoteka def.po je obstojeèa datoteka s starimi prevodi, ki bodo, kadar se ujemajo, prene¹eni v novo datoteko. Pri prevedbi se komentarji prevajalca ohranijo, strojno ustvarjeni komentarji in podatki o ¹tevilki vrstice pa ne. Datoteka ref.po je nazadnje ustvarjena datoteka PO (v splo¹nem z xgettext). Kakrksnikoli prevodi ali komentarji prevajalca v njej bodo zavr¾eni, ohranjeni pa bodo strojno ustvarjeni komentarji in podatki o ¹tevilki vrstice. Kjer eksaktnega prevoda ni, se uporabi ohlapni (fuzzy) algoritem. Èe izhodna datoteka ni podana, gre izpis na standardni izhod. opravljeno. %s in %s se med seboj izkljuèujeta%s: nedovoljena izbira -- %c %s: neveljavna izbira -- %c %s: izbira ,%c%s' ne dovoljuje argumenta %s: izbira ,%s' je dvoumna %s: izbira ,%s' zahteva argument %s: izbira ,--%s' ne dovoljuje argumenta %s: izbira zahteva argument -- %c %s: neprepoznana izbira ,%c%s' %s: neprepoznana izbira ,--%s' %sPrebrano %d starih + %d referenènih, zdru¾enih %d, ohlapnih %d, manjkajoèih %d, zastarelih %d. , %d ohlapnih prevodovpri izpisu na standardni izhod ne moremo uporabiti --join-existing...a ta definicija je podobna...to je kraj prve definicijeNeznana sistemska napakaUsage: %s [IZBIRA] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN direktiva ,domain %s' ni bila upo¹tevanaizhodne datoteke "%s" ni mogoèe ustvaritiime domene "%s" ni primerno kot ime datotekeime domene "%s" ni primerno kot ime datoteke: uporabimo predponopodvojena definicija sporoèilaprazno polje ,msgstr' ignoriranoznak za konec datoteke sredi nizaznak za konec vrstice sredi nizadatoteke "%s" ni moè odpreti za branjenapaka pri pisanju na "%s"napaka pri branju "%s"napaka pri pisanju na datoteko "%s"potrebni sta natanèno dve vhodni datotekipolje ,%s' ima ¹e vedno zaèetno privzeto vrednostdatoteka "%s" ni v obliki GNU .modatoteka "%s" okrnjenaformatni doloèili za argument %u nista enaki%d kritiènih napakpolje ,%s' v glavi se mora zaèeti na zaèetku vrsticev glavi manjka polje ,%s'nedovoljena kontrolna sekvencainternacionalizirana sporoèila ne smejo vsebovati ube¾ne sekvence ,\%c'kljuèna beseda "%s" neprepoznanamanjka ,msgstr'argumenti manjkajovhodna datoteka ni podanavhodni datoteki nista podani¹tevili formatnih doloèil v ,msgid' in ,msgstr' se ne ujematadostop do "%s" ofset %ld ni mo¾ennekatera polja v glavi imajo ¹e vedno zaèetne privzete vrednostistandardni vhodstandardni izhodta datoteka morda ne vsebuje direktiv domeneto sporoèilo ni definirano v domeni "%s"to sporoèilo je uporabljeno, a ne definirano v %sto sporoèilo je uporabljeno, a ne definirano...preveè argumentovpreveè napak, nadaljevanje ni mo¾nopozor: to sporoèilo ni uporabljenomed ustvarjanjem razpr¹ene tabelemed pripravo izpisagettext-kde-0.10.35/po/sv.gmo0000644000175000017500000004614106522270004013472 0ustar jrjrŞ•UÄql0ã1ßtõ *j ö•Œ” «Ìæ,-%K,q- Ì&í4"T3w/«+ÛNVn?‰!É/ëÇã&ôˆ0,¹›æÔ‚W"g"8…"6¾"õ"*#;?#{#˜#µ#Ï#$é#$$3$L$j$*‰$"´$×$6ë$"%8%3U%"‰%¬%GÅ% &"&8&Q&c&w&FŒ&Ó&7ï&''6'+F'1r'*¤''Ï'÷' (8$(!]((™(8°(şé)Ãè*T¬,!/ #2/575#P5t55&ª5Ñ5&ï5&6'=6 e6'†6®6Ç6"à687(<7 e7Z†7á7ı7G8#a8/…8̵8 ‚9,9»9Ë9<Í<î ?àùBÚE êE7 F7CF{F-—FBÅF$G-GHGaG)zG+¤GĞG!ëG H-#H%QHwH9‹HÅHàH)şH(ICID]I¢I¼IÏIåIõIJ<J'XJ1€J ²J ¾J*ÊJ4õJ4*K2_K’K!¥K=ÇK&L,LFL,R9S 8I+?*%>GDT$ !H3;2OA  4 K@1)CQ/-#=0U<J"F &7(BN.:P'ML56E Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files. Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled. If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read. By default the output is written to standard output. If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment variable TEXTDOMAINDIR. When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command. But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages found in the selected catalog are translated. Standard search directory: %s Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified. -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without WORD means not to use default keywords) -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO), otherwise is guessed from file extension -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as prefix for msgstr entries -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or "" as suffix for msgstr entries --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default) --omit-header don't write header with `msgid ""' entry -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read. done. %d translated messages%s and %s are mutually exclusive%s: illegal option -- %c %s: invalid option -- %c %s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `%s' is ambiguous %s: option `%s' requires an argument %s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument %s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous %s: option requires an argument -- %c %s: unrecognized option `%c%s' %s: unrecognized option `--%s' %s: warning: no header entry found%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal%sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete %d. , %d fuzzy translations, %d untranslated messages--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout...but this definition is similar...this is the location of the first definitionCopyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Memory exhaustedTry `%s --help' for more information. Unknown system errorUsage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]... Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent write indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output --strict write strict uniforum style -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN -e enable expansion of some escape sequences -E (ignored for compatibility) -h, --help display this help and exit -n suppress trailing newline -V, --version display version information and exit [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default) -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars --force-po write PO file even if empty -h, --help display this help and exit -i, --indent indented output style -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default) --strict strict Uniforum output style -v, --verbose increase verbosity level -V, --version output version information and exit -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search -h, --help display this help and exit -V, --version output version information and exit Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics. Written by %s. `domain %s' directive ignored`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\n'`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\n'cannot create output file "%s"domain name "%s" not suitable as file namedomain name "%s" not suitable as file name: will use prefixduplicate message definitionempty `msgstr' entry ignoredend-of-file within stringend-of-line within stringerror while opening "%s" for readingerror while opening "%s" for writingerror while reading "%s"error while writing "%s" fileexactly 2 input files requiredfield `%s' still has initial default valuefile "%s" is not in GNU .mo formatfile "%s" truncatedformat specifications for argument %u are not the samefound %d fatal errorsfuzzy `msgstr' entry ignoredheader field `%s' should start at beginning of lineheaderfield `%s' missing in headerillegal control sequenceinternationalized messages should not contain the `\%c' escape sequencekeyword "%s" unknownlanguage `%s' unknownmissing `msgstr' sectionmissing argumentsno input file givenno input files givennumber of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not matchseek "%s" offset %ld failedsome header fields still have the initial default valuestandard inputstandard outputthis file may not contain domain directivesthis message has no definition in the "%s" domainthis message is used but not defined in %sthis message is used but not defined...too many argumentstoo many errors, abortingwarning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try Cwarning: this message is not usedwhile creating hash tablewhile preparing outputProject-Id-Version: gettext 0.10.31 POT-Creation-Date: 1998-04-30 22:50-0700 PO-Revision-Date: $Date: 1997/08/27 01:11:34 $ Last-Translator: Jan Djärv Language-Team: Swedish MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Konvertera binära .mo-filer till .po-filer av Uniforum-typ. Båda typer av byteordning ("little-endian" och "big-endian") i .mo-filer förstås. Om ingen infil ges eller om den är - så läses standard in. I normalläge så skrivs resultatet till standard ut. Om parametern TEXTDOMÄN utelämnas så bestäms domänen av miljövariabeln TEXTDOMAIN. Om meddelandekatalogen inte hittas i den normala katalogen så kan en annan katalog anges med miljövariabeln TEXTDOMAINDIR. När flaggan -s ges så uppträder programmet som kommandot "echo". Men det kopierar inte enbart sina argument till standard ut. Istället översätts de argument som hittas i den valda meddelandekatalogen. Normal katalog för meddelandekataloger: %s Slår samman två .po-filer av Uniforum-typ. Filen def.po är en existerande PO-fil som innehåller de gamla översättningarna som kommer att flyttas över till den nya filen om de är lika. Kommentarer bevaras men extraheringskommentarer och filpositioner kastas bort. Filen ref.po är den senast skapade PO-filen (i allmänhet med xgettext). Alla översättningar och kommentarer i filen kastas bort, dock bevaras punktkommentarer och filpositioner. Om en exakt likhet inte kan hittas så används luddig jämförelse för att ge bättre resultat. Resultatet skrivs till standard ut om inte en utfil anges. -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta -i, --indent indentera resultatet -j, --join-existing smält ihop meddelanden med existerande fil. -k, --keyword[=ORD] extra nyckelord att titta efter (om ORD utelämnas, titta inte efter standardnyckelord) -l, --string-limit=ANTAL maximera stränglängden till ANTAL i st.f %u -L, --language=SPRÅK känn igen angivet SPRÅK (C, C++, PO), annars gissas språket från filändelsen. -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRÄNG] inled översatta strängar med STRÄNG eller "" -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRÄNG] avsluta översatta strängar med STRÄNG eller "" --no-location skriv inte ut raderna "#: filnamn:rad" -n, --add-location skriv ut raderna "#: filnamn:rad" (normalläge) --omit-header skriv inte ut huvudrader med msgid "" -o, --output=FIL skriv resultatet till FIL -p, --output-dir=KATALOG utfiler placeras i katalogen KATALOG -s, --sort-output sortera resultatet och ta bort dubbletter --strict skriv ut en .po-fil som följer Uniforum strikt -T, --trigraphs hantera ANSI C treteckenssekvenser i infiler -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta -w, --width=ANTAL sätt antal kolumner i resultatet -x, --exclude-file=FIL rader från FIL tas inte ut Om INFIL är - så läses standard in. klar. %d översatta meddelanden%s och %s är ömsesidigt uteslutande%s: otillåten flagga -- %c %s: ogiltig flagga -- %c %s: flaggan "%c%s" tar inget argument %s: flaggan "%s" är tvetydig %s: flaggan "%s" behöver ett argument %s: flaggan "--%s" tar inget argument %s: flaggan "-W %s" tar inget argument %s: flaggan "-W %s" är tvetydig %s: flaggan behöver ett argument -- %c %s: okänd flagga "%c%s" %s: okänd flagga "--%s" %s: varning: inga huvudrader funna%s: varning: källfilen innehåller luddiga översättningar%s:%d: varning: oavslutad teckenkonstant%s:%d: varning: oavslutad sträng%sLäste %d gamla + %d referenser, %d sammanslagna, %d luddiga, %d saknade, %d föråldrade. , %d luddiga översättningar, %d oöversatta meddelanden--join-existing kan inte användas då resultatet skrivs till standard ut...men denna definition är likartad...detta är platsen för den första definitionenCopyright © %s Free Software Foundation, Inc. Detta är fri programvara; se källkoden för kopieringsvillkor. Det finns INGEN garanti; inte ens för SÄLJBARHET eller LÄMPLIGHET FÖR NÅGOT SPECIELLT ÄNDAMÅL. Minnet slutFörsök med "%s --help" för mer information. Okänt systemfelAnvändning: %s [FLAGGA] [FIL]... Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta. -e, --no-escape använd inte C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet (normalläge) -E, --escape använd C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet, men inte \v eller \a --force-po skriv PO-fil även om den är tom -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta -i, --indent indentera resultatet -o, --output-file=FIL skriv resultatet till FIL i stället för standard ut --strict strikt Uniforum-format på resultatet -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta -w, --width=ANTAL sätt antal kolumner i resultatet Användning: %s [FLAGGA] [[[TEXTDOMÄN] MDLID] | [-s [MDLID]...]] -d, --domain=TEXTDOMÄN hämta översatta meddelanden från TEXTDOMÄN -e expandera några kontrollsekvenser -E (ignorerad för bakåtkompatibilitet) -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta -n skriv inte ut avslutande radframmatning -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta [TEXTDOMÄN] MDLID hämta översatt meddelande som motsvarar MDLID från TEXTDOMÄN Användning: %s [FLAGGA] def.po ref.po Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta. -D, --directory=KATALOG sök infiler även i KATALOG -e, --no-escape använd inte C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet (normalläge) -E, --escape använd C-kontrollsekvenser i resultatet, men inte \v eller \a --force-po skriv PO-fil även om den är tom -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta -i, --indent indentera resultatet -o, --output-file=FIL skriv resultatet till FIL --no-location skriv inte rader med "#: filnamn:rad" --add-location bevara rader med "#: filnamn:rad" (normalläge) --strict strikt Uniforum-format på resultatet -v --verbose öka mängden information i meddelanden -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta -w, --width=ANTAL sätt antal kolumner i resultatet Användning: %s [FLAGGA] def.po ref.po Obligatoriska argument för långa flaggor är obligatoriska även för korta. -D, --directory=KATALOG sök infiler även i KATALOG -h, --help visa denna hjälptext och avsluta -V, --version visa versionsinformation och avsluta Jämför två .po-filer av Uniforum-typ för att kontrollera att de innehåller samma uppsättning id-strängar. Filen def.po är en existerande PO-fil med de gamla översättningarna. Filen ref.po är den senast skapade PO-filen (i allmänhet av xgettext). Detta är användbart för att kontrollera att du har översatt alla strängar i programmet. Om en exakt likhet inte kan hittas så används luddig jämförelse för att ge bättre felmeddelanden. Skriven av %s. direktivet "domain %s" ignoreras"msgid"- och "msgstr"-raderna börjar inte båda med "\n""msgid"- och "msgstr"-raderna slutar inte båda med "\n"kan inte skapa utfilen "%s"domännamnet "%s" är inte lämpligt som filnamndomännamnet "%s" är inte lämpligt som filnamn: använder ett prefixmeddelandedefinitionen är dupliceradtom "msgstr"-rad ignoreradfilslut inne i en strängradslut inne i en strängfel uppstod när "%s" öppnades för läsningfel uppstod när "%s" öppnades för skrivningfel uppstod då "%s" lästesfel vid skrivning till filen "%s"exakt 2 infiler krävshuvudrad "%s" har kvar initialt standardvärdefilen "%s" är inte på GNUs .mo-formatfilen "%s" avkortadformateringsdirektivet för parametern %u är inte likadant%d allvarliga fel hittadesluddig "msgstr"-rad ignoreradhuvudrad "%s" bör ligga i början på radenfält "%s" saknas i huvudetotillåten kontrollsekvensinternationaliserade meddelanden bör inte ha kontrollsekvensen "\%c"nyckelordet "%s" är okäntspråket "%s" okänt"msgstr"-delen saknasargument saknasinga infiler givnainga infiler givnaantalet formateringsdirektiv i "msgid" och "msgstr" är olikasökning "%s", position %ld misslyckadesvissa huvudrader har kvar initiala standardvärdenstandard instandard utdenna fil kan inte innehålla domändirektivdetta meddelande har ingen definition i domänen "%s"detta meddelande används men är inte definierat i %sdetta meddelande används men är inte definierat...för många argumentför många fel, avbryter körningenvarning: filtyp "%s" med suffix "%s" är okänd; försöker med Cvarning: detta meddelande används intenär hashtabellen skapadesnär resultatet förbereddesgettext-kde-0.10.35/po/cat-id-tbl.c0000644000175000017500000003535106522261300014422 0ustar jrjr/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from gettext.pot. */ #if HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include "libgettext.h" const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = { {"", 1}, {"Unknown system error", 2}, {"%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n", 3}, {"%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n", 4}, {"%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n", 5}, {"%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n", 6}, {"%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n", 7}, {"%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n", 8}, {"%s: illegal option -- %c\n", 9}, {"%s: invalid option -- %c\n", 10}, {"%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n", 11}, {"%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n", 12}, {"%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n", 13}, {"Memory exhausted", 14}, {"\ Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n\ warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n", 15}, {"Written by %s.\n", 16}, {"missing arguments", 17}, {"too many arguments", 18}, {"Try `%s --help' for more information.\n", 19}, {"\ Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n\ -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n\ -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n\ -E (ignored for compatibility)\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -n suppress trailing newline\n\ -V, --version display version information and exit\n\ [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n\ to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n", 20}, {"\ \n\ If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n\ environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n\ regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n\ variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n\ When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n\ But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n\ found in the selected catalog are translated.\n\ Standard search directory: %s\n", 21}, {"Report bugs to .\n", 22}, {"\ internationalized messages should not contain the `\\%c' escape sequence", 23}, {"cannot create output file \"%s\"", 24}, {"standard output", 25}, {"error while writing \"%s\" file", 26}, {"no input files given", 27}, {"exactly 2 input files required", 28}, {"\ Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ \n\ Compare two Uniforum style .po files to check that both contain the same\n\ set of msgid strings. The def.po file is an existing PO file with the\n\ old translations. The ref.po file is the last created PO file\n\ (generally by xgettext). This is useful for checking that you have\n\ translated each and every message in your program. Where an exact match\n\ cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better diagnostics.\n", 29}, {"this message is used but not defined...", 30}, {"...but this definition is similar", 31}, {"this message is used but not defined in %s", 32}, {"warning: this message is not used", 33}, {"duplicate message definition", 34}, {"...this is the location of the first definition", 35}, {"this message has no definition in the \"%s\" domain", 36}, {"while preparing output", 37}, {"%s and %s are mutually exclusive", 38}, {"at least two files must be specified", 39}, {"impossible selection criteria specified (%d < n < %d)", 40}, {"\ Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n\ -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n\ -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n\ --force-po write PO file even if empty\n\ -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n", 41}, {"\ -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n\ --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n\ -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines \ (default)\n\ --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n\ -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n\ -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory \ DIR\n\ -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove \ duplicates\n\ --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po \ file\n\ -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n\ -u, --unique shorthand for --less-than=2, requests\n\ that only unique messages be printed\n", 42}, {"\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n\ -<, --less-than=NUMBER print messages with less than this many\n\ definitions, defaults to infinite if not\n\ set\n\ ->, --more-than=NUMBER print messages with more than this many\n\ definitions, defaults to 1 if not set\n\ \n\ Find messages which are common to two or more of the specified PO files.\n\ By using the --more-than option, greater commonality may be requested\n\ before messages are printed. Conversely, the --less-than option may be\n\ used to specify less commonality before messages are printed (i.e.\n\ --less-than=2 will only print the unique messages). Translations,\n\ comments and extract comments will be preserved, but only from the first\n\ PO file to define them. File positions from all PO files will be\n\ preserved.\n", 43}, {"error while opening \"%s\" for reading", 44}, {"this file may not contain domain directives", 45}, {"no input file given", 46}, {"error while opening \"%s\" for writing", 47}, {"%d translated messages", 48}, {", %d fuzzy translations", 49}, {", %d untranslated messages", 50}, {"\ Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n\ Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n\ \n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n\ -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n\ -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n\ --statistics print statistics about translations\n\ --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n\ -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ \n\ Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n\ \n\ If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n\ output is written to standard output.\n", 51}, {"while creating hash table", 52}, {"%s: warning: no header entry found", 53}, {"domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name", 54}, {"domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix", 55}, {"`domain %s' directive ignored", 56}, {"empty `msgstr' entry ignored", 57}, {"fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored", 58}, {"headerfield `%s' missing in header", 59}, {"header field `%s' should start at beginning of line", 60}, {"some header fields still have the initial default value", 61}, {"field `%s' still has initial default value", 62}, {"%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation", 63}, {"`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'", 64}, {"`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'", 65}, {"number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match", 66}, {"format specifications for argument %u are not the same", 67}, {"\ Usage: %s [OPTION] def.po ref.po\n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n\ -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n\ --force-po write PO file even if empty\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -i, --indent indented output style\n\ -o, --output-file=FILE result will be written to FILE\n\ --no-location suppress '#: filename:line' lines\n\ --add-location preserve '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n\ --strict strict Uniforum output style\n\ -v, --verbose increase verbosity level\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n", 68}, {"\ \n\ Merges two Uniforum style .po files together. The def.po file is an\n\ existing PO file with the old translations which will be taken over to\n\ the newly created file as long as they still match; comments will be\n\ preserved, but extract comments and file positions will be discarded.\n\ The ref.po file is the last created PO file (generally by xgettext), any\n\ translations or comments in the file will be discarded, however dot\n\ comments and file positions will be preserved. Where an exact match\n\ cannot be found, fuzzy matching is used to produce better results. The\n\ results are written to stdout unless an output file is specified.\n", 69}, {"\ %sRead %d old + %d reference, merged %d, fuzzied %d, missing %d, obsolete \ %d.\n", 70}, {" done.\n", 71}, {"\ Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n\ -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n\ --force-po write PO file even if empty\n\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -i, --indent write indented output style\n\ -o, --output-file=FILE write output into FILE instead of standard output\n\ --strict write strict uniforum style\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n", 72}, {"\ \n\ Convert binary .mo files to Uniforum style .po files.\n\ Both little-endian and big-endian .mo files are handled.\n\ If no input file is given or it is -, standard input is read.\n\ By default the output is written to standard output.\n", 73}, {"error while reading \"%s\"", 74}, {"file \"%s\" truncated", 75}, {"seek \"%s\" offset %ld failed", 76}, {"file \"%s\" is not in GNU .mo format", 77}, {"missing `msgstr' section", 78}, {"found %d fatal errors", 79}, {"too many errors, aborting", 80}, {"keyword \"%s\" unknown", 81}, {"illegal control sequence", 82}, {"end-of-line within string", 83}, {"end-of-file within string", 84}, {"standard input", 85}, {"%s:%d: warning: unterminated character constant", 86}, {"%s:%d: warning: unterminated string literal", 87}, {"--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout", 88}, {"warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C", 89}, {"\ Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n\ Extract translatable string from given input files.\n\ \n\ Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n\ -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n\ -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n\ preceding keyword lines) in output file\n\ -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n\ --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n\ -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n\ -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n\ -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n\ -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n\ -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n\ --force-po write PO file even if empty\n\ --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n\ -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n", 90}, {"\ -h, --help display this help and exit\n\ -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n\ -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n\ -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n\ WORD means not to use default keywords)\n\ -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n\ -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n\ otherwise is guessed from file extension\n\ -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n\ -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n\ --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n", 91}, {"\ -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n\ --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n\ -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n\ -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n\ -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n\ --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n\ -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n\ -V, --version output version information and exit\n\ -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n\ -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n\ \n\ If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n", 92}, {"language `%s' unknown", 93}, }; int _msg_tbl_length = 93; gettext-kde-0.10.35/m4/0000755000175000017500000000000006522270012012231 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/m4/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000001304106522270011014274 0ustar jrjr# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DISTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ ACLOCAL_VERSION = @ACLOCAL_VERSION@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ EMACS = @EMACS@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GT_NO = @GT_NO@ GT_YES = @GT_YES@ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ LD = @LD@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ NM = @NM@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ YACC = @YACC@ l = @l@ lispdir = @lispdir@ aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@ aclocal_DATA = gettext.m4 lcmessage.m4 progtest.m4 # Generate this list with # find . -type f -name '*.m4' -printf '%f\n'|sort |fmt |tr '\012' @ \ # |sed 's/@$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' EXTRA_DIST = README \ gettext.m4 lcmessage.m4 progtest.m4 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = DATA = $(aclocal_DATA) DIST_COMMON = README ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP = --best all: Makefile $(DATA) .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu --include-deps m4/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status install-aclocalDATA: $(aclocal_DATA) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir) @list='$(aclocal_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)/$$p"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)/$$p; \ else if test -f $$p; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)/$$p"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)/$$p; \ fi; fi; \ done uninstall-aclocalDATA: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) list='$(aclocal_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(aclocaldir)/$$p; \ done tags: TAGS TAGS: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = m4 distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done info: dvi: check: all $(MAKE) installcheck: install-exec: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install-data: install-aclocalDATA @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install: install-exec install-data all @: uninstall: uninstall-aclocalDATA install-strip: $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install installdirs: $(mkinstalldirs) $(DATADIR)$(aclocaldir) mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) mostlyclean: mostlyclean-generic clean: clean-generic mostlyclean distclean: distclean-generic clean -rm -f config.status -rm -f libtool maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-generic distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." .PHONY: uninstall-aclocalDATA install-aclocalDATA tags distdir info dvi \ installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \ installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/m4/README0000644000175000017500000000036006521217602013115 0ustar jrjrThese files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake package). aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn used by autoconf to create the configure script at the the top level in this distribution. gettext-kde-0.10.35/m4/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000000107006522265002014004 0ustar jrjr1998-04-30 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.m4: Add AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS in AM_GNU_GETTEXT to rewrite the po/Makefile. 1998-04-29 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): No need to mention *.m4 files here. * gettext.m4: Fix test for gettext in libintl. Patch by Guido Flohr . 1998-04-28 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.m4: Don't test for values.h. 1998-04-27 21:17 Ulrich Drepper * gettext.m4, lcmessage.m4, progtest.m4: Moved to here from toplevel. gettext-kde-0.10.35/m4/Makefile.am0000644000175000017500000000054406522265725014307 0ustar jrjr## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*- aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@ aclocal_DATA = gettext.m4 lcmessage.m4 progtest.m4 # Generate this list with # find . -type f -name '*.m4' -printf '%f\n'|sort |fmt |tr '\012' @ \ # |sed 's/@$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' EXTRA_DIST = README \ gettext.m4 lcmessage.m4 progtest.m4 gettext-kde-0.10.35/m4/gettext.m40000644000175000017500000002411606522260560014172 0ustar jrjr# Macro to add for using GNU gettext. # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 5 AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS, [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) dnl Default is enabled NLS AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls, [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS) AC_SUBST(USE_NLS) USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no dnl If we use NLS figure out what method if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS) AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext, [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext) nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what dnl to use. If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we dnl use this. Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library. dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets. nls_cv_header_intl= nls_cv_header_libgt= CATOBJEXT=NONE AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return (int) gettext ("")], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)]) if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain, [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl], gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl, [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext, gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)], gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)]) fi if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \ || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT) AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext) AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; return _nl_msg_cat_cntr], [CATOBJEXT=.gmo DATADIRNAME=share], [CATOBJEXT=.mo DATADIRNAME=lib]) INSTOBJEXT=.mo fi fi ]) if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used]) AC_ARG_WITH(catgets, [ --with-catgets use catgets functions if available], nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no) AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets) if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then dnl No gettext in C library. Try catgets next. AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main) AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets, [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS) INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)" AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no) if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no) fi AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes CATOBJEXT=.cat INSTOBJEXT=.cat DATADIRNAME=lib INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi]) fi fi if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library. dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library. nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes fi fi if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt) AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT) AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :) AC_SUBST(MSGFMT) USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes CATOBJEXT=.gmo INSTOBJEXT=.mo DATADIRNAME=share INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a' INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'` nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext. if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the dnl Makefiles still can work. if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then : ; else AC_MSG_RESULT( [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it]) XGETTEXT=":" fi fi # We need to process the po/ directory. POSUB=po else DATADIRNAME=share nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h fi AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl) AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS( [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*) sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile esac]) # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes' # because some of the sources are only built for this goal. if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then USE_NLS=yes USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes fi dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal. While doing this dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs dnl in configure.in. for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo" POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po" done dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL) AC_SUBST(CATALOGS) AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT) AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME) AC_SUBST(GMOFILES) AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT) AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS) AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS) AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS) AC_SUBST(POFILES) AC_SUBST(POSUB) ]) AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT, [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \ unistd.h sys/param.h]) AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \ strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next]) if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy) fi if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY) fi AM_LC_MESSAGES AM_WITH_NLS if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then LINGUAS= else AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed) NEW_LINGUAS= for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;; esac done LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS) fi dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed. if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done fi fi dnl The reference to in the installed file dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H. if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include " else INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\ /* The system does not provide the header . Take care yourself. */" fi AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H) dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed) dnl For now we know about two different formats: dnl Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format test -d intl || mkdir intl if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen) dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs dnl cannot handle comments. sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed fi dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed. sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \ $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes dnl only sense for gettext. We comment this out for non-gettext dnl packages. if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then GT_NO="#NO#" GT_YES= else GT_NO= GT_YES="#YES#" fi AC_SUBST(GT_NO) AC_SUBST(GT_YES) dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir). dnl Try to locate is. MKINSTALLDIRS= if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs" fi if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs" fi AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS) dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real. l= AC_SUBST(l) dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will dnl be included in po/Makefile. test -d po || mkdir po if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then posrcprefix="$srcdir/" else posrcprefix="../$srcdir/" fi else posrcprefix="../" fi rm -f po/POTFILES sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*, $posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \ < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES ]) gettext-kde-0.10.35/m4/lcmessage.m40000444000175000017500000000136306405015270014442 0ustar jrjr# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in . # Ulrich Drepper , 1995. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 1 AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES, [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES, [AC_TRY_LINK([#include ], [return LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)]) if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES) fi fi]) gettext-kde-0.10.35/m4/progtest.m40000444000175000017500000000260206405015313014341 0ustar jrjr# Search path for a program which passes the given test. # Ulrich Drepper , 1996. # # This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License # but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality. # Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available. # serial 1 dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST, [# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1, [case "[$]$1" in /*) ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then if [$3]; then ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word" break fi fi done IFS="$ac_save_ifs" dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" ])dnl ;; esac])dnl $1="$ac_cv_path_$1" if test -n "[$]$1"; then AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1) else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) fi AC_SUBST($1)dnl ]) gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/0000755000175000017500000000000006522270014012646 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000001743406522270014014724 0ustar jrjr# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DISTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ ACLOCAL_VERSION = @ACLOCAL_VERSION@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ EMACS = @EMACS@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GT_NO = @GT_NO@ GT_YES = @GT_YES@ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ LD = @LD@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ NM = @NM@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ YACC = @YACC@ aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@ l = @l@ lispdir = @lispdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits localedir = $(datadir)/locale EXTRA_DIST = combine-sh gettext.perl gettext-sh magic.add tcl_gettext.c \ README-Tcl po-mode.el locale.alias DISTCLEANFILES = gettextize lisp_LISP = po-mode.el bin_SCRIPTS = gettextize locale_DATA = locale.alias mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = gettextize SCRIPTS = $(bin_SCRIPTS) LISP = $(lisp_LISP) ELCFILES = po-mode.elc DATA = $(locale_DATA) DIST_COMMON = ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in elisp-comp \ gettextize.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP = --best all: Makefile $(SCRIPTS) $(LISP) $(ELCFILES) $(DATA) .SUFFIXES: .SUFFIXES: .el .elc $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits --include-deps misc/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status gettextize: $(top_builddir)/config.status gettextize.in cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status install-binSCRIPTS: $(bin_SCRIPTS) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) @list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $$p; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`"; \ $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \ else if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`"; \ $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \ else :; fi; fi; \ done uninstall-binSCRIPTS: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; for p in $$list; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \ done install-lispLISP: $(lisp_LISP) $(ELCFILES) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir) @list='$(lisp_LISP)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$p"; then d= ; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$p $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/$$p"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d$$p $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/$$p; \ if test -f $${p}c; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $${p}c $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/$${p}c"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $${p}c $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/$${p}c; \ else : ; fi; \ done uninstall-lispLISP: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) list='$(lisp_LISP)'; for p in $$list; do \ rm -f $(lispdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(lispdir)/$${p}c; \ done .el.elc: @echo 'WARNING: Warnings can be ignored. :-)' if test $(EMACS) != no; then \ EMACS=$(EMACS) $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/elisp-comp $<; \ fi mostlyclean-lisp: clean-lisp: -test -z "$(ELCFILES)" || rm -f $(ELCFILES) distclean-lisp: maintainer-clean-lisp: install-localeDATA: $(locale_DATA) @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir) @list='$(locale_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \ if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$p"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$p; \ else if test -f $$p; then \ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$p"; \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$p; \ fi; fi; \ done uninstall-localeDATA: @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) list='$(locale_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$p; \ done tags: TAGS TAGS: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = misc distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done info: dvi: check: all $(MAKE) installcheck: install-exec: install-binSCRIPTS @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install-data: install-lispLISP install-localeDATA @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install: install-exec install-data all @: uninstall: uninstall-binSCRIPTS uninstall-lispLISP uninstall-localeDATA install-strip: $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install installdirs: $(mkinstalldirs) $(DATADIR)$(bindir) $(DATADIR)$(lispdir) \ $(DATADIR)$(localedir) mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) mostlyclean: mostlyclean-lisp mostlyclean-generic clean: clean-lisp clean-generic mostlyclean distclean: distclean-lisp distclean-generic clean -rm -f config.status -rm -f libtool maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-lisp maintainer-clean-generic \ distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." .PHONY: uninstall-binSCRIPTS install-binSCRIPTS uninstall-lispLISP \ install-lispLISP mostlyclean-lisp distclean-lisp clean-lisp \ maintainer-clean-lisp uninstall-localeDATA install-localeDATA tags \ distdir info dvi installcheck install-exec install-data install \ uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \ clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \ maintainer-clean # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000005364606521724673014454 0ustar jrjr1998-03-30 François Pinard * po-mode.el (po-tags-search, po-mark-translatable, po-select-mark-and-mark): Call interactive after the doc string, instead of before. Reported by Tom Tromey. 1998-04-27 21:17 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Update from most recent version. * gettextize.in: Use aclocaldir from configuration. 1997-09-04 François Pinard * po-mode.el: Rename po-middle-of-entry to po-start-of-msgstr, add variable po-start-of-msgid. Use it whenever appropriate. * po-mode.el (po-find-file-coding-system): New function. Reported by Ken'ichi Handa. * po-mode.el: Normalise string= to string-equal. * po-mode.el (po-send-mail): Allow for mailing to the team. (po-guess-team-address): New function. 1997-09-02 François Pinard * po-mode.el (po-set-comment): Unused variable buffer. (po-edit-string): Unused variables start, middle, end and obsolete. (po-tags-search): Unused variable find-string. * po-mode.el (po-check-lock): Create the work buffer as required, to avoid diagnostics about selecting a deleted buffer, after a user explicitly killed the work buffer instead of exiting it normally. Reported by Hrvoje Niksic. * po-mode.el: New variable po-mode-menu-layout. (po-mode): Establish a bar mode menu if possible. Reported by Nils Naumann. * po-mode.el: Decide set-translation-domain before using it. This avoids a byte-compilation warning. * po-mode.el (po-set-comment): Rearrange wrong conditional flow. Translator comments were duplicated, when contents were unchanged. Reported by Enrique Melero. 1997-09-01 François Pinard * po-mode.el (po-highlight, po-dehighlight): New functions. New globals: po-highlight-p, po-highlight-face and po-overlay. (po-edit-msgstr): Highlight the msgid string while editing. (po-tags-search): Highlight found string. (po-mark-found-string): Unhilight string before replacing it. Reported by Jim Meyering, Michel Robitaille and Ulrich Drepper. * po-mode.el (po-set-field): Tells if buffer was modified. (po-edit-msgstr): Never make fuzzy an entry which is unmodified. * po-mode.el: Add M command, and variables po-compose-mail-function, po-translation-project-address and po-gzip-uuencode-command. (po-guess-archive-name, po-send-mail): New functions. Reported by Karl Eichwalder. 1997-08-31 François Pinard * po-mode.el (po-replace-revision-date): Enforce ISO 8601 zones. Reported by Enrique Melero Gómez, Karl Eichwalder, Max de Mendizabal and Santiago Vila Doncel. * po-mode.el (po-edit-string): Expand tabs while editing translations. Reported by Göran Uddeborg. * po-mode.el: Accept C-c C-k to abort recursive edits. Reported by Göran Uddeborg and Hrvoje Niksic. 1997-06-02 Ben Pfaff * po-mode.el (po-find-c-string, po-extract-unquoted): Process ANSI string concatenation and K&R escaped newlines. 1997-03-02 Hrvoje Niksic * po-mode.el (po-help): To continue, also accept things like a mouse press or an arrow key. 1996-11-12 François Pinard * po-mode.el: Alter po-font-lock-keywords to properly highlight C formats, when using an upper case letter as formatting functor. * po-mode.el: If available, prefer force-mode-line-update builtin. * po-mode.el: Use our own buffer-substring, defining it as buffer-substring-no-properties if available. Because of text properties, buffer-substring does not always return a string. * po-mode.el (po-consider-source-path): Ensure a trailing slash. 1996-05-13 Andreas Schwab * po-mode.el (po-eval-requoted, po-extract-unquoted): Correct missing or spurious backslashes in some regexps. 1997-08-01 15:49 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require version 1.2. 1997-04-12 Hrvoje Niksic * po-mode.el: Customize. 1997-03-10 06:56 Ulrich Drepper * elisp-comp: Use EMACS environment variable is available instead of always executing emacs. 1996-12-03 23:24 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Update --help and --version texts. 1996-11-22 04:45 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add locale.alias. 1996-11-21 23:11 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am: Remove rules for ELisp handling. Automake now knows what to do. 1996-10-28 23:09 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Remove -v from help message. Change format of --version text according to last GNU coding standard. Don't print help message for unknown option. Instead print "Try `..." message. 1996-10-19 17:41 1996 Ulrich Drepper * locale.alias: Language for czech entry must be cs. 1996-09-18 00:29 François Pinard * po-mode.el (po-font-lock-keywords): Correct highlighting of formats like %3d. 1996-08-19 François Pinard * po-mode.el: Restructured to avoid all byte-compilation warnings. Highlighting using `hilit19' is being deprecated, font lock code should now automatically be activated whenever available. 1996-07-15 François Pinard * po-mode.el: po-mode.el (po-kill-msgstr): Ensure po-entry-type is always defined before decreasing counter. 1996-07-15 01:08 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in (gettext_dir): Remove warning that files will be removed. It's not really necessary since the -f option is necessary. Suggested by François Pinard. 1996-06-26 18:40 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Added ELisp support. Patch by François Pinard. 1996-06-18 15:12 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in (aclocal_version): new variable. Value determined by configure. This finally makes the check of the aclocal.m4 version number correct because this number need not be the same as the version number of the package. 1996-06-06 02:02 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Rewrite copying now that files are kept in different directories and don't use funny prefixes anymore. 1996-06-05 16:36 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (DISTCLEANFILES): Renamed from CLEANFILES and changed $(lisp_DATA) to $(ELCFILES). 1996-06-03 00:46 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (elc_DATA): Rename to elc_SCRIPTS so that distribution wents smooth. 1996-06-02 21:16 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (SUFFIXES): New variable. Automake wants it this way to introduce new suffixes. * Makefile.am: Initial revision. 1996-06-01 18:20 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (default): Add default rule because AIX' make does not understand multiple goals in default rule. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Rename README-TCL to README-Tcl. * gettextize.in: Implement test for correct aclocal.m4 version. 1996-04-06 02:40 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Apply François' patch for new default values of configuration variables and new header entry format. 1996-04-02 18:56 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal. Same as all. 1996-04-02 03:18 François Pinard * po-mode.el: * Let po-show-source-context update po-reference-cursor itself, and display to the minibuffer the relative and maximum position of the shown reference in the list of collected references. Callers adjusted accordingly. . Do not generate tildes while reconstructing non-obsolete comments. . Do merge attributes on a single `#,' line. Using the non-regexp version of the search was causing the generation of another one. . Remove a spurious trailing comma while removing the last attribute. . Limit the search for source references to the msgstr line. This does not correct any bug, but is more consistent. 1996-03-31 23:32 François Pinard * po-mode.el: * Small corrections to the help page. Reported by Karl Eichwalder. * Change po-edit-mode-map to po-subedit-mode-map and po-mode-edit-hook to po-subedit-mode-hook. The previous names were not consistent. Reported by Karl Eichwalder. * Repair RET, completely broken for multi-lines, maybe showing a regexp bug in Emacs(?). See the FIXME in po-extract-unquoted. Reported by Karl Eichwalder. 1996-03-31 22:36 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in (prefix): Define from @prefix@. Is used in gettext_dir definition. Reported by Jim Meyering. 1996-03-28 19:11 Karl Eichwalder * gettextize.in (gettext_dir): Set to @datadir@/gettext. 1996-03-26 21:27 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (datadir): Initialize from @datadir@. Reported by Karl Eichwalder. 1996-03-25 09:52 François Pinard * po-mode.el: * Correct documentation mistakes in short help. * Accept both # and #~ for obsolete comments, but use #~ when generating them. * Recognize \NNN octal notation for characters in PO file strings, however, never produce such horror. 1996-03-25 03:51 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Some last minute changes by François Pinard. 1996-03-24 18:51 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el (po-confirm-and-quit): Recognize both #, and #! but prefer producing #,. * Rephrase messages about location stack contents * Clear out message when user refuses quitting. 1996-03-23 14:34 François Pinard * Implement po-default-file-header. Reported by Karl Eichwalder. * Rename po-auto-select to po-auto-select-entry. * Revise text of all disruptive questions, try to alleviate them, avoid them if possible. Clear the message area sometimes. * Correct a bug by which `#! fuzzy' was inserted before the white line, instead of after, for PO files having no `#' line of any kind. * Correct the message count updating in po-kill-msgstr and po-yank-msgstr. * Allow for po-auto-edit-with-msgid to work, when po-edit-msgstr was called on an untranslated immediately after loading a PO file. * po-quit may select all kind of not fully processed entries, rather than just untranslate ones. Rebound commands: * TAB moves to LFD for po-msgid-to-msgstr. * z moves to DEL for po-fade-out-entry. New commands: * TAB is po-unfuzzy. * SPC is po-auto-select. * t is po-next-translated entry. * M-t is po-previous-translated-entry. * E is po-edit-out-full. Improved commands: * DEL (po-fade-out-entry) makes the entry fuzzy as first step, and request confirmation for some transitions. * LFD (po-msgid-to-msgstr) requests confirmation if entry was already translated. * v (po-validate): Pass the -v flag to msgfmt. * q (po-confirm-and-quit): Use milder confirmation. * Implemented variables po-auto-edit-with-msgid, po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit, po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy, and po-auto-replace-revision-date. PO header management: * PO-Revision-Date might be automatically updated. Reported by Karl Eichwalder. * A normalized PO file header is automatically created if it not exists. Any previous PO file header is kept, obsoleted. Various internal cleanups: * Revised the PO mode summary display. * ...-hooks renamed ...-hook, per word of Richard Stallman. * po-obsolete-flag replaced by more general po-entry-type. * po-appropriate-counter, po-increase-appropriate-counter and po-decrease-appropriate-counter are replaced by po-type-counter, po-decrease-type-counter and po-increase-type-counter. Overall counting logic revised and cleaned up. * The concept of being after last entry disappears. Being after last entry is equivalent to being on last entry. And since there is at least the PO header entry, and an empty PO file is not possible anymore: simplified code accordingly. * po-add-attribute, po-delete-attribute: New functions. * po-offer-validation disappears, as (buffer-modified-p) may be used instead. 1996-03-14 16:55 François Pinard * po-mode.el: Inexact entries are now called fuzzy. Change regular expression and function names. 1996-03-14 11:38 François Pinard * po-mode.el: Rename po-mode-hooks to po-mode-edit-hooks. * po-mode.el: Suggest accepting .pot and embedded .po. as triggers for PO editing mode, besides .po and .pox. * PO mode help display has been revised to fit in 23 lines, and present some more yet unimplemented commands. PO mode initially suggests using `h' or `?' for documentation. * Many variables and functions have been renamed for more clarity and consistency, too numerous to be detailed here. * Reorganization of key-bindings. This restores to M-w and M-y their usual meaning, and free some keys for to-be-implemented commands: the a/M-a/A/M-A series for auxiliary files, c/M-c for compendium files, and l/M-l/L/M-L series for lexicon files. . Commands u, v, o and q have been renamed U, V, O and Q (po-undo, po-validate, po-other-window and po-quit). . Command v replaces old command V (po-mode-version). . u and SPC replace e (po-next-untranslated-entry). M-u replaces M-e (po-previous-untranslated-entry). . o replaces M-n and M-SPC (po-next-obsolete-entry). M-o replaces M-p and M-DEL (po-previous-obsolete-entry). . SPC, DEL, and M-RET are no more po-next-entry, po-previous-entry and po-edit-comment. . r replaces l (po-pop-location). . s (po-cycle-source-reference) replaces c (po-cycle-reference). M-s (po-select-source-reference) replaces M-c (po-select-reference). S (po-consider-source-path) replaces d (po-add-path). M-S (po-ignore-source-path) replaces M-d (po-delete-path). . K, W and Y replace M-k, M-w and M-y (po-kill-comment, po-kill-ring-save-comment and po-yank-comment). * New command q (po-confirm-and-quit). 1996-03-13 13:16 Karl Eichwalder * po-mode.el (po-edit-string): run hook `po-edit-hooks'. 1996-03-09 12:39 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el (po-keywords): Add N_. 1996-01-15 02:58 François Pinard * gettextize.in: Better message about aclocal.m4 change. 1995-12-19 22:41 Ulrich Drepper * README-TCL, tcl_gettext.c: Initial revision. * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add tcl_gettext and README-TCL. 1995-12-19 22:12 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (Makefile, gettextize): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running shell scripts. 1995-12-16 15:31 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Implement -c option: always copy files. Requested by Roland McGrath. 1995-12-05 11:41 Larry Schwimmer * Makefile.in (install-data): Make sure $(localedir) exists. 1995-11-27 02:50 Sakai Kiyotaka * locale.alias: New entry for Japanese. 1995-11-24 23:53 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el (po-quit): Always clear the message area after y-or-n-p. 1995-11-11 16:30 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Implement searching of inexact entries. * po-mode.el: Implement po-version. 1995-11-08 01:46 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Hilit file names and line numbers in #: with function-name face. * po-mode.el: Add support for XEmacs' font-lock.el. * po-mode.el: Patches by Franc,ois: enable hilit, handle multi-line #: lines, and don't pass -v argument to msgfmt. 1995-11-06 15:52 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: msgfmt behaves now well again. Return to use /dev/null as output file for verification. 1995-11-05 19:39 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist-gettext): Make synonym for dist. 1995-11-05 15:40 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. 1995-11-01 10:39 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Don't use "!" as negation; not all versions of sh support it. Patch by Tom Tromey. 1995-10-31 20:46 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el (po-msgfmt-program): Variable which contains name of the msgfmt program. (po-validate): Use above variable. 1995-10-31 19:12 Tom Tromey * gettextize.in: Don't use "!" as negation; not all versions of sh support it. 1995-10-30 22:22 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el (po-validate): Protect the previous value of compile-command. Change by Franc,ois Pinard. 1995-10-29 12:11 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Change text of trailing message about aclocal.m4 changing. Suggested by Franc,ois Pinard. * Makefile.in (INSTALL_PROGRAM): Not used anymore. (INSTALL_SCRIPT): New variable, (install-exec): Install gettextize using INSTALL_SCRIPT. * po-mode.el (po-eval-requoted): Add space in description. * Makefile.in: Remove Emacs local variable setting. 1995-10-28 22:09 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): Move some rules from install-data. (install-data): Add installation of locale.alias. * locale.alias: Initial revision 1995-10-28 18:08 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Apply latest patch by Franc,ois. 1995-09-23 14:34 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Run config.status shell script if this is exists and is selected. This is always necessary if one updates the intl/ dir. 1995-09-20 22:26 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Try to remove files in root and po/ dir before linking. If this is not done re-linking to the same file will cause an error. 1995-09-07 00:21 Ulrich Drepper * gettext-sh: Protect IFS assignments. 1995-08-22 22:12 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in (usage): Rearrange help message. Now describe -f option. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. 1995-08-19 23:32 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Add missing terminating quotes. * Makefile.in (INSTALL_PROGRAM): *Do* use -m 755. Autoconf does not set any mode. * Makefile.in (install-src): Make behave like install. I.e. really install gettextize and the .elc files. 1995-08-19 15:08 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Some nicety changes of shell programming by Franc,ois Pinard. * po-mode.el (po-search-path): Extend by "../". * gettextize.in: Protect against relative source paths. Avoid exit an second level shell. * gettext-sh: Better comments: By Franc,ois Pinard. * Makefile.in (INSTALL_PRG): Don't define mode ourself. (uninstall) Remove gettextize. * gettextize.in: intl/VERSION is now a real file and must not be generated here. 1995-08-18 12:05 Ulrich Drepper * gettext-sh: Use -s option for gettext instead of --shell-script. 1995-08-15 10:49 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (all, check): Add gettextize to dependencies, so that install need not build anything. 1995-08-15 07:13 Ulrich Drepper * gettextize.in: Add intl/VERSION file. * gettextize.in: Remove target file for root- and po- file first. * gettextize.in: Files installed in top directory of package are now preceded by root-. All other are ignore (esp aclocal.m4). 1995-08-14 23:50 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (exec_prefix, bindir): Directories needed for installing gettextize. (transform): Standard GNU program name transformation. (INSTALL_PROGRAM): Program to install gettextize as executable. (DISTFILES): Remove makelinks.in. Distribute gettextize.in instead. (install-src): Install gettextize in selected binary directory. * gettextize.in: Initial revision 1995-08-10 22:18 Ulrich Drepper * gettext-sh: Fix typos. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. (TEXTDOMAIN): Set value from ${PACKAGE-NAME} variable and document it. 1995-08-08 21:45 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add locale.alias. 1995-08-07 23:48 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl moved from intl/. gettext-sh: New file. * gettext-sh: Initial revision. * elisp-comp: Use `rm -fr $tempdir' instead of `rm -f $tempdir/*; rmdir $tempdir' because some NFS implementation create .nfsxxx files which are not caught be the *. Reported by Paul Nevai. 1995-08-04 22:38 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (.el.elc): Include Franc,ois' wonderful pun to highlight warning text. * Makefile.in (distclean): Remove makelinks. * Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message. 1995-08-02 19:44 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): makelinks.in instead of makelinks-sh. * makelinks.in: First try making symbolic links. Rename to makelinks.in because it will be configure by config.status. 1995-08-01 15:54 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Fixes to run on DEMACS. Provided by Franc,ois Pinard. * Makefile.in (check): Make same as all. 1995-08-01 10:32 Ulrich Drepper * makelinks-sh: Implement option handling. When intl/ subdir exist give warning and exit unless option -f is given. Use ${echo} in place where translations will be necessary. 1995-07-26 01:24 Ulrich Drepper * makelinks-sh: Update for correct intl_files list. Handle existing directories. Handle non-existing ln and/or ln -s. Mostly by Franc,ois Pinard. 1995-07-22 01:14 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (prefix,datadir,lispdir): New definitions. (SITELISPDIR): Remove variable. (all): Now build *.elc files. (install,uninstall): Specify complete path of files to delete. 1995-07-20 00:03 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): elisp-comp was missing. 1995-07-18 23:53 Ulrich Drepper * po-mode.el: Latest version by Franc,ois. This version allows scanning C source code for translatable strings and interactive construction of the .po file. The string matching heuristic is due to Richard Stallman. 1995-07-18 01:32 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add magic.add. Comes from ../. * po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh: Moved to here from ../intl/. magic.add: Moved to here from ../. * Makefile.in: Initial revision gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/Makefile.am0000444000175000017500000000221606370364512014711 0ustar jrjr## Makefile for the misc subdirectory of the GNU NLS Utilities ## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ## any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits localedir = $(datadir)/locale EXTRA_DIST = combine-sh gettext.perl gettext-sh magic.add tcl_gettext.c \ README-Tcl po-mode.el locale.alias DISTCLEANFILES = gettextize lisp_LISP = po-mode.el bin_SCRIPTS = gettextize locale_DATA = locale.alias gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/elisp-comp0000555000175000017500000000273506521254437014663 0ustar jrjr#!/bin/sh # Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # François Pinard , 1995. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # This script byte-compiles all `.el' files which are part of its # arguments, using GNU Emacs, and put the resulting `.elc' files into # the current directory, so disregarding the original directories used # in `.el' arguments. # # This script manages in such a way that all Emacs LISP files to # be compiled are made visible between themselves, in the event # they require or load-library one another. if test $# = 0; then echo 1>&2 "No files given to $0" else tempdir=elc.$$ mkdir $tempdir cp $* $tempdir cd $tempdir echo "(setq load-path (cons nil load-path))" > script ${EMACS-emacs} -batch -l script -f batch-byte-compile *.el mv *.elc .. cd .. rm -fr $tempdir fi gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/gettextize.in0000644000175000017500000001342106522264472015406 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # # Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # This file is meant for authors or maintainers which want to # internationalize their package with the help of GNU gettext. For # further information how to use it consult the GNU gettext manual. echo=echo progname=$0 force=0 configstatus=0 origdir=`pwd` usage="\ Usage: gettextize [OPTION]... [package-dir] --help print this help and exit --version print version information and exit -c, --copy copy files instead of making symlinks -f, --force force writing of new files even if old exist Report bugs to ." package=@PACKAGE@ version=@VERSION@ aclocal_version=@ACLOCAL_VERSION@ try_ln_s=: while test $# -gt 0; do case "$1" in -c | --copy | --c* ) shift try_ln_s=false ;; -f | --force | --f* ) shift force=1 ;; -r | --run | --r* ) shift configstatus=1 ;; --help | --h* ) $echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; --version | --v* ) echo "$progname (GNU $package) $version" $echo "Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." $echo "Written by" "Ulrich Drepper" exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option prcessing shift; break ;; -* ) $echo "gettextize: unknown option $1" $echo "Try \`gettextize --help' for more information."; exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# -gt 1; then $echo "$usage" exit 1 fi # Fill in the command line options value. if test $# -eq 1; then srcdir=$1 if cd $srcdir; then srcdir=`pwd` else $echo "Cannot change directory to \`$srcdir'" exit 1 fi else srcdir=$origdir fi # Directory where the sources are stored. prefix=@prefix@ gettext_dir=@datadir@/gettext aclocal_dir=@aclocaldir@ test -f configure.in || { $echo "Missing configure.in, please cd to your package first." exit 1 } if test -d intl && test $force -eq 0; then $echo "\ intl/ subdirectory exists: use option -f if you really want to delete it." exit 1 fi if test -f po/Makefile.in.in && test $force -eq 0; then $echo "\ po/Makefile.in.in exists: use option -f if you really want to delete it." exit 1 fi if test -f NLS && test $force -eq 0; then $echo "NLS exists: use option -f if you really want to delete it." exit 1 fi rm -fr intl mkdir intl || { $echo "failed to create intl/ subdirectory" exit 1; } test -d po || mkdir po || { $echo "failed to create po/ subdirectory" exit 1 } # For simplicity we changed to the gettext source directory. cd $gettext_dir # Now copy all files. Take care for the destination directories. for file in *; do case $file in intl | po | demo) ;; *) rm -f $srcdir/$file ($try_ln_s && ln -s $gettext_dir/$file $srcdir/$file) 2>/dev/null || cp $file $srcdir/$file ;; esac done # Copy files to intl/ subdirectory. cd intl for file in *; do rm -f $srcdir/intl/$file ($try_ln_s && ln -s $gettext_dir/intl/$file $srcdir/intl/$file) 2>/dev/null || cp $file $srcdir/intl/$file done # Copy files to po/ subdirectory. cd ../po for file in *; do rm -f $srcdir/po/$file ($try_ln_s && ln -s $gettext_dir/po/$file $srcdir/po/$file) 2>/dev/null || cp $file $srcdir/po/$file done # Check whether we can run config.status to produce intl/Makefile.in. cd $origdir if test -f ./config.status; then if test $configstatus -eq 0; then echo "Shall I run config.status? (y/N)" read ans case "$ans" in y* | Y* | 1* ) configstatus=1 ;; * ) ;; esac fi test $configstatus -ne 0 && (CONFIG_FILES=intl/Makefile CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status) fi merge=no OLD_IFS="$IFS" IFS="." cntr=0 major=0; minor=0; subminor=0 for num in $aclocal_version; do case $cntr in 0) major=$num;; 1) minor=$num;; 2) subminor=$num;; esac cntr=`expr $cntr + 1` done IFS="$OLD_IFS" set `sed -e 's/.*Last updated for gettext-\([0-9][0-9]*\)\.\([0-9][0-9]*\)\.\([0-9][0-9]\)*.*/\1 \2 \3/p' -e d aclocal.m4` >/dev/null if test $# -lt 2 || test $# -gt 3; then merge=yes else here_major=$1; here_minor=$2 if test $# -eq 2; then here_subminor=0 else here_subminor=$3 fi if test $major -eq $here_major; then if test $minor -eq $here_minor; then if test $subminor -lt $here_subminor; then merge=gettext elif test $subminor -gt $here_subminor; then merge=yes fi else if test $minor -lt $here_minor; then merge=gettext else merge=yes fi fi else if test $major -lt $here_major; then merge=gettext else merge=yes fi fi fi if test "$merge" = "yes"; then $echo "You should update your own \`aclocal.m4' by adding the necessary" $echo "macro packages gettext.m4, lcmessage.m4 and progtest.m4 from" $echo "the directory \`$aclocal_dir'" elif test "$merge" = "gettext"; then $echo "Your \`aclocal.m4' file is newer than the installed gettext" $echo "program. Consider upgrading to a recent GNU gettext version." fi exit 0 gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/combine-sh0000555000175000017500000000642005772417327014640 0ustar jrjr#!/bin/sh TMPDIR=/tmp TMPNAME=/tmp/combine1.$$.sed trap 'rm -fr $TMPNAME combine; exit 1' 1 2 15 rm -f $TMPNAME cat > $TMPNAME < combine/libintl.c < #endif #define USE_COMBINED_HEADER 1 #include "libintlP.h" #if HAVE_CATGETS #include #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H # include #endif EOF CATCFILES=cat-compat.c GETCFILES="bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c finddomain.c gettext.c \ loadmsgcat.c textdomain.c" for file in $CATCFILES; do sed -f $TMPNAME < $file \ | sed -e '1s/.*/#line & "'$file'"/' >> combine/libintl.c done cat >> combine/libintl.c < #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_MMAP # include #endif EOF for file in $GETCFILES; do sed -f $TMPNAME < $file \ | sed -e '1s/.*/#line & "'$file'"/' >> combine/libintl.c done cat >> combine/libintl.c < combine/libintlP.h <> combine/libintlP.h done cat >> combine/libintlP.h <> combine/libintlP.h done cat >> combine/libintlP.h <, 1995. textdomain ("tar"); print &_("Try \`%s --help\' for more information.\n"); exit 0; ## --------------------------------------------------------------- ## ## The `&textdomain (DOMAIN_NAME)' routine reads the given domain ## ## into an associative array %_, able to later translate strings. ## ## --------------------------------------------------------------- ## sub textdomain { local ($language, $catalog, $domain, $buffer); local ($reverse); local ($magic, $revision, $nstrings, $orig_tab_offset, $trans_tab_offset); local ($orig_length, $orig_pointer, $trans_length, $trans_pointer); %_ = (); $language = $ENV{"LANG"}; return if ! $language; $domain = $_[0]; $catalog = "/usr/local/share/locale/$language/LC_MESSAGES/$domain.mo"; open (CATALOG, $catalog) || return; sysread (CATALOG, $buffer, (stat CATALOG)[7]); close CATALOG; $magic = unpack ("I", $buffer); if (sprintf ("%x", $magic) eq "de120495") { $reverse = 1; } elsif (sprintf ("%x", $magic) ne "950412de") { die "Not a catalog file\n"; } $revision = &mo_format_value (4); $nstrings = &mo_format_value (8); $orig_tab_offset = &mo_format_value (12); $trans_tab_offset = &mo_format_value (16); while ($nstrings-- > 0) { $orig_length = &mo_format_value ($orig_tab_offset); $orig_pointer = &mo_format_value ($orig_tab_offset + 4); $orig_tab_offset += 8; $trans_length = &mo_format_value ($trans_tab_offset); $trans_pointer = &mo_format_value ($trans_tab_offset + 4); $trans_tab_offset += 8; $_{substr ($buffer, $orig_pointer, $orig_length)} = substr ($buffer, $trans_pointer, $trans_length); } } ## ----------------------------------------------------------------- ## ## The `&mo_format_value (ADDRESS)' routine returns the value at a ## ## given address in the .mo format catalog, once read into $buffer ## ## by `&textdomain'. This is a service routine of `&textdomain', ## ## which uses $buffer and $reverse variables local in that routine. ## ## ----------------------------------------------------------------- ## sub mo_format_value { unpack ("i", $reverse ? pack ("c4", reverse unpack ("c4", substr ($buffer, $_[0], 4))) : substr ($buffer, $_[0], 4)); } ## ------------------------------------------------------------ ## ## The `&_(STRING)' routine translates STRING if there is some ## ## translation offered for it in the `%_' associative array, or ## ## return STRING itself, otherwize. ## ## ------------------------------------------------------------ ## sub _ { defined $_{$_[0]} ? $_{$_[0]} : $_[0]; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/gettext-sh0000444000175000017500000000420606023435375014676 0ustar jrjr# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Ulrich Drepper , August 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # # Shell script excerpt to be inserted in shell scripts which are intended # to be internationalized using GNU gettext. # # Precondition: # ${PACKAGE-IDENT} is the name of one program of the package which # understands the --print-text-domain-dir option # ${PACKAGE-NAME} is the name of the message domain the package uses # ${PATH} should list all directories which should be searched # for either `gettext' or ${PACKAGE-IDENT}. # # Postcondition: # ${echo} command to use like Un*x echo command which translates # its arguments when a translation is available. # save_IFS="${IFS}" IFS="${IFS}:" gettext_dir=FAILED locale_dir=FAILED for dir in ${PATH} do if test "${gettext_dir}" = "FAILED" && test -x ${dir}/gettext \ && (${dir}/gettext --version >/dev/null 2>&1) then set `${dir}/gettext --version 2>&1` if test "$3" = "GNU" then gettext_dir=${dir} fi fi if test "${locale_dir}" = "FAILED" && test -x ${dir}/${PACKAGE-IDENT} \ && (${dir}/${PACKAGE-IDENT} --print-text-domain-dir >/dev/null 2>&1) then locale_dir=`${dir}/${PACKAGE-IDENT} --print-text-domain-dir` fi done IFS="${save_IFS}" if test "${locale_dir}" = "FAILED" || test "${gettext_dir}" = "FAILED" then echo=echo else TEXTDOMAINDIR=${locale_dir} export TEXTDOMAINDIR TEXTDOMAIN=${PACKAGE-NAME} export TEXTDOMAIN echo="${gettext_dir}/gettext -s" fi gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/magic.add0000444000175000017500000000042005750275543014410 0ustar jrjr# # GNU nlsutils message catalog file format # 0 string \336\22\4\225 GNU message catalog (little endian), >4 lelong x revision %d, >8 lelong x %d messages 0 string \225\4\22\336 GNU message catalog (big endian), >4 belong x revision %d, >8 belong x %d messages gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/tcl_gettext.c0000444000175000017500000001002506065634274015352 0ustar jrjr/* tcl_gettext - Module implementing gettext interface for Tcl. Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Written by Ulrich Drepper , December 1995. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include #endif #include #include #include /* Data for Tcl interpreter interface. */ #include "tcl.h" /* Prototypes for local functions. */ static int tcl_gettext (ClientData client_data, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, char *argv[]); static int tcl_textdomain (ClientData client_data, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, char *argv[]); static int tcl_bindtextdomain (ClientData client_data, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, char *argv[]); /* Initialization functions. Called from the tclAppInit.c/tkAppInit.c or while the dynamic loading with Tcl7.x, x>= 5. */ int Gettext_Init (interp) Tcl_Interp *interp; { Tcl_CreateCommand (interp, "gettext", tcl_gettext, (ClientData) 0, (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand (interp, "textdomain", tcl_textdomain, (ClientData) 0, (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand (interp, "bindtextdomain", tcl_bindtextdomain, (ClientData) 0, (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL); return TCL_OK; } static int tcl_gettext (client_data, interp, argc, argv) ClientData client_data; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char *argv[]; { const char *domainname = NULL; int category = LC_MESSAGES; const char *msgid; /* The pointer which is assigned in the following statement might reference an illegal part of the address space. But we don't use this value before we know the pointer is correct. */ msgid = argv[1]; switch (argc) { case 4: #ifdef LC_CTYPE if (strcmp (argv[3], "LC_CTYPE") == 0) category = LC_CTYPE; else #endif #ifdef LC_COLLATE if (strcmp (argv[3], "LC_COLLATE") == 0) category = LC_COLLATE; else #endif #ifdef LC_MESSAGES if (strcmp (argv[3], "LC_MESSAGES") == 0) category = LC_MESSAGES; else #endif #ifdef LC_MONETARY if (strcmp (argv[3], "LC_MONETARY") == 0) category = LC_MONETARY; else #endif #ifdef LC_NUMERIC if (strcmp (argv[3], "LC_NUMERIC") == 0) category = LC_NUMERIC; else #endif #ifdef LC_TIME if (strcmp (argv[3], "LC_TIME") == 0) category = LC_TIME; else #endif { interp->result = gettext ("illegal third argument"); return TCL_ERROR; } /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 3: domainname = argv[1]; msgid = argv[2]; /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 2: interp->result = dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); break; default: interp->result = gettext ("wrong number of arguments"); return TCL_ERROR; } return TCL_OK; } static int tcl_textdomain (client_data, interp, argc, argv) ClientData client_data; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char *argv[]; { if (argc != 2) { interp->result = gettext ("wrong number of arguments"); return TCL_ERROR; } interp->result = textdomain (argv[1]); return TCL_OK; } static int tcl_bindtextdomain (client_data, interp, argc, argv) ClientData client_data; Tcl_Interp *interp; int argc; char *argv[]; { if (argc != 3) { interp->result = gettext ("wrong number of arguments"); return TCL_ERROR; } return bindtextdomain (argv[1], argv[2]) == NULL ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK; } gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/README-Tcl0000444000175000017500000000311306065637607014263 0ustar jrjr Gettext support for Tcl ======================= The file `tcl_gettext.c' contains the first attempt to provide an interface for Tcl. I know that TclX already supports `catgets', but because GNU uses `gettext' and because I think `gettext' is the better concept I wrote this file. Unlike many other interpreter extension I haven't provided a `tclAppInit.c' file. I have three reason: it's easy to write (see Ousterhout's book), It will probably combined with other extensions and so would be more or less useless. But the most important reason is that I don't find Tcl useful without the dynamic loading introduced in version 7.5. The way I think you should use this module is to build a dynamic object and load it at runtime with the command `load'. The following transcript shows the way I work on my Linux/ELF box. Consult other Tcl modules or a local wizard to see how it works for your system. 1. Compile the file to position independent object code: gcc -fPIC -O3 -c tcl_gettext.c (The file `tcl.h' from tcl7.5 or up and `libintl.h' as installed from GNU gettext must be found in the path.) 2. Link the file to a shared object: gcc -shared -o gettext.so tcl_gettext.o -lintl (The system's or GNU gettext libintl.a must be found in the path of the linker.) 3. Now we are ready to run: bash> tclsh7.5 % load ./gettext.so Gettext % textdomain "xxx" % gettext "some string" The translated form % exit bash> If you have some ideas how to improve this or you found a bug, please let me know. Ulrich Drepper , 18. December 1995. gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/po-mode.el0000644000175000017500000026240306521724650014550 0ustar jrjr;;; po-mode.el -- for helping GNU gettext lovers to edit PO files. ;;; Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ;;; François Pinard , 1995. ;;; Helped by Greg McGary . ;; This file is part of GNU gettext. ;; GNU gettext is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ;; any later version. ;; GNU gettext is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ;; GNU General Public License for more details. ;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the ;; Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, ;; MA 02111-1307, USA. ;;; This package provides the tools meant to help editing PO files, ;;; as documented in the GNU gettext user's manual. See this manual ;;; for user documentation, which is not repeated here. ;;; To install, merely put this file somewhere GNU Emacs will find it, ;;; then add the following lines to your .emacs file: ;;; ;;; (autoload 'po-mode "po-mode") ;;; (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '("\\.po[tx]?\\'\\|\\.po\\." . po-mode) ;;; auto-mode-alist)) ;;; ;;; To automatically use proper fonts under Emacs 20, also add: ;;; ;;; (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po-mode") ;;; (modify-coding-system-alist 'file "\\.po[tx]?\\'\\|\\.po\\." ;;; 'po-find-file-coding-system) ;;; ;;; You may also adjust some variables, below, by defining them in your ;;; `.emacs' file, either directly or through command `M-x customize'. ;;; Emacs portability matters. ;;; Most portability matters are addressed in this page. All other cases ;;; involve one of `eval-and-compile' or `fboundp', just search for these. ;; Identify which Emacs variety is being used. (eval-and-compile (cond ((string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) (setq po-EMACS20 nil po-XEMACS t)) ((and (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (featurep 'faces)) (setq po-EMACS20 t po-XEMACS nil)) (t (setq po-EMACS20 nil po-XEMACS nil)))) ;; Experiment with Emacs LISP message internationalisation. (eval-and-compile (or (fboundp 'set-translation-domain) (defsubst set-translation-domain (string) nil)) (or (fboundp 'translate-string) (defsubst translate-string (string) string))) (defsubst _ (string) (translate-string string)) (defsubst N_ (string) string) ;; Handle missing `customs' package. (eval-and-compile (condition-case () (require 'custom) (error nil)) (if (and (featurep 'custom) (fboundp 'custom-declare-variable)) nil (defmacro defgroup (&rest args) nil) (defmacro defcustom (var value doc &rest args) (` (defvar (, var) (, value) (, doc)))))) ;; Protect string comparisons from text properties. (eval-and-compile (fset 'po-buffer-substring (symbol-function (if (fboundp 'buffer-substring-no-properties) 'buffer-substring-no-properties 'buffer-substring)))) ;; Handle missing `with-temp-buffer' function. (eval-and-compile (if nil ; FIXME: just testing... (fboundp 'with-temp-buffer) (fset 'po-with-temp-buffer (symbol-function 'with-temp-buffer)) (defmacro po-with-temp-buffer (&rest forms) "Create a temporary buffer, and evaluate FORMS there like `progn'." (let ((curr-buffer (make-symbol "curr-buffer")) (temp-buffer (make-symbol "temp-buffer"))) `(let ((,curr-buffer (current-buffer)) (,temp-buffer (get-buffer-create (generate-new-buffer-name " *po-temp*")))) (unwind-protect (progn (set-buffer ,temp-buffer) ,@forms) (set-buffer ,curr-buffer) (and (buffer-name ,temp-buffer) (kill-buffer ,temp-buffer)))))))) ;; Handle missing `kill-new' function. (eval-and-compile (if (fboundp 'kill-new) (fset 'po-kill-new (symbol-function 'kill-new)) (defun po-kill-new (string) "Push STRING onto the kill ring, for Emacs 18 where kill-new is missing." (po-with-temp-buffer (insert string) (kill-region (point-min) (point-max)))))) ;; Handle missing `read-event' function. (eval-and-compile (fset 'po-read-event (cond ((fboundp 'read-event) ;; GNU Emacs. 'read-event) ((fboundp 'next-command-event) ;; XEmacs. 'next-command-event) (t ;; Older Emacses. 'read-char)))) ;; Handle missing `force-mode-line-update' function. (eval-and-compile (if (fboundp 'force-mode-line-update) (fset 'po-force-mode-line-update (symbol-function 'force-mode-line-update)) (defun po-force-mode-line-update () "Force the mode-line of the current buffer to be redisplayed." (set-buffer-modified-p (buffer-modified-p))))) ;; Handle portable highlighting. Code has been adapted (OK... stolen! :-) ;; from `ispell.el'. (eval-and-compile (cond (po-EMACS20 (defun po-create-overlay () "Create and return a deleted overlay structure. The variable `po-highlight-face' selects the face to use for highlighting." (let ((overlay (make-overlay (point) (point)))) (overlay-put overlay 'face po-highlight-face) ;; The fun thing is that a deleted overlay retains its face, and is ;; movable. (delete-overlay overlay) overlay)) (defun po-highlight (overlay start end &optional buffer) "Use OVERLAY to highlight the string from START to END. If limits are not relative to the current buffer, use optional BUFFER." (move-overlay overlay start end (or buffer (current-buffer)))) (defun po-rehighlight (overlay) "Ensure OVERLAY is highlighted." ;; There is nothing to do, as GNU Emacs allows multiple highlights. nil) (defun po-dehighlight (overlay) "Display normally the last string which OVERLAY highlighted. The current buffer should be in PO mode, when this function is called." (delete-overlay overlay))) (po-XEMACS (defun po-create-overlay () "Create and return a deleted overlay structure." (cons (make-marker) (make-marker))) (defun po-highlight (overlay start end &optional buffer) "Use OVERLAY to highlight the string from START to END. If limits are not relative to the current buffer, use optional BUFFER." (if buffer (save-excursion (set-buffer buffer) (isearch-highlight start end)) (isearch-highlight start end)) (set-marker (car overlay) start (or buffer (current-buffer))) (set-marker (cdr overlay) end (or buffer (current-buffer)))) (defun po-rehighlight (overlay) "Ensure OVERLAY is highlighted." (let ((buffer (marker-buffer (car overlay))) (start (marker-position (car overlay))) (end (marker-position (cdr overlay)))) (and buffer (name-buffer buffer) (po-highlight overlay start end buffer)))) (defun po-dehighlight (overlay) "Display normally the last string which OVERLAY highlighted." (isearch-dehighlight t) (setcar overlay (make-marker)) (setcdr overlay (make-marker)))) (t (defun po-create-overlay () "Create and return a deleted overlay structure." (cons (make-marker) (make-marker))) (defun po-highlight (overlay start end &optional buffer) "Use OVERLAY to highlight the string from START to END. If limits are not relative to the current buffer, use optional BUFFER. No doubt that highlighting, when Emacs does not allow it, is a kludge." (save-excursion (and buffer (set-buffer buffer)) (let ((modified (buffer-modified-p)) (buffer-read-only nil) (inhibit-quit t) (buffer-undo-list t) (text (buffer-substring start end))) (goto-char start) (delete-region start end) (insert-char ? (- end start)) (sit-for 0) (setq inverse-video (not inverse-video)) (delete-region start end) (insert text) (sit-for 0) (setq inverse-video (not inverse-video)) (set-buffer-modified-p modified))) (set-marker (car overlay) start (or buffer (current-buffer))) (set-marker (cdr overlay) end (or buffer (current-buffer)))) (defun po-rehighlight (overlay) "Ensure OVERLAY is highlighted." (let ((buffer (marker-buffer (car overlay))) (start (marker-position (car overlay))) (end (marker-position (cdr overlay)))) (and buffer (name-buffer buffer) (po-highlight overlay start end buffer)))) (defun po-dehighlight (overlay) "Display normally the last string which OVERLAY highlighted." (let ((buffer (marker-buffer (car overlay))) (start (marker-position (car overlay))) (end (marker-position (cdr overlay)))) (if buffer (save-excursion (set-buffer buffer) (let ((modified (buffer-modified-p)) (buffer-read-only nil) (inhibit-quit t) (buffer-undo-list t)) (let ((text (buffer-substring start end))) (goto-char start) (delete-region start end) (insert-char ? (- end start)) (sit-for 0) (delete-region start end) (insert text) (sit-for 0) (set-buffer-modified-p modified))))) (setcar overlay (make-marker)) (setcdr overlay (make-marker)))) ))) ;;; Customisation. (defgroup po nil "Major mode for editing PO files" :group 'i18n) (defcustom po-auto-edit-with-msgid nil "*Automatically use msgid when editing untranslated entries." :type 'boolean :group 'po) (defcustom po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit nil "*Automatically mark entries fuzzy when being edited." :type 'boolean :group 'po) (defcustom po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy nil "*Automatically select some new entry while making an entry not fuzzy." :type 'boolean :group 'po) (defcustom po-auto-replace-revision-date 'ask "*Automatically revise date in headers. Value is nil, t, or ask." :type '(choice (const nil) (const t) (const ask)) :group 'po) (defcustom po-default-file-header "\ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid \"\" msgstr \"\" \"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\\n\" \"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI +ZONE\\n\" \"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \\n\" \"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \\n\" \"MIME-Version: 1.0\\n\" \"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\\n\" \"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\\n\" " "*Default PO file header." :type 'string :group 'po) (defcustom po-highlighting (or po-EMACS20 po-XEMACS) "*Highlight text whenever appropriate, when non-nil. However, on older Emacses, a yet unexplained highlighting bug causes files to get mangled." :type 'boolean :group 'po) (defcustom po-highlight-face 'highlight "*The face used for PO mode highlighting. For Emacses with overlays. Possible values are `highlight', `modeline', `secondary-selection', `region', and `underline'. This variable can be set by the user to whatever face they desire. It's most convenient if the cursor color and highlight color are slightly different." :type 'face :group 'po) (defcustom po-gzip-uuencode-command "gzip -9 | uuencode -m" "*The filter to use for preparing a mail invoice of the PO file. Normally \"gzip -9 | uuencode -m\", remove the -9 for lesser compression, or remove the -m if you are not using the GNU version of `uuencode'." :type 'string :group 'po) ;;; The following block of declarations has the main purpose of avoiding ;;; byte compiler warnings. It also introduces some documentation for ;;; each of these variables, all meant to be local to PO mode buffers. ;; Flag telling that MODE-LINE-STRING should be displayed. See `Window' ;; page below. Exceptionally, this variable is local to *all* buffers. (defvar po-mode-flag) ;; PO buffers are kept read-only to prevent random modifications. READ-ONLY ;; holds the value of the read-only flag before PO mode was entered. (defvar po-read-only) ;; The current entry extends from START-OF-ENTRY to END-OF-ENTRY, it ;; includes preceding whitespace and excludes following whitespace. The ;; start of keyword lines are START-OF-MSGID and START-OF-MSGSTR. ;; ENTRY-TYPE classifies the entry. (defvar po-start-of-entry) (defvar po-start-of-msgid) (defvar po-start-of-msgstr) (defvar po-end-of-entry) (defvar po-entry-type) ;; A few counters are usefully shown in the Emacs mode line. (defvar po-translated-counter) (defvar po-fuzzy-counter) (defvar po-untranslated-counter) (defvar po-obsolete-counter) (defvar po-mode-line-string) ;; PO mode keeps track of fields being edited, for one given field should ;; have one editing buffer at most, and for exiting a PO buffer properly ;; should offer to close all pending edits. Variable EDITED-FIELDS holds an ;; an list of "slots" of the form: (ENTRY-MARKER EDIT-BUFFER OVERLAY-INFO). ;; To allow simultaneous edition of the comment and the msgstr of an entry, ;; ENTRY-MARKER points to the msgid line if a comment is being edited, or to ;; the msgstr line if the msgstr is being edited. EDIT-BUFFER is the ;; temporary Emacs buffer used to edit the string. OVERLAY-INFO, when not ;; nil, holds an overlay (or if overlays are not supported, a cons of two ;; markers) for this msgid string which became highlighted for the edit. (defvar po-edited-fields) ;; We maintain a set of movable pointers for returning to entries. (defvar po-marker-stack) ;; SEARCH path contains a list of directories where files may be found, ;; in a format suitable for read completion. Each directory includes ;; its trailing slash. PO mode starts with "./" and "../". (defvar po-search-path) ;; The following variables are meaningful only when REFERENCE-CHECK ;; is identical to START-OF-ENTRY, else they should be recomputed. ;; REFERENCE-ALIST contains all known references for the current ;; entry, each list element is (PROMPT FILE LINE), where PROMPT may ;; be used for completing read, FILE is a string and LINE is a number. ;; REFERENCE-CURSOR is a cycling cursor into REFERENCE-ALIST. (defvar po-reference-alist) (defvar po-reference-cursor) (defvar po-reference-check) ;; The following variables are for marking translatable strings in program ;; sources. KEYWORDS is the list of keywords for marking translatable ;; strings, kept in a format suitable for reading with completion. ;; NEXT-FILE-LIST is the list of source files to visit, gotten from the tags ;; table. STRING-START is the position for the beginning of the last found ;; string, or nil if the string is invalidated. STRING-END is the position ;; for the end of the string and indicates where the search should be ;; resumed, or nil for the beginning of the current file. MARKING-OVERLAY, ;; if not `nil', holds the overlay which highlight the last found string; ;; for older Emacses, it holds the cons of two markers around the ;; highlighted region. (defvar po-keywords) (defvar po-next-file-list) (defvar po-string-start) (defvar po-string-end) (defvar po-marking-overlay) ;;; PO mode variables and constants (usually not to customize). ;; The textdomain should really be "gettext", only trying it for now. ;; All this requires more thinking, we cannot just do this like that. (set-translation-domain "po-mode") (defun po-mode-version () "Show Emacs PO mode version." (interactive) (message (_"Emacs PO mode, version %s") (substring "$Revision: 1.42 $" 11 -2))) (defconst po-help-display-string (_"\ PO Mode Summary Next Previous Miscellaneous *: Later, /: Docum n p Any type . Redisplay /t /M-t Translated /v Version info Moving around f M-f Fuzzy ?, h This help < First if any o M-o Obsolete = Current index > Last if any u M-u Untranslated O Other window /SPC Auto select V Validate Msgstr Comments M Mail officially Modifying entries RET # Call editor U Undo TAB Remove fuzzy mark k K Kill to E Edit out full /DEL Fuzzy or fade out w W Copy to Q Forceful quit LFD Init with msgid y Y Yank from q Confirm and quit gettext Keyword Marking Position Stack , Find next string Compendiums m Mark and push current M-, Mark translatable *c To compendium r Pop and return M-. Change mark, mark *M-C Select, save x Exchange current/top Program Sources Auxiliary Files Lexicography s Cycle reference a Cycle file *l Lookup translation M-s Select reference M-a Select file *M-l Add/edit translation S Consider path A Consider PO file *L Consider lexicon M-S Ignore path M-A Ignore PO file *M-L Ignore lexicon ") "Help page for PO mode.") (defconst po-mode-menu-layout '("PO" ("Moving around" ["Auto select" po-auto-select-entry t] "---" "Forward" ["Any next" po-next-entry t] ["Next translated" po-next-translated-entry t] ["Next fuzzy" po-next-fuzzy-entry t] ["Next obsolete" po-next-obsolete-entry t] ["Next untranslated" po-next-untranslated-entry t] ["Last file entry" po-last-entry t] "---" "Backward" ["Any previous" po-previous-entry t] ["Previous translated" po-previous-translated-entry t] ["Previous fuzzy" po-previous-fuzzy-entry t] ["Previous obsolete" po-previous-obsolete-entry t] ["Previous untranslated" po-previous-untranslated-entry t] ["First file entry" po-first-entry t] "---" "Position stack" ["Mark and push current" po-push-location t] ["Pop and return" po-pop-location t] ["Exchange current/top" po-exchange-location t] "---" ["Redisplay" po-current-entry t] ["Current index" po-statistics t]) ("Modifying entries" ["Undo" po-undo t] "---" "Msgstr" ["Edit msgstr" po-edit-msgstr t] ["Kill msgstr" po-kill-msgstr t] ["Save msgstr" po-kill-ring-save-msgstr t] ["Yank msgstr" po-yank-msgstr t] "---" "Comments" ["Edit comment" po-edit-comment t] ["Kill comment" po-kill-comment t] ["Save comment" po-kill-ring-save-comment t] ["Yank comment" po-yank-comment t] "---" ["Remove fuzzy mark" po-unfuzzy t] ["Fuzzy or fade out" po-fade-out-entry t] ["Init with msgid" po-msgid-to-msgstr t]) ("Other files" ["Other window" po-other-window t] "---" "Program sources" ["Cycle reference" po-cycle-source-reference t] ["Select reference" po-select-source-reference t] ["Consider path" po-consider-source-path t] ["Ignore path" po-ignore-source-path t] "---" "Compendiums" ["To compendium" po-save-entry nil] ["Select, save" po-select-and-save-entry nil] "---" "Auxiliary files" ["Cycle file" po-cycle-auxiliary nil] ["Select file" po-select-auxiliary nil] ["Consider file" po-consider-as-auxiliary nil] ["Ignore file" po-ignore-as-auxiliary nil] "---" "Lexicography" ["Lookup translation" po-lookup-lexicons nil] ["Add/edit translation" po-edit-lexicon-entry nil] ["Consider lexicon" po-consider-lexicon-file nil] ["Ignore lexicon" po-ignore-lexicon-file nil]) "---" "Source marking" ["Find first string" (po-tags-search '(nil)) t] ["Prefer keyword" (po-select-mark-and-mark '(nil)) t] ["Find next string" po-tags-search t] ["Mark preferred" po-mark-translatable t] ["Mark with keyword" po-select-mark-and-mark t] "---" ["Version info" po-mode-version t] ["Help page" po-help t] ["Validate" po-validate t] ["Mail officially" po-send-mail t] ["Edit out full" po-edit-out-full t] "---" ["Forceful quit" po-quit t] ["Soft quit" po-confirm-and-quit t]) "Menu layout for PO mode.") (defconst po-subedit-message (_"Type `C-c C-c' once done, or `C-c C-k' to abort edit") "Message to post in the minibuffer when an edit buffer is displayed.") (defconst po-content-type-charset-alist '((euc . japanese-iso-8bit)) "How to convert Content-Type into a Mule coding system.") (defvar po-auxiliary-list nil "List of auxiliary PO files, in completing read format.") (defvar po-auxiliary-cursor nil "Cursor into the `po-auxiliary-list'.") (defvar po-translation-project-address "translation@iro.umontreal.ca" "Electronic mail address of the Translation Project.") (defvar po-compose-mail-function (let ((functions '(compose-mail-other-window message-mail-other-window compose-mail message-mail)) result) (while (and (not result) functions) (if (fboundp (car functions)) (setq result (car functions)) (setq functions (cdr functions)))) (cond (result) ((fboundp 'mail-other-window) (function (lambda (to subject) (mail-other-window nil to subject)))) ((fboundp 'mail) (function (lambda (to subject) (mail nil to subject)))) (t (function (lambda (to subject) (error (_"I do not know how to mail to `%s'") to)))))) "Function to start composing an electronic message.") (defvar po-any-msgid-regexp "^\\(#~?[ \t]*\\)?msgid.*\n\\(\\(#~?[ \t]*\\)?\".*\n\\)*" "Regexp matching a whole msgid field, whether obsolete or not.") (defvar po-any-msgstr-regexp "^\\(#~?[ \t]*\\)?msgstr.*\n\\(\\(#~?[ \t]*\\)?\".*\n\\)*" "Regexp matching a whole msgstr field, whether obsolete or not.") (defvar po-msgfmt-program "msgfmt" "Path to msgfmt program from GNU gettext package.") ;; Font lock based highlighting code. (defconst po-font-lock-keywords '( ("^\\(msgid \\|msgstr \\)?\"\\|\"$" . font-lock-keyword-face) ("\\\\.\\|%[-.0-9ul]*[a-zA-Z]" . font-lock-variable-name-face) ("^# .*\\|^#[:,]?" . font-lock-comment-face) ("^#:\\(.*\\)" 1 font-lock-reference-face) ;; The following line does not work, and I wonder why. ;;("^#,\\(.*\\)" 1 font-function-name-reference-face) ) "Additional expressions to highlight in PO mode.") ;; Old activator for `font lock'. Is it still useful? I don't think so. ;; ;;(if (boundp 'font-lock-keywords) ;; (put 'po-mode 'font-lock-keywords 'po-font-lock-keywords)) ;; `hilit19' based highlighting code has been disabled, as most probably ;; nobody really needs it (it also generates ugly byte-compiler warnings). ;; ;;(if (fboundp 'hilit-set-mode-patterns) ;; (hilit-set-mode-patterns 'po-mode ;; '(("^# .*\\|^#$" nil comment) ;; ("^#[.,:].*" nil include) ;; ("^\\(msgid\\|msgstr\\) *\"" nil keyword) ;; ("^\"\\|\"$" nil keyword)))) ;;; Mode activation. (eval-and-compile (if po-EMACS20 (defun po-find-file-coding-system (arg-list) "Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset. Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." (and (eq (car arg-list) 'insert-file-contents) (with-temp-buffer (let ((coding-system-for-read 'no-conversion)) ;; Is 4096 enough? FIXME: See archives to decide! Some ;; translators insert looong comments for the header entry. (insert-file-contents (nth 1 arg-list) nil 0 4096) (if (re-search-forward "^\"Content-Type: text/plain;[ \t]*charset=\\([^\\]+\\)" nil t) (let* ((charset (intern (downcase (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))))) (slot (assq charset po-content-type-charset-alist))) (list (cond (slot (cdr slot)) ((memq charset (coding-system-list)) charset) (t 'no-conversion)))) '(no-conversion)))))) )) (defvar po-mode-map nil "Keymap for PO mode.") (if po-mode-map () ;; The following line because (make-sparse-keymap) does not work on Demacs. (setq po-mode-map (make-keymap)) (suppress-keymap po-mode-map) (define-key po-mode-map "\C-i" 'po-unfuzzy) (define-key po-mode-map "\C-j" 'po-msgid-to-msgstr) (define-key po-mode-map "\C-m" 'po-edit-msgstr) (define-key po-mode-map " " 'po-auto-select-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "?" 'po-help) (define-key po-mode-map "#" 'po-edit-comment) (define-key po-mode-map "," 'po-tags-search) (define-key po-mode-map "." 'po-current-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "<" 'po-first-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "=" 'po-statistics) (define-key po-mode-map ">" 'po-last-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "a" 'po-cycle-auxiliary) ;;;; (define-key po-mode-map "c" 'po-save-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "f" 'po-next-fuzzy-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "h" 'po-help) (define-key po-mode-map "k" 'po-kill-msgstr) ;;;; (define-key po-mode-map "l" 'po-lookup-lexicons) (define-key po-mode-map "m" 'po-push-location) (define-key po-mode-map "n" 'po-next-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "o" 'po-next-obsolete-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "p" 'po-previous-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "q" 'po-confirm-and-quit) (define-key po-mode-map "r" 'po-pop-location) (define-key po-mode-map "s" 'po-cycle-source-reference) (define-key po-mode-map "t" 'po-next-translated-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "u" 'po-next-untranslated-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "v" 'po-mode-version) (define-key po-mode-map "w" 'po-kill-ring-save-msgstr) (define-key po-mode-map "x" 'po-exchange-location) (define-key po-mode-map "y" 'po-yank-msgstr) (define-key po-mode-map "A" 'po-consider-as-auxiliary) (define-key po-mode-map "E" 'po-edit-out-full) (define-key po-mode-map "K" 'po-kill-comment) ;;;; (define-key po-mode-map "L" 'po-consider-lexicon-file) (define-key po-mode-map "M" 'po-send-mail) (define-key po-mode-map "O" 'po-other-window) (define-key po-mode-map "Q" 'po-quit) (define-key po-mode-map "S" 'po-consider-source-path) (define-key po-mode-map "U" 'po-undo) (define-key po-mode-map "V" 'po-validate) (define-key po-mode-map "W" 'po-kill-ring-save-comment) (define-key po-mode-map "Y" 'po-yank-comment) (define-key po-mode-map "\177" 'po-fade-out-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-," 'po-mark-translatable) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-." 'po-select-mark-and-mark) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-a" 'po-select-auxiliary) ;;;; (define-key po-mode-map "\M-c" 'po-select-and-save-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-f" 'po-previous-fuzzy-entry) ;;;; (define-key po-mode-map "\M-l" 'po-edit-lexicon-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-o" 'po-previous-obsolete-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-t" 'po-previous-translated-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-u" 'po-previous-untranslated-entry) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-s" 'po-select-source-reference) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-A" 'po-ignore-as-auxiliary) ;;;; (define-key po-mode-map "\M-L" 'po-ignore-lexicon-file) (define-key po-mode-map "\M-S" 'po-ignore-source-path) ) (defun po-mode () "Major mode for translators when they edit PO files. Special commands:\\{po-mode-map} Turning on PO mode calls the value of the variable `po-mode-hook', if that value is non-nil. Behaviour may be adjusted through some variables, all reachable through `M-x customize', in group `Emacs.Editing.I18n.Po'." (interactive) (kill-all-local-variables) (setq major-mode 'po-mode mode-name "PO") (use-local-map po-mode-map) (if (fboundp 'easy-menu-define) (easy-menu-define po-mode-menu po-mode-map "" po-mode-menu-layout)) (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults) (setq font-lock-defaults '(po-font-lock-keywords t)) (make-local-variable 'po-read-only) (setq po-read-only buffer-read-only buffer-read-only t) (make-local-variable 'po-start-of-entry) (make-local-variable 'po-start-of-msgid) (make-local-variable 'po-start-of-msgstr) (make-local-variable 'po-end-of-entry) (make-local-variable 'po-entry-type) (make-local-variable 'po-translated-counter) (make-local-variable 'po-fuzzy-counter) (make-local-variable 'po-untranslated-counter) (make-local-variable 'po-obsolete-counter) (make-local-variable 'po-mode-line-string) (setq po-mode-flag t) (po-check-file-header) (po-compute-counters nil) (make-local-variable 'po-edited-fields) (setq po-edited-fields nil) (make-local-variable 'po-marker-stack) (setq po-marker-stack nil) (make-local-variable 'po-search-path) (setq po-search-path '(("./") ("../"))) (make-local-variable 'po-reference-alist) (make-local-variable 'po-reference-cursor) (make-local-variable 'po-reference-check) (setq po-reference-alist nil po-reference-cursor nil po-reference-check 0) (make-local-variable 'po-keywords) (make-local-variable 'po-next-file-list) (make-local-variable 'po-string-start) (make-local-variable 'po-string-end) (make-local-variable 'po-marking-overlay) (setq po-keywords '(("gettext") ("gettext_noop") ("_") ("N_")) po-next-file-list nil po-string-start nil po-string-end nil po-marking-overlay (po-create-overlay)) (message (_"You may type `h' or `?' for a short PO mode reminder.")) (run-hooks 'po-mode-hook)) ;;; Window management. (make-variable-buffer-local 'po-mode-flag) (defvar po-mode-line-entry '(po-mode-flag (" " po-mode-line-string)) "Mode line format entry displaying MODE-LINE-STRING.") ;; Insert MODE-LINE-ENTRY in mode line, but on first load only. (or (member po-mode-line-entry mode-line-format) (let ((entry (member 'global-mode-string mode-line-format))) (setcdr entry (cons po-mode-line-entry (cdr entry))))) (defun po-update-mode-line-string () "Compute a new statistics string to display in mode line." (setq po-mode-line-string (concat (format "%dt" po-translated-counter) (if (> po-fuzzy-counter 0) (format "+%df" po-fuzzy-counter)) (if (> po-untranslated-counter 0) (format "+%du" po-untranslated-counter)) (if (> po-obsolete-counter 0) (format "+%do" po-obsolete-counter)))) (po-force-mode-line-update)) (defun po-type-counter () "Return the symbol name of the counter appropriate for the current entry." (cond ((eq po-entry-type 'obsolete) 'po-obsolete-counter) ((eq po-entry-type 'fuzzy) 'po-fuzzy-counter) ((eq po-entry-type 'translated) 'po-translated-counter) ((eq po-entry-type 'untranslated) 'po-untranslated-counter) (t (error (_"Unknown entry type"))))) (defun po-decrease-type-counter () "Decrease the counter corresponding to the nature of the current entry." (let ((counter (po-type-counter))) (set counter (1- (eval counter))))) (defun po-increase-type-counter () "Increase the counter corresponding to the nature of the current entry. Then, update the mode line counters." (let ((counter (po-type-counter))) (set counter (1+ (eval counter)))) (po-update-mode-line-string)) ;; Avoid byte compiler warnings. (defvar po-fuzzy-regexp) (defvar po-untranslated-regexp) (defun po-compute-counters (flag) "Prepare counters for mode line display. If FLAG, also echo entry position." (and flag (po-find-span-of-entry)) (setq po-translated-counter 0 po-fuzzy-counter 0 po-untranslated-counter 0 po-obsolete-counter 0) (let ((position 0) (total 0) here) (save-excursion (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (and (= (% total 20) 0) (if flag (message (_"Position %d/%d") position total) (message (_"Position %d") total))) (setq here (point)) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (setq total (1+ total)) (and flag (eq (point) po-start-of-msgstr) (setq position total)) (cond ((eq (following-char) ?#) (setq po-obsolete-counter (1+ po-obsolete-counter))) ((looking-at po-untranslated-regexp) (setq po-untranslated-counter (1+ po-untranslated-counter))) (t (setq po-translated-counter (1+ po-translated-counter)))) (goto-char here)) ;; Make another pass just for the fuzzy entries, kind of kludgey. ;; FIXME: Counts will be wrong if untranslated entries are fuzzy, yet ;; this should not normally happen. (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward po-fuzzy-regexp nil t) (setq po-fuzzy-counter (1+ po-fuzzy-counter))) (setq po-translated-counter (- po-translated-counter po-fuzzy-counter))) ;; Push the results out. (if flag (message (_"\ Position %d/%d; %d translated, %d fuzzy, %d untranslated, %d obsolete") position total po-translated-counter po-fuzzy-counter po-untranslated-counter po-obsolete-counter) (message ""))) (po-update-mode-line-string)) (defun po-redisplay () "Redisplay the current entry." ;; FIXME: Should try to fit the whole entry on the window. If this is not ;; possible, should try to fit the comment and the msgid. Otherwise, ;; should try to fit the msgid. Else, the first line of the msgid should ;; be at the top of the window. (goto-char po-start-of-msgid)) (defun po-other-window () "Get the cursor into another window, out of PO mode." (interactive) (if (one-window-p t) (progn (split-window) (switch-to-buffer (other-buffer))) (other-window 1))) ;;; Processing the PO file header entry. (defun po-check-file-header () "Create a missing PO mode file header, or replace an oldish one." (save-excursion (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only) insert-flag end-of-header) (goto-char (point-min)) (if (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (progn ;; There is at least one entry. (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (previous-line 1) (setq end-of-header (match-end 0)) (if (looking-at "msgid \"\"\n") ;; There is indeed a PO file header. (if (re-search-forward "\n\"PO-Revision-Date: " end-of-header t) nil ;; This is an oldish header. Replace it all. (goto-char end-of-header) (while (> (point) (point-min)) (previous-line 1) (insert "#~ ") (beginning-of-line)) (beginning-of-line) (setq insert-flag t)) ;; The first entry is not a PO file header, insert one. (setq insert-flag t))) ;; Not a single entry found. (setq insert-flag t)) (goto-char (point-min)) (and insert-flag (insert po-default-file-header "\n"))))) (defun po-replace-revision-date () "Replace the revision date by current time in the PO file header." (if (fboundp 'format-time-string) (if (or (eq po-auto-replace-revision-date t) (and (eq po-auto-replace-revision-date 'ask) (y-or-n-p (_"May I set PO-Revision-Date? ")))) (save-excursion (goto-char (point-min)) (if (re-search-forward "^\"PO-Revision-Date:.*" nil t) (let* ((buffer-read-only po-read-only) (time (current-time)) (seconds (or (car (current-time-zone time)) 0)) (minutes (/ (abs seconds) 60)) (zone (format "%c%02d:%02d" (if (< seconds 0) ?- ?+) (/ minutes 60) (% minutes 60)))) (replace-match (concat "\"PO-Revision-Date: " (format-time-string "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M" time) zone "\\n\"") t t)))) (message "")) (message (_"PO-Revision-Date should be adjusted...")))) ;;; Handling span of entry, entry type and entry attributes. (defun po-find-span-of-entry () "Find the extent of the PO file entry where the cursor is. Set variables PO-START-OF-ENTRY, PO-START-OF-MSGID, PO-START-OF-MSGSTR, PO-END-OF-ENTRY and PO-ENTRY-TYPE to meaningful values. Decreasing priority of type interpretation is: obsolete, fuzzy, untranslated or translated." (let ((here (point))) (if (re-search-backward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (progn ;; After a backward match, (match-end 0) will not extend ;; beyond point, in case point was *inside* the regexp. We ;; need a dependable (match-end 0), so we redo the match in ;; the forward direction. (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp) (if (<= (match-end 0) here) (progn ;; We most probably found the msgstr of the previous ;; entry. The current entry then starts just after ;; its end, save this information just in case. (setq po-start-of-entry (match-end 0)) ;; However, it is also possible that we are located in ;; the crumb after the last entry in the file. If ;; yes, we know the middle and end of last PO entry. (setq po-start-of-msgstr (match-beginning 0) po-end-of-entry (match-end 0)) (if (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (progn ;; We definitely were not in the crumb. (setq po-start-of-msgstr (match-beginning 0) po-end-of-entry (match-end 0))) ;; We were in the crumb. The start of the last PO ;; file entry is the end of the previous msgstr if ;; any, or else, the beginning of the file. (goto-char po-start-of-msgstr) (setq po-start-of-entry (if (re-search-backward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (match-end 0) (point-min))))) ;; The cursor was inside msgstr of the current entry. (setq po-start-of-msgstr (match-beginning 0) po-end-of-entry (match-end 0)) ;; The start of this entry is the end of the previous ;; msgstr if any, or else, the beginning of the file. (goto-char po-start-of-msgstr) (setq po-start-of-entry (if (re-search-backward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (match-end 0) (point-min))))) ;; The cursor was before msgstr in the first entry in the file. (setq po-start-of-entry (point-min)) (goto-char po-start-of-entry) ;; There is at least the PO file header, so this should match. (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp) (setq po-start-of-msgstr (match-beginning 0) po-end-of-entry (match-end 0))) ;; Find start of msgid. (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (re-search-forward po-any-msgid-regexp) (setq po-start-of-msgid (match-beginning 0)) ;; Classify the entry. (setq po-entry-type (if (eq (following-char) ?#) 'obsolete (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (if (re-search-forward po-fuzzy-regexp po-start-of-msgid t) 'fuzzy (goto-char po-start-of-msgstr) (if (looking-at po-untranslated-regexp) 'untranslated 'translated)))) ;; Put the cursor back where it was. (goto-char here))) (defun po-add-attribute (name) "Add attribute NAME to the current entry, unless it is already there." (save-excursion (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (if (re-search-forward "\n#[,!] .*" po-start-of-msgid t) (save-restriction (narrow-to-region (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0)) (goto-char (point-min)) (if (re-search-forward (concat "\\b" name "\\b") nil t) nil (goto-char (point-max)) (insert ", " name))) (skip-chars-forward "\n") (while (eq (following-char) ?#) (next-line 1)) (insert "#, " name "\n"))))) (defun po-delete-attribute (name) "Delete attribute NAME from the current entry, if any." (save-excursion (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (if (re-search-forward "\n#[,!] .*" po-start-of-msgid t) (save-restriction (narrow-to-region (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0)) (goto-char (point-min)) (if (re-search-forward (concat "\\(\n#[,!] " name "$\\|, " name "$\\| " name ",\\)") nil t) (replace-match "" t t))))))) ;;; Entry positionning. (defun po-say-location-depth () "Tell how many entries in the entry location stack." (let ((depth (length po-marker-stack))) (cond ((= depth 0) (message (_"Empty location stack"))) ((= depth 1) (message (_"One entry in location stack"))) (t (message (_"%d entries in location stack") depth))))) (defun po-push-location () "Stack the location of the current entry, for later return." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (save-excursion (goto-char po-start-of-msgid) (setq po-marker-stack (cons (point-marker) po-marker-stack))) (po-say-location-depth)) (defun po-pop-location () "Unstack a saved location, and return to the corresponding entry." (interactive) (if po-marker-stack (progn (goto-char (car po-marker-stack)) (setq po-marker-stack (cdr po-marker-stack)) (po-current-entry) (po-say-location-depth)) (error (_"The entry location stack is empty")))) (defun po-exchange-location () "Exchange the location of the current entry with the top of stack." (interactive) (if po-marker-stack (progn (po-find-span-of-entry) (goto-char po-start-of-msgid) (let ((location (point-marker))) (goto-char (car po-marker-stack)) (setq po-marker-stack (cons location (cdr po-marker-stack)))) (po-current-entry) (po-say-location-depth)) (error (_"The entry location stack is empty")))) (defun po-current-entry () "Display the current entry." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (po-redisplay)) (defun po-first-entry-with-regexp (regexp) "Display the first entry in the file which msgstr matches REGEXP." (let ((here (point))) (goto-char (point-min)) (if (re-search-forward regexp nil t) (progn (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (po-current-entry)) (goto-char here) (error (_"There is no such entry"))))) (defun po-last-entry-with-regexp (regexp) "Display the last entry in the file which msgstr matches REGEXP." (let ((here (point))) (goto-char (point-max)) (if (re-search-backward regexp nil t) (po-current-entry) (goto-char here) (error (_"There is no such entry"))))) (defun po-next-entry-with-regexp (regexp wrap) "Display the entry following the current entry which msgstr matches REGEXP. If WRAP is not nil, the search may wrap around the buffer." (po-find-span-of-entry) (let ((here (point))) (goto-char po-end-of-entry) (if (re-search-forward regexp nil t) (progn (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (po-current-entry)) (if (and wrap (progn (goto-char (point-min)) (re-search-forward regexp po-start-of-entry t))) (progn (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (po-current-entry) (message (_"Wrapping around the buffer"))) (goto-char here) (error (_"There is no such entry")))))) (defun po-previous-entry-with-regexp (regexp wrap) "Redisplay the entry preceding the current entry which msgstr matches REGEXP. If WRAP is not nil, the search may wrap around the buffer." (po-find-span-of-entry) (let ((here (point))) (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (if (re-search-backward regexp nil t) (po-current-entry) (if (and wrap (progn (goto-char (point-max)) (re-search-backward regexp po-end-of-entry t))) (progn (po-current-entry) (message (_"Wrapping around the buffer"))) (goto-char here) (error (_"There is no such entry")))))) ;; Any entries. (defun po-first-entry () "Display the first entry." (interactive) (po-first-entry-with-regexp po-any-msgstr-regexp)) (defun po-last-entry () "Display the last entry." (interactive) (po-last-entry-with-regexp po-any-msgstr-regexp)) (defun po-next-entry () "Display the entry following the current entry." (interactive) (po-next-entry-with-regexp po-any-msgstr-regexp nil)) (defun po-previous-entry () "Display the entry preceding the current entry." (interactive) (po-previous-entry-with-regexp po-any-msgstr-regexp nil)) ;; Untranslated entries. (defvar po-after-entry-regexp "\\(\\'\\|\\(#[ \t]*\\)?[^\"]\\)" "Regexp which should be true after a full msgstr string matched.") (defvar po-untranslated-regexp (concat "^msgstr[ \t]*\"\"\n" po-after-entry-regexp) "Regexp matching a whole msgstr field, but only if active and empty.") (defun po-next-untranslated-entry () "Find the next untranslated entry, wrapping around if necessary." (interactive) (po-next-entry-with-regexp po-untranslated-regexp t)) (defun po-previous-untranslated-entry () "Find the previous untranslated entry, wrapping around if necessary." (interactive) (po-previous-entry-with-regexp po-untranslated-regexp t)) (defun po-msgid-to-msgstr () "Use another window to edit msgstr reinitialized with msgid." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (if (or (eq po-entry-type 'untranslated) (eq po-entry-type 'obsolete) (y-or-n-p (_"Really loose previous translation? "))) (po-set-msgstr (po-get-msgid nil))) (message "")) ;; Obsolete entries. (defvar po-obsolete-msgstr-regexp "^#~?[ \t]*msgstr.*\n\\(#~?[ \t]*\".*\n\\)*" "Regexp matching a whole msgstr field of an obsolete entry.") (defun po-next-obsolete-entry () "Find the next obsolete entry, wrapping around if necessary." (interactive) (po-next-entry-with-regexp po-obsolete-msgstr-regexp t)) (defun po-previous-obsolete-entry () "Find the previous obsolete entry, wrapping around if necessary." (interactive) (po-previous-entry-with-regexp po-obsolete-msgstr-regexp t)) ;; Fuzzy entries. (defvar po-fuzzy-regexp "^#[,!] .*fuzzy" "Regexp matching the string inserted by msgmerge for translations which does not match exactly.") (defun po-next-fuzzy-entry () "Find the next fuzzy entry, wrapping around if necessary." (interactive) (po-next-entry-with-regexp po-fuzzy-regexp t)) (defun po-previous-fuzzy-entry () "Find the next fuzzy entry, wrapping around if necessary." (interactive) (po-previous-entry-with-regexp po-fuzzy-regexp t)) (defun po-unfuzzy () "Remove the fuzzy attribute for the current entry." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (cond ((eq po-entry-type 'fuzzy) (po-decrease-type-counter) (po-delete-attribute "fuzzy") (po-current-entry) (po-increase-type-counter))) (if po-auto-select-on-unfuzzy (po-auto-select-entry)) (po-update-mode-line-string)) ;; Translated entries. (defun po-next-translated-entry () "Find the next untranslated entry, wrapping around if necessary." (interactive) (if (= po-translated-counter 0) (error (_"There is no such entry")) (po-next-entry-with-regexp po-untranslated-regexp t) (po-find-span-of-entry) (while (not (eq po-entry-type 'translated)) (po-next-entry-with-regexp po-any-msgstr-regexp t) (po-find-span-of-entry)))) (defun po-previous-translated-entry () "Find the previous untranslated entry, wrapping around if necessary." (interactive) (if (= po-translated-counter 0) (error (_"There is no such entry")) (po-previous-entry-with-regexp po-any-msgstr-regexp t) (po-find-span-of-entry) (while (not (eq po-entry-type 'translated)) (po-previous-entry-with-regexp po-untranslated-regexp t) (po-find-span-of-entry)))) ;; Auto-selection feature. (defun po-auto-select-entry () "Select the next entry having the same type as the current one. If none, wrap from the beginning of the buffer with another type, going from untranslated to fuzzy, and from fuzzy to obsolete. Plain translated entries are always disregarded unless there are no entries of the other types." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (goto-char po-end-of-entry) (if (and (= po-untranslated-counter 0) (= po-fuzzy-counter 0) (= po-obsolete-counter 0)) ;; All entries are plain translated. Next entry will do, or ;; wrap around if there is none. (if (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (goto-char (point-min))) ;; If over a translated entry, look for an untranslated one first. ;; Else, look for an entry of the same type first. (let ((goal (if (eq po-entry-type 'translated) 'untranslated po-entry-type))) (while goal ;; Find an untranslated entry, or wrap up for a fuzzy entry. (if (eq goal 'untranslated) (if (and (> po-untranslated-counter 0) (re-search-forward po-untranslated-regexp nil t)) (progn (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (setq goal nil)) (goto-char (point-min)) (setq goal 'fuzzy))) ;; Find a fuzzy entry, or wrap up for an obsolete entry. (if (eq goal 'fuzzy) (if (and (> po-fuzzy-counter 0) (re-search-forward po-fuzzy-regexp nil t)) (progn (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (setq goal nil)) (goto-char (point-min)) (setq goal 'obsolete))) ;; Find an obsolete entry, or wrap up for an untranslated entry. (if (eq goal 'obsolete) (if (and (> po-obsolete-counter 0) (re-search-forward po-obsolete-msgstr-regexp nil t)) (progn (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (setq goal nil)) (goto-char (point-min)) (setq goal 'untranslated)))))) ;; Display this entry nicely. (po-current-entry)) ;;; Killing and yanking fields. (defun po-extract-unquoted (buffer start end) "Extract and return the unquoted string in BUFFER going from START to END. Crumb preceding or following the quoted string is ignored." (po-with-temp-buffer (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end) ;; Remove preceding crumb. (goto-char (point-min)) (search-forward "\"") (delete-region (point-min) (point)) ;; Remove following crumb. (goto-char (point-max)) (search-backward "\"") (delete-region (point) (point-max)) ;; Glue concatenated strings. (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward "\"[ \t]*\\\\?\n\\(#~?\\)?[ \t]*\"" nil t) (replace-match "" t t)) ;; Remove escaped newlines. (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward "\\\\[ \t]*\n" nil t) (replace-match "" t t)) ;; Unquote individual characters. (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward "\\\\[\"abfnt\\0-7]" nil t) (cond ((eq (preceding-char) ?\") (replace-match "\"" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?a) (replace-match "\a" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?b) (replace-match "\b" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?f) (replace-match "\f" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?n) (replace-match "\n" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?t) (replace-match "\t" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?\\) (replace-match "\\" t t)) (t (let ((value (- (preceding-char) ?0))) (replace-match "" t t) (while (looking-at "[0-7]") (setq value (+ (* 8 value) (- (following-char) ?0))) (replace-match "" t t)) (insert value))))) (buffer-string))) (defun po-eval-requoted (form prefix obsolete) "Eval FORM, which inserts a string, and return the string fully requoted. If PREFIX, precede the result with its contents. If OBSOLETE, comment all generated lines in the returned string. Evaluating FORM should insert the wanted string in the buffer which is current at the time of evaluation. If FORM is itself a string, then this string is used for insertion." (po-with-temp-buffer (if (stringp form) (insert form) (push-mark) (eval form)) (goto-char (point-min)) (let ((multi-line (re-search-forward "[^\n]\n+[^\n]" nil t))) (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward "[\"\a\b\f\n\t\\]" nil t) (cond ((eq (preceding-char) ?\") (replace-match "\\\"" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?\a) (replace-match "\\a" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?\b) (replace-match "\\b" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?\f) (replace-match "\\f" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?\n) (replace-match (if (or (not multi-line) (eobp)) "\\n" "\\n\"\n\"") t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?\t) (replace-match "\\t" t t)) ((eq (preceding-char) ?\\) (replace-match "\\\\" t t)))) (goto-char (point-min)) (if prefix (insert prefix " ")) (insert (if multi-line "\"\"\n\"" "\"")) (goto-char (point-max)) (insert "\"") (if prefix (insert "\n")) (if obsolete (progn (goto-char (point-min)) (while (not (eobp)) (or (eq (following-char) ?\n) (insert "#~ ")) (search-forward "\n")))) (buffer-string)))) (defun po-get-msgid (kill) "Extract and return the unquoted msgid string. If KILL, then add the unquoted string to the kill ring." (let ((string (po-extract-unquoted (current-buffer) po-start-of-msgid po-start-of-msgstr))) (if kill (po-kill-new string)) string)) (defun po-get-msgstr (kill) "Extract and return the unquoted msgstr string. If KILL, then add the unquoted string to the kill ring." (let ((string (po-extract-unquoted (current-buffer) po-start-of-msgstr po-end-of-entry))) (if kill (po-kill-new string)) string)) (defun po-set-msgid (form) "Replace the current msgid, using FORM to get a string. Evaluating FORM should insert the wanted string in the current buffer. If FORM is itself a string, then this string is used for insertion. The string is properly requoted before the replacement occurs. Returns `nil' if the buffer has not been modified, for if the new msgid described by FORM is merely identical to the msgid already in place." (let ((string (po-eval-requoted form "msgid" (eq po-entry-type 'obsolete)))) (save-excursion (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (re-search-forward po-any-msgid-regexp po-start-of-msgstr) (and (not (string-equal (po-buffer-substring (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0)) string)) (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (replace-match string t t) (goto-char po-start-of-msgid) (po-find-span-of-entry) t))))) (defun po-set-msgstr (form) "Replace the current msgstr, using FORM to get a string. Evaluating FORM should insert the wanted string in the current buffer. If FORM is itself a string, then this string is used for insertion. The string is properly requoted before the replacement occurs. Returns `nil' if the buffer has not been modified, for if the new msgstr described by FORM is merely identical to the msgstr already in place." (let ((string (po-eval-requoted form "msgstr" (eq po-entry-type 'obsolete)))) (save-excursion (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp po-end-of-entry) (and (not (string-equal (po-buffer-substring (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0)) string)) (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (po-decrease-type-counter) (replace-match string t t) (goto-char po-start-of-msgid) (po-find-span-of-entry) (po-increase-type-counter) t))))) (defun po-kill-ring-save-msgstr () "Push the msgstr string from current entry on the kill ring." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (po-get-msgstr t)) (defun po-kill-msgstr () "Empty the msgstr string from current entry, pushing it on the kill ring." (interactive) (po-kill-ring-save-msgstr) (po-set-msgstr "")) (defun po-yank-msgstr () "Replace the current msgstr string by the top of the kill ring." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (po-set-msgstr (if (eq last-command 'yank) '(yank-pop 1) '(yank))) (setq this-command 'yank)) (defun po-fade-out-entry () "Mark an active entry as fuzzy; obsolete a fuzzy or untranslated entry; or completely delete an obsolete entry, saving its msgstr on the kill ring." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (cond ((eq po-entry-type 'translated) (po-decrease-type-counter) (po-add-attribute "fuzzy") (po-current-entry) (po-increase-type-counter)) ((or (eq po-entry-type 'fuzzy) (eq po-entry-type 'untranslated)) (if (yes-or-no-p (_"Should I really obsolete this entry? ")) (progn (po-decrease-type-counter) (save-excursion (save-restriction (narrow-to-region po-start-of-entry po-end-of-entry) (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (goto-char (point-min)) (skip-chars-forward "\n") (while (not (eobp)) (insert "#~ ") (search-forward "\n"))))) (po-current-entry) (po-increase-type-counter))) (message "")) ((and (eq po-entry-type 'obsolete) (po-check-for-pending-edit po-start-of-msgid) (po-check-for-pending-edit po-start-of-msgstr)) (po-decrease-type-counter) (po-update-mode-line-string) (po-get-msgstr t) (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (delete-region po-start-of-entry po-end-of-entry)) (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (if (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (re-search-backward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t)) (po-current-entry) (message "")))) ;;; Killing and yanking comments. (defvar po-active-comment-regexp "^\\(#\n\\|# .*\n\\)+" "Regexp matching the whole editable comment part of an active entry.") (defvar po-obsolete-comment-regexp "^\\(#~? #\n\\|#~? # .*\n\\)+" "Regexp matching the whole editable comment part of an obsolete entry.") (defun po-get-comment (kill-flag) "Extract and return the editable comment string, uncommented. If KILL-FLAG, then add the unquoted comment to the kill ring." (let ((buffer (current-buffer)) (obsolete (eq po-entry-type 'obsolete))) (save-excursion (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (if (re-search-forward (if obsolete po-obsolete-comment-regexp po-active-comment-regexp) po-end-of-entry t) (po-with-temp-buffer (insert-buffer-substring buffer (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0)) (goto-char (point-min)) (while (not (eobp)) (if (looking-at (if obsolete "#~? # ?" "#~? ?")) (replace-match "" t t)) (forward-line 1)) (and kill-flag (copy-region-as-kill (point-min) (point-max))) (buffer-string)) "")))) (defun po-set-comment (form) "Using FORM to get a string, replace the current editable comment. Evaluating FORM should insert the wanted string in the current buffer. If FORM is itself a string, then this string is used for insertion. The string is properly recommented before the replacement occurs." (let ((obsolete (eq po-entry-type 'obsolete)) string) (po-with-temp-buffer (if (stringp form) (insert form) (push-mark) (eval form)) (if (not (or (bobp) (= (preceding-char) ?\n))) (insert "\n")) (goto-char (point-min)) (while (not (eobp)) (insert (if (= (following-char) ?\n) (if obsolete "#~ #" "#") (if obsolete "#~ # " "# "))) (search-forward "\n")) (setq string (buffer-string))) (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (if (re-search-forward (if obsolete po-obsolete-comment-regexp po-active-comment-regexp) po-end-of-entry t) (if (not (string-equal (po-buffer-substring (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0)) string)) (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (replace-match string t t))) (skip-chars-forward " \t\n") (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (insert string)))) (po-current-entry)) (defun po-kill-ring-save-comment () "Push the msgstr string from current entry on the kill ring." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (po-get-comment t)) (defun po-kill-comment () "Empty the msgstr string from current entry, pushing it on the kill ring." (interactive) (po-kill-ring-save-comment) (po-set-comment "") (po-redisplay)) (defun po-yank-comment () "Replace the current comment string by the top of the kill ring." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (po-set-comment (if (eq last-command 'yank) '(yank-pop 1) '(yank))) (setq this-command 'yank) (po-redisplay)) ;;; Editing management and submode. ;; In a string edit buffer, BACK-POINTER points to one of the slots of the ;; list EDITED-FIELDS kept in the PO buffer. See its description elsewhere. ;; Reminder: slots have the form (ENTRY-MARKER EDIT-BUFFER OVERLAY-INFO). (defvar po-subedit-back-pointer) (defun po-clean-out-killed-edits () "From EDITED-FIELDS, clean out any edit having a killed edit buffer." (while (and po-edited-fields (null (buffer-name (nth 1 (car po-edited-fields))))) (let ((overlay (nth 2 (car po-edited-fields)))) (and overlay (po-dehighlight overlay))) (setq po-edited-fields (cdr po-edited-fields))) (let ((cursor po-edited-fields)) (while cursor (let ((slot (car cursor))) (setq cursor (cdr cursor)) (if (buffer-name (nth 1 slot)) nil (let ((overlay (nth 2 slot))) (and overlay (po-dehighlight overlay))) (setq po-edited-fields (delete slot po-edited-fields))))))) (defun po-check-all-pending-edits () "Resume any pending edit. Return nil if some remains." (po-clean-out-killed-edits) (or (null po-edited-fields) (let ((slot (car po-edited-fields))) (goto-char (nth 0 slot)) (pop-to-buffer (nth 1 slot)) (let ((overlay (nth 2 slot))) (and overlay (po-rehighlight overlay))) (message po-subedit-message) nil))) (defun po-check-for-pending-edit (position) "Resume any pending edit at POSITION. Return nil if such edit exists." (po-clean-out-killed-edits) (let ((marker (make-marker))) (set-marker marker position) (let ((slot (assoc marker po-edited-fields))) (if slot (progn (goto-char marker) (pop-to-buffer (nth 1 slot)) (let ((overlay (nth 2 slot))) (and overlay (po-rehighlight overlay))) (message po-subedit-message))) (not slot)))) (defun po-edit-out-full () "Get out of PO mode, leaving PO file buffer in fundamental mode." (interactive) (if (and (po-check-all-pending-edits) (yes-or-no-p (_"Should I let you edit the whole PO file? "))) (progn (setq buffer-read-only po-read-only) (fundamental-mode) (message (_"Type `M-x po-mode RET' once done"))))) (defvar po-subedit-mode-map nil "Keymap while editing a PO mode entry (or the full PO file).") (if po-subedit-mode-map () (setq po-subedit-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) (define-key po-subedit-mode-map "\C-c\C-a" 'po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary) (define-key po-subedit-mode-map "\C-c\C-c" 'po-subedit-exit) (define-key po-subedit-mode-map "\C-c\C-k" 'po-subedit-abort)) (defun po-subedit-abort () "Exit the subedit buffer, merely discarding its contents." (interactive) (let* ((edit-buffer (current-buffer)) (back-pointer po-subedit-back-pointer) (marker (nth 0 back-pointer)) (overlay (nth 2 back-pointer)) (buffer (marker-buffer marker))) (if (null buffer) (error (_"Corresponding PO buffer does not exist anymore")) (or (one-window-p) (delete-window)) (switch-to-buffer buffer) (goto-char marker) (and overlay (po-dehighlight overlay)) (kill-buffer edit-buffer) (setq po-edited-fields (delete back-pointer po-edited-fields))))) (defun po-subedit-exit () "Exit the subedit buffer, replacing the string in the PO buffer." (interactive) (goto-char (point-max)) (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") (if (eq (preceding-char) ?<) (delete-region (1- (point)) (point-max))) (let ((string (buffer-string))) (po-subedit-abort) (po-find-span-of-entry) (cond ((= (point) po-start-of-msgid) (po-set-comment string) (po-redisplay)) ((= (point) po-start-of-msgstr) (let ((replaced (po-set-msgstr string))) (if (and replaced po-auto-fuzzy-on-edit (eq po-entry-type 'translated)) (progn (po-decrease-type-counter) (po-add-attribute "fuzzy") (po-current-entry) (po-increase-type-counter))))) (t (debug))))) (defun po-edit-string (string type expand-tabs) "Prepare a pop up buffer for editing STRING, which is of a given TYPE. TYPE may be 'comment or 'msgstr. If EXPAND-TABS, expand tabs to spaces. Run functions on po-subedit-mode-hook." (let ((marker (make-marker))) (set-marker marker (cond ((eq type 'comment) po-start-of-msgid) ((eq type 'msgstr) po-start-of-msgstr))) (if (po-check-for-pending-edit marker) (let ((edit-buffer (generate-new-buffer (concat "*" (buffer-name) "*"))) (buffer (current-buffer)) overlay slot) (if (and (eq type 'msgstr) po-highlighting) ;; ;; Try showing all of msgid in the upper window while editing. ;; (goto-char (1- po-start-of-msgstr)) ;; (recenter -1) (save-excursion (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (re-search-forward po-any-msgid-regexp nil t) (let ((end (1- (match-end 0)))) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (re-search-forward "msgid +" nil t) (setq overlay (po-create-overlay)) (po-highlight overlay (point) end buffer)))) (setq slot (list marker edit-buffer overlay) po-edited-fields (cons slot po-edited-fields)) (pop-to-buffer edit-buffer) (make-local-variable 'po-subedit-back-pointer) (setq po-subedit-back-pointer slot) (erase-buffer) (insert string "<") (goto-char (point-min)) (and expand-tabs (setq indent-tabs-mode nil)) (use-local-map po-subedit-mode-map) (run-hooks 'po-subedit-mode-hook) (message po-subedit-message))))) (defun po-edit-comment () "Use another window to edit the current translator comment." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (po-edit-string (po-get-comment nil) 'comment nil)) (defun po-edit-msgstr () "Use another window to edit the current msgstr." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (po-edit-string (if (and po-auto-edit-with-msgid (eq po-entry-type 'untranslated)) (po-get-msgid nil) (po-get-msgstr nil)) 'msgstr t)) ;;; String normalization and searching. (defun po-normalize-old-style (explain) "Normalize old gettext style fields using K&R C multiline string syntax. To minibuffer messages sent while normalizing, add the EXPLAIN string." (let ((here (point-marker)) (counter 0) (buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (goto-char (point-min)) (message (_"Normalizing %d, %s") counter explain) (while (re-search-forward "\\(^#?[ \t]*msg\\(id\\|str\\)[ \t]*\"\\|[^\" \t][ \t]*\\)\\\\\n" nil t) (if (= (% counter 10) 0) (message (_"Normalizing %d, %s") counter explain)) (replace-match "\\1\"\n\"" t nil) (setq counter (1+ counter))) (goto-char here) (message (_"Normalizing %d...done") counter))) (defun po-normalize-field (field explain) "Normalize FIELD of all entries. FIELD is either the symbol msgid or msgstr. To minibuffer messages sent while normalizing, add the EXPLAIN string." (let ((here (point-marker)) (counter 0)) (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (if (= (% counter 10) 0) (message (_"Normalizing %d, %s") counter explain)) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (po-find-span-of-entry) (cond ((eq field 'msgid) (po-set-msgid (po-get-msgid nil))) ((eq field 'msgstr) (po-set-msgstr (po-get-msgstr nil)))) (goto-char po-end-of-entry) (setq counter (1+ counter))) (goto-char here) (message (_"Normalizing %d...done") counter))) ;; Normalize, but the British way! :-) (defsubst po-normalise () (po-normalize)) (defun po-normalize () "Normalize all entries in the PO file." (interactive) (po-normalize-old-style (_"pass 1/3")) (po-normalize-field t (_"pass 2/3")) (po-normalize-field nil (_"pass 3/3")) ;; The last PO file entry has just been processed. (if (not (= po-end-of-entry (point-max))) (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (kill-region po-end-of-entry (point-max)))) ;; A bizarre format might have fooled the counters, so recompute ;; them to make sure their value is dependable. (po-compute-counters nil)) ;;; Multiple PO files. (defun po-show-auxiliary-list () "Echo the current auxiliary list in the message area." (if po-auxiliary-list (let ((cursor po-auxiliary-cursor) string) (while cursor (setq string (concat string (if string " ") (car (car cursor))) cursor (cdr cursor))) (setq cursor po-auxiliary-list) (while (not (eq cursor po-auxiliary-cursor)) (setq string (concat string (if string " ") (car (car cursor))) cursor (cdr cursor))) (message string)) (message (_"No auxiliary files.")))) (defun po-consider-as-auxiliary () "Add the current PO file to the list of auxiliary files." (interactive) (if (member (list buffer-file-name) po-auxiliary-list) nil (setq po-auxiliary-list (nconc po-auxiliary-list (list (list buffer-file-name)))) (or po-auxiliary-cursor (setq po-auxiliary-cursor po-auxiliary-list))) (po-show-auxiliary-list)) (defun po-ignore-as-auxiliary () "Delete the current PO file from the list of auxiliary files." (interactive) (setq po-auxiliary-list (delete (list buffer-file-name) po-auxiliary-list) po-auxiliary-cursor po-auxiliary-list) (po-show-auxiliary-list)) (defun po-seek-equivalent-translation (name string) "Search a PO file NAME for a `msgid' STRING having a non-empty `msgstr'. STRING is the full quoted msgid field, including the `msgid' keyword. When found, display the file over the current window, with the `msgstr' field possibly highlighted, the cursor at start of msgid, then return `t'. Otherwise, move nothing, and just return `nil'." (let ((current (current-buffer)) (buffer (find-file-noselect name))) (set-buffer buffer) (let ((start (point)) found) (goto-char (point-min)) (while (and (not found) (search-forward string nil t)) ;; Screen out longer `msgid's. (if (looking-at "^msgstr ") (progn (po-find-span-of-entry) ;; Ignore an untranslated entry. (or (string-equal (buffer-substring po-start-of-msgstr po-end-of-entry) "msgstr \"\"\n") (setq found t))))) (if found (progn (switch-to-buffer buffer) (po-find-span-of-entry) (if po-highlighting (progn (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp nil t) (let ((end (1- (match-end 0)))) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (re-search-forward "msgstr +" nil t) ;; FIXME: (po-highlight (point) end)))) (goto-char po-start-of-msgid)) (goto-char start) (po-find-span-of-entry) (select-buffer current)) found))) (defun po-cycle-auxiliary () "Select the next auxiliary file having an entry with same `msgid'." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (if po-auxiliary-list (let ((string (buffer-substring po-start-of-msgid po-start-of-msgstr)) (cursor po-auxiliary-cursor) found name) (while (and (not found) cursor) (setq name (car (car cursor))) (if (and (not (string-equal buffer-file-name name)) (po-seek-equivalent-translation name string)) (setq found t po-auxiliary-cursor cursor)) (setq cursor (cdr cursor))) (setq cursor po-auxiliary-list) (while (and (not found) cursor) (setq name (car (car cursor))) (if (and (not (string-equal buffer-file-name name)) (po-seek-equivalent-translation name string)) (setq found t po-auxiliary-cursor cursor)) (setq cursor (cdr cursor))) (or found (message (_"No other translation found"))) found))) (defun po-subedit-cycle-auxiliary () "Cycle auxiliary file, but from the translation edit buffer." (interactive) (if po-buffer-of-edited-entry (let ((buffer (current-buffer))) (pop-to-buffer po-buffer-of-edited-entry) (po-cycle-auxiliary) (pop-to-buffer buffer)) (error (_"Not editing a PO file entry")))) (defun po-select-auxiliary () "Select one of the available auxiliary files and locate an equivalent entry. If an entry having the same `msgid' cannot be found, merely select the file without moving its cursor." (interactive) (po-find-span-of-entry) (if po-auxiliary-list (let ((string (buffer-substring po-start-of-msgid po-start-of-msgstr)) (name (car (assoc (completing-read (_"Which auxiliary file? ") po-auxiliary-list nil t) po-auxiliary-list)))) (po-consider-as-auxiliary) (or (po-seek-equivalent-translation name string) (find-file name))))) ;;; Original program sources as context. (defun po-show-source-path () "Echo the current source search path in the message area." (if po-search-path (let ((cursor po-search-path) string) (while cursor (setq string (concat string (if string " ") (car (car cursor))) cursor (cdr cursor))) (message string)) (message (_"Empty source path.")))) (defun po-consider-source-path (directory) "Add a given DIRECTORY, requested interactively, to the source search path." (interactive "DDirectory for search path: ") (setq po-search-path (cons (list (if (string-match "/$" directory) directory (concat directory "/"))) po-search-path)) (setq po-reference-check 0) (po-show-source-path)) (defun po-ignore-source-path () "Delete a directory, selected with completion, from the source search path." (interactive) (setq po-search-path (delete (list (completing-read (_"Directory to remove? ") po-search-path nil t)) po-search-path)) (setq po-reference-check 0) (po-show-source-path)) (defun po-ensure-source-references () "Extract all references into a list, with paths resolved, if necessary." (po-find-span-of-entry) (if (= po-start-of-entry po-reference-check) () (setq po-reference-alist nil) (save-excursion (goto-char po-start-of-entry) (if (re-search-forward "^#:" po-start-of-msgid t) (while (looking-at "\\(\n#:\\)? *\\([^: ]+\\):\\([0-9]+\\)") (goto-char (match-end 0)) (let* ((name (po-buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))) (line (po-buffer-substring (match-beginning 3) (match-end 3))) (path po-search-path) file) (while (and (progn (setq file (concat (car (car path)) name)) (not (file-exists-p file))) path) (setq path (cdr path))) (if path (setq po-reference-alist (cons (list (concat file ":" line) file (string-to-int line)) po-reference-alist))))))) (setq po-reference-alist (nreverse po-reference-alist) po-reference-cursor po-reference-alist po-reference-check po-start-of-entry))) (defun po-show-source-context (triplet) "Show the source context given a TRIPLET which is (PROMPT FILE LINE)." (find-file-other-window (car (cdr triplet))) (goto-line (car (cdr (cdr triplet)))) (other-window 1) (let ((maximum 0) position (cursor po-reference-alist)) (while (not (eq triplet (car cursor))) (setq maximum (1+ maximum) cursor (cdr cursor))) (setq position (1+ maximum) po-reference-cursor cursor) (while cursor (setq maximum (1+ maximum) cursor (cdr cursor))) (message (_"Displaying %d/%d: \"%s\"") position maximum (car triplet)))) (defun po-cycle-source-reference () "Display some source context for the current entry. If the command is repeated many times in a row, cycle through contexts." (interactive) (po-ensure-source-references) (if po-reference-cursor (po-show-source-context (car (if (eq last-command 'po-cycle-source-reference) (or (cdr po-reference-cursor) po-reference-alist) po-reference-cursor))) (error (_"No resolved source references")))) (defun po-select-source-reference () "Select one of the available source contexts for the current entry." (interactive) (po-ensure-source-references) (if po-reference-alist (po-show-source-context (assoc (completing-read (_"Which source context? ") po-reference-alist nil t) po-reference-alist)) (error (_"No resolved source references")))) ;;; Program sources strings though tags table. ;;; C mode. ;;; A few long string cases (submitted by Ben Pfaff). ;; #define string "This is a long string " \ ;; "that is continued across several lines " \ ;; "in a macro in order to test \\ quoting\\" \ ;; "\\ with goofy strings.\\" ;; char *x = "This is just an ordinary string " ;; "continued across several lines without needing " ;; "to use \\ characters at end-of-line."; ;; char *y = "Here is a string continued across \ ;; several lines in the manner that was sanctioned \ ;; in K&R C compilers and still works today, \ ;; even though the method used above is more esthetic."; ;;; End of long string cases. (defun po-find-c-string (keywords) "Find the next C string, excluding those marked by any of KEYWORDS. Returns (START . END) for the found string, or (nil . nil) if none found." (let (start end) (while (and (not start) (re-search-forward "\\([\"']\\|/\\*\\)" nil t)) (cond ((= (preceding-char) ?*) ;; Disregard comments. (search-forward "*/")) ((= (preceding-char) ?\') ;; Disregard character constants. (forward-char (if (= (following-char) ?\\) 3 2))) ((save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (looking-at "^# *\\(include\\|line\\)")) ;; Disregard lines being #include or #line directives. (end-of-line)) ;; Else, find the end of the (possibly concatenated) string. (t (setq start (1- (point)) end nil) (while (not end) (cond ((= (following-char) ?\") (if (looking-at "\"[ \t\n\\\\]*\"") (goto-char (match-end 0)) (forward-char 1) (setq end (point)))) ((= (following-char) ?\\) (forward-char 2)) (t (skip-chars-forward "^\"\\\\")))) ;; Check before string for keyword and opening parenthesis. (goto-char start) (skip-chars-backward " \n\t") (if (= (preceding-char) ?\() (progn (backward-char 1) (skip-chars-backward " \n\t") (let ((end-keyword (point))) (skip-chars-backward "_A-Za-z0-9") (if (member (list (po-buffer-substring (point) end-keyword)) keywords) ;; Disregard already marked strings. (progn (goto-char end) (setq start nil end nil))))))))) ;; Return the found string, if any. (cons start end))) (defun po-mark-c-string (start end keyword) "Mark the C string, from START to END, with KEYWORD. Return the adjusted value for END." (goto-char end) (insert ")") (goto-char start) (insert keyword) (if (not (string-equal keyword "_")) (progn (insert " ") (setq end (1+ end)))) (insert "(") (+ end 2 (length keyword))) ;;; Emacs LISP mode. (defun po-find-emacs-lisp-string (keywords) "Find the next Emacs LISP string, excluding those marked by any of KEYWORDS. Returns (START . END) for the found string, or (nil . nil) if none found." (let (start end) (while (and (not start) (re-search-forward "[;\"?]" nil t)) (cond ((= (preceding-char) ?\;) ;; Disregard comments. (search-forward "\n")) ((= (preceding-char) ?\?) ;; Disregard character constants. (forward-char (if (= (following-char) ?\\) 2 1))) ;; Else, find the end of the string. (t (setq start (1- (point))) (while (not (= (following-char) ?\")) (skip-chars-forward "^\"\\\\") (if (= (following-char) ?\\) (forward-char 2))) (forward-char 1) (setq end (point)) ;; Check before string for keyword and opening parenthesis. (goto-char start) (skip-chars-backward " \n\t") (let ((end-keyword (point))) (skip-chars-backward "-_A-Za-z0-9") (if (and (= (preceding-char) ?\() (member (list (po-buffer-substring (point) end-keyword)) keywords)) ;; Disregard already marked strings. (progn (goto-char end) (setq start nil end nil))))))) ;; Return the found string, if any. (cons start end))) (defun po-mark-emacs-lisp-string (start end keyword) "Mark the Emacs LISP string, from START to END, with KEYWORD. Return the adjusted value for END." (goto-char end) (insert ")") (goto-char start) (insert "(" keyword) (if (not (string-equal keyword "_")) (progn (insert " ") (setq end (1+ end)))) (+ end 2 (length keyword))) ;;; Processing generic to all programming modes. (eval-and-compile (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags")) (defun po-tags-search (restart) "Find an unmarked translatable string through all files in tags table. Disregard some simple strings which are most probably non-translatable. With prefix argument, restart search at first file." (interactive "P") ;; Take care of restarting the search if necessary. (if restart (setq po-next-file-list nil)) ;; Loop doing things until an interesting string is found. (let ((keywords po-keywords) found buffer start (end po-string-end)) (while (not found) ;; Reinitialize the source file list if necessary. (if (not po-next-file-list) (progn (setq po-next-file-list (save-excursion (visit-tags-table-buffer) (copy-sequence (tags-table-files)))) (or po-next-file-list (error (_"No files to process"))) (setq end nil))) ;; Try finding a string after resuming the search position. (message (_"Scanning %s...") (car po-next-file-list)) (save-excursion (setq buffer (find-file-noselect (car po-next-file-list))) (set-buffer buffer) (goto-char (or end (point-min))) (cond ((string-equal mode-name "C") (let ((pair (po-find-c-string keywords))) (setq start (car pair) end (cdr pair)))) ((string-equal mode-name "Emacs-Lisp") (let ((pair (po-find-emacs-lisp-string keywords))) (setq start (car pair) end (cdr pair)))) (t (message (_"Unknown source mode for PO mode, skipping...")) (setq start nil end nil)))) ;; Advance to next file if no string was found. (if (not start) (progn (setq po-next-file-list (cdr po-next-file-list)) (if po-next-file-list (setq end nil) (setq po-string-end nil) (and po-highlighting (po-dehighlight po-marking-overlay)) (error (_"All files processed")))) ;; Push the string just found string into a work buffer for study. (po-with-temp-buffer (insert (po-extract-unquoted buffer start end)) (goto-char (point-min)) ;; Do not disregard if at least three letters in a row. (if (re-search-forward "[A-Za-z][A-Za-z][A-Za-z]" nil t) (setq found t) ;; Disregard if two letters, and more punctuations than letters. (if (re-search-forward "[A-Za-z][A-Za-z]" nil t) (let ((total (buffer-size))) (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward "[A-Za-z]+" nil t) (replace-match "" t t)) (if (< (* 2 (buffer-size)) total) (setq found t)))) ;; Disregard if single letters or no letters at all. )))) ;; Ensure the string is being displayed. (if (one-window-p t) (split-window) (other-window 1)) (switch-to-buffer buffer) (goto-char start) (or (pos-visible-in-window-p start) (recenter '(nil))) (if (pos-visible-in-window-p end) (goto-char end) (goto-char end) (recenter -1)) (other-window 1) (and po-highlighting (po-highlight po-marking-overlay start end buffer)) ;; Save the string for later commands. (message (_"Scanning %s...done") (car po-next-file-list)) (setq po-string-start start po-string-end end))) (defun po-mark-found-string (keyword) "Mark last found string in program sources as translatable, using KEYWORD." (and po-highlighting (po-dehighlight po-marking-overlay)) (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect (car po-next-file-list))) (start po-string-start) (end po-string-end) line string) ;; Mark string in program sources. (setq string (po-extract-unquoted buffer start end)) (save-excursion (set-buffer buffer) (setq line (count-lines (point-min) start) end (cond ((string-equal mode-name "C") (po-mark-c-string start end keyword)) ((string-equal mode-name "Emacs-Lisp") (po-mark-emacs-lisp-string start end keyword)) (t (error (_"Cannot mark in unknown source mode")))))) (setq po-string-end end) ;; Add PO file entry. (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (goto-char (point-max)) (insert "\n" (format "#: %s:%d\n" (car po-next-file-list) line)) (save-excursion (insert (po-eval-requoted string "msgid" nil) "msgstr \"\"\n")) (setq po-untranslated-counter (1+ po-untranslated-counter)) (po-update-mode-line-string)))) (defun po-mark-translatable () "Mark last found string in program sources as translatable, using `_'." (interactive) (if (and po-string-start po-string-end) (progn (po-mark-found-string "_") (setq po-string-start nil)) (error (_"No such string")))) (defun po-select-mark-and-mark (arg) "Mark last found string in program sources as translatable, ask for keywoard, using completion. With prefix argument, just ask the name of a preferred keyword for subsequent commands, also added to possible completions." (interactive "P") (if arg (let ((keyword (list (read-from-minibuffer (_"Keyword: "))))) (setq po-keywords (cons keyword (delete keyword po-keywords)))) (if (and po-string-start po-string-end) (let* ((default (car (car po-keywords))) (keyword (completing-read (format (_"Mark with keywoard? [%s] ") default) po-keywords nil t ))) (if (string-equal keyword "") (setq keyword default)) (po-mark-found-string keyword) (setq po-string-start nil)) (error (_"No such string"))))) ;;; Miscellaneous features. (defun po-help () "Provide an help window for PO mode." (interactive) (po-with-temp-buffer (insert po-help-display-string) (goto-char (point-min)) (save-window-excursion (switch-to-buffer (current-buffer)) (delete-other-windows) (message (_"Type any character to continue")) (po-read-event)))) (defun po-undo () "Undo the last change to the PO file." (interactive) (let ((buffer-read-only po-read-only)) (undo)) (po-compute-counters nil)) (defun po-statistics () "Say how many entries in each category, and the current position." (interactive) (po-compute-counters t)) (defun po-validate () "Use `msgfmt' for validating the current PO file contents." (interactive) ;; If modifications were done already, change the last revision date. (if (buffer-modified-p) (po-replace-revision-date)) ;; This `let' is for protecting the previous value of compile-command. (let ((compile-command (concat po-msgfmt-program " --statistics -c -v -o /dev/null " buffer-file-name))) (compile compile-command))) (defun po-guess-archive-name () "Return the ideal file name for this PO file in the central archives." (let (start-of-header end-of-header package version team) (save-excursion ;; Find the PO file header entry. (goto-char (point-min)) (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp) (setq start-of-header (match-beginning 0) end-of-header (match-end 0)) ;; Get the package and version. (goto-char start-of-header) (if (re-search-forward "\n\"Project-Id-Version:\\( GNU\\)? \\([^\n ]+\\) \\([^\n ]+\\)\\\\n\"$" end-of-header t) (setq package (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)) version (buffer-substring (match-beginning 3) (match-end 3)))) (if (or (not package) (string-equal package "PACKAGE") (not version) (string-equal version "VERSION")) (error (_"Project-Id-Version field does not have a proper value"))) ;; Get the team. (goto-char start-of-header) (if (re-search-forward "\n\"Language-Team:.*<\\(.*\\)@li.org>\\\\n\"$" end-of-header t) (setq team (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)))) (if (or (not team) (string-equal team "LL")) (error (_"Language-Team field does not have a proper value"))) ;; Compose the name. (concat package "-" version "." team ".po")))) (defun po-guess-team-address () "Return the team address related to this PO file." (let (team) (save-excursion (goto-char (point-min)) (re-search-forward po-any-msgstr-regexp) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (if (re-search-forward "\n\"Language-Team: +\\(.*<\\(.*\\)@li.org>\\)\\\\n\"$" (match-end 0) t) (setq team (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) (if (or (not team) (string-equal team "LL")) (error (_"Language-Team field does not have a proper value"))) (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))))) (defun po-send-mail () "Start composing a letter, possibly including the current PO file." (interactive) (let* ((team-flag (y-or-n-p (_"\ Write to your team? (`n' means writing to translation project) "))) (address (if team-flag (po-guess-team-address) po-translation-project-address))) (if (not (y-or-n-p (_"Include current PO file? "))) (apply po-compose-mail-function address (read-string (_"Subject? ")) nil) (if (buffer-modified-p) (error (_"The file is not even saved, you did not validate it."))) (if (and (y-or-n-p (_"You validated (`V') this file, didn't you? ")) (or (zerop po-untranslated-counter) (y-or-n-p (format (_"%d entries are untranslated, include anyway? ") po-untranslated-counter))) (or (zerop po-fuzzy-counter) (y-or-n-p (format (_"%d entries are still fuzzy, include anyway? ") po-fuzzy-counter))) (or (zerop po-obsolete-counter) (y-or-n-p (format (_"%d entries are obsolete, include anyway? ") po-obsolete-counter)))) (let ((buffer (current-buffer)) (name (po-guess-archive-name)) (transient-mark-mode nil)) (apply po-compose-mail-function address (if team-flag (read-string (_"Subject? ")) (format "TP-Robot %s" name)) nil) (goto-char (point-min)) (re-search-forward (concat "^" (regexp-quote mail-header-separator) "\n")) (save-excursion (insert-buffer buffer) (shell-command-on-region (region-beginning) (region-end) (concat po-gzip-uuencode-command " " name ".gz") t)))))) (message "")) (defun po-confirm-and-quit () "Confirm if quit should be attempted and then, do it. This is a failsafe. Confirmation is asked if only the real quit would not." (interactive) (if (po-check-all-pending-edits) (progn (if (or (buffer-modified-p) (> po-untranslated-counter 0) (> po-fuzzy-counter 0) (> po-obsolete-counter 0) (y-or-n-p (_"Really quit editing this PO file? "))) (po-quit)) (message "")))) (defun po-quit () "Save the PO file and kill buffer. However, offer validation if appropriate and ask confirmation if untranslated strings remain." (interactive) (if (po-check-all-pending-edits) (let ((quit t)) ;; Offer validation of newly modified entries. (if (and (buffer-modified-p) (not (y-or-n-p (_"File was modified; skip validation step? ")))) (progn (message "") (po-validate) ;; If we knew that the validation was all successful, we should ;; just quit. But since we do not know yet, as the validation ;; might be asynchronous with PO mode commands, the safest is to ;; stay within PO mode, even if this implies that another ;; `po-quit' command will be later required to exit for true. (setq quit nil))) ;; Offer to work on untranslated entries. (if (and quit (or (> po-untranslated-counter 0) (> po-fuzzy-counter 0) (> po-obsolete-counter 0)) (not (y-or-n-p (_"Unprocessed entries remain; quit anyway? ")))) (progn (setq quit nil) (po-auto-select-entry))) ;; Clear message area. (message "") ;; Or else, kill buffers and quit for true. (if quit (progn (and (buffer-modified-p) (po-replace-revision-date)) (save-buffer) (kill-buffer (current-buffer))))))) ;;; po-mode.el ends here gettext-kde-0.10.35/misc/locale.alias0000444000175000017500000000372506232173206015130 0ustar jrjr# Locale name alias data base # Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. # The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of # the X Window System, which normally can be found in # /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias # A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. # All entries are case independent. # Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for # your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share it # with the rest of us. Send it to bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu. czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 hebrew iw_IL.ISO-8859-8 hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 italian it_CH.ISO-8859-1 japanese ja_JP.EUC norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 rumanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 russian ru_SU.ISO-8859-5 slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 slovene sl_CS.ISO-8859-2 spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/0000755000175000017500000000000006522270017013060 5ustar jrjrgettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/Makefile.in0000644000175000017500000001425206522270017015131 0ustar jrjr# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SHELL = /bin/sh srcdir = @srcdir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ VPATH = @srcdir@ prefix = @prefix@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ bindir = @bindir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ datadir = @datadir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ libdir = @libdir@ infodir = @infodir@ mandir = @mandir@ includedir = @includedir@ oldincludedir = /usr/include DISTDIR = pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ top_builddir = .. ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ transform = @program_transform_name@ NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : host_alias = @host_alias@ host_triplet = @host@ ACLOCAL_VERSION = @ACLOCAL_VERSION@ CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@ CC = @CC@ DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@ EMACS = @EMACS@ GENCAT = @GENCAT@ GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GT_NO = @GT_NO@ GT_YES = @GT_YES@ INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@ INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@ LD = @LD@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ LN_S = @LN_S@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ NM = @NM@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ POFILES = @POFILES@ POSUB = @POSUB@ RANLIB = @RANLIB@ USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ YACC = @YACC@ aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@ l = @l@ lispdir = @lispdir@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits TESTS = gettext-1 gettext-2 msgcmp-1 msgcmp-2 msgfmt-1 msgfmt-2 msgfmt-3 \ msgfmt-4 msgmerge-1 msgmerge-2 msgmerge-3 msgmerge-4 msgmerge-5 \ msgunfmt-1 xgettext-1 xgettext-2 xgettext-3 xgettext-4 xgettext-5 \ xgettext-6 xgettext-7 xgettext-8 xgettext-9 EXTRA_DIST = $(TESTS) test.mo xg-test1.ok.po XGETTEXT = ../src/xgettext TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = top_srcdir=$(top_srcdir) PATH=../src:$$PATH \ GETTEXT=`echo gettext|sed '$(transform)'` \ XGETTEXT=`echo xgettext|sed '$(transform)'` \ MSGFMT=`echo msgfmt|sed '$(transform)'` \ MSGCMP=`echo msgcmp|sed '$(transform)'` \ MSGMERGE=`echo msgmerge|sed '$(transform)'` \ MSGUNFMT=`echo msgunfmt|sed '$(transform)'` $(SHELL) mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = DIST_COMMON = ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) TAR = tar GZIP = --best all: Makefile .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits --include-deps tests/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status cd $(top_builddir) \ && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status tags: TAGS TAGS: distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) subdir = tests distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ d=$(srcdir); \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ done check-TESTS: $(TESTS) @failed=0; all=0; \ srcdir=$(srcdir); export srcdir; \ for tst in $(TESTS); do \ if test -f $$tst; then dir=.; \ else dir="$(srcdir)"; fi; \ if $(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT) $$dir/$$tst; then \ all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ echo "PASS: $$tst"; \ elif test $$? -ne 77; then \ all=`expr $$all + 1`; \ failed=`expr $$failed + 1`; \ echo "FAIL: $$tst"; \ fi; \ done; \ if test "$$failed" -eq 0; then \ banner="All $$all tests passed"; \ else \ banner="$$failed of $$all tests failed"; \ fi; \ dashes=`echo "$$banner" | sed s/./=/g`; \ echo "$$dashes"; \ echo "$$banner"; \ echo "$$dashes"; \ test "$$failed" -eq 0 info: dvi: check: all $(MAKE) check-TESTS installcheck: install-exec: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install-data: @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) install: install-exec install-data all @: uninstall: install-strip: $(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install installdirs: mostlyclean-generic: -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES) clean-generic: -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES) distclean-generic: -rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES) -rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]* -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES) -test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES) mostlyclean: mostlyclean-generic clean: clean-generic mostlyclean distclean: distclean-generic clean -rm -f config.status -rm -f libtool maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-generic distclean @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." .PHONY: tags distdir check-TESTS info dvi installcheck install-exec \ install-data install uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic \ distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \ mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean xg-test1.ok.po: $(top_srcdir)/src/xgettext.c $(top_srcdir)/src/msgfmt.c \ $(top_srcdir)/src/gettextp.c $(XGETTEXT) -d xg-test1.ok -p $(srcdir) -k_ --omit-header \ $(top_srcdir)/src/xgettext.c $(top_srcdir)/src/msgfmt.c \ $(top_srcdir)/src/gettextp.c # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/ChangeLog0000644000175000017500000003003306370364314014636 0ustar jrjr1997-08-01 15:46 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require version 1.2. 1997-05-01 03:30 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge-2: Update message after last change of the program code. * Makefile.am (TESTS_ENVIRONMENT): Define environment variable specifying program names to take care of --program-prefix option to configure. Fri Dec 6 14:10:05 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (TESTS_ENVIRONMENT): Add $(SHELL) to explicitly use the shell for starting the shell script. Fri Nov 22 00:35:58 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (TESTS_ENVIRONMENT): Change references to checks/ into tests/. * gettext-1: Likewise. * gettext-2: Likewise. * msgfmt-1: Likewise. * msgfmt-2: Likewise. * xgettext-1: Likewise. Tue Nov 12 17:36:50 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge-1: Fix typo. Reported by Guido Flohr . Tue Sep 3 18:03:54 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (cmline_TESTS): Remove. Not used in automake-1.1. * Makefile.am (TESTS_ENVIRONMENT): Add definition of PATH to find newly built programs. Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi. Sun Sep 1 04:43:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettext-1, gettext-2, msgcmp-1, msgcmp-2, msgfmt-1, msgfmt-2, msgfmt-3, msgfmt-4, msgmerge-1, msgmerge-2, msgmerge-3, msgmerge-4, msgmerge-5, msgunfmt-1, xgettext-1, xgettext-2, xgettext-3, xgettext-4, xgettext-5, xgettext-6, xgettext-7, xgettext-8, xgettext-9: Correct file mode preservation script. Sat Aug 31 05:17:29 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (TESTS_ENVIRONMENT): Define top_srcdir variable for test files. * xgettext-1: Don't define top_srcdir from argument. Assume it in environment. * xgettext-3: Likewise. * gettext-1: Likewise. * gettext-2: Likewise. * msgcmp-1: Likewise. * msgcmp-2: Likewise. Sun Aug 18 18:53:02 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (distdir): It's not anymore necessary to explicitely mention the dependency. Mon Jul 15 22:16:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettext-1, gettext-2, msgcmp-1, msgcmp-2, msgfmt-1, msgfmt-2, msgfmt-3, msgfmt-4, msgmerge-1, msgmerge-2, msgmerge-3, msgmerge-4, msgmerge-5, msgunfmt-1, xgettext-1, xgettext-2, xgettext-3, xgettext-4, xgettext-5, xgettext-6, xgettext-7, xgettext-8, xgettext-9: Change all `${xxx:-yyy}' to (hopefully) portable `: ${xxx=yyy}'. Thank you, Ultrix. Sat Jul 6 02:01:56 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt-1, msgfmt-2: Add \n to end of first message to prevent error message of new msgfmt. * msgfmt-1 (tmpfiles): Correct argument to gettext. Thu Jun 20 12:48:32 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge-5: Correct result. Wed Jun 19 03:09:27 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (TESTS): Add msgmerge-5. * msgmerge-5: New file. Fri Jun 14 18:23:51 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgcmp-1: Correct again wrong kind of redirection: use > instead of &>. Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi. Fri Jun 14 03:44:01 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt-1, msgfmt-2, gettext-1, gettext-2: Don't set LANG to `checks' but instead `LANGUAGE'. Some systems warn about a non-existing locale `checks', but LANGUAGE is a GNU extension. Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi. * gettext-2, msgfmt-2: Work around echo's not knowing about -n option. Reported by Kaveh R. Ghazi. Tue Jun 11 15:29:28 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Add variable. Must be defined in all subdirs. Thu Jun 6 23:40:58 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgcmp-1: Use &> instead of >& for avoiding error messages on screen. Reported by Kaveh Ghazi. Wed Jun 5 03:51:47 1996 Ulrich Drepper * gettext-1, gettext-2, msgcmp-1, msgcmp-2, msgfmt-1, msgfmt-2, msgfmt-3, msgfmt-4, msgmerge-1, msgmerge-2, msgmerge-3, msgmerge-4, msgunfmt-1, xgettext-1, xgettext-2, xgettext-3, xgettext-4, xgettext-5, xgettext-6, xgettext-7, xgettext-8, xgettext-9: Add Noah's ELisp trick to preserve the executable bits. Tue Jun 4 23:56:41 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge-1: Adjust ok file after enable wrapping. Tue Jun 4 01:00:14 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgmerge-3: Change for situation now that translator comments are copied. Mon Jun 3 19:40:25 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am (distdir): Make sure xg-test1.ok.po file is up to date before distributing. * msgmerge-4: Initial revision. Mon Jun 3 01:11:03 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.am: New file. Sun Jun 2 21:10:16 1996 Ulrich Drepper * msgfmt-2, xgettext-2, msgfmt-1 (tmpfiles): Correct file names. * msgfmt-1, msgfmt-2, gettext-2, msgfmt-4, msgfmt-3, msgcmp-2, msgmerge-2, msgmerge-1, msgmerge-3, msgunfmt-1, Makefile.am, msgcmp-1, xgettext-2, xgettext-1, xgettext-3, xgettext-4, xgettext-5, xgettext-6, xgettext-7, xgettext-8, xgettext-9, gettext-1: Initial revision. New test suite for use in automake generated Makefiles. Fri Apr 5 19:48:53 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xg-test8.ok: Adapt for fuzzy flag normalization. * xg-test8.in.po: Add text so that fuzzy gets copied. * Makefile.in (msgmerge): Call msgmerge with -q parameter. * mf-test4.in.po: Fill in fields in header entry because of checks in msgfmt. Tue Apr 2 18:52:23 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add mf-test4.in.po. (all-gettest): New goal. Same as all. (msgfmt-4): New test for msgfmt. Tue Apr 2 10:42:09 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xg-test2.po, xg-test4.ok, xg-test5.ok, xg-test6.ok, xg-test7.ok, xg-test8.ok, xg-test9.ok: Adapt for recent xgettext. No more `possible' comments anymore. Sun Mar 31 23:49:14 1996 François Pinard * Makefile.in (xgettext-3): Add echo command. Thu Mar 28 18:45:29 1996 Ulrich Drepper * xg-test9.ok, xg-test8.ok, xg-test7.ok, xg-test6.ok, xg-test5.ok, xg-test4.ok: Adopt for change in C format string detection. * xg-test2.in.c: Add some no-c-format lines to test C format flag handling. * xg-test2.ok-po: Adopt result for above change. * Makefile.in (DIFF): Define as `diff $(DIFFARGS)'. This permits to set DIFFARGS=-u in the environment and get rid of those unreadable context diffs. Wed Mar 27 03:24:43 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (xgettext-9): Add new test for xgettext. This one test extraction of comments. (TESTSRCS): Add xg-test9.c (OKFILES): Add xg-test9.ok * xg-test9.c, xg-test9.ok: New files. Input and expected result for test 9 of xgettext. Tue Mar 26 00:00:34 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Add test 3 for msgmerge. * mm-test3.in1, mm-test3.in2, mm-test3.ok: New files. Test 3 for msgmerge. Tests handling of obsolete entries. * Makefile.in: Use reasonable names for msgfmt tests. Suggested by Franc,ois Pinard. * Makefile.in (msgunfmt-1): New msgunfmt program interface requires -o option. Mon Mar 25 03:27:12 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): Rewritten by Franc,ois Pinard. * xg-test8.ok, xg-test8.in.po: Adopt for new implementation of special comments. Sun Mar 24 01:51:42 1996 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Add check 8 for xgettext. Adopt for input file type recognision of xgettext by renaming files to *.c, *.cc, or *.C. Fri Mar 1 13:32:53 1996 Ulrich Drepper * mm-test2.ok: New error message format. Tue Dec 19 22:13:03 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running shell scripts. Sat Dec 9 12:18:07 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (clean): Correct xg-text2.po to xg-test2.po. Reported by Eric Backus. Mon Dec 4 01:05:50 1995 Ulrich Drepper * mm-test1.ok: For now we have long lines. Undo this change when LINE_WIDTH in acconfig.h is changed back. Sun Dec 3 03:09:43 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (clean): Add xg-test7.po. * xg-test7.ok, xg-test7.in: Initial revision * Makefile.in (check): Add another test for xgettext. Fri Nov 17 00:21:37 1995 Ulrich Drepper * mm-test1.in1, mm-test1.in2, mm-test1.ok, mm-test2.in1, mm-test2.in2, mm-test2.ok, mu-test1.in, xg-test4.in, xg-test4.ok, xg-test5.in, xg-test5.ok, xg-test6.in, xg-test6.ok: Initial revision. * Makefile.in: Add additional test by Peter Miller. Sat Nov 11 17:58:42 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (clean): Remove xg-text2.po. * xg-test2.ok.po: Adapt for new xgettext. Thu Nov 9 00:56:57 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Write newly created xg-test1.ok.po file to $(srcdir). Tue Nov 7 01:33:49 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): Make message for successful completion more visible. Sun Nov 5 19:40:18 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist-gettext): Make synonym for dist. Sun Nov 5 11:37:20 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed. Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly. Sun Oct 29 12:22:48 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): In msgcmp test2 pipe result through sed to remove $(prefix). * Makefile.in (check): Add some missing $(srcdir)/. Reported by Franc,ois Pinard. Sat Oct 28 15:35:36 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Remove Emacs local variables setting. * Makefile.in (check): Don't print out command for msgcmp test 1 because it contains the word `failed'. * mc-test1.in1, mc-test1.in2, mc-test2.in1, mc-test2.in2, mc-test2.ok, test5.po, xg-test1.ok.po, xg-test2.in, xg-test2.ok.po: Initial revision. * Makefile.in (MSGCMP): New variable. The file name includes actions on env.vars because be test for the error messages we get. (TESTSRCS, OKFILES): Add files for new tests. (check): Add some test. Taken from Peter Miller's version. Fri Oct 27 02:10:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): Buglix's sh workaround by Christian von Roques. Wed Sep 20 09:30:46 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): Add test for -x option of xgettext. (clean): Remove test file for above test. Tue Aug 15 06:06:51 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): Correct TEXTDOMAINDIR value for msgfmt tests: is really `..', but $(top_srcdir) for the gettext tests. Mon Aug 14 23:51:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (install-src): New no-op goal. Wed Aug 9 00:48:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): After extending the locale specification by processing `LANGUAGE' it is necessary to clear this environment variable, too. Fri Aug 4 16:31:58 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (clean): Remove LC_MESSAGES/gen.mo. * Makefile.in (dist): Change mode of LC_MESSAGE directory to 777. Remove `copying instead' message. Wed Aug 2 23:35:08 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (check): Add check for msgfmt and gettext. * test2.ok, test1.ok: Initial revision. Sat Jul 15 23:45:53 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in: Change head comment. (check): Remove msgfmt tests for now (does not handle big<->little endian difference). (check): Add success messages. (install, uninstall): Add missing dummy goals. Sat Jul 15 00:24:55 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (OKFILES, check, clean): Use shortened names for .mo files. * module1.po (help_domain, error_domain): Shorten names for file systems with 14 char limit. * module2.po (error_domain, window_domain): Shorten names for file systems with 14 char limit. Thu Jul 13 00:54:14 1995 Ulrich Drepper * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add ChangeLog and OKFILES. Wed Jul 12 22:12:05 1995 Ulrich Drepper * module2.po, module1.po, help_domain.ok, error_domain.ok, window_domain.ok, messages.ok, Makefile.in: Initial revision. gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/Makefile.am0000444000175000017500000000354006370364276015130 0ustar jrjr## Makefile for the check subdirectory of the GNU NLS Utilities ## Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ## ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) ## any later version. ## ## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the ## GNU General Public License for more details. ## ## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License ## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.2 gnits TESTS = gettext-1 gettext-2 msgcmp-1 msgcmp-2 msgfmt-1 msgfmt-2 msgfmt-3 \ msgfmt-4 msgmerge-1 msgmerge-2 msgmerge-3 msgmerge-4 msgmerge-5 \ msgunfmt-1 xgettext-1 xgettext-2 xgettext-3 xgettext-4 xgettext-5 \ xgettext-6 xgettext-7 xgettext-8 xgettext-9 EXTRA_DIST = $(TESTS) test.mo xg-test1.ok.po XGETTEXT = ../src/xgettext TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = top_srcdir=$(top_srcdir) PATH=../src:$$PATH \ GETTEXT=`echo gettext|sed '$(transform)'` \ XGETTEXT=`echo xgettext|sed '$(transform)'` \ MSGFMT=`echo msgfmt|sed '$(transform)'` \ MSGCMP=`echo msgcmp|sed '$(transform)'` \ MSGMERGE=`echo msgmerge|sed '$(transform)'` \ MSGUNFMT=`echo msgunfmt|sed '$(transform)'` $(SHELL) xg-test1.ok.po: $(top_srcdir)/src/xgettext.c $(top_srcdir)/src/msgfmt.c \ $(top_srcdir)/src/gettextp.c $(XGETTEXT) -d xg-test1.ok -p $(srcdir) -k_ --omit-header \ $(top_srcdir)/src/xgettext.c $(top_srcdir)/src/msgfmt.c \ $(top_srcdir)/src/gettextp.c gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/gettext-10000555000175000017500000000224306245211177014633 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # One argument is required which is the path to the toplevel directory # of the distribution. TEXTDOMAINDIR=.. LANGUAGE=tests LC_ALL= LC_MESSAGES= LANG= export TEXTDOMAINDIR LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_MESSAGES LANG trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 # Create binary test file in correct position. tmpfiles="LC_MESSAGES" test -d LC_MESSAGES || mkdir LC_MESSAGES cp $top_srcdir/tests/test.mo LC_MESSAGES tmpfiles="$tmpfiles gt-test1.out" : ${GETTEXT=gettext} ${GETTEXT} test 'SYS_(C)' > gt-test1.out # Create correct file. tmpfile="$tmpfiles gtmf-test1.ok" cat < gtmf-test1.ok MSGFMT(3) portable message object file compiler Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation Report bugs to EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} gtmf-test1.ok gt-test1.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/gettext-20000555000175000017500000000254706245211224014634 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # One argument is required which is the path to the toplevel directory # of the distribution. TEXTDOMAINDIR=.. LANGUAGE=tests LC_ALL= LC_MESSAGES= LANG= export TEXTDOMAINDIR LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_MESSAGES LANG if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then ac_n= ac_c=' ' ac_t=' ' else ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= fi else ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= fi trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 # Create binary test file in correct position. tmpfiles="LC_MESSAGES" test -d LC_MESSAGES || mkdir LC_MESSAGES cp $top_srcdir/tests/test.mo LC_MESSAGES tmpfiles="$tmpfiles gt-test2.out" : ${GETTEXT=gettext} ${GETTEXT} test 'error 3' > gt-test2.out # Create correct file. tmpfile="$tmpfiles gtmf-test2.ok" echo $ac_n "error 3 translation$ac_c" > gtmf-test2.ok : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} gtmf-test2.ok gt-test2.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgcmp-10000555000175000017500000000150206212175355014433 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # One argument is required which is the path to the toplevel directory # of the distribution. tmpfiles="mc-test1.in1 mc-test1.in2" cat < mc-test1.in1 msgid "one" msgstr "first" msgid "two" msgstr "second" msgid "three" msgstr "third" EOF cat < mc-test1.in2 msgid "three" msgstr "" msgid "one" msgstr "" msgid "two" msgstr "" EOF : ${MSGCMP=msgcmp} ${MSGCMP} mc-test1.in1 mc-test1.in2 > /dev/null 2>&1 result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgcmp-20000555000175000017500000000242506212175327014440 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # One argument is required which is the path to the toplevel directory # of the distribution. LANGUAGE= LC_ALL= LC_MESSAGES= LANG= export LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_MESSAGES LANG tmpfiles="mc-test2.in1 mc-test2.in2" cat < mc-test2.in1 msgid "one" msgstr "first" msgid "two" msgstr "second" msgid "three" msgstr "third" msgid "four" msgstr "fourth" EOF cat < mc-test2.in2 msgid "thre" msgstr "" #i.e. pretend a typo in the program msgid "one" msgstr "" msgid "two" msgstr "" EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mc-test2.out" : ${MSGCMP=msgcmp} ${MSGCMP} mc-test2.in1 mc-test2.in2 > mc-test2.out 2>&1 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mc-test2.ok" cat < mc-test2.ok mc-test2.in2:1: this message is used but not defined... mc-test2.in1:3: ...but this definition is similar mc-test2.in1:4: warning: this message is not used found 1 fatal errors EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} mc-test2.ok mc-test2.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgfmt-10000555000175000017500000000335106245211301014432 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh TEXTDOMAINDIR=.. LANGUAGE=tests LC_ALL= LC_MESSAGES= LANG= export TEXTDOMAINDIR LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_MESSAGES LANG tmpfiles="LC_MESSAGES" test -d LC_MESSAGES || mkdir LC_MESSAGES tmpfiles="$tmpfiles module1.po module2.po" cat < module1.po #default domain "messages.mo" msgid "SYS_(C)\n" msgstr "MSGFMT(3) portable message object file compiler\n" "Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation\n" "Report bugs to \n" msgid "msg 1" msgstr "msg 1 translation" # domain "help_dom" msgid "help 2 %d" msgstr "help 2 translation" # domain "error_dom" msgid "error 3" msgstr "error 3 translation" EOF cat < module2.po # --- #default domain "messages.mo" msgid "mesg 4" msgstr "mesg 4 translation" # domain "error_dom" msgid "error 3" msgstr "alternate error 2 translation" msgid "error 5" msgstr "error 5 translation" # domain "window_dom" msgid "window 6" msgstr "window 6 translation" EOF : ${MSGFMT=msgfmt} ${MSGFMT} module1.po module2.po -o LC_MESSAGES/gen.mo tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mf-test1.out" : ${GETTEXT=gettext} ${GETTEXT} gen 'SYS_(C) ' > mf-test1.out tmpfiles="$tmpfiles gtmf-test1.ok" cat < gtmf-test1.ok MSGFMT(3) portable message object file compiler Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation Report bugs to EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} gtmf-test1.ok mf-test1.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgfmt-20000555000175000017500000000371606245211310014440 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh TEXTDOMAINDIR=.. LANGUAGE=tests LC_ALL= LC_MESSAGES= LANG= export TEXTDOMAINDIR LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_MESSAGES LANG if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then ac_n= ac_c=' ' ac_t=' ' else ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= fi else ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= fi trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="LC_MESSAGES" test -d LC_MESSAGES || mkdir LC_MESSAGES tmpfiles="$tmpfiles module1.po module2.po" cat < module1.po #default domain "messages.mo" msgid "SYS_(C)\n" msgstr "MSGFMT(3) portable message object file compiler\n" "Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation\n" "Report bugs to \n" msgid "msg 1" msgstr "msg 1 translation" # domain "help_dom" msgid "help 2 %d" msgstr "help 2 translation" # domain "error_dom" msgid "error 3" msgstr "error 3 translation" EOF cat < module2.po # --- #default domain "messages.mo" msgid "mesg 4" msgstr "mesg 4 translation" # domain "error_dom" msgid "error 3" msgstr "alternate error 2 translation" msgid "error 5" msgstr "error 5 translation" # domain "window_dom" msgid "window 6" msgstr "window 6 translation" EOF : ${MSGFMT=msgfmt} ${MSGFMT} module1.po module2.po -o LC_MESSAGES/gen.mo tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mf-test2.out" : ${GETTEXT=gettext} ${GETTEXT} gen 'error 3' > mf-test2.out tmpfiles="$tmpfiles gtmf-test2.ok" echo $ac_n "error 3 translation$ac_c" > gtmf-test2.ok : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} gtmf-test2.ok mf-test2.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgfmt-30000555000175000017500000000177706212175213014453 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="mf-test3.po" cat <mf-test3.po # # xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx # xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx # xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx # # xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx # xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx # xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx # xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx msgid "" msgstr "" EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mftest3.mo" : ${MSGFMT=msgfmt} ${MSGFMT} mf-test3.po -o mftest3.mo test ! -f mftest3.mo result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgfmt-40000555000175000017500000000242406212175156014450 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="mf-test4.po" cat <mf-test4.po # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: msgfmt test 4\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 1996-04-05 19:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ulrich Drepper \n" "Language-Team: test \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n" # #, no-c-format msgid "no percent" msgstr "but here %d is one" # #, c-format msgid "in the %d normal %c order %s\n" msgstr "but %2$c not %3$s here %1$d\n" # # If no c-format is given no check is wanted, not only if no-c-format is there. msgid "This is a string %s" msgstr "...but this $s not" EOF : ${MSGFMT=msgfmt} ${MSGFMT} mf-test4.po -o /dev/null 2> /dev/null result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgmerge-10000555000175000017500000000301306245210607014746 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="mm-test1.in1 mm-test1.in2" cat < mm-test1.in1 # first #. this should be discarded msgid "1" msgstr "1x" # second #: bogus:1 msgid "2" msgstr "this is a really long msgstr " "used to test the wrapping to " "make sure it works after all " "what is a test for if not to test things?" # third msgid "3" msgstr "3z" EOF cat < mm-test1.in2 #. this is the first #: snark.c:345 msgid "1" msgstr "" #. this is the second #: hunt.c:759 msgid "2" msgstr "" #. this is the third #: boojum.c:300 msgid "3" msgstr "" EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test1.out" : ${MSGMERGE=msgmerge} ${MSGMERGE} -q mm-test1.in1 mm-test1.in2 -o mm-test1.out tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test1.ok" cat << EOF > mm-test1.ok # first #. this is the first #: snark.c:345 msgid "1" msgstr "1x" # second #. this is the second #: hunt.c:759 msgid "2" msgstr "" "this is a really long msgstr used to test the wrapping to make sure it works " "after all what is a test for if not to test things?" # third #. this is the third #: boojum.c:300 msgid "3" msgstr "3z" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} mm-test1.ok mm-test1.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgmerge-20000444000175000017500000000215206332001667014750 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 LANGUAGE= LC_ALL= LC_MESSAGES= LANG= export LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_MESSAGES LANG tmpfiles="mm-test2.in1 mm-test2.in2" cat < mm-test2.in1 msgid "2" msgstr "2" msgid "3" msgstr "3" msgid "2" msgstr "ha ha" EOF cat < mm-test2.in2 msgid "1" msgstr "" msgid "2" msgstr "" msgid "3" msgstr "" EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test2.out" : ${MSGMERGE=msgmerge} ${MSGMERGE} -q mm-test2.in1 mm-test2.in2 -o /dev/stdout \ 2> mm-test2.out tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test2.ok" cat << EOF > mm-test2.ok mm-test2.in1:3: duplicate message definition mm-test2.in1:1: ...this is the location of the first definition found 1 fatal errors EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} mm-test2.ok mm-test2.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgmerge-30000555000175000017500000000313606212175026014755 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="mm-test3.in1 mm-test3.in2" cat < mm-test3.in1 # # def.po # #: file:100 msgid "" "not existing" msgstr "but with translation" #: file2:101 msgid "not existing without translation" msgstr "" #: file3:102 msgid "still existing" msgstr "translation" #: should-not-be-here:10 #~ msgid "former obsolete" #~ msgstr "" #~ "but again useful" #~ msgid "this stays obsolete" #~ msgstr "even after running msgmerge" # # trailing comments should be removed EOF cat < mm-test3.in2 # # ref.po # #: file3:102 msgid "still existing" msgstr "here is normally no comment" #: file4:10 msgid "" "former obsolete" msgstr "" # # trailing comments should be removed, even here EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test3.out" : ${MSGMERGE=msgmerge} ${MSGMERGE} -q mm-test3.in1 mm-test3.in2 -o mm-test3.out tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test3.ok" cat << EOF > mm-test3.ok #: file3:102 msgid "still existing" msgstr "translation" #: file4:10 msgid "former obsolete" msgstr "but again useful" # # def.po # #~ msgid "not existing" #~ msgstr "but with translation" #~ msgid "this stays obsolete" #~ msgstr "even after running msgmerge" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} mm-test3.ok mm-test3.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgmerge-40000555000175000017500000000231206212174772014760 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="mm-test4.in1.po mm-test4.in2.po" cat < mm-test4.in1.po msgid "one" msgstr "eins" # This comment should be copied. msgid "two" msgstr "zwei" # And this one, too. #~ msgid "four" #~ msgstr "vier" EOF cat < mm-test4.in2.po msgid "one" msgstr "" # This is a comment in the POT file. msgid "three" msgstr "" EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test4.out" : ${MSGMERGE=msgmerge} ${MSGMERGE} -q mm-test4.in1.po mm-test4.in2.po -o mm-test4.out tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test4.ok" cat < mm-test4.ok msgid "one" msgstr "eins" # This is a comment in the POT file. msgid "three" msgstr "" # This comment should be copied. #~ msgid "two" #~ msgstr "zwei" # And this one, too. #~ msgid "four" #~ msgstr "vier" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} mm-test4.ok mm-test4.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgmerge-50000555000175000017500000000405206212174733014761 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="mm-test5.in1.po mm-test5.in2.po" cat < mm-test5.in1.po # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Test: bla bla\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI +ZONE\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" msgid "" "whatever, doesn't matter\n" msgstr "" "blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah bla bla bla\n" EOF cat < mm-test5.in2.po msgid "" msgstr "" msgid "" "whatever, doesn't matter\n" msgstr "" "blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah bla bla bla\n" EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test5.out" : ${MSGMERGE=msgmerge} ${MSGMERGE} -q mm-test5.in1.po mm-test5.in2.po -o mm-test5.out tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mm-test5.ok" cat < mm-test5.ok # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI +ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING\n" "Test: bla bla\n" msgid "whatever, doesn't matter\n" msgstr "" "blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah bla bla " "bla\n" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} mm-test5.ok mm-test5.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/msgunfmt-10000555000175000017500000000172106212174677015016 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="mu-test1.in" cat < mu-test1.in msgid "eight" msgstr "eighth" msgid "five" msgstr "fifth" msgid "four" msgstr "fourth" msgid "one" msgstr "first" msgid "seven" msgstr "seventh" msgid "six" msgstr "sixth" msgid "three" msgstr "third" msgid "two" msgstr "second" EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mu-test1.mo" : ${MSGFMT=msgfmt} ${MSGFMT} mu-test1.in -o mu-test1.mo tmpfiles="$tmpfiles mu-test1.out" : ${MSGUNFMT=msgunfmt} ${MSGUNFMT} mu-test1.mo -o mu-test1.out : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} mu-test1.in mu-test1.out result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-10000555000175000017500000000142206245212012015006 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # One argument is required which is the path to the toplevel directory # of the distribution. trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="xg-test1.po" : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} -d xg-test1 -k_ --omit-header \ $top_srcdir/src/xgettext.c $top_srcdir/src/msgfmt.c $top_srcdir/src/gettextp.c : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} $top_srcdir/tests/xg-test1.ok.po xg-test1.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-20000555000175000017500000000176406212174564015035 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh tmpfiles="xg-test2.in.c" cat < xg-test2.in.c This is a test of the xgettext functionality. /* xgettext:no-c-format */ _("extract me") Sometimes keywords can be spread apart xgettext:no-c-format _ ( "what about me" ) And even further on accasion _ ( "hello" ) EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test2.po" : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} -d xg-test2 -k_ --omit-header xg-test2.in.c tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test2.ok" cat < xg-test2.ok #, no-c-format msgid "extract me" msgstr "" msgid "what about me" msgstr "" msgid "hello" msgstr "" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} xg-test2.ok xg-test2.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-30000555000175000017500000000133706212174524015026 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh # One argument is required which is the path to the toplevel directory # of the distribution. trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="zero-domain.po" rm -f zero-domain.po : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} -k_ -d zero-domain -x $top_srcdir/po/gettext.pot \ $top_srcdir/src/xgettext.c test ! -f zero-domain.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-40000555000175000017500000000162506212174453015030 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="xg-test4.in.c" cat < xg-test4.in.c #line 42 "bozo" main(){printf(gettext("Hello, World!\n"));} # 6 "clown" gettext("nothing"); EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test4.po" : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} --omit-header --add-location xg-test4.in.c -d xg-test4 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test4.ok" cat < xg-test4.ok #: bozo:42 msgid "Hello, World!\n" msgstr "" #: clown:6 msgid "nothing" msgstr "" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} xg-test4.ok xg-test4.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-50000555000175000017500000000151006212174415015020 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test5.in.c" cat < xg-test5.in.c main()?? EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test5.po" : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} --omit-header --trigraphs xg-test5.in.c -d xg-test5 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test5.ok" cat < xg-test5.ok msgid "Hello, World!\n" msgstr "" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} xg-test5.ok xg-test5.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-60000555000175000017500000000155006212174354015027 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test6.in.cc" cat < xg-test6.in.cc main(){printf(gettext/*puke*/(/*barf*/"Hello, " "World!" "\n")); } EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test6.po" : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} --omit-header --add-comments xg-test6.in.cc -d xg-test6 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test6.ok" cat < xg-test6.ok #. puke #. barf msgid "Hello, World!\n" msgstr "" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} xg-test6.ok xg-test6.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-70000555000175000017500000000213506212174302015021 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test7.in.C" cat < xg-test7.in.C /* This comment will not be extracted. */ gettext ("help"); /* XXX: But this one will. */ gettext_noop ("me"); //XXX: ..and this dcgettext ("foo", "quick", LC_MESSAGES); /* not not not */ dgettext ("bar", "!"); EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test7.po" : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} --omit-header --add-comments=XXX xg-test7.in.C \ -d xg-test7 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test7.ok" cat < xg-test7.ok msgid "help" msgstr "" #. XXX: But this one will. msgid "me" msgstr "" #. XXX: ..and this msgid "quick" msgstr "" msgid "!" msgstr "" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} xg-test7.ok xg-test7.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-80000555000175000017500000000326406212174224015031 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test8.in.po xg-test8.c xg-test8.cc" cat < xg-test8.in.po #: file1.c:199 #, fuzzy msgid "extract me" msgstr "some text to get fuzzy copied to result" #: file2.cc:200 msgid "what about me" msgstr "" #: file3.c:10 #, c-format, fuzzy msgid "hello" msgstr "Again some text for fuzzy" EOF cat < xg-test8.c #include #include int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { printf (dcgettext ("hello", "Hello, world.")); return 0; } EOF cat < xg-test8.cc #include #include #include int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { cout << dcgettext ("hello", "Hello world!", LC_MESSAGES) << endl; return 0; } EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test8.po" : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} --omit-header -n xg-test8.in.po \ xg-test8.c xg-test8.cc -d xg-test8 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test8.ok" cat < xg-test8.ok #: file1.c:199 #, fuzzy msgid "extract me" msgstr "some text to get fuzzy copied to result" #: file2.cc:200 msgid "what about me" msgstr "" #: file3.c:10 #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "hello" msgstr "Again some text for fuzzy" #: xg-test8.c:6 msgid "Hello, world." msgstr "" #: xg-test8.cc:7 msgid "Hello world!" msgstr "" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} xg-test8.ok xg-test8.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xgettext-90000555000175000017500000000313006212174123015020 0ustar jrjr#! /bin/sh trap 'rm -fr $tmpfiles' 1 2 3 15 tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test9.c" cat < xg-test9.c int main() { /* This is a comment which immediately before a keyword. */ gettext ("1"); // This // one // too // although many blank lines come before the token itself. gettext("2"); /* this one also counts */ gettext ("3"); gettext("4"); /* this one is also copied */ nada gettext ("5"); /* I hope you do not see the following */ break; gettext("6"); /* An unnice multi-line comment */ evil; gettext("7"); } EOF tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test9.po" : ${XGETTEXT=xgettext} ${XGETTEXT} --omit-header -c --c++ -d xg-test9 xg-test9.c tmpfiles="$tmpfiles xg-test9.ok" cat < xg-test9.ok #. This is a comment which immediately before a keyword. msgid "1" msgstr "" #. This #. one #. too #. although many blank lines come before the token itself. msgid "2" msgstr "" #. this one also counts msgid "3" msgstr "" msgid "4" msgstr "" #. this one is also copied msgid "5" msgstr "" msgid "6" msgstr "" #. An unnice #. multi-line comment msgid "7" msgstr "" EOF : ${DIFF=diff} ${DIFF} xg-test9.ok xg-test9.po result=$? rm -fr $tmpfiles exit $result Local Variables: nuke-trailing-whitespace-p:nil End: # Preserve executable bits for this shell script. # Thanks to Noah Friedman for this great trick. Local Variables: eval:(defun frobme () (set-file-modes buffer-file-name file-mode)) eval:(make-local-variable 'file-mode) eval:(setq file-mode (file-modes (buffer-file-name))) eval:(make-local-variable 'after-save-hook) eval:(add-hook 'after-save-hook 'frobme) End: gettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/test.mo0000644000175000017500000000076006005033312014366 0ustar jrjrŞ•T Œ¸ÀÈ ĞÚáçŠğ{£¶ÉÛSYS_(C)error 3error 5help 2 %dmesg 4msg 1window 6MSGFMT(3) portable message object file compiler Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation Report bugs to error 3 translationerror 5 translationhelp 2 translationmesg 4 translationmsg 1 translationwindow 6 translationgettext-kde-0.10.35/tests/xg-test1.ok.po0000644000175000017500000001720506522265476015526 0ustar jrjrmsgid "while preparing output" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s and %s are mutually exclusive" msgstr "" msgid "--join-existing cannot be used when output is written to stdout" msgstr "" #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n" "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Written by %s.\n" msgstr "" msgid "no input file given" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "warning: file `%s' extension `%s' is unknown; will try C" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] INPUTFILE ...\n" "Extract translatable string from given input files.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --extract-all extract all strings\n" " -c, --add-comments[=TAG] place comment block with TAG (or those\n" " preceding keyword lines) in output file\n" " -C, --c++ shorthand for --language=C++\n" " --debug more detailed formatstring recognision result\n" " -d, --default-domain=NAME use NAME.po for output (instead of messages.po)\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -e, --no-escape do not use C escapes in output (default)\n" " -E, --escape use C escapes in output, no extended chars\n" " -f, --files-from=FILE get list of input files from FILE\n" " --force-po write PO file even if empty\n" " --foreign-user omit FSF copyright in output for foreign user\n" " -F, --sort-by-file sort output by file location\n" msgstr "" #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -i, --indent write the .po file using indented style\n" " -j, --join-existing join messages with existing file\n" " -k, --keyword[=WORD] additonal keyword to be looked for (without\n" " WORD means not to use default keywords)\n" " -l, --string-limit=NUMBER set string length limit to NUMBER instead %u\n" " -L, --language=NAME recognise the specified language (C, C++, PO),\n" " otherwise is guessed from file extension\n" " -m, --msgstr-prefix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as prefix for msgstr entries\n" " -M, --msgstr-suffix[=STRING] use STRING or \"\" as suffix for msgstr entries\n" " --no-location do not write '#: filename:line' lines\n" msgstr "" #, no-wrap msgid "" " -n, --add-location generate '#: filename:line' lines (default)\n" " --omit-header don't write header with `msgid \"\"' entry\n" " -o, --output=FILE write output to specified file\n" " -p, --output-dir=DIR output files will be placed in directory DIR\n" " -s, --sort-output generate sorted output and remove duplicates\n" " --strict write out strict Uniforum conforming .po file\n" " -T, --trigraphs understand ANSI C trigraphs for input\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" " -w, --width=NUMBER set output page width\n" " -x, --exclude-file=FILE entries from FILE are not extracted\n" "\n" "If INPUTFILE is -, standard input is read.\n" msgstr "" msgid "Report bugs to .\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for reading" msgstr "" msgid "this file may not contain domain directives" msgstr "" msgid "duplicate message definition" msgstr "" msgid "...this is the location of the first definition" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "language `%s' unknown" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "error while opening \"%s\" for writing" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%d translated messages" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid ", %d fuzzy translations" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid ", %d untranslated messages" msgstr "" #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] filename.po ...\n" "Generate binary message catalog from textual translation description.\n" "\n" "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.\n" " -a, --alignment=NUMBER align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: %d)\n" " -c, --check perform language dependent checks on strings\n" " -D, --directory=DIRECTORY add DIRECTORY to list for input files search\n" " -f, --use-fuzzy use fuzzy entries in output\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " --no-hash binary file will not include the hash table\n" " -o, --output-file=FILE specify output file name as FILE\n" " --statistics print statistics about translations\n" " --strict enable strict Uniforum mode\n" " -v, --verbose list input file anomalies\n" " -V, --version output version information and exit\n" "\n" "Giving the -v option more than once increases the verbosity level.\n" "\n" "If input file is -, standard input is read. If output file is -,\n" "output is written to standard output.\n" msgstr "" msgid "while creating hash table" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: no header entry found" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "domain name \"%s\" not suitable as file name: will use prefix" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "`domain %s' directive ignored" msgstr "" msgid "empty `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "" msgid "fuzzy `msgstr' entry ignored" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "headerfield `%s' missing in header" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "header field `%s' should start at beginning of line" msgstr "" msgid "some header fields still have the initial default value" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "field `%s' still has initial default value" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: source file contains fuzzy translation" msgstr "" msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both begin with '\\n'" msgstr "" msgid "`msgid' and `msgstr' entries do not both end with '\\n'" msgstr "" msgid "number of format specifications in `msgid' and `msgstr' does not match" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "format specifications for argument %u are not the same" msgstr "" msgid "missing arguments" msgstr "" msgid "too many arguments" msgstr "" #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "Usage: %s [OPTION] [[[TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID] | [-s [MSGID]...]]\n" " -d, --domain=TEXTDOMAIN retrieve translated messages from TEXTDOMAIN\n" " -e enable expansion of some escape sequences\n" " -E (ignored for compatibility)\n" " -h, --help display this help and exit\n" " -n suppress trailing newline\n" " -V, --version display version information and exit\n" " [TEXTDOMAIN] MSGID retrieve translated message corresponding\n" " to MSGID from TEXTDOMAIN\n" msgstr "" #, c-format, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "If the TEXTDOMAIN parameter is not given, the domain is determined from the\n" "environment variable TEXTDOMAIN. If the message catalog is not found in the\n" "regular directory, another location can be specified with the environment\n" "variable TEXTDOMAINDIR.\n" "When used with the -s option the program behaves like the `echo' command.\n" "But it does not simply copy its arguments to stdout. Instead those messages\n" "found in the selected catalog are translated.\n" "Standard search directory: %s\n" msgstr ""